fae POE a aT
a Pir
ae.

3 SL

. oe Na OSE LE SN
STE ae ae Te,

Vv. 18
1968/69

Y 4

PRO SCIENT/3

va Ce. oo

=

PHYTOLOGIA

Designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol. 18 December, 1968 No. 1

CONTENTS

REED, C. F., The nomenclature and synonymy of the Amaranthaceae,
Chenopodiaceae and Nyctaginaceae of the flora of Texas . .1

MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. XVII . 44

MOUBENRE aye. Mook Kevieiis . SS a iets eee a8 (OD

MEE NERO bod Ook fediew. oy BR eo ey eee 2 OA

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
U.S.A,

Price of this number, $1; per volume, $6.75 in advance,
or $7 at close of volume

4a

Poe

THE NOMENCLATURE AND SYNONOMY OF THE
AMARANTHACEAE, CHENOPODIACEAE AND NYCTAGINACEAE

OF THE FLORA OF TEXAS
Clyde F, Reed*

During the preparation of the manuscripts of the families,
Amaranthaceae, Chenopodiaceae and Nyctaginaceae, for the Manual of
the Flora of Texas and for the Flora of Texas, the author has had
to deal with many taxa and synonyms. In the Manual most of the taxa
will appear without synonomy. However, in the Flora of Texas, not
only the symonomy will be given, but also the type specimens or their
type locality will be given for all acceptable species in the fami-
lies in the Flora of Texas.

The author has seen the types in the United States National
Herbarium, the herbaria of the New York Botanical Gardens, of Har=
vard University, of the University of Texas, of Southern Methodist
University, of A & M College of Texas and of Texas Research Founda~
tion at Renner.

There has been no extensive treatment of these families for
western United States, except statewise,since Standley's monograph
in the North American Flora (1916-1918). Subsequent studies of
western species has shown that many are synonyms of each other. A
paper here or there has straightened out a few species or rarely a
whole genus, Since my interest at this time only concerns those
species found in Texas, only their taxonomy and synonomy will be
considered here.

AMARANTHACEAE
Represented in Texas by 13 genera and 67 species and varieties.

1, CELOSIA L., Sp. Ple, 205. 1753; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 96.
1917. Syn.: Amaranthus Adans,, Fam, Pl., 2: 269. 1763, non L.
17533; Sukana Adans., Fam, Pl., 2: 269, 1763; Lestibudesia Thouars,
Hist. Veg. Iles Afr., 53. 1806; Lophoxera Raf., Fl. Tell., 3: 42.
1837; Gonufas Raf., Sylva Tell., 124. 1838.

* Reed Herbarium, Baltimore, Maryland; Research Botanist and Plant
Explorer for United States Department of Agriculture; Collaborator
in Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution.

af

2 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 18, no. 1

la. Celosia argentea L., Sp. Pl., 205. 1753; Standl., N. Amer, Fl.,
21(2): 97. 1917. COCKSCOMB,

lb, Celosia argentea forma cristata (L.) Kuntze, Rev, Gen, Pl., 541.
1891. COCKSCOMB, Syn,: Celosia cristata L., Sp. Pl., 205. 1753;
C. margaritacea L., Sp. Pl., ed. 2, 297. 1763; C, marilandica
Retz., Obs, Bot., 3: 27. 1783; C. pallida Salisb., Prodr., 145,
1796; Amaranthus purpureus Nieuwl., Amer, Midl. Nat., 3: 279.914.

ye Celosia nitida Vahl, Symb., 32 Lie 1791; Standl., N. Amer. Fl.;
21(2): 98 1917. ALBAHACA, Syn.: Celosia paniculata sensu Krebs,
non L. 1753; Small, Fl, SE, U.S., lst ed., 390, 1913; C. texana
Scheele, Linnaea, 22: 148, 1849; Lestibudesia paniculata R.Br.,
Prodr., Lh. 1801; Lophoxera paniculata Raf., Fl. Tell., 32 42.
1837; Gonufas paniculata Raf., Sylva Tell., 124. 1838,

35 Celosia palmeri S.Wats., Proc, Amer. Acad., 18: 143. 1883; Standl,,
N. Amer, Fl.; 21(2): 97. 1917.

2. AMARANTHUS L,, Sp. Pl., 989. 1753; Standl., N. Amer. Fl,, 21(2):
101. 1917. PIGWEED, AMARANTH.

1, Amaranthus palmeri S.,Wats., Proc, Amer, Acad., 12: 274, 1877;
Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 106, 1917; Sauer, Madrona, 13: 31-
36, fig. 8. 1955. PALMER AMARANTH, Syn.: Amaranthus palmeri
var, glomeratus Uline et Bray, Bot. Gaz., 19: 272, 189k.

2. Amaranthus arenicola I.M.Johnston, Journ, Arnold Arb., 29: 193.
1948; Sauer, Madrona, 13: 39-42, fig. 10. 1955. SANDHILLS AMA-
RANTH, Syn.: Sarratia berlandieri Torr., Bot. Mex, Bound, Surv,,
179. 1859, non S. berlandieri e; Amblogyne torreyi A.Gray,
Proc, Amer, Acad,, 5: 167. 1861 (in part, not as to type); Amaren-
thus torreyi (A.Gray) Benth. in S. Wats., Bot. Calif.,, 2: 42.
1880 (in part); Uline et Bray, Bot. Gaz., 19: 272. 1894.

3. Amaranthus greggii S.Wats., Proc, Amer. Acad., 12: 274. 1877;
Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 105. 1917; Sauer, Madrona, 13: 42-
4l,, fige 11. 1955. GREGG AMARANTH. Syn,: Amaranthus greggii
var, melleri Uline et Bray, Bot, Gaz, 19: 272. 1894; A. myri-
anthus Standl., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, Als: 506. 1914; Blake,
Journ, Bot., 53: 103. 1915; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 105,
1917.

4. Amaranthus crassipes Schlecht., Linnaea, 6: 757, 1831; Standl.,
N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 104, 1917. Syne: Scleropus crassipes
Schlecht.) Mog. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 271. 1849; Euxolus crassi-
pes (Schlecht.) Hieron., Bol. Acad, Mus, Cordoba, 4: 13. 1881;
Scleropus amaranthoides Schrad., Ind, Sem, Hort. Goetting, 1835;
Linnaea, 11: Litt.-Ber, 89, 1837; Amaranthus warnockii I.M.Johns-=
ton, Journ, Arnold Arb., 25: 153. 19h4.

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonyny 3

De

Te

Je

10.

Amaranthus scleropoides Uline et Bray, Bot. Gaz., 19: 316. 1894;
Standl., N, Amer. Fl., 21(2): 104. 1917. BONEBRACT AMARANTH,
Syn,.: Amaranthus blitoides war. reverchoni Uline et Bray, Bot.
Gaze, 19: 315, 1894; A. blitoides var. scleropoides (Uline et
Bray) Thell, in Aschers, u. Graebn., Syn. Mitteleur. Fl., 5(Abt.):
293. 1914; Ae blitoides var. reverchoni forma scleropoides

(Uline et Bray) Thell. ex Probst., Mitteil. Naturfor, Gesellsch,
Solothurn, 8: 59. 1928.

Amaranthus berlandieri (Moq.) Uline et Bray, Bot. Gaz., 19: 268,
1894; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 105. 1917. BERLANDIER AMAR-
ANTH, Syn.: Sarratia berlandieri Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2):
268, 1849.

Amaranthus polyponoides L., Pl. Jam, Pug., 2: 27. 1759; Uline et
Bray, Bot. Gaz., 19: 269. 1894; Standl., Ne Amer, Fl., 21(2):
104. 1917. TROPICAL AMARANTH. Syne: Roemeria polygonoides (L.)
Moench,, Meth., 341. 1794; Amblogyna polygonoides tL) Raf., Fl.
Tell., 3: 42. 1836 (1837); Albersia polygonoides Kunth, Fl.
Berol., ed. 2, 2: 144. 1838; Sarratia polygonoides Moq. in DC.
Prodr., 13(2): 270 (pro syn.). 1849; Amarantus polygonoides
Heinsley, Biol. Cent. Amer., 3: 14 (in part). 1882; Amaranthus
verticelletus Pavon in Mog. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 270 (pro syn.).
1849,

Amaranthus obcordatus (A.Gray) Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2):

107. 1917. Syn.: Amblogyne urceolata var, obcordata A.Gray,
Proc, Amer. Acad., 5: 168, 1861; Amaranthus urceolatus var. ob-
cordatus (A.Gray) Uline et Bray, Bot. Gaze, 19: 269. 1894; A. ur
ceolatus var, jonesii Uline et Bray, Bot. Gaz., 19: 269. 1894.

Amaranthus chihuahuensis S. Wats., Proc, Amer, Acad., 21: 436.
1886; Standl,, N. Amer, Fl., 21(2): 108. 1917.

Amaranthus torreyi (A.Gray) Benth. ex S.Wats., Bot. Calif., 2:
42, 1880; I.M.Johnston, Journ, Arnold Arb., 25: 155, 1944. TOR
REY AMARANTH, Syn.: Sarratia berlandieri sensu Torr., Bot. Mex,
Bound, Surv., 178, 1859; Amblogyne torreyi A.Gray, Proc. Amer.
Acad., 5: 167, 1861; Sarratia berlandieri var, emarginata Torr.,
Bot, Mex. Bound, Surv., 179. 1859; Amaranthus pringlei S.Wats.,
Proc, Amer, Acad., 22: 476, 1887; Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(2):
110, 1917; A. bigelovwii Uline et Bray, Bot. Gaz., 19: 271. 1894;
Standl., Ne Amer. Fl., 21(2): 109. 1917; A. bigelovii var. emar~
ginata (Torr.) Uline et Bray, Bot. Gaz., 19: 271. 1894.

Amaranthus fimbriatus (Torr.) Benth, ex S.Wats., Bot. Calif.,

2: 42. 1880; Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(2): 109. 1917. FRINGED
AMARANTH, Syn.: Sarratia berlandieri var, fimbriata Torr., Bot,
Mex. Bound, Surv., 179, 1859; Amblogyna fimbriata (Torr.) A.Gray,
Proc, Amer. Acad., 5: 167. 1861,

4

PH{ITOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 1

12, Amaranthus spinosus L,, Sp. Pl., 991. 1753; Standl., N. Amer.

13.

14.

15.

16,

Fl., 21(2): 114. 1917. SPINY AMARANTH, SPINY PIGWEED, Syn,:
Amaranthus diacanthus Raf., Fl. Ludov., 31. 1817; A. Caracasanus
HBK,, Nov. Gen. et Sp., 2: 195. 1817; A. spinosus var, rubricaulis
Hassk., Flora, 25: Litt. 20, 1842; A. spinosus var. viridicaulis
Hassk,, Flora, 25: Litt. 20. 1842; A. spinosus var, purpurascens
Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 260. 1849; A. spinosus var, ineruis
Schum, #t Laut., Fl, Deuts, Schutz. Siidsee, 305. 1900; A. spinosus
var, circumscissus Thell. in Asch, u. Graebn,, Syn, Mitteleur.
Fl., 5: 269. 1914; A. spinosus var. indehiscensThell, in Asch, u.
Graebn., Syn, Mitteleur. Fl., 5: 269. 1914; A. spinosus var,
basiscissus Thell, in Asch. u. Graebn., Syn, Mitteleur, Fl., 5:
269. 1914; Galliaria spinosa (L.) Nieuwl., Amer, Midl, Nat., 3:
278. 1914.

Amaranthus hypochondriacus L., Sp. Pl., 991. 1753; Sauer, Ann,
Missouri Bot, Gard., 54(2): 110~122, 1967, PRINCE'3~FEATHER,
PRINCE=OF=WALES FEATHER, Syn.: Amaranthus flavwus L., Syst. Nat.,
ed. 10, 2: 1269, 1759; A. frumentaceus Buch.-Hamilton ex Koxb.,

Fl. Ind., 3: 613, 1832; A. anardans Buch.-Hamilton in Wall, ex
Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 256. 1849; A. hybridus L., var. y ery-
throstachys Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 259. 1849; A. leucocarpus
S.Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad., 10: 347. 1875; A. leusospermis S.Wats.,
Proc, Amer. Acad., 22: 446. 1887; A. caudatus of Amer, auth.,

non L,, 1753; Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(2): 110. 1917.

Amaranthus cruentus L., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 2: 1269. 1759; Standl.,
N. Amer, Fl., 21(2): 111. 1917; Sauer, Ann, Missouri Bot. Gard.,
37: 601. 1950; lec., 54: 122. 1967. CATERPILLAR, PURPLE AMARANTH.
Syn.: Amaranthus paniculatus L., Sp. Pl., ed. 2, 2: 1406, 1763;
A, sanguineus L., Sp. Pl., ed. 2, 2: 1407 (pro parte). 1763; A.
speciosus Sims, Curtis Bot. Mag., 48: 2227. 1821; A, paniculatus
var, cruentus (L.) Seub. in Mart. Fl. Bras., 5(1): 238. 1875;

A. hybridum var, paniculatus (L.) Uline et Bray, Mem. Torr. Bot.
Club, 5: 145, 1894; A. hybridus subsp. cruentus (L.) Thell., Fl.
Adventice de Montpellier, 205. 1912; A. hybridus subsp, cruentus
var, paniculatus Thell., Fl. adventice de Montpellier, 205. 1912.

Amaranthus hybridus L., Sp. Pl., 990. 1753; Sauer, Ann, Missouri
Bot. Gard., 54: 108-109, 1967. GREEN AMARANTH, Syn.: Amaranthus
chlorostachys Willd., Hist. Amaranth., 34, tab. 10, fig. 19. 1790;
A. hybridus subsp, hypochondriacus var, chlorostachys (Willd.)
Thell., Fl. Adventice de Montpellier, 205. 1912; A. patulus Ber-
tol., Comment, It. Neap., 19, tab. 2. 1837; A. incurvatus Tim ex
Gren, et Gadr., Prosp. Fl. France, 8 1846.

Amaranthus powellii S.Wats., Proc. Amer, Acad., 10: 347. 1875;
Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 112. 1917; Sauer, Ann. Missouri Bot.
Gard., 54: 108. 1967, POWELL AMARANTH, Syn.: Amaranthus obo-
vatus S.Wats., Proc, Amer, Acad., 12: 275. 1877; A, chlorostachys

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonymy 5

17.

18,

var. pseudoretroflexus Thell., Vierteljahrsschr, Naturf. Ges.
Zurich, 83: 728. 1919; A. bouchoni Thell., Monde des Plantes,
Ser. III, 45: 4. 1926; A. hybridus subsp. hypochondriacus var,
chlorostachys subvar, genuinus forma bouchoni Thelli, Monde des
Plantes, Ser. III, 45: 4. 1926.

Amaranthus wrightii S.Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad., 12: 275. 1877;
Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 113. 1917. WRIGHT AMARANTH.

Amaranthus retroflexus L., Sp. Pl., 991. 1753; Standl., N. Amer.
Fl., 21(2): 113. 1917. REDROOT PIGWEED, ROUGH PIGWEED, Syn.:
Amaranthus spicatus Lam., Fl. Fr., 2: 192. 1778; A. recurvatus
Desf., Cat. Hort. Paris, ed. 3: 390. 1829; A. delilei Richt. et
Loret, Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr., 13: 316, 1866; Galliaria scabra Buba-
ni, Fl, Pyren., 1: 187. 1897; G. retroflexa (L.) Nieuwl., Amer.
Midl, Nat., 3: 278 1914.

18a.Amaranthus retroflexus var, salicifolius I.M.Johnston, Journ.

19.

20.

Arnold Arb., 25: 157. 1944.

Amaranthus blitoides S, Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad., 12: 273, 1877;
Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(2): 115. 1917. PROSTRATE PIGWEED.

Syn.: Amaranthus graecizans of Amer, auth., non L,. 1753; Galli-
aria blitoides (S.Wats,) Nireuwl,, Amer, Midl. Nat., 3: 278 1914.

Amaranthus californicus(Moq.) S.Wats., Bot, Calif., 2:.42. 1880;
Standl., Ne Amer. Fl., 21(2): 115. 1917. Syn.: Mengea californica
Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 278. 1849; Amarantims carneus Greens,
Pittonia, 2: 105, 1890; A. albomarginatus Uline et Bray, Bot. Gaz.,
19: 318. 1894; A. microphyllus Shinners, Sida, 1(4): 248-249. 1964.

Amaranthus pubescens (Uline et Bray) Rydb., Bull, Torr. Bot, Club,
39: 313. 1912; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 115-116, 1917; Har-
rington, Manual Fl. Colorado, 217. 1954. Syne: Amaranthus grae-
cizans var, pubescens Uline et Bray, Bot. Gaz., 19: 317. 1894; A,
albus var. pubescens (Uline et Bray) Fernald, Rhodora, 47: 140.
1945; A. viscidulus Thell. in Asch. u,. Graebn., Syn. Mitteleur.
Fl., 5: 289. 1914, non A. viscidulus Greene, 1898.

Amaranthus albus L., Syst. Pl., ed. 10: 1268. 1759, WHITE AMA-
RANTH, TUMBLEWEED. Syn.: Pyxidium graecizans Moench., Meth., 359.
1794, non L. 1753; Amaranthus leucanthus Raf., Fl. Ludov., 32.
1817; A. oleraceus Eaton, Man.,ed. 2: 152, 1818, non A. oleraceus
L., 1753; A. blitum var. nanus Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 263.
1849; A. blitum var. graecizans Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 263.
1849; A. albus var, parviflorus Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 264.
1849; Dimeiandra graecizans Raf. ex Moq. in DC. Prodr,, 13(2):
264 (pro syn.). 1849; Galliaria albida Bubani, Fl, Pyren., 1: 185.
1897; Amaranthus albus var. puberulus Thell. in Asch. u. Graebn.,
Syn, Mitteleur, Fl., 5: 287. 1914; A. albus var. rubicundus Thell.

6 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 1

in Asch, u. Graebn., Syn, Mitteleur. Fl., 5: 287. 1914; A. albus
var, monosepalus Thell. in Asch, u. Graebn,, Syn, Mitteleur. Fl.,
5: 287. 1914; Galliaria graecizans Nieuwl., Amer, Midl. Nat., 3:
278. 1914; Amaranthus graecizans of Amer, auth., non L. 1753;
Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 116. 1917.

23. Amaranthus viridis L., Sp. Pl., ed. 2: 1405. 1763; Standl., N.

Amer, Fl., 21(2): 118. 1917. GREEN AMARANTH, Syn.: Pyxidium
viride (L.) Moench,, Meth., 359. 1794; Glomeraria viridis (L.)

Cav., Descr. Pl. 319. 1802; Amaranthus ascendens Loisel., Not.

Pl, France, 141, 1810; Euxolus viridis (L.) Moq. in DC, Prodr.,
13(2): 273. 1849; E. viridis var, ascendens Moq. in DC, Prodr.,
13(2): 274. 1849; Amaranthus emarginatus Salam. ex Uline et Bray,
Bot. Gaz., 19: 319. 1894; A. gracilis Desf. of Amer. auth.; Standl.,
N. Amer, Fl., 21(2): 117. 1917.

3. ACNIDA L., Sp. Pl., 1027. 1753; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 119.
1917. WATERHEMP,

l. Acnida cuspidata Eert. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg., 3: 903. 1826;
Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(2): 120, 1917. SOUTHERN WATERHEMP,
Syn.: Acnida cannabina var, B cuspidata (Bert. ex Spreng.) Moq.
in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 277. 189; A. australis A.Gray, Mem, Amer,
Nat., 10: 489. 1876; A. cannabina var, australis (A.Gray) Uline
et Bray, Bot. Gaz., 20: 157. 1895; A. alabamensis Standl., N.
Amer, Fl., 21(2): 121-122. 1917; Amaranthus australis (A.Gray)
J.D.Sauer, Madrona, 13: 15. 1955.

2. Acnida tamariscina (Nutt.) Wood, Bot. & Fl., 289, 1873; Standl.,
N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 123. 1917. NUTTALL WATERHEMP. Syne: Ama-
ranthus tamariscinus Nutt., Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., II, 5: 165.
1837; Montelia tamariscina (Nutt.) A.Gray, Man., ed. 2: 370 (pro
parte). 1856.

1, ACANTHOCHITON Torr., Sitgreaves, Rep. Exp., 170. 1853; Bot. Mex.
Bound. Surv., 179. 1859; Uline et Bray, Bot. Gaz., 21: 356. 1896;
Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 123. 1917.

1. Acanthochiton wrightii Torr., Sitgreaves Rep. Exp., 170. 1853;
Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(2): 123. 1917. GREENSTRIPE. Syn.:
Amaranthus acanthochiton ("Torr,") J.S.Sauer, Madrona, 13: 44.
1955. (Based on the generic name, Acanthochiton Torr. ).

5. ACHYRANTHES L., Sp. Pl., 204. 1753; Bullock, Kew Bull., 1957(1):
73=—7h. 1957.

1, Achyranthes aspera L., Sp. Pl., 204. 1753. Syn.: Centrostachys
aspera (L.) Standl., Journ, Wash, Acad. Sci., 5: 75. 19153; N. Amer.
Fl., 21(2): 126. 1917; Achyranthes argentea Lam., Encycl., 1: 545.

1785; A. sicula Roth, Catal. Bot., 1: 39. 1797; Stachyarpagophora
aspera Maza, Fl. Haban. , 93. 1897.

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonymy 7

6. IRESINE P.Browne, Hist. Jam., 358. 1756 (conserv.); Standl., N.

2

3

7

1

Amer, Fl., 21(2): 154. 1917. BLOODLEAF., Syn.: Trommsdorffia
Mart., Nov. Gen. et Sp., 2: 40. 1826; Rosea Mart., Nov. Gen. et
Sp., 2: 58. 1826; Xerandra Raf., Fl. Tell., 3: 43. 1837; Treneis
Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 349. 1849.

Iresine palmeri (S.Wats.) Standl., Journ, Wash. Acad. Sci., 5:
395. 1915; N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 160, 1917. PALMER BLOODLEAF.
Syn,: Hebanthe palmeri S.Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad., 18: 144. 1883.

Iresine rhizomatosa Standl., Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 28: 172.
1915; N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 165. 1917. ROOTSTOCK BLOODLEAF. Syn,:
Iresine celosioides Michx., Fl. Bor, Amer., 2: 244. 1803, non L,
1753; I. paniculata sensu Uline et Bray, Bot. Gaz., 21: 353 (par-
tim). 1896, non L. 1753; I. celosia of Amer, auth., partim.

Iresine celosia L., Syst.Pl., ed. 10: 1291. 1759; Standl., N. Amer.
Fl., 21(2): 166. 1917. JUDA'S~BUSH. Syn.: Celosia paniculata L.,
Sp. Pl., 206. 1753; Iresine celosioides L., Sp. Pl., ed. 2: 1456.
1763; I. diffusa Humb, et Bonpl. in Willd., Sp. Pl., 4: 765. 1805;
I. elongata Humb, et Bonpl. in Willd., Sp. Pl., 4: 765. 1805; I.
parvifolia HBK., Nov. Gen. et Sp., 2: 198. 1818; I, havanensis
HBK., Nov. Gen. et Sp., 2: 199. 1818; I. mutisii HBK., Nov. Gen.
et Sp., 2: 200. 1818; I. verticillata Spreng., Syst., 1: 821.
1825; I. polymorpha Mart., Nov. Gen. et Sp., 2: 56. 1826; I. poly-
morpha var. alopecuroidea Mart., Nov. Gen. et Sp., 2: 56. 1826;

I. polymorpha var, effusa Mart., Nov. Gen. et Sp., 2: 56. 1826;

I. polymorpha var, verticillata Mart., Nov. Gen. et Sp., 2: 56.
1826; Xerandra celosioides (L.) Raf., Fl. Tell., 3: 43. 1837; I.
gracilis var. floribunda Mart. et Gal., Bull. Acad. Brux., 10(1):
347. 1843; I. celosioides var, eriophylla Benth., Bot. Voy.
Sulph., 156. 1844; I. hookeri Mog. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 344.
1849; I. acuminata Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 345. 1849; Celosia
parvifolia Vahl in Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 346 (pro syn.).
1849; I. celosioides var. pubescens Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2):
347. 1849; I. eriophylla (Benth.) Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 347.
1849; I. gossypiantha A Rich, in Sagra, Hist. Cub., 11: 177.

1850; I. eriophora Peyr., Linnaea, 30: 21. 1859; Alternanthera
paniculata Bello, Anal. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., 12: 106. 1883; i.
paniculata (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl., 542. 1891, non I. panicu-
lata Poir, 1813; Achyranthes lanata Sesse et Moc., Fl. Mex., ed.
2, 67. 1894, non A. lanata L., 1753; I. paniculata var. flori-
dana Uline et Bray, Bot. Gaz., 21: 353. 1896.

DICRAIRUS Hook, f. in Benth. et Hook., Gen. Pl., 3: 42. 1880;
Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(2): 153 (Dicraurus). 1917; Airy—Shaw,
Kew Bull., 14(3): 344. 1960.

Dicrairus leptocladus Hook, f. in Benth. et Hook., Gen. Pl.,
3: 43. 1880; Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(2): 153-154. 1917; Airy-

1,

PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, now 1

Shaw, Kew Bull., 14(3): 344. 1960. Syn.: Lresine alternifolia
var, texana Coult., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 1: 48. 1890; J. dif-
fusa Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 180. 1859, non I. diffusa
Humb, et Bonpl., 1805; Dierairus diffusus Baill., Hist. Pl., 9:
2U,. 1888 (Dicraurus).

GUILLEMINEA HBK., Nov. Gen, et Sp., 6: 40, 518. 1823; emend., Mears,
Sida, 3(3): 137-152, 1967. Syn.: Guilleminea Necker (Illegit.

nom, ); Guilleminia Reichb,, Consp., 161 (orthogr, var.). 1628;
Gossypianthus Hook., Icon. Pl., 3: t. 251. 1840; Brayulinea Small,
Fl. SE. U.S., ed. 1, 39k. 1903,

Guilleminea densa (Willd.) Mog. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 338. 1649;
Mears, Sida, 3(3): 140-144, fig. 2. 1967, Syn.: LLlecebrum den-
sum Willd, in Roem, et Schult., Syst., 5: 517. 1819; Guilleminea
illecebroides HBK., Nov. Gen, et Sp., 6: 41. 1923; G, illecebrum
Spreng., Syst., 4(Cur. Post.): 103, 1825; Dllecebrum alsinaefolium
Pavon ex Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 339. 1849; Achyranthes con
ferta Ruiz in Mart. Fl, Bras., 5(1): 233. 1840; Guilleminea densa
B alsinaefolia (Pavon) Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 339. 1849; Bray-
ulinea densa (Willd,) Small, Fl, SE. U.S., ed. 1, 394. 1903; G.
densa var. densa, Mears, Sida, 3(3): 142-143, 1967.

la. Guilleminea densa var, aggregata Uline et Bray, Bot, Gaz., 20:

2.

2ae

2b.

2c.

343. 1895; Mears, Sida, 3(3): 144. 1967.

Guilleminea lanuginosa (Poir.) Hook. f. in Benth, et Hook., Gen.
Pl., 3: 37. 1883; Mears, Sida, 3(3): 145~149. 1967. COTTONFLOWER.
Syn.: Paronychia lanuginosa Poir., Encycl. Suppl., 4: 303. 1814;
Gossypianthus lanuginosus (Poir.) Mog. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 337.
1849; Standl,, N. Amer, Fl., 21(2): 132. 1917; ILlecebrum lanugi-
nosum Poir, ex Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 338. 1849; I, lanatum
Hort, Par, ex Moo. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 337. 1849; Celosia pilo-
selloides Poir, ex Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 338. 1849; Guille-
minea lanuginoge var, lanuginosa, Mears, Sida, 3(3): 145=147. 1967.

Guilleminea lanuginosa var. rigidiflora (Hook,) Mears, Sida,
3(3): 149. 1967, WOOLLY COTTONFLOWER. Syn.: Gossypianthus rigi-
diflorus Hook., Icon. Pl., 3: t. 251. 1840.

Guilleminea lanuginosa var, sheldonii (Uline et Bray) Mears,
Sida, 3(3): 149. 1967. SHELDON COTTONFLOWER. Syn.: Gossypianthus
lanuginosus var, sheldoni Uline et Bray, Bot. Gaz., 20: 342. 1895;
G, sheldoni (Uline et Bray) Small, Fl. SE. U.S., ed. 1, 394. 1903;
Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(2): 132. 1917.

Guilleminea lanuginosa var. tenuiflora (Hook,) Mears, Sida, 3(3):
147. 1967, LANCELEAF COTTONFLOWER, Syn.: Gossypianthus tenui-
florus Hook,, Icon. Pl., 3: t. 251. 1840; Standl., N. Amer. Fl.,
21(2): 132. 1917.

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonymy 9

9. ALTERNANTHERA Forsk., Fl. Aegypt.-Arab., 28. 1775; J.F.Gmel.,
Syst. Nat., 2: 106. 1791; Pedersen, Darwiniana, 14(2-3): 431.
1967. Syn.: Achyranthes sensu Standl., N, Amer. Fl., 21(2):
133. 1917, non L. 1753.

1. Alternanthera pungens HBK., Nov. Gen. et Sp., 2: 206. 1817 (Feb,
1818); Merville, Kew Bull., 13: 172-174. 1958; Pedersen, Darwini-
ana, 14(2-3): 446, 1967. CHAFF=FLOWER. Syn.: Achyranthes repens
Ley Sp. Pl., 1: 205. 1753; Alternanthera achyrantha Sweet, Hort.
Suburb, Lond., 48, 1818; Alternanthera echinata Smith in Rees
Cycl. Suppl. No. 10. 1819; Celosia echinata Humb, et Bonpl. in
Roem, et Schult., Syst. Veg., 5: 531. 1819; Alternanthera repens
(L.) Link, Enum, Pl. Hort, Berol., 1: 154. 1821, non A. repens
Gmel., 1791; Illecebrum pungens (HBK.) Spreng., Syst., l: 820.
1825; Telanthera pungens (HBK.) Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 371.
1825; Alternanthera achyranthes var. leiantha Seub, in Mart. Fl.
Bras., 5(1): 183, pl. 55. 1875; A. repens (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen,
Pl., 2: 540. 1891, non A. repens Gnel., 1791; Achyranthes leian-
tha (Seub, in Mart.) Alain, Contr. Ocas. Mus. Hist. Nat. Col.

"De La Salle", No. 9: 1. 1950; Alternanthera pungens forma pauci-
flora Suesseng., Mitteil. Bot, Staatssaml. Minchen, 2: 68. 1950;
A. pungens var, leiantha (Seub, in Mart.) Suesseng., Mitteil.
Bot. Staatssaml. Miinchen, 4: 103. 1952.

2. Alternanthera caracasana HBK., Nov. Gen. et Sp., 2: 205. 1817
(Feb. 1818); Pedersen, Darwiniana, 14(2=-3): 431. 1967. MAT CHAFF
FLOWER, Syn.: Illecebrum peploides Humb. et Bonpl., ex Roem, et
Schult., Syst. Veg., 5: 517. 1819; Celosia humifusa Humb, et Bon-
pl, ex Roem, et Scult., Syst. Veg., 5: 531, 1819; Telanthera
earacasana (HBK.) Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 370. 1849; Alternan-
thera villiflora Scheele, Linnaea, 22: 149, 1849; A. achyrantha
(Le) Sweet, var, parvifolia Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 358 1849;A.
repens of Amer, auth,; Small, Fl. SE. U.S., ed. 1, 395. 1913;
Urban, Symb, Antill., 4: 221. 1905 (partin), non A. repens Gmel,
1791, nec A. repens (L.) Link 1821; A. parvifolia (Moq.) Fawcett
et Rendle, Fl. Jam., 3: 139. 1914; Achyranthes repens sensu Standl.,
N, Amer, Fl., 21(2): 136. 1917 (partim), non A. repens L. 1753;
Achyranthes peploides (Humb. et Bonpl.) Britt., N.Y. Acad. Sci,
(Sei, Surv. Porto Rico), 5(2): 279. 1924; Alternanthera peploides
(Humb, et Bonpl.) Urban, Fedde Repert, Spec, Nov., 15: 168 1918;
Merville, Kew Bull., 13: 175. 1958.

3. Alternanthera polygonoides (L.) R.Br., Prodr., l: 417. 1810.

SMOOTH CHAFF=FLOWER, Syn.: Gomphrena pa Le, Sp. Plo,
225. 1753; Illecebrum onoides (L. Le, Sp. Pl., ed. 2, 300,
1762; Achyranthes polygonoides (L.) Lam, Encycl., 1: 547. 1785;
Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 31(2): 136. 1917; Bucholzia polygonoides
(L.) Mart., Nov, Gen, et Sp., 2: 51. 1826; Alternanthera parony-
chioides St, Hil., Voy. Bras., 2: 439. 1833; Pedersen, Darwiniana,
14(2=3): 437. 1967; Steiremis repens Raf., Fl. ell., 3: Al. 1837;

10

Le

De

10.

1.

PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 1

Telanthera polygonoides (L.) Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 363.
1849; T. polygonoides var. radicans Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2):
364. 1849; T. polygonoides var. compacta Moq. in DC. Prodr.,
13(2): 364. 1849; Alternanthera ficoidea Griseb., Fl. Brit. Ww.
Indies, 67. 1859, non Gomphrena ficoides L., 1753.

Alternanthera bettzickiana (Regel) Nich., Gard. Dict., ed. l,
59 (bettsichiana). 1884; Aschers, u, Graebn., Syn, Mitteleur. Fl.,
5(1): 365, 1914; Standl., Field Mus, Pub, Bot., 3: 254. 1930.
Syn,: Telanthera bettzickiana Regel, Gartenflora, 11: 178. 1862;
Achyranthes picta Pass., Giardini, 9: 515. 1863; Alternanthera
athulata Lemaire, Ill, Hortic., 12: pl. 445. 1865; Telanthera
picta (Pass.) C.Koch, Wockenschr, Gartn., 9: 15. 1866; T. bett—
zickiana var, typica Seub. in Mart. Fl. Bras., 5{1): 172. 1875;
T. bettzickiana var, spathulata (Lemaire) Seub, in Mart. Fl.
Bras., 5(1): 172. 1875; Alternanthera kerberi Uline et Bray, Bot.
Gaz., 20: 450, 1895; Achyranthes bettzickiana (Regel) Standl., N.
Amer, Fl., 21(2): 138. 1917; N.Y. Acad. Sci, (Sei, Surv, Porto
Rico), 5(2): 280. 1924; A. ficodes (L.) R.Br. ex Roem, et Schult.,
var, bettzickiana (Nich) Bucker in van Steenis, Fl, Mal., 4(2):
93. 1949.

Alternanthera philoxeroides (Mart.) Griseb., Abh, Ges, Wiss. G&tt.,
24: 36. 1879. ALLIGATORWEED, Syn.: Bucholzia philoxeroides
Mart., Nova Acta Acad. Leop.—Carol., 13(1): 315. 1826; Telanthera
philoxeroides (Mart.) Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 362. 1849; T.
philoxeroides var, obtusifolia Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 363.
1849; TI. philoxeroides var. phyllantha Seub, in Mart. Fl. Bras.,
5(1): 169, 1875; T. philoxeroides var, denticulata Seub, in Mart.
Fl. Bras., 5(1): 170. 1875; Achyranthes philoxeroides (Mart, )
Standl., Journ. Wash, Acad. Sci., 5: 74. 1915; N. Amer. Fl.,

21(2): 142. 1917.

FROELICHIA Moench,, Meth., 50. 1794; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2):
127. 1917. COTTONWEED, SNAKECOTTON. Syn.: Oplotheca Nutt., Gen.,
2: 78. 1818; Hoplotheca Nutt. in Spreng., Syst., 4: Cur. Post. 52,
1827; Ninanga Raf., Fl. Tell., 3: 26. 1837; Everion Raf., Sylva
Tell., 12h. 1838.

Froelichia gracilis (Hook.) Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 420. 1849;
Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 127, 1917; Reed, Castanea, 27: 59-
61. 1962. SLENDER SNAK=COTTON. Syne: Oplotheca gracilis Hook.,
Icon. Pl., 256. 1840; Froelichia floridana sensu Uline et Bray,
Bot, Gaz., 20: 338 (partim). 1895,

Froelichia braunii Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(2): 128, 1917.

BRAUN SNAKECOTTON. Syn.: Froelichia floridana Moa, in DC. Prodr.,
13(2): 420 (partim). 1849; Oplotheca texana A.Br., Ann. Sci, Nat.,
III, 12: 355. 1849; Froelichia texana A.Pr. ex Standl., Flora SE.
United States, 397. 1903, non F. texana Coult., et Fisher, 1892;

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonymy u

30

Hoplotheca floridana var, texana, Herb. Lips. 1851; Oplotheca
minor Hook., Hert. Cantab., 1846.

Froelichia floridana (Nutt.) Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 420.
1849; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 128. 1917. FLORIDA SNAKE-
COTTON. Syn.: Qplotheca floridana Nutt., Gen., 2: 79. 1818; Gom
phrena floridana (Nutt. ) Spreng., Syst., l: 824. 1825; Froelichia
floridana var. pallescens Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 421. 1849;
F. gracilis var. floridana (Nutt.) Holz., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.,
1: 197, 1892.

3a. Froelichia floridana var. campestris (Small) Fernald, Rhodora,

L.

De

6.

43: 336. 1941. PLAINS SNAKECOTTON. Syn.: Froelichia campestris
Small, Fl. SE, U.S., ed. 1, 397. 1903; F. floridana Uline et Bray,
Bot. Gaz., 20: 338 (partim). 1895.

Froelichia arizonica Thornber ex Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2):
128, 1917; I.M.Johnston, Journ. Arnold Arb., 25: 158. 1944. ARI-
ZONA SNAKECOTTON, Syn.: Froelichia campestris Small, Fl. SE.
United States, ed, 1, 397 (partim). 1903.

Froelichia drummondii Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 421. 1849; Standl.,
N. Amer, Fl.,, 21(2): 129, 1917. DRUMMOND SNAKECOTTON. Syn.: Froe=
lichia gracilis var, drummondii (Moqg.) Holz., Contr. U.S. Nat.
Herb., 1: 214. 1892; F. floridana var. drummondii (Mog.) Uline et
Bray, Bot. Gaze, 20: 339. 1895.

Froelichia interrupta (L.) Mog. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 421. 1849;
Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 129, 1917. TEXAS SNAKECOTTON. Syn.:
Gomphrena interrupta L., Sp. Pl., 224. 1753; Celosia procumbens
Jacq., Mise, Austr., 344. 1778; Gomphrena spicata Lam., Kncycl.,
1: 120, 1783; Froelichia lanata Moench., Meth., 50. 1794; Oplo=~
theca interrupta Nutt., Gen., 2: 79. 1818; 0. tomentosa Mart.,
Nov, Gen, et Sp., 2: 48. 1826; Ninanga interrupta Raf., Fl. Tell.,
3: 77. 1837; Everion interrupta Raf., Sylva Tell., 124. 1838;
Froelichia floridana Mog. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 420 (partim).
1849; F. tomentosa Mog, in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 421. 1849; F. alata
S.Wats., Proc, Amer. Acad., 21: 437, 1886; F. texana Coult. et
Fisher, Bot. Gaz., 17: 350. 1892; F. interrupta var. cordata Uline
et Bray, Bot. Gaz., 20: 340. 1895.

PHILOXERUS R.Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., 416. 1610; Standl., N.
Amer, Fl., 21(2): 168. 1917, SALTWEED. Syn.: Caraxeron Vaill.
ex Raf., Fl. Tell., 3: 38. 1837; Blutaparon Raf., New Fl., 4: 45.
1838,

Philoxerus vermicularis (L.) R.Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., 416.
1810; Nutt., Gen., 2: 78 1818; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 168.
1917, SALTWEED, SILVERHEAD. Syn.: Gomphrena vermicularis L.,
Sp. Pl., 224. 1753; Illecebrum vermiculatum (L.) L., Sp. Pl., ed.

12

PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 1

2: 300. 1762; Gomphrena aggregata Willd., Enum., 294. 1809; Phi-
loxerus vermiculatus Smith in Rees, Cycl., 27: Philoxerus No. 5.
1814; Ph. aggregatue HBK., Nov. Gen, et Sp., 2: 203. 1816; Ph,
crassifolius HBK., Nov, Gen. et Sp., 2: 203. 1818; Achyranthes
vermicularis Ell,, Bot. S.C. and Ga,, 1: 310, 1621; Gomphrena
crassifolia Spreng., Syst., 1: 824. 1825; Caraxeron vermicularis
(L.) Raf,, Fl. Tell., 3: 38. 1837; Blutaparon breviflorum Raf.,
New Fl., 4: 45. 1838; B. repens Raf., New Fl., 4: Lb. 1838; Ire-
sine vermicularis (L.) Mod.,in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 340. 1849; I.
crassifolia (HBK.) Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 340, 1849; lL. ag-
gregata (HBK.) Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 340. 1849; Celosia
maritima Salzm, ex Mog. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 341. 1849; Cruzeta
crassifolia Maza, Fl. Haban., 94. 1897; Lithophila vermicularis
L.) Uline, Field Mus. Bot., 2: 39. 1900; Small, Flora SE, United
States, ed. 1, 398. 1903.

12, TIDESTROMIA Standl., Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., 6: 70. 1916; N.

Amer, Fl., 21(2): 130. 1917. TIDESTROM. Syn.: Cladothrix Nutt.
(Mog. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 359 (pro syn.) 1849) ex S.Wats.,
Bot, Calif., 2: 43. 1880, non Cladothrix Cohn, 1875 (Schizomycetes).

1. Tidestromia lanugincsa (Nutt,) Standl., Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci.,

6: 70. 1916; N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 130. 1917. WOOLLY TIDESTROM,.
Syn.: Achyranthes lanuginosa Nutt., Trans. Amer, Phil. Soc., II,
5: 166. 1820; Alternanthera lanuginosa (Nutt.) Moq. in DC, Prodr.,
13(3): 359. 1849; othrix lanuginosa Nutt. (Moq. in DC, Prodr.,
13(3): 360 (pro syn.). 1849) ex S. Wats., Bot. Calif., 2: 43
(partim). 1880,

la. Tidestromia lanuginosa var. carnosa (Steyerm.) Cory, Rhodora,

38: 405. 1936, FLESHY TIDESTROM, Syn.: Tidestromia carnosa
(Steyerm, ) I.M.Johnston, Journ, Arnold Arb., 24: 232. 1943; l.c.,
25: 159. 1944; Cladothrix lanuginosa var. carnosa Steyerm., Ann,
Missouri Bot. Gard., 19: 389. 1932.

2. Tidestromia gemmata I.M.Johnston, Journ. Arnold Arb,, 24: 233.

1943, GEMMATE TIDESTROM,

3, Tidestromia oblongifolia (S.Wats.) Standl., Journ. Wash. Acad.

Sei,, 6: 70. 1916; N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 131. 1917. HONEYSWEET
TIDESTROM, Syn,: Cladothrix oblongifolia S.Wats., Proc. Amer.
Acad., 17: 376. 1882; C. cryptantha S.Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad.,
26: 125, 1891; C. lanuginosa S. Wats., Bot. Calif., 2: 43 (partim).

1880, non Achyranthes lanuginosa Nutt., 1820.

4, Tidestromia suffruticosa (Torr.) Standl., Journ. Wash. Acad, Sci.,

6: 70, 1916; N. Amer. Fl., 21(2): 131. 1917. SHRUBBY TIDESTROM,
Syn.: Alternanthera suffruticosa Torr., Bot. Mex, Bound. Surv.,
181, 1859; Cladothrix suffruticosa (Torr.) S.Wats., Bot. Calif.,
2: 43. 1680.

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonymy 13

13. GOMPHRENA L., Sp. Pl., 22h. 1753; Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(2):
147. 1917. GLOBE=AMARANTH. Syn.: Coluppa Adans., Fam, Pies
268, 1763; Bragantia Vand., Fasc. Pl. Nov., 6. 1771; Wadapus Raf.,
FL.) Tell. +32 77s! 1837; Xerosiphon Turcz., Bull. Soc. Nat, Mosc.,
16: 55. 1843; Xeraea (L.) Kuntze, Rev, Gen. Pl., 545. 1891; Ama-

rantoides (Tourn,) Maza, Fl. Haban., 94. 1897.

1. Gomphrena caespitosa Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound, Surv., 181, 1859;
Uline et Bray, Bot. Gaz., 20: 161, 1895; Standl., N. Amer, Fl.,
21(2): 152. 1917. TWO-LEAF GLOBE-AMARANTH, Syn.: Xeraea caes~
pitosa (Torr.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl.e, 545. 1891.

2. Gomphrena nealleyi Coult, et Fisher, Bot. Gaz., 17: 349. 1892;
Uline et Bray, Bot. Gaz, 20: 158, 1695; Standl., N. Amer. Fl.;
21(2): 148. 1917, NEALLEY GLOBE-AMARANTH, GULF COAST GLOBE~AMA-
RANTH,.

3. Gomphrena dispersa Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 18: 91. 1916;
No Amer, Fl., 21(2): 149. 1917. COASTAL GLOBE=AMARANTH, Syn:
Gomphrena decumbens Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 410 (partim), 1849,
non G decumbens Jacq., 1804; G. decumbens var, genuina Stuchlik,
Repert. Nov. Sp., 11: 156 (partim). 1912, non G decumbens Jacqa.,
1804; G, decumbens var. grandifolia Stuchlik, Repert. Nov. Sp. ?

11: 157 (partim). 1912.

4. Gomphrena decumbens Jacq., Hort. Schoenbr., 4: 41, 1804; Uline et
Bray, Bot. Gaz., 20: 159. 1895. PROSTRATE GLOBE-AMARANTH, Syn.:
Gomphrena prostrata Desf., Hort, Par. Appe, 219. 1804, non Mart,;
Xeraea decumbens (Jaca, ) tze, Rev. Gen. Pl., 545. 1891; Gom
phrena decumbens var. albiflora Chod, et Hassl,, Bull. Herb, Boiss.,
IT, 3: 389. 1903; G. perennis var. simplex Stuchlik, Repert. Nov.
Sp., 11: 153, 1912; G. decumbens var. genuina Stuchlik, Repert,

Nov, Sp., 11: 156 (partim), 1912; G, decumbens var. grandifoli
Stuchlik, Repert. Nov. Sp., 11: 157 (partim), 1912; G, decumbens
var. roseiflora Stuchlik, Repert. Nov. Spe, ll: 157 (partim). 1912,

5e Gomphrena nitida Rothrock, Bot, Wheeler's Surv, » 6: 233. 1878;
Uline et Bray, Bot. Gaz., 20: 159, 1895; Standl., N. Amer, Fl.,
21(2): 150. 1917, PEARLY GLOBE~AMARANTH,.

6. Gomphrena globosa L., Sp. Pl., 224. 1753; Standl., No Amer. Fl.,
21(2): 151. 1917. COMMON GLOBE-AMARANTH. Syn: Gomphrena glo-
bosa_var, carnea Moa. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 409. 1849; Xeraea
globosa (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl, » 545. 1891; Amarantoides glo-
bosus (L.) Maza, Fl. Haban., 94. 1897; A. globosus var, albi-
florus Maza, Fl, Haban., 95, 1897; Gomphrena globosa var, aurei-
flora Stuchlik, Repert, Nov. Spe, 12: 340. 1913.

7. Gemphrena haageana Klotzsch, Allg. Gart., 21. 1853; Standl., N.
Amer, Fl., 21(2): 151. 1917. Syn.: Gomphrena coccinea Decaisne,

1.

36

1.

PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, now 1

Rev. Hort., IV, 3: 161. 1854; G. tuberifera Torr., Bot, Mex.
Bound, Surv., 181. 1849; Xeraea tuberifera (Torr.) Kuntze, Rev,
Gen. Pl., 545. 1891.

CHENOPODIACEAE
Represented in Texas by 16 genera and 80 species and varieties.
BETA L., Spe Pl., 222. 1753. BEET.

Beta vulgaris L., Sp. Ple, 222. 1753. BEET. Syn.: Beta vulgaris
var, cicla L., Sp. Pl., 222. 1753; Beta hortensis Mill., Gard.
Dict., ed. 8, Beta No. 2. 1768; Beta cicla (L.) Pers., Syn, Pl.,
1: 295. 1805.

MONOLEPIS Schrad., Ind. Sem. Hort. Goetting, 1830: 4. 1830; Lin-
naea, 6: Litt.-Ber. 73. 1831; Standl., Ne Amer. Fl., 21(1): 6&7.
1916.

Monolepis nuttalliana (Schultes) Greene, Fl. Franc., 168, 1891;
Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(1): 6, 1916, NUTTALL MONOLEPIS, Syn.:
Blitum chenopodioides Nutt., Gen., 1: 4. 1818, non Lam., 1783; B.
nuttallianum Schultes in Roem, et Schult., Syst. Veg. Mant., l:

65. 1822; Chenopodium trifidum Trev., Ind. Sem, Vratisl., 1829;
Moq., Chenop. Enum., 45 (pro syn.). 1840; Monolepis trifida (Trev.)
Schrad., Ind, Sem. Hort, Goetting, 1830: 4. 1830; Linnaea, 6:
Litt.—Ber., 73. 1831; Blitum nuttallianum var. minus Moq., Chenop,.
Fnum,, 45, 1840; Monolepis chenopodioides Moq. in DC. Prodr.,
13(2): 86, 1849; M. chenopodioides var. trifida Moq. in DC, Prodr.,
13(2): 86. 1849; Chenopodium arcticum Mog. in DC, Prodr., 13(2):
S (pro syn.). 1849; Monolepis asiatica Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2):
86. 1819.

CYCLOLOMA Moq., Chenop. Mon. Enum., 17. 1840; Standl., N. Amer.
Flo, 21(1): 7-8. 1916. Syn.: Cyciclepis Moq., Ann. Sci, Nat.,

II, 1: 203. 1834, non Cyciolepis Gillies, 1832; Petermannia
Reichenb., Nom, Ind., 153. 1841; Amorea Delile, Cat. Hort. Monsp.,
1844; Mog. in DC. Prodr,, 13(2): 60 (pro syn.). 1849; Amoreuxia
Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 60 (pre syn.). 1849, non Amoreuxia
Moc. et Sesse, 1825.

Cycloloma atriplicifolium (Spreng.) Coult., Mem. Torr. Bot. Club,
5: 143. 1894; Standl., N. Amer. Fl,, 21(1): 8. 1916, TUMBLE RING
WING, WINGED PIGWEED, Syn.: Salsola atriplicifolia Spreng., Bot.
Gart. Hal, Nachtr., 1: 75. 1801; Kochia atriplicifolia (Spreng. )
Roth, Neue Beitr.,, 1: 177. 1802; Salsola platyphylla Michx., Fl.
Bor, Amer., 1: 174. 1803; S, radiata Desf., Ann. Mus. Paris, 2:
28. 1803; Kochia dentata Willd., Hort. Berol., pl. 28. 1803; Sal-
sola atriplicis Schultes, Obs. Bot., 52. 1809; Chenopodium radia-

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonymy 15

he

36

tum Schrad., Neues Journ. Bot., 3(3): 85. 1809; Salsola cheno~
podioides Dum.-Cours, Bot. Cult., ed. 2, 2: 463 (pro syn.). 1811;
Kochia platyphylla (Michx.) Schultes in Roem, et Schult., Syst.
Veg., 6: 274. 1820; Cyclolepis platyphylla (Michx.) Jacq., Ann.
Sci, Nat., II, 1: 204. 1834; Cycloloma platyphyllum (Michx.) Moq.,
Chenop. Enum., 18. 1840; C. platyphyllum var. latifolium Moq.,
Chenop. Enum., 19. 1840; Amorea platyphylla Delile, Cat. Hort.
Monsp., 1844; Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 60 (pro syn.). 1849; Amo-
reuxia platyphylla Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 60 (pro syn.).

1849; Cycloloma platyphyllum var. angustifolium Moq., in DC. Prodr.,
13(2): 60, 1849; Chenopodium atriplicifolium A.Ludw. in Asch, u.

ss eae

Graebn., Syn. Mitteleur, Fl., 5: 18. 1913.

CHENOPODIUM L., Sp. Pl., 218. 1753; Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(1):
9-13. 1916; Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 119-160. 1929; Wahl, Bar-
tonia, 27: 1-46. 1952-53 (1954). GOOSEFOOT, PIGWEED, Syn.: An-
serina Dumort, Fl, Belg., 21. 1827; Teloxys Moq., Ann. Sci. Nat.,
II, 1: 289. 1834; Agathophytum Moq., Ann. Sci. Nat., II, 1: 291.
1634; Oligandra Less., Linnaea, 9: 199. 1834, non Qligandra Less.,
1832; Orthosporum T.Nees, Gen. Fl. Germ, Dicot., 1: pl. 57. 1835;
Ambrina Spach, Hist, Veg., 5: 295. 1836; Botrydium Spach, Hist.
Veg., 5: 298. 1836; Lipandra Moc., Chenop. Enum., 19. 1840; Gan-
driloa Steud., Nom, Bot., ed. 2, 1: 662. 1840; Oliganthera Endl.,
Gen., 1377. 1841; Oxvbasis Kar. et Kir., Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose,,
1841: 738. 1841; Orthospermum Opiz, Seznam, 70. 1852; Vulvaria
Bubani, Fl. Pyren., 1: 174. 1897; Botrys Nieuwl., Amer. Midl, Nat.,
Bis 27h. 1914.

Chenopodium pumilio R.Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., 1: 307. 1810;
Aellen, Verh, Naturf. Ges. Basel, 44(1): 308-318, 1933; Gleason,
Jllus. Flora N.E. U.S. & Adj. Canada, 2: 88. 1952; Wahl, Bartonia,
No. 27: 7. 1952-53 (1954). RIDGED GOOSEFOOT, Syn.: Chenopodium
Carinatum of recent auth., non R.Br., 1810.

Chenopodium botrys L., Sp. Pl., 219. 1753; Standl., N. Amer, Fl.,
21(1): 26. 1916, JERUSALEM-OAK, Syn.o: Atriplex botrys (L.)
Crantz, Inst., 1: 207. 1766; Botrydium aromaticum Spach, Hist,
Veg., 5: 299. 1836; Ambrina botrys (L.) Mog., Chenop. Enum., 37.
1840; Chenopodium botryoides Raf. ex Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2):
75 (pro syn.). 1849; Ch. botryoides (var.) gracile Raf. ex Moq.
in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 75. 1849; Ch. botrys (var.) gracile Moc. in
DC. Prodr., 13(2): 75. 1849; Roubieva botrys (L.) Fuss, Fl. Trans—
sylv., 552. 1866; Ch. botrydium St.-Lag., Ann. Soc. Bot. Lyon,

7: 122, 1880; Vulvaria botrys (L.) Bubani, Fl. Pyren., 1: 177.
1897; Botrys aromatica (Spach) Nieuwl., Amer. Midl. Nat., 3: 275.
1914; Botrydium botrys (L.) Small, Man. SE, U.S., 466. 1933.

Chenopodium incisum Poir, in Lam, Encycel. Suppl., 1: 392. 1811;
Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 25. 1916, RAGLEAF GOOSEFOOT. Syn.:
Chenopodium graveolens Willd., Enum, Pl. Hort. Berol., 1: 290.

4.

5.

PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 2

1809; Aellen, Verh, Naturf. Ges. Basel, 41: 105. 1930; Wahl, Bar-
tonia, No. 27: 7. 1952-53 (1954); non Ch. graveolens Lag. et Hodr.,
1802 (See Brenan, Kew Bull., 1950(1): 129-132. 1950); Ch. effusum
Mart, et Gal,, Bull, Acad. Brux., 10(1): 346. 1843; Ch. foetidum
Mog. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 76 (partim). 1849, non Ch. foetidum
Schrad,, 1808; Teloxys cornuta Torr., Pacif. R.R.Rept., 4: 129.
1857; Ch. cornutum Torr.) Benth, et Hook. ex S.Wats., Bot. Calif.,
2: 482, 1880; Ambrina incisa (Poir.) Moq., Chenop, Enum, 36,

1840; Ch, incisum var, neomexicanum Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 40.
1929; Ch, incisum var. neomexicanum forma rubellum Aellen, Fedde
Repert., 26: 40. 1929; Ch. graveolens var, neomexicanum (Aellen)
Aellen, Verh, Naturf. Ges, Basel, 41: 108, 1930.

Chenopodium ambrosioides L., Sp. Pl., 219. 1753; Standl., N. Amer.
Fl., 21(1): 27. 1916; Aellen et Just, Amer, Midl. Nat., 30(1): 50=
51. 1943. MEXICAN-TEA, WORMSEED. Syn.: Chenopodium anthelminti-
cum L., Sp. Pl., 220. 1753; Atriplex ambrosioides (L.) Crantz,
Inst., 1: 207. 1766; A. anthelminthica (L.) Crantz, Inst., 1: 207.
1766; Ch, suffruticosum Willd., Enum., 290, 1809; Ch. sancta~maria
Vell., Fl. Flun., 126. 1825; Ch. chilense Schrad., Ind. Sem, Hort.
Gotting, 1832: 2. 1832; Linnaea, 8: Litt.-Ber. 25. 1833, non Pers.
1805; Orthosporum ambrosioides Kostel., Allg. Med.—Pharn. Fl.,
1433. 1835; O. suffruticosum Kostel., Allg, Med.-Pharm, Fl., 1433.
1835; Ambrina ambrosioides (L.) Spach, Hist. Veg., 5: 297. 1836;
Ambrina anthelmintica (L.) Spach, Hist. Vege, 5: 298. 1836; Ambri-
na retusa Mog., Chenop. Enum,, 38. 1840; Ambrina spathulata Moq.,
Chenop. Enum., 39. 1840; Ambrina obovata Moq., Chenop. Enum., 40.
1840; Roubieva anthelmintica Hook, et Arn., Bot. Beech. Voy., 387.
1840; Ch, spathulatum Sieber (Mog., Chenop. Mnum., 39 (pro syn.)
1840) ex Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 73. 1849; Ch. retusum Juss,

ex Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 73. 1849; Ch. obovatum Moq. in DC.
Prodr., 13(2): 73. 1849; Ch. ambrosioides (var,) anthelminthicum
A Gray, Man., ed. 2, 364. 1856; Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 3h.
1929; Blitum ambrosioides G.Beck in Reichenb,, Icon, Fl. Gern.,
24: 118. 1908; Botrys anthelmintica Nieuwl., Amer. Midl. Nat.,

3: 275. 1914; Ch. vagans Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 26. 1916;
Ch. ambrosioides var. vagans (Standl,) J.T.Howell, Leafl. Western
Bote, 5: 105. 1948.

Chenopodium chenopodioides (L.) Aellen, Ostenia, 98. 1933; Aellen
et Just, Amer, Midl. Nat., 30(1): 58. 1943; Wahl, Bartonia, No.
27: 11. 1952=53 (1954). Syne: Blitum chenopodioides L., Mant.
Pl., 2: 170. 1771;.Ch. crassifolium Hornem., Hort. Hafn., 254.
1813; Aellen, Magyar Bot. Lapok., 25: 55. 1926 (1927); Ch. rubrum
sensu N, Amer, auth., non L.; Ch. humile sensu N. Amer, auth.,
non Hook.

Chenopodium glaucum L., Sp. Pl., 220. 1753; Standl., N. Amer.
Fl., 21(1): 28 1916. Syn.: Atriplex glaucum (L.) Crantz, Inst.,
As 207. 1766; Ch. ambiguum R.Bre,y Prodr., 407. 1810; Blitun glau-

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonymy 17

cun (L.) Koch, Syn. Fl. Germ., 608. 1837; Orthospermm glaucum
(L.) Opiz, Seznam, 71. 1852; Agathophytum glaucum (L.) Fuss, Fl.
Transsylv., 553. 1866; Botrys glauca (L.) Nieuwl., Amer. Midi.
Nat., 3: 275. 1914.

7. Chenopodium desiccatum A. Nels., Bot. Gaz., 34: 362. 1902; Standl.,
N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 15. 1916. THICKLEAF GOOSEFOOT, Syn.: Cheno-
podium leptophylium (var,) oblongifolium S.Wats., Proc. Amer, Acad.,
9: 95. 1874; Ch. oblongifolium (S.Wats.) Rydb., Bull, Torr. Bot.
Club, 33: 137. 1906; Ch.leptophyllum subsp. desiccatum (A.Nels.)
Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 136. 1929; Ch. pratericola var. oblongi-
folium (S.Wats.) Wahl, Bartonia, No. 27: 19. 195k.

7a. Chenopodium desiccatum var. leptophylloides (Murr) Wahl, Field &
Lab., 23: 22. 1955. Syn.: Chenopodium leptophyllum S. Wats.,
Proc, Amer, Acad., 9: 9h mee F 1874, non Ch, leptophyllum Nutt.,
1874; Ch, leptophylium var. oblongifolium of auth., non S. Wats.,
1874; Ch. petiolare var. leptophylloides Murr, Bull, Herb, Boiss.,
II, 4: 994. 1904; Ch. pratericola Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,
392 310, 1912; Standl,, N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 14-15. 1916; Aellen
et Just, Amer, Midl, Nat., 30(1): 64. 1943; Wahl, Bartonia, No.
27: 18. 1952-53 (1954); Botrys pratericola (Rydb.) Lunell, Amer.
Midl, Nat., 4: 306. 1916; Ch. leptophyllum var. leptophylloides
(Murr) Thell. et Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 134. 1929; Ch. pra—
tericola var. leptophylloides (Murr) Aellen, Ostenia, 100. 1933;
Ch. leptophyllum (var.) pratericola (Rydb.) F.C.Gates, Trans,
Kansas Acad. Sci., 42: 137. 1940; Ch. pratericola subsp. eu-pra-
tericola Aellen in Aellen et Just, Amer, Midl. Nat., 30(1): 64.
1943; Ch. pratericola subsp. eu-pratericola var, leptophylloides
(Murr) Aellen in Aellen et Just, Amer, Midl. Nat., 5OCL) 6h.
1943.

8, Chenopodium cycloides A.Nels., Bot. Gaz., 34: 363. 1902; Standl.,
N, Amer. Fl., 21(1): 16. 1916.

9. Chenopodium pallescens Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(1): 15. 1916;
Wahl, Bartonia, No. 27: 23. 1952-53 (1954). LIGHT GOOSEFOOT.

10, Chenopodium leptophyllum Nutt. ex S, Wats., Proc, Amer. Acad.,
9: 94. 1874, non Moq.; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 14. 1916;
Wahl, Bartonia, No. 27: 23. 1952~53 (1954). NARROWLEAF GOOSE~
FOOT, Syn.: Botrys leptophyllum Nieuwl., Amer, Midl. Nat., 3:
275. 1914, non Moq., Ch. inamoenum Standl., N, Amer. Fl., 21(1):
15. 1916 (as to descr, and plants considered, not as to type).

11. Chenopodium hians Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 16, 1916.
12, Chenopodium vulvaria L., Sp. Pl., 220, 1753; Standl., No Amer.

Fl., 21(1): 20. 1916. Syn.: Atriplex vulvaria (L.) Crantz, Inst.,
1: 207. 1766; Ch. foetidum Lam,, Fl. Franc., 3: 244. 1778; Ch.

18 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 1

olidum Curt., Fl. Lond,, 5: pl. 20. 1788; Ch, album var, vulvaria
Kuntze, Taschen-Fl., Leipz., 218. 1867; Vulvaria vulgaris Bubani,
Fl. Pyren., l: 1 by 6 1897.

13. Chenopodium fremontii S.Wats., Bot. King's Fxpl., 287. 1871; Standl.,
N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 18 1916; Wahl, Bartonia, No. 27: 24-25, 1952-
53 (1954). FREMONT GOOSEFOOT. Syn.: Botrys fremontii (S.Wats.)
Lunell, Amer, Midl, Nat., 4: 305. 1916; Ch. fremontii var. fremontii
Fosberg, Amer, Midl, Nat., 26: 691. 1941.

13a. Chenopodium fremontii forma feiinosum Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26:
142. 1929.

13b. Chenopodium fremontii var. pringlei (Standl.) Aellen, Fedde Re-
pert., 26: 142. 1929. Syn.: Chenopodium pringlei Standl., N. Amer.
Fl., 21(1): 18, 1916.

14. Chenopodium atrovirens Rydb., Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard., 1: 131. 1900;
Standl., No Amer. Fl., 21(1): 17. 1916. Syn.: Chenopodium wolfii
Rydb., Bull. Torr, Bot. Club, 30: 248. 1903, non Ch. wolffii Si-
monkai, 1879; Ch. aridum A.Nels., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 31: 240.
190k,

15. Chenopodium incanum (S.Wats.) Heller, Plant World, 1: 23. 1897;
Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 18. 1916; Wahl, Bartonia, No, 27:
25. 1952-53 (1954). MEALY GOOSEFOOT. Syn.: Chenopodium fremontii
var. incenum S.Wats., Proc. Amer, Acad., 9: 94. 1874; Ch. nevadense
Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 16, 1916; Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26:
158. 1929; Fosberg, Amer, Midl, Nat., 26: 691. 1941; Ch. delta-
phyllum Osterhout, Bull. Torr, Bot, Club, 57: 559. 1931.

16. Chenopodium carnosulum Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 64. 1849; Aellen
et Just, Amer. Midl. Nat., 30(1): 65. 1943. Syn.: Chenopodium
patagonicum Phil., Anal. Univ, Santiago, 91: 421. 1895; Ch. fuegi-
anum Speg., Anal. Mus, Nac. Buenos Aires, 5: 72. 1896-97; Ch.
scabricaule Speg., Anal. Mus, Nac. Buenos Aires, II (4), 7: 138.
1902,

17. Chenopodium neomexicanum Standl., N. Amer Fl., 21(1): 19. 1916;
Wahl, Bartonia, No. 27: 28. 1952-53 (1954). Syn.: Chenopodium
lenticulare Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 152. 1929.

18, Chenopodium standleyanum Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 153. 1929;
Wahl, Bartonia, No. 27: 28. 1952-53 (1954). STANDLEY GOOSEFOOT.
Syn,: Chenopodium boscianum Moq. of auth., not as to type; Ch.
gigantospermum var, standleyanum (Aellen) Aellen in Aellen et
Just, Amer, Midl. Nat., 30(1): 75. 1943.

19, Chenopodium gigantospermum Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 144. 1929;
Aellen et Just, Amer, Midl. Nat., 30(1): 75. 1943; Wahl, Bartonia,
No, 27: 30, 1952-53 (1954); Holmgren et Reveal, U.S. Forest Ser-

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonymy 19

vice, Research Paper Int.-32, p. 29. 1966. BIGSEED GOOSEFOOT.
Syn.: Chenopodium hybridum of Amer, auth., non L. 1753; Ch. gi-
gantospermum var. standleyanum Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 147,
1929; Ch, hybridum var, gigantospermum (Aellen) Rouleau, Nat.
Canad., 71: 268. 1944; Ch. gigantospermum forma griffithsii Ael-
len, Fedde Repert., 26: 174. 1929

20, Chenopodium mrale L., Sp. Pl., 219. 1753; Standl., N. Amer, Fl.,
21(1): 12, 1916; I.M.Johnston, Journ. Arnold Arb., 25: 145. 1944.
NETTLELEAF GOOSEFOOT, SOWBANE, Syn.: Atriplex mralis (L.) Crantz,
Inst., 1: 206, 1766; Ch. guineense Jacq., Coll., 2: 346. 1788; Ch.
carthagenense Zuccagni in Roem., Coll., 133. 1806; Ch. mrale
(var. ) albescens Moq., Chenop. Enum., 32. 1840; Ch. mrale var.
carthagenense (Zucc,) Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 69. 1849; Vu-
varia trachiosperma Bubani, Fl. Pyren., 1: 177. 1897; Ch. mrale
(var.) spissidentatum Murr, Magyar Bot. Lapok, 2: 11. 1903,

21. Chenopodium albescens Small, Flora SE, United States, ed. 1, 385,
1330. 1903; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 17. 1916, PALE GOOSE-
FOOT, Syn.: Chenopodium berlandieri subsp, zschackei var, glauco-
viride Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 58 1929.

22. Chenopodium opulifolium Schrad. in Koch et Ziz,, Cat. Pl. Palat.,
6. 1814; Wahl, Bartonia, No. 27: 33. 1952-53 (1954). Syne: Cheno-
podium album var. opulifolium G.Meyer, Chlor. Hanov., 465, 1836;
Yulvaria opulifolia Bubani, Fl. Pyren., 1: 176. 1897; Ch. viride
sensu Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 21. 1916 (partim), non Ch.
viride re 1753; Ch. flabellifolium Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(1):
19, 1916.

23. Chenopodium album L., Sp. Pl., 219. 1753; Standl., N. Amer. Fl.,
21(1): 23. 1916; Wahl, Bartonia, No. 27: 33. 1952-53 (1954); Ael-
len, Fedde Repert., 26: 126, 1929, PIGWEED, LAMB'S-QUARTERS.
Syn.: Cheno um viride L., Sp. Pl., 219 (partim). 1753; Atri-
plex alba ce Crantz, Inst., 1: 206. 1766; Ch. canadense Lam.,
Fl. Franc., 3: 248. 1778; Ch. lanceolatum Muhl, ex Willd., Enum,
291. 1809; Ch. album var. integerrimm S.F.Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit.
Pl., 2: 285. 1821; Ch, album (var.) spicatum Koch, Syn. Fl. Germ.,
606. 1837; Ch, album var. lanceolatum (Muhl.) Coss. et Germ,, Fl.
Paris, 451. 1845; Vulvaria albescens Bubani, Fl. Pyren., 1: 176.
1897; Ch, album (var.) collinsii Murr, Bul2. Herb. Boiss., II,

4: 990. 1904; Botrys alba (L.) Nieuwl., Amer, Midl. Nat., 3: 277.
1914; B. alba (var.} pauper Lunell, Amer. Midl. Nat., 4: 305.
1916; Ch. album var. polymorphum Aellen, Amer, Midl. Nat., 30:
68. 1943; Ch. album var. polymorphum forma lanceolatum (Muhl.)
Aellen, Amer. Midi. Nat., 30: 69. 1943.

‘4. Chenopodium missouriense Aellen,Bot, Notis. Lund, 1928: 206, figs.
1928; Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 155. 1929; Aellen et Just, Aner,
Midl. Nat., 30(1): 68, 1943; Wahl, Bartonia, No. 27: 36, 1952253

20

256

26.

(1954); MISSOURI GOOSEFOOT. Syn.: Chenopodium missouriense var,
bushianum Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 156, 1929; Aellen et Just,
Amer, Midl. Nat., 30: 68, 1943; Ch. paganum sensu Stand)., N. Amer.
Fl., 21(1): 23 (partim). 1916, non Reichenb.

Chenopodium giganteum Don, Prodr, Pl. Nepal, 75. 1825; Wahl, Bar-
tonia, No. 27: 50. 1952-53 (1954). Syn.: Chenopodium album var.
amaranticolor Coste et Reynier in Reynier, Bull. Herb, Boiss., II,
5: 979. 1905; Ch, amaranticolor Coste et Reynier, Bull. Soc, Bot,
Fr., 542 178. 1907; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 21. 1916.

Chenopodium berlandieri Moq., Chenop. Enum,, 23. 1840; Standl.,
N. Amer, Fl., 21(1): 24-25. 1916; Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 50-
63. 1929; Aellen et Just, Amer, Midl. Nat., 30(1): 72. 1943;

Wahl, Bartonia, No. 27: 40. 1952-53 (1954). PITSEED GOOSEFOOT.
Syn.: Chenopodium album var. berlandieri (Moq.) Mackenzie et Bush,
Fl. Jackson Co., 80. 1902; Ch. texanum Murr, Magyar Bot. Lapok,
2: 8. 1903; Ch. berlandieri var. texanum (Murr) Zobel, Verz, An-
halt Phanerog., 3: 71. 1907; Ch. berlandieri var. typicum Ludwig
in Aschers. u. Graebn., Syn, Mitteleur Fl., 5: 81-82. 1913; Ael-
len, Fedde Repert., 26: 52. 1929; Aell.en et Just, Amer, Midl. Nat.,
30(1): 72. 1943; berlandieri (Moo.) Nieuwl., Amer, Midl.
Nate, 3: 276. 1914; Ch, berlandieri subsp, eu-berlandieri Aellen,
Fedde Repert., 26: 62. 1929; Aellen et Just, Amer, Midl. Nat.,
30(1): 71-73. 1943; Ch, palmeri Standl., N, Amer. Fl., 21(1): 19.
1916; Wahl, Bartonia, No, 27: 28. 1952-53 (1954); Ch. arizonicum
Standl,, N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 19-20. 1916; Ch. berlandieri subsp.
yucatanum Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 51, 59. 1929.

26a, Chenopodium berlandieri var. zschackei (Murr) Murr, Festschrift

Aschers. 70 Geburtst., p. 227. 1904; Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26:
50-51. 1929; Wahl, Bartonia, No. 27: 42, f. 9. 1952-53 (195k).
Syn,: Chenopodium zschackei Murr, Deut. Bot. Monatschr.,, 19: 39.
1901; Ch. berlandieri subsp. zschackei (Murr) Zobel, Verz. Anhalt
Phanerog., 3: 70. 1909; Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 51. 1929; Ch.
platyphyllum Issler, Allg. Bot. Zeits., 8: 183. 1902; Ch. ber-
landieri subsp, platyphyllum (Issler) Ludwig ex Aschers. u. Graebn.,
Syn, Mitteleur. Fl., 5: 83. 1913; Schinz u. Keller, Fl. Schweiz,
II: 94. 1914; Ch. opulifolium (var.) platyphyllum (Issler) G,.Beck
in Reichenb,, Icon, Fl. Germ., 24: 102. 1907; Ch. berlandieri sub-
sp, farinosum Ludwig ex Aschers. u. Graebn., Syn. Mitteleur. Fl.,
5: 82. 1913; Ch. berlandieri subsp. foetens Ludwig ex Aschers. u.
Graebn., Syn. Mitteleur. Fl., 5: 83. 1913; Ch. dacoticum Standl.,
N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 22. 1916; Ch. berlandieri var. foetens (Lud-
wig) Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 57. 1929; Ch. berlandieri var.
farinosum (Ludwig) Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 56. 1929; Ch. bem
landieri var. californicum Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 57. 1929;
Ch. berlandieri subsp, esauae Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 51, 59.
1929; Ch, berlandieri subsp, ludwigianum Aellen, Fedde Repert.,
26: 50, 59. 1929.

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonymy 21

26b. Chenopodium berlandieri var. boscianum (Moq.) Wahl, Bartonia,
No, 27: 42. 1952-53 (1954). Syn.: Chenopodium boscianum Moa.,
Chenop, Enum,, 21 (partim). 1840; Stand]., N. Amer, Fl., 17-18.
1916; Fernald, Gray's Man.,, 8th ed., 594. 1950; Ch. berlandieri
subsp, boscianum (Moq.) Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 51, 61. 1929;
Ch, polyspermum (var.) spicatum A.Gray, Man., ed. 2, 363. 1856,
non Ch. polyspermum (var.) spicatum Moq., 1840; Botrys bosciana
(Mog.) Nieuwl., Amer. Midl. Nat., 3: 275, 191k.

26c, Chenopodium berlandieri var. sinuatum (Murr) Wahl, Bartonia, No.
27: 42. 1952-53 (1954). Syn.: Chenopodium petiolare var. sinua~
tum Murr, Bull. Herb. Boiss., II, 4: 994. 1904; Ch. berlandieri
subsp, pseudo~petiolare Aellen, Fedde Repert., 26: 51-60. 1929;
Aellen et Just, Amer. Midl. Nat., 30(1): 72-73. 1943; Ch. ber-
landieri subsp. pseudo-petiolare forma sinuatum (Murr) Aellen,
Fedde Repert., 26: 61. 1929; Ch. petiolare of N. Amer, auth.,
non Ch, petiolare HBK., 1817.

5. SPINACIA L., Sp. Pl., 1027. 1753. SPINACH.

1. Spinacia oleracea L., Sp. Pl., 1027. 1753; Standl., N. Amer. Fl.,
21(1): 33. 1916. SPINACH. Syn.: Spinacia glabra Mill., Gard.
Dict., ed. 8: Spinacia No. 8 1768; Spinacia oleracea var. in-
ermis Peterm., Pflanzenschltiss, 377. 1846; S. inermis Moench.,
Meth., 318. 1794; Se spinosa Moench., Meth., 318. 179k.

6, ATRIPLEX L., Sp. Pl., 1052. 1753; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1):
33. 1916; Hall et Clements, Carnegie Inst. Publ. No. 326. 1923;
Brown, Amer, Midl. Nat., 55: 201, 1956, SALTBUSH. Syn.: Obione
Gaertn., Fruct., 2: 198, 1791; Halimis Wallr., Sched. Crit., 117.
1822; Pterochiton Torr. et Frem, in Frem, Rept. Expl. Exped.
Rocky Mts. and Oregon-California, 318. 1845; Schizotheca C.Meyer
ex Lindl., Veg. Kingd., 513 (hyponym), 1846, non Schizotheca
Ehrenb., 1832; Phyllotheca Nutt. ex Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2):

98 (pro syn.). 1849; Lophocarya Nutt. ex Moq. in DC. Prodr.,
13(2): 106 (pro syn.). 1849; Pterocarya Nutt. ex Moq, in DC.
Prodr., 13(2): 106 (pro syn.). 1849, non Pterocarya Kunth, 1824;
Phyllocarpa Nutt. ex Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 108 (pro syn.).
1849, non Phyllocarpus Riedel, 1842; Theleophyton Moa. in DC,
Prodr., 13(2)3 115. 1849; Armola Kirschl, ex Montand., Syn. Fl.
Jura Sept., 261. 1856; Teutliopsis Celak, Oesterr. Bot. Zeits.,
22: 168. 18725 Senniella Aellen, Engl.,BBt. Jahrb., 68: 416.1938.

1, Atriplex patula L., var. hastata (L.) A.Gray, Man., ed 5, 409.
1867; Fernald, Gray's Man., ed 8, 597. 1950. HALBERD~LEAVED
SALTBUSH. Syn.: Atriplex hastata L., Sp. Pl., 1053. 1753;
Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 42. 1916; A. halimus Pursh, Fl.
Amer, Sept., 199, 1814, non A. halimus L., 1753; A. laciniata
Pursh, Fl. Amer. Sept., 199. 1814, non A. laciniata L., 1753;
A. halimoides Raf., Amer. Monthly Mag., 2: 176. 1818; A. micro-
nata Raf., Amer, Monthly Mag., 2: 176, 1818; A. dioica Raf.,

22

4.

De

7.

PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 1

Amer, Monthly Mag., 2: 176. 1818; Chenopodium subspicetum Nutt.,
Gen., 1: 199. 1818; A. laciniata var. americana Torr., Fl. U.S.,
1: 293. 1824; A. purshiana Moq., Chenop. Enum,, 55. 1840; A.
tetrandra Torr. ex Mog. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 93 (pro syn.).
1849; A. gracilis Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 95 (pro syn.).1849;
Chenopodium hastatum (L.) Dumort, Bull, Soc, Bot. Belg., 4: 339.
1865; Teutliopsis hastata (L.) Celak, Oesterr, Bot. Zeits., 22:
168, 1872; A. patula var. subspicata S.Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad.,
9: 107. 1874; A. lapathifolia Rydb., Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard., 1: 133.
1900; A. carnoga A.Nels., Bot. Gaz., 34: 261. 1902; de subspicata
(S.Wats.) Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 33: 137, 1906; A, patula
subsp. hastata (L.) Hall et Clements, Carnegie Inst. Publ. No.
326: 249, pl. 37. 1923.

Atriplex rosea L., Sp. Pl., ed. 2, 1493. 1763; Standl., N. Amer.
Fl., 21(1): 43. 1916. ROSEATE SALTBUSH. Syn.: Atriplex alba
Scop., Delic. Insub., 2: 16. 1787, non A. alba Crantz, 1766;
Teutliopsis rosea (L.) Celak, Oesterr. Bot. Zeits., 22: 169.
1872; A. spatiosa A.Nels., Bot. Gaz., 34: 360. 1902.

Atriplex elegans (Moq.) D.Dietr., Syn. Pl., 5: 537. 1852; Standl.,
N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 58. 1916. WHITESCALE SALTBUSH. Syn.: Obi-~
one elegans Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 113. 1849; O. radiata
Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 183. 1859; O. elegans var. radiata
Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound, Surv., 183 (partim), 1859; A. argentea
Coult., non Nutt.

Atriplex holocarpa F. v. Muell., Rep. Babb. Exp., 19. 1858;
Benth., Fl. Austral., 5: 179. 1870; Bidwell et Wooton, U.S.D.A.,
Dept. Bull. No. 1345: 10. 1925. POP SALTBUSH. Syn.: Senniella
spongiosa var. holocarpa (F.v.Muell.) Aellen, mgl. Bot, Jahrb.,
68: 417. 1938; Atriplex spongiosa var. holocarpa (F.v.Muell.)
Black, Flora S,. Australia, Ed. 2, Part II: 300. 1948.

Atriplex saccaria S.Wats., Proc. Amer, Acad., 9: 112. 1874;
Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 45. 1916; Harrington, Man. Fl.
Colorado, 207. 1954. Syn.s: Atriplex cornuta M.E.Jones, Proc.
Calif. Acad., II, 5: 718. 1895; A. truncata var. cornuta M.E.
Jones, Contr. West.Bot., ll: 20. 1903; A. expeamsa var. cornuta
M.E.Jones, Contr. West.Bot., ll: 21. 1903.

Atriplex klebergorum M.C.Johnston, Southwest Nat., 6: 49. 1961.
KLEBERG SALTBUSH.

Atriplex argentea Nutt., Gen., 1: 198 1818; Standl., N. Amer.
Fl., 21(1): 46. 1916. SILVERSCALE SALTBUSH, SILVER ORACHE. Syn.:
Obione argentea (Nutt.) Moq., Chenop. Enum., 76. 1840; A. no-
dosa Greene, Pittonia, 1: 40. 1887; A. caput-—medusae, Eastw.,
Proc, Calif. Acad., II. 6: 316, 1896; Standl., N. Amer. Fl.,
21(1): 48. 1916; A. volutans A.Nels., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 25:

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonyny 23

203. 1898; A. spatiosa A.Nels., Bot. Gaz., 34: 360 (partim).
1902; A. argentea var. caput-—nedusae (Eastw.) Fosberg, Amer.
Midl, Nat., 26: 693. 1941; A. argentea var. hillmani Jones,
Contr, West. Bot,, 11: 21. 1903; A. hillmeni (Jones) Standl.,

N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 48. 1916; A. argentea subsp. typica var.
caput-medusae (Eastw,) Fosberg, Amer, Midl. Nat., 26: 693. 1941;
A. argentea subsp, typica Hall et Clements, Carnegie Inst. Publ.
No. 326: 284. 1923.

7a. Atriplex argentea subsp. expansa (S.Wats.) Hall et Clements,
Carnegie Inst. Publ. No. 326: 284. 1923; Harrington, Man. Pl.
Colorado, 207-208. 1954. SPREADING SALTBUSH, FOGNEED. Syn.:
QObione argentea Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 182, 1859; A.
expansa S.'Nats., Proc. Amer, Acad., 9: 116, 1874; Standl., N.
Amer, Fl., 21(1): 47. 1916; A. 2xpansa var. mohavensis M.E.Jones,
Contr. West. Bot., ll: 20. 1903; A. mohavensis (M.E.Jones) Standl.,
N. Amer, Fl., 21(1): 47. 1916; A. rydbergii Standl., N. Amer.
Fl., 21(1): 47-48. 1915.

8, Atriplex semibaccata R.Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., 1: 406. 1810;
Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(1): 52. 1916, AUSTRALIAN SALTBUSH.
Syn.: Atriplex denticulata Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 97. 1849;
A. flagellaris Wooton et Standl., Contr. U.S, Nat. Herb., 16:
19... JOU.

9. Atriplex wrightii S.Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad., 9: 113. 1874;
Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 53. 1916. WRIGHT SALTBUSH. Syn.:
Obione elegans var. radiata Torr., Bot, Mex. Bound. Surv.,

183 (partim). 1859, non OQ, radiata Torr.; A. radiata Coult.,
Contr, U.S. Nat. Herb., 2: 368. 1894,

10, Atriplex pentandra (Jacq.) Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 54.
1916, SEASHORF SALTBUSH. Syn.: Axyris pentandra Jacq., Sel.
Stirp. Am., 244. 1763; Atriplex cristata Humb, et Bonpl. ex
Willd., Sp. Pl., 4: 959. 1805; Obione cristata (HBK.) Moa.,
Chenop. Enum., 73. 1840; Atriplex arenaria of auth. for most
western specimens,

ll, Atriplex arenaria Nutt., Gen., 1: 198. 1818; Standl., N. Amer.
Fl., 21(1): 55. 1916. COASTAL SALTBUSH. Syn.: Obione arenaria
(Nutt. ) Moq., Chenop. Enum, 71. 1840; Atriplex cristata var.
arenaria (Nutt,) Kunze, Rev. Gen. Pl., 546. 1891.

12. Atriplex texana S.Wats., Proc, Amer. Acad., 9: 113. 1874; Standl.,
N. Amer, Fl., 21(1): 55, 1916. TEXAS SALTBUSH, Syn.: Atriplex
tuberculata Coult., Contr, U. S, Nat. Herb., 2: 368. 1894; Small,
Flora SE, United States, ed. 2, 387. 1913; Qbione elegans var.
tuberculosa Torr,, Bot. Mex. Bound, Surv., 183. 1859.

13, Atriplex wardii Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 56. 1916. WARD
SALTBUSH,

2h
1h.

15.

16.

17.

18.

PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 1

Atriplex canescens (Pursh) Nutt,, Gen., 1: 197. 1818; Standl.,

N. Amer, Fl,, 21(1): 71. 1916; Brown, Amer, Midl, Nat., 55: 206~
210. 1956, FOURWING SALTBUSH, CHAMISA, CHAMIZA, Syn.: Calligo~
num canescens Pursh, Fl. Amer. Sept., 340. 1814; Obione canescens
(Pursh) Moq., Chenop. Rnum., 74. 1840; Atriplex berlandieri Moq.,
Chenop., Enum,, 65. 1840; Obione tetraptera Benth., Bot. Voy.
Sulph., 48. 1844; Pterochiton occidentale Torr. et Frem. in Frem,
Rept. Oregon and California, 31&. 1845; Pt. canescens Nutt.,
Journ, Acad, Phila,, II, 1: 184. 1847; Lophocarya spinosa Nutt.ex
Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 112 (pro syn.). 1849; Qbione occiden~
talis Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 114. 1849; Q. berlandieri Moq.
in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 114. 1849; Atriplex occidentalis (Torr, )
D.Dietr., Syn. Pl., 5: 537. 1852; Obione occidentalis var. angus~
tifolia Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 184. 1859; Atriplex canes-
cens var, angustifolia S.Wats., Proc, Amer, Acad., 9: 121. 1874;
A.angustior Cockerell, Proc, Davenp. Acad., 9: 7. 1902; A. tetra-
ptera (Benth.) Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 39: 311. 1912; A.
linearis S.Wats,, Proc. Amer, Acad., 24: 72. 1889; A. canescens
var, macilenta Jepson, Fl. Calif., 442. 1914; A. canescens subsp.
typica Hall et Clements, Carnegie Inst. Publ. No, 326: 343, pl.
5&, 1923; A. canescens var. linearis (S.Wats.) Munz, Man. S,
Calif., 141. 1935.

Atriplex matamorensis A.Nels., Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 17: 99.
1904; Standl,, N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 59-60. 1916. MATAMOROS
SALTBUSH. Syn.: Atriplex oppositifolia S.Wats., Proc, Amer,
Acad., 9: 118. 1874, non Vill., 1779; Small, Flora SE, United
States, ed. 2, 387. 1913.

Atriplex acanthocarpa (Torr,) S.Wats., Proc, Amer. Acad., 9: 117.
1874; Standl., Ne Amer, Fl,, 21(1): 65, 1916, ARMED SALTBUSH,
Syn.: Obione acanthocarpa Torr., Bot. Mex, Bound. Surv., 183,
1859; Atriplex cuneata A.Nels,, Bot. Gaz., 34: 357 (partim). 1902.

Atriplex obovata Moq., Chenop. Enum., 61. 1840; Standl., N. Amer,
Fl., 21(1): 66. 1916, SILVER SALTBUSH, Syn.: Atriplex acantho-
carpa Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound, Surv., 183 (partim). 1859; A.
gregeii S.Wats,, Proc. Amer, Acad., 9: 118. 1874; A. cuneata A.
Nels., Bot. Gaz., 34: 357 (partim). 1902; A. sabulosa M.E.Jones,
Contr. West. Bot., 11: 21. 1903; A. jonesii Standl., N. Amer.
Fl., 21(1): 65. 1916; A. obovata var. tuberata Macbr., Contr.
Gray Herb., 53: ll. 1918.

Atriplex confertifolia (Torr. et Frem.) S.Wats., Proc. Amer.
Acad., 9: 119. 1874; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 70. 1916;
Brown, Amer. Midl, Nat., 55: 203. 1956. SPINY or SHADSCALE
SALTBUSH, SHEEPBUSH. Syn.: Obione confertifolia Torr. et Frem.
in Frem, Rept. Oregon and California, 318. 1845; 0. rigida Torr.
et Frem., in Frem. Rept. Oregon and California, 156 (nom. nudc).
1845; ©. spinosa Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 108. 1849; Atriplex

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonymy 25

spinosa D.Dietr., Syn. Pl., 5: 536. 1852; A. collina Wooton et
Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 16: 119. 1913; Standl., N. Amer,
Fl., 21(1): 70. 1916; A subconferta Rydb., Fl. Rocky Mts., 248.
ION 5

7, SUCKLEYA A.Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad,, 11: 103, 1876; Standl., N.
Amer, F]l., 21(1): 74. 1916. SUCKLEYA.

1. Suckleya suckleyana (Torr.) Rydb., Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard., 1: 133.
1900; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 74. 1916, POISON SUCKLEYA.
Syn.: Obione suckleyana Torr. ex A.Gray, Pacific R.R. Rept.,
12(2): 47. 1860; Atriplex sucklevana S.Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad.,
9: 111. 1874; Suckleya petiolaris A.Gray, Proc. Amer, Acad., 11:
1876.

8, EUROTIA Adans., Fam. Pl., 2: 260. 1763; Standl., N. Amer. Fl.,
21(1): 75. 1916. WINTERFAT, Syn.: Krascheninnikovia Gueldenst.,
Novi Comm. Acad. Petrop., 16: 548. 1772; Gueldenstaedtia Neck.,
Elem., 2: 204. 1790; Diotis Schreb., Gen., 2: 633. 1791; Cerato-
spermum Pers., Syn. Pl., 2: 551. 1807; Kranikofa Raf., Princ.
Somiol., 5 {0)- 1811.

1. Eurotia lanata (Pursh) Moq., Chenop. Enum., 81. 1840; Standl.,
N. Amer, Fl., 21(1): 76. 1916. COMMON WINTERFAT, WHITE SAGE.
Syn.: Diotis lanata Pursh, Fl. Amer. Sept., 602. 1814; D. re-
voluta Nutt. ex Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 121 (pro syn.). 1849;
Eurotia ceratoides var. lanata Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl., 549. 1891.

la. Eurotia lanata var. subspinosa (Rydb.) Kearney et Peeble, Journ.
Wash, Acad., 29: 475. 1939. BUSH WINTERFAT. Syn.: EBurotia sub-
spinosa Rydb., Bull, Torr. Bot. Club, 39: 312. 1912; Standl., N.
Amer. Fl., 21(1): 75. 1916.

9, KOCHIA Roth in Schrad. Journ, Bot., 1800(1): 307. 1801; Standl.,
N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 77. 1916. SUMMER-CYPRESS. Syn.: Sclero-
chlamys F,Muell., Trans. Phil. Inst. Vict., 2: 76. 1858.

1. Kochia scoparia (L.) Roth, Neues Journ. Bot. Schrad., 3(3): 85.
1809; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 77. 1916. BELVEDERE, SUMMER-
CYPRESS, Syn.: Chenopodium scoparia L., Sp. Pl., 221. 1753;
Atriplex scoparia (L.) Crantz, Inst., 1: 208. 1766; Salsola sco-
paria (L.) Marsch.—Bieb., Mem. Soc, Nat. Moscou, 1: 144, 1811;
Kochia virgata Kostel., Ind. Sem. Hort. Prag., 77. 1844; Bushiola
scoparia (L.) Nieuwl., Amer, Midl, Nat., 4: 95. 1915; Kochia
alata Bates, Amer. Bot., 24: 52. 1918.

la. Kochia scoparia var. culta (Voss) Farwell, Papers Mich. Acad.
Sci., (1940), 26: 10. 1941. MEXICAN FIREBUSH, SUMMER-CYPRESS,
Syn.: Bassia scoparia var. culta Voss, Deutsch. Gartenrat., 1904;
Beil. Pflanzenk, Gartner-Neuz., 18, 1905; Kochia trichophila Voss,

26

20

10,

1.

12.

PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, now 1

Deutsch, Gartenrat., 1904; Beil. Pflanzenk. Gdrtner-Neuz., 18.
1905; Stapf in Sim, Verz. Haage u. Schmidt, 1906; K. trichophylla
Hort. in Burpee Farm Annual, 1906; K. trichophylla Voss, Beil.
Pflanzenk, Gartner-Neuz., 18. 1995; K. scoparia var. trichophylla
Méllers, Deutsch, Girtner—Zeit., 1906; Ugolini, Bol. Sec. Bot.
Ital., 191. 1909; K. scoparia forma trichophila Schinz et Thell.,
Verz. Sum, Bot, Gart, Zitrich, 10. 1909; K. scoparia var. tricho-
phila Bailey, Hortus, 343. 1930; K. trichophila Hort. ex Tribune
Hortic., 2: 445. 1907; K. childsii Hort. (Trade name).

Kochia americana S. Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad., 9: 93. 1874; Standl.,
N. Amer, Fl., 21(1): 78. 1916. PERENNIAL SUMMER-CYPHESS.

BASSIA All., Misc. Taur., 3: 177. 1766; 1.c., 5: 93. 1776; Har-
rington, Man. Fl. Colorado, 210. 1954. Syn.: Echinopsilon Moq.,
Ann. Sci. Nat., II, 2: 127. 1834; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1):
78. 1916; Abrams, Ill. Fl. Pacific States, 2: 20. 1944.

Bassia hyssopifolia (Pallas) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl., 1: 547.
1891; Davis, Flora Idaho, 262. 1952; Harrington, Man. Fl. Colo-
rado, 210. 1954. SMOTHERWEED, FIVEHOOK BASSIA. Syn.: Salsola
hyssopifolia Pallas, Reise, 1: 491. 1771; Suaeda hyssopifolia
Paljas, Ill. Pl., 4h, t. 36. 1803; Echinopsilon hyssopifolium
(Pallas) Moq. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 135. 1849; Kochia hyssopi-
folia (Pallas) Boiss., Fl. Orient., 4: 926. 1879.

CORISPERMUM L., Sp. Pl., 4. 1753; Standl., No Amer. Fl., 21(1):
79, 1916. TICKSEZED, BUGSEED.

Corispermum hyssopifolium L., Sp. Pl., 4. 1753; Standl., N. Amer.
Fle. 21(1): 79. 1916, HYSSOPLEAF TICKSEED or BUGSEED, Syn.:
Corispermm hyssopifolium var, americanum Nutt., Gen., 1: 4. 1818;
C. americanum (Nutt.) Nutt., Trans. Amer, Phil. Soc., II, 5: 165.
1837; C. marginale Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 30: 247. 1903;

C. emarginatum Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 31: 404. 1904; C.
imbricatum A.Nels. ex Coult. et A.Nels., Man., 164. 1909; C. sim
plicissimum Lunell, Amer, Midl. Nat., 1: 207. 1910.

Corispermum nitidum Kit. ex Schult., Oesterr. Fl., ed. 2, 1: 7.
1814; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 79. 1916. SHINING TICKSEED
or BUGSEED. Syn.: Corispermum tenue Link, Jahrb. Gewtchsk.,
1(3): 29. 1820; C,. microspermum Host, Fl. Austr., 1: 319. 1827;
C. hyssopifolium var, microcarpum S.Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad., 9:
123. 187k.

ALLENROLFEA Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl., 1: 545. 1891; Standl., N. Amer.
iva War 21(1): 80. 1916. PICKLEWEED,. Syn. ? Spirostachys S.Wats.,
Proc. Amer, Acad., 9: 125. 1874, non Spirostachys Sonder, 1850.

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonyny 27

1.

13.

1.

20

3.

14.

15.

Allenrolfea o¢eidentalis (S.Wats.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl., 1: 546.
1891; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 81. 1916, PICKLEWEED. Syn,:
Arthrocnemum fruticosum Torr, in Stansb., Expl. Utah, 394. 1853,
non A. fruticosum Moq., 1840; Arthrocnemum macrostachyun Torr.,
Bot, Mex. Bound. Surv., 184. 1859, non A. macrostachyum Moris,
1854; Halostachys occidentalis S.Wats., Bot. King's Expl., 293.
1871; Spirostachys occidentalis S.Wats., Prec, Amer, Acad., 9:
125. 1874; Salicernia occidentalis Greene, Fl. Fran., 173. 1891.

SALICORNIA Les Spo Pl., 36 Yy/S3E\5 Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1):
82. 1916. GLASSWORT, Syn.: Sarcathria Raf., Fl. Tell., 3: 47.
1837.

Salicornia bigelovii Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 184. 1859;
Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(1): 83. 1916, BIGELOW GLASSWORT, Syn.:
Salicornia mucronata Bigel., Fl. Boeton, ed 2, 2. 1824, non S,
mucronata Lag., 1817; S. virginica Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 145
(partim). 1849, non S. virginica L., 1753; S. meronata var. suf-
frutescens S.Wats., Proc. Amer, Acad., 9: 124, 1874.

Salicornia virginica L., Sp. Pl., 4» 1753. VIRGINIA GLASSWORT,
PERENNIAL SALTWORT, WOODY GLASSWORT. Syn.: Salicornia perennis
sensu Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 82-83 (partim). 1916, non

S. perennis Mill., 1786; S. ambigua Michx,, Fl. Bor, Amer., l: 2.
1803; Sarcathria ambigua Raf., Fl. Tell., 3: 47. 1837; Arthrocne-
mim ambiguum Moq., Chenop. Enum, 112, 1840,

Salicornia utahensis Tidestrom, Proc, Biol. Soe. Wash., 26: 13,
1913; Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(1): 83, 1916, UTAH SAMPHTRE,

SARCOBATUS Nees in Max, Reise N. Amer., 1: 510, 1839; Standl., Ne
Amer, Fl., 21(1): 85. 1916, GREASEWOOD, Syn.: Fremontia Torr,
in Frem, Rept., 91. 1343.

Sarcobatus vermiculatus (Hook.) Torr. in Emory's Notes Mil. Re-
connois., 149, 1848; Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(1): 85. 1916,
GREASEWOOD. Syn.: Batis vermiculata Hook., Fl. Bor. Amero, 2:
128. 1838; Fremontia vermicularis Torr, in Frem. Rept., 91. 1843;
Sarcobatus maximilliani Nees in Max, Reise N, Amer., 1: 510. 1839.

SUAEDA Forsk, (Fl. Aegypt.—Arab., 69. 1775) ex Scopoli, Intr.,
333. 1777 (Conserved), SEABLITE, SEEPWOOD. Syn.: Lerchea Rueling,
Ordin, Pl., 45 (hyponym). 1774; Kuntze, Rev. Gen, Pl., 1: 549.
1891, non Lerchea L., 1771; Schoberia C.Meyer in Ledeb., Fl. Atl.,
1: 395, 1829, non Schoberia Scop., 1777; Dondia Adans., Fam. Pl.,
2: 261. 1763; Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(1): 86, 1916; Sevada

Moq. in DC. Prodr., 21(1): &6. 1916; Chenopodina Moa. in DC.
Prodr., 13(2): 159. 1849; Calvelia Moq. in DC, Prodr,, 13(2):

167. 1849; Belowia Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 168, 1849,

28 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 1

1, Suaeda depressa (Pursh) S,Wats.,, Bot. King's Fxpl., 294. 1871;
Abrams, Ill. Fl. Pac. States, 2: 95. 1944; Hitchcock et al, Vasc.
Pl, Pac. Northwest, 2: 214. 1964. PURSH SEEPWEED, Syn.: Salsola
depressa Pursh, Fl, Amer. Sept., 197. 1814; Dondia depressa
(Pursh) Britton in Britt. & Brown, Ill, Fl. NE. U.S., 1: 585.
1896; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 87. 1916; Chenopodium calce~
oliforme Hook., Fl. Bor. Amer., 2: 126, 1838; Suaeda calceolifor~
mis Mog., Chenop. Enum,, 128, 1840; Schoberia calceoliformis Moa.
in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 166, 1849; Schoberia americana C.Meyer ex
Mog. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 164 (pro syn.). 1849; Chenopodium
americanum Spreng., Syst. Veg., 1: 922. 1825; Chenopodina depres
ga Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 164. 1849; Suaeda plattensis Nutt.
ex Moa. in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 164 (pro syn.). 1849; Lerchea cal-
ceoliformis (Hook,) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl., 1: 549. 1891; Dondie
calceoliformis (Hook,) Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 39: 313.1912.

la. Suaeda depressa var, erecta S.Wats,, Proc. Amer. Acad., 9: 90.
1874; Abrams, Ill, Fl. Pac, States, 2: 95. 1944. Syn.: Suaeda
minutiflora S.Wats., Proc, Amer. Acad., 18: 194. 1883; Dondia
minutiflora (S.Wats.) Heller, Cat. No Amer. Pl., 3. 1898; Standl.,
N. Amer. Fl., 21(1): 87, 1916; D. depressa var. erecta (S.Wats.)
Heller, Cat. No Amer. Pl., 3. 1898; D. erecta (S.Wats.) A.Nels.,
Bot. Gaz., 34: 364. 1902; Suaeda erecta (S.Wats.) A.Nels., in
Coult, et A. Nels., Man. Bot. Rocky Mts., 169. 1909.

2. Suaeda linearis (E11.) Moq., Chenop. Enum, 130, 1840. ANNUAL
SEEPWEED, SEABLITE, Syn.: Chenopodium maritimum Pursh, Fl. Amer.
Sept., 198. 1814, non Ch, maritimim L., 1753; Salsola linearis
Ell., Bot. S.C. & Ga., 1: 332. 1821; Suaeda maritima Torr., Fl.
N.Y., 22 141. 1843, non S. maritima Dumort, 1827; Chenopodina
maritima var, erecta Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 161 (partin),
1849; Chenopodina linearis Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 164. 1849;
Chenopodina maritima A.Gray, Man., ed. 2, 366, 1856, non Ch. mari-
tima Moq., 1849; Suaeda linearis var. ramosa S.Wats., Proc. Amer,
Acad., 9: 87 (partim). 1874; Dondia americana Britton in Britt.

& Brown, Ill. Fl. NE. U.S., 1: 584 (as to description and illus-

tration). 1896; D. linearis (#11.) Heller, Cat. N. Amer. Pl., 3.

1898; D. carinata Millsp., Field Columb, Mus. Publ. Bot., 2: 297.
1909; Suaeda tharpii Johnston, in herb. ined,

3. Suaeda mexicana (Standl.) Standl., Bull. Torr. Bot, Club, 44:
428, 1917. MEXICAN SEEPWEED. Syn.: Dondia mexicana Standl., N,
Amer, Fl., 21(1): 89. 1916.

4. Suaeda duripes I.M.Johnston, Journ. Arnold Arb., 24: 231. 1943.

5. Suaeda torreyana S.Wats., Proc, Amer. Acad., 9: 88. 1874. TORREY
SEEPWEED. Syn.: Chenopodina linearis Torr. in Stansbury, Expl.
Utah, 394. 1853, non Ch, linearis Moq., 1849; Suaeda fruticosa
S.Wats., Bot. King's Expl., 294. 1871, non S, fruticosa Forsk.,
ae Dondia torreyana (S.Wats,) Standl., N. Amer, FIA; 220j2 90.

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonymy 29

6.

To

Go

16,

Suaeda nigrescens var. glabra I.M.Johnston, Journ. Arnold Arb.,
24: 229. 1943. SMOOTH SEEPWEED,

Suaeda conferta (Small) I.M.Johnston, Journ. Arnold Arb., 24: 230.
1943. Syno: Dondia conferta Small, Bull, N.Y. Bot. Gard., l: 280,
1899; Lerchea conferta (Small) K.Schumann in Just Bot. Jahrb.,
27(1): 482. 1901; Suaeda fruticosa var. miltiflora Torr., Pac. ReRe
Rept., 4: 130. 1857; Don Dondia miltiflora (Torr.) Heller, Cat. N.

Amer, Pl., 3. 1€98; D. fruticosa sensu Standl., No Amer. Fle, 21(1):
90(partim). 1916.

Suaeda tampicensis (Standl.) Standl., Publ. Field Mus. Nat. Hist.
Chicago, Bot. Ser., 8: 10. 1930. Syne: Dondia tampicensis Standl.,
N. Amer, Fl., 21(1): 91. 1916.

Suaeda suffrutescens S.Wats., Proc. Amer, Acad., 9: 88. 1874.
DESERT or SHRUBBY SEEPWEED. Syn.: Dondia suffrutescens (S.Wats.)
Heller, Cat. No Amer. Pl., 3. 1898; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(1):
92. 1916.

SALSOLA L., Sp. Pl., 222. 1753; Standl., No Amer. Fl., 21(1):
92. 1916, RUSSIAN THISTLE, Syn.: Kali Tourn. ex Adans., Fam,
Ply 25, 20le. L7o3s Isgarum Raf., Fl. ~ Tell., 3: 46, 1837; Sarco~
morphis Bojer ex Moq. in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 179 (pro syn.).
1849; Soda Fourr., Ann. Soc, Linn. Lyon, II. 17: 145, 1869.

Salsola kali L., Sp. Pl.y 222. 1753. RUSSIAN THISTLE, TUMBLEWEED.
Syn.: Salsola caroliniana Walt., Fl. Car., 111. 1788; S. rosacea
Schkuhr, Handb., 1: 175. 1791, non S. rosacea Lo, 1753; S. kali
var, caroliniana (Walt.) Nutt., Gen., 1: 199. 1818; S. kali var.
hirsuta Hornem., Oec. Pl., ed. 3, 1: 293. 1821; S. kali var. gla-
bra Deth., Consp. Pl. Megalop., 25. 1828; S. kali var, tenuifolia
G.F.W.Meyer ex Tausch, Flora, 11: 326. 1828; Davis, Fl. Idaho,
268. 1952; S. kali var. crassifolia Reichenb., Fl. Germ. Exc.,
583. 1832; S. tragus Reichenb., Fl. Germ. Exc,, 583. 1832, non

S. tragus L., 1756; S. kali var. rubella Mcg., Chenop. Enum, 136,
1840; S. kali var. angustifolia Fenzl in Ledeb., Fl. Ross., 3:
798, 1849; S. kali var. pseudotragus G.Beck in Reichenb., Icon.
Fl. Germ., 24: 172. 1909; S. pestifer A.Nels., in Coult. et A.Nels.,
Man,, 169, 1909,

NYCTAGINACEAE
Represented in Texas by 13 genera and 68 species and varieties.
PISONIA L., Sp. Pl., 1026. 1753; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3):

168, 1918. DEVIL'S-CLAW, Syn.: Pallavia Vell., Fl. Flum, 151.
1827.

5)
1.

36

l.

he

PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, now 1

Pisonia aculeata L., Sp. Pl., 1026. 1753; Standl., N. Amer, Fl.,
21(3): 188, 1918. DEVIL'S-CLAW, COCKSPUR, PULL-~and-HOLD-BACK,

CLD HOOK, Syn.: Pisonia villosa Poir. in Lam. Incycl., 5: 347.
1804; P. sieberi Schlecht., Linnaea, 22: 876. 1822; P. loranthoi~

des HBK., Nov, Gen. et Sp., 7: 197. 1625; Pallavia aculeata (L.)
Yell., Fl. Flum,, 151. 1825; Pisonia monotaxadenia Wright ex
Sauv., Anal. Acad. Ci. Habana, 7: 199. 1870; P,. tomentosa Vahl

ex Heimerl., Bot. Jahrb., 21: 631 (pro syn.). 1896; P. grandifclia
Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 13: 391. 1911, non P. grandi-~
folia Warb., 1891.

BOUGAINVILLEA Commers, ex Jurs., Gen., 91, 1789; Standl., N. Amer.
Fl., 21(3): 194. 1918. BOUGAINVILLEA. Syn.: Josepha Vell., Fl.
Plum, 15k. 1825.

Bougainvillea glabra Choisy in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 437. 1849;
Standl., Ne Amer. Fl., 21(3): 194. 1918. BOUGAINVILLEA. Syn.:
Bougainvillea spectabilis var. glabra (Choisy) Hook., Bot. Meg.,
pl. 4810. 185k.

NYCTAGINEA Choisy in DC, Prodr., 13{2): 429. 1849; Standl., N.
Amer. Fl., 21(3): 201. 1918, MUCKFLOWER.

Nyctaginea capitata Choisy in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 429. 1€49;
Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(3): 201. 1918; I.M.Johnston, Journ, Ar-
nold Arb., 25: 165. 1944. SCARLET MUCKFLOWER, DEVIL'S BOUQUET.
Syn.: Boerhaavia aggregata Pavon ex Choisy in DC. Prodr., 13(2):
429 (pro syn.). 1849; Nyctaginea ovata Choisy, Mem. Soc. Phys.
Geneve, 12: 167. 1349; Boerhaavia capitats (Choisy) Heimerl,
Jahresb, Staats—Oberrealsch, Fiinfhaus Wien, 22: repr. 28, 1397;
Nyctaginea cockerellae A.Nels., Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 16: 29,
52. 1903; Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12(8): 330. 1909.

ALLIONIA L., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 8&3, 890, 1361. 1759 (Conserved);
non Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 217. 1918. UMBRELLAWORT. Syn.:
Wedelia Loefl. (Iter Hisp. 180 (hyponym). 1759), Reise, 240. 1766,
non Wedelia Jacq., 1760; Wedeliella Cockerell, Torreya, 9: 167.
1909; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 199. 1918.

Allionia incarnata L., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 890. 1759; I.M.Johns-
ton, Journ. Arnold Arb., 25: 164. 1944. TRAILING FOUR-O'CLOCK or
ALLIONIA, UMBRELLAWORT. Syn.: Allionia malacoides Benth., Bot.
Voy. Sulph., 44. 1844; Wedelia incarnata (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen.
Pl., 533. 1891; W. incarnata var. anodonta Standl., Contr. U.S.
Nat. Herb., 12: 333, 1909; W. incarnata var. villosa Standl.,
Contr. U, S. Nat. Yerb., 12: 333. 1909; W. incarneta var, nudata
Stand1., Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb., 12: 334. 1909; Wedeliella in-
carnata (L.) Cockerell, Torreya, 9: 167. 1909; W. incarnata var.
anoconta (Standl,) Cockerell, Torreya, 9: 147, 1909; W. incar-
nata var. villosa (Standl.) Cockerell, Torreya, 9: 167. 1909; W.

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonymy 31

f

wn
e

1.

2.

36

inearnata var. nudata (Standl.) Cockerell, Torreya, 9: 167. 1909;
Allionia incarnata var. multiserrata Heimerl, Symb, Ant., 7: 212.
1912.

Allionia choisyi Standl., Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser., 8:

310. 1931; I.M.Johnston, Journ. Arnold Arb., 25: 165. 1944, SMOOTH
UMBRELLAWORT. Syn,: Allionia incarnata var. glabra Choisy in DC.
Prodr., 13(2): 435. 1849; Wedelia glabra (Choisy) Stand]., Contr.
U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 332. 1909; Wediella glabra (Standl.) Cocxerell,
Torreya, 9: 167. 1909; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 200. 1918;
Allionia glabra (Choisy) Standl., in herb., non A. glabra (S.Wats.)
Kuntze, 1891.

MIRABILIS L., Sp. Pl, 177. 1753. FOUR-O'CLOCK, Syno: Vitmania
Turra ex Cav., Icon., 3: 53. 1794, non Vitmannia Vahl, 1794; Oxy-
baphus L'Her, ex Willd., Sp. Pl., 1: 185. 1797; cred Gomez,
Ortega, Dec., 5. 1797; Calymenia Pers., Syn. Pl., 1: 36. 1805;
Quamociidion Choisy in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 429. 1849; Standl., Contr,
U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 357. 1909; Allionielia Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 29: 687. 1902; Standl., Contr. U.S, Nat. Herb., 12: 356,

1909; Allionia sensu Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 217. 1918.

Mirabilis oxybaphoides (A.Gray) A.Gray in Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound.
Surv., 173. 1859; I.M.Jchnston, Journ, Arnold Arb., 25: 181. 1944.
SPREADING FOUR-O'CLOCK. Syn.: Quamoclidion oxybaphoides A.Gray,
Amer, Journ. Sci., II, 15: 320. 1853; Oxybaphus wrightii Hemsl,,
Biol, Centr. Amer,, 3: 3. 1882; Allionia oxybaphoides (A.Gray)
Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl., 2: 533. 1891; Mirabilis oxybaphoides var.
Zlabrata Heimerl, Ann. Cons. Jard. Bot. Geneve, 5: 180. 1901; Al-
lioniella oxybaphoides (A.Gray) Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot, Club, 29:
687. 1902; Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 357. 1909; N. Amer. Fl.,
21(3): 230. 1918; Allioniella oxybaphoides var. glabrata (Heimer1)
Stanld., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 357. 1909,

Mirabilis miltiflora (Torr.) A.Gray in Torr., Bot, Mex, Bound.
Surv., 173. 1859; I.M.Johnston, Journ, Arnold Arb., 25: 181. 1944.
COLORADO FOUR-Q'CLOCK. Syn.: Oxybaphus multiflora Torr., Ann.
lyc, N.Y., 2: 237. 1827; Allionia multiflora (Torr.) Eaton, Man.,
ed. 6, 11. 1833; Nyctaginea torreyana Choisy in DC, Prodr., 13(2):
430. 1849; Quamoclidion mltiflorum Torr. ex A.Gray, Amer, Journ.
Sei,, II, 15: 321. 1853; Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(3): 232. 1918;
Q. mitiflorum subsp. glandulosum Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.,
12: 359. 1909; Q. multiflorum subsp. obtusum Standl., Contr. U.S.
Nat. Herb., 12: 359. 1909; Mirabilis multiflora var. glandulosa
(Standl,) F.Macbr,, Contr, Gray Herb., 49: 49. 1917; M. multiflora
var. obtusa (Standl.) F.Macbr., Contr. Gray Herb., 49: 49. 1917.

Mirabilis lindheimeri (Stand). ) Shinners, Field & Laboratory,
19(4): 175. 1951. LINDHEIMER'S FOUR-O'CLOCK, Syn.: Mirabilis
jalapa subsp. lindheimeri Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12:

32

he

De

POs PO Ooe ss Vol. 18, no. 1

368, 1909; M. jalapa var. lindheimeri (Standl.) Cory, Fhodora,
38: 405, 1936.

Mirabilis jalapa Ley Sp. Plea, ile 17533 Standl., N. Amer. Fl.,;
21(3): 238-239. 1916. COMMON FOUR-C'CLOCK, Syn.: Mirabilis odo
rata L., Cent. Pl., 1: 7. 1755; M. dichotoma L., Sp. Pl., ed. 2,
252. 1762; Jalapa dichotoma (L.) Crantz, Inst., 2: 266. 1766; J.
eongesta Moench., Meth., 508. 1794; Nyctago versicolor Salisb.,
Prodr., 57. 1796; J. undulata Moench., Meth. Suppl., 196. 1802;
Nyctago jalapae DC., Fl. Fr., 3: 426, 1805; Nyctago mirabilis (L.)
Jaume St.-Hil., Expos. Fam., 1: 212. 1805; Mirabilis pedunculata
Stokes, Bot. Mat. Med., 1: 311. 1812; M. divaricata Lowe, Trans.
Cambridge Phil. Soc., 17. 1831; M. procera Bertol., Novi Comm,
Bonon,, 3: 15. 1839; M. planiflora Trautv., Bull. Acad. Sci. St.-
Petersb., 6: 216. 18/0; Trimista levigata Raf., Aut. Bot., 12.
1840; Mirabilis ambigua Trauty., Linnaea, 15: Litt.-Ber., 97.
1841; M. jalapa var. procera (Bertol.) Choisy in DC, Prodr., 13(2):
428, 1849; M. jalapa var. ambigua (Trautv.) Choisy in DC. Prodr.,
13(2): 428. 1849; M. jalapa var. planiflora (Trautv.) Choisy in
DC, Prodr., 13(2): 428. 1849; M. jalapa var. odorata (L.) Heimerl,
Bot. Jahrb., 21: 616. 1896; M. jalapa var. volcanica Standl.,
Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 367. 1909; M. jalapa var. gracilis
Standl., Contr, U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 367. 1909; M. jalapa var.
ciliata Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 368. 1909; Admira—
bilis peruana Nieuwl., Amer. Midl. Nat., 3: 280. 1914.

Mirabilis longiflora L., Svensk Vet.—Akad, Handl., 1755: 176.

1755; Standl., No Amer, Fl,, 21(3): 239. 1918; I.M.Johnston, Journ.
Arnold Arb,, 25: 180. 1944. SWEET FOUR-O'CLOCK, Syn.: Jalapa
longiflora (L.) Moench,, Meth., 508. 1794; Nyctago longiflora (L.)
Salisb., Prodr., 57. 1796; Mirabilis suaveolens HBK., Nov. Gen.

et Spe, 2: 213. 1817; M. wrightiana A.Gray ex Britton et Kearney,
Trans, N.Y. Acad., 14: 28 1894; M. longiflora var. wrightiana
(A.Gray) Kearney et Peebles, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., 29: 475.
1939.

Mirabilis glabrifolia (Gomez Ortega) I.M.Johnston, Journ, Arnold
Arb., 25: 179. 1944. FLATTOP FOUR=O'CLOCK. Syn.: Calyxhvmenia
glabrifolia Gomez Ortega, Nov. Pl. Dec., 1: 5, t. 1. 1797; Mira-
bilis corymbosa Cav., Icon., 4: 55, pl. 379. 1798; Calymenis
corymbosa (Cav,) Pers., Syn. Pl., 1: 37. 1805; Oxybaphus glabri-
folius Vahl, Enum, Pl., 2: 40. 1806; Allionia corvmbosa (Cav.
Kuntze, Rev. Gen, Pl., 2: 533. 1891; A. corymbosa var, texensis
Coult., Contr, U.S. Nat. Herb., 2: 351. 1894; A. texensis (Coult.)
Small, Flora SE. U.S., ed. 1, 406, 1903; Allionia cardiophylla
Standl., Contr, U.S. Nat. Herb., 13: 415, 1911; Oxybaphus cardio-
phyllus (Standl.) Weatherby, Proc. Amer. Acad., 49: 492. 1913;
Oxybaphus corymbosus (Cav.) Standl., Field Mus, Publ. Bot., 8: 10.
1930.

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonymy 33

7.

9»

10.

ll.

12.

Mirabilis rotata (Standl.) I.M.Johnsion, Journ, Arnold Arb., 25:
179. 1944. ROTATE FOUR-O'CLOCK, Syn.: Allionia rotata Standl.,
Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 347. 1909; Oxybaphus rotatus (Standl.)
Weatherby, Proc, Amer, Acad., 49: 492. 1913.

Mirabilis glabra (S.Wats.) Standl., Field Mus. Publ., Bot. Ser.,

8: 304. 1931; I.M.Johnston, Journ, Arnold Arb., 25: 177. 1944.
SMOOTH FOUR=O'CLOCK. Syn.: Oxybaphus glaber S.Wats., Amer, Nat.,
7: 301. 1873; Allionia glabra (S.Wats.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl.,

2: 533. 1891; Oxybaphus glaber var. recedens Weatherby, Proc.
Amer. Acad., 45: 425. 1910; Allionia glabra var. recedens (Weather-
by) Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 13: 406. 1911.

Mirabilis exaltata (Standl.) Standl., Field Mus, Publ. Bot, Ser.,
8: 305, 1931; Shinners, Field & Laboratory,19(4): 178-179. 1951.
Syn.: Allionia exaltata Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 355.
1909; N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 220. 1918; Oxybaphus exaltatus (Standl.)
Weatherby, Proc, Amer. Acad., 49: 492. 1913.

Mirabilis carletonii (Standl.) Standl., Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
Ser., 8: 305. 1931; Shinners, Field & Laboratory, 19: 178, 1951.
CARLETON FOUR-O'CLOCK. Syn.: Allionia carletoni Standl., Contr.
U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 355. 1909; Oxybaphus hirsutus Holz., Contr.
U.S. Nat. Herb., 1: 213. 1892, non Q. hirsutus Sweet, 1825; 0.
nyctagineus var. pilosus Holz., Contr, U.S. Nat. Herb., 1: 213.
1892, non QO. nyctagineus var. pilosus A.Gray, 1859; 0. carletoni
(Standl.) Weatherby, Proc. Amer. Acad., 49: 492. 1913.

Mirabilis coccinea (Torr.) Benth. et Hook., Gen. Pl., 3: 3. 188;
SCARLET FOUR-O'CLOCK, Syn.: Oxybaphus coccineus Torr., Bot. Mex.
Bound. Surv., 169. 1859; 0. linearifolius S.Wats., Proc, Amer.
Acad., 17: 375. 1882; Allionia linearifolia (S.Wats.) Kuntze, Rev.
Gen. Pl., 2: 533. 1891; Mirabilis coccinea var. scabridata Heimerl,
Ann, Cons, Jard. Bot. Geneve, 5: 186. 1901; A. linearis var. coc-
cinea (Torr,) M.E.Jones, Contr. West. Bot., 10: 51. 1902; A. coc~
cinea (Torr.) Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 339. 1909; N.
Amer. Fl., 21(3): 221. 1918; A. gracillima Standl., Contr. U.S.
Nat. Herb., 12: 340. 1909; A. gracillima var, filifolia Standl.,
Contr, U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 340. 1909; A. gracillima var. scabri-
data (Heimerl) Standl., Contr, U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 340. 1909; A.
linearifolia var. filifolia (Standl.) Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat.
Herb., 16: 120. 1913.

Mirabilis gausapoides (Standl.) Standl., Field Mus, Publ. Bot.
Ser., 8: 305. 1913. Syn.: Mirabilis linearis var. subhispida
Heimerl, Ann, Cons, Jard. Bot. Geneve, 5: 186. 1901; Allionia
linearis var. subhispida (Heimerl) Standl., Contr, U.S. Nat. Herb.,
12: 342. 1909; A. subhispida (Heimerl) Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat.
Herb., 16: 120. 1913; Allionia gausapoides Standl., Contr. U.S.
Nat. Herb., 13: 406, 1911; N. Amer, Fl., 21(3): 222. 1918; Oxy-
baphus linearis var, subhispida (Heimerl) Dayton, Rhodora, 61: 85.
1959.

34
13.

1h.

15.

16.

17.

PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, now 1

Mirabilis linearis (Pursh) Heimerl, Ann, Cons, Jard, Bot, Geneve,
5: 186. 1909, LINEARLEAF FOUR-O'CLOCK, Syn.: Allionia linearis
Pursh, Fl. Amer. Sept., 728. 1814; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3):
222. 1918; Calymenia angustifolia Nutt., Gen., 1: 26, 1816; C.
decumbens Nutt. of Manuals, non Gen., 1: 26, 1818; phus an-
gustifolius (Nutt.) Sweet, Hort. Brit., 1: 334. 1826; 0. angusti-
folius var, linearis (Pursh) Choisy in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 433.
1849; M. angustifolia (Nutt.) MacM., Metasp. Minn. Valley, 216.
1892; 0. bodini Holz., Contr, U.S. Nat. Herb., 1: 287. 1893; l.c.,
5: 354. 1894; Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 344. 1909; A.
bodini (Holz.) Morong, Mem, Torr. Bot, Club, 5: 354. 189k; A.
bushii Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 223. 1895; M. nyctagi-
nea var. angustifolia (Nutt.) Heimerl, Beitr, Syst. Nyct., 22.
1897; A. montanensis Osterhout, Muhlenbergia, 1: 39. 1906; O.
linearis (Pursh) B.L.Robinson, Rhodora, 10: 31. 1908; A. petro-
phila Standl., Contr, U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 340. 1909; A. vaseyi
Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 343. 1909; A. pinetorum
Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 344. 1909; A. linearis var,
bodini (Holz.) A.Nels. in Coult. et A.Nels., Man., 174. 1909.

Mirabilis diffusa (Heller) Reed, comb. nov. Basionym: Allionia
diffusa Heller, Minn, Bot. Studies, 2: 33. 1898; Standl., Contr.
U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 343. 1909; Rydb., Fl. Prairies and Plains
Centr. N.A., 310. 1932. Syn.: A. glandulifera A.Nels., Bot. Gaz.,
3h: 364. 1902; Oxybaphus angustifolius var. viscidus Eastw., Proc.
Calif. Acad., II. 6: 313. 1896; A. viscida (Eastw.) Cockerell,
Proc. Acad. Sci, Phila., 1904: 108. 1904.

Mirabilis aggregata (Gomez Ortega) Cav., Icon., 5: 22. 1799.

Syn,: Calyxhymenia aggregata Gomez Ortega, Nov. Rar. Pl., 8: 81,

t. 11. 1798; Allionia aggregata (Gomez Ortega) Spreng., Syst., 1:
384. 1825; Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 344. 1909; N. Amer.
Fl., 21(3): 225 (partim). 1918; Calymenia aggregata (Gomez Ortega)
Pers., Syn. Pl., 1: 37. 1805; A. albida Coult., Contr. U.S. Nat.
Herb., 2: 352 (partim). 1894, non A. albida Walt., 1788; A. hir-
suta var, aggregata (Gomez Ortega) A.Nels. in Coult. et A.Nels.,
Man,, 173 (partim). 1909.

Mirabilis decumbens (Nutt.) Daniels, Univ. Missouri Stud. Sci.,
1: 276, 1907. Syn.: Mirabilis aggregata Cav., Icon., 5: 22, pl.
437. 1799, non Vahl 1798; Calymenia decumbens Nutt., Gen., 1: 26.
1818; Allionia decumbens (Nutt.) Spreng., Syst., 1: 384. 1625;
Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 344. 1909; Oxybaphus decum
bens (Nutt,) Sweet, Hort. Brit., 1: 334. 1826; 0. angustifolius
var. decumbens (Nutt.) Choisy in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 433. 1949; A.
ilosa var. decumbens (Nutt.) A.Nels. in Coult. et A.Nels., Man.,
173 (partim). 1909.

Mirabilis ciliata (Standl.) Standl., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. Ser.,
8: 306. 1913; Shinners, Field and Laboratory, 19(4): 173. 1951.

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonymy 35

18.

19.

20.

PAL

226

FRINGED FOUR—O'CLOCK, Syn.: Allionia ciliata Standl., Contr, U.S.
Nat. Herb., 12: 345. 1909; N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 229. 1918; Oxy-
baphus aggregatus A.Gray in Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 168.
1858, non Vahl 1806; Allionia deltoidea Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat.
Herb., 13: 405. 1911; N. Amer, Fl., 21(3): 229 (pro syn.). 1918;
ace ciliatifolius Weatherby, Proc, Amer. Acad., 49: A92,
nom, nud.). 1913; Mirabilis ciliatifolia (Weatherby) Standl.,
Field Mus. Publ. Bot. Ser., ll: 154. 1936; M. ciliata (Philippi)
Meigen, Engl. Bot. Jahrb,, 17: 231. 1893 (nom. nud. ); Oxybaphus
ciliatus Philippi ex Meigen, Engl. Bot. Jahrb., 17: 231.1892 (1893)
nom. nud.).

Mirabilis hirsuta (Pursh) MacMillan, Metasp, Minn. Valley, 217.
1892; Shinners, Field and Laboratory, 19(4): 178. 1951. HAIRY
FOUR-O'CLOCK, Syn.: Allionia hirsuta Pursh, Fl. Amer, Sept.,
728. 1814; Calymenia hirsuta (Pursh) Nutt., Gen., 1: 26, 1818;

C. pilosa Nutt., Gen., 1: 26, 1818; Oxybaphus pilosus (Nutt.)
Sweet, Hort. Brit., 1: 334. 1826; QO. hirsutus (Pursh) Sweet, Hort.
Brit., 1: 334. 1826; Q. hirsutus var. integrifolius Choisy in

DC. Prodr., 13(2): 433. 1849; QO. nyctagineus var. pilosus (Nutt,)
A.Gray in Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 174 (partim). 1859; M.
nyctaginea var. hirsuta (Pursh) Heimerl, Beitr. Syst. Nyct., 22.
1897; M. nyctaginea var. pilosa (Nutt.) Heimerl, Beitr. Syst.
Nyct., 23 (Gece 1897; A. pilosa (Nutt.) Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 29: 690, 1902; A. aggregata sensu Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 29: 692. 1902, non A. aggregata Spreng., 1825; A. hirsuta
var. rotundifolia Lunell, Bull. Leeds Herb,, 2: 6, 1908; A. hir—
suta var. coioradensis Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 353.
1909; A. chersophila Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 35h.
1909; A. hirsuta var. aggregata A.Nels, in Coult. et A.Nels.,
Man., 173 (partim), 1909; A. pilosa var. decumbens A.Nels. in
Coult. et A.Nels., Man., 173 (partim). 1909, non Calymenia de-
cumbens Nutt., 1818,

Mirabilis eutricha Shinners, Field and Laboratory, 19(4): 176—
U7 7e PAGES

Mirabilis gigantea (Standl.) Shinners, Field and Laboratory,
19(4): 177-178. 1951, GIANT FOUR-O'CLOCK, Syn.: Allionia gi-
gantea Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 348. 1909; Oxybaphus
giganteus (Standl.) Weatherby, Proc. Amer. Acad., 49: 492. 1913.

Mirabilis pauciflora (Buckl,) Standl., Field Mus. Publ. Rot.Ser.,
8: 305. 1931. FEWFLOWERED FOUR-O'CLOCK, Syn.: Oxybaphus pauci-
florus Buckl., Proc, Acad, Phila., 14: 7. Jan, 1862; Allionia
pauciflora (Buck]l.) Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(3): 224. 1918.

Mirabilis pseudaggregata Heimerl, Ann. Cons, Jard. Geneve, 5: 1&2.
1901. Syn.: Oxybaphus aggregatus Vahl, Enum., 2: 4) (partim).
1806; Mirabilis pseudaggregata forma subhirsuta Heimerl, Ann. Cons.

23.0

2h.

25.

PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 1

Jard, Geneve, 5: 184. 1901; M. pseudaggregata forma eglandulosa
Heimerl, Ann, Cons, Jard. Geneve, 5: 184. 1901; Allionia pseud-
aggregata (Heimerl) Standl., Contr, U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 356,

1909; A. pseudaggregata var. subhirsuta (Heimerl) Standl., Contr.
U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 356. 1909; Oxybaphus pseudaggrepatus (Heimer1)
Weatherby, Proc. Amer, Acad., 45: 425. 1910; A. trichodonta Standl.,
Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 354. 1909; A. albida Coult., Contr,

U.S. Nat. Herb., 2: 352 (partim). 1894, non A, albida Walt., 1788,

Mirabilis albida (Walt.) Heimerl, Ann. Cons, Jard, Bot, Geneve,

5: 182, 1901. WHITE FOUR-O'CLOCK, UMBRELLAWORT. Syn.: Allionia
albida Walt., Fl. Car., 84, 1788; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3):
22h. 1918; Calymenia albida (Walt.) Nutt., Gen., 1: 26, 1818;
Oxybaphus albidus Walt.) Sweet, Hort. Brit., 2: 429. 1827; Caly-
menia granulata Raf., Aut. Bot., 14. 1840; Oxybaphus angustifolius
Choisy in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 433(partim). 1649, non QO, angusti-
folius Sweet, 18627; Mirabilis nyctaginea var. albica Heimerl,
Beitr. Syst. Nyct., 22, 1897; Allionia bracteata Rydb., Bull. Torr.
Bot, Club, 29: 690. 1902; A. decumbens Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 29: 692. 1902, non A, decumbens Spreng., 1825; A. lanceolata
Standl,, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb,, 12: 355 (partim). 1909, non A.
lanceolata Rydb., 1902; A. divaricata Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,
29: 691. 1902; Mirabilis albida var, lata Shinners, Field and
Laboratory 19(4): 176. LOS (M. bracteata var. elata Shinners,
herb. nom.); M. albida var. uniflora Heimerl, Ann. Cons, Jard.

Bot. Geneve, 5: 182. 1901; A. albida subsp. uniflora (Heimerl)
Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 255. 1909.

Mirabilis collina Shinners, Field and Laboratory, 19(4): 180.
1951.

Mirabilis nyctaginea (Michx,) MacMillan, Metasp. Minn, Valley,

217. 1892; Shinners, Field and Laboratory, 19(4): 179. 1951.

WILD or PRAIRIE FOUR-O'CLOCK, Syn.: Allionia nyctaginea Michx.,

Fl. Bor. Amer., 1: 100. 1803; A. ovata-Pursh. Fl. Amer. Sept.,

1: 97, 1814, non Oxybaphus ovatus Vahl, 1806; Calymenia nyctagines

(Michx,) Nutt., Gen., 1: 26, 1818; Oxybaphus nyctaginea (Michx,

Sweet, Hort, Brit., 1: 334. 1826; Calyxhymenia paniculata Desf.,

Cat. Hort, Par., 390, 1829; A. cucullata Fisch., Mey. et Ave-Lall.,

Ind, Sem, Hort. Petrop., 9: 55. 1843 (1844); QO. glabrifolius var.

minor Choisy in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 431. 1849; 0. cerventesii var.

grandifolius Choisy in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 433. 1849; O. flori-

bundus Choisy in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 433. 1849; O. cucullatus

(Fisch., Mey. et Ave-Lall.) Choisy in DC, Prodr., 13(2): 434. 1849;

Q. nyctaginewusvar. latifolius A.Gray in Torr., Bot. Mex, Bound.

Surv., 174. 1859; A. floribunda (Choisy) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl.,

2: SS 1891; Standl., Contr, U.S. Nat. Herbe, 12: 350. 1909; Ae
ctaginea var, ovata (Pursh) Morong, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 5:

146, 1894; A. foliosa Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 13: 409,

1911,

1968

26,

27.

28,

Reed, Nomenclature and synonymy 37

Mirabilis dumetorum Shinners, Field and Laboratory, 19(4): 179.
ah als

Mirabilis coahuilensis (Standl.) Standl., Field Mus. Publ. Bot,
Ser., 8: 305. 1931; I.M.Johnston, Journ. Arnold Arb., 25: 177.
1944. Syno: Allionia coahuilensis Standl., Contr, U.S. Nat.

Herb., 12: 347. 1909; N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 225. 1918; Oxybaphus

Mirabilis grayana (Standl.) Standl., Field Mus. Publ. Bot, Ser.,

8: 306. 1931. GRAY'S FOUR-O'CLOCK, Syn.: Oxybaphus nyctagineus
var. latifolius A.Gray in Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 174 (par—
tim), 1859; Allionia nyctaginea var. latifolia (A.Gray) Coult.,
Contr. U.S. Nat, Herb., 2: 352 (partim). 1894; A. latifolia (A.Gray)
Standl., Contr, U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 350 (excl. syn.). 1909; A.
grayana Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 227. 1918.

Mirabilis oblongifolia (A.Gray) Heimerl, Ann. Cons, Jard. Geneve,
5: 181. 1901; I.M.Johnston, Journ. Arnold Arb., 25: 178. 1944.
Syn.: Qxybaphus nyctagineus (var.) oblongifolius A.Gray in Torr.,
Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 174. 1859; Allionia oblongifolia (A.Gray)
Small, Flora SE. U.S., ed. 1, 407. 1903; Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat.
Herb., 12: 350. 1909; A. greggii Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.,
12: 348, 1909; Mirabilis comata (Small) Standl., Field Mus. Bot.
Ser., 8: 306, 1931; O. nyctagineus var. cervantesii A. Gray in
Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 174. 1859, non Cal enia cer=-

vantesii Desf., 1829; O. nyctagineus var. oblongifolius A.Gray in
Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 174 (partim). 1859; 0. viscosus
Hemsl., Biol. Centr. Amer, Bot., 3: 3 (partim). 1882, non Q. vis=
cosus L'Her., 1849; O. cervantesii (A.Gray) S.Wats., Proc, Amer.
Acad., 18: 142, 1883; A. nyctaginea var. cervantesii (A.Gray)
Coult., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 2: 352. 1894, non A. cervantesii
Steud., 1840; M. nyctaginea var. setigera Heimerl, Beitr, Syst.
Nyct., 22. 1897; M. nyctuginea var. oblongifolia (A.Gray) Heimerl,
Beitr. Syst. Nyct., 23 (partim). 1897; M. nyctaginea var. cer
vantesii (A.Gray) Heimerl, Beitr. Syst. Nyct., 23. 1897; M. nyc-
taginea var. alpicola Heimerl, Beitr. Syst. Nyct., 23. 1897; Al-
lionia comata Small, Flora SE, U.S., ed. 1, 407. 1903; A. melano=
tricha:Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 351. 1909; A. pra—
tensis Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 351. 1909; O. melano~
trichus (Standl,) Weatherby, Proc. Amer. Acad., 45: 425. 1910;

QO. comatus (Small) Weatherby, Proc. Amer. Acad., 49: 492. 1913;
Q. pratensis (Standl.) Weatherby, Proc, Amer. Acad., 49: 492.
1913s

AMMOCODON Standl., Journ, Wash. Acad.Sci., 6: 631. 1916; N. Amer.
Fl., 21(3): 197. 1918. GOOSEFOOT MOONPOD.

7.

36

PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 1

Ammocodon chenopodioides (A.Gray) Standl., Journ, Wash, Acad,
Sci, 6: 631. 1916; N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 197. 1918; I.M.Johnston,
Journ. Arnold Arb., 25: 162. 1944. GOOSEFOOT MOONPOD, Syn.:

Selinocarpus chenopodioides A.Gray, Amer. Journ, Sci., II. 15:
262. 1853.

SELINOCARPUS A.Gray, Amer, Journ, Sci., II. 15: 262. 1853; Standl.,
Contr. U.S. Nat. Herd., 12(8): 387. 1909; N. Amer, Fl., 21(3):
197. 1918. MOONPOD.

Selinocarpus angustifolius Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 170.
1858; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 198. 1918; I.M.Johnston,
Journ, Arnold Arb., 25: 162. 1944. NARROWLEAF MOONPOD,

Selinocarpus parvifolius (Torr.) Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.,
12(8): 368, 1909; N. Amer, Fl., 21(3): 198. 1918; 1.M.Johnston,
Journ, Arnold Arb., 25: 163. 1944. LITTLELEAF MOONPOD. Syn.:

S. diffusus var. parvifolius Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 168.
1858

Selinocarpus diffusus A.Gray, Amer. Journ, Sci., II. 15: 262.
1853; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 198. 1918; Abrams, Ill. Fl.
Pac, States, 2: 102. 1944. SPREADING MOONPOD. Syn.: S. diffusus
subsp. nevadensis Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 21: 388. 1909.

Selinocarpus lanceolatus Wooton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 25: 304.
1898; Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(3): 198. 1918. GYP MOONPOD.

ACLEISANTHES A.Gray, Amer. Journ. Sci., II. 15: 259. 1853; Standl.,
Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 369. 1909; N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 201.
1916, TRUMPETS. Syn.: Pentacrophys A.Cray, Amer. Journ, Sci.,

FES 5222596026535

Acleisanthes wrightii (A.Gray) Benth. et Hook. ex Hemsl., Biol.
Centr. Amer. Bot., 3: 6. 1882; Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.,
12: 370. 1909; No Amer. Fl., 21(3): 202. 1918. WRIGHT TRUMPETS.
Syn.: Pentacrophys wrightii A.Gray in Sillim, Journ. Bot., II.
12 261. 1853%

Acleisanthes acutifclia Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 370.
1909; No. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 202. 1918; I.M.Johnston, Journ. Arnold
Arb., 25: 167. 1944. Syn.: Pentacrophys wrightii sensu Torr.,

Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 170 (partim). 1859, non P. wrightii A.Gray,
1853; Acleisanthes wrightii forma torreyana Heimerl, herb. nom.

Acleisanthes anisophylla A.Gray, Amer. Journ. Sci., II. 15: 261.
1853; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 203. 1918. OBLIQUELEAF
TRU MPETS .

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonyny 39

he

Je

Acleisanthes crassifolia A.Gray, Amer. Journ, Sci,, II. 15: 260.

1853; Small, Flora SE. U.S., ed. 2, 409. 1913; Standl., N. Amer.

Fl., 21(3): 203. 1918; I.M.Johnston, Journ. Arnold Arb,, 25: 167,
1944.

Acleisanthes longiflora A.Gray, Amer, Journ. Sci., II. 15: 261.
1853; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 203. 1918; I.M.Johnston,
Journ. Arnold Arb., 25: 166. 1944. ANGEL TRUMPETS, YEHBA—de-la-
RABIA, Syn.: A. longiflora subsp. hirtella Standl., Contr. U.S,
Nat. Herb., 12: 371. 1909; A. longiflora var, hirtella Standl,
ex Heimerl, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin, 11: 459. 1932.

Acleisanthes obtusa (Choisy) Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.,
12: 371. 1909; N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 203. 1918. BERLANDIER TRUM
PETS. Syn.: Nyctaginea obtusa Choisy in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 429.
1849; Acleisanthes berlandieri A.Gray, Amer. Journ. Sci., II.
15: 260. 1853; A. greggii Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12:
371. 1909.

CYPHOMERIS Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 13: 428. 1911; N.
Amer. Fl., 21(3): 214. 1918. CYPHOMERIS. Syn.: Lindenia Mart.

et Gal., Bull. Acad. Brux., 10(1): 357. 1843, non Lindenia Benth.,
1842; Tinantia Mart. et Gal., Bull. Acad. Brux., 11(1): 240.

1844, non Tinantia Scheidw., 1839; Senkenbergia Schauer, Linnaea,
19: 717. 1847; Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 372. 1909,
non Senckenbergia Gaertn., Mey et Schreb., 1800.

Cyphomeris gypsophiloides (Mart. et Gal.) Standl., Contr, U.S.
Nat. Herb., 13: 428. 1911; N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 214. 1918; I.M.
Johnston, Journ, Arnold Arb., 25: 173. 1944. RED CYPHOMERIS.
Syn.: Lindenia gypsophiloides Mart. et Gal., Bull. Acad. Brux.,
10(1): 358. 1843; Tinantia gypsophiloides Mart. et Gal., Bull.
Acad, Brux., 11(1): 240. 1844; Senkenbergia annulata Schauer,
Linnaea, 19: 711. 1847; Boerhaavia gibbosa Pavon ex Choisy in DC.
Prodr., 13(2): 457. 1849; Senkenbergia gypsophiloides (Mart. et
Gal.) Benth. et Hook., Gen. Pl., 3: 5. 1880; Standl., Contr. U.S.
Nat. Herb., 12(8): 372. 1909; B. gypsophiloides (Mart. et Gal.)
Coult., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 2: 354. 1894.

Cyphomeris crassifolia (Standl.) Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.,
13: 428. 1911; N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 414. 1918. SINUATE-LOBED
CYPHOMERIS. Syn.: Senkenbergia crassifolia Standl., Contr. U.S.
Nat. Herb., 12(8): 373. 1909.

COMMICARPUS Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 373. 19C9; N.
Amer, Fl., 21(3): 215. 1918. WARTCLUB.

Commicarpus scandens (L.) Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12:
373. 1909; N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 215. 1909; I.M.Johnston, Journ.
Arnold Arb., 25: 173. 1944. CLIMBING WARTCLUB, PEGA-POLLO. Syne:

9) PHYITOLOGIA Vol. 18, mo. 1

Boerhaavia scandens L,, Sp. Pl., 3. 1753; B. grahami A.Gray,
Amer, Journ, Sci., II. 15: 323. 1853; B. scandens forma B grahami
(A.Gray) Heimerl, herb, nom,

11, ANULOCAULIS Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 21(8): 374. 1909;
N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 216, 1918, RINGSTEM,

1. Anulocaulis eriosolenus (A.Gray) Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.,
12(8): 375. 1909; N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 316. 1918; I.M.Johnston,
Journ, Arnold Arb., 25: 174. 1944. BIG BEND RINGSTEM, Syn.: Boer-

haavia eriosolena A.Gray, Amer, Journ. Sci., II. 15: 322. 1853.

2. Anulocaulis gypsogenus Waterfall, Rhodora, 47: 329-332. 1945. GYP
RINGSTEM, Syn.: A. leiosolenus sensu Standl., Contr, U.S. Nat.
Herb., 12(8&): 375 (partim). 1909.

3. Anulocaulis leiosolenus (Torr.) Standl,, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.,
12(8): 375 (partim). 1909; N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 216. 1918; I.M.
Johnston, Journ. Arnold Arb., 25: 174. 1944; Waterfall, Rhodora,
47: 330. 1945. RINGSTEM. Syn.: Boerhaavia leiosolenus Torr.,
Bot. Mex, Bound. Surv., 172. 1859; Acleisanthes nummularia M.E.
Jones, Contr. West Bot., 10: 43. 1902; Boerhaavia nummularia M.E.
Jones, Ind. Kew. Suppl., 4: 27. 1913; Anulocaulis leiosolenus
var. typicus Waterfall, Rhodora, 47: 330. 1945.

3a. Anulocaulis leiosolenus var. lasianthus I.M.Johnston, Journ,
Arnold Arb,, 25: 174-175. 1944; Waterfall, Rhodora, 47: 330. 1945.

4. Anulocaulis reflexus I.M.Johnston, Journ, Arnold Arb., 25: 175.
1944. REFLEXED RINGSTEM,

12. BOERHAAVIA L., Sp. Pl., 3. 1753; Standl., Contr, U.S. Nat. Herb.,
12(8): 375. 1909; N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 204. 1918. SPIDERLING,
Syn.: Dantia (Lippi) Choisy in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 449 (pro syn.).
1849.

1. Boerhaavia coccinea Miller, Gard. Dict., ed. 8: Boerhaavia No. 4.
1768; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 205. 1918. SCARLET SPIDER-
LING, Syn.: Boerhaavia caribea Jacq., Obs. Bot., 4: 5. 1771; B.
diffusa Sw., Obs. Bot., 10. 1791, non B. diffusa L., 1753; B.
paniculata Rich., Act, Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1: 105. 1792; B.
polymorpha Rich., Act. Soc, Hist. Nat. Paris, 1: 185. 1792;
Heimerl, Ann. Cons. Jard. Bot. Geneve, 5: 188, 1901; B. hirsuta
Willd., Phytogr., 1: 1. 1794; B. adscendens Willd., Sp. Pl., l:
19. 1797; B. viscosa Lag. et Rodr., Anal. Cienc. Nat. Hist., 4:
256. 1801; B. decumbens Vahl, Enum. Pl., 1: 284. 1804; B. laxa
Pers.«, Syn. Pl., lL: 36. 1805; B. squamata Raf., Aut. Bot., 40.
1840; B. glandulosa Andress., Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., 1853: 171.
1854; B. sonorae Rose, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 1: 110, 1891; B.
diffusa var. paniculata (Rich.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl., 2: 533.

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonymy Tul

1891; B. diffusa var. hirsuta (Willd.) Xuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl.,

2: 533. 1891; B. diffusa var. viscosa (Lag. et Rodr.) Heimerl,
Reitr. Syst. Nyct., 27. 1897; B. viscosa var. oligodena Heimerl,
Ann, Cons, Jard. Bot. Geneve, 5: 189. 1901; Standl., Contr. U.S,
Nat. Herb., 12: 383. 1909; B. ramulosa M.E.Jones, Contr. West.
Bot., 10: 40. 1902; B. visecsa var. apiculata Standl., Contr.
U.S. Nat. Herb., 13: 423. 1909; B. ixodes Standl., Contr. U.S.
Nat. Herb., 13: 423. 1909; B. coccinea var. parcehirsuta Heimerl,
Symo, “Antilic, (2 212. 19125

Boerhaavia gracillima Heimerl, Engl. Bot. Jahrb., 11: 86. 1889-
(1890); Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12(8): 386. 1909; N.
Amer, Fl,, 21(3): 207. 1918; I.@.Jchnston, Journ. Arnold Arb.,

25: 169. 1944. SLIMSTEM SPIDERLING. Syn.: Boerhaavia anisophyllja
var, paniculata Coult., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 2: 356. 1894; B.
erecta Benth., Pl. Hartw., 9. 1839, non B. erecta L., 1753; B.
paniculata Benth., Pl. Hartw., 343. 1848, non B. paniculata Rich.,
1792; B. organensis Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 385.
1909; B. gracillima subsp, decalvata Heimerl in Standl., Contr.
U.S. Nat. Herb., 12(8): 386. 1999,

Boerhaavia anisoprylla Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 17/1. 1858;
P. Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 386. 1909; N. Amer. Fl.,
21(3): 207. 1918, Syn.: Boerhaavia palmeri S, Wats., Proc. Amer.
Acad., 1&: 142. 1883; B. anisonhylla forma polytricha Heimerl,
Fedde Repert., 12: 220. 1913,

Boerhaavia linearifolia A.Gray, Amer. Journ. Sci., II. 15: 322.
1853; Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 386. 1909; N. Amer.

Fl., 21(3): 20€. 1918; I.M.Johnston, Journ. Arnold Arb., 25: 168.
1944. NARROWLEAF SPIDERLING. Syn.: Boerhaavia linearifolia var,
labrata A.Gray, Amer. Journ. Sei., II. 15: 322. 1853; B. tenui-
folia (A.Gray) Heimerl, herb, nom.; B. linearifolia var. glandu-
Josa Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 387. 1909, non B. glan-
dulosa Andress., 1854; B. lindheimeri Standl., N. 4mer. Fl., 21(3):
208. 1918.

Roerhaavia purpurascens A.Gray, Amer. Journ. Sci., 1I. 15: 321.
1853; Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(3): 208. 1918; I.M.Johnston, Journ.
Arnold Arb., 25: 172. 1944. PURPLE SPIDERLING.

Boerhaavia erecta L., Sp. Pl., 3. 17533 Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat.
Herb., 12(8): 380. 1909; N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 210, 1918; I.M.
Johnston, Journ, Arnold Arb,, 25: 171. 1944. ERECT SPIDERLING,
Syn,: Boerhaavia elongata Salisb., Prodr., 56. 1796; B. virgata
HBK., Nov, Gen. et Spe, 2: 215. 1317; B. discolor HBK., Nov. Gen,
et Spe, 2: 215. 1€17; B. atomaria Raf., Aut. Bot., 40. 1840; Va-
leriana latifolia Mart. et Gal., Bull. Acad. Brux., 11(1): 124.
1844; B. thornberi M.E.Jones, Contr. West. Bot., 12: 72. 1908; B.
erecta var, thornberi (M.E.Jones) Standl., Contr, U.S. Nat. Herb.,
12: 381. 1909.

h2
y

Jo

13.

PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 1

Boerhaavia intermedia M.i.Jones, Contr, West. Bot., 10: 41, t.

15. 1902; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3)s 211. 1918; I.M.Johnston,
Journ. Arnold Arb., 25: 171. 1944. Syn.: Boerhaavia universitatis
Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 380. 1909; 8. erecta var.
intermedia (Ii.i.Jones) Kearney et Peebles, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci.,

29: 475. 1939.

Boerhaavia wrightii A.Gray, Amer. Journ. Sci., II, 15: 322. 1653;
Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 211. 1918; Abrams, Ill. Fl. Pac,
States, 2: 104. 1944; I.M.Johnston, Journ, Arnold Arb., 25: 172.
1944. WRIGHT SPIDERLING., Syn.: Boerhaavia bracteosa S.Wats.,
Proc, Amer. Acad., 20: 370. 1885.

Boerhaavia spicata Choisy in DC. Prodr., 13(2): 456. 1849; I.M.
Johnston, Journ. Arnold Arb., 25: 172. 1944. SPICATE SPIDERLING,.
Senkenbergia coulteri Hook, f. in Benth. et Hook., Gen. Pl., 3:6.
1880; Boerhaavia spicata var. torreyana S.Wats., Proc, Amer. Acad.,
24: 70. 1889; B. torreyana (S.Wats.) Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat.
Herb., 12: 385. 1909; N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 213. 1918; B. coulteri
(Hook. f.) S.Wats., Proc. Amer, Acad., 24: 70. 1889; 3. spicata
var, palmeri S.Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad., 24: 70. 1889, non 3.
palmeri S.i/ats., 1883; B. rosei Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.,
13: 424. 1911; B. watsoni Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12:
1909 °

ABRONIA Juss., Gen., 448, 1789; Lam., Tab. Encycl., 1: 469. 1791;
Standl., Contr, U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 306. 1909; N. Amer. Fl.,
21(3): 242. 1918, SANDVERBENA. Syn.: Tricratus L'Her. ex Willd.,
Sp. Pl., 1: 607. 17°93 Abronia sect. Tripterocalyx Torr. in Frem,
Hept., 92. 1843; cloptera Nutt. ex A.Gray, Amer. Journ. Sci.,
II. 15: 319 (pro syn.). 1853, non Cycloptera Endi., 1841; Apalo—
ptera Nutt, ex A.Gray, Amer. Journ. Sci., II. 15: 319 (pro syn.}.
1853; Tripterocalyx (Torr.) Hook., Journ. Bot. & Kew Misc., 5:
261. 1853; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 240. 1918; Tripteridium
Torr. ex Benth, et Burm., Ill. Fl., ed. 2, 2: 33 (pro syn.). 1913.

Abronia micrantha Torr. in Frem. itept., 92. 1843. SMALL WINGED
SANDVERVERBENA, Syn: Tripterocalyx micranthus (Torr.) Hook.,
Journ, Bet. & Kew Mise., 5: 261. 1853 (as macranthus, orthogr.
err.); Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(3): 241. 1918; Cycloptera annua
Nutt. ex A.Gray, Amer, Journ.$ci., II. 15: 319 (pro syn.). 1853;
Apaloptera annua Nutt. ex A.Gray, Amer. Journ. Sci., If. 15: 319
(pro syn.). 1853; Tripteridium micranthum Torr. ex Pritt. & Brown,
T11l, Fl. NZ. U.S., ed. 2, 2: 32 (pro syn.). 1913; Abronia micran—
tha var. pedunculata M.E.Jones, Proc. Calif. Acad., II. 5: 716.
1895; A. pedunculata (™.E.Jones) Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Ciub,
29: 686, 1902; Tripterocalyx pedunculatus (M.S.Jdones) Standl.,
Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 328. 1909, N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 241.
1918; Abronia cycloptera A.Gray, Amer. Journ, Sci., II. 15: 319
(illegit. syn.). 1853; I.M.Johnston, Journ. Arnold Arb., 25: 181.

1968 Reed, Nomenclature and synonymy 43

3.

5.

De

1944; Tripterocalyx cycloptere (A.Gray) Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat.
Herb., 12: 329. 1909.

Abronia carnea Greene, Pittonia, 3: 343. 1698; I.M.Johnston, Journ,
Arnold Arb., 25: 181-162. 1944. WINGED SANDVERBENA. Syn.: Tri-
pterocalyx wootoniiStandl., Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 329. 1909;
Abronia cycloptera sensu Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3}: 242 (pro
syn.). 1918, non A. cycloptera A.Gray, 1853; Tripterocalyx cyclo—
ptera sensu Standl., N. Amer, Fl., 21(3): 242. 1916.

Abronia angustifolia Greene, Pittonia, 3: 344. 1898; Standl., N.
Amer. Fl., 21(3): 253. 1918, NARROWLEAF SASDVEKBENA. Syn.: Abro-
nia mellifera Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound, Surv., 170. 1359, non A.
mellifera Dougl., 1829; A. turbinata Torr. ex S. Wwats., Bot. King's
Expl., 285 (partim). 1871; A. turbinata var. stenophylla Heimerl,
Ann, Cons, Jard. Geneve, 5: 190. 1901; A. arizonica Standl., Contr.
U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 319. 1909; A. lobatifolia Standl., Contr. U.
S. Nat. Herb., 12: 319. 1909; A. torreyi Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat.
Herb.,. 12: 319. 1909.

Abronia ameliae Lundell, Wrightia, 1: 54-55, 1945. AMELIA SAND-
VSRBENA.

Abronia fragrans Nutt, ex Hook., Journ, Pot. & Kew Misc., 5: 261.
1853; Standl., N. Amer. Fl., 21(3): 250. 1918, SNOWBALL or SWEE
SANDVERBENA, LASATER'S PRIDE, Syn.: Atronia speciosa Buckl.,
Proc, Acad. Phila., 1862: 7. 1862; A. nudata Ryib., Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 29: 683. 1902; A. robusta Standl., Contr. U.S. Nat.
Herb., 12: 324, t. XLII. 1909; A. texana Standl., Contr. .5.
Nat. Herb., 12: 323, t. XLI, f. 2. 1909; A. fendleri Standl.,
Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., 12: 324. 1909,

Abronia carletonii Coult. et Fisher, Bot, Gaz., 17: 349. 1892;
Standl., No Amer, Fl., 21(3): 253. 1918, CARLETON SANDVERHENA,
Syn.: Abronia turbinata var. carletoni (Coult. et Fisher) M.E.
Jones, Contr, West. Bot., 10: 44. 1902; A. nealleyi Standl., Contr.
U5. Nat. Herbs, tees seasnte XL, feed uy 909s

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE. XVII

Harold N. Moldenke

ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE L.

Additional synonymy: on longifolium Raf., Autikon Hot.,
pr. 1, 188. 1840 [not E. longi folium Nees, 131).

iatitional & emended d bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen-
reich 13 (4-30): 1, 31, 33, 35, 285, & 287. 1903; E. D. Merr.
Ind. Rafin. 82. 1949; Moldenke, Phytolozia 17: 490, 493, & Lg6--
505, fig. 3. 1968.

Merrill (1949) reduces Rafinesqe's E. longifolium to synonymy
under E. decangulare L., probably mostly on the basis of the long
and obtuse leaves. This species is, indeed, the only species of
pipewort known from New Jersey whose leaves’ may attain the length
of a foot (actually, to 35 cm.). Rafinesque's description of the
flower-heads and the color of the involucral bractlets of his
plant is disturbing, but he very probably had an immature plant
before him. Cretainly he already knew E. compressum lan., to
which some parts of his description better apply, amd described
it as E. filiformis Raf. and whose leaves he would certainly
never have referred to as "obtuse", even in an immature plant. I
am, therefore, temporarily, at least, willing to go along with
Merrill's disposition of the binomial.

It should be noted here that Rafinesque's binomial invalidates
the E. longifolium Nees ex Kunth, Emm, Pl. 3: 567—568 (181).

I therefore hereby propose the substitute name, Eriocaulon
willdenoviamum Moldenke, nom. nov., for the plant of Nees von
Esenbeck.

Additional citations: ALABAMA: County undetermined: Buckley s.
n. (July 1840] (Br); Herb. Univ. Wisc. s.n. (Ws). MISSISSIPPI:
Forest Co.: S. B. Jones es 1872 (Mi (Mi); Kee Keefe s. sen. [11 May 1941] (Ws).
George Co.: Demaree 2 33430 (C (Cb, Ss), 34861 (Ss (Ss). Hancock Co.: A.

R. Moldenke 252 (Fg (Fg). Ha Harrison Co.: Demaree 29700 (N), 29766 (N),
30610 (N), 32043 (Ca--987056, Mi), 32h47a (Ok, St), 3308 (Cb, Ss);
Diener 1209 (Ur); J. F. Joor son. {Long B Beach, 8/8/91] (Ss (S)3; Ae Re
Moldenke 256 (Fg); Trécul 1 89 (B). Jackson Co.: Demaree 28077 (N,
Ug), 31221 (Ca—-987028), _ 32202 (Mi, St), 32306 (Ok, St), 33275
(Cb, Ss), 33597 (Z); Diener 276 (Ur), 66 (Ur) (Ur); A. Re Moldenke 260
(Fg); Ae B. Sey Seymour 9199 199 [Seymour & Earle 16] (Hi-~770L6, Ss, Ws),
Ben. {Seymour & Earle 16] (Lb—-16525); Skehan s.n. [Ocean pala
7/2/95) (Dt); S. M. Tracy 6417 (Hi--77042). Pearl River Co.: Kral
17331 (N); A. R. Moldenke 251 (Fg). Stone Co.: Demaree 3258) (Le).
LOUISIANA: Allen Par.: Par.: Kral 1 20970 (N). Concordia Par.: Arséne
11786 (B). Saint Tammany Par.: Arséne 11030 (B), 11786 (N); DeWolf
Ee ="

1968 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceas hs

771 (Ms--11029); A. R. Moldenke 25 (Fg). Tangipahoa Par.: Cor-
rell & Correll 9316 (N). Vernon Par.: Kral 17223 (N), 20651 (N (N)3
Re R. MeVaugh 8456 84,56 . (Mi). Parish undetermined: Cc. We Short s.n. Sone
[Louisiana] (Ws). TEXAS: Angelina Co.: Correll & Wasshausen
27521 (ld). Austin Co.: Tharp s.n. [near Sealy, 6/28/l2] (Rf).
Freestone Co.: Lundell & Lundell 1295) (Id). Hardin Co.: Correll
& Wasshausen 27567 (Id), 27572 (Ld); Lundell & Lundell 1148? (Ld),
11527 (Ld), 11902 (Ld); Tharp, Gimbrede, & Yang 51-149 (Ms—
11031); Tharp, Tu Turner, & Johnston 544922 (St). Harrison Co.: De-
maree 29766 766 (St). Henderson Co.: Correll & Wasshausen 27197 (14);
0. 0. Sanders | sen. [May 11, 1957] (Rf). Jasper Co.: D. S. “Correll
26761 61 (Id); Cor Correll & Correll 12516 (Rf); Correll & Johnston

196h2 (Rf); c, L. Lundell 11793 (Ld). Leon Co.: F. A. Barkle
ieee (N). Milam Co.: Tharp L3ke (N), bh3bu (N), LL3ubb (N, N).
Robertson Co.: Novosad 80 ao er Ee Painter & & Barkley 13540 ( (N, N);
Rowell 8050 (N), 8136 (N). Rusk Co.: Vinzent Sen. (B). San Au-
gustine Co. CO.: Gould & : Leimveber 6532 (Ca——978707) . Smith Co.: Je
Reverchon s.n. 1. [May 16, 1902] (ye sen. (Swan, 6-9-1902] San
Tyler Co: “Cory L99k5 499h5 (ca—751800, N)3° Tharp 1345 (Ok, S); Tharp,
Turner, & Johnston on 54954 (St); Webster & Wilbur 3199 oe,
County undetermined: Wiedemann s5.n. sen. [Texas] (B) (B). MEXICO: Micho-
acén: Arséne s.n. [Laguna, 6 guna, 6.8.1912] (B). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION
UNDETERMINED: Boltwood sen. (Ws); Buckley s.n. [So. States] (E);
Collector undesignated s.n. (Amer. bor.] bor.] (yn Herb. Jacquin 3
[North America] (S); Palisot de Beauvois s.n. {America septentr.]
(B); Stttvel s.n. (North Amer America, 1819] (B); M Mrs. Taylor s.n.
(June, 1903] (RE); Watson & Kelvington Sen. (USS. acy. |

ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE var. LATIFOLIUM Chapm.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon decangular var. latifolium "Chapm. ex Mol-
denke" apud Kral, Sida 2: 305, in nota sphalm. 1966.

Bibliography: Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 193 2s 1933 Moldenke, Phy=
tologia 1: 316. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ’2, 3,
& 34. 1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 322. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé
12, ih, & 480, 19593 Kral, Sida 2: 305. 1966; Shinners, Sida 2:
ll. 1966; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 500. 1968.

ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE var. MINOR Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 15: 462 (1968) and 17: 501
& 502. 1968; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 9: 3245. 1968; Moldenke, Ré-
sumé Suppl. m6: 2. 1968.

Collectors have found this plant in bogs, moist places in bogs,
and forming tufts in sandy peat of bogs in longleaf pine savannas,
flowering and fruiting in May and August. Material has been mis-
identified and distributed in herbaria as E. decangulare L., E. sep-
tangulare With., and E. texense Ktrn.

46 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 1

Citations: LOUISIANA: Beauregard Par.: Kral 17208 (N). TEXAS:
Robertson Co,: F. A, Barkley 13543 (N--type, N—isotype); Rowell
8071 (Ms—~110,0). , al

ERIOCAULON DECEMFLORUM Maxim.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon decemflorum var, genuinum Nakai in Mat~
sum., Icon, Pl. Koisik. 2: 47. 1914. Eriocaulon decemflorun var,
genuinum f. typicum Nakai in Matsum., Icon. Pl. Koisik. 2: 7.
1914. Eriocaulon decemflorum var, decemflorum (Maxim.) Koyama ex
Moldenke, Résum6 287, in syn. 1959. Eriocaulon decemfolium Maxin.
ex Moldenke, Résum6 Suppl. 3: 32, in syn. 1962. Eriocaulon
denciflorum Maxim, ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 32, in syn.

1962. Eriocaulon decemlobflorum Maxim. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
3: 32, in syn. 1962.

Bibliography: Maxim., Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. [Dec. Pl.
Asiat.] 8: 7. 1893; Mak., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 8: 506. 1894; Durand &
Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 158 & 501. 1902; Ruhl. in
Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 32, 37, & 285. 1903; Matsum., Ind.
Pl. Jap. 2 (1): 175. 1905; Matsum., Icon. Pl. Koisik. 2: 7.

1914; Mori, Enum. Pl. Corea 80. 19223; Mak. & Nemoto, Fl. Jap.,

ed. 1, 130\ (1925) and ed. 2, 1510. 1931; Masamune, Mem, Fac. Sci.
Agr. Taihoku Univ. 11, Bot. h: 537 & 538. 1934; Steinb., Fl. U. R.
S. S. 3: 496, pl. 27, fig. 1. 1935; Nemoto, Suppl. Fl. Jap. 1038.
1936; Honda, Nom. Pl. Jap. 62. 1939; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci.
Mus. 4: (Rev. Jap. Erioc.] h--9. 1940; Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl.
Jap. 6: 14. 190; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 158
& SOL. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 2h, 25, & 3h.
1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 322--323. 1950; Koyama, Journ. Jap.
Bot. 31: 9. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 167, 171, 173, 287, & 480.
1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 158 & 501. 1959;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 18, 21, 31, & 32. 1962; Koyama in Kit-
amura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb, Pl. Japan 177--178,
fig. 120 (1), pl. 48, fig. 303. 196h.

Illustrations: Steinb., Fl. U. R. S.S. 3: pl. 27, fig. 1.
1935; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb.
Pl. Japan 177, fig. 120 (1) & pl. 8, fig. 303. 196k.

Satake (19f,0) describes this plant as follows: "Herba annua,
acaulis, usque 5-—-15 cm alta, vel raro valde debilis. Radices
fibroso-albae, spongiosae, transverse septatae. Folia linearia,
apice attenuata, glabra, 3--5 fenestrato-nervie, pedunculis
breviora. Pedunculi exiles, l-costati. Vaginae teretes sublaxae,
3 em longae, apice oblique fissae. Capitula turbinata, 3—l m
longa et lata, albida, 10-flora vel pauciflora. Bracteae involu-
crantes ovato-lanceolatae, quam flores longiores. Bracteae florum
oblanceolato-lineares, apice acutae, l-nerves, hyalinae, apicem
margine et dorso pilis clavatis vel subelongatis pilosae. Flos 4:
2 mm longus; sepala 2, basi connata, lobis lanceolatis, apice
acutiusculis pilis albis clavatis 2-cellulatis puberulis; petala 2,
in tubum apice 2=lobatum connata, lobis ovatis apice pilis albis

1968 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 7

clavatis 2-cellulatis puberulis, intus apicem glandula nigra uni-
ca instructis; stamina , raro 2—3, antheris nigris rotundatis;
in centro pistilli rudimentum nigro—glandulosum dispositum. Flos
2: 1.5 mm longus, breve stipitatus; sepala 2, libera, lineari-
lanceolata, apice acuta, glabra vel apicem margine sparse pilosa;
petala 2, libera, lineari-spathulata, apice obtusa, albo-spongi-
osa cellulis oblongis composita, apicem intus et margine pilis
elongatis 2-~3-cellulatis barbata, intus apicem glandula nigra
unica coronata; capsula 2-cocca; stylus brevis crassus, capsula
conspique brevior; stigmata 2, stylo conspique longiora; semina
elliptica, 0.7--O.9 m longa, supra hamato-papillosa."

He reminds us, also, that "This variety was divided into two
forms, typicum Nakai and coreanum Nakai, by Prof. T. Nakai in
Matsumura, Icon. Pl. KoOisikaw, II, 47 (1914). The former has
perfect flowers, while the latter has abortive flowers. It was
originally named Eriocaulon coreanum by Lecomte, based on the
specimen collected by U. Faurie in the Saisyuto Island of Tyosen,!

It is worth noting here that E. decemflorum Komarov (190),

E. decemflorum var. nipponicum (Maxim. ) Nakai, E. decemflorum
var. ". nipponicum f. typicum Nakai, and E. déeearlecan var. nippon-
icum f. yoshinoi Nakai are all now regarded as E. nipponicun
Maxdm., E. decemflorum var. genuinum f. coreanum m (He Lecomte)
Nakai and E. decemflorum var. coreanum Nakai are are now regarded as
E. decemflorum f. coreanum (H. Lecomte) Nakai, and E. decemflo-

rum var. nipponicum f. glaberrimum Satake is E. nipponicum var.
glaberrimum Satake. Koyama (1964), however, regards E. nipponi-
cum Maxim. as conspecific with and a synonym of E. decemflorum
Maxim.

Recent collectors have found this plant growing in dryish soil
in open grasslands, sandy soil of pond margins by the coast, wet
open grasslands, wet sedge meadows, and wet fields at streamsides,
at 1100—~1),50 meters altitude, flowering in August and October.
Koyama 1310) bears a notation that the plant was "scattered in wet
meadows with Parnassia; a robust specimen merging to nipponicum" .
On Ohwi & Koyama s.n. 118 October 195] the collectors note "flow-
ers “perfectly dit dimerous". The vernacular name, "ko—inunohige", is
recorded for the species.

Satake (190) cites the following collections: JAPAN: Honshu:
Hasimoto s.n. [Oct. 1928]; Hayata s.n. [Aug. 192]; Hisauti 8535
It8 s.n.; Iwabuti 526 & Su71; Kawakami s.n. [Oct. 189]; Koid~
zum 34099, 31100, "34101, & 63805; Sato Satow US. Kiushu: Doi 92 &
2385 Koidzumi s.n Sn. Teenk. 1921]; 1 Masamune s.: sen. [Aug. 1926]; i Mura~
matsu 296; Takahasi 1; Tasiro s.n. [Aug. 1916]; Yamamoto s.n.
(Aug. 1925]. KOREA KOREA : “Ty6 43 / 43. KOREAN COASTAL ISLANDS: Saisyt—t6:
Nakasima 1).

Additional citations: WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: JAPAN: Honshu:
Furuse s.n. [Naka-tashiro, 18 Aug. 1954) (S), sen. [Imooto—numa,
16 Sep Sept. 7. 195k) (S), son. [Utsukushi-no-mori, 31 Au, August 1955] (Ca—

8 itt So ae sa a be | Vol. 18, no. 1

59913, S, S, 8, S, S), son. [Mt. Mitsu-tooge, 7 Sept. 1955] (S);
Koyama 1310 (Ss); Koyama & Itoo 13108 (Z); Ohwi & Koyama s.n.
{18 October 195] (Ss).

ERIOCAULON DECEMFLORUM f. COREANUM (H. Lecomte) Nakai

Synonymy: Eriocaulon coreamum H. Lecomte, Hot. Syst. 1: 191—
192. 1910. Eriocaulon decemflorum var, genuinum f, coreamm (H.
Lecomte) Nakai in Matsum., Icon. Pl. Koisik. 2: 47. 1914. Erio-
caulon decemflorum f. coreanun Nakai ex Masamune, Mem. Sci. Fac.
Agr. Taihoku Univ. 11, Bot. h: 537 & 538. 1934. Eriocaulon
decemflorum var. coreanum Nakai ex Moldenke, Résumé 287, in syn.
1959.

Bibliography: H. Lecomte, Not. Syst. 1: 191--192. 1910; Prain,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, pr. 1, 82. 1913; Nakai in Matsum., Icon. Pl.
Koisik. 2: 47. 191); Masamune, Mem. Sci. Fac. Agr. Taihoku Univ.
ll, Bot. h: 537 & 538. 193k; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. h, pr. 2,
82. 1938; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 5.
1940; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 25 & 61. 196; Mol-
denke, Résumé 171, 173, 287, & 480. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 1: 12 (1959) and 3: 18 & 21. 1962.

This taxon is said by Satake (19,0) to be based on a specimen
collected by Pére Urbain Jean Faurie on Saisyf-t6 Island in the
Korean Coastal Islands. Actually, however, the type of the taxon
was collected by Pére Emile Joseph Taquet (no. 1738) "dans les
herbes humides, 1700 m. alt." on Quelpart Island. Recent col-
lectors have found the plant growing at 1700-1800 meters alti-
tude, flowering in October. A vernacular name recorded for it
is “tanna-inunohige".

Citations: KOREAN COASTAL ISLANDS: Quelpart: Taquet 1738 (B—
isotype, Z--isotype). WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: RYUKYO ISLAND
ARCHIPELAGO: SATSUNAN ISLANDS: Yakushima: Hatusima 148ha (Kg).

ERIOCAULON DECIPIENS N. E. Br.

Bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8:
245. 1901; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 75 & 285.
1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; Moldenke, Known Geo-
gr. Distrib. Erioc. 47. 1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 323. 1950;
Moldenke, Résumé 149, 287, & 480. 1959.

Recent collectors have found this plant growing in swamps at
2400 meters altitude.

Additional citations: RHODESIA: Nordlindh & Weimarck 4983 (S).

ERIOCAULON DEHNIAE H. Hess

Bibliography: H. Hess, Bericht. Schweitz. Bot. Gesell. 67: 8h-
87. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 10 & 25. 1959; G. Taylor,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 52. 1966.

This species is said to be endemic to Rhodesia (the former
Southern Rhodesia).

1968 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae io

ERIOCAULON DEIGHTONII Meikle

Bibliography: Meikle, Kew Bull. 22: 143. 1968.

This species is said by Meikle (1968) to be related to E.
transvaalicum N. E. Br., but differing in having subulate leaves,
many scapes, the heads pale-brownish, the sepals of the pistil-
late florets conspicuously unequal, and the larger of these con-
spicuously alate-keeled. The type was collected by H. D. Jordan
(no. 946) near Mando, Mambolo, Sierra Leone, on October 15, 1953,
and is deposited in the herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at
Kew. He cites, in addition, the following collections, presum-

ee ee 9 ee ee

ERIOCAULON DEMBIANENSE A. Chiov.

Bibliography: A. Chiov., Ann. Bot. Roma 9: 148. 1911; Prain,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 1, 97 (1921) and pr. 2, 97. 1960; Molden-
ke, Résumé Suppl. 10: ). 196k.

Mooney, on the label of the specimen cited below, comments
that the plant is "possibly not distinct from. E. branningtonii
N. E. Br." He is doubtless here referring to E. transvaalicum
var. hanningtonii (N. E. Br.) Meikle. Inak pk . caw 1O

Citations: ETHIOPIA: H. F. Mooney 9012 (S, Z).

ERIOCAULON DENSUM Mart.

Bibliography: Colla, Herb. Pedem. 5: 83--8). 1836; A. W.
Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 105. 1938.

The original description of this taxon is: "Mart: in sched:
(Brasil:). Plantula densissime caespitosa, folia omnia radicalia
in globulum diam: vix pollicari fasciculata linearia leviter
striata uti scapi puberula, scapi palmares et ultra erecti tem-
issime filiformes ac fere capillares levissime spiraliter sexangu-
lati, capitulum pauciflorum squamis extimis vacuis involucralibus
ovatis scariosis floralibus duplo longioribus radiantibus lanceo-
latis glaberrimis niveis; ab flosculorum tenuitatem neque in hac
neque in sequenti staminum numerum et capsulae structuram deter-
minare potui."”

Nothing is known to me about this taxon except what is given
in the above description. It is not accounted for in Ruhland's
monograph (1903).

ERIOCAULON DEPAUPERATUM Merr.

Bibliography: E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 5: 336.
1910; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, pr. 1, 82 (1913) and pr. 2, 82.
1938; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 26 & 3h. 196; Mol-
denke, Résumé 18) & 480. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 96. 1968.

Mrs. Clemens found this species forming a sod in a pond at
8500 feet altitude, flowering and fruiting in December. The H.
Bruce 9, distributed as E. depauperatum, is actually E. cristatum

Mart.

50 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 1

Citations: WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Luzon:
M. S. Clemens 18711 (Ca—374780, S), s.n. [Dec. 15, 1923] (Ca—
24071) ; Ec. D. Merrill 6590 (N—cotype); Ramos & Edafio s.n. [Herb.
Philip. Bur. Sci. 0528] (B).

ERIOCAULON DEPRESSUM R. Br.
Synonymy: Eriocaulon deustum R. Br., Prod. Fl. Nov. Holl. 1:

255. 1810. Randalia depressa Beauv. & Desv. apud Kunth, Enum.
Pl. 3: 571, in syn. 1841. Randalia densa Beauv. & Desv. apud
Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 571, in syn. 1841. Randalia depressa Beauv.

apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 681, in
syn. 1895. Randalia densa Beauv. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 681, in syn. 1895. Eriocaulon depressun

"Br. ex Sm." apud Britten, Journ. Bot. 38: 481 & 482, in syn.
1900. Randalia deusta Beauv. & Desv. ex Moldenke, Résumé 342, in
syn. 1959.

Bibliography: R. Br., Prod. Fl. Nov. Holl. 1: 255. 1810; Desv.,
Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 1, 13: 47. 1828; Kunth, Emm. Pl. 3:
S71. 1841; Jacks. in llook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878
(1893) and 2: 681. 1895; Britten, Journ. Bot. 38: 481 & 482.
1900; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 33, 38, 39, & 285.
1903; F. M. Bailey, Compreh. Cat. Queensl. Pl. 584. 1913; Jacks.
in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (196) and 2: 681.
1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 27 & 3h. 196; Mol-
denke, Résumé 209, 287, 342, & 480. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960) and 2: 681. 1960.

Kunth (18))1) distinguishes Robert Brown's two supposed species
as follows: E. deustum -—- "Scapo angulato-striato (sesquiunciali),
foliis compresso-fistulosis vix longiore; capitulo depresso;
squamis fere omnibus floriferis: extimis rotundatis; reliquis
mucronulatis; utrisque imberbibus; perianthii feminei exteriori-
bus foliolis lateralibus carina dilatato-alata." E. depressum —
"Scapo multistriato (spithamaeo), foliis fistulosis compressis
longiore; capitulo florido depresso; squamis omnibus floriferis,
imberbibus: extimis rotundatis; perianthii feminei exterioribus
foliolis lateralibus carina dilatato-alata." Both specific epi-
thets are sometimes written with an uppercase initial letter,
for no valid reason.

Although Kunth (181) and Jackson (1895) both cite the Randa-
lia combinations to Desv., Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 1, 13: L7
(1828), they are actually not made there, being only implied.
Jackson (1893) reduces E. heterogynum F. Muell. to synonymy under
E. depressum. —

Citations: AUSTRALIAN REGION: AUSTRALIA: Queensland: Banks &
Solander s.n. [New Holland, 1770] (B—isotype, Z—isotype); Storr

13013 (Qu).

ERIOCAULON DESLANDESII Alv. Silv.
Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. [1] & 21, pl. 253. 1928;

1968 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 51

A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 105. 1938; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 7 & 3). 1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 322. 1950;
Reitz, Sellowia 7: 12). 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 88 & 80. 1959;
a Sellowia 11: 31 & 103 (1959) and 13: 52, 53, 72, & 90.
1961.

Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. pl. 253. 1928.

Common names recorded for this plant are "capim manso",
"capipoatinga", "gravat4 manso", and "semprevivas do campo".

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Santa Catarina: Reitz 3505 (S),
4696 (Le); Reitz & Klein 857 (Le), 5428 (Z); Smith & Klein 820)
(W-=22),8752) .

ERIOCAULON DIAGUISSENSE Bourdu

Bibliography: Bourdu, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 10: 156, fig.
A-—-F. 1957; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Index 1957:
33. 1958; Moldenke, Résumé 26 & 80. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 1: 8. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 52. 1966.

This species is apparently endemic to the Republic of Guinea
(formerly French Guinea) and is characterized by sessile flowers
in a basal rosette of leaves. It is illustrated in the original
publication.

ERIOCAULON DIANAE Fyson

Synonymy: Eriocaulon dianae var. typicum Fyson, Journ. Indian
Bot. 2: 259. 1921.

Bibliography: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 1: 50 (1919) and 2:
259—-260, pl. 11 & 12. 1921; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 78
(1926) and 7: 88. 1929; C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf.
1931: 261. 1931; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras
9: 1614--1615 & 1620. 1931; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Eri-
oc. 23, 3h, & 61. 1946; Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. 7 (): 77.
196; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 323. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 162,
165, 287, & 480. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 13. 1959; G.
L. Shah, Bull. Bot. Surv. India ): 236. 1962; Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 6: 8. 19633 Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 184. 1965;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 9 & 21. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia
17: 461. 1968.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 11 & 12.
1921.

The original description of this taxon by Fyson (1921) is as
follows: "Caulis perbrevis. Folia lanceolata, 3--7 cm. longa,
l--6 mm. lata, plana, glabra. Pedunculi complures, 7--15 cm.
aut longiores, glabra. Capitula 5--8 cm. hemisphaerica; bractae
involucrantes stramineae et glabrae, quam capitulo longiores aut
aequantes, aut demum reflexae. Bractae flores superantes obova-
to-cuneatae, summo-dorse puberulae, viridi nigrescentes. Flores
trimeri. Flos 6: sepala in spatham antica fissam, connata, an-
therae nigrae. Flos ?: sepala inaequalia, duo navicularia dorso
puberula, unum planum, lanceolatum aut linearium, et quam ceteris
brevius. Plate 11. Peninsular India; Western Ghats from Mt. Abu
and Bombay to Calicut. I include in this species a large number

52 PH ¥-T 0 D' 0 '@ Tea Vol. 18, no. 1

of forms the extremes of which are sufficiently distinct to be
considered good species, were it not for the intermediates which
grade into each other, for even the 7 varieties given below are

not easily separated." As type of the species he appears to desig-
nate Fyson 3819 "at Rudrasiri".

He describes his bt al typicum as "Bractae involucrantes quam
capitulo longiores. © floris tertius sepalum planum, oblanceolatum
«+eeeebractae involucrantes quam capitulo longiores, femini floris
tertium planum. Plate 12. Salsette to S. Kanara. h beautiful
little plant, the tips of the involucral bracts showing beyond
the margin of the head when seen from above. The head itself may
be nearly flat, hemispherical, globose, or even ovoid, taller
than broad, depending apparently on local conditions. The third
female sepal is flat but not much shorter than the other and not
linear as in the other varicties. The larger heads can be dis—
tinguished only by the female sepals (the two larger being much
more boat~-shaped and the third flat) from E. quinquangulare L."

For his unnamed "Var. e" he notes "Folia quam var. a etc. an-
gustiora, etiam linearia; capitula globosa, alba aut nigrescen-
tia; bractae reflexae. Hills near Bombay. Leaves acicular.
Heads small, globose with reflexed bracts, connects var. a to the
next [f. triloboides]."

It is worth noting here that E, dianae var. triloboides Fyson,
referred to above, is now regarded as as synonym of E. collinum
Hook. f.

Recent collectors have found E. dianae growing at 3500 feet
altitude. Shah reports it to be "common in rice fields and moist
places", Santapau says "common in cultivated fields", and Her-
bert notes "very common and abundant in paddy fields" in Bombay.
It has been collected in anthesis from November to January and in
March. The Meebold 10320, cited below, was actually identified
as this species by Fyson himself.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as
E. quinquangulare L. and E, truncatum Hamilt. On the other hand,
the Ramaswamy 175 distributed as E. dianae is actually E. ciner
eum R. Br., R. Br., while | Fyson 3819 is E. _ dianae v. var. longibracteatum _
Fyson.

Additional citations: INDIA: Bombay: R. R. Fernandez R.465
(Xa), R.2175 (Xa), R.2176 (Xa); P. Se Herbert 1018 (Xa), 1222 1222
(Xa); Patel 6 (Lw); Santapau 10263 (N, Xa), 17953 (Xa); G. Le
Shah 1179 (Xa, Xa), 1803 (Xa), 7928 (Xa), 7938 (Xa), 8056 (Xa).
Mysore: 2: Meebold 10320 0 (S, Z). THAILAND: E. eda Schmidt it 250 (Cp),
302a (Cp).

ERIOCAULON DIANAE var. LONGIBRACTEATUM Fyson

Synonymy: Eriocaulon dianae var. langi-bracteata Fyson, Journ.
Indian Bot. 2: 259—260, pl. 1 pl. 13. 1921. Eriocaulon dianae var.
longibracteata Fyson ex C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Mise. Inf.
1931: 261. 1931. Eriocaulon dianae var. longebracteatum Fyson

1968 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 53

ex Santapau, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 48. 1967.

Bibliography: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 259=-260, pl. 13.
1921; C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1931: 261. 1931; C.
E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras 9: 1620. 1931; Razi,
Journ. Mysore Univ. 7 (4): 77. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis—
trib. Erioc. 23 & 3h. 196; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 323. 1950;
Santapau & Raizada, Indian For. Rec. (6): 167. 1955; Moldenke,
Résumé 162, 287, & 480. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 13. 1959;
G. L. Shah, Bull. Bot. Surv. India : 237. 1962; Santapau, Bull.
Bot. Surv. India 8: 8. 1967; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 9 & 21.
1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 489. 1968.

Fyson (19215 describes this taxon as" floris tertius sepalum
linearium......Bractae involucrantes quam capitulo multo longiores;
floris sepalum tertius latum aut linearium. Calicut. Plate 13.
Leaves 2—-2 1/2 in. by 1/5 in. and scapes about twice as long.
Heads 1/), in. diam. with bracts spreading below over 1/2 in. a-
cross in all. Corresponds to var. martiana of E. quinquangulare
and might be considered that plant with one sepal smaller and
flat."

Recent collectors describe the flowers as white and have
found the plant blooming in October, growing at 300 meters al-
titude. It is recorded from Saurashtra by Santapau (1967), who
says that it is "not common in rice fields" or "very abundant in
some rice fields" in Bombay. He and Raizada (1955) call it "A
very rare plant, collected on moist soil" in the same state,
while Smitinand reports it "common in damp localities in dry de-
ciduous forests"' in Thailand.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as
E. collinum Hook. f., E. dianae Fyson, E. sexangylare L., and E.
stellulatum Ktrn. The Fyson 3819 specimen in the Stockholm her=
barium, cited below, was first identified by the collector as E.
stellulatum and then changed to "E, dianae sp. nov." If it is
truly a part of the type collection of E. dianae Fyson and not a
mixture with it, then it cannot be taken as representative of var.
longibracteatum. It should be re-examined and compared with more
specimens of the same collection number.

Additional citations: INDIA: Bombay: D'Almeida 218.1 H (Xa);
J. Fernandez 62he (Xa), 664 (Xa); Patel 8 (lw); Santapau 10278 ntapau 10278 (N,
Xa), 10279 (N, |, ka), 15118 8 (Xa), 17120 120 (Xa), Vitel (kaye 17201 (Xa),
1763 (Ka), 17h6L, (Xa), 17465 (Xa), 17466 (Xa), 17467 (Xa), 17521
(Xa), 17522 (Xa, (COSTA 17829 (Xa); G. T...Sh Shah "A" (Xa). Mysore:
Fyson 3619 (S); Gopalaswam Sen. [Castle Ro Rock, k, 7-10-51] (Bn—-32h);) .
THAILAND: Larsen 8397 (Cp), 81,02 (Ss); smitanand 3065a [Royal Forest
Dept. 18263] (Sm).

ERIOCAULON DIANAE var. PARVIFLORUM Fyson

Synonymy: Eriocaulon dianae var. parviflora Fyson, Journ. Ind-
ian Bot. 2: 260. 1921.

Bibliography: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 260. 1921.

Sh PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 1

Fyson (1921) describes this taxon as follows: "Bractae involu-
crantes quam capitulo nex longiores......Bractae involucrantes
capitulo aequantes; floris tertius sepalum planum aut lineariun.
Coorg and N. Kamara. The head has no rays, the bracts being
short, and the flowers are much smaller than in var. a and b.
Possibly a poor form of var. b but apparently distinct." His
"yar, a" is typical E. dianae Fyson, while his "var. b" is E.

dianae var. longibracteatum Fyson.

ERIOCAULON DIANAE var. RICHARDIANUM Fyson

Synonymy: Eriocaulon dianae var. richardiana Fyson, Journ.
Indian Bot. 2: 260, pl. 14. 1921.

Bibliography: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 260, pl. 1h. 1923
C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1931: 261. 1931; C. E. C.
Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras 9: 1616 & 1620. 1931; Mol-
denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23 & 34. 196; Razi, Journ.
Mysore Univ. 7 (4): 77 (1946) and 11 (1): 6. 1950; Moldenke,
Phytologia 3: 323. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 162, 287, & 80. 1959;
Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 18h. 1965.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. lk. 1921.

Fyson (1921) describes this taxon as follows: "Plante robus-
tior; pedunculi 20--25 cm; folia 15—20 cm.; capitula globosa;
bractae involucrantes breviores, reflexae. Plate 1. S. Kanara.
A robust plant with globose unrayed heads. Stem 1/l in. thick
and 1/2 in. long. Scape up to 1) inches very slightly pubescent
in the most robust specimens. The third female sepal much
shorter than the others and linear. Seeds oblong light yellow."

Razi (1950) cites the type of this taxon, again, as Fyson
3819, of which he says there are three sheets in the Mysore Uni-
versity herbarium. Since no type is cited in the original de-
scription, Razi's material shoulc ordinarily be considered as
lectotype material. However, Fyson designates "Fyson. No. 3819
at Rudrasiri" as the type of E. dianae as a species and therefore,
by implication, of his var. typicum. I have annotated a specimen
of this number at Stockholm as var. longibracteatum. If Razi is
correct in his assertion that three sneets of the same number in
the Mysore University herbarium are var. richardianum, it would
appear that the number perhaps represents a mixture.

Both Santapau and Wagh describe var. richardianum as "rare".
It has been collected in ditches, the inflorescence erect, grow-
ing at 2800 feet altitude, flowering in October.

Additional citations: INDIA: Andhra: Santapau 21388 (Xa); S.

K. Wagh 1697 (Xa). Bombay: Sedgwick & Bell 50,8 (N, Xa).

ERIOCAULON DICLINE Maxim.

Bibliography: Maxim., Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. [Dec. Pl.
Asiat.] 8: 7. 1893; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1,
158 & 501. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 65, 9h,
& 285. 1903; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. : [Rev. Jap. Erioc.]
64. 1940; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 158 & 501.

1968 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 55

1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 25 & 3h. 1946; Mol-
denke, Résumé 173 & 480. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl.
1, pr. 3, 158 & 501. 1959.

ERIOCAULON DICTYOPHYLLUM Ktrn.

Synonymy: Paepalanthus dictyophyllus Mart. ex Ktrn. in Mart.,
Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 486, in syn. 1863. Eriocaulon fluviatile Bong.
ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 17, in syn. 1959 [not E. fluviatile
Trimen, 1885]. Eriocaulon dictyophyllum Mart. ex Moldenke, Résu-
mé Suppl. 12: 9, in syn. 1965. Eriocaulon fluviatile Mart., in
herb.

Bibliography: Ktrn., Linnaea 27: 600. 1856; K&Urn. in Mart., Fl.
Bras. 3 (1): 485—186. 1863; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h-
30)" 13. = 59, & 285. 1903; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc.
lee 3h, & he 19h6; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 323. 1950; Reitz, Sel-
lowia 7: 12h. 1966; Angely, rl. Paran..JOradus 195K. Moldenke,
résumé 88, 32h, & 480. 1959; Reitz, Sellowia 11: 31 & 103. 1959;
Moldenke, "Résumé SUPPL sari 1959; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst.
Agron. 68. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3,
1: 878. 1960; Angely, Fl. Paran. 16: 51 (1960) and 17: 2h. 1963;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 9. 1965; Dombrowski & Kuniyoshi, Ar-
aucariana 1: 15. 1967.

The binomial, E. fluviatile Mart., is apparently based on L.-
Riedel 2303 prea So Paulo, which is also a cotype collection of
Ee E. dictyophyllum Ktrn., seat Paepalanthus dictyophyllus Mart. is
based on Martius S.n. from Minas Gerais. Eriocaulon fluviatile
Trimen is a valid species from Ceylon.

Recent collectors have found E. dictyophyllum growing at 750
meters altitude, flowering in January, and record the vernacular
names "capim manso", "capipoatinga", "gravatA manso", and
"sempreviva do campo". The Hatschbach 1191 & 2057 and Reitz
5281, distributed as E. dictyophyllum, are are actually Paepalanthus
tessmannii Moldenke.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Martius s.n. [Mac-
bride photo 18686] (N--photo of cotype, W—photo of cotype). San-
ta Catarina: Reitz 518 (Herb. Reitz 470] (Le, S), 5218 (N);
Smith & Reitz 9187 (N, Z); Smith, Reitz, & Sufridind 952 C—
228756); Ule 1382, in part (B, Z). Sao Paulo: L. Riedel 2303
(B--cotype, i ut380e-eotyne)E MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings &
notes by Ktrnicke (B).

ERIOCAULON DIMORPHOELYTRUM Koyama

Synonymy: Eriocaulon dimorphoelytron Koyama ex Moldenke, Résu-
mé 480, sphalm. 1959.

Bibliography: Koyama, Journ. Jap. Bot. 31: 7--9, fig. 2. 1956;
Moldenke, Résuné 173 & 460, 1959; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, &
Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 183. 1964; Moldenke, Résumé

56 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, now 1

Suppl. 12: 9. 1965; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew, Suppl. 13: 52. 1966.
Illustrations: Koyama, Journ. Jap. Bot. 31: 7, fig. 2. 1956.
The type of this species was collected by Hiroshi Hara ina

swampy place at Akatashiro, Ozegahara, in the province of Kodzuke,

Honshu, Japan, on August 20, 1955, and is deposited in the her-

barium of the University of Tokyo. Koyama (1956) says of this

species "Visum extradium huius speciei E. decemfloro Maxim. quod
flores dimeras habet. plus minus propincuum videtur, sed omnibus
speciebus similibus huc usque ex Asia orientali descriptis flor-
ibus perfecte trimeris, calyce floris foeminei albido praeter
margine apicis parte dorsalique glaberrimo, corolla floris mascu-
1i lobis inaequalibus etc. valde dissimilis est." He records the
vernacular name "yuki-inunohige",

ERIOCAULON DIMORPHOPETALUL Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 323. 1950; Moldenke,
Fieldiana Bot. 28: 116-117. 1951; J. A. Steyerm., Fieldiana
Bot. 28: 1157. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé 71 & 80. 1959; G. Taylor,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 55. 19593 Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 5.
1959; J. A. Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 1: 195. 1966.

Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: Karsten s.n.
[Llanos de la Quebrada] (V).

ERIOCAULON DIOECUM Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Fedde, Repert. Sp. Nov. 22: 29. 1925;
1 W. Hitt. Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 88. 19293 Moldenke, N. Am. Fl.
19 (1): 18 & 22. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 316. 1939; Mol-
denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 4 & 3. 196; Le6n, Fl. Cuba
1: 280. 1946; Moldenke, Résumé 51 & 80. 1959.

Additional citations: CUBA: Pinar del Rfo: Ekman 12807 (N—
photo of type, S--type, Z--photo of type).

ERIOCAULON DISEPALUM Ridl.

Bibliography: H. N. Ridl., Journ, Fed. Malay States Mus. 10:
155. 1920; H. N. Ridl., Fl. Mal. Penins. 5: 13%. 1925; A. W.
Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 78 (1926) and 7: 88. 1929; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 26 & 34. 196; Moldenke, Résumé
180 & 480. 1959.

This species is known thus far only from Kelantan, Malaya.

ERIOCAULON DREGEI Hochst.

Bibliography: Hochst., Flora 28: 31. 1845; Jacks. in Hook.
f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Ruhl. in mgl.,
Pflanzenreich 13 (-30$: 62, 75, & 285. 1903; H. Lecomte, Bull.
Soc. Bot. France 55: 571 (1908) and 55: 6h. 1909; Arwidsson,
Bot. Notiser 193): 83. 1934; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Erioc. 22 & 34. 196; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr.
2, 1: 878. 1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 323—32. 1950; Molden-
ke, Résumé 153 & 480. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960; Killick, Bot. Surv. S. Afr. Kem. 3):
87 & 119. 1963; R. H. Compton, Journ. S. Afr. Bot. Suppl. 6: 19

1968 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 57

& 33. 1966; Batten & Bokelmam, Wild Fls. East. Cape Prov. 3, pl.
5 (3). 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 8. 1968.

Illustrations: Batten & Bokelmann, Wild Fls. East. Cape Prov.
pl. 5 (3) [in color]. 1966.

Batten & Bokelmann (1966) tell us that this is a perennial
herb, to 25 em. tall, found in marshes and damp places at the
coast and at higher altitudes near King William's Town and also in
the coastal belt of Natal, flowering in December. Killick (1963)
calls it a component of the "flush commnity of hydrosere that
occurs over the eyes of streams". The Lalbiyre de Vilers s.n. {Ta-
matave, 1887], distributed as E. dregei, is actually E. fenestra-
tum Bojer.

Additional citations: SOUTH AFRICA: Cape of Good Hope: Drége
4101 (S--isotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by

K8rnicke (B).

ERIOCAULON DUTHIEI Hook. f.

Bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 579. 1893; Durand &
Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 158. 19023 Ruhl. in Engl.,
Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 103, 106, & 285. 1903; Fyson, Journ.
Indian Bot. 2: 200, pl. 7. 1921; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 158. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Er-
ioc. 23 & 3h. 1946; Moldenke, Résumé 162 & 80. 1959; Durand &
Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 158. 1959; Thanikaimoni,
Pollen & Spores 7: 18). 1965.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 7. 1921.

Fyson (1921) describes this species as follows: "Stem 0.
Leaves 3/4 in. long, broadly oblanceolate acute from a 1/6 in,
wide base. Scapes numerous 1 to 6 in. slender. Heads 1/6 in.
Involucral bracts pale, not projecting beyond the floral. Floral
bracts oblong cuspidate, nearly glabrous. Receptacle tall, gla-
brous or with a few hairs. Sepals 2 only, in both sexes. Female
petals narrow, nearly glabrous. Seeds oval, yellowish brown with
darker markings. Male flowers. -- Sepals 2; otherwise normal,
anthers black. Plate 7. Central Provinces, one collection only
seen. The scapes are taller, the heads smaller and the involu-
cres less horizontal than in E. truncatun."

The original place of publication of this species' name is
sometimes cited as "189", but pages l9-~672 of that volume of
Hooker's work were actually issued in 1893.

Additional citations: INDIA: Madhya Pradesh: Duthie 836 (B--

isotype, Z—-isotype).

ERIOCAULON EBERHARDTII H. Lecomte

Bibliography: H. Lecomte, Not. Syst. 2: 215. 1912; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 26 & 3h. 196; Moldenke, Résumé 176
& 480. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 98. 1968.

Lecomte (1912) describes this species as follows: "Caulis e-
longatus, 8 cm. longus, foliosus. Folia 8--10 cm. longa, numer-
osa, linearia, fenestrata, 3--l, nervia, basi 1—1,5 lata, apice
acuta. Pedunculi complures, 13--30 cm. longi, vix torti, 6—

58 Pky Dy O» Ta Gs Dek Vol. 18, no. 1

costati, glabri. Vaginae laxae, oblique fissae, cm. longae.
Capitula villosa, fere sphaerica, 6--7 mm. lata. Bracteae invol-
ucrantes oblongae, 2 mm. longae, apice villosae. Flos 4: sepala
3, libera, duo plus minus carinata, apice dorso villosa; petalor-
um tubus apice lobis 3, inaequalibus, villosis, glandulosis in-
structus; antherae nigrae. Flos?: sepala 3, linearia, libera,
apice villosa, petala 3, spathulata, villosa, glandulosa. Annam:

oe —

Eberhardtii est une plante des mares, avec une tige assez longue,
couverte de feuilles lineaires-allongées. Cette espéce se dis-
tingue de 1'E. rivulare Dalz. par ses hampes a 6 cétes au lieu de
10 et par les antheres noires au lieu d'étre blanches."

ERIOCAULON ECHINACEUM Van Royen

Bibliography: Van Royen, Blumea 10: 131. 1960; G. Taylor, Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 13: 52. 1966.

This species is said to be endemic to Celebes.

ERIOCAULON ECHINOSPERMOIDEUM Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Fedde, Repert. Sp. Nov. 22: 31. 1925;
A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 88. 1929; Moldenke, N. Am. Fl.
19 (1): 19 & 27—28. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 316. 1939;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. & 3h. 196; Leén, Fl.
Cuba 1: 281. 196; Moldenke, Résumé 51 & 4,80. 1959.

Additional citations: CUBA: Las Villas: Ekman 17082 (N—iso-
type, N--photo of type, S-—-type, Z--photo of type) e

ERIOCAULON ECHINOSPERMUM C. Wright

Bibliography: Sauv., Fl. Cub. 162. 1868; Sauv., Anal. Acad. Ci.
Habana 7: 716. 1871; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr.
1, 1: 878. 1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 32, 35,
& 285. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, pr. 1, 82. 1913; Moldenke,
N. Am. Fl. 19 (1): 19 & 26. 1937; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. , pr.
2, 82. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 316. 1939; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. & 3h. 1946; Leén, Fl. Cuba 1: 279--280.
1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 196;
Moldenke, Phytologi.a 3: 32). 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 51 & 80.
1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 38h. 1968.

It should be noted here that Prain (1913) cites the original
description of this taxon as "1870", but the late Dr. J. H. Barn-
hart assured me that 1871 is the correct date.

Additional citations: CUBA: Pinar del Rfo: Ekman 18127 (S),
18128 (S), 18767 (S); C. Wright 3738 (S—isotype). Province un-
determined: C, Wright s.n. (S)e

ERIOCAULON ECHINULATUM Mart.

Bibliography: Mart. in Wall., Pl. Asiat. Rar. 3: 29. 1332;
Wall., Numer. List 208 ["'207"]. 1832; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 569.
1841; Kérn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 475. 1863; Jacks. in Hook.

1968 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 59

f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Hook. f., Fl. Brit.
Ind. 6: 579. 189i; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 ({-30): 103,
106, & 285. 1903; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 317, pl. 37. 1921;
H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indochine 7: 1). 1922; Moldenke, Known Ge-
ogr. Distrib. Erioc. 2h—-26 & 3h. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 196; Moldenke, Phytologia 3:
32h. 1950; Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 8: 368--369. 1955;
Moldenke, Résumé 165, 166, 169, 176, 178, 18), 201, 287, & 80.
1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960;
Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl.
Japan 179. 1964; Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 18). 1965.

Kunth (181) describes this plant as follows: "Digitale; gla-
brum; rhizomate annuo; scapis quadrangulis, folia angusto—linea-
ria acuminata triplo quadruplo superantibus; capitulis globosis,
per bracteas subrhombeas longe mucronatas rigidulas echinulatis,
pallidis. Mart. — Tavoy. -—- Bracteae semi-lineam longae, firm
ulae, siccae, mucrone totius longitudinis dimidium aequante.
Flores minimi; masculi: calyx exterior: petala lateralia carina~
ta, carina sat prominula; interior tubaeformis; laciniis cum
staminibus brevioribus alternantibus. Antherae globosae, nigri-
cantes. Flores feminei virescentes, stipati pilis septatis: se-
pala exteriora lateralia oblique carinata, elongato-rhombea,.
Ovarium longe stipitatum. Stylus tripartitus. (Ex Mart.)"

Fyson (1921) says of it: "(Wall. Cat. 6082 in Herb. Calc!)....
Leaves acute or aculeate, 1/2 -- 3 in. Scapes many, 3-~6 in.,
slender. Heads 1/6 in. globose except for the horizontal base,
very echinate by the acuminate floral bracts. Female sepals 2
only, winged down the back; petals 0. Male flowers normal, 3-
merous. Plate 37. Burma: Kelaben, Tavoy."

The E. echinulatum var. seticuspe (Ohwi) Ohwi is herein dis-
cussed under E, seticuspe Ohwi.

Koyama (1955) says "Siam: Nakay (B. Hayata, sin. num.$) —
Cochin=china, Cambodgia, Tonkin, Philippines, China (Kwantung),
Burma. Note. This is a very distinct species chiefly by awned
bracts and 2 herbaceous scaly sepals ending in an aymlike tip. It
is of great interest that an Eriocaulon which bears a very close
resemblance to this species has been reported from Kiushu, the
southwesternmost part of Japan, by Dr. Ohwi recently. Its name
is E. seticuspe."

Recent collectors have found E. echinulatum growing in paddy
fields, at altitudes of 100--1300 meters, with white or greenish
(immature) flowers, in anthesis in September and October. Brass
reports it "common on wet plains" in Papua, while Smitinand de-
scribes it as a "cammon herb on rocks in damp places" and "common
in savannas together with E. achiton" in Thailand. The specific
epithet is sometimes written with its initial letter uppercased
for no valid reason. M. Ramos s.n. (Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci.
41340] is a mixture with E. gracile var. puberulentum Moldenke
and with something not eriocaulaceous.

Additional citations: BURMA: Tenasserim: W. Gomez 7 (Br—iso-

60 PoBeY 20 ':Lc0.G Loh Vol. 18, now 2

type, N--photo of isotype, Z--photo of isotype); T. Philippi 18
(B). CHINA: Kwangtung: Hance s.n. [Near Canton] (T); Sampson
13453 (B). THAILAND: B. Hayata s.n. [Nakay, 16/X1I/1921) (Ss);
Smitinand 193) [Herb. Royal Forest Dept. 942] (Ss), 1934a (Herb.
Royal Forest Dept. 11525] (Z), 1983 (Herb. Royal Forest Dept.
9450] (Ss), 3605 [Herb. Royal Forest Dept. 18241] (Sm), 3678
(Herb. Royal Forest Dept. 151,67] (Sm); Sfrensen, Larsen, & Hansen
6325 (S), 7257 (Cp); Vesterdal 5e (Cp). INDOCHINA: Annam: Schmid
1y10 (N). WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Culion:
M. Ramos s.n. (Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 130, in part] (Ca--
239520). MELANESIA: NEW GUINEA: Papua: Brass 7623 (N).

ERIOCAULON EDWARDII Fyson

Synonymy: Eriocaulon edwardsii Fyson ex Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 23 & 34, sphalm. 196.

Bibliography: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 1: 50 (1919) and 2:
313, pl. 34. 1921; Haines, Bot. Bihar & Orissa 6: 1067, 1070, &
1071. 192); A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 76 (1926) and 7: 89.
1929; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23 & 3h. 196; Mol-
denke, Phytologia 3: 32h. 1950; Razi, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 18:
19. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 162, 287, & 480. 1959; Moldenke, Résu-
mé Suppl. 3: 17. 1962.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 34. 1921.

Fyson (1921) describes this plant as follows: "(Clarke No.
34327 in Herb. Calc!) Caulis perbrevis. Folia 2—5 cm. longa,

--6 mm. basi lata, acuta, glabra, tenuia. Pedunculi 6—20 cn.
tenues. Capitula 3--5 mm obconica sed demum globosa, bractae
involucrantes nec reflexae, mm. longa, scariosae, glabrae,
ellipto-acutae, quam bractis flores superantibus paulo longiores.
Haec bractae glabrae, obovate-acutae, pallido-nigrae. Receptac-
ulum altum villosum. Flos? sepala 2, temuia; petala 2 linearia,
aut O. Semina 3. Flos 4 sepala 2? in spatham connata; petala 0.
antherae 6, nigrae. Plate 3. Himalayas: Sikkim; Bengal; Chota
Nagpur. Scapes 3—l times the leaves. Heads globose or nearly
so, in bud over-topped by the acute involucral bracts. This spe-
cies stands in much the same relation to the other two members of
this section as E. minutum to the first two species of the next
section. It represents a corresponding stage in the reduction
of the floral parts accompanied by a lengthening of the involucral
bracts. It is possible that var. minor and minima of the previ-
ous species [E. hamiltonianum] should be included in it. The

whole series forms a perfect example of gradual reduction in the
floral parts."
The species is said to grow at Ranchi in Madhya Pradesh, India.

ERIOCAULON EDWARDII var. CLARKEI Haines
Bibliography: Haines, Bot. Bihar & Orissa 6: 1071. 192k.
Haines (192) describes this taxon as follows: "To this spe-
cies [E. edwardii] I refer provisionally Clarke's No. 2788 col-

1968 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 61

lected at Giridih (Hazaribagh), which was left unnamed by Hooker
for the F. B. I. as being too young. It appears to be a variety
with very acutely cuspidate bracts, involucre bracts erect .12"
as long as whole head, about 6, oblong, pale, finely acuminate.
Fl. bracts .1" fuscous, almost awned. Fem. sep. 2, narrowly lin-
ear. Petals O but stipes sometimes apparently villous above the
sepals! Male sepals spathaceous, sometimes 3-toothed (but Fyson
described his type as spathaceous with a '?', and I think it is
either a matter of age, or position in the head, as I found ob-
viously 2 free sepals in the type), staminal column clavate with
about 3—5-stamens and a black gland, petals O or 1 minute linear.
In the villous stipes it appears allied to the Brazilian E.

griseum."

ERIOCAULON EHRENBERGIANUM Klotzsch

Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon benthamii Schlecht. apud Jacks.
in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 877, in syn. 1893 [not
E. benthamii Kunth, 1903]. Eriocaulon nanum Klotzsch ex Molden-
ke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 17, in syn. 1959 [not E, nanw R, Br., 1810].

Bibliography: Schlecht., Linnaea 18: Wah. hh; | Seem., Eot.
Voy. Herald 221. 1854; Ktrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): igi—L92.
1863; Hemsl., Biol. Centr. Am. Bot. 3: )h3. 1885; ee & Moc.,
Fl. Mex. 17. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1,
1: 877 & 878. 1893; Ruhl. in eels Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): he
49, 56, 60, 28h, & "285.4 1903; H. B. Davis, Life & Works Fringle
219. 1936; *Moldenke, Ne Am. Fl. "19 (a) 20 & 35. 19373; Moldenke,
Phytologia 1: 316. 1939; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pr. 2, 1:°877 & 015 1916; Moldenke, Knowm Geogr. Distrib. Erioc.
h, 32, & 3h. 1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 32h. 1950; Moldenke,
résumé 35, Li, 286, & 480. 1959; Holdenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 17.
1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., Bal 3, 1: 877 & 878.
1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 9 (1962) and |; : . 1962; Molden-
ke, Phytologia 17: 394 & 483. oe

"it should be noted here that this species was originally based
on Berlandier 760, Ehrenberg & Aschenborn 531, and Schiede s.n.,
not on Ehrenberg rg 57 as stated : by me in my 1950 work. . However, in
my 1937 work I designated the Schiede s.n. collection as teers
type. The species has been collected more recently in grassy
seeps, at 2650—3000 meters altitude, flowering and fruiting in
July. The E. nanum of Klotzsch is based on Ehrenberg s.n. in the
herbarium of the Lotanisches Museum at Berlin; 5. nanum mR. Br. is
a valid species of Australia.

Although Jackson (1893) accredits the binomial, E. benthamii
Schlecht., to Schlechtendal, Linnaea 18: 3) (18h), | the binomial
is there plainly written ee benthami and plainly accredited to
Kunth.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as
E. benthami Kunth and Paepalanthus sp.

Additional & emended citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Breedlove
92h0 (Ac); E. W. Nelson 3235 (W—233538). Durango: F. W. Pennell

62 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 1

18386 (W--161097). Federal District: Aschenborn 531 (B—cotype,
B--cotype). Hidalgo: Pringle 8989, in part [Canales Station] (Ca
—168293, S, S). Jalisco: Collector undesignated s.n. (Sept. 6,
192] (F—35L591); Re MeVaugh 13993 (MA), Ibldh (Mi); Pringle 2665
(Ca—11517h). México: Berlandier dier 760 (B--cotype) ; C. A. Ehren-
berg 57 (B, N); Gilly, Alexander, & & Hernandez Xolocotzi 83 (Eb. J.

Alexander 1958] (2); J. G. Schaffner 226, in part (V—-270500).
Michoac4n: Hitchcock & & Stanford 7201 (ca--710750) . Oaxaca: W. H.
Camp 2265 (Mi). Puebla: Pringl Pringle , 8989, in part [near Honey Sta-
tion] (S). State undetermined: C. A. Ehrenberg s.n. (5B); Hahn 1)
{Lake Avalco] (B). GULF ISLANDS: ; Monserrate: C. thee | Purpus 10179

(W——-1209),27) . GUATEMALA: Chimaltenango: Salvin | Son. {[Vol. de
Fuego] (V--8392).

ERIOCAULON EKMANNII Ruhl.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon ekmanii Ruhl. ex Leén, Fl. Cuba 1: 260—
281. 196.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Fedde, Repert. Sp. Nov. 22: 30. 1925;
A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 89. 1929; Moldenke, N. Am. Fl.
19 (1): 19 & 30. 19373; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 317. 1939; Kolden-
ke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. l & 34. 1946; Leén, Fl. Cuba 1:
280—281. 1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 32h—325. 1950; Moldenke,
Résumé 51 & 480. 1959.

Additional citations: CUBA: Pinar del Rfo: Ekman 17888 (N—
photo of type, S--type, Z—-photo of type).

ERIOCAULON ELEGANTULUM Engl.

Bibliography: Engl., Abh. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 189): 1). 189;
Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 133. 1895; Durand & Jacks., Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 158. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich
13 (4-30): 63, 81 & *285. 1903; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl.
1, pre 2, 158. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 21,
22, & 3h. 196; Moldenke, résumé 140, Uyh--146, 150, & 80. 1959;
Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 158. 1989.

Recent collectors have found this plant growing in grassy
areas on cracking soil in river valley flats, at altitudes of 32-
400 meters, flowering in February, June, and October. Drummond &
Hemsley describe it as an annual, a few cm. tall, with the in-
florescence pale bluish-gray.

Citations: CHAD: Schweinfurth II1.223 (B, S). TANGANYIKA:
Drummond & Hemsley 3063 (S); H. G. Faulkner 902 (5, S); A. Peter
520k [I [Iv.. 326] (B); Sch Schlieben 2348 (B).. ZANZIBAR: Hildebrandt _
1056 (B--lectotype, Z—isotype). PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA: Quili-
mane: H. G. Faulkner K.256 (N).

ERIOCAULON ELENORAE Fyson
Synonymy: Eriocaulon eleanorae Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 1:

50, nom. nud. 1919.

BOOK REVIEWS
Alma L. Moldenke

"ROCKY MOUNTAIN FLORA" by William A. Weber, viii & 37 pp.,
illus., University of Colorado Press, Boulder, Colorado
80302. 1967. $9.0.

This fine work with great appeal to both the professional
botanist and the interested amateur is the updated and illustra-
ted revision of the "Handbook of Plants of the Colorado Front
Range" by the same author and press in 1953 and in 1961 and is
the result of twenty years of intensive field, herbarium and
teaching work in this area. It will be a creditable replacement
for Rydberg's classic which is now out-of-date and virtually un-
available.

The Front Range Area consists of the first rugged chain of
mountains visible from the east of Denver from the Rocky Mountain
National Park on the north to Pike's Peak on the south and west
to the Continental Divide. This geographically small area claims
half (1,400 in the text and over 1,500 on the dust jacket) of the
species of higher plants reported for the state. It ranges from
5,000 to 14,000 feet in altitude from grassy plains, irrigated and
cultivated piedmont valleys, transitional mesas, wooded foothills
to 8,000 feet and montanes to 9,000 feet, subalpine areas to
11,000 feet abundant in wild flowers and evergreens, and finally
to the treeless alpine tundra to 14,000 feet with matted and deep-
rooted willows and glumaceous plants. Here is a meeting ground
of the plants of the Arctic regions of America and Eurasia, the
southwestern American deserts, the midwestern prairies and the
high mountains of central Asia. Some of the species are carry-overs
from Tertiary geologic times. The book is a guide not only for
this limited area but also for the larger peripheral one covering
much of Colorado and adjacent bits of Wyoming and New Mexico.

While spending a few days this summer in Denver and the Rocky
Mountain National Park, I found this book highly satisfactory to
carry and to use for checking known species and for naming unknowns.
The keys are very well constructed. The language is simple and
precise. Technical terms are explained clearly in a well illustra-
ted glossary.

The classification is modern especially at the genus level. The
larger, older family groups and terms as Leguminosae and Compositae
are still retained. The families are arranged alphabetically and
not "Englerically" under ferns, gymnosperms, dicots and monocots.

Prof. Yocom's 346 illustrations add considerably to the text.
Verbesina is misspelled on the last page of the index but not in
the text.

63

6 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 1

The success that this work is sure to achieve is due primarily
to two facts -- the author's excellence as a teacher and his ex=
cellence as a field naturalist. One of the highlights of my
three decades of teaching biology goes back to Bill Weber's high
school days when he brought another teacher and myself to a swamp
on the edge of New York City to see killdeer nesting. Now this
swamp area is "improved" by draining, a modified highway clover-
leaf and rowboats for hire in a small puddle.

BOOK REVIEW

Otto & Isa Degener

For size and ecological diversity, the Hawaiian Archipelago is
rather poorly represented by native grass species - estimated by
Dr. Peter P. Rotar, Associate Professor at the University of
Hawaii, at about 60 - but by more than 500 introduced species ac-
cording to this same authority in his "Grasses of Hawaii", pub-
lished in 1968. This work from the University of Hawaii Press
comprises 355 pages with 10 full-page plates.

With a present grass flora of 500 species, an illustrated book
describing each species separately would be unwieldy. Hence this
work describes "the Grass Plant" for the first ten pages; and for
the next 12, the "Taxonomy! A key to 29 tribes follows before
complete descriptions of 112 genera ends with page 311. Under
each genus are listed the species known from the Islands, with
their commoner synonymy. No species descriptions are given.

Table 3, comprising 23 pages, gives a burd's eye view of the
"Botanical Name, Common Name, Putative Origin or Native Country,
Date of First Record."

A work of this kind is of value to botanists, biology teachers
and ranchers not only in the Hawaiian Islands but throughout warm
and tropical regions because of the many pan-tropic grasses in-
volved. It is unfortunate, therefore, that the edition is limi-
ted to 1,500 copies with a resulting high price of $12.00 per
volume. As new grasses are being continuously introduced into
the Hawaiian Islands, such as the giant Thysanolaena maxima
(Roxb.) O. Ktze., omitted from the present edition, the reviewers
look forward to a revised edition of "Grasses of Hawaii" when the
present one has been sold out.

roe MY POLOGTA®
Designed to expedite botanical Bubiiedtien aie
BOTANICA!
Vol. 18 February, 1969 No. 2

CONTENTS
WAITE, T., & GREGORY, C., Notes on the growth of Ulva as a
function of ammonia nitrogen: ©. 606 60. 8 we OS

oS

MOLDENKE, H. N., Five novelties in the Verbenaceae. .... 7

ho

MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. XVIII . 7

MOLDENKE, A. L., Annotated list of fungi on verbenaceous hosts
[MRC THe. S MVCOLOCIR ANDER, ahigh oe ai le Pera a te! oy Yet, BRO

REED, C. F., Additional records for Porella pinnata in south-
CSTE TIF AMGM SLATE Sia GN ere iol (netbicenys Puna ed Dee le

\9

(=)

Se LONES we Eas OOR FORTZOUS |! (Ose Lint La Saya, Oe ede ar ie me OD

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
U.S.A.

Price of this number, $1; per volume, $6.75 in advance,
or $7 at close of volume

Due to unexpected delays in printing and transportation,
Vol. 17, No. 7, was not officially issued until January 14, 1969

NOTES ON THE GROWTH OF ULVA

AS A FUNCTION OF AMMONIA NITROGEN

THOMAS WAITE AND CONSTANTINE GREGORY *

Research on Ulva latissima is being carried out at NOrtheastern University's
Marine Science Center under the direction of Dr. Nathan P. Riser. The
research is part of a study to investigate the effects of water pollution

on marine ecology.

The equipment utilized in the study (Fig. #1) is designed to maintain
environments of different ammonia nitrogen concentrations. All other
factors such as light, phosphorous and temperature are held constant.

The artificial lighting used consists of both incandescent and fluorescent
sources. The fluorescent light source is a special plant grow-type bulb
with most of its energy in the range of 650 mu. The entire lighting

system is on a cycle of 12 hours light, and 12 hours darkness.

Samples of Ulva latissima were cut at random from various parts of thalli
of different pieces of Ulva. The samples were cut out with a 3/4!"
diameter cork bore. These circular pieces were then sewn to slate blocks
which were then placed in the pans containing ammonia and sea water. As
is noted in Fig. #1 the entire system is a flow through set up. The
chemical feed pump delivers set concentrations of ammonia nitrogen at
predetermined rates. This flow is balanced with the flow of sea water in

the mixing tanks. The result is a constantly flowing system producing

*Graduate Student Department of Civil Engineering, Northeastern University
*Professor of Environmental Science, Northeastern University, Boston

65

66 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 15, ne. 2
concentrations in the sample pans varying from 0.4 mg/l to 1.2 mg/l. It
was felt that this open system would give more useful information than a

closed culturing experiment.

Three experiments each of 40 days duration have been completed. The first
and second runs were begun in August and October with water temperatures
of 65° and 60° F. Growth of the plants was measured in vegetative growth
only, and the high water temperatures during the runs caused most of the
samples to become reproductive. This made results reported as vegetative
growth difficult to understand, because as the Ulva reproduced the thallus

degenerated.

The third run has just been completed and offers the most understandable
results. Water temperatures during this last test remained close to 55° F,
thus all the samples, exhibited only vegetative growth. Fig. #2 shows

the results obtained. It is interesting to note the apparent peak of
growth at 0.7 mg/l ammonia nitrogen. The growth of ULva in the pans con-
taining ammonia nitrogen in concentrations greater than 0.7 mg/1 exhibited
considerably slower growth. The decrease in growth after 0.7 mg/1 appears
to be dependent on the amount of ammonia nitrogen as does the increase in

growth up to 0.7 mg/1.

It should also be noted that this peak is probably dependent on the phos-
phate concentration. The phosphate as measured by the Stannous Chloride
Method is 0.4 mg/l] in all the pans. Chlorides were determined to be 19,200

mg/1 in the water coming to the marine station. Further research is now

1969 Waite & Gregory, Growth of Ulva 67

being carried on to determine both the relation of this ammonia peak to
phosphate concentrations, and the relationship between nutrients, tempera-

ture and reproductivity.

Vol. 18, now 2

PHYTOLOGIA

68

MIXING TANKS

CHEMICAL PUMP FEEDING 5 LINES

TANKS CONTAINING ULVA
SAMPLES

AMMONIA CHLORIDE

RESEVOIR SEA WATER

FIGURE #1

EQUIPMENT SET-UP FOR GROWING ULVA
LATISSIMA AT DIFFERENT CONCENTRATIONS

OF AMMONIA NITROGEN

1969 Waite & Gregory, Growth of Ulva 69

SAMPLE AREA AFTER 35 DAYS GROWTH (tn.)

0°8

blank sea water

——————————__—> ©

10

S°0
©

9°0

>
=
=
oO
= oO
5 ©
—~w
=
oH
D
Oo
P)
m
wa
eo =>)
3 .
fo! a2
=
~~
=
Pp)
=
D
m
3
© s
a Nh
= uv
a =>
fag [o)
@ n
a UD
="
= =! i)
: @ ina
2 3 ©
v
@ i
=
® Oo
a >
= =
at o
o
=!
7s i} wa)
¢ ~

SSK

FIVE NOVELTIES IN THE VERBENACEAE

Harold N. Moldenke

CITHAREXYLUM ALAINII Moldenke, sp. nov.

Frutex, usque ad 2 m. altus; ramis ramulisque obtuse tetragonis
griseis glabris lenticellatis; foliis oppositis; petiolis gracil-
ibus elongatis glabris; laminis subcoriaceis oblanceolatis utrin-
que glabris nitidisque ad apicem obtusis ad basin in petiolo lon-
giter attenuatis, in sicco marginibus revolutis; inflorescentiis
terminalibus abbreviatis paucifloris.

Shrub, 1.5-—-2 m. tall; branches and branchlets rather slender,
gray, glabrous, obtusely tetragonal, often infested with various
species of lichens, lenticellate; twigs much more slender, slight-
ly browmish, more conspicuously tetragonal, glabrous; leaf-scars
corky, enlarged, ascending, appressed; leaves decussate-opposite,
numerous on the twigs; petioles slender, elongate, 7--10 mm. long,
glabrous, more or less margined upwards; leaf-blades subcoriaceas,
bright-green above, lighter beneath, shiny on both surfaces, ob-
lanceolate, 3.5--6.5 cm. long, 8—18 mm. wide, obtuse and slightly
mucronulate at the apex, entire, long-attenuate into the petiole
at the base, glabrous on both surfaces, the margins decidedly re-
volute in drying; midrib very slender, decidedly impressed above,
sharply prominent beneath; secondaries about 5 per side, short,
widely divaricate, decidedly impressed above and prominulous be-
neath; inflorescence terminal on the young twigs, abbreviated,
1—]; cm. long, few-flowered, simple, spicate; peduncles 5—10 m,
long, angulate, brownish, glabrous; rachis similar to the peduncle
in all respects; pedicels very slender, about 1 mm, long, bracte-
olate, glabrous, angulate; calyx obconic, about m. long during
anthesis and 2 mm. wide at the apex, glabrous, shiny, 5-ribbed,
the rim truncate and entire or minutely 5-apiculate; corolla hypo-
erateriform, white, the tube about 5 mm. long, the limb 5-lobed,
the lobes rounded, about 1--1.5 m. long and wide.

The type of this distinctive species was collected by Brother
Alain H. Liogier (no. 11205) -- in whose honor it is named -- on
exposed rocks on the top of the limestone ridge, Cordillera de
Yaroa, at an altitude of 800—850 meters, in the province of
Puerto Plata, Dominican Republic, on May 11, 1968, and is deposited
in my personal herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey. The collector
notes that the species is "rare".

CITHAREXYLUM ILTISII Moldenke, sp. nov.

Frutex, ramulis sarmentisque gracilibus glaberrimis tetragonis
nitidis, marginibus elevatis perspicuis; foliis oppositis tenuiter
subcoriaceis; petiolis brevibus glabris; laminis foliorum utrinque
glaberrimis nitidisque ellipticis, subtus minutissime resinoso-
punctatis, margine acute serratis, dentibus antrorso-adpressis;
inflorescentiis terminalibus brevissimis.

70

1969 Moldenke, Novelties 7

Shrub; branches rather slender, gray, obtusely tetragonal,
glabrous, flattened and annulate at the nodes; branchlets and
twigs very slender, prominently tetragonal, very glabrous and
shiny, ridged, the angles prominently elevated; leaves decussate-—
opposite; petioles very short, mostly about 1 mm. long, glabrous,
difficult to differentiate from the base of the blade; leaf-
blades elliptic, thinly subcoriaceous, bright-green on both sur-
faces, very glabrous and shiny on both surfaces, 2--5.5 cm. long,
1-~3 cm. wide, acute at the apex, regularly serrate with antrorse
teeth from below the middle to the apex (the teeth appressed), a-
cute and running into the petiole at the base, densely but very
minutely resinous—punctate beneath, the venation slightly impres-
sed above and prominulous beneath in drying; inflorescence ter-
minal on the twigs, very short, 1--2 cm. long, racemiform in
fruit, probably spicate or subspicate during anthesis, about 10-—-
12-flowered and -fruited; fruiting pedicels less than 1 m. long,
minutely puberulent, but the rachis glabrous and shiny; flowers
and fruit not seen.

The type of this distinct species was collected by Hugh H.
Iltis -- in whose honor it is named — and Donald Ugent (no. 678)
in rock hedgerows and thickets (remnants of former Escallonia _
cloud forest) between fields, with heavily pollarded trees of
Escallonia, shrubby Salvia, Solanum, lycium, Calceolaria, Eupat—
oriun, Passiflora, Bomaria, etc., in a small chacra (field) at
km. im. 20 on the Sees road, Sew 6—-7 kn. north-northeast (by air)
from Abancay, at 3100 meters altitude, in the province of Abancay,
Apurimac, Peru, on December 19, 1962, and is deposited in the
herbarium of the University of Wisconsin. The collectors de-
scribe the plant as a shrub 2 mn. tall.

GMELINA SALOMONENSIS var. ELLIPTICA Moldenke, var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum regular—
iter lateque ellipticis ad basin angustatis acutisque recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having its leaf-blades regularly broadly elliptic, narrowed to the
distinctly acute base.

The type of the variety was collected by R. Teona in a primary
forest on a hillside 190 feet above sealevel along the Kolokofa
river, on northwestern Santa Ysabel, Solomon Islands, on April 6,
1966, ” and is deposited in the United States National. Herbarium
at Washington. The collector describes the plant as a tree, 60
feet tall, with a trunk girth of | feet, the bole straight, "put-
tresses present, thick, and equal, to about 2 feet wide, the bark
surface light-brown and scaly, the slash wood hard and white, the
slash bark hard, fawn-colored inside, flecked with light—brom
outside, and the flowers (corollas) white on the outside, pink
inside.

LANTANA RETICULATA f. ALBIFLORA Moldenke, f. nov.
Haec forma a forma typica speciei corollis albis recedit.
The form differs from the typical form of the species in having

72 PH Yeh Ost Tk Vol. 18, no. 2

white corollas.

The type of the form was collected by Brother Alain H. Liogier
(no, 12666) in thickets near the top of the limestone hill at
Piedra Gorda, about 20 miles west of Santiago, on the Moa road,
at an altitude of 200--300 meters, Dominican Republic, on Septem-
ber 1h, 1968, and is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plain-
field, New Jersey. The collector describes the plant as shrubby,
slender, about 1 meter tall or less, with white flowers,

PETREA PUBESCENS f. ALBICALYX Moldenke, f. nov.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei calycibus albis recedit.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing its calyxes white.

The type of the form was collected by George S. Bunting (no.
2369) in cultivation on the east side of the highway running from
La Fria to San Cristobal, north of San Juan de Col6n, Tachira,
Venezuela, on September 27, 1967, and is deposited in my personal
herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey. The collector describes the
plant as a tree, 8 m. tall, with a long trunk, more or less slen-
der and open crown, very asperate leaves, white calyxes, and
blue-purple corollas.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE. XVIII

Harold N. Moldenke

ERIOCAULACEAE Lindl.

Additional synonymy: Eriocauleae L. C. Rich. ex Kunth, Enum.
Pl. 3: 492. 181. Eriocauleae Benth, & Hook. f., Gen. Pl. 3:
1019. 1883. Eriocaulonaceae Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891.
Eriocaulea Kunth apud Masamune, Mem. Fac. Sci. Agr. Taihoku Univ.
lI, Bot. ]: 536, in syn. sphalm. 193). Eriocauloneae L. C. Rich.
apud Masamune, Mem. Fac. Sci. Agr. Taihoku Univ. II, Bot. ): 536,
in syn. 193k.

Additional & emended bibliography: L., Gen. Pl., ed. 2, 35
(1742) and ed 2 [3], 29. 1743; Gled., Berl. 5: 133. 179; L.,
Phil. Bot., ed. 1, 28. 1751; L., Gen. Pl., ed. 4h, 29 (1752) and
ed. 5, pr. 1, 3. 175k; Le, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 880. 1759; L.,
Sp. Pl., ed. 2, 1: 128. 1762; Adans., Fam. Pl. 2: 283. 1763;
Gled., Syst. Pl. 23. 1764; L., Gen. Pl., ed. 6, 40 & Ord. Nat.
P.p.5.1-Bur. 17643 L., Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 2: 103. 1767; L., Gen.
Pl., ed. 6 nov., 40 & Ord. Nat. P.p.5.1.Bur. 1767; J. Hill, Hort.
Kew., ed. 2, 159. 1769; L., Mant. Pl. Alt. 107. 1771; J. A. Murr.
in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 13, 109. 1774; Planer, Gatt. Pfl. 2: 865—
866 & 1060. 1775; Reichard in L., Gen. Pl., ed. 8, 42. 1778; J.
A. Murr. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 14, 127. 1784; Schreb. in L., Gen.
Pl., ed. 8 [9], 1: 56. 1789; Neck., Elem. Bot. 1: 116. 1790;

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 73

Gaertn., Fruct. & Sem. Pl. 2: 1h. 1791; J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst.
Nat., ed. 13, 2: 206. 1791; Schreb. in L., Gen. Pl., ed. 8 [9],
2: 852. 1791; Haenke in L., Gen. Pl., ed. 8 [10], 1: 90 (1791)
and 2: 796. 1791; Gis., Carl. Linn. Prael. Ord, Nat. 170. 1792;
Pers. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15, 132. 1797; Willd. in L., Sp.
Pl., ed. h, 1: 85--87. 1797; Batsch, Tab. 152. 1802; Cram.,
Dispos. Syst. Pl. 182. 1803; J. St.-Hil., Expos. 1: 108. 1805;
Pers., Syn. Pl. 1: 110. 1805; R. Br., Prod. Nov. Holl. 1: 252—
255. 1810; Roam. & Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2:
56—57 & 861--870. 1817; Spreng., Anleit., ed. 2, 1: 187. 1817;
Je Es Gray, Brit. Pl. 2: 158. 1821; Poir., Dict. 5: 2h. 1822; K.
A. Agardh, Aphor. Bot. 157. 1823; W. Hamilt., Prod. Pl. Ind. Occ.
16. 1825; Vell., Fl. Flum. 35--36. 1825; Spreng. in L., Syst.
Veg., ed. 16, 3: 77h. 1826; Nees in R. Br., Prodr. Nov. Holl.,
ed. 3, 109. 1827; Vell., Fl. Flum. Icon. 1: pl. 86. 1827;
Reichenb., Consp. 28. bo8; Spreng. in L., Gen. Pl., ed. 9 [10],
2: 683. 1831; Bong., Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 1-
7h & 601--656, pl. 1—19 & 39. 1831; Royle, Illustr. Bot. Himal.
09 & 410. 1840; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: [l92]——580, 612—615, 62h—
625, 633, & 634. 181; Lindl., Veg. Kingd., ed. 1, 122. 187;
Thwaites & Hook. f., Emm. Pl. Zeyl. 341. 1864; Ktrn. in Miq.,
Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd. 3: 162—-16 & 239. 1867; Vell., Arch. Mus.
Nac. Rio Jan. 5: 36—-37. 1881; Maxim., Bull. Acad. Sci. St.
Pétersb. [Dec. Pl. Asiat.] 8: 7. 1893; Hook. f. in Trimen,

Handb. Fl. Ceylon 5: [1]—-11 & 12. 1900; Schinz, Bull. Herb.
Boiss., sér. 2, 1: 779. 1901; Fritsch, Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér.
2, 1: 1102-1105. 1901; J. R. Perkins, Fragm. Fl. Philipp. 1:
136. 1904; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 26. 1908; H. N. Ridl.,
Journ. Fed. Malay States Mus. 6: 191-~192. 1915; Rendle in
Gibbs, Contrib. Phytogeogr. & Fl. Arfak Mts. 100. 1917; Ruhl.,
Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 10: [1040]—10h & 1060. 1930; Her—
zog in Fedde, Repert. Sp. Nov. 29: 202—-213, pl. 120 & 121.

1931; Miyabe & Kudo, Journ. Fac. Agr. Hokkaido Imp. Univ. 27

(Fl. Hokk. & Saghal. 3]: 286--288. 1932; Hand.-Mazz., Symb. Sin.
7: 12)5--1246. 1936; Miyabe & Tatew., Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist.
Soc. 15: 47. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 37 & 105.
1938; L. B. Sm., Contrib. Gray Herb., new ser., 124: 5. 1939;
Honda, Nom. Pl. Jap. 46163. 1939; Satake in Nakai & Honda,
Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 1-88, fig. 1-0. 190; Miyabe & Satake, Acta
Phytotax, & Geobot. Kyoto 13: 280--281. 193; Moldenke in Maguire
& al., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 75: 19)--195. 198; E. D. Merr.,
Ind. Rafin. 82. 1949; Core, Pl. Tax. 267--268. 1955; Koyama,
Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 8h: 369-371, 377, & 378, pl. 2, fig. 2,
& pl. 5, fig. C. 1955; R. McVaugh, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 360: 93.
1958; L., Gen. Pl., ed. 5, pr. 2, 38. 1960; Perring & Walters,
Atlas Brit. Fl. 311. 1962; Radford, Ahles, & Bell, Guide Vasc.
Fl. Carol. 106—-107. 1964; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama,
Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 175185, pl. 48, fig. 303--311.
1964; P. K. K. Nair, Pollen Gr. West. Himal. Pl. 35 & 92, pl. 15,
fig. 19). 1965; Davis & Cullen, Ident. Flow. Pl. Fam. 67 & 103.
1965; S. A. Manning, Syst. Guide Flow. Pl. 2 & 237-238. 1965;
Lakela, Fl. Northeast. Minn. 110--111. 1965; Moldenke, Résumé

an . 2 ee Oo Se Vol. 18, no. 2

Suppl. 17: [1]--13. 1968; H. N. & A. L. Moldenke, Ellery Lake
[3]. 1968; Freer, Castanea 33: 168. 1968; Carter & Jones, Cas-
tanea 33: 197. 1968; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 9 (21): S.62. 1968;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: lii—62 (1968) and 17: 473--506 & 506—
Sl. 1969.

Masamune (193) credits the group name, Eriocauloneae, to L.
C. Richard in Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 17: 62 (1811) while Nak-
ai & Honda (1940) credit it to page 52 of the same volume. I
have searched this volume from cover to cover and cannot find the
name on either of these pages nor anywhere else in the volume
although the French designation "Eriocaulées" occurs on page L6s.
This appear to be the only mention of the group in the volume.

It is perhaps worth mentioning here that Persoon's Synopsis
Plantarum (1805) is sometimes cited in older bibliographies as
"Pers. Ench.", referring to a subtitle of the work.

BLASTOCAULON Ruhl.

Additional & emended bibliography: Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 877. 1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13
(4-30): 3, 11, lh, 15, 19, 20, 2h, 25, 29, 30, 159, 223225, &
(283], fig. 32. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 26. 1908; Nakai
& Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 4 & (86). 1940; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 877 (1946) and pr. 3, 1: 877. 1960;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 1,50 (1968) and 17: 506. 1969.

BLASTOCAULON ALBIDUM (Gardn.) Ruhl,

Synonymy: Paepalanthus albidus Gardn. in Hook. f., Icon. Pl.
6 [new ser., 2]: pl. 525. 1643. Eriocaulon albidum Steud., Pl.
Glum. 2 (Cyp.): 278. 1855.

Additional bibliography: G. Gardn. in Hook. f., Icon. Pl. 6
(new ser., 2]: pl. 525. 1843; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2 (Cyp.):
278. 1855; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 877
(1893) and 2: 401. 1894; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h-30):
225, [283], & 284. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 26. 1908;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 877 (1946) and
2: 01 (1946) and pr. 3, 1: 877 (1960) and 2: 401. 1960; Molden-
ke, Phytologia 17: 373--37h. 1968.

Illustrations: G. Gardn. in Hook. f., Icon. Pl. 6 [new ser.,
2]: pl. 525. 183.

The type of this species is Ge Gardner 5273 from Minas Gerais,
Brazil.

BLASTOCAULON PROSTRATUM (KUrn.) Ruhl.

Additional bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-
30): 223, 22h, & [283]. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 26.
1908; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 37h. 1968.

BLASTOCAULON RUPESTRE (Gardn.) Ruhl.
Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon rupestre Steud., Syn. Pl.

Glum. 2 (Cyp.): 278. 1855.
Additional bibliography: G. Gardn. in Hook. f., Icon. Pl. 6

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 75

[new ser., 2]: pl. 525. 183; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2 (Cyp.):
278. 1855; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (-30): 223, 22h,
(283], & 287, fig. 32. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 26. 1908;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 37h. 1968.

Illustrations: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 22),
fig. 32. 1903.

The type of this species is G. Gardner 5272 from Minas Gerais,
Brazil. The species is described, but not illustrated, in the
Gardner reference cited above.

BLASTOCAULON SPELEICOLA Alv. Silv.
Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 37.
1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 37h. 1968.

ERIOCAULON Gron.

Additional synonymy: Eriocavlon Gron. ex Reichard in L., Gen.
Pl., ed. 8, 2. 1778. Schoenocaulon Reichenb. apud Pfeiffer,
Le pe 1 (2): 1239, in syn. 187) [not Schoenocaulon A. Gray,
1837].

Additional & emended bibliography: L., Gen. Pl., ed. 2, 35
(1742) and ed. 2 [3], 29. 1743; Gled., Berl. 5: 133. 1749; L.,
Phil. Bot., ed. 1, 28. 1751; L., Gen. Pl., ed. h, 29 (1752) and
ed. 5, pr. 1, 38. 175k; L, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 880. 1759; L.,
Sp. Pl., ed. 2, 1: 128. 1762; Adans., Fam. Pl. 2: 283. 1763;
Gled., Syst. Pl. 23. 176; L., Gen. Pl., ed. 6, 40 & Ord. Nat.
Pl. P.p.5.1.Bur. (1764) and ed. 6 nov., 0 & Ord. Nat. Pl. P.p.
5.1.Bur. 1767; L., Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 2: 103. 1767; d. Hill,
Hort. Kew., ed. 2, 159. 1769; L., Mant. Pl. Alt. 107. 1771; J.
A. Murr. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 13, 109. 177; Planer, Gatt.
Pfl. 2: 865--866 & 1060. 1775; Reichard in L., Gen. Pl., ed. 8,
42. 1778; J. A. Murr. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 1h, 127. 178; A.
L. Juss., Gen. Pl. hh & hh7. 1789; Schreb. in L., Gen. Pl., ed.
8 [9], 1: 56. 1789; Neck., Elem. Bot. 1: 116. 1790; Gaertn.,
Fruct. & Sem. Pl. 2: 14. 1791; J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat.,
ed. 13, 2: 206. 1791; Schreb. in L., Gen. Pl., ed. 8 [9], 2:
852. 1791; Haenke in L., Gen. Pl., ed. 8 [10], 1: 90 (1791) and
2: 796. 1791; Gis., Carl. Linn. Prael. Ord. Nat. 170. 1792;
Pers. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15, 132. 1797; Willd. in L., Sp.
Pl., ed. k, 1: 485—l87. 1797; Batsch, Tab. 152. 1802; Cram.,
Dispos. Syst. Pl. 182. 1803; J. St.-Hil., Expos. 1: 108. 1805;
Pers., Syn. Pl. 1: 110. 1805; Spreng., Anleit., ed. 2, 1: 187.
1817; Roem. & Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 56——-57
& 861--870. 1817; J. E. Gray, Brit. Pl. 2: 158. 1821; Poir.,
Dict. 5: 2h. 1822; K. A. Agardh, Aphor. Bot. 157. 1823; Vell.,
Fl. Flum. 35--36. 1825; W. Hamilt., Prodr. Pl. Ind. Occ. 16.
1825; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3: 77. 1826; Nees in
R. Br., Prodr. Nov. Holl., ed. 3, 109. 1827; Vell., Fl. Flwm.
Icon. 1: pl. 86. 1827; Reichenb., Consp. 28. 1828; Spreng. in
L., Gen. Pl., ed. 9 [10], 2: 683. 1831; Bong., Mém. Acad. Sci.
St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 1—7 & 601--656, pl. 1—19 & 39.
1831; Royle, Illustr. Bot. Himal. 09 & 410. 180; Kunth, Enum.

76 PHYTOLOG IS Vol. 18, no. 2

Pl. 3: [492]-—-580, 612-615, 62h--625, 633, & 634. 181; Lindl.,
Veg. Kingd., ed. 1, 122. 1647; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl.
314. 1864; Korn. in Miq., Ann. Mus, Bot. Lugd. 3: 162-16) & 239.
1867; Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 1 (2): 1239--120 & 1150. 187; Vell.,
Arch. Mus, Nac. Rio Jan. 5: 36--37. 1881; Vaxin., Bull. Acad.
Sci. St. Pétersb. [Dec. Pl. Asiat.] 8: 7. 1893; Hook. f. in Tri-
men, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 5: [(1]--1l & 412. 1900; Schinz, Bull. Herb.
Boiss., s6ér. 2, 1: 779. 1901; Fritsch, Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér.
2, 1: 1102--1105. 1901; J. R. Perkins, Fragm. Fl. Philipp. 1: 1%.
1904; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 26 & 69--70. 1908; H. N. Ridl.,
Journ. Fed. Malay States Mus. 6: 191—192. 1915; Rendle in Gibbs,
Contrib. Phytogeogr. & Fl. Arfak Mts. 100. 1917; Ruhl., Notizbl.
Bot. Gart. Berlin 10: [10\0]—10h & 1060. 1930; Herzog in Fedde,
Repert. Sp. Nov. 29: 202--205 & 209, pl. 120. 1931; Miyabe & Kudo,
Journ. Fac. Agr. Hokkaido Imp. Univ. 27 [Fl. Hokk. & Saghal. 3]:
286——288. 1932; Hand.-Mazz., Symb. Sin. 7: 125-126. 1936; Mi-
yabe & Kudo, Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 15: 7. 1937; A. W.
Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 37 & 105. 1936; L. B. Sm., Contrib.
Gray Herb., new ser., 12): 5. 1939; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov.
Fl. Jap. 6: 1--88, fig. 1—0. 190; Miyabe & Satake, Acta Phyto-
tax. & Geobot. Kyoto 13: 280-—281. 1943; Moldenke in Maguire &
al., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 75: 19--195. 1948; E. D. Merr., Ind.
Rafin. 82. 199; Core, Pl. Tax. 268. 1955; R. McVaugh, Bull. N.
Y. State Mus. 360: 93. 1958; L., Gen. Pl., ed. 5, pr. 2, 8.
1960; Perring & Walters, Atlas Brit. Fl. 311. 1962; Radford, Ah-
les, & Bell, Guide Vasc. Fl. Carol. 106—107. 1964; Koyama in
Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3:
175--185, pl. 48, fig. 303-311. 1964; P. K. K. Nair, Pollen Gr.
West. Himal. Pl. 35 & 92, pl. 15, fig. 19h. 1965; Lakela, Fl.
Northeast. Minn. 110—111. 1965; S. A. Manning, Syst. Guide
Flow. Pl. 237--238. 1965; Freer, Castanea 33: 168. 1968; Carter &
Jones, Castanea 33: 197. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: [1]—
11 & 13. 1968; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 9 (21): S.62. 1968; Moldenke,
she ae 18: hy--62 (1968) and 17: 475—-505, 508, 510, & 511.
19 Si

It should be noted here that Reichard (1778) apparently al-
ways used a "V" in place of the letter "U", although in the un-
paged index to his work the generic name is written "Eriocaulon"
as originally proposed. Planer (1775) employed the German ver-
nacular name "Eckenhalm" for this genus and its members.

The Schoenocaulon of Reichenbach was actually proposed by
him (1828) as a section of the genus Eriocaulon, but Pfeiffer on
page 1239 of the work cited above (187) lists it as a generic
synonym. The Schoenocaulon of Gray is a genus in the Melanth-
aceae. It is perhaps worth noting here, too, that Persoon's
work (1805), cited in the bibliography above, is sometimes ci-
ted in older bibliographies as "Pers. Ench."

ERIOCAULON ACANTHOCEPHALUM Griff.
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 8. 1968;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 477. 1969.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae titi

ERIOCAULON AFZELIANUM Wikstr.
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 4. 1968;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 478. 1969.

ERIOCAULON ALPESTRE Hook. f. & Thans.
Additional bibliography: Ruhl., Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin
10: 101. 1930; Hand.-hazz., Symb. Sin. 7: 126. 1936; Satake,
Journ. Jap. Bot. 15: 629. 1939; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl.
Jap. 6: 43, 46, & [86]. 1940; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 478. 1969.
The E, alpestre Ruhl. of some authors is a synonym of E, ro-

bustius (Maxim.) Mak.

ERIOCAULON ALPINUM Van Royen

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 6. 1968;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 478. 1969.

D. Walker 5217, from Northeastern New Guinea, is said by
Walker (1968) to represent this taxon.

ERIOCAULON AMBOENSE Schinz

Synonymy: Eriocaulon ambo&nse Schinz apud Ruhl. in Engl.,
Pflanzenreich 13 (h-30): 112 & 284. 1903.

Additional & emended bibliography: H. Hess, Bericht. Schw-
eitz. Bot. Gesell. 65: 160—-161, fig. 1, 17l4--178, pl. 9, fig.
3. 1955; Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 84: 369—371, 377, &
378, pl. 2, fig. 2, & pl. 5, fig. C. 1955; Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 17: 9. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 479. 1969.

Ruhland (1903) "corrected" the specific epithet of this spe-
cies by adding a dieresis which Schinz did not use in his orig-
inal publication. In my previous publications I did not realize
this and therefor@ followed Ruhland's unjustified orthography.
The Index Kewensis supplements in recent years have also been
making similar "corrections". I see no valid reason for chang-
ing an author's original orthography.

ERIOCAULON ANTUNESII Engl. & Ruhl.
Additional bibliography: Fritsch, Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér. 2,
1: 110). 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 80. 1969.

ERIOCAULON APICULATUM H. Lecomte
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: h. 1968;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 80. 1969.

ERIOCAULON ATRATUM Korn.

Additional bibliography: Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl.
341. 186; Hook. f. in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 5: [1], 3—5,
& 412. 1900; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 81. 1969.

ERIOCAULON ATRATUM var. MAJOR Thwaites

Additional & emended bibliography: Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum,
Pl. Zeyl. 341. 1864; Hook. f. in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 5:
[1], 3, & 412. 1900; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 68,

78 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 2

69, & 284—286. 1903; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 481. 1969.

The original description of this taxon (186) reads as follows:
"var, major —- E, caulescens H. f. & T. mss. — C.P. 131. Hab.
Central Province, at an elevation of 5000 to 7000 feet. Parce
caulescens. Folia vaginis valde dilatatis. Sepala exteriora
multum latiora quam in E. cristato, cui alioquin haec species
simillima est." “

ERIOCAULON ATROIDES Satake

Additional & emended bibliography: Satake in Nakai & Honda,
Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 13, 69, 71, 72, 81, & [86], fig. 37. 190; Sa-
take, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 59--60, pl. 12,
fig. 23. 190; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 81. 1969.

Illustrations: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 72,
fig. 37. 1940; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. : [Rev. Jap. Erioc,]
pl. 12, fig. 23. 19)0.

ERIOCAULON ATROIDES f. NANUM Satake

Additional & emended bibliography: Satake in Nakai & Honda,
Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 73 & [86]. 190; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus.
he per Jap. Erioc.] 60. 190; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 390.
1968.

ERIOCAULON ATRUM Nakai

Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon atorum Masamune, Mem. Sci.
Fac. Agr. Taihoku Univ. 11, Bot. 4: 530, sphalm. 193.

Additional & emended bibliography: Masamune, Mem. Sci. Fac.
Agr. Taihoku Univ. 11, Bot. h: 538. 1934; Satake, Journ. Jap.
Bot. 15: 629 & 632. 1939; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. : [Rev.
Jap. Erioc.] 57 & 60—61, pl. 12, fig. 2h. 1940; Satake in Nakai
& Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 13, 62, 63, 65, 69--71, 73, 77, 81, &
(86), fig. 38. 190; Miyabe & Satake, Acta Phytotax. & Geobot.
Kyoto 13: 280 & 281. 193; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama,
Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 184--185 & 29, fig. 126 (2) &
pl. 8, fig. 310. 1964; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 9 & 10. 1968;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 81. 1969.

Illustrations: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 7/3,
fig. 38. 190; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.]
pl. 12, fig. 2h. 1940; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col.
Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 18h, fig. 126 (2). 196h.

The E. atrum credited to Miyabe & Kudo by some authors is a
synonym of E. kusiroense Miyabe & Kudo.

ERIOCAULON ATRUM var. INTERMEDIUM Nakai

Additional & emended bibliography: Satake in Nakai & Honda,
Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 14, 7h, & [86]. 190; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci.
Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 61—62. 190; Koyama in Kitamura, Mu-
rata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 185 & 29. 196);
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 391. 1968.

ERIOCAULON ATRUM var. PLATYPETALUM Satake

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 79

Synonymy: Eriocaulon glaberrimum var. platypetalum (Satake)
Satake in Miyabe & Satake, Acta Phytotax. & Geobot. Kyoto 13:
281. 193.

Additional bibliography: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl.
Jap. 6: 1h, 7h, 75, & [86], fig. 39. 190; Satake, Bull. Tokyo
Sci. Mus. fis [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 62-63. 190; Miyabe & Satake,
Acta Phytotax. & Geobot. Kyoto 12: 281. 1943; Moldenke, Phytolo-
gia 17: 391. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 10. 1968,

Illustrations: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 7h,
fig. 39. 190.

A vernacular name recorded for this plant is "tanna-
kuroinunohige",

ERIOCAULON AUSTRALASICUM (F. Muell.) Ktrn.
Additional bibliography: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl.
Jap. 6: 20 & [86]. 190; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 182. 1969.

ERIOCAULON AUSTRALE R. Br.

Additional bibliography: Roem. & Schult. in L., Syst. Veg.,
ed. 15 nova, 2: 868--869. 1817; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 82.
1969.

ERIOCAULON BANANI H. Lecomte
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: h. 1968;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 182. 1969.

ERIOCAULON BARBEYANUM Ruhl.
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 5. 1968;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 82. 1969.

ERIOCAULON BAURI N. E. Br.

Emended synonymy: Eriocaulon baurii N. E. Br. ex Fritsch,
Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér. 2, 1: 1102 & 1103. 1901.

Additional bibliography: Fritsch, Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér.
2, 1: 1102 & 1103. 1901; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 4 & 9.
1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 82. 1969.

ERIOCAULON BIFISTULOSUM Van Heurck & Muell.—Arg.

Additional & emended bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen-
reich 13 (l-30): 18, 64, 90, & 284--287. 1903; Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 17: 4. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 183. 1969.

Additional citations: SENEGAL: Couey 1 (An).

ERIOCAULON BONGENSE Engl. & Ruhl.
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: . 1968;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 8h. 1969.

ERIOCAULON BREVIFOLIUM Raf,

In Phytologia 17: 48)—85 (1969) I indicated that this bi-
nomial would be discussed further by me. E. D. Merrill, in his
Ind. Rafin. 82 (1949), reduces it to synonymy under Syngonanthus

80 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 18, no. 2

flavidulus (Michx.) Ruhl., but this disposition of it seems out
of the question since the latter species does not occur either in
New Jersey nor Texas (the localities given by Rafinesque for his
plant). The only pipewort that occurs in both states is E. com-
pressum Lam., but his description does not fit that taxon. It
seems most likely that Rafinesque's name applies to the very vari-
able E. pellucidum Michx., which is known from southern New Jer-
sey and to which his description applies quite well. His Texan
plant was probably a case of misidentification. I have no hesi-
tation in placing E. brevifolium Raf, in the synonymy of E. pel-
lucidum Michx.

ERIOCAULON BREVIPEDUNCULATUM Merr.
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 9. 1968;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 85. 1969.

ERIOCAULON BROMELIOIDEUM H. Lecomte
Additional bibliography: Molcenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 5 & 9.
1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 485. 1969.

ERIOCAULON BROWNIANUM Mart.

Additional & emended bibliography: Thwaites & Hook. f., Enun.
Veal Zeyl. 31. 186); Hook. feo in Trinen, Handb. Fil; Ceylon S: “a
6——-7, & 412, 1900; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 4485. 1969.

ERIOCAULON BRUNONIS Britten
Additional & emended bibliography: Roem. & Schult. inL.,
Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 869. 1817; Ruhl. in Behe ae
reich 1 - : A : Moldenke sum
Suppl. oy Ge io tote} ietlonve Pig senate 17: 485. 1969.
The E. scariosum J. Sn., referred to in the synonymy of this
taxon, is a valid species.

ERIOCAULON BUERGERIANUM Ktrn.

Additional & emended bibliography: Satake in Nakai & Honda,
Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 1, 13, 51, 52, 80, [86], & 87, fig. 23. 19h0;
Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl.
Japan’3: 183 & h29, fig. 125 (2) & pl. 48, fig. 306. 196k;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 86. 1969.

Illustrations: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 52,
fig. 23. 1940; Koyama in Kitamira, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illus-
tr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 183, fig. 125 (2) & pl. 8, fig. 308 [in
color]. 196).

The E. buergeriamum accredited to Miyabe & Kudo and to Nemoto
by some writers are both synonyms of E. robustius (Maxim.) Mak.

ERIOCAULON CALLOSUM Raf.

Merrill, in his Rafinesquian index (199) was unable to assign
this name to any known species of pipewort in Alabama and so left
it to remain as a probably valid taxon. I have no hesitation in
reducing it to =. compressum var. harperi Moldenke, which see.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 81

ERIOCAULON CARSONI F. Muell.

Emended synonymy: Eriocaulon carsonii F. Muell. apud Ruhl. in
Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 65, 98, 281, & 285. 1903.

Additional & emended bibliography: Ruhl. in Ingl., Pflanzen-
reich 13 (4-30): 65, 98, 117, 281, 285, & 287. 1903; Moldenke,
Phytologia 17: 487. 1969.

The E. submersum Welw., referred to in the synonymy of this
taxon, is a valid species,

ERIOCAULON CAULIFERUM Mak.

Additional & emended bibliography: Satake in Nakai & Honda,
Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 12, 27, 78, & [86], fig. 10. 1940; Satake, Bull.
Tokyo Sci. Mus. ): fRev. Jap. Erioc.] 17—19. 190; Koyama in
Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 178
& 29, fig. 120 (2). 1964; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 87. 1969.

Iifustrations: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 27,
fig. 10. 1940; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illus-
tr, Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 177, fig. 120 (2). 196).

ERIOCAULON CELEBICUM Van Royen
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 6. 1968;

Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 87. 1969.

ERIOCAULON CEYLANICUM KUrn.

Additional & emended synonymy: Eriocaulon cristatum var.
Thwaites in Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl. 1: 31. 186).
Eriocaulon zeylanicum Ktrn. ex Hook. f. in Trimen, Handb. Fl.
Ceylon 5: 3—-y. 1900.

Additional & emended bibliography: Thwaites in Thwaites &
Hook. f., Enum. Pl, Zeyl. 1: 31. 18643; Hook. f. in Trimen,
Handb. Fl. Ceylon 5: [1], 3--l, & 412. 1900; Ruhl. in Engl.
Pflangenreich 13 (1-30): 63, 64, 68, 83, 87, 265, 287, & 280.
1903; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 9. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia
17: 487 & 96. 1969.

Thwaites' unnamed variety of E, cristatum is described by him
(1864) as follows: "Var. bracteis floralibus denticulatis et
longiuscule cuspidato-acuminatis. —- C.P. 789. Hab. Rambodde,
in the Central Province, Gardner. This may possibly be a dis-
tinct species. The flowers are monoecious, and the flower
bracts are different in shape from those of the ordinary form of
E. cristatum; but the two plants are so conformable in other re-
spects, that I cannot venture to separate them."

ERIOCAULON CHINOROSSICUM Komarov
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 4. 1968;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 87. 1969.

ERIOCAULON CINEREUM R. Br.

Emended synonymy: Eriocaulon sexangulare Auct. ex Ruhl. in
Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 21 & 287, in syn. 1903 [not E.
sexangulare Fyson, 1959, nor Heyne, 1832, nor L., 1753, nor

82 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 2

Willd., 1841]. Eriocaulon sexangulare Mart. ex Ruhl. in Engl.,
Pflanzenreich 13 (-30): 21 & 2867, in syn. 1903. Eriocavlon cin
ereum Merr. apud Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 21-23
& (86), in syn. 1940. Eriocaulon sieboldianum Linn, ex P. K. K.
Nair, Pollen Gr. West. Himal. Pl. 35 & 92, pl. 15, fig. 19). 1965.

Additional & emended bibliography: Roem. & Schult. in L., Syst.
Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 869. 1817; Hook. f. in Trimen, Handb. Fl.
Ceylon 5: 2, 10—ll, & 412. 1900; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich
13 (4-30): 11, 13, 21, 22, 10), 111-214, 116, 117, & 285, fig.
15 AG & 112. 1903; Masamune, Mem. Fac. Sci. Agr. Taihoku Univ.
11, Bot. 4: 537 & 538. 1934; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl.
Jap. 6: 6, B--12, 20--23, 78, [86], & 87, fig. 1F, 3B, LB, SF, &
8. 1940; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] ll—
1h. 1940; H. Hess, Bericht. Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 65: 175 & 176.
1955; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb.
Pl. Japan 3: 178--179, 29, & 430, fig. 121 (1) & pl. U8, fig.
30). 1964; P. K. K. Nair, Pollen Gr. West. Himal. Pl. 35 & 92,
pl. 15, fig. 19). 1965; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 11. 1968;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 52 (1968) and 17: 88. 1969.

Illustrations: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): fig.
15 A-—-G & 112. 1903; Setake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 6,
8, 9, 11, & 22, fig. 1F, 3B, kB, SF, & 8. 190; c. Me & D.S.
Patel, Vidya 7: 67-70, fig. 1--59. 196; Koyama in Kitamura, Mu-
rata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 179, fig. 121 (1),
& pl. 48, fig. 30) [in color]. 196); P. K. K. Nair, Pollen Gr.
Nels Himal. Pl. 92, pl. 15, figs 19. 1965; Kral, Sida, 2: 310.
1966,

The E. sexangulare L., referred to in the synonymy of this
taxon, is a valid species, but the E. sexangulare accredited to
Heyne is E. wightianum Mart., while the homonyms attributed to
Fyson and to Willdenow are E, willdenovianum Moldenke.

Satake (19,0) does not feel that Merrill is correct in redu-
cing E. sieboldtianum Sieb. & Zucc. to synonymy under E, cinereum
R. Br.

Nair (1965) describes the pollen grains of this plant as
spiraperturate spheroidal, 23 m in diameter, with the exine 1 m
thick and psilate.

ERIOCAULON COERULEUM Van Royen
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 63. 1968;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 6. 1968.

ERIOCAULON COLLINUM Hook. f.

Additional bibliography: Hook. f. in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon
5: 2, 10, & 412. 1900; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 52 & 53 (1968)
and 17: {88--l89. 1969.

ERIOCAULON COMPRESSUM Lam.
Additional bibliography: Roem. & Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed.
15 nova, 2: 864--866. 1817; E. D. Merr., Ind. Rafin. 82. 199;

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 83

Radford, Ahles, & Bell, Guide Vasc. Fl. Carol. 106 & 107. 196;
Carter & Jones, Castanea 33: 197. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
17: [1], 9, & 10. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 4 (1968) and
17: 489--L93, 498, & 500—502. 1969.

It should be noted here that there are several phrases in
Rafinesque's original description of his E. longifolium which
sean to point to E. compressum rather than to the E. decangulare
L. to which Merrill (199) refers it. Yet the leaf characters
given by Rafinesque for his New Jersey plant certainly cannot by
any stretch of the imagination apply to E. compressum,

Carter & Jones (1968) record E. compressum from Forrest Coun-
ty, Mississippi.

ERIOCAULON COMPRESSUM var. HARPERI Moldenke

Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon callosum Raf., Autikon Bot.,
pr. 1, 188. 180.

Additional bibliography: Raf., Autikon Bot., pr. 1, 188
(180) and pr. 2, 188. 1943; E. D. Merr., Ind. Rafin. 82. 199;
E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953; Molcenke, Résumé
Suppl. 17: 9. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 86, 490, 92—l93,
501, & 502. 1969.

A careful perusal of Rafinesque's description of E. callosum
indicates that there is nothing except E. compressum var. har-
peri to which it could apply in Alabama and it is therefore here-
by reduced to synonymy under that taxon. His description reads
as follows: "fol. gramineis semipedalibus latiusculis apice
obt. callosis, scapis fol. longior basi vaginatis contortis
sulcatis, capit. depressis, bract. subrot. acutis vel obt. fla-
vis glabris, fl. cinereis — Alabama, leaves broader at base,
scape ultrapedal, heads small, fls. cinereous."

ERIOCAULON CRISTATUM Mart.

Additional bibliography: Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl.
1: 31. 186); Hand.-Mazz., Symb. Sin. 7: 1245. 1936; Moldenke,
Phytologia 18: 9 (1968) and 17: 495--l96. 1969.

ERIOCAULON CRISTATUM var. MACKII Hook. f.
Additional bibliography: Hand.—Mazz., Symb. Sin. 7: 1245.
1936; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 96. 1969.

ERIOCAULON CUSPIDATUM Dalz.
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 5. 1968 5
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 197. 1969.

ERIOCAULON CUSPIDATUM var. BRACTEATUM Fyson
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 5. 1968;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 97. 1969.

ERIOCAULON DALZELLII Ktrn.
Additional & emended bibliography: Hook. f. in Trimen, Handb.
Fl. Ceylon 5: 11 & 12. 1900; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13

Bu PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 2

(4-30): 18, 65, 91, 285, & 287. 1903; Moldenke, Phytologia 16:
88 (1968) and 17: 497—l198. 1969.

ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE L.

Additional synonymy: Eriocavlon decangulare L. apud Willd. in
Le, Sp. Pl., ed. , 1: 486. 17976

Additional bibliography: Willd. in L., Sp. Pl., ed. h, 1: 486.
1797; Roem. & Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 86h.
1817; Radford, Ahles, & Bell, Guide Vasc. Fl. Carol. 106 & 107.
1964; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 9--12. 1968; Moldenke, Phytolo-
gia 18: Lu—l6. 1968; Carter & Jones, Castanea 33: 197. 1968.

The Mississippi county name spelled "Forest" in Phytologia 18:
hh (1968) should be spelled "Forrest". Radford, Ahles, & Bell
(1964) tell us that this species inhabits bogs, savannas, and low
pinelands scattered throughout North Carolina and in the central
part of South Carolina.

ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE var. LATIFOLIUM Chapm.
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 5. 1968;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 9. 1968.

ERIOCAULON DECEMFLORUM Maxim.

Additional & emended bibliography: Satake in Nakai & Honda,
NOY, Pls UADs Of dy Feudls te, i. 25, 16, & [O6l, fies Shs Tons
Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl.
Japan 3: 177--178 & 429, fig. 120 (1), & pl. 8, fig. 303. 196k;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 6 & 9. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 18:
46--)8 & 56. 1968.

Rmended illustrations: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap.
6: 11, fig. 5A. 1940; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col.
Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 177, fig. 120 (1), & pl. 8, fig. 303
[in color]. 196).

ERIOCAULON DECEMFLORUM f. COREANUM (HE. Lecomte) Nakai

Additional & emended synonymy: Eriocaulon decemflorum var.
coreanum Nakai apud Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 15
& [86], in syn. 190. Eriocaulon decemflorum var. genuinum f.
coreanum Nakai apud Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 15
& [86], in syn. 190.

Additional bibliography: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap.
6: 15 & [86]. 190; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 47 & 8. 1968; Mol-
denke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 9. 1968.

ERIOCAULON DEIGHTONII Meikle
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 9. 1968;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 4. 1968.

ERIOCAULON DENSUM Mart.
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 9. 1968;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 3. 1968.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 85

ERIOCAULON DEPRESSUM R. Br.

Additional bibliography: Roem. & Schult. in L., Syst. Veg.,
ed. 15 nova, 2: 870. 1817; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 50. 1968;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 9 & 12. 1968.

ERIOCAULON DIANAE Fyson
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 51—5h.
1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 5 & 9. 1968.

ERIOCAULON DIANAE var. PARVIFLORUM Fyson
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 53—5h. 1968;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 5 & 9. 1968.

ERIOCAULON DICLINE Maxim.
Additional bibliography: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap.
6: 1, 77, & [86]. 1940; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 54--55. 1968.

ERIOCAULON DICTYOPHYLLUM Ktrn.
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 55. 1968;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 9. 1968.

ERIOCAULON DIMORPHOELYTRUM Koyama

Additional & emended bibliography: Koyama in Kitamura, Mura-
ta, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 183 & 29. 196k;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 9. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 18:

ERIOCAULON DUTHIET Hook. f.

Additional bibliography: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl.
Jap. 6: 20 & [86]. 190; Masamune, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Taiwan
33: 13. 1943; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 57. 1968.

ERIOCAULON ECHINACEUM Van Royen
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 58. 1968;
Noldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 6. 1968.

ERIOCAULON ECHINULATUM Mart.

Additional & emended bibliography: Koyama in Kitamura, Mura-
ta, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 179 & 429. 196);
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 58--60. 1968.

ERIOCAULON EDWARDITI Fyson
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 60—61.
1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 5. 1968.

ERIOCAULON EDWARDII var. CLARKEI Haines
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 60--61.
1968; Moldenke, Résumé Syppl. 17: 5. 1968.

ERIOCAULON EHRENBERGIANUM Klotzsch
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 61-62.
1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 9 & 10. 1968.

86 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 2

ERIOCAULON EKMANNII Ruhl,
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 62. 1968;
Moldenke, Résum6 Suppl. 17: 9. 1968.

ERIOCAULON ELENORAE Fyson

Bibliography: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 1: 50 (1919) and 2:
316—317, pl. 35. 1921; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 78
(1926) and 7: 89. 19293 C. Ee Co Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid.
Madras 9: 1612 & 1619. "1931; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Eri-
oc. 23 & 34. 196; Moldenke, Résumé 162 & 80. 1959; Razi, Rec.
Bot. Surv. India 18: eh 1989; G. L. Shah, Bull. Bot. Surv. India
h: 237. 1962; Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 184. 1965; Molden-
ke, Résumé Suppl. 13: 5 (1966), 1y: 8 (1966), and 16: 21. 1968.

* Shah found this plant submerged in water ditches and "common"
in moist places in Bombay, growing "to 6 in. tall", flowering in
September. Razi (1959) records it from Madras.

Fyson (1921) originally described this species as follows:
"(Gudalus 15 XI 88, in Herbi Madras!) Proxime affinis E. Margar-
etae, sed sepala feminis floris inaequalibus. Plantae robusti-
ores. Folia latiore, ad 2.5 m. Capitula majora, ad 3--l, mm.
lata. Receptaculam altius, villosum. Bractae involucrantes
acutae aut cuspidatae. Sepala floris 2 inaequalia, primm et
secundum carinata; tertium paulum brevius, valde angustius car
inatum. Flos & antherae nigrae, petala et sepala 3. Plate 35.
Peninsular India; on the Western Ghats at Mahabaleshwar, Castle
Rock, etc., Gudalur. Leaves 1--3 in. by 1/16 — 1/10 in. at the
middle, 5- or 6-nerved. Scapes numerous, variable in height 2-—
5 in., glabrous or 5-ribbed. Involucral bracts elliptic-acute,
at first horizontal later reflexed. Floral similar, slightly a-
cuminate, sparingly pubescent. Receptacle tall, hairy. Female
sepals 3 unequal, one much the largest, the smallest not crested.
These last two species are very closely connected and might per-
haps be considered one species, but E. Hlenorae seems to be al-
ways the robuster, and in E, Margaretae 1 have never found the
female sepals at all unequal. t It should be noted that he orig-
inally published the name as E. "eleanorae" in 1919, but as a
nomen nudum and therefore invalid under the present rules of
nomenclature. When he validated the name he spelled it E.
"elenorae".

Citations: INDIA: Bombay: fe R. Fernandez R.72 (Xa), R.1518
(Xa); Patel 2 (Lw), 4 (Iw), 5 (Z)3 Santapau 9604 60h ( N, Xa), 9605
(N, Xa), 96 9606 (N, Ka), 9607 (N, Xa), > 9608 ( (N, eo. 10280 (N, N, Xa),
10281 (N, “Ka), 10447 (N, iece 11547 (Xa), 11653 (Xa), 10 11655 (Xa),
13801 (Xa), 14982 82 (Ka), 15990 (xa)3 G. L. Shah Shah 968 (Xa), 7 7439
(Xa). West Bengal: Bennet et 1012 (Ac), 1013 Cheyants

ERIOCAULON ELICHRYSOIDES Bong.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon elychrysoides Bong. ex Steud., Nom. Bot.,
ed. 2, 1: 585. 1840. Eriocaulon pardimm D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5:
263. 1852. Eriocaulon helichrysoides Bong. apud Ruhl. in kmgl.,

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 87

Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 1, 3, & 285. 1903 [not E. helichry-
soides Steud., 1903].

Bibliography: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., sér.
6, 1: 631. 1831; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. 1840; Kunth,
Enum. Pl. 3: 548. 181; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 263. 1852; Steud.,
Syn. Pl. Glum, 2 (Gyps): 269 & 283. 1855; Ktrn. in Mart., Fl.
Bras. 3 (1): 476 & 483. 1863; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879. 1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h-
30): 41, 43, 167, 285, & 286. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1:
[397]. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8, 35, & 38.
1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 879. 196;
Angely, Fl. Paran. 10: 5. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé 89, 291, & 481.
1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 17. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 879. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
6: 8 (1963), 16: 5 & 6 (1968), and 17: 3, 7, & 10. 1968.

It should be noted here that E. elichrysoides Kunth is a
synonym of E. kunthii Ktrn., while E. helichrysoides Steud. is
Paepalanthus elongatus var. helichrysoides (Kunth) Ruhl. Kunth
(181) notes that the leaves of E. gomphrenoides Kunth resemble
those of what he called E. elichrysoides (not E. kunthii). An-
gely (1957) records E. elichrysoides as cultivated in Brazil.
Steudel (1855) regarded Dupatya ligulata Vell. as a synonym of
E. elichrysoides. Silveira (1928) cites his no. 606.

The plate 27 supposed to have illustrated this taxon in Bon-
gard's original work does not occur in the New York Botanical
Garden library's copy of the separately paged reprint. There
seems to be doubt that it was ever published.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria
as E. gomphrenoides Kunth and E. magnum Abbiatti.

Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Silveira 573 (B, 2). PARA-
GUAY: Hassler 11348 (N). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings and
notes by Ktrnicke (B).

ERIOCAULON ENSIFORME C. E. C. Fischer

Bibliography: C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1930:
159--160. 1930; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras
9: 1607 & 1618. 1931; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 87. 1933;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23 & 3h. 196; Moldenke,
eae 162 & 480. 1959; Razi, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 18: 19.
1959.

This species is known thus far only from Madras, India.

ERIOCAULON EPAPILLOSUM Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 43,
50, 57, & 285. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; Mol-
denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 7 & 3h. 196; Moldenke,
Phytologia 3: 325. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 88 & 180. 1959; Renné,
Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 68. 1960.

The Paris herbarium label on the specimen of Ule 231 in that
herbarium is inscribed "Goyaz", but the collector's original la-

88 Por ek Oru Oct: Ive Vol. 18, no. 2

bel has this word crossed out and replaced by '"Minas-—Ceraes".
Since it was also collected at the type locality for the species,
"Ufer der Uberabinha", it would appear that thie locality is ac-
tually in Minas Gerais, rather than in Goids.

The J. E. Oliveira 934 (Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 231],
cited by me in my 1950 work, appears on re-examination actually
to be E. gibbosum var, mattogrossense Ruhl.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Frées 30127 (Hk, Z); Sick
B68 [Herb. Pabst 500] (Bd). Minas Gerais: Ule 231 (P), 3156
(Macbride photos 10557] (B--type, N--photo of type, W--photo of
type, Z--isotype).

ERIOCAULON EQUISETOIDES Van Royen
Bibliography: Van Royen, Blumea 10: 132. 1960; G. Taylor, Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 13: 52. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 6. 1968.
This species is said to be endemic to Java.

ERIOCAULON EURYPEPLON Kérn.

Bibliography: Ktrn., Linnaea 27: 685. 185; Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflan-
zenreich 13 (4-30): 102, 10h, & 285. 1903; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 1946; Moldenke, Knom Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 23 & 3h. 1946; Moldenke, Résumé 162 & 80. 1959;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960.

Citations: INDIA: Bombay: Stocks, Law, &c. s.n. [Malabar,
Conean &c] (B, Z). ro Ore.

ERIOCAULON FABERI Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 65, 95,
& 285. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; lMoldenke, Known
geeees Distrib. Erioc. 25 & 34. 1946; Moldenke, Résumé 169 & 180.
1959»

Although Ruhland, in his original description of this taxon,
does not cite a number for the type collection, it seems obvious
that Faber 206, from the Ningpo Mountains, flowering in August,
is the collection intended and it is so regarded by me.

Citations: CHINA: Chekiang: Faber 206 (B—isotype, Z—isotype).

ERIOCAULON FENESTRATUM Bojer

Bibliography: Ktrn., Linnaea 27: 671. 1856; Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Ruhl. in mgl., Bot.
Jahrb, 27: 81. 1899; Ruhl. in ingl., Pflanzenreich 13 (-30): 63
81, & 285. 1903; H. Lecomte, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 55: 571. 1908
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 22 & 3h. 196; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 196; Moldenke in
Humbert, Fl. Madag. 36: [23] & 27--28, fig. 3 (5-9). 1955; Mol-
denke, Résumé 156, 157, & 480. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.
Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 57. 1968.

Leaves cespitose, linear-lanceolate, thin-membranous, flat, 5-
15 cm. long, 0.81 cm. wide at the base, 2--5 mm. wide at the
midpoint, long-narrowed into a rather obtuse apex, pellucid, fen-

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 89

estrately 8--ll-veined, glabrous; peduncles usually solitary,
rarely 2, slender, fragile, 20--0 cm. long, about 9-striate
hardly twisted, glabrous; sheaths lax, slender, fenestrate, has
14 cm. long, obliquely split, obtuse, the mouth soon lacerated;
heads finally globose, 8--10 m. wide, loose-flowered, compres-
sed in drying, white-villous, sometimes proliferous; involucral
bractlets ovate, greenish-stramineous, membranous, obtuse at the
apex, glabrous; receptacle glabrous; receptacular bractlets
cuneate-obovate, olivescent and cuspidate-acuminate at the apex,
keeled, densely pilose at the apex on the back; staminate flo-
rets: sepals 3, connate almost to the apex into an anteriorly
split spathe, obovate, pale gray-green, abruptly acute at the a-
pex, densely short-—pilose at the apex on the back; petal-tube
with medium-sized unequal lobes at the apex, the lobes obtuse at
the apex, densely pilose on the inner surface, brown-glandulif-
erous at the apex; anthers dark-olivaceous; pistillate florets:
sepals 3, separate, obovate, concave, olivaceous, acute at the
apex, rather thick-keeled, pilose on the keel and at the apex;
petals 3, inserted high, separate, spatulate, whitish, rather
spongy, obtuse at the apex, pilose on the inner surface, with a
dark gland below the apex of each.

The type of this species was collected by Wenzel Bojer at or
near Enirna, Madagascar, and is deposited in the herbarium of
the Naturhistorisches Museum in Vienna. The species is known
only from Madagascar and Mauritius. The Baron 645 specimen in
the Paris herbarium shows proliferous heads.

In Madagascar this species is said to inhabit "Lieux maré-
cageux, cuvettes tourbeuses, ruisselets, de 1.300 4 2.700 m.
alt.; f1.: octobre 4 juin et peut—étre toute l'année". More
recently it has been gathered at only 600 m. altitude. Material
has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as E. dregei
Hochst. — Lae

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Baron 645 (P), 299 (B); Bojer s.n.
(Hab. in Enirna] (N--photo of isotype, P--isotype, Z--photo of
isotype); D'Alleizette 736m (P); Decary 5990 (P), 6810 (P),

7598 (P), 1357 (P); Grandidier 1876 (P); Herb. Jard. Bot. Tanan.

ed

13961 (P), 16949 (P); Viguier & Humbert 1532 (P); Waterlot s.n.
[Janvier 1918] (P). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by
Ktrnicke (B).

ERIOCAULON FILIFOLIUM Hand.-ifazz.

Bibliography: Hand.-Mazz., Sinensia 7: 619. 1936; E. J. Salisb.,
is Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 5.
1968.

Nothing is known to me of this taxon except that it is said to

90 PRITTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 2
be endemic to Kwangsi, China.

ERIOCAULON FISTULOSUM R. Br.

Synonymy: Randalia fistulosa Beauv. & Desv. apud Kunth, Enum.
Pl. 3: 571, in syn. 181. Randalia fistulosa Beauv. apud Jacks.
in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 681, in syn. 1895.

Bibliography: R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 255. 1810; Roem. &
Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 869. 1817; Desv., Ann.
Sci. Nat. Paris, s6r. 1, 13: 47. 1828; Kunth, Emm, Pl. 3: 571.
1841; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893)
and 2: 681. 1895; Britten, Journ. Bot. 38: 481 & 482. 1900; Ruhl.
in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 33, 38, & 285. 1903; F. UM.
Bailey, Compreh. Cat. Queensl. Pl. ooh. 1913; Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (1946) and 2: 681. 1946; Mol-
denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 27 & 3h. 1946; Moldenke, Ré-
sumé 209, 342, & 480. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960) and 2: 681. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
17: 12. 1968.

Kunth (181) describes this species as follows: "Scapo mlti-
striato (spithamaeo), foliis fistulosis compressis longiore; ca-
pitulo florido convexo, nigricante; squamis exterioribus vacuis,
obtusis paleisque conformibus, imberbibus; perianthii feminei
exterioris foliolis lateralibus carina dilatato-alata. Brown.
Randalia fistulosa Beauv. et Desv. in Ann. de sc. nat. 1828. 7.
— Nova Hollandia tropica."

The specific epithet is sometimes uppercased as to its initial
letter for no valid reason. Kunth (181) and Jackson (1895) both
accredit the Randalia fistulosa binomialto Desvaux (1828), but
the combination is not actually made there — only implied!

Citations: AUSTRALIAN REGION: AUSTRALIA: Queensland: Banks &
Solander s.n. [New Holland, 1770] (B, Z). pg get:

ERIOCAULON FLUMINEUM Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 411—)12. 1951; Moldenke
in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 36: 15 & 18—19, fig. 2 (16--20). 1955;
. ont Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 55. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 156 &

0. 1959.

According to Humbert (1955) this species is found in "Riviéres
& courant rapide ou calme; fl.: aofit—septembre (7)." The Decary
10602 collection, cited below, is a form with linear-filiform
leaves.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Decary 5001 (P), 5423 (N--isotype, N—
photo of type, P—type, P--isotype, Z—-photo of type), 10443 (P),
10602 (P). ae

ERIOCAULON FLUVIATILE Trimen

Bibliography: Trimen, Journ. Bot. 23: 270. 1885; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Hook. f. in
Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 5: 2, 10, & 12. 1900; Ruhl. in kmgl.,
Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 115 & 285. 1903; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 91

Distrib. Erioc. 2) & 35. 1946; Moldenke, Résumé 167 & 480. 1959;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 55. 1968.

The Eo fluviatile Bong. and E. fluviatile Mart. are synonyms

of E. dictyophyllum - Ktrn.

ERIOCAULON FRIESIORUM Bullock

Synonymy: Eriocaulon friesorum Bullock ex Moldenke, Known Ge-
ogr. Distrib. Erioc. 21, sphalm. 196.

Bibliography: Bullock, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1932: 507. 1932;
A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 105. 1938; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 21. 19463; Moldenke, résumé 146 & 480. 1959; Mol-
denke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 16 & 32. 1962.

Bullock's original description (1932) of this species reads
as follows: "E. Schimperi Koernicke ex Engl. affinis, foliis an-
gustioribus apice subacute angustatis, bracteis involucri nigris
vel brunneo-nigris majoribus haud demm reflexis differt. Herba
robusta, acaulescens. Folia numerosa, late linearia, plana, 5--
15 cm. longa, circiter medium 7--9 mm. lata, glabra, apicem ver-
sus subacute angustata. Pedunculi 2—, circiter 7-sulcati, 5--
25 cm. longi, 1.5 m. diametro; vaginae usque 7 cm. longae,
apice limbo 2-lobato ornatae, lobis 2 cm. longis triangularibus
acutis. Capitula 1--1.5 cm. ’ diametro, semi-globosa, monoica,
receptaculo glabro. Involucri bracteae nigrae vel brunneo-
nigrae, 2—-3-seriatae, ovatae vel ellipticae, vel interiores
apicem versus ovato-spathulatae, circiter 3 m. longae et 1.5
m. latis, interdum extra apicem versus albido-pilosae; brac-
teae floriferae nigrae, oblongo-spathulatae, 3.5 mm. longae et
1.5 mm. latae, apicem versus dense albido ciliatae et pilosae,
apice acutae. Flores foeminei subsessiles, sepalis late ellip-
ticis vel ovatis 3 m. longis et 1.5 mm. latis acutis saturate
nigro-viridibus apicem versus pilis albidis barbatis, petalis
lineari-oblanceolatis vel spathulatis 2.5 mm. longis et 0.5 m.
latis apicem versus glandulo nigro ornatis et albido-pilosis.
Flores masculi similes, sed petalis in tubum coalitis. Stamina
2—l|, exserta; antherae globosae, nigrae. Fructus non visi."

The type of the species was collected by Klas Robert Elias
Fries and Thore Christian Elias Fries (no. 2402) — in whose
joint fronor it is named -—- in a swamp in the upper bamboo zone,
at an altitude of about 10,000 feet, in the Aberdare Mountains,
Kenya, on March 17, 1922, and is deposited in the herbarium of
the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew. Bullock cites also Gardner
1159 and Lugard 673 from Kenya. The species has also been
found in moorland glades, at altitudes of 8000 to 10,200 feet,
flowering in February, March, and July, fruiting in July. Hed-
berg found it on moist ground along small streams in the moor—
lands.

Additional citations: KENYA: Fries & Fries 202 (S--isotype,
Z--isotype); Hedberg 1602 (S, 2 Ae

92 rH LobeOowe oe be Vol. 18, no, 2

ERIOCAULON FULIGINOSUM C. Wright

Bibliography: Griseb., Cat. Pl. Cub. 226. 1866; Sav., Anal.
Acad, Ci. Habana 7: 715——-716. 1871; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Ruhl. in Imgl., Pflanzenreich 13
(4-30): 32, 35, 36, 285, & 287. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. h,
pre 1, 82. 1913; Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19 (1): 19 & 28. 1937;
Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. , pr. 2, 82. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia
1: 317. 1939; Moldenke, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 522: ll.
1940; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. h, 35, 39, & kO.
1946; Leén, Fl. Cuba 1: 280. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 196; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 325.
1950; Moldenke, Résumé 3, 51, 53, 292, 293, & 480. 1959; Jacks.
in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, l: 878. 1960.

Recent collectors have found this plant growing in shallow
water, flowering in February and November, fruiting in November.
Gentle describes the heads as "white"; Hunt says "occasional in
damp places by plantation pipelines". C. Wright 3237 is a mix-
ture with the type collection of Syngonantms lagopodioides
(Griseb.) Ruhl., while Gentle 235b is a mixture with Paepalan-
thus lamarckii Kunth. The Le6n, Victorin, & Alain 19626, cited
by me in my 1950 work as from "Province undetermined", is actu-
ally from Pinar del Rfo, Cuba,

It should be noted here that Prain (1913) cites the original
publication of E. sphaerospermm C. Wright as "1870", but the
late Dr. J. EH. Barnhart assured me that 1871 is the correct
date for the publication in question.

Additional & emended citations: CUBA: Oriente: Howard 6019
(Um--,7673). Pinar del Rfo: Ekman 1786) (S); Le6n 19502 (Um—
9921); C. Wright 3237, in part (S), 3238 (S), 3239 (S--isotype,
S--isotype). Province undetermined: C. Wright s.n. (S). ISLA
DE PINOS: Killip 42852 (Le), 45222 (Z). BRITISH HONDURAS: Gentle
993 (F—699370, S, S), 4238 (RE), 4238b (Ld), 8323 (1d); D. Re
Hunt 383 (W); Pelly 73 (F—695022).

ERIOCAULON FULVUM N. E. Br.

Bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8:
248. 1901; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 66, 101, &
285. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 20, 21, & 35. 196; Moldenke, Résumé 136,
138, & 480. 1959; Hepper, Bull. Inst. Fond. Afr. Noire 27: 20.
1965; Berhaut, Fl. Sénégal, ed. 2, 312. 1967; Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 16: 7. 1968.

Recent collectors have found this plant growing in seasonally
inundated ricefields in Northern Nigeria. Berhaut (1967) cites
his no. 1175 from Sénégal.

Additional citations: NIGERIA: Northern: Barter s.n. [Nupe]
(B—isotype, Z--isotype).

ERIOCAULON FUSIFORME Britton & Small
Bibliography: N. L. Britton, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club ll: 32.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 93

1917; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 78. 1926; Moldenke, N. Am.
Fl. 19 (1): 19 & 31. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 317—318.
1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ) & 35. 196; Leén,
Fl. Cuba 1: 280. 196; Moldenke, Résumé 53 & 480. 1959.

Recent collectors have found this plant growing in white-sand
savamas, flowering in January.

Additional citations: ISLA DE PINOS: Britton, Britton, & Wil-

son 14951 (S--isotype); Killip 45392 (2).

ERIOCAULON GAMBLEI C. E. C. Fischer

Bibliography: C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1930:
160—-161. 1930; Ce. Ee Co Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras
9: 1617—1618 & 1620. 1931; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 87.
1933; C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1935: 159. 1935;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23 & 35. 1946; Razi, Rec.
Bot. Surv. India 18: 19. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 162 & 1,80. 1959;
Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 18). 1965.

Fischer (1935) cites E. Barnes 865.

ERIOCAULON GIBBOSUM K&rn.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon gibbosum var. brevifolium Ktrn. in
Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 489-90. 1863. Eriocaulon gibbosum
var. longifolimm Ktrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 489—190.

1863.

Bibliography: KUrn., Linnaea 27: 600. 185); Ktrn. in Mart.,
Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 489--90 & 500, pl. 2, fig. 1. 1863; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Pilg. in
Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 30: 146 & 147. 1901; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflan-
zenreich 13 (l-30): 43. 54, 55, 57, & 285. 1903; Luetzelb., Es-
tud. Bot. Nordéste 3: 147 & 150. 1923; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1:
[397]. 1928; Malme, Phanerog. 3: 7. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 7 & 35. 196; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 325--326. 1950;
Moldenke in Dawson, Los Angeles Co. Mus. Contrib. Sci. 7: 5.
1957; Moldenke, Résumé 88, 288, & 80. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
6: 6 (1963) and 11: 4. 1964; Melchior in Engl., Syllabus Pfl., ed.
12, 2: 556, fig. 230 E& F. 196).

Illustrations: Kirn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 2, fig.
1. 1863; Melchior in Engl., Syllabus Pfl., ed. 12, 2: fig. 230
E& F. 196k.

Recent collectors have found this plant growing on the banks
and margins of small streams running through cerrado, at 600 m.
altitude, the inflorescence to 10 cm. tall and the heads light—
gray, flowering in March and May. The species is said to be
found from Amap& and Goifs southward through Bahia and Minas
Gerais to Rio de Janeiro and west to Matto Grosso. The Archer
& Gehrt 112 and Herb. Inst. Bot. S, Paulo 36368, distributed as

ee ee eee

E. gibbosum, are actually var. mattogrossense Ruhl.
Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amap&: Murcga Pires, Rodrigues,
& Irvine 50900 (N, Z). Goids: E. Y. Dawson 14881 (Z); G. Gard-

9h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no, 2

ner ),383 (B, N, W—936285, W--1066873); Irwin, Maxwell, & Wass-
hausen 21632 (Rf); L. Riedel 216 (B, S, Ut—330); Weddell 2126
(4) (Br, N, N--photo, Z—photo). Matto Grosso: Malme 1572 (S, 8),
1572" (S), 3223 (N, S), 3223a (S). Minas Gerais: Burchell 5650
(Br); G. Gardner 5275 (B--cotype, N—cotype, N—photo of cotype,
S—-cotype, Z——-photo of cotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings
& notes by KUrnicke (B, B).

ERIOCAULON GIBBOSUM var. MATTOGROSSENSE Ruhl.

Bibliography: Pilg. in Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 30: 146—17. 1901;
Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 55 & 285. 1903; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 7 & 35. 196; Moldenke, Résumé 88 &
480. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 6 (1959) and li: h. 196).

The type of this taxon is Pilger 586 from Matto Grosso, Brazil.
Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as E.
epapillosum Ruhl. and E. gibbosum Korn. Tid

Citations: BRAZIL: Matto Grosso: Archer & Gehrt 112 [Herb.
Inst. Bot. S. Paulo 36368] (W--170800); Pilger 586 (B-type, B—
isotype, Z—isotype). Minas Gerais: J. E. Oliveira 934 (Herb.
Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 4231] (N). S&o Paulo: Eiten, Eiten, Fel-

ippe, & Freitas Campos 3018 (N).

ERIOCAULON GILGIANUM Ruhl.

Synonymy: Dichrolepis pusilla Welw., Apont. 542. 1859 [not Er-
jiocaulon pusillum R. Br., 1819, nor Bong., 1831, nor Poepp., 181,
nor Willd., 1841]. Eriocaulon ciliisepalum Rendle, Cat. Afr. Pl.
Welw. 2: 98. 1899.

Bibliography: Welw., Apont. 512. 1859; Ruhl. in Engl., Bot.
Jahrb. 27: 8). 1899 [April 7]; Rendle, Cat. Afr. Pl. Welw. 2: 98.
1899 [probably May or June]; Fritsch, Bull. Herb. Baiss., sér. 2,
1: 110) & 1105. 1901; N. E. Br. in Oliv., Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 256—
257. 1901; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 66, 99100,
& 285, fig. 13 A. 1903; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 70.
1904; H. Lecomte, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 55: 67. 1909; Hand.-
Mazz., Symb. Sin. 7: 1246. 1936; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Erioc. 21, 33, & 35. 196; H. Hess, Bericht. Schweiz. Bot. Gesell.
65: 158-160, fig. 6 & 12, 161—162, & 270—271, pl. 8, fig.
11 & 12. 1955; Moldenke in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 36: [7] & 10, fig.
1 (22 & 23). 1955; Moldenke, Résumé 147, 149, 156, 278, 287, &
480. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 16. 1962; Moldenke, Phytolo-
gia 17: 79 & 486. 1969.

Illustrations: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): fig.
13 A. 1903; H. Hess, Bericht. Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 65: fig. l—é
&12, pl. 6, fig. 11 & 12. 1955; Moldenke in Humbert, Fl. Madag.
36: fig. 1 (22 & 23). 1955.

Leaves cespitose, filiform-linear, 8--30 mm. long, 0.25--0.5
mm. Wide at the midpoint, acute at the apex, l-veined, glabrous;
peduncles few, aggregate, filiform or very slender, 1.5—) cn.
long, glabrous; sheaths rather loose, 0.6--1 cm. long, glabrous,
obliquely split, the blade acute, entire; heads subglobose, at

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 95

first stramineous, finally with a black disk, truncate at the
base, 1—-2 mm. wide, glabrous; involucral bractlets oblong-
lanceolate, greenish or grayish-stramineous, equaling the disk,
rather obtusish or acute at the apex, glabrous; receptacular
bractlets obovate-lanceolate, rather dark, acute at the apex,
glabrous; staminate florets: sepals 3, connate into a spathe
that is split anteriorly, 2- or 3-dentate, pale gray-fuscous,
glabrous or subglabrate; petal-tube with 3 tiny glanduliferous
lobes at the apex or these lobes obsolete; anthers black; pis-
tillate florets: sepals lanceolate-ovate, grayish-fuscous, con-
cave, acute at the apex, sparsely ciliate; petals linear, acute
at the apex, glabrous, non-glanduliferous.

Hess (1955) gives the following interesting discussion of
this species: "Das Material zu Eriocaulon ciliisepalum Rendle,
gesammelt von Welwitsch, im Mai 1860, unter Nr. 25 bei Lopollo,
Huilla, Angola, wurde mir von der Universidade de Lisboa zuge-
stellt, und ich konnte es mit dem Typus-Material von E. Gilgiamum
Ruhl. aus dem Botanischen Museum Berlin-Dahlem vergleichen. Die
Untersuchung ergab Ubereinstimmung der beiden Typen. Der Name
E. Gilgianum Ruhl. hat gegentber E. ciliisepalum Kendle die Pri-
oritat, weil der Name wenige Monate %lter ist. Bereits Ruhland
(1903) ” hat E. ciliisepalum unter der Synonymie von E. Gilgianun
aufgeftthrt. _ ey

"Brown (1901) weist im Anhang zur Diagnose von Eriocaulon
subulatum darauf hin, dass die Art E. ciliisepalum nahe verwandt

sei. Er ftthrt als Unterschiede nur - einige Habitus-Merkmale an,
wie Zahl der Halme und deren HUhe, Durchmesser der Blutenktpfe
usw. Nach der Diagnose in der Monographie von Ruhland (1903)
k@nnen die beiden Arten nicht unterschieden werden. Ruhland sagt,
dass er von E. subulatum kein Material gesehen habe.

"Aus dem Herbarium von Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, erhielt ich
Vergleichsmaterial von Eriocaulon subulatum, das von R. D. Meikle
bestimmt ist (25.5.19l9) und das nach briieflicher Mitteilung von
Herrn Milne-Redhead als authentisch zu gelten hat. Die Pflanzen
stammen aus dem Herbarium der East African Agricultural Research
Station, Amani, und wurden an den Victoria Falls (Gebiet des lo-
cus classicus Pur E. subulatum) am 31.7.19)1 gesammelt. Hthe ca.
900 m. Greenway 62h).

"Die Untersuchung der Pflanzen hat gezeigt, dass diese genau
mit dem Typus von Eriocaulon Gilgianum Ruhl. und mit meinen Ein-
lagen aus Angola tfbereinstimmen.

"Eriocaulon subulatum ist deshalb als ein Synonym von E. Gil-
gianum Ruhl. zu betrachten.

"Auf dem Bogen mit dem Typus-ilaterial von Eriocaulon Gilgianun
aus Berlin=Dahlem sind 2 Pflanzen aufgeklebt, wovon die eine
genau mit dem Ubersichtsbild in Ruhland (1903) thereinstimnt.
Eine Kopie dieser Zeichnung ist zudem noch auf dem Bogen aufge-
klebt. Im weiteren sind auf dem Bogen genaue Detailzeichnungen
der 4 und 9 Blttten von E. Gilgianum vorhanden, die wahlschein-
lich von Ruhland selber stammen, sicher aber von ihm beschriftet

96 PHI TOLDOG ISA Vol. 18, no, 2

wurden, Untersucht man min die Blttten der im Habitus gezeichneten
Pflanze, so stimmt diese in keiner Weise mit den Detailzeichmungen
und der Diagnose von &, Gilgianum therein. Die 2 Bltften haben
zwei Sepalen und zwei Petalen; die Pflanze gehUrt zu E. angusti-
sepalum H. Hess, die in dieser Arbeit, gesttitzt auf selbst gesam-
meltes Material, als neu beschrieben ist.

"Die Untersuchung der zweiten Pflanze zeigt, dass diese zu den
Bltttenzeichnungen und der Diagnose gehtrt.

"Trotz dieser Konfusion entstehen keine nomenklatorischen
Probleme. Aus den Detailzeichmingen und der Diagnose geht ein-
deutig hervor, welche der beiden Pflanzen Ruhland unter Eriocaulon
Gilgianmm verstanden hat. Ftr die Ubersichtszeichnung hat Ruh-
land dann eine immerhin auch habituell verschiedene Pflanze ge-
wthit, deren Bltiten er vorher nicht untersuchte.

"Das eigentliche Typus-Material ist sehr sp&%rlich; die Pflanze
trigt nur einen wohlentwickelten Bltttenkopf. Es konnten so nur
wenige Blttten untersucht und ausgemessen werden. Im Folgenden
ist eine ergt&nzende Diagnose zusammengestellt.

"Diagnose: Die Wurzeln sind btfschelig; es ist kein Rhizom vor-
handen, Die Blatter sind in einer Rosette angeordnet; sie sind
1—-2 cm long, bis 0,5 mm breit, flach, in eine feine Spitze aus-
gezogen, dreinervig und kahl. Die Halme sind etwa ) cm hoch, 0,3
--0,4, mm dick, gerillt, gedreht und kahl. Die Scheiden sind un-
gefthr 1 cm hoch, schief abgeschnitten und spitz. Die K&pfchen
mit reifen Friichten sind kugelig, haben einen Durchmesser von
1,5-—-2,5 mm und sind hellgrau oder grau-braun. Die Ht(llbrakteen
sind verkehrt-oval, spitz, ca. 1,5 mm lang und 0,7 mm breit,
gelb-braun oder fast weiss, stets kahl. Die Brakteen der Blttten
sind ebenfalls verkehrt-oval, konkav und spitz, etwa 1,1--1,2 m
lang und 0,l--0,5 mm breit; sie sind grau-braun und kahl. Der
Bltftenboden ist zerstreut behaart.

"PBlttten: Die drei Sepalen sind frei und von gleicher Form
und Grtsse; sie sind bootftrmig, oft scharf gekielt, spitz, 0,9—
1,0 mm lang, die gr&¥sste Breite vom Kiel bis an den Rand misst
0,2--0,3 mm. Der Rand ist behaart, die Fluche aber ist kahl.

Die Sepalen sind grau oder grau-braun bis .schwarzlich. Die

drei Petalen sind frei; sie sind lanzettlich, spitz, tragen an
der Spitze oft zwei kleine Z&%hne, sind 0,9—1,0 mm lang und 0,1—
0,2 mm breit, hyalin, an der Spitze oft grau, ohne Drtfsen und
stets_kahl.

"& plttten: Die Sepalen sind zu einem aufgeschlitzten, grauen,
kahlen, 0,8—0,9 mm langen Tubus verwachsen. Die drei Zipfel
sind spitz und kahl. Die Petalen sind zu kleinen, kahlen Zip-
feln reduziert (0,1 mm lang), die eine la#ngliche, schwarz-braune
Drtise tragen. Die 6 Antheren sind schwarz, fast kugelig, 0,15
mm lang und 0,1 mm breit. Die Frucht entwickelt drei Samen;
diese sind ellipsoidisch, 0,); mm lang und 0,2 mm breit. Der
Griffel ist etwa 0,5 mm lang und die drei Narben erreichen
eine Lange von 0,3 m."

The type of the species was collected by Antunes (no. 168a)
in the Chela Mountains, Huila, in southern Angola, although Ruh-

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 97

land cites it as "168". Welwitsch 25b, from Morro de Lopollo,

Huila, collected in May, 1860, is the type of E. ciliisepalum.

Recent collectors have found this species growing in rain
forests, at 960 to 1100 meters altitude, flowering in May. Milne-
Redhead & Taylor found it growing among Rotala sp. and Lipocar-
pha sp. in dense vegetation by rocks on ground subject to flood-
ing, and describe it as "leaves numerous, bright-green, spread-
ing in all directions; sheaths green; scape pale-green below,
green above; heads radiating in various directions; outer open
bracts pale brownish-gray, inner blackish; anthers greenish-
black; some of the larger plants flaccid and drawn up by other
vegetation."

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria
as Heleocharis sp.

If Hess is correct in his statements quoted above, then ob=
viously the abundant collections identified and distributed by
many botanists in various institutions and by myself as E. sub-
ulatum will have to be re-identified and at least the ones

from Madagascar re-named.

Hess (1955) cites his nos. 50/82 from Malange and 52/1621,
52/1719a, 52/1836, and 52/2017a from Huila, Angola. He notes
that "Alle Proben aus dem Stfden des Landes wuchsen auf sehr
feuchtem, sandig-lehmigen Boden. Die Art ist zwischen Cypera-
ceen und Gramineen oft schwer zu sehn. Eriocaulon Gilgiamm
wachst in Onthite zusammen mit E. ambo&nse Schinz. In der Guan-
hama kommt die Art vermischt mit E. Welwitschii Rendle und E.
Buchananii Ruhl. vor.

"An der Fallen von Braganga bilded Eriocaulon Gilgianum
dichte Teppiche auf nacktem Urgestein am Fusse der 106 m hohen
Wasserfflle. Durch den Wasserstaub ist der Standort immer
tropfnass."

He speaks also of variability in this species, as follows:
"Die Zahl der Halme schwankt bei Nr. se/seek zwischen 20 und
50. Durchschnittlich sind die Halme cm hoch. Der Duch-
messer der Bltttenktpfe misst 2—2,5 mm.

"Die Pflanzen der Nr. 52/1798. sind noch jung und tragen auf
den etwa 1 cm hohen Halmen noch keine Bltttenktpfe mit reifen
Frttchten. Die Halme sind wenig zahlreich (1—6).

"Die Exemplare der Nr. 52/1836 entwickelten sich submers in
1—2 cm tiefen Wasser. Die Blatter sind bis 5 cm lang und in
der Mitte 0,3—0,5 mm breit. Sie stimmen in der Form genau mit
jenen der vorhergehenden Nummern tfberein; sie sind aber wegen
der Entwicklung im Wasser schlaff. Auffallend an diesem Mater-
ial ist die verschiedene Farbe der Bltttenktpfe: es gibt Pflan-
zen mist fast weissen Ktpfen, andere wieder sind grau oder
schwarzlich, wie dies ftir Eriocaulon Gilgiamm charakteristisch
ist. Irgend welche Unterschiede im Bltfttenbau sind aber nich zu
finden, so dass alle Pflanzen zu E. Gilgianum gestellt werden
miissen.

"Die an den Fallen von Braganga gesammelten Pflanzen sind in

98 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no, 2

allen Teilen grtsser als jene aus dem Stiden des Landes. Die
Blatter sind bis cm lang, in der Mitte 1~—1,5 mm breit, eben-
falls in eine feine Spitze ausgezogen. Die Halme mit fruchtenden
Bltttenktipfen sind 5-6 cm hoch. Die Zahl der Halme pro Pflanze
schwankt zwischen 30 und 80. Die Ktpfe haben einem Durchmesser
von 3—3, S mm. Die Abmessungen an den Blttten mit reifen Frttchten
stimmen gut mit den Werten vom Typus-Material therein: die Sepa-
len der? Bltitten sind 0,8—-0,9 mm lang, die Breite vom Kiel bis
an den Rand misst 0,2—~0,3 mm. Die Petalen sind 1,0—1,2 mm lang
und 0,15 mm breit. Die Spitze ist meist zwei-zthnig. Auch in
den © Blttten ergeben die Messungen tihereinstimmende Resultate.
Die Bltftenmorphologie aller Proben stimmt mit dem Typus-Material
therein,"

As to the geographic distribution of the species, he says:
"Eriocaulon Gilgianum war bisher von nahe beieinander liegenden
Fundorten im Gebiete von Huila bekannt; ein weiterer Fundort
kommt nun aus dem Norden von Angola hinzu. Lecomte (1908) er-
wihnt die Art auch aus Kindia in franzUsisch Guinea (Westafrika).
Berticksichtigt man, dass Eriocaulon subulatum N. E, Br. ein Syn-
onym ist, so erweitert sich das Verbreitungsareal auf Nord- und
Stid-Rhodesiens und Mogambique....Hriocaulon Gilgianum ist mit E,
aristatum H. Hess n&chst verwandt,"

deposited in the Berlin herbarium.

Additional citations: TANGANYIKA: Milne-Redhead & Taylor 9996
(B). RHODESIA: A. Peter 30805 [V.27] (B). ANGOLA: “Huila: An-
tunes 168a (B-type); Welwitsch 2hh5b (B, Z). Malange: H. Hess

50/82 (B, Z)- MADAGASCAR: Waterlot lot 9h (P), 748 (N, P, P).

ERIOCAULON GLABERRIMUM Miyabe & Satake

Synonymy: Eriocaulon glaberrimum Satake apud Koyama in Kita-
ah Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 185.
1964.

Bibliography: Miyabe & Satake, Acta Phytotax. & Geobot. Kyoto
13: 280—-281. 1943; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953;
Koyama in Kitamra, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl.
Japan 3: 185 & 29. 196h; Voldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 8 (1965)
and 17: 6 & 10. 1968.

A vernacular name recorded for this plant is "nemuro-hosikusa!?

ERIOCAULON GLABRIFLORUM Ridl.

Bibliography: H. N. Ridl., Journ. Fed. Malay States Mus. 10:
155. 1920; H. N. Ridl., Fl. Malay Penins. 5: 135. 1925; A. W.
Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. "6: 78 (1926) and 7: 89. 1929; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 26, 35, & 61. 196; Moldenke, Résumé
178-180 & 4,80. 1959.

ERIOCAULON GLAUCESCENS Griff.
Bibliography: W. Griff., Notul. 3: 116. 1851; Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 17: 8. 1968.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 99

Nothing is known to me about this taxon except the detached
characters mentioned by Griffith in the reference cited above.
The binomial was never recorded in the Index Kewensis.

ERIOCAULON GLAUCUM Griff.

Bibliography: W. Griff., Notul. 3: 113-11). 1851; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Ruhl. in
Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 115 & 285. 1903; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 2 & 35. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks,,
Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 196; Moldenke, Résum6 165 & 180.
ee Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878.
1960.

It should be noted that the E. glaucum Kérn. homonym isa
synonym of E. subglaucum Ruhl. Griffith's plant is said to in-
habit "E, India, Mergui" and is based on W. Griffith 254. Mergui
is actually in Tenasserim, Burma. fe

It is possible that the name, E. glaucescens Griff., may be
aa slip of the pen for E. glaucum and should be reduced to syn-

onymy here.

ERIOCAULON GLAZIOVII Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 2,
51, & 285. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; Alv. Silv.,
Fl. Mont. 1: [397]. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc.
7 & 35. 1946; Moldenke, Résumé 88 & 80. 1959.

Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Glaziou s.n. [Rio Corumba;
Macbride photos 10558] (B--type, N--photo of type, Z--isotype).

ERIOCAULON GOMPHRENOIDES Kunth

Bibliography: Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 5)8. 181; Ktrn. in Mart.,
Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 481—N83. 1863; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Ruhl. in Ingl., Pflanzenreich
13 (4-30): 41, 45, & 285. 1903; Jacks. in Hook, f. & Jacks.,
Ind, Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Erioc. 8 & 35. 1946; Moldenke, Résumé 88 & 180. 1959; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960; Moldenke, Ré-
sumé Suppl. 11: . 196.

Kunth (181) describes this species as follows: “Acaule;
foliis e basi lata linearibus, obtusiusculis, planis, obsolete
et subtilissime fenestrato-mltinerviis, basim versus vix pellu-
cidis, pedunculis vaginisque glabris; his folio brevioribus,
truncatis; illis 8--9-sulcatis; bracteis involucrantibus acutis,
flores stipantibus acuminatis; floribus masculis hexandris;
femineis trigynis; sepalis masculis exterioribus distinctis; in-
terioribus inferne tubuloso-connatis, superne piloso-ciliatis;
antico vix majore. -- Brasilia meridionalis. (Sellow.) —- Folia
6—~7-pollicaria, versus medium }--l, lineas lata, basi lanuginosa.
Pedunculi --9-pollicares. Vaginae laxae, integrae, membranaceae,
truncatae, laete virides, 2 1/2 — l-pollicares. Capitula hemi-
sphaerica, — ) 1/2 lineas lata. Bracteae involucrantes ovato-
oblongae, acutae, planiusculae, stramineo-pallidae, glabrae;

100 PR 21 F Ons: 0.0 Dek Vol. 18, no, 2

bracteae flores stipantes lanceolatae, acuminatae, stramineo-
pallidae, rigidulae, dorso adpresso-pilosae, uninerviae, flores
paulo superantes. Flores masculi pedicellati: Sepala 3 exteriora
obovato-spathulata, acutiuscula, navicularia, grisea, apicem ver-
sus dorso pilosa, subaequalia; 3 interiora inferne in tubum in-
fundibularem farctum connata, superne libera, oblonga, obtusa,
hyalina, margine pilosa, versus medium glandula sessili conico-
cylindracea nigra instructa, anticum vix majus. Stamina 6, summo
tubo inserta: 3 ante sepala. Filamenta albida. Antherae bilocu-
lares, apertae subrotundae, nigrae. Corpuscula 3 glandulis mox
descripsit simillima in centro tubi calycis. Flores feminei mar-
ginales suppetentes valde juveniles: Sepala 3 exteriora masculis
similia, inaequalia; 3 interiora breviora, angusta, superne hir-
suta, interne versus medium glandula conico-cylindracea nigra in-
structa. Ovarium valde juvenile, sessile, ovato-conicu. Styli
3, breves, subulati. Pili bractearum et calycum crassiusculi,
obtusiusculi, articulati, subopaci, nivei. Quoad folia E.
elichrysoidi simile." The initial letter of the specific epi-
thet is sometime uppercased.

The Silveira 573, distributed as E. gomphrenoides, is actually
E. elichrysoides Bong.

Citations: BRAZIL: Rio Grande do Sul: Pabst 6302 [E. Pereira
6475; Herb. Brad. 21958] (Lw). Santa Catarina: Smith, Reitz, &
Klein 7683 (N, Z). State undetermined: Sellow 3390 [Macbride ~
photos 10559] (B--type, B--isotype, Br--isotype, N--isotype, N—-
photo of type, W--photo of type). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: draw-
ings & notes by Ktrnicke (B).

ERIOCAULON GRACILE Mart.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon gracile Heyne ex Mart. in Wall., Pl. Asi-
at. Rar. 3: 29. 1832 [not E. gracile Bong., 1831]. Eriocaulon
infirmum Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2 (Cyp.): 271. 1855. Eriocaulon
sericans Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 577. 189 [not E. sericans
Heyne, 1832, nor Mart., 1893]. Eriocaulon gracile typica Fyson,
Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 264. 1921.

Bibliography: Mart. in Wall., Pl. Asiat. Rar. 3: 29. 1832;
Wall., Numer List 208 ["207"]. 1832; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 558.
181; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2 (Cyp.): 271. 1855; Jacks. in Hook.
f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Hook. f., Fl. Brit.
Ind. 6: 577. 18943 Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (/-30): 62,
78, & 285--287. 1903; H. Lecomte, Journ. de Bot. 21: 109. 1908;
Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 26, pl. 19. 1921; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23, 35, 36, & hO. 196; Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 196; Moldenke, Phytologia
3: 326. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 162, 165, 176, 288, 289, 292, &
480. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878.
1960; G. L. Shah, Bull. Bot. Surv. India h: 237. 1962; Moldenke,
Résumé Suppl. 3: 21 & 2h (1962), 13: 5 (1966), and 17: 10. 1968;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 59. 1968.

Kunth (181) gives a detailed description of this species:

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 101

"Acaule; foliis e basi lata linearibus, subensiformibus, subula-
to-angustatis, fenestrato-5-7-nerviis, pellucidis, supra pilis
brevissimis punctuliformibus substrigulosis; vaginis folia duplo
superantibus pedunculisque glabris; his 6-sulcatis; capitulis
albido-villosis; bracteis involucrantibus obovatis, apice rotun-
datis, flores stipantibus subacuminatis; floribus masculis 6-
andris; femineis trigynis; calyce masculo interiore subbilabiato-
trilobo: tubo glabro; lobis pilosis, eglandulosis; sepalis mas-
culis exterioribus postice cohaerentibus; femineis interioribus
superne pilosis, eglandulosis; seminibus reticulato-hirtellis. —
In montibus Prome, ad ripas fluminis Irawaddi. ex Mart. — Folia
plana, laete viridia, 8--10 lineas longa, inferne 3/l lin. lata.
Vaginae laxae, fenestrato-nervosae, apice acutiusculae et bilo-
bae, glabrae, 1-15 lineas longae. Pedunculi filiformes, sex-
sulecati (quinquangulares Mart.), subseptempollicares (spitham-
aei Mart.). Capitula subglobosa, magnitudine grani piperis ni-
gri. Bracteae involucrantes obovatae, apice rotundatae, con-
vexae, stramineo-pallidae, puberulae; bracteae flores stipantes
rhombeo-cuneatae, subacuminatae, stramineo-cinereae, apice
cucullato-inflexae ibique externe albo-pilosae. Flores masculi
pedicellati: Sepala 3 exteriora subspathulata, argenteo-cinerea,
postice usque supra medium cohaerentia, superne libera, obtusa,
apice pilosa, lateralia carinata; 3 interiora in tubum superne
ampliatum farctum glabrum connata: limbo trilobo; lobis ovatis,
obtusis, pilosis, eglandulosis, antico paulo majore. Stamina

6, summo tubo inserta; tria longiora lobis opposita. Antherae
biloculares, subrotundo-reniformes, nigro-olivaceae. Pistill-
orum rudimentum capitellatum, trilobum. Flores feminei brevi-
ter pedicellati: Sepala 3 exteriora argenteo-cinerea: lateralia
oblonga, carinata, acutiuscula, dorso pilosa: posticum spathu-
latum, obtusum, planiusculum, ad apicum pilosum; 3 interiora ab
exterioribus remota eaque paulo superantia, lanceolato-spathu-
lata, acutiuscula, eglandulosa, alba, superne utrinque pilosa,
anticum longius et duplo latius. Ovarium stipitatum. Stylus
brevis. Stigmate 3, elongata, filiformia, simplicia. Capsula
subrotunda, tricocca, membranacea, olivacea. Semina subgloboso
truncatulis subhyalinis, per series complures reticulato-
conjunctas dispositis obsita. Ab E. argenteo vix distinctum:
foliis pellucidis, vaginis folia superantibus, bracteis lati-
oribus et brevius acuminatis, sepalis interioribus masculis et
femineis eglandulosis, antheris reniformibus et? seminibus hir-
tellis." The E. argenteum Mart. to which he refers here is a

synonym of E. quin angulare L.
Fyson (1921) describes E. gracile as follows: "Annual (Mart.).

Leaves 1/2 — 11/h by 1/8 in., tapering to the acute apex.
Scapes 8--12 in. glabrous, very slender. Heads 1/l in. globose
snow-white. Involucre pale-yellow, pubescent. Floral bracts
acute or cuspidate, darkish, pubescent. Female flower: -- Se-
pals boat-shaped, narrow. Petals nearly glabrous, broadly ob-
lanceolate without glands, unequal, longer than the sepals. Male
flower normal. Plate 19. Burma; Prome, on the banks of the Ira-

102 PeHeLi2iOsbe Galvs Vol. 18, no, 2

waddy (Mart). There is a second sheet Wall. Cat. 6082 in Herb.
Calc. very similar in external appearance, but the female petals
larger and more unequal. Ruhland said this species is not the
same as E. sericans Mart. and that the latter is E. Wightianum
Mart. as also did Koernicke."

It should be noted that E. gracile Bong. is a synonym of S
gonanthus gracilis var. olivaceus Ruhl., while E. sericans Heyne
and E. sericans Mart. are E. wightianum Mart. Eriocaulon gracile
Heyne is based on Wallich 1827.

Recent collectors have found this plant growing at 00 meters
altitude, flowering in March and October. Smitinand & Seidenfa-
den describe it as a "tufted plant common in bogs" in Thailand.
Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as E.
odoratum Dalz., E. quinquangulare L., and E. setaceumL. On the
other hand, the Falconer 119 and Sedgwick & & Bell 5091, identi-
fied as E. gracile, are actually E. ;- quinquangulare _L., while Pét-
elot 8972 | & 8973 are E. sollyanum Royle.

~~ Additional citations: INDIA: Bombay: Santapau 9611 (N, Xa),
9630 (N, Xa). Mysore: Begum 1 (Mf), 2 (Mf); S. N. Rai Ramaswamy r
(Ac), 11 (Rf), 23 (Rf). Uttar Pradesh: Strachey & & Winterbott
4 (Br), 6 (Br). West Bengal: Bennet 489 (Ac). State eet
mined: Wight 2369 (V—270286) . ~ BURMA: Upper Burma: Martius 20
(Br--type, MN N--isotype, N--photo of type, Z--photo of type); Wal-
lich 6079 (B). INDOCHINA: Annam: Schmid 79 (N). Cambodia: Poi-
lane 1137 (Mg). Laos: Vidal 1947 (Z). THAILAND: Smitinand &
Seidenfaden 5531 (Gg); Sfrensen, Larsen, & Hansen 5235 235 (S), 608 3

(Cp), 6326 (S). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED: ED: Collector
undesignated sen. (S).

ERIOCAULON GRACILE var. KURZII Fyson

Bibliography: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 264, pl. 20. 1921;
Moldenke, Résumé 165 & 81. 1959; Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores
7: 183 & 185, tabl. 1. 1965.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 20. 1921;
Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 183, tabl. 1. 1965.

Fyson's original description (1921) of this taxon is as fol-
lows: "Kurz. 2638 in Herb. Calc.! Plate 20. Stem and leaves as
in E. gracile typica. Scapes about 5 in. glabrous. Heads 1/h
in. hemispheric. Involucre horizontal bracts oblong, projecting
well beyond the margin, pale, glabrous. Floral bracts shortly
cuspidate, pubescent. Female sepals short and narrow. Female
petals unequal, one much the largest and projecting beyond the
bracts, glands small. Seeds reddish, broadly oval. Burma, Ran-
goon,"

ERIOCAULON GRACILE var. PUBERULENTUM Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia : 128. 1952; Moldenke,
Biol. Abstr. 27: 98h. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 201 & 81. 1959;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 21 & 24. 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 103

18: 59. 1968.

This variety differs from the typical fom of the species in
having the involucral bractlets densely puberulous.

The type of the variety was collected by Leonard John Brass
(no. 7822) on wet grass plains at Lake Daviumbu, Mjddle Fly Ri-
ver, Papua, New Guinea, in September 1936, and is deposited in
the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The
Ramos collection, cited below, is a mixture with &. echinulatum
Mart. and with something non-eriocaulaceous.

Citations: WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Cul-
ién: M. Ramos sen. (Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 4130, in part] (Ca-
239520). MELANESIA: NEW GUINEA: Papua: Brass 7822 (N--type).

ERIOCAULON GRAPHITINUM F. Muell. & Tate

Synonymy: Eriocaulon graphitinum Tate apud Ruhl. in Engl.,
Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 117 & 285. 1903. Eriocaulon graphiti-
cum Tate ex Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 27 & 35,
sphalm. 196.

Additional & emended bibliography: F. Muell. & Tate, Trans.

Roy. Soc. S. Austral. 19: 82. 1895; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 158. 1902; Ruhl. in kngl., Pflanzenreich 13
(4-30): 117 & 285. 1903; Ewart & Cookson in Ewart & Davies,
Fl. N. Terr. 67. 1917; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr.
2, 158. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Hrioc. 27 & 35.
1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 326. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 209,
288, & 481. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3,
158. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 10. 1968.

The species appears to be endemic to South Australia.

ERIOCAULON GREGATUM Ktrn.

Bibliography: Ktrn., Linnaea 27: 606. 185); Hook. f., Fl.
Brit. Ind. 6: 581. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30):
60, 67, & 285. 1903; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 198, pl. 5.
1921; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23, 25, & 35. 196;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 19)6;
Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 326. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 162, 169, &
4,81. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 11. 1959; Jacks. in Hook.
f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960; Thanikaimoni, Pol-
len & Spores 7: 185. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 77. 1969.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 5. 1921.

Fyson (1921) describes this species as follows: "Stem slender,
tufted 1/2--1 in. Leaves 1 — 11/2 in. by 1/20 in., acute.
Scapes solitary to each stem or branch, twice the leaves. Heads
1/8 -- 1/6 in; involucral bracts obtuse, pale with broad black
margin. Female flower: sepals 3, two boat-shaped, one flat;
petals broadly oblanceolate, obtuse with large glands. Male
flowers normal. Plate 5. Khasia at )--5000 ft."

Recent collectors have found this plant growing on boulders
in forest openings in Assam, blooming in September, at altitudes
of 4000--5000 feet. The Hooker & Thomson s.n. specimen in the

104 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 2

Meisner Herbarium has one of the flower-heads proliferous. Ma-
terial has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as E.
achiton Ktrn.

Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Koelz 2372); (Mi). Khasi
States: C. B. Clarke 16101 (B); Griffith LO (B-type, Z—-isotype);
Hooker & Thomson s.n. [Hab. Mont. Khasia, 000 ped.) (B, Br, M,

———

S, Ut--308). CHINA: Kwangsi: Ching 8100 (N), 8149 (N); Tsang
24507 (N), 24571 (N).

ERIOCAULON GRISEUM KUrn.

Bibliography: Kirn, in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 475, 79, &
500, pl. 40, fig. 3. 1863; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 13,
103, 110, 112, & 285, fig. 15 H & J. 1903; Haines, Bot. Bihar &
Orissa 1071. 192); Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8 & 35.
1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878.
1946; Moldenke, Résumé 89 & 81. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 873. 1960; Melchior in Engl., Sylla-
bus Pfl., ed. 12, 2: 556, fig. 230 H. 1964; Moldenke, Phytologia
18: 61, 1968.

Illustrations: Kirn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 0, fig.
3. 1863; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 112, fig. 15 H
& J. Fike Melchior in Engl., Syllabus Pfl., ed. 12, 2: fig. 230
H. 196.

Haines (1924) suggests that the Indian E, edwardii var.
clarkei Haines is related to E. griseum because of its "villous
stipes".

Citations: BRAZIL: Piauhy: Martius s.n. (B--isotype). MOUNTED
ILLUSTRATIONS: original drawings for Mart., Fl. Bras. pl. 0,
fig. 3 (B, B); notes & drawings by Ktrnicke (B).

ERIOCAULON GUADALAJARENSE Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 3, 9,
60, & 285. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; Moldenke,
N. Am. Fl. 19 (1): 20 & 35. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 318.
1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. & 35. 1946; Mol-
denke, Phytologia 3: 326. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 35 & 481. 1959.

Pennell found this plant growing in seepy places along a riv-
er, at an altitude of 850--900 meters, flowering in August.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Jalisco: Pringle 173 (B--type,
Ms—15)63—isotype, S--isotype). Nayarit: F. W. Pennell 19933
(W--16,2118) . Rave ereueal OPT Ee

ERIOCAULON GUYANENSE Ktrn.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon guianense Ktrn. apud Ruhl. in Engl.,
Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 32, 36, 37, & 285. 1903.

Bibliography: Ktrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): h75 & 78.
1863; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878.
1893; Ruhl. inimgl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 32, 36, 37, & 285
fig. 4. 1903; Koldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 7& 35. 196;

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 105

Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 196;
Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 326. 1950; Moldenke in J. A. Steyern.,
Fieldiana Bot. 28: 823. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé 66, 71, 75, 78,
89, 19, & 481. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 17 (19595 and

2: h. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1:
878. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 9. 1965; J. A. Steyerm.,
Mae Bot. Venez. 1: 195. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 2.
1968.

Illustrations: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 37,
fig. h. 1903.

Recent collectors have found this plant growing in exposed
swamps and around pools of water in igneous rock outcrops, at
200 meters altitude, flowering in September. Allen describes it
as 6 inches tall, with white flowers. The F. W. Pennell 1430,
cited below, was identified by A. C. Smith as Syngonanthus llan-
orum Ruhl. by comparison with the type of the latter species in
the Berlin herbarium, but I have also compared the two collec-
tions and find that they are not at all alike, although both are
from the same locality.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria
as Syngonanthus biformis (N. E. Br.) Gleason and S. llanorum
Ruhl.

Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Magdalena: C. Allen
611 (E--1015276). Méta: F. W. Pennell 1430 (N, W--10)17 38) .
VENEZUELA: Amazonas: J. A. Steyermark 58518 (N, S); Vareschi &
Maegdefrau 6550 (Ve—l2905). Guaricé: Lasser 146 (N, Ve—1870).
BRITISH GUIANA: C. B. Clarke s.n. [1897] (N). FRENCH GUIANA:
Collector undesignated [Herb. Mus. Paris.] 173 [Macbride photos
2227] (B--cotype, N--photo of cotype, W--photo of cotype); Jel-
ski sen. [Cayenne] (B, Z). BRAZIL: Rio Branco: Black 51-12572

(Z); Ule 7667 [Herbd. Mus. Goeldi 12776] (K, Z). MOUNTED ILLUS-

TRATIONS: drawings & notes by Ktrnicke (B).

ERIOCAULON HAMILTONIANUM Mart.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon cinereum Hamilt. ex Wall., Numer. List
207, in syn. 1832 [not E. cinereum R. Br., 1810, nor Merr.,
1940]. Eriocaulon cinereum Buch.-Ham. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 877, in syn. 1893. Eriocaulon
halmiltonianum Mart. ex H. Lecomte, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 55:
572, sphalm. 1908. Eriocaulon hamiltonianum var. typica Fyson,
Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 213. 1921. Eriocaulon hamiltoniana Mart.
ex Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 20h,
sphalm. 199.

Bibliography: Wall., Numer. List 207. 1832; Wall., Pl. Asiat.
Rar. 3: 29. 1832; Kunth, mum. Pl. 3: 552. 1841; Jacks. in Hook.
f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 877 & 878. 1893; Ruhl. in
Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 13, 103, 107, & 285. 1903; H. Le-
comte, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 55: 572. 1908; Fyson, Journ. Indian
Bot. 2: 313, pl. 33. 1921; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc.

106 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 2

23, 35, & 38. 1946; Jacks. in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2,
1: 877 & 878. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
ed, 2, 20h. 1949; Moldenke, ésum6 162, 288, 290, & 481. 1959;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks «, Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 877 & 878. 1960;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 20 (1962), 11: 5 (196), and 17: 9 &
10. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 60 (1968) and 17: 488. 1969.

Tllustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 33. 1921.

Kunth (181) describes this plant as "Glabrum; rhizomate sim-
plici, perenni; scapis 6-pollicaribus, striatis, folia lineari-
lanceolata acuminata plus duplo superantibus; capitulis globosis,
nitidulis, testaceis, glabris; bracteis oblongis, involucralibus
obtusiusculis, interioribus breviter mucronulatis; calycibus fem
ineis vix corollis latioribus. Mart. E. cinereum Hamilt. herb.
-- Gualpara. -- Stylus trifidus. E. sexangulari affine. (Mart.)
An recte huc collocatum?" a

Fyson (1921) says of it "F, B. I. as E. oryzetorum l. c. Ruhl.
No. 179. Perennial (Mart.) Leaves 11/2 -- 2 1/2 in. Sheaths
shorter, scapes numerous very slender. Heads conical, 1/6 in.
Involucral bracts, blunt; floral acute, hardly acuminate. Sepals
narrow, 2 only; petals 3 oblanceolate. Plate 33. Var a typica.
Assam & southwards to Tavoy."

Smitinand says that this plant is a common herb in damp lo-
calities in dry deciduous forests, at 300 meters altitude, in
Thailand, with white flowers in October.

The E. cinereum R. Br., referred to in the synonymy above, is
a valid s species, with the E. cinereum credited to Merrill in is
synonyny . eee

Citations: INDIA: Assam: Hamilton s.n. [Gualpara] (Br--isotype,
N--isotype, N--photo of isotype, ype, Z—-photo of isotype). THAILAND:
Smitinand 3065 [Herb. Roy. Forest Dept. 1726] (Bk, Z).

FRIOCAULON HAMILTONIANUM var. MINIMUM Fyson

Synonymy: Eriocaulon hamiltonianum var. minima Fyson, Journ.
Indian Bot. 2: 313. 1921.

Bibliography: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 313. 1921; Moldenke,
Résumé 162, 288, & 481. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. ll: 5.
196h5 Moldenke, “Phytologia 18: 60 (1968) and 17: 49h. 1969.

Fyson (1921) describes this variety as follows: "(Meebold
98981) leaves linear 1/2 — 11/2 in. Scapes capillary 1--) in.
Heads 1/8 in. Flowers few. Peninsular India; Western Ghats at
Castles Rock. If the sheet Wall. Cat. 6069 in Herb. Calc. given
this name is correctly so-numbered, the plant is quite distinct
from E. oryzetorum, not an inmature state as given in F. B. I. 1.
c. Varieties a [=typica], b [=minor] and c {=minimum] appear to
me to grade into each other, though a and c would certainly seem
distinct."

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as
E. conicum (Fyson) C. E. C. Fischer.

Citations: INDIA: Mysore: Ramaswamy 1830 (Z).

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 107

ERIOCAULON HAMILTONIANUM var. MINOR Fyson

Bibliography: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 313. 1921; Molden-
ke, Résumé 162 & 81. 1959; Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 185.
1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 60. 1968.

Fyson's original description (1921) of this variety is "(King
at Siliguri 1878 in Herb. Calc.); Leaves 1/2 —- 1 in. Scapes l-
2 in. Heads 1/8 in. Assam; Siliguri."

ERIOCAULON HANANORGOENSE Masamune

Synonymy: Eriocaulon hananoegoénse Masamune apud A. W. Hill,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 105. 1938. Eriocaulon atrum Masamune apud
Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 68 & [86], in syn.
190 [not E. atrum Miyabe & Kudo, 190, nor Nakai, 1911]. Erio~
caulon hananoegoensis Masamune ex Hara, Outline Phytogeog. Japan
83, sphalm. 1959.

Bibliography: Masamune, Prel. Rep. Veg. Yakus. 51. 1929; Ma-
samune, Mem. Fac. Sci. Agr. Taihoku Univ. 1, Bot. : 537-538.
1934; Nemoto, Suppl. Fl. Jap. 1038. 1936; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 9: 105. 1938; Honda, Nom. Pl. Jap. 462. 1939; Satake,
Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 57--58. 190; Sata-
ke in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 13, 68, 69, 71, 81, & [86],
fig. 35. 1940; Sugimoto, Amat. Herb. 18: 7. 1957; Moldenke, Ré-
sumé 173, 286, 288, & 481. 1959; Hara, Outline Phytogeogr. Japan
83. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 18 & 21. 1962; Koyama in
Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 18h,
185, & 29, pl. 48, fig. 311, & text fig. 126 (3). 1964; Molden-
ai Résumé Suppl. 17: 10. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 81.
1969.

Illustrations: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 69, fig.
35. 1940; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr.
Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 18), fig. 126 (3), & pl. 48, fig. 311 [in
color]. 196.

Satake (190) gives a detailed description of this species:
"Planta humilis, acaulis, annua. Radix fibrosa, alba, transver-
se septata. Folia pauca, rosulata, linearia, 1.5—l cm longa,
1--1.5 mm lata, 3-fenestrato-nervia, apice subcallosa, acutius-
cula. Pedunculi graciles, 2—l cm alti, l-costati, parce vel
haud torti. Vaginae laxiusculae, 1 cm longae, apice oblique
fssae. Capitula minora, campanulata, 2--2.5 mm longa et lata,
pauci-flora. Bracteae involucrantes usque ), ovatae, obtusae
vel acutiusculae, glabrae, stramineae, 2 mm longae 1 mm latae,
capitulo aequilongae. Receptaculum glabrum. Flos 4: fere 35
bractea obovato-oblanceolata, acuta, nanicularis, olivaceo-
nigricans, apicem dorso albo-puberula, pilis claviformibus 2-
cellulatis; sepala in spatham oblanceolatam antice apertam con-
nata, apice trilobulata, lobulis lateralibus acutis, lobulo me-
dio obtuso, glabra, atro-olivacea; petala basi in tubum connata,
apice campanulata trilobata, lobis minute parvis glabris intus
apicem glandula nigra unica coronatis; stauina 6, subaequilonga,
antheris atris rotundatis. Flos?: fere 4; bractea obovata,
apice obtusiuscula, glabra, olivaceo-atrata; sepala in spatham

108 Pen Yet 0 LO GT kh Vol. 18, no. 2

antice apertam connata, apice tridentata, apicem margine pilis
albo-unicellulatis puberula, intus longe pilosa, olivaceo-nigri-
cantia; petala 3, libera, oblanceolato-spathulata, basi subcuneata,
apicem intus glandula atra unica coronata, margine albo-puberula,
extus glabra intus longe albo-pilosa, spongiosa, cellulis irregu-
lariter hexangularibus composita; germen 3-coccum; stylus germine
paulo brevior; stigmate 3, stylo breviora; semina ignota." He re-
cords the vernacular name "yakusima-hosikusa" and cites Koidzumi
s.n., Masamune s.n., Tagawa 1993, and Tasiro s.n. from Yakushima
Island in the Ryukyu Island Archipelago, where the species is ap-
parently endemic.

Hatusima found the plant at 1800 meters altitude, flowering in
April, in the bog known as Hananoegoe, and comments "The plants
growing in the high mountains of this island are famous for their
smaller size -- often several times -- than those from other parts
of Japan, possibly owing to the constant cloudiness of the island.
I suppose that the eriocaulons of the island seem to be diminu-
tive forms of the species from Hondo or Kyusyi already known."

The E. atrum of Nakai is a valid species, while the homonym
attributed to Miyabe & Kudo, referred to in the synonym above, is
actually E. kusiroense Miyabe & Kudo.

Citations: WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: RYUKYU ISLAND ARCHIPELAGO:
SATSUNAN ISLANDS: Yakushima: Hatusima 1687 (Kg, Z), 148k) (Kg).

ERIOCAULON HAYATANUM Koyama

Bibliography: Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 8h: 369--370,
377, & 378, pl. 2, fig. 3, & pl. 5, fig. B 1—6, 11, & 12. 1956;
Ee ise Résumé 176 & 481. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13:

2. 1966.

Illustrations: Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 8: 377 & 378,
pl. 2; fig. 3, & pl. 5, fig. B16," 11, & 12, 1956.

The type of this species was collected by Bunz6 Hayata (no.
101) -- in whose honor it is named -- at Dalat, Annam, on June h,
1921, and is deposited in the herbarium of the University of
Tokyo. Hayata 8, from the same locality, is also cited by Koyama
in the original description (1956). He notes that "This taxon is
distinguishable from E, collinum by completely free sepals of
male flowers, female sepals emarginate at apex and much longer
sheaths of the base of peduncles." The original publication is
sometimes cited as "1955", the volume date, but the number con-
taining Dr. Koyama's paper was not actually issued until March
21, 1956, as is plainly stated in the table of contents.

ERIOCAULON HELEOCHARIOIDES Satake

Bibliography: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 15: 627—628. 1939;
Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 2h—25, pl.
3, fig. 6. 1940; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 6--9,
12, 3i—36, 79, & 87, fig. 1G, 2K, 3C, hc, lk, & 15. 1940; Hill
& Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 86. 1973; Moldenke, Résumé 173
& 481. 1959; Koyama in Kitamra, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr.
Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 179, 180, & 29, fig. 122 (3). 196).

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 109

Illustrations: Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. : [Rev. Jap.
Erioc.] pl. 3, fig. 6. 190; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl.
Jap. 6: 6-9, 35, & 36, fig. 1G, 2K, 3C, hc, lh, & 15. 190;
Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl.
Japan 37179.) fie. 1227(3). 196).

Satake (190) describes this species as follows: "Biennis?
Rhizoma erectum, breve rapiforme, 7--11 mm crassum 10--15 mm
longum. Raduces albae fibrosae, 1 m latae, septis confertis
instructae. Folia rosulata, linearia, usque 7--15 cm longa, me-
dio 2--3 m lata, apice sensim angustata, glabra, 5--7 fenestra-
to-nervia. Pedunculi caespitosi, 12-28 cm alti, 2 mm crassi,
teretes, leviter 9--10 sulcati, haud vel parce torti. Vaginae
teretes laxae, 5—8 cm longae, 3 mm latae, apice oblique vel ir-
regulariter fissae. Capitula conico-ovoidea, 6--7 mm alta, 5 mm
lata, glabrata; bracteae involucrantes usque 1), late obovatae,
apice acutiusculae, 2 mm longae lataeque, apice sub concavae,
glabrae, capitulo breviores. Flores multi, masculi (fere 26) et
feminei (fere 76) mixti; receptaculum glabrum. Flos °: 2 m
longus; bractea late oblanceolata, apice acuta, navicularis, a-
picem margine l-cellulato-ciliata, flori fere aequans; sepala
in spatham antice apertam apice obscure trilobatam vel irregu-
lariter minute denticulatam connata, glabra, apicem margine
sparsissime ciliolata, ciliis unicellulatis intus granulatis,
flore paulo breviora; petala in tubum apice trilobatum connata,
lobis lanceolatis apice ciliis unicellulatis intus granulatis
instructis, apicem intus glandula nigra unica coronatis, lobo
uno interiore lobis lateralibus distincte majore crassioreque;
stamina 6; filamenta alba, oppositipetala vix longiora; anther-
ae albae rotundatae. Flos?: 2 mm longus; bractea late obovato-
cuneata, apice acuta, navicularis, 1.5 mm. lata, flori aequens,
apicem margine ciliolata ciliis unicellulatis intus granulosis;
sepala in spatham antice apertam minute trilobatam connata, om-
nia glabra, fere olivaceo-atrata; petala 3, libera, oblanceolato-
spathulata, basi connata, apice obtusiuscula, apicem infra
glandula nigra unica instructa, glabra sed intus sparse pilosa
pilis albis glabris 2--3-cellulatis, albo-spongiosa, cellulis
compresse hexagonis composita, petalo anteriore vix longiore;
capsula 3-cocca; stylus capsula dimidio brevior; stigmate 3 sty-
lo paulo longiora; semina oblongo-obovoidea, luteo-fulva, usque
1 mm longa, 0.5 mm lata, minute hamato-papillosa."

Satake also records the vernacular name "kosigaya-hosikusa",
and cites Maekawa s.n. and Satake s.n. from Kosigaya, in the
province of Musasi, Honshu, Japan, the latter being the type
collection, deposited in the herbarium of the University of
Tokyo. The species is apparently endemic.

ERIOCAULON HENRYANUM Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 6h,
86, & 285. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; Ruhl.,
Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 10: [100]. 1930; Hand.-Mazz., Symb.
Sin. 7: 1245 & 1246. 1936; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 326. 1950;
Moldenke, Résumé 169, 176, 178, & 81. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé

110 PSY 2.0 4.063 & Vol. 18, no. 2

Suppl. 1: 12 (1959), 3: 17 (1962), and h: 7. 1962.

Chand describes this plant as 12 inches tall, with grayish-
white flowers. Recent collectors have found it growing in swampy
ground, old fields, and pine-dipterocarp forests, at altitudes of
33 to ooo meters, ’ flowering and fruiting in February, April,
June, August, and October. Smitinand refers to it as a "common
herb in damp places in savannas and pine forests, the flowers
white" in Thailand, while he and Floto call it a "tufted herb
common in savannas" in the same country. A vernacular name re-
corded for it is "ya dawk khao". The sheet of Hansen, Seidenfa-
den, & Smitinand 11279 in the Copenhagen herbarium has one head
proliferous .

Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Chand 7997 (Mi). Madhya
Pradesh: Schlagintweit s.n. [Malva, central India] (S). CHINA:
Kwangtung: Herb. Sun Yatsen Univ. 11753 (B). Ytinnan: Ducloux
1089 (Ca--385973); Forrest 27861 (Ut—53253b); A. Henry y Wah (Be-
type, N--isotype); Maire Maire 31,17 17 (Ca--388805, Ca-- 389086), 352
(Ca— 389087), 3965 (Ca--389089, N); J. F. Rock 24927 (B, Ca—
51640h, N, S). INDOCHINA: Annam: Souchere 2 (N). Tonkin: Pét-
elot 1322 ” (Ca--236723) « THAILAND: Din 167 [Herb. Roy. Forest |
Dept. 5731] (Ss); Floto 7347 (S), 7472 (Cp), 7473 (S); Hansen,
Seidenfaden, & Smitinand 10814 (Ac, Cp), 10976 (A (Ac, Cp), 1123 11239
(Ac, Cp), 11279 (Ac, Cp); Smitinand 119 (Herb. Roy. Forest Dept.
6163] (Bk), 2051 eens Roy. Forest Dept. 11526] (Z); Smitinand
& Floto 5936 [He [Herb. Roy. Forest Dept. 2,089] (Gg); Sgrensen, nsen,
Larsen, & Ha Hansen 2257 (Cp), 6161 (Cp).

XERIOCAULON HESSII Moldenke

Bibliography: H. Hess, Bericht. Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 65:
173--17h, pl. 9, fig. 2. °1955; Moldenke, Phytologia 5: 338.
1956; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Index 1955: 30
(1956) and 1956: 28. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé 147, 28h, & 481.
1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 52. 1966.

It should be noted that Hess (1955) does not approve of the
use of binomial names for hybrids, saying "Es ist tfberflttssig,
den Bastard mit einem bintren Namen zu belegen und damit die
Literatur zu belasten". However, it is the general practice a-
mong a considerable proportion of taxonomists today to do so
and since Hess has supplied an excellent description of the
plant in Latin the application of the binomial, xk. hessii,
meets all the requirements of the present Eine of “==
The type of the hybrid is Hess 52/1773, collected "Am Stausee
von Humpata", at an altitude of 1950 meters, in the Chela Moun-
tains, Huila, Angola, on May 16, 1952. He notes that "Auf Sand-
boden, der mit Schlamm von Algen tiherzogen ist, wachst der Bas-
tard in den gemischten Kolonien von Eriocaulon angustisepalum
und E. mutatum."

ERIOCAULON HETEROCHITON Ktrn.
Bibliography: Ktrn. in Miq., Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd. Bat. 3: 20.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 1

1867; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878.
1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 27: 79. 1899; Ruhl. in Engl.,
Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 13, 103, 109, & 285. 1903; H. Lecomte,
Bull. Soc. Bot. France 55: 647. 1909; Masamune, Trans. Nat. Hist.
Soc. Taiwan 33: 13. 1943; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc.
22 & 35. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1:
878. 1946; Moldenke in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 36: 12--13 & 15, fig.
2 (1 & 2). 1955; Moldenke, Résumé 156 & 81. 1959; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960.

Illustrations: Moldenke in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 36: 15, fig. 2
(1 & 2). 1955.

Leaves rosulate, linear-oblong, abruptly acute at the apex,
1--1.6 cm. long, 1.5--2 mm. wide at the midpoint, somewhat cur-
vate, subcanaliculate, rather thick-textured, not pellucid ex-
cept at the fenestrate-veined base, green, glabrous; peduncles
many, herbaceous, --6.5 cm. long, many times surpassing the
leaves, hardly costate, not twisted, glabrous; sheaths loose,
1--1.5 cm. long, green, fenestrate-veined at the base, not pel-
lucid above, glabrous, obliquely split, the blade rather abrupt-
ly acute, soon lacerate; heads semiglobose, sordid-gray, 2.5--3
mm. wide, glabrous; involucral bractlets few, subequal, membran-
ous, yellowish-green, obovate or cuneate-obovate, at first equal-
ing the disk, later somewhat shorter, forming a sort-of cup but
not hiding the florets, rather broad, rounded-obtuse at the a-
pex, glabrous; receptacular bractlets cuneate-obovate, the out-
er ones broadly so, nigrescent, somewhat surpassing the florets,
concave, very obtuse at the apex, glabrous; receptacle sparsely
pilose; staminate florets: sepals 2, slightly connate at the
very base, spatulate-oblong, faleate, concave, nigrescent (es-
pecially above), obtuse or obtusish at the apex, glabrous;
petal-tube with 3 small and equal lobes at the apex, which are
acutish, slightly ciliolate, and glanduliferous; pistillate
florets: sepals 3, separate, narrowly oblong, nigrescent, fal-
cate, rather obtuse, canaliculate, glabrous; petals 3, somewhat
longer than the sepals, linear-oblong or spatulate, whitish,
rather spongy, obtuse at the apex, sparsely ciliolate along the
margins at the middle, otherwise glabrous, glanduliferous.

In my 1955 publication it is stated that this species grows
in "Marais, rochers humides; fl.: mai" and is endemic to Mada-
gascar. It should be noted that A. heterochiton A. Chev. is a
synonym of E. plumale N. E. Br.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: K. R. Afzelius s-n. [Majunga, 10.5.
1912] (S); Kaudern s.n. [Majunga, April 1912] (S); Perrier de
la Bathie 849 (N, P, P), 849 bis (N, P), 17944 (N, P).

ERIOCAULON HETEROCHITON var. ACUMINATUM Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 12—-\13. 1951; Moldenke
in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 36: 13 & 15, fig. 2 (3—-5). 1955; Moldenke,
Résumé 156 & 481. 1959.

Illustrations: Moldenke in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 36: 15, fig. 2
(3-5). 1955.

2 PonY 7.0. DO Gil ik Vol. 16, no. 2

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having the involucral bractlets lanceolate-elongate, 2.5--3 mm.
long, surpassing the disk, attenuate-acute or acuminate at the a-
pex, and the fruiting heads ovate-cylindric, to 6 mm. long,
brown, with the receptacular bractlets very conspicuous, as large
as the reflexed involucral ones, conspicuously acuminate.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Perrier de la B&thie 721 (N--isotype,

N--photo of type, P--type, Z--photo of type).

ERIOCAULON HETERODOXUM Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke in Maguire & al., Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club 75: 19--195. 1948; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 326--327. 1950;
E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé
75 & 481. 1959.

This species has been collected on sandy forested shores below
the hightide line on river tidal flats, and is said to be "local"
in distribution —- apparently like E. parkeri B. L. Robinson,
which grows in similar situations in the eastern United States.
Sandwith describes the heads as "greenish-white or dirty-cream".
It has been found in flower in May and September and is a most
unusual species because of the trimerous pistillate and (at least
sometimes) dimerous staminate florets in the same head.

Citations: BRITISH GUIANA: Maguire & Fanshawe 23570 (N-type);
N. Y. Sandwith 1603 (N, S).

ERIOCAULON HETEROGYNUM F. Muell.

Bibliography: F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 93-9). 1859; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Britten, Journ.
Bot. 38: 481 & 482. 1900; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-
30): 33, 38, & 285. 1903; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc.
27 & 35. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1:
878. 1946; Moldenke, Résumé 209, 342, & 481. 1959; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960; Moldenke, Phy-
tologia 18: 50. 1968.

Jackson (1893) reduces this taxon to synonymy under E. depres-
sum R. Br., but the most recent monographer, Ruhland (1903), keeps
them separate.

ERIOCAULON HETEROLEPIS Steud.

Bibliography: Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2 (Cyp.): 271. 1855; Jacks.
in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Ruhl. in
Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 61, 7h, & 286. 1903; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23, 27, & 35. 196; Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 196; Moldenke, Résumé 162 &
481. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 11. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 873. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
3: 17 (1962), l: 7 (1962), and 15: 8. 1967.

Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed
in herbaria as E. xeranthemum Mart.

Citations: INDIA: Chota Nagpur: C. B. Clarke 34327 (B). Kerala:
Stocks, Law, &c. s.n. (Malabar, Concan &c.] (B, C, S, Ut--318).

ANNOTATED LIST OF FUNGI ON VERBENACEOUS HOSTS FROM THE
"MYCOLOGIA INDEX''Y

Alma L. Moldenke

The recent appearance of this useful index offers easy access
to the literature covered in the first 58 volumes of MYCOLOGIA,
dating from 1909 through 1966. The following listings include
all mention of the Verbenaceae (including the now segregated fam-
ily, Avicenniaceae). On the left hand margin the volume numbers,
page numbers, and year of publication are given for each refer-
ence. The genera are listed in alphabetic sequence.

AEGIPHILA

52: 689-690 M. J. Thirumalachar in "Critical Notes on Some

1960 Plant Rusts III" mentions a rust on Aegiphila sp. in
Ecuador, named by Arthur in 1918 as a Cleptomyces. He
reduces this generic name to synonymy under the
earlier (1899) name, Stereostratum P. Magn., and iden-
tifies the species in question as S. lagerhamianus
(Diet.) Thirumalacher, comb. nov. The host could be
any one of 19 species and varieties of Aegiphila known
from Ecuador.

AVICENNIA
12: 318 C. E. Chardon in "A List of the Pyrenomycetes of
1920 Porto Rico Collected by H. H. Whetzel and E. W.
Olive" mentions Meliola sepulta Pat. on Avicennia
nitida Jacq. [Pina 612]. This host name, however,
is now rejected in favor of the earlier A. germin-
ans 6(b3) lis 5
17: 139 ~R. A. Toro in "New and Noteworthy Porto Rican Pyre-
1925 nomycetes" separates from the genus Meliola those spe-
cies devoid of setae and refers them to the genus
Irene. He lists Irene sepulta (Pat.) Toro, comb. nov.,
on Avicennia nitida Jacq., deposited in the herbariun
of the Insular Experiment Station [Toro 333]. Refer
to the preceding item for the correct name of the host.
9: 489 S. P. Meyers in "Taxonomy of Marine Pyrenomycetes"
1957 lists Netasphaeria australiensis Critb& Cribb on A.
marina var. resinifera (Forst.) Bakh. fram Redcliff,
Australia.
53: 582 W. B. Cooke in "The Genus Schizophyllum" lists S.
1961 commune (Fr.) Fr. on a long list of woody and herba-
ceous plants without locality, including Avicennia sp.

BOUCHEA
52: 523-52) A. G. Kevorkian in a note entitled "Elsinoe on

113

114 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 2

Bouchea prismatica (L.) Kuntze in Cuba" recapitulates
his previous report in PHYTOPATHOLOGIA 3: 06 (1960)
of spot anthracnose disease and its effects on the
stems, leaves & petioles of B, prismatica in Cienfue-
gos, Cuba, and proposes the name Elsinée boucheae Ke-
vorkian, sp. nov., with a validating description.

53: 437-438 The same author here publishes illustrations of

1961 Elsinde boucheae on Bouchea prismatica (L.) Kuntze.
CALLICARPA

16: 15h J. Dearness in "New and Noteworthy Fungi III" lists
192) Meliola cookeana Speg. in the Hypodermataceae on liv-

ing leaves of Callicarpa americana L. The specimen
was collected in 1923 by W. L. Nuttall. The asci are
mostly 2-spored, but some are l-spored with each spor-
idium showing a distinct pair of asci pairs.

16: 175 In a contimation of the same paper Dearness de-

192k scribes the hypomycete, Atractilina callicarpae Dearn.
& Barth., sp. nov., on Callicarpa americana L. from
Miami, Florida. Pere a) ae

34: 561 W. W. Ray in "Notes on Oklahoma Cercosporae II"
192 lists Cercospora callicarpae Cooke on Callicarpa amer-

icana L., the specimen deposited in the herbarium of
the Oklahoma A. & M. University.

2: 793 G. B. Cummins in "Uredinales of Continental China

1950 Collected by S. Y. Cheo I" reports the not previously
recorded Kuehneola callicarpae Syd. on Callicarpa sp.
from Kwangsi, San Kiang Hsien, Sept. 1933 [Cheo 2766].
The host could be any one of 23 species and varieties
of Callicarpa known from that province.

45: 110 M. T. Cook in "Species of Synchytrium in Louisiana
1953 VITI" describes S. callicarpae Cook, sp. nov., on

Callicarpa americana L. from Baton Rouge. He states
that it makes numerous, small, thick-walled, green
galls which project from both sides of the leaves,
illustrating these in cross-section in fig. 34-36 on

page 111.
B22 313 G. B. Cummins in "Uredinales of New Guinea" lists
190 Uredo callicarpae Petch on Callicarpa pedunculata R.

Br. from the collections of M. S. Clemens at Wareo
[nos. 1368, 1452, & 1453] and at Yunzaing [326ha &
s.n.e]. The fungus has epiphyllous, subcuticular
pycnia encircled by paraphysate, similar, uredinoid
gecia. Actually, the host specimens were collected
by both members of the Clemens missionary family
working together; the identification of most of the
numbers has been checked by H. N. Moldenke.

2: 230 M. J. Thirumalachar in "Some Noteworthy Rusts III"

1950 lists his collection of Uredo callicarpae Petch on
the leaves of Callicarpa lanata L. from Kemmangundi,

1969

Moldenke, Fungi on verbenaceous hosts 115

Mysore, India. The host plant is now more correctly
called C. tomentosa (L.) Murr.

CITHAREXYLUM
32: 00 F. J. Seaver and J. M. Waterston in "Contributions
19h0 to the Mycoflora of Bermuda I" introduce to the liter-

34: 521
19h2

3h: 523
192

19: 473
1927

Sh/5. Take
1945

50: 691
1958

DURANTA
So: 691
1958

ature Ascospora citharexyli Seav. & Waterston, sp.
nov., found on dead leaves of Citharexylum spinosum L.
It was collected by the second author at Somerset in
1938 (no. 212] and is a member of the Sphaerales whose
erumpent black perithecia are thickly scattered over
both surfaces of the host's leaves.

The same authors in part III of their paper mention
the pyrenomycete Penzigia bermudensis which J. H. Mil-
ler collected a second time as an abundant growth on
dead twigs of C. spinosum L. in 190 [no. 371].

The same authors in the same part III mention the
basidiomycete Auricularia polytricha (Mont.) Sacc. as
first identified by E. M. Wakefield on an old stump
of fiddlewood, C. spinosum L.

R. A. Toro in "Fungi of Santo Domingo I" gives the
initial report of Irene longipoda (Gaill.) Toro on
Citharexylum fruticosum L. from La Vega [no. 211] and
from Santiago [no. 281] in 1926. Today we know this
area as the Dominican Republic.

H. H. Whetzel in "A Synopsis of the Genera and Spe-
cies of the Sclerotiniaceae, a Family of Stromatic
Inoperculate Discomycetes" includes Lambertella jas-
mini Seav. & Whetzel in the generic host index as oc-
curring on Citharexylum without indicating any partic-
ular species or locality of collection.

R. T. Moore in "Deuteromycetes I: The Sporidesmium
Complex" proposes the new name Piricauda paraguayense
(Speg.) Moore, comb. nov., cites material examined,
including a Bubak collection from Brazil on "Cithar-
exylon" [Ule 948], and illustrates it in fig. 1 & 3
on p. 683 and in fig. 1) on p. 690. The host's gener-
ic name is now written Citharexylum, which is the orig-
inal spelling, and there are 18 species and varieties
known from Brazil.

In the above-mentioned paper by R. T. Moore the same
fungus, Piricauda paraguayense (Speg.) Moore, is lis-
ted on the basis of a Patouillard collection from the
Pululahua Crater in Ecuador on Duranta leaves. This
collection is actually the type of Sporidesmium duran-
tae Pat., but this name is here reduced to synonymy.

116

36: 34-35
19h

20: 219
1928

LANTANA
2h: 63
1932

25: 452
1933

56: 886
196),

P HoveteOeGs0- Grr & Vol. 18, no. 2

C. Garcés Orejuela in "New or Heretofore Unreported
Species of the Higher Ascomycetes from Colombia and
Venezuela" transfers Irenopsis pittieri Toro to
Irenina pittieri (Toro) Gare 8, comb, nov., because
newer collections showed no perithecial setae. It is
reported on Duranta repens L. from Miranda, Venezuela
(M. F. Barrus & A. S. Miller 366], and from Boyac4,
Colombia [R. Obregén 1180].

F. J. Seaver in "Studies in Tropical Ascomycetes V
-~ Species of Phyllachora" describes Phyllachora fus-
icarpa Seav. on D. repens L. from the Bahamas and
Puerto Rico. Plate 23, fig. 3, shows a spot—infected
leaf and a drawing of an enlarged 8-celled ovoid
ascus.

H. S. Jackson in "The Rusts of South America Based
on the Holway Collection VI" lists Aecidium lantanae
Mayor on Lantana lilacena Desf. from Petropolis in
Rio de Janeiro [Holway 1268] and from Belo Horizonte
in Minas Gerais [no. 1353], Brazil, on L. rugulosa
H.B.K. from Cuenca in Azuay [no. 985] and on Lantana
sp. from Quito in Pichincha [no. 947], Ecuador. He
mentions that this fungus was reported previously on-
ly from Colombia, Nicaragua and Panama. He suggests
that this rust may actually not be distinct from A.
werbenae Speg. It should be noted that the "Lantana
lilacena" referred to above is a misspelling for L.
lilacina Desf., a name now placed in synonymy under
L. fucata Lindl. The unidentified Lantana from Ecua-
dor could be any one of 5 species of the genus known
from Pichincha.

F. D. Kern, H. W. Thurston Jr. & H. He Whetzel in
"Annotated Index of the Rusts of Colombia" list
Aecidium lantanae Mayor on "L. hispida H.B.K." [Mayor
213], noting that they are following the classifica-
tion mentioned in the Jackson paper referred to above
even though Arthur has combined the two taxa in NORTH
AMERICAN FLORA 7: 635. 192). Actually, the true L.
hispida is not known to grow in Colombia, being con-
fined to Central America. The host could be any one
of 25 other species and varieties of the gems known
from Colombia.

L. S. Olive in "A New Member of the Mycetozoa" re-
ports Cavostelium apophysatum Olive, sp. nov., as
growing in the amoebal form in bacterial cultures and
as isolated from mature or dead plant parts including
old ears and tassels of corn, glumaceous inflores-
cences, legume pods, capsules, cotton bolls, dead
flowers and old fleshy fruits of Lantana, etc., in

1969

23: 375
1931

35289
1943

37: 341
19h5

19: 7h
1927

36: 136
19h

15: 10
1923

Moldenke, Fungi on verbenaceous hosts la by

tropical and warm temperate regions of much of the
world. A new family, the Cavosteliaceae, is proposed
here for this genus because of its several distinct-
ive features.

W. Ge Solheim & F. L. Stevens in "Cercospora Studies
II -- Some Tropical Cercosporae" describe Cercospora
guianensis Stev. & Solh., sp. nov., as found on leaves
of Lantana sp. from Rockstone, British Guiana {no. 253],
the type being deposited in the herbarium of the Uni-
versity of Illinois. The conidia are illustrated by
them on p. 374. Thirteen species and varieties of the
host genus are known from what is now the republic of
Guyana.

Je He Miller & M. G. Burton in "Studies in Some
Venezuelan Ascomycetes Collected by C. E. Chardon and
A. S. Muller" have set up Epiphyma nervisequens (Char-
don) Miller & Burton, comb. nov., as distinct generi-
cally from Dimeriellina nervisequens Chardon because of

its paraphysoids instead of paraphyses and its non-
fascicled asci. This fungus is a parasite on the
leaves of Lantana camara L. in Venezuela. Fig. 7 on
p. 92 shows a longitudinal section of the type [Char—-
don 2611).

F. J. Seaver in "Photographs and Descriptions of
Cup—Fungi XXXIX - The Genus Godronia and its Allies"
proposes the name Godronia lantanae (Cash) Seav.,
conb. nov., for Scleroderris lantanae Cash. The fun-
gus has been found on fallen branches of Lantana cam
ara L. and is know thus far only from the type local-
ity, the Kaluaaha Valley, Molokai, Hawaii. It is il-
lustrated in MYCOLOGIA 30: 99, fig. 4. It should be
noted that the true L. camara L. is not known from
Molokai; the host is probably L. camara var. aculeata
(L.) Moldenke, the only representative of the genus
known from that island.

R. A. Toro in "Fungi of Santo Domingo I" lists
Meliola ambigua Pat. & Gaill., a member of the Peri-
sporiaceae, on Lantana trifolia L. from Bajabonica
[no. 264] and from Santiago {no. 263] in what we now
know as the Dominican Republic.

C. Garcés Orejuela in "New or Heretofore Unreported
Species of the Higher Ascomycetes from Colombia and
Venezuela" reports Meliola lantamae Syd. on L. fucata
Lindl., a new host, from Antioquia, Colombia, at Que-
prada Iguand [no. 1533] at 1700 meters altitude and
at Robledo [no. 181]. This is a rather common spe-
cies of fungus, already reported from Colombia, where
the type was collected.

J. Vizioli in "Some Pyrenomycetes of Bermuda" lists
Melomastia mastoidea (Fries) Schroet. as found on two

118

PE TOL OG TAs Vol. 18, no. 2

specimens of decorticated branches of Lantana involu-~
crata L. (7?) [Paget s.n. & Whetzel 145].

32: 393-39) F. J. Seaver & J. M. Waterston in "Contributions to

19,0

3h: 516
192

30: 103
1938

21: 315
1929

10: 121
1918

18: 7
1926

the Mycoflora of Bermuda I" discuss the interesting
problem of Nectria lantanae Seav., which seams to be
endemic to the islands even though its host plant,
which they identify as L. odorata L., was introduced
into the Bermuda islands from the Bahamas prior to
1800. The fungus has not yet been found elsewhere,
although its host is widely distributed in the West
Indies, nor on other plant species. It is recognized
grossly by the red dots or perithecia on fallen leaves
that have been spotted abundantly in several sites in
the Bermdas. It should be noted that the correct
name for the host is now L. involucrata var. odorata
(L.) Moldenke.

These same two authors in part III of the above—
mentioned work, reporting on their fourth visit, de-
clare that parasitic species and those occurring on
decaying plant materials tend to be constant in their
appearance, citing, as an example, Nectria lantanae
Seav. on Lantana.

E. K. Cash in "New Records of Hawaiian Discomyce-
tes" lists Patellaria atrata (Hedw.) Fr. on the stems
of Lantana sp. from Waialua, Oahu, Hawaii [Stevens &
Shear 574]. There are ), species and varieties of the
host genus known from Oahu.

N. E. Stevens & C. L. Shear in "Botryosphaeria and
Physalospora in the Hawaiian Islands" inform us that
both of these genera are rare in those islands and
that P. fusca was collected four times there on four
different hosts, including L. aculeata L. Heretofore
this fungus had been known only from a few collections
in western Cuba. This expansion of its known range
suggests that it may be generally distributed through
the tropics, as its host nowis. The correct name for
the host is now L. camara var. aculeata (L.) Moldenke.

J. C. Arthur in "Uredinales of Costa Rica Based on
the Collections of W. D. Holway" lists Prospodium tu-
berculatum (Speg.) Arth. on Lantana camara L. from
Cartago [Holway 277]. This rust species is known from
the tropical parts of both North and South America.
It is recorded again on p. 153 in the host index. The
true L. camara is not known from Cartago, so it seems
probable that the host here is the very similar L.
glandulosissima Hayek. -

F. D. Kern and H. H. Whetzel in "Some New and Inter-
esting Porto Rican Rusts" also report Prospodium tu-
berculatum (Speg.) Arth. on Lantana camara L. at Mar-
tin Péna [Seaver & Chardon 1369]. This constitutes the

1969

2h: 65
1932

32: 295
190

35: 438

193

7: 243-2hh
1915

Moldenke, Fungi on verbenaceous hosts 119

first record of the fungus from Puerto Rico; it was
previously known only from central Mexico, Costa Rica
and Cuba.

H. S. Jackson in "The Rusts of South America Based
on the Holway Collections VI" reports Prospodium tu-
berculatum (Speg.) Arth. on L. camara L. from La Paz,

Bolivia [Holway 65], from Nor Yungas, Bolivia [no.
706] and from So Paulo, Brazil [nos. 1532 & 1688].

It is also reported from "L. mixta L." from S#o Paulo,
Brazil [no. 1811]. According to H. N. Moldenke, the
true L. camara L. is not known from the Bolivian

areas referred to above and the host there is probably
the related L. cujabensis Schau. or L. glutinosa
Poepp. The name, L. mixta L., is a synonym of what is
now known as L, camara var. mista (L.) L. H. Bailey,
and Holway's nos. 1532 & 1811 have been so identified.

H. W. Thurston Jr. in "The Rusts of Minas Geraes,
Brazil, based on Collections of A. S. Miller" lists
Prospodium tuberculatum (Speg.) Arth. on L. camara
var. aculeata (L.) Moldenke from Ita [Miller 361]
and on nL. cam camara L. from Viscosa [no. 72).

F. D. Kern and H. W. Thurston Jr. in "Additions to
the Uredinales of Venezuela II" include Prospodium
tuberculatum (Speg.) Arth. on Lantana achyranthifolia
Desf. from Caracas [Whetzel & Muller 2864]. This is
the only species of Prospodium known to occur on
Lantana. Cummins, in his monograph of this fungus
genus in LLOYDIA 3: 15 (190), lists the host species
of Lantana, but does not include L. achyranthifolia.

J. C. Arthur in "Uredinales of Porto Rico Based on
Collections by F. L. Stevens" lists Puccinia lantanae
Farl. on L. camara L. from Guanica [nos. 358 & 6607],
from Lares [no. 4926] and from Guayanilla [nos. 5952
& 6603], and also on L. involucrata L. fram Bogueron
{no. 35h] from Arecibo [no. 1781], from Quebradillos
[no. 5017], from San German [no. 5763], from Mona Is-
land [no. 640] and without locality [no. 6823].

These collections were made in 1913. The author says
that he has not personally seen this fungal species
in Puerto Rico, but points out that it has been col-
lected on other West Indian islands -~ in Cuba on L.
camara L., L. involucrata L., amd L. trifolia L., in
Jamaica on is crocea Jacq. and L. stricta Sw., and on
St. Thomas on L. aculeata L.

In this work L. odorata L. is given as a straight
synonym of L. involucrata, but actually it is now kept
separate as L, involucrata var. odorata (L.) Moldenke.
Also, L. stricta Sw. is now known as L. angustifolia
Mill., ob crocea Jacq. is now known as 3 Le urticaefolia

120

S52: 821
1960

9: 82
1917

103 133
1918

nor rial
192)

18: 137
1926

19: 288
1927

20: 72
1928

2h: 63-64
1932

PRY 2:04 0:8 FA Vol. 18, no, 2

Mill., and L. aculeata L. is more correctly called L.
camara var. ~aculeata ita (Le ) Moldenke.
~L. Se Olive in "Acrasiales of the West Indies" de-

scribes the orange Protostelium mycophaga L. S. Olive
& Stoianovitch as probably the simplest of the cellu-
lar slime molds and one of the most common. In the
Caribbean area it has been isolated from several dif-
ferent kinds of dead flowers and decaying fruits, in-
cluding those of Lantana. It is recorded from Grenada,
St. Lucia and Martinique.

J. C. Arthur in "Uredinales of Porto Rico Based on
Collections by H. H. Whetzel and E. W. Olive" lists
Puccinia lantanae Farl. on Lantana involucrata L. from
Yauco [no. 325). The identification of the host has
been verified by H. N. Moldenke.

J. Ce Arthur in "Uredinales of Costa Rica Based on
Collections by E. W. D. Holway" lists Puccinia lantanae
Farl., a short cycle rust common in the warmer parts
of America, on three species of Lantana - L. camara L.
from San Jone [nos. 303 & 352], L. hispida H.P.K. P.K. from
San José [no. 2h] and Cartago [no. 278], and Lantana
sp. from Orotina [no. 338]. Lantana is also listed in
the host index on p. 153.

The specimen from Orotina could be on any one of 9
species and varieties of Lantana know from the prov-
ince of San José«

F. J. Seaver in "The Fungous Flora of St. Thomas"
records Putcinia lantanae Farl. for the firat time on
this island, growing on Lantana camara L. (?) from the
vicinity of St. Peter. It was collected by Dr. J. N.
Rose.

F. J. Seaver in "Mycological Work in the Bermuda Is-
lands" mentions Puccinia lantanae Farl. as common on
the leaves of Lantana involucrata L. and as one of the
first fungi collected there.

We. R. Hunt in "Miscellaneous Collections of North
American Rusts" includes his collection of Puccinie
lantanae Farl. on L, involucrata L. in Bermuda in 1926.

~F. D. Kern in "Fungi of Santo Domingo II - Uredinales"
reports Puccinia lantanae Farl. (syn. Micropuccinia,
NORTH AMERICAN FLORA 7: 559) on L. involucrata L. from
Barahona [M. F. Barrus 7] and also on Priva lappulacea
(L.) Pers. from Bajabonico [no. 65], San Cristobal [no.
36] and Los Ranchos {Chardon 378].

H. S. Jackson in "The Rusts of South America Based
on the Holway Collections VI" lists Puccinia lantanae
Farl. on Lantana brasiliensis Link from S&o Paulo, Bra-
zil [no. 1667] and on L. trifolia L., also from So
Paulo [no. 183]. The host of the last-mentioned col-

1969

25: 471-k72
1933

32: 300
19L0

30: 98
1938

30: 101
1938

(2,338
1915

Moldenke, Fungi on verbenaceous hosts siya

lection has been verified by H. N. Moldenke.

This fungus was also reported on two other verbena-
ceous plants - Lippia rhodocnemis Mart. & Schau. and
Lippia triflora L. The former record is based on a
collection made by both of the Holways [no. 06] and
the host was verified by H. N. Moldenke. The Lippia
triflora given as the host for the second record ap—
pears to be a deplorable typographic error for Lantana
trifolia L., into whose synonymy it mst be inserted.
The host plant in this case has also been verified by
the above-mentioned monographer.

This very common microform has a wide distribution
extending from Florida and Mexico throughout the West
Indies and Central America to Argentina in South Amer-
ica. Mesospores often predominate in the sori, and
this explains why the fungus was first mistaken for.a
species of Uromyces.

F. D. Kern, H. W. Thurston Jr. and H. H. Whetzel in
"Annotated Index of the Rusts of Colombia" list Puc-
cinia lantanae Farl. on Lantana camara L. [Toro 180],
on on Le hispida H.B.K. [Mayor 212], on L L. tiliifolia
Cham. [Mayor 28] and on L. trifolia L. (Mayor 2lha].

It should be pointed out here that L. hispida H.B.K.
and L. tiliifolia Cham. are not known from Colombia.
It is | probable that the hosts will prove, on examina-
tion, to be L. armata Schau. and/or L. glandulosissima
Hay ek.

H. W. Thurston Jr. in "The Rusts of Minas Geraes,
Brazil, Based on the Collections of A. S. Miller" in-
cludes Puccinia lantanae Farl. on L. trifolia L. from
Viscosa {no.

E. K. Cash in "New Records of Hawaiian Discomycetes"
mentions Schizoxylon insigne (DeN.) Rehm. on stems
of Lantana sp., a new host for this fungus species.

It was found in the Manoa Valley, Oahu [Stevens &
Shear 553]. Six species and varieties of the host
genus are known from Oahu island.

In the same paper Scleroderris lantanae Cash, sp.
nov., is described, being illustrated in fig. on
the preceding page. It was found on a fallen branch
of Lantana camara L. in the Kaluaaha Valley, Molokai
[no. D3032]. The true L. camara, however, is not
known from that island. The host was probably L. cam=
ara var. aculeata (L.) Moldenke.

~ P, Garman in "Some Porto Rican Parasitic Fungi" de-
scribes Septoria lantanae Garman, sp. nov., from the
leaves of Lantana camara L. [TYPE 22lx]. This fungus
species differs decidedly from S. verbenae in the
character of the leaf spot, which Tacks the white cen-
ter.

122

LIPPIA
32: 170-171
19,0

ssi
1911

10: 151
1918

2h: 65
1932

25: hho
1933

PB Ye 2 Oi OB. Le Vol. 18, no. 2

B. H. Davis in "A New Cercospora on Lippia cardio-

stegia" describes a previously unidentified fungus
from Kellerman's Guatemalan collections as Cercospora
cardiostegiae Davis, sp. nov., from the host plant's
leaves. In the specimen examined no definite leaf
spots were formed. The upper surface is light brom.
Fruiting is hypophyllous, effuse and presenting small
darkened areas with conidiophores. The fungus spe-
cies differs from C. lippiae, described by Ellis and
Everhart, from L. nodiflora [= hyla nodiflora (L.)
Greene] in these traits. Type material is deposi-
ted in the herbaria of both Ohio State University and
Cornell University. In Fig. 1 stroma, conidia and
conidiophores are illustrated.

F. D. Heald and F. A. Wolf in "New Species of Texas
Fungi", as part of a plant disease survey of the San
Antonio-Austin area, describe Cylindrosporium lippiae
Heald & Wolf, ere nov., from the leaves of what they
refer to as ia ligustrina (Lag.) Britton from
Llano [TYPE 7 . The fungus produces 3 or circu-
lar spots on each leaf, each spot with a gray center
showing numerous conidial tufts inside and outside a
narrow brown border edged with a tinge of yellow.

The correct name for the host plant is Aloysia
gratissima (Gill. & Hook.) Troncoso.

J. C. Arthur in “Uredinales of Costa Rica Based on
Collections of E. W. D. Holway" cites Prospodium
lippiae (Speg.) Arth. on Lippia myriocephala Schl. &
Cham. from the road to Volc4n de Poas [no. 372 II &
III] and also on Lippia sp. from San José [no. 364
II & III] and from San Ram6én [no. 17 II]. The
spores in this material are somewhat smaller and less
strongly developed than usual. This is a common spe-
cies in tropical America.

The undetermined Lippia host from San José could be
any of 5 species of this genus known from that pro-
vince, while that from San Ramén could be any of 6
species.

H. S. Jackson in "The Rusts of South America Based
on the Holway Collections VI" cites this same Prospo-
dium lippiae (Speg.) Arth. on Lippia hemisphaerica
Jacq. from Guayaquil, Ecuador [no. 807) and on Le
ligustrina (Lag.) Britton from Cochabamba, Bolivia
[nos. 326 & 327]. Examination of the first host by
H. N. Moldenke shows it to be L. americana f. pilosa
Moldenke; the second is more properly called Aloysia
gratissima (Gill. & Hook.) Troncoso

F. D. Kern, H. W. Thurston Jr. and H. H. Whetzel in
"Annotated Index of the Rusts of Colombia" re-study

1969

10: 133-134

1918

2h: 64
1932

Moldenke, Fungi on verbenaceous hosts 123

some Baker specimens reported by Earle in 1899 and claim
that "what was supposed to be Prospodium appendiculata
(Wint.) Arth. on some Bignoniaceae turns out to be Pro-

—_—

spodium von gunteni (Mayor) Kern & Whetzel on Lippia

sp. Mayor in MEM. SOC. NEUCH. SCI. NAT. 5: 90. 1913

lists this as Puccinia von guteni on Lippia americana
L. for his 368 and on Lippia sp. for Baker's 93.
"Through the kindness of Dr. Samuelsson, of Stock-
holm, we have had a part of the Baker collection for
study. Dietel (BULL. TORREY CLUB 26: 632. 1899) stud-
ied this specimen. He thought it was on some Bignonia-
ceae and remarked that although the appendages on the
teliospore pedicels were poorly developed or wanting
he did not doubt its determination as Puccinia appen-
diculata. A note on the original says 'on a shrubby

herb — one of the Myrsinaceae?'. Our examination of

the rust shows that the teliospores have one whorl of
appendages anc that both teliospores and uredospores
agree with Prospodium von gunteni. A detailed study of
the fragmentary specimen also shows that the veining,
margin, and pubescence of the leaf are so nearly iden-
tical with those of Mayor's 368 that there seems no
doubt about the possibility of its being a species of
Lippia." Nine species and varieties of Lippia are
known from Colombia.

J. C. Arthur in "Uredinales of Costa Rica Based on
Collections of E. W. D. Holway" describes Puccinia
elatipes Arth. & Holw., sp. nov., on Lippia sp. grow-
ing on hills southwest of San José [no. 307 II & III].
The host specimen has been examined by H. N. Moldenke
and proves to be Lippia costaricensis Moldenke. Arthur
corments that the host resembles L. umbellata Cav.,
and this is true, but the latter species is known only
from Mexico.

Arthur states further that the fungus species "is
especially characterized by flattened urediniospores
and by exceedingly large and inflated pedicels to the
teliospores. The type was collected by Prof. Holway
in Guatemala on Lippia myriocephala Schlecht. & Cham.
along the road between Quezaltenango and Colomba in
1917 [no. 831 0, III]. The host genus is listed in
the index on p. 151.

H. S. Jackson in "The Rusts of South America Based
on the Holway Collections - VI" lists Puccinia lan-
tanae Farl. on Lippia rhodocnemis Mart. & Schau. from
Rio de Janeiro, Brazil [no. 1006] and on L. triflora
L. from Nor Yungas, Bolivia [no. 711]. H. N. Moldenke
has examined both of these host plants and identifies
the first as Lantana hypoleuca Briq. and the second as
Lantana trifolia L.

12h PB Ye TeOn TOG tk Vol. 18, no. 2

This very common microform fungus has a wide distri-
bution extending from Florida, Mexico, the West In-
dies, and Central America less commonly, through mich
of South America. Mesospores are often predominant
in the sori and the species therefore often resembles
one of Uromyces.

The author then goes on to describe Puccinia mariae
Jackson, sp. nov., in honor of Mrs. Holway who did
much collecting with her husband. It was found on
Lippia sp. at Prata, Sfo Paulo, Brazil (no. 1719].
Twenty species and varieties of the host genus are
found in S%o Paulo state.

3: 289 F. D. Kern in "The Rusts of Guatemala II" lists Puc-
1911 cinia lippiae Speg. on Lippia myriocephala Schlecht.

& Cham. (as determined by John Donnell Smith) from
Laguna in Amatitlan, at an altitude of 1200 meters
[no. 5209]. According to H. N. Moldenke, this host
is not known from that province. The fungus was more
probably collected on L. callicarpaefolia H.3.K., the
only Lippia known from Amatitlan.

The teliospores are distinctive because of the
whorls of branched appendages near the bases of the

pedicels.
10: 134 J. C. Arthur in "Uredinales of Costa Rica Based on
1918 Collections of E. W. D. Holway" describes Puccinia

permagna Arth. & Holw., sp. nov., on Le myriocephala
Schlecht. & Cham. from San José [no. 0k], deposited
in the Farlow herbarium at Harvard University.

"The fungus was found only on fresh shoots coming up
from stumps of the shrubs cut to make the trail. The
growth was very luxuriant and the leaves much larger
than on shoots of slower growth. Such preference seems
to be common for rusts on shrubs and trees."

The fungus is similar to P. elatipes Arth. & Holw. on
presumably the same host, except for the absence of
uredinia, the numerous and darker pycnia, and the larger
telial sori, spores, and pedicels.

The host is listed again in the index on p. 151. It
should be pointed out that Lippia myriocephala is not
known to occur in San José, but ] other species of the
genus do grow there.

PETITIA
: J. C. Arthur in "Uredinales of Porto Rico Based on
1917 Collections of H. H. Whetzel and E. W. Olive" describes

Olivea petitiae Arth., sp. nov., on Petitia domingensis

Jacq. from mountainous Mariaco along the Rio Grande
[no. 349]. The fungus has remarkable balls of paraphy-
ses enclosing the urediniospores. Crushing these balls
releases the colorless teliospores which are often al-
ready germinated.

1969

Moldenke, Fungi on verbenaceous hosts 125

12 335 P. Garman in "Some Porto Rican Parasitic Fungi" de-

1915 scribes Septoria petitiae Garman, sp. nov., on leaves
of Petitia domingensis Jacq. from Cabo Rojo [nos.
6470 TYPE & 9756]. The fungus makes suborbicular
spots 1--2 mm. in diameter with white centers and
fuscous margins.

PRIVA

17: 9 F. J. Seaver in "The Fungous Flora of St. Croix"

1925 lists among the Phyllostictales a Cincinnobolus sp.
reported by Ferdinandsen and Winge on Priva lappula-
cea (L.) Pers.

1h: 18 J. C. Arthur in "Uredinales Collected by Fred J.

1922 Seaver in Trinidad" lists Puccinia lantanae Farl. on
Priva lappulacea (L.) Pers. [nos. 2955, 2970, & 3397].

2022 F. D. Kern in "Fungi of Santo Domingo - II Uredina-

1928 les" lists Puccinia lantanae Farl. on Priva lappulacea
(L.) Pers. from Bajabonico [no. 65], from San Cristobal
{no. 36] and from Los Ranchos [C. E. Chardon 378].

STACHYTARPHETA

2h: 63 H. S. Jackson in "The Rusts of South America Based

1932 on the Holway Collections - VI" lists Endophyllum
stachytarphetae (P. Henn.) Whetzel & Olive on S. di-
chotoma Vahl from the Reserva Florestal, S&o Paulo,
Brazil [no. 803].

The author claims that the genus Endodphyllum should
be maintained as distinct from Aecidium, from which
it is obviously developed, and that there is the possi-
bility that both may exist even in the same region.
Stachytarpheta dichotoma Vahl is now regarded as a

synonym of S. cayennensis (L. C. Rich.) Vahl.

165, 33. F. J. Seaver in "The Fungous Flora of St. Thomas"

192) lists Puccinia urbaniana P. Henn. among the Uredin—
ales on Stachytarpheta sp., a record first reported by
Crown. Three species of the this genus are know from
that island.

17: 260 H. Sydow in "Rusts of British Guiana and Trinidad"

1925 also lists Puccinia urbaniana P. Henn. on Stachytar-
pheta sp. from Tumatumari, British Guiana [now the Re-
public of Guyana] [no. 131]. Eight species and varie-
ties of the host genus are know from that country.

TECTONA

23: 399 W. G. Solheim and F. L. Stevens in "Cercospora Stud-

1931 ies II - Some Tropical Cercosporae" list Cercospora

tectoniae Stev. on leaves of Tectona grandis L. f. from
the type locality of the fungus, Honolulu, Oahu [no.

126

O: 361
19,8

VERBENA
28: 299
1936

2h: 62
19 32

8: 147-148
1916

10: 250
1918

21: 329
1929

Pino TO TOG) - Vol. 18, no. 2

52). Specimens are filed in the herbaria of the Hil-
debrand Gardens in Oahu and the University of Illin-
ois. The fungus produces amphigenous, angular and at
times confluent, vein-limited, reddish-brown spots on
the leaves of the host.

M. J. Thirumlachar and C. Chupp in "Notes on Some
Cercosporae of India" list this same C. tectoniae
Stev. on Tectona grandis L. f. from a Bangalore col-
lection made by the first author.

H. Brandriff in "The Development of the Ascocarp of
Acrospermum compressum Tode" mentions that this, the
type species of this dothidiaceous genus, is of com
mon occurrence on a number of herbaceous plants in
the United States and in Europe. Collections in the
herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden include
one on the stems of Verbena urticifolia L., the host
verified by H. N. Moldenke.

H. S. Jackson in "The Rusts of South America Based
on the Holway Collections - VI" lists Aecidium ver-
benae Speg. on Verbena litoralis H.B.K. from Petropo-
lis [no. 1272], Therezopolis [no. 1180] and Friburgo
[no. 1454], ald in Rio de Janeiro, Prazil.

It is also listed on Verbena sp. from Barbacena,
Minas Gerais [no. 1380], and from SHo Paulo [no. 1479],
Brazil.

Spegazzini considered his Aecicium verbenae to be
the aecial stage of Puccinia elongata Speg. "The lat-
ter, however, seems from the description to be a short
cycled form."

It should be noted here that H. N. Moldenke has ex-
amined the host specimens for some of the above-
mentioned records. He finds that Holway's numbers 1180
and 1,5 are actually Verbena bonariensis L., while
no. 1272 is V. brasiliensis Vell.

P. C. Standley in "Fungi of New Mexico" mentions
Erysiphe cichoracearum DC. as reported by T. D. A.
Cockerell on Verbena macdougalii Heller from Pecos
[no e 519h) =

C. E. Fairman in "New or Noteworthy Ascomycetes and
Lower Fungi from New Mexico" includes Ophiobolus col-
lapsus Sacc. & Ellis on old stems of V. macdougalii
Heller [Standley 136].

J. Dearness in "New and Noteworthy Fungi VI" lists
Ophiotrichum verbenae Dearn. & Barth, sp. nov., one of
the hypomycetes, on living leaves of Verbena urtici-
folia L. from Birmingham, Alabama [E. Bartholomeo
8951 & Dearness 5651].

1969

9: 120
1917

a bs Ea
1919

32: 298
190

13: 238
1921

30: 100
1938

Moldenke, Fungi on verbenaceous hosts 127

Grayish brown spots are visible only on the lower
surface of the leaves. These spots are 0.5 cm. wide
and are bounded by the strong veinlets of the leaf.

The host specimens should be re-examined because
Verbena urticifolia L. is not otherwise known from
Jefferson County, Alabama (the county of Birmingham),
although it is known from Baldwin and DeKalb Counties.
Eighteen species of Verbena are known from Alabama.

B. C. Tharp in "Texas Parasitic Fungi - New Species
and Amended Descriptions" describes Phyllosticta ver-
benicola Tharp, sp. nov, on living leaves of Verbena
bipinnatifida Nutt. from Austin, based on an unnum—
bered specimen collected by himself and I. M. Lewis.

The spots are marginal or central, gray with
purplish border, 2--6 m. across.

P. Je Anderson in "Index to American Species of
Phyllosticta" notes P. verbenicola Tharp among 32)
records, growing on Verbena bipinnatifida Nutt., but
claims that "The specific name is untenable because
[it has been] previously used, cf. P. verbenicola
Martin, J. M. 2: 26. 1886."

Verbena is mentioned again in the host index on p.
(hei

H. W. Thurston Jr. in "The Rusts of Minas Geraes,
Brazil, Based on Collcctions of A. S. lfiiller" lists

Puccinia elongata Speg. on "Verbena brasiliense"

Vell. at Vicosa [nos. 1 & 94 I & II], noting that it
and Aecidium verbenae are stages of the sane fungus

as Muller's no. 9h s specimen shows. It bears abun-
dant compact telia arising within and around the
aecia. The aecial stage has been most frequently col-
lected. It may be a repeating stage. Pycnia are
lacking. Herein Thurston supports Spegazzini's
earlier hypothesis mentioned above.

J. C. Arthur in "Memoranda and Index of Cultures of
Uredineae 1899 - 1917" records among the heteroecious
species grown successfully on alternate host cultures
at the Purdue University Experiment Station Puccinia
verbenicola (E. & K.) Arth., with P. vilfae Arth. &
Holw. given as a synonym, on Verbena stricta Vent.
and on V. urticifolia L. as aecial hosts and on Spo-
robolus longifolius Wood [now know as S. asper
(Michx.) Kunth] as the telial host during the years
1899, 1902, 190) and 1905.

E. K. Cash in "New Records of Hawaiian Discomycetes"
lists Stictis stellata var. philippensis Rehm. among
the Stictidaceae on stems of Verbena bonariensis L.
from Kokee [Shear & Stevens 53] as the first record
of this fungal genus on Verbena. The fungus has the
same thickness and septation as found in the Philip-

128

VITEX
32: 39
1940

32: 199-200
190

53: 584
1961

ly: 21
1922

52: 902
1960

PHY TOLO GTA Vol. 18, no. 2

pine variety elsewhere.

C. J. Alexopoulos in "Some Fungi from Greece" lists
Phoma viticis Celotti, a member of the Sphaerioida-
ceae, on leaves of Vitex agnus-castus L. from Daphni,
Attica.

C. E. Chardon, J. H. Miller and A. S. Miller in
"Ascomycetes from the State of Minas Geraes, Brazil"
list Phyllachora toruma Speg. on Vitex cymosa Bert.
from Vicosa [Muller 160] and from Maria da Fa [Mil-
ler 225].

W. B. Cooke in "The Gems Schizophyllum" lists
S. commune (Fr.) Fr. as being found throughout the
treed area of the world on hundreds of genera and
species, including Vitex lucens T. Kirk.

J. C. Arthur in "Uredinales Collected by Fred J.
Seaver in Trinidad" lists Uredo viticis Juel on
Vitex sp. [no. 3293]. Four species and varieties of
this host genus are found in Trinidad.

A. E. Liberta in "A Taxonomic Analysis of Section
Athele of the Genus Corticium I - Genus Xenasma"
proposes Xenasma vermiferum (Bourd.) Liberta, comb.
nov., and reports it from the stems and decayed wood
or bark of Vitex lucens T. Kirk among others. Pen-
line sketches of a cystidium, basidia and spores are
found on Fig. 11 on p. 901.

Specimens were examined from Hawaii [D. P. Rogers
1961], from California [H. E. Parks 4028] and from
New Zealand [S. D. Baker PDD13737].

The California and Hawaiian specimens must have
been taken from cultivated specimens of the host,
since V. lucens T. kirk is endemic to North Island,
New Zealand.

1. "MYCOLOGIA INDEX, VOLUMES 1--58, 1909--1966" edited by
Clark T. Rogerson, New York Botanical Garden Publishers,
New York, 1968.

Additional records for Porella pinnata in
Southeastern United States

Clyde F. Reed*

Recently Conard (1) reviewed the distribution and ecology of
Porella pinnata in North America. In the Reed Herbarium there are
specimens from nine states in southeastern United States, namely,
Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, West Virginia, Kentucky, Oklahoma,
Alabama and Florida; also a specimen from Mississippi, a state from
which Conard had not seen specimens. In the United States National
Herbarium there are specimens from South Carolina also. The eco-
logy recorded on the specimens cited herein varies from damp rocks
in forests to inundated rocks in streams in the mountains and Pied-
mont regions to muddy banks and cypress trunks in the Coastal re-
gions.

Alabama: On wet rock, 8-Acre Rock near Vance, Tuscalcosa Co.
July 31, 1948. P.O.Schallert 1701 (det. Andrews).

Delaware: On inundated rocks in streams, Naamans Creek near
Claymont, New Castle Co. Oct. 30, 1894. Albert Commons; Allo-
pakus Run opp. Bancrofts Mill, Wilmington, New Castle Co. April-
May 1891. Albert Commons.

Florida: Tallahassee. March 1963. Ruth Breen.

Kentucky: Crevices of wet rocks, Coxton, Harlan Co. June 7,
1947. Reed 7038.

Maryland: On mossy boulders in Cabin Branch, Rt. 94, 4 mi N of
Annapolis Rock Road, Howard Co. Feb. 2, 1964. Reed 65719; along
stream, Toll Gate Road, 2 mi W of Rt. US #1, Harford Co. Oct. 13,
1963. Reed 64951; on rocks along stream, Catoctin Mts., Foxville-
Deerfield Rds., Frederick Co. Mar. 25, 1967. Reed 74621; base of
Cypress along Pocomoke River, above Pocomoke City in Somerset Co.
Aug. 11, 1947. Reed 9734; Garrett Co. Aug. 1876. J.D.Smith (US).
Also known from Montgomery Co., Maryland and the District of Colum
bia.

Mississippi: Muddy bank of Okatoma Creek, 1 mi N of Saratoga,
Simpson Co. Sept. 4, 1953. Henry J. Jacobs 1533 (Det. H. Robinson).

Oklahoma: On rocks beside river, Beaver's Bend State Park,
McCurtain Co. Aug. 26, 1960. H.A.Stark 1157A. (Det. H. Robinson).

South Carolina: Slopes among rocks at base of cliff along Savan-
nah River, 2% mi NW of Oak Hill Dam. June 29, 1949. W.H.Duncan
9812 (US).

#% Reed Herbarium, 10105 Harford Road, Baltimore, Maryland, 21234.
1. Conard, H.S. Porella pinnata in North America. Bryologist,
71: 29-30. 1968.
129

130 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 2

Virginia: Woods, Rt. 58 to Rt. 700 to Rt. 634, Abrams Falls,
NW of Bristol, Washington Co, June 15, 1964. Reed 67362; low
woods, Pole Branch at Rt. 58, 1 mi NE of Boydton, Mecklenberg Co.
Apr. 14, 1966. Reed 74131; in stream in cypress swamp, Rt. 611
near Grizzard at Sussex-Greenville Co. line. May 7, 1965. Reed
69678; dripping face of schist bluff, White Oak Canyon, Blue Ridge
Mts., Madison Co. Aug. 22, 1958. F.J.Hermann 14825 (US); Vances
Cove, Geo, Washington Nat. For., Shenandoah Co. Apr. 16, 1966.
H. Robinson (US). Also known from Smyth, Giles, Page, Rappahan-
nock, Fairfax and Middlesex Counties.

West Virginia: Base of trees, woods along Greenbrier River,
Rt. 12, 5 mi S of Alderson, Summers Co. May 30, 1967. Reed 78566,
Also known from Hardy, Monongalia, Preston, Fayette, Greenbrier,
Summers, Logan, Wyoming and McDowell Counties.

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"DICTIONARY OF ECONOMIC PLANTS" by J.C. Th. Uphof, 2nd edition,
revised & enlarged, ii & 591 pp., Verlag von J. Cramer,
Lehre, Germany. 1968. D.M.70.

This is an even more valuable storehouse of information than
the long since sold-out first edition of 1959 because it has up-
dated and corrected many entries, added over 3,000 more entries,
and enriched its bibliography which is arranged by products,
plant types and geographical areas.

In a short time the copies of this edition will also become
"dog-eared" from much use by all kinds of grateful readers,
botanists and non-botanists alike. It is hoped that the highly
competent author will be spared and induced to prepare an even
larger third edition relatively soon, -- one in which more care
will be given to checking galley and/or page proof for spellings,
one in which the taxonomy is more updated, and one in which more
cross references are given. A few of the spelling errors in the
present edition include Castanea on p. 266, trunks on p. 316,
Hindu on page 336, Dominica on p. 398, rudders on p. 28,
emmenagogue on p. 498, Té de Pais on p. 512, Costa Rica on p.
518, i thapsus on p. “sla, astringents on p. 51 and Identity on
De Sih.

Since we had to check this work thoroughly for mention of men-
bers of the Verbenaceae we noted: (1) Avicennia alba Blume is not
a synonym of A. marina (Forsk.) Vierh., but is a . distinct species;
A. tomentosa Jacq. qe is nota synonym of A. marina var. resinifera
(Forst.) Bakh., but only the misapplications of this name by R.

1969 Moldenke, Book reviews 131

Brown and by Sieber (in part) may be so considered; A. nitida
Jacq. is now correctly called A. germinans (L.) L. ee

(2) Gmelina arborea is not known either wild or cultivated from
the Fiji Islands -- references there must apply to G. vitiensis
Seem. instead.

Gmelina leichhardtii (F. Muell.) F. Muell. is the corrected
orthography of this name.

Gmelina macrophylla Benth. is now more correctly known as G.
dalrympleana (F. Muell.) H. J. Lan.

The binomial, G. moluccana, is more correctly written G.
moluccana (Blume) “Backer.

(3) Callicarpa candicans (Burm. f.) Hochr. is the name we now
use for what Uphof refers to as C. cana L., and C. tomentosa (L.)
Murr. is the correct name for what he calls C. lanata Le

(4) Vitex compressa Turcz. is the "Guiana chaste t tree"; V. di-
varicata Sw. does not grow there.

Similarly, V. parviflora A. L. Juss. is the "Timor chaste
tree"; the V. littoralis Cunningh. to which he refers this name
does not grow in Timor. What he refers to as “4 littoralis
Cunningh. is the tree we now correctly know as V V. lucens T. Kirk
and is endemic to North Island, New Zealand.

(5) Citharexylum spinosum i is the correct name for what he
refers to as C. quadrangulare Jacq. The generic name is spelled
in three ways on pp. 133, 541 and 55h, each incorrect!

(6) Clerodendrum buchanani (Roxb.) Walp. is the accepted name
and orthography now for what he refers to as Clerodendron Buchan=
anii Walp. and C. Blumeana Schau.
~~ Similarly, Clerodendrum glabrum E. Mey. and Clerodendrum serra-
tum (L.) Moon are the accepted names now for what he calls
Clerodendron glabrum ©. Mey. and Clerodendron serratum Spreng.

(7) The Yucat4n plant to which he refers is Cornutia pyramidata
var. isthmica Moldenke; the typical form of the species does not
grow there.

(8) Dicrastylis exsuccosa (F. Muell.) Druce is the correct
name for what he refers to as D. ochrostricta F. v. Muell. (a
misspelling of D. ochrotricha F. Muell.)

(9) The plant referred to as Lantana microphylla Mart. is most
assuredly Lippia microphylla Cham.

(10) Lippia adoénsis Hochst. is now more correctly called L.
abyssinica (Otto & Dietr.) Cuf. it

His Lippia Berlandieria Schauer is a misspelling for L. ber-
landieri Schau., but this is now regarded as a synonym of te
graveolens H.B.K.

The plant he refers to as Lippia citriodora Kunth is now better
known as Aloysia triphylla (L'Hér.) Britton, and his Lippia dulcis
Trév. is better known as Phyla scaberrima (A. L. Juss.) Moldenke.

132 PHYTOL OGIA Vol. 18, no. 2

His Lippia geminata H. B.K. is now correctly known as L. alba
(Mill.) N. E. Br., while his L. ligustrina (Lag.) Britt. and L.
lycioides Steud. are both now known as Aloysia pratissima (Gill.
& Hook.) Troncoso.

Lippia pseudo-thea (A. St.-Hil.) Schau. is the correct orth-
ography of this name.

Lippia substrigosa Turcz. (he has misspelled the authority
abbreviation), L. pringlei Briq., and L. chiapasensis Loes. (he
has misspelled the specific epithet) are not all synonyms of Le
wa Cav., but instead are all valid species.

11) The name, Peronema canescens, is to be accredited to
aa not Jacquin.

(12) Petitia poeppigii Schau. (he has misspelled the author-
ity's name) is probably only a hairy variety of P. domingensis
Jacq.

(13) According to Fosberg, Premna obtusifolia R. Br., not P.
integrifolia L., is the name which must be accepted for this very
common and widely distributed species.

(1h) The proper accredition for Stachytarpheta angustifolia is
"(Mil1.) Vahl" and that for S. jamaicensis is "(L. -) Vahl".

(15) The name, Tectona grandis, should be accredited to "L. f."
son of the famous Linnaeus. This genus, most important econom-
ically of allthe 76 accepted genera of Verbenaceae, has been omit-
ted for the list of genera in this family on p. Sul. In this
connection it should be pointed out that the genus Avicennia is
now segregated by many authorities as the family Avicenniaceae
Endl., while the genus Dicrastylis is one of the genera segrega-
ted a family Dicrastylidaceae J. Drumm. [Chloanthaceae J.
Hutch.}.

(16) Teijsmanniodendron pteropodum (he has misspelled the
generic name) should more properly be accredited to "(Miq.) Bakh."

(17) Vitex agnus-castus L. is the correct orthography for
this well-known name.

The tree which he refers to as Vitex celebica Koord. is now
more correctly known as V. quinata var. puberula (H. J. Lam) Mol-
denke.

Vitex doniana Sweet is the accepted name now for what he calls
V. Cienkowskii Kotschy & Perr.
~ The New Zealand tree which he calls Vitex littoralis Cunningh.
is correctly called V. lucens T. Kirk.

Vitex pinnata L. is the correct name for what he calls V. pubes-
cens Vahl. ¥
~~ Vitex erioclona is a name that should be accredited to H. J.
Lam, not to Lamarck. ~

Over two score common names given in the book for members of
the Verbenaceae do not appear in cross reference positions. How
is one to identify "guairo santo"? If one hunts for the identity
of "titi" one is referred to Cliftonia monophylla or Cyrilla

1969 Moldenke, Book reviews 133

racemiflora and not to Gmelina moluccana. Yet on p. 2)6 this is
given as a common name for the latter species.

Quantitatively more verbiage has been offered here in con-
structive criticism than in praise, but not qualitatively, for
this work by Uphof is much appreciated by the reviewer.

"PLANT IMMUNITY - Biochemical Aspects of Plant Resistance to
Parasitic Fungi" by L. V. Metlitskii and 0. L. Ozeretskov-
skaya, translated from the Russian, 11h pp., illus., Plenum
Press, New York, N. Y. 10011. 1968. $12.50.

On the basis of study of most of the pertinent current litera-
ture and the laboratory work of the A. N. Bakh Institute of Bio-
chemistry of the U. S. S. R. the authors discuss the phenomena of
phyto-inmmunity involving those chemical substances of parasite
and/or host plant that play a protective role against infection
and involving an understanding of the biochemical processes re-
sponsible for their formation, conversion and interaction.

Phytoncides are bactericidal, fungicidal and protisticidal
regular plant products that are often volatile, often specific,
and productive of other reactions also. Phytoalexins are pro-
duced de novo or upon activation on parasite contact, non-
specific, associated with necrosis, and inhibit mycelial
growth. Both phytoncides and phytoalexins are deemed plant
tissue metabolites representing diverse chemical compounds. The
authors prefer dividing all antibiotic substances of plants into
constitutional inhibitors which are present in a plant before
contact with a parasite and into induced inhibitors that arise
Within a plant after contact with a parasite.

They provide convincing evidence that raised energy levels are
essential in susceptible plant varieties for the successful de-
velopment of obligate parasites since many are incapable of gen-
erating macroergs and must use energy from the host.

They show how plant reactions to wounding - other than suc-
cumbing to the invading pathogens - involve localizing the infec-
tion, protein regeneration, synthesis of phenolic compounds, ac-
cumulation of RNA and DNA, cell division connected with the wound
periderm and additional energy obtained through mitochondria.

The protective role of necrotic reactions is dependent upon both
the products of polyphenol oxidation and on antibiotics, especial-
ly phytoalexins.

In treating the tracheomycotic diseases the authors deal with
the "pros" and "cons" of the "plug theory" and the "toxin theory"
and conclude that neither can explain either the nature of the
disease or the resistance of the plant but that in the course of
disease development interactions occur among various metabolites
of fungus and host so constituting different defense reactions.

Throughout this small book material is well arranged and
succinctly presented. The print is easy to read. The price is
fantastically high.

13 PE PS OL OG 1A Vol. 18, no. 2

"PLANT PROPAGATION - Principles and Practices" by Hudson T. Hart-
mann and Dale E. Kester, 2nd edition, x & 702 pp., illus.,
Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632.
1968. $1h.00.

Just as the first edition did, so will this updated and re-
vised one serve as the definitive and an encyclopedic treatment
of all phases of plant propagation principles and techniques. New
material appears throughout the easily readable text and the use-
ful bibliographies at the end of chapters, and is highlighted in
the tissue and organ culture section.

The greatest asset of this text is its careful, simple and
scientifically accurate explanations of all basic principles in-
volved. These add the rationale for the "how to" parts of the
book which are also explained simply, thoroughl;, and effectively
and are illustrated by excellent and ample black and white photo-
graphs, line drawings or diagrams.

There are only a few minor items of criticism. The paper
seems too gray, possibly from the use of too much newsprint. The
index is far from complete and consequently less useful than it
should be. On p. 697 Phytophthora is misspelled and two of its
page references are erroneous. An infinitive is split in the
legend on p. 8.

Throughout the otherwise excellent directions for all types of
orchid propagation, no mention, let alone explanation, is made
about the obligate fungal-root relationship.

"INTRODUCTORY PLANT SCIENCE" by Henry T. Northen, 3rd edition,
viii & 586 pp., illus., Ronald Press, New York, New York
10016. 1968. $9.50.

This is definitely one of the better or best of college
botany texts. Because the author states so effectively in his
preface his outstanding and all encompassing goals in teaching
botany through the medium of this book, he convinces this re-
viewer that he mst be an excellent teacher and botanist and that
the following quotation will offer worthwhile direction and scope
especially to those entering the teaching of this wonderful field
of information.

"My purpose in writing this textbook of botany is to present
to the beginning student a view of the plant world that will leave
a lasting and vivid impression. The presentation aims, by its
direct approach, to give the student an understanding not only of
the plants themselves but also of their relationship to people
here and around the world. The contributions of botany to our
past, its accelerated contributions to the present-day world, and
the urgent need for basic research to fill the needs of the fu-
ture are interwoven throughout the book with discussions of the
established fundamentals. I have tried to alert the student to
such worldwide problems as hunger, disease, pollution, and thirst,
and the role of botany in the relief of human suffering. I hope

1969 Moldenke, Book reviews 135

to make the subject come alive to the general student and develop
a sound and enthusiastic foundation for the potential botanist.

"To make the book teachable and readable, the material is pre-
sented in a form commensurate with the beginning student's back-—
ground. Knowledge gained in the fields of electron microscopy
and molecular biology enables us more fully to understand cell
structure, genes, gene action, function, plant development, and
evolution. Such knowledge, obtained from the study of both
higher and lower plants, is included in this revision, and I be-
lieve that the topics have been written and illustrated in an
understandable manner, one that does not presuppose organic
chemistry or biochemistry.

"New information about space biology, biological clocks and
calendars, phytochrome, flowering, respiration, photosynthesis,
growth regulators, tissue culture, chemical taxonomy, the marine
habitat, and world plant formations has been included. In line
with the more sophisticated equipment now available for labora-
tory work, I have substituted quantitative methods for some
qualitative ones in studying photosynthesis, respiration, and
transpiration.

"I have tried to maintain a balance between the molecular and
the descriptive, and I have not favored the one over the other.
The book is a balanced presentation of all aspects of botany.

The plant as a whole and its relationship to the environment
have been a central theme. The chapters on plant communities and
conservation have been expanded."

Above the author mentions wherein the 1953 and 1958 editions
have been enlarged and modernized. The copious illustrations are
excellent as educational tools. The section on conservation
stresses that "We are a part of nature, not apart from nature", a
concept essential to survival, yet so little comprehended in ur-
ban and suburban areas especially. The author's language presents
ideas and information in readily comprehensible forms. The type
is easily readable. The glossary and index are helpful. The re-
view questions at the ends of chapters might well have been omit—
ted since they are mostly too obvious and redundant because the
author mentions that there "is an excellent and accurate companion
for laboratory instruction" -- "Laboratory Studies in General
Botany" by William M. Carlton and from the same Ronald Press. The
space could better have been devoted to appropriate topical bibli-
ography. It is almost inconceivable that a text of this high
quality would offer no additional reading guides for the students.

"FLORA OF ALASKA and Neighboring Territories - A Manual of the
Vascular Plants" by Eric Hultén, vii & 1008 pp., illus.,
Stanford University Press, Stanford, California 9305. 1968.
$35.00.

The United States provided an outstanding university press for
speedy and beautiful printing, clean proof-reading, thorough in-
dexing, and funding for much of the research. Sweden provided the

136 PH oor a Ores Vol. 18, no. 2

author, dean of circumpolar botany for about half a century, and
photographer of the exquisite color plates, the Riksmmseum as the
center for these studies and manuscript preparation, and the
Kartografiska Institutet for the range maps and drawings. What a
worthwhile result for which botanists and the botanically inter-
ested will be grateful for years to come!

All flowering plants and vascular cryptogams know to occur in
Alaska, the Yukon, the Mackenzie district and the eastern extrenm-
ity of Siberia comprise 197) taxa belonging to 89 botanical fami-
lies, 412 genera, 1559 species conservatively considered and the
balance in subspecific rank for geographic isolates, established
self-perpetuating apomicts, etc. There are over a million square
miles in the area covered by the book. For almost all of these
taxa there are provided clear-cut diagnostic line drawings, maps
giving the geographic distribution in this prescribed area and
companion maps giving the circumpolar distribution picture,
synonymy, descriptions, relationships to other species, habitats,
and often ethnobotanical notes.

The introduction to the book carefully records the geological
and botanical history of this Beringia area which reveals the
overlapping of the floras of the two continents influenced by
much westward and a small amount of eastward migration.

Keys, carefully constructed and reasonably easy to follow,
lead to the major groups, the families, and then to the genera.
Keys to the species are given at the beginning of each generic
treatment.

At the end of the book there is a helpful glossary, an anno-
tated list of all authors whose names appear in the text, as
well as an annotated list of persons for whom taxa have been
named, a comprehensive bibliography with direction to even more
published material, and a thorough 5-columned index.

A new state flora has thus been added to the list — and much,
much more!

"SOUTHERN SEASHORES - a World of Animals and Plants" by William
M. Stephens, 192 pp., illus., Holiday House, New York, New
York 10022. 1968. $3.95.

Even though this is a pleasant "popular" book with an easy
reading style and print, it is crammed with fascinating accurate
tales and descriptions of scientific interest. And unlike so
many other "popular" books, this one has its material readily a-
vailable for quick reference through a decent index. It de-
scribes the interactions of many seashore organisms to their san-
dy beach, coral reef, rocky shore, island, bay, harbor, or tangled
mangrove shore environments. It covers the area from the Caroli-
nas, Georgia, Florida and the Bahamas through the Gulf Coast
mainly, with occasional interesting references to other exotic
places.

The author is a fine marine naturalist and an excellent photo-
grapher. Most of the biota mentioned are animals, but a few plants
are also discussed.

~ PHYTOLOGIA

Designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol. 18 March 1969 No. 3
CONTENTS
SMitner i. b. Nore’s on Hromebaceae, XXIX sf) ss, het. “e357

RUDD, V. E., Mimosa bahamensis, a Bahama-Yucatan
ASNEHCE. bo UE OER te URL ge brane. Catee Dee

WURDACK, J. J., Certamen Melastomataceis XII]... . . . .147
MOLDENKE, H.N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. XIX .163
MOLD Per Als) SBOOk TEUIEWS see Go a a EA ce oe wel es BOO

LITTLE, E. L., Jr., New tree species from Esmeraldas,
E’cuador. \:... Be WL be)

LIBRARY

NEW YOR
BOTANICAL GARDEN

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
US:A,

Price of this number, $1; per volume, $6.75 in advance,
or $7 at close of volume

NOTES ON BROMELIACEAE, XXIX

Lyman B. Smith

AECHMEA

AE. DICHLAMYDEA Baker var. PARIAENSIS Pittendrigh, var. nov..
A var. dichlamydea bracteis primariis inferioribus suboblongis
apice rotundatis apiculatisque, firmis, quam ramorum basibus
sterilibus paulo brevioribus vel longioribus differt. Pl. I,
fig. 1: Lower primary bract x l.

VENEZUELA: SUCRE: Mountains above Cristobal Colon, 1944,
Pittendrigh 1094 (US, type); 1092, 1093, 1095 (US).

Dr. C. S. Pittendrigh has kindly consented to the publication
of the above variety in order to clear the way for the Bromelia-
ceae of the "Flora de Venezuela”.

AE. TONDUZII Mez & Pittier, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 3: 132.
1903, emend. L. B. Smith. Sepalis valde asymmetricis, suborbicu-
laribus, 6 mm longis sine mucrone, basi brevissime connatis;
petalis 13 mm longis, ligulis binis fimbriatis auctis; staminibus
inclusis, antheris oblongis, 5 mm longis; pollenis granulis bipo-
ratis; ovario globoso, {7 mm diametro; placentis apicalibus. Pl.
ile ables 2S pssiesul se 5h stale sya lee og |e
( a RICA: PUNTARENAS: San Vito de Java, R. G. Wilson 64-738

US). ae i
DEUTEROC OHNIA

D. DIGITATA L. B. Smith, sp. nov. A D. strobilifera Mez, cui
verisimiliter affinis, scapi bracteis supremis integris, inflores
centia digitata vel subdigitata vel simplici, bracteis primariis
parvis integrisque differt.

D. strobilifera sensu Castellanos, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3:
194, pl. 4, 126-b. 1945; as to Argentine plants and the illus-
trations.

PLANTS forming rings, the flowering shoot 15-25 cm high.
LEAVES rosulate, 10-20 cm long; sheaths short but ample; blades
18 mm wide, covered with a whitish or silvery coat of scales,
laxly serrate with spines 2 mm long. SCAPE erect, slender, near-
ly equaling the leaves; scape-bracts exceeding the internodes,
the upper narrowly lanceolate, entire. INFLORESCENCE digitate or
subdigitate from a few spikes or rarely simple, glabrous; primary
bracts much shorter than the spikes, entire; spikes slenderly cy-
lindric, dense, to 5 cm long. FLORAL BRACTS ovate, acute,
slightly shorter than the sepals; flowers sessile or subsessile.
SEPALS elliptic, ca. 8 mm long; petals narrowly elliptic, obtuse,
bearing a single scale at base, about equaling the stamens; style
slightly exserted.

ARGENTINA: SALTA: Cerros de Cachi, 7 February 1943, Castella-
nos 8. n. (BA 46636, type); Cachi to Los Molinos, January 1897,

azZini s.n. (BA).
137

138 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 18, no. 3
DYCKIA

3. D. SELLOA (K. Koch) Baker.

BRAZIL: RIO GRANDE DO SUL: Rio Cai, 17 January 1964, Pereira
8468 & Pabst 7743 (LP).

Rio Cai is north of Porto Alegre in the area where Sellow
spent over six months collecting. No verification of the occur-
ence of the species in Uruguay has been found and it seeme likely
that the record for the type was an error in labelling.

HECHTIA

H. MACDOUGALLII L. B. Sm ith, sp. nov. A H. rosea E. Morr. ex
Baker atque H. meziana L. B. Smith, quibus affinis, bracteis pri-
mariis ramorum bases steriles superantibus, petalis masculinis
spathulatis subunguiculatis differt.

PLANT flowering about 1 m high, red except the leaves. LEAVES
to 7 dm long, very narrowly triangular, 8 cm wide, appressed-
lepidote throughout, coarsely repand-serrate. SCAPE elongate;
Scape-bracts vaginiform, the upper ones about equaling the inter-
nodes. INFLORESCENCE laxly bipinnate, ca. 7 dm long, 3 dm in di-
ameter, glabrous; primary bracts lanceolate or ovate, acuminate,
much exceeding the short sterile bases of the branches, thin;
branches spreading, slender, sublaxly flowered. Floral bracts
broadly ovate, apiculate, much exceeding the 2 mm long pedicels;
only the staminate flowers known, spreading. SEPALS broadly sub-
elliptic, acute, 4 mm long; petals spatulate, subunguiculate, 7
mm long; stamens barely exceeding the petals; anthers elliptic,
2.5 mm long; remnant of the ovary largely inferior, making the
pedicel appear nearly 4 mm long. Pl. I, fig. 4: Sepal x 5; fig.
5: Petal and stamen x 5; fig. 6: Section of pedicel and ovary
remnant x 5.

MEXICO: OAXACA: Part shade, in soil on steep bank, Zapotitlan,
December 1949, MacDougall s. n. (US, type); Nizanda, 24 February
1951, MacDougall 2 (us).

NEOREGELIA

8a. N. MCWILLIAMSII L. B. Smith, sp. nov. AN. carolinae
(Beer) L. B. Smith, cui affinis, foliis ex sicco minute pallido-
maculatis, sepalis lanceolatis acutis differt.

LEAVES over 32 cm long; sheaths broadly elliptic, pale green,
14 em long, subdensely vestite with appressed brown-centered
scales; blades ligulate, broadly rounded and apiculate, 55 m
wide, entire or nearly so, inconspicuously pale-lepidote through-
out, green near apex, below red with small green spots. SCAPE
3 cm long. INFLORESCENCE ca. 30-flowered, 35 mm in diameter,
wholly dark red. FLORAL BRACTS lanceolate, attenuate, thin,
about equaling the sepals; pedicels slender, to 5 mm long.
SEPALS lanceolate, acute, slightly asymmetric, 32 mm long, con-
nate for 6m. Pl. I, fig. 7: Inflorescence x 1/2; fig. 8:
Sepal x l.

1969 Smith, Notes on Bromeliaceae 139

BRAZIL: RIO DE JANEIRO: Large boulder pile near shore, north-
east of Paratf{, 13 February 1968, L. B. Smith & E. L. McWilliams

15432 (US, type; MICH, R, isotypes).
PITCAIRNIA

216a. P. COLIMENSIS L. B. Smith, sp. nov. A P. puberula Mez &
Smith ex Donn. Smith, cui affinis, sepalis alatis differt.

PLANT stemless, flowering 45 cm high. LEAVES fasciculate in a
bulbous rosette; outer sheaths broadly ovate, castaneous, the
inner longer and narrower and paler; blades dimorphic, some per-
sistent and reduced to slender flat serrate spines, others folia-
ceous (inferred from the median scape-bracts), linear, attenuate,
deciduous along a straight transverse line, spinose-serrate below
the line. SCAPE erect, slender, at first appressed-tomentose
with white finely divided scales; scape-bracts erect, equaling or
exceeding the internodes, entire, the lowest vaginiform, lanceo-
late, acuminate, the median foliaceous, to 3 dm long, 10 m wide,
the upper narrowly triangular, filiform-caudate. INFLORESCENCE
simple, laxly few-flowered, tomentose-lepidote when young.

FLORAL BRACTS narrowly triangular, slightly longer or shorter
than the pedicels; pedicels divergent, slender, to 10 m long.
SEPALS linear, 20 mm long, acuminate, the posterior ones broadly
alate especially toward apex; petals naked, red; ovary 3/4 supe -
rior; ovules caudate. Pl. I, fig. 9: Sepal x l.

MEXICO: COLIMA: Steep bluffs above R{fo Salado, 5 miles south
of Colima, alt. 400 m, 17 July 1957, McVaugh 15509 (MICH, type;
US). Open dry limestone cliffs, base of Cerro de San Gabriel,
19,05") Ni, 103° 481 W, alt. 600-700 n, 1-4 August 1960, Iltis,
Koeppen & Iltis 676 (MICH, US, WIS).

66. P. MEGASEPALA Baker, Journ. Bot. 19: 229. 1881. P. theae
Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. 9: 376. 1896.

COSTA RICA: Boruca, Tonduz in herb. Pittier 6868 (BR, GH
photo, type of P. theae Mez).

Contrary to the description, P. theae has alate sepals, leav-
ing no distinction between it and the earlier P. megasepala.

63a. P. RUDERALIS L. B. Smith, sp. nov. A P. tarapotensi
Baker, cui affinis, bracteis primariis parvis sed ramorum bases
steriles superantibus, ramis brevibus subdense secundique flori-
geris differt.

PLANT stemless, flowering 1.5 m high. LEAVES all persistent;
sheaths broadly ovate, the outer dark castaneous, completely
covered with brown scales, the inner paler and apically attenu-
ated; blades dimorphic, some much reduced but still green, ser-
rate toward apex, others foliaceous, slightly narrowed at base,
linear, attenuate, 4-5 dm long, 14 m wide, flat, pale-lepidote
beneath but very soon wholly glabrous. SCAPE erect, 5 mm in di-
ameter at apex, glabrous; upper scape-bracts oblong to triangu-
lar, caudate or apiculate, much shorter than the internodes,
pale-lepidote. INFLORESCENCE very laxly bipinnate, 4 dm long;

140 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 3

axis glabrous; primary bracts triangular, to 3 cm long, much ex-
ceeding the very short naked sterile bases of the branches;
branches divergent, to 8 cm long, subdensely flowered. FLORAL
BRACTS ovate or elliptic, 4 mm long, thin; flowers erect-secund,
glabrous; pedicels slender, to 16 mm long. SEPALS linear-lanceo-
late, broadly subacute and apiculate, 17 mm long, ecarinate;
petals 4 cm long, red, naked; ovary 2/3 superior; ovules caudate.
Pl. I, fig. 10: Flower and floral bract x 1; fig. 11: Sepal x l.

PERU: LORETO: On pajonal (high grass fallow ground) edge or
old chacra, Obenteni in Gran Pajonal, Coronel Portillo, alt. 1150
m, 13 August 1966, Christowski 66-5B (WIS, type, US).

PUYA

Pourretia R. & P. Fl. Peruv. Prodr. 46, pl. 7. 1794; Fl.
Peruv. 3: 33. 1802. Lectotype: Pourretia lanuginosa R. & P. Fl.
Peruv. 3: 33. 1802.

The typification of Pourretia R. & P. is quite complicated and
I am following the precedent of Bullock (Kew Bull. 40. 1960) in
selecting that element which seems to have been the authors’
intention.

In the Prodromus, Ruiz andPavon indicate that there are four
species in Pourretia, but mention only one by name, P. sympagan-
thera. At the same time they say that it is atypical, and later
in the Flora call it Guzmania while naming the other three spe-
cies as Pourretia lanuginosa, midata, and coarctata. The
illustration of Pourretia in the Prodromus is none of the four
Species thus accounted for but rather a species of Pitcairnia,
most likely Pitcairnia paniculata R. & P.

Although he did not make a choice between Pourretia lanuginosa
and P. pyramidata (DC. Mon. Phan. 9: 489. 1896), Mez used the
name, Pourretia, for a subgenus of Puya and excluded P. coarctata
from consideration. It therefore remains to choose between then,
and since other considerations appear equal, I will take the
first, Pourretia lanuginosa R. & P.

154a. PUYA CASTELLANOSII L. B. Smith, sp. nov. A P. chilensi
Molina atque P. berteroniana Mez, quibus verisimiliter affinis,
foliorum laminis utrinque dense tomentoso-lepidotis differt.

P. fiebrigii sensu Castellanos, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: 200,
pl. 47. 1945; as to Argentine plants and the illustration.

PLANTS forming dense masses, flowering 1-2 m high. LEAVES
many in a spreading rosette; sheaths reniform, 8 cm wide; blades
narrowly triangular, 6-8 dm long, 45 mm wide, broadly channeled,
densely lepidote on both sides, serrate with retrorse and an-
trorse curyed spines about 5 mm long and 15 mm apart. SCAPE 6 dm
long, 35-40 mm in diameter, lepidote; scape-bracts deltoid, lepi-
dote. INFLORESCENCE amply bipinnate, pyramidal, densely tomen-
tose-lepidote; primary bracts ovate, acute or acuminate, many
times shorter than the branches; branches divergent to spreading,
over 15 cm long, the lower half to two-two-thirds subdensely flori-
ferous, the remainder sterile with numerous bracts. FLORAL

1969 Smith, Notes on Bromeliaceae Lyi

BRACTS lanceolate, all but the lowest much exceeded by the se-
pals; pedicels divergent, 15 mm long. SEPALS triangular-ovate,
acute, to 30 mm long; petals to 40 m long, much exceeding the
stamens. CAPSULES subglobose, acute, shorter than the sepals.
ARGENTINA: SALTA: Brealito, Valles Calchaguies, 20 November
1942, Castellanos s. n. (BA 45819, type); July 19/5, Meyer 916%
(LIL); Arroyo de la Queserfa, Cachi to La Poma, 9 February 19
Caste! lanos sg; n. (BA 46640) ; Molinos, January 1897, Spegazini Se
BA, LP 519).

WITTROCKIA

W. BRAGARUM E. Pereira & L. B. Smith, sp. nov. A W. superba
Lindm. foliorum vaginis oblongo-ellipticis, sepalis obtusis,
petalis magnis apice azureis alte appendiculatis, ab alteris spe-
ciebus foliis coriaceis grosse serratis differt.

LEAVES many, rosulate, to 35 cm long, coriaceous; sheaths
oblong-elliptic, 12 cm long, entire, purplish, densely vestite on
both sides with fine subappressed dark brown scales; blades ligu-
late, broadly rounded and cuspidate, slightly contracted at base,
4 om wide, glabrous above, obscurely appressed-lepidote beneath,
subdensely serrate with coarse spreading dark brown spines 3 mm
long. SCAPE short, densely bracteate. INFLORESCENCE sunk in the
center of the rosette, simple, few-flowered, involucrate with
broadly elliptic outer bracts. FLORAL BRACTS small, narrow, ex-
ceeded by the ovaries; flowers slenderly short-pedicellate.
SEPALS lance-ovate, obtuse, 35 mm long, connate for 10 mm; petals
65 mm long, high-connate, the appendages highly adnate to the
claw, the blades narrowly elliptic, blue at apex; stamens inclu-
ded; ovary ellipsoid, 8 mm long; placenta central, globose. Pl.
Abs abies. W228 Sssyosul ore LG arabes, GUS}R. esha Ge ah

BRAZIL: RIO DE JANEIRO: Epiphytic and terrestrial in sunny
places, Morro das Torres de Televisao Teresopolis, 28 January
1968, P. I. S. Braga 64 (RB, type, US).

W. CAMPOS-PORTOL L. B. Smith, Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 126: 36,
186, fig. 89. 1955, emend. Smith & McWilliams. Bracteis flori-
gerts exterioribus sepala aequantibus, interioribus brevioribus;
petalis apice fulgide aurantiacis.

BRAZIL: RIO DE JANEIRO: Steep wooded ledge, ee dos Reis, 1
hand 1968, L. B. Smith & E. L. McWilliams 15369 (MICH, R,
US

Since the type of Wittrockia campos-portoi is a cultivated
plant of unknown origin, the above collection serves to place the
species geographically. It is more than likely topotypical.

142 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 3

Plate I

Fig. 1: Aechmea dichlamydea var. pariaensis; 2, 3: Ae. tonduzii;
4-6: Hechtia macdougallii; 7, 8: Neoregelia mcwilliamsii;
9: Pitcairnia colimensis; 10, 11: P. ruderalis;
12, 13: Wittrockia bragarun.

MIMOSA BAHAMENSIS, A BAHAMA - YUCATAN DISJUNCT
Velva E. Rudd

An interesting shrub with attractive, unique pods is known
in the Bahamas as Mimosa bahamensis Benth. and on the Yucatan
Peninsula as Mimosa hemiendyta Rose & Robinson. After examining
specimens, including the types, I see no reason for maintaining
two species. All material should be assigned to M. bahamensis.

In North American Flora, as Pteromimosa, Britton and Rose
gave as contrasting, key characters: "Legume sessile or nearly
so; leaflets glabrous,” for M. bahamensis, and "Legume long-
stipitate; leaflets pubescent when young,” for M. hemiendyta.
These might be good characters if consistent and supported by
other distinctions, but they are not.

The holotype of M. bahamensis, a flowering specimen, bears
young, pubescent leaflets; the older leaflets are subglabrous,
often retaining some pubescence along the midvein. In general,
specimens from the Bahamas are fairly uniform. Collections from
the Yucatan Peninsula are more variable as to degree of pubes-
cence and length of fruit stipe. No specimens are known from
the Greater Antilles, lying between those two areas (Fig. aye

The disjunct distribution of this species is noteworthy,
possibly the result of human transport. It seems unlikely that
disseminules carried by natural agents, such as wind and water,
would bypass Cuba. A ship, however, could easily have carried
viable material from one area to the other. It is my guess that
the direction was from Yucatan to the Bahamas. Because of the
unusual pods, fruiting material or branches suitable for propa-
gation could have been collected, either intentionally or casu-
ally, and later dispersed as an intended planting or acciden-
tally, even by shipwreck. That the two areas of occurrence might
be relicts of a greater range seems unlikely in view of the fact
that the land areas of the southern Bahamas and the Yucatan Pen-
insula are younger than similar limestone areas of Cuba where,
for example, M. bahamensis would be expected but, apparently, is
lacking.

Mimosa bahamensis does not show obviously close relation-
ship with any one species although, for a given character, sim-
ilarities to other species can be noted. As mentioned in the
original description of M. hemiendyta, the fruit most nearly
resembles that of M. lacerata Rose.

143

1b PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 3

MIMOSA BAHAMENSIS Benth. Journ. Bot. Hook. 4: 408. 1842: Hook.
Icon. ser. 3, 9: pl. 1802. 1889. Type: Swainson s.n. Bahamas.
Mimosa hemiendyta Rose & Robins. in Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb.

8: 32. 1903. Type: ayo 513. Mexico.
Pteromimosa bahamensis (Benth.) Britton in Britton % Rose, Fl.
No. Amer. 23: 172. 1928.

Pteromimosa hemiendyta (Rose & Robins. ) Britton in Britton &
Rose, Fl. No. Amer. 23: 172. 1928.

Shrub or small tree, to about 9 m. tall; branches and inflo-
rescence densely ferrugino-tomentulose when young, glabrate with
age, terete, sparsely aculeate with recurved spines 1-2 mm. long;
leaves eglandular, with 2-5 pairs of pinnae, the pinnae with 4-8
pairs of leaflets; stipules acicular, 1-4 mm. long; stipels (7)
paired, gland-like, about 0.5 mm. long; leaflets suborbicular to
oblong, about 3-7 mm. long and 2.5 mm. wide, the surfaces gla-
brous or puberulent with crispate hairs, the apex obtuse or re-
tuse, the base cuneate to subcordate, asymmetrical, the margin
entire, the midvein slightly excentric, the secondary veins in-
conspicuous; flowers numerous, pink to whitish, in globose heads
8-15 (-20) mm. in diameter at anthesis; calyx puberulent, 1 m.
long or less with 4 or 5 acute teeth; corolla glabrous, about
2 mm. long, 4- or 5-lobed; stamens 8 or 10 with filaments 4-8 mm.
long; fruit ferrugino-tomentose, usually 4-8-articulate, oblong,
acuminate, 4-7.5 cm. long including stipe 2-7 mm. long, and 12-20
mm. wide including lacerate margins 1-5 mm. wide; seeds lenticu-
lar, compressed, grayish-brown, 3.5 mm. long and 2.5 mm. broad.

Fig. 1 - Geographic distribution of Mimosa bahamensis Benth.

1969 Rudd, Mimosa bahamensis 145

Pt 1802.

iS ip

MS. del ¢ hth.

Mimosa bahamensis, Benth.

Fig. 2 - Copy of plate 1802, Hooker's Icones Plantarum,
series 3, 9. 1889.

146 PHITOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 3
Specimens examined:

MEXICO:

Campeche: Apagote, near Yohaltun, Goldman 513 ( GH fragment,
US holotype of M. hemiendyta). Tuxpena, Lundell 825 (A, F, GH,
K, NY, US), 1113 (A, F, GH, NY, US). Tenabo, Janzen 1114 (US).
4O mi. E. of Campeche, Saunders 104 (US), 118 (US).

Yucatan: Without exact locality, Gaumer 23965 (A, BM, F, GH, K,
UPS, US), 24261 (F, US); Steggerda 12 (F). Izamal, Gaumer 738
(A, BM, F, K, NY, UPS, US), 23176 (F), 23186 (F), 23405 (F, GH,
NY, us). Suitin, Gaumer 234,30 (F, NY, US). Mérida, Schott 895
(BM); Collins 36 (F, US). Merida- Progreso road, km. 23, Lundell
& Lundell 8196 (A, F, US). Pisté - Yokdzonoot road, Lundell &
Lundell 7875 (A, F, US). Pisté, Steggerda 108 (F). Itzimna,
Greenman 337 (F). Uxmal, Steere 2076 (F); Rudd 2031 (US). Chichen
Itza, Steere 1098 (BM, F), 1421 (BM, F). 25 km. S. of Uman on
highway 180, Roe, Roe, & Mori 1310 (NY).

Quintana Roo: Chichankanab, Gaumer 1934 (BM, F, GH, US). Felipe
Carillo Puerto, Janzen 1087 (US).

GUATEMALA:
Peten: Dos Arroyos, Bartlett 12109 (US). Carmelita, Egler
42-210 (F).

BRITISH HONDURAS: Without exact locality, Heyder 13 (US).
Corozal: "High ridge", Gentle 436 (A, BM, F, US). Freshwater
Creek Reserve, Pelly 6 (F).
Orange Walk: Irish Creek, Record B.H. 39 (NY, US). Hillbank,
Winzerling 104 (F, US), s.n. (K). Honey Camp, Lundell 44 (F, K).

BAHAMAS: Without exact locality, Swainson s.n. (K holotype).
Acklin: Brace 4248 (F, NY); Britton & Mills h 6172 (F, NY).
Caicos: West Caicos, Wilson 7753 (F K, NY). North Caicos, Kew,

& vicinity, Wilson 7706 (F, GH, K, ny). South Caicos, Mills

& Millspaugh 9226 (F, NY); Wilson 7590 (F, K); Proctor 69h) ay.
Fortune: ers 3806 (EM, K, US); Brace 89 (F), 443 (ny);

Rothrock 265 (F, NY); Hitchcock me in 1890 (F). '
Inagua: Hitchcock s.n. in 1890 (F); Nash & Taylor 891 (F, NY),

1273 (US), 1444 (ny).

Long Cay: Brace 443 (F, K), 40001 (F, NY, US).
Rum Cay: Brace 3984 (F, NY); Fairchild 21 (A, K, US).
Watling (San Salvador): Wilson 7299 (F, GH, K, US).

Local names: Boxcatzim, saccatzim, sac haasin, sackatzim, zaccatzim
(Yucatan) ;bastard logwood, catseem logwood, citsim, kats{m, log-
wood brush, white logwood brush (British Honduras); haulback,
holdback (Bahamas).

CERTAMEN MELASTOMATACEIS XIII.

John J. Wurdack
Dept. of Botany, U. S. National Museum

MONOCHAETUM URIBEI Wurdack, sp. nov.

Ut videtur M. pringlei Rose affinis, floribus minoribus
ovarii setulis glanduliferis differt.

Frutex 0.4-1 m altus; ramuli quadrangulati ad nodos pilis
laevibus erectis modice praediti. Petioli 0.15-0.25 cm longi,
glabri, basibus in ramulis persistentibus tumidis; lamina 0.8-
1.2 X 0.15-0.25 cm anguste lanceata apice basique acuto,
rigidiuscula, triplinervata, nervis primariis lateralibus supra
invisis nervis secundariis ubique invisis, supra et subtus in
superficie plerumque glabra subtus glandulis sessilibus sparse
induta, apice setulis plerumque tribus ca. 0.5 mm longis armato.
Flores in ramulis terminales solitarii, pedicellis 6-9 mm longis
sicut hypanthiis sparse strigulosis, pilis 0.2-0.4 mm longis
laevibus ca. 3 per mm quadr. Hypanthium ca. 5 mm longum; calycis
lobi persistentes 6.5-7 mm longi lanceati extus per costam
‘sparsissime strigulosi unilateraliter ciliolati ciliolis 0O.1-
0.2 mm longis. Petala 11-12 X 7 mm elliptico-obovata glnduloso-
ciliolata. Stamina dimorphica glabra, thecis subulatis, poro
dorsalitber inclinato; filamenta 8-10 mm longa. Stamina maiora:
thecae 7-9 mm longae; connectivum 1 mm prolongatum; appendix
dorsalis 4.5 X 0.4-0.5 mm, apice rotundato. Stamina minora:
thecae 5.5-6 mm longae; connectivum non vel vix (0.3 mm ) pro-
longatum; appendix dorsalis 4.5-5 X 0.3-0.5 mm, apice hebeti-
acuto. Stigma truncatum; stylus ca. 10 X 0.25-0.4 mm, glaber;
ovarii apex setulis glanduliferis ca. 1 mm longis modice armmatus.

MONOCHAETUM URIBEI var. URIBEI

Internodia omnino glabra; folia (apice excepta) glabra non
ciliata.

Type Collection: L. Uribe 6078 (holotype US 2534301;
isotype COL), collected | at Villa de Leiva, on the trail to La
Capilla, Depto. Boyaca, Colombia, elev. 2700 m, 10 Feb. 1968.
"Arbusto de 1 m, entre matorral al comienzo de la selva. Bellas
flores rosadas con estambres de color amarillo limon."

MONOCHAETUM URIBEI var. ARCABUCENSE Wurdack, var. nov.

Internodia primum sparse strigulosa demum glabrata; foliorum
margines sparse appresso-ciliolatae, venis primariis subtus
sparsissime strigulosis.

Type Collection: L. Uribe 5631 (holotype US 2534300;
isotype COL), collected northeast of Arcabuco, Depto. Boyacda,
Colombia, elev. 2650-2700 m, 8 June 1966. "Arbustillo de 0.5-
1m fe altura, a orilla de los senderos entre el bosque. Tallos
pec folos y nervios foliares de color rosado intenso. Hipantio y

147

148 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 3

sépalos rosado-granates. Pétalos violetas. Estambres con
anterasp y apendices conectivales amarillos. Estilo rosado.

Paratype (topotypical): Uribe 5437, Oct. 1965 (in old
fruit).

The suggested Mexican relative has (usually) larger leaf
blades and somewhat larger flowers (small stamen thecae, dry,
6.5-7.5 mm long; large stamen appendages 0O.7-1 mm wide) with
eglandular ovarial hairs. Gleason's key (Am. Jour. Bot. 16:
593. 1929) gives obvious differences from the other species of
his Pringleae. The other Central American species with somewhat
the aspect of M. uribei, M. deppeanum (S. & C.) Naud. and M.
alpestre Naud., both have barbellate stem and hypanthium hairs.
No close South American relatives of M. uribei are apparent,
with all the Hartwegianae having much larger leaves, and M.
strigosum Cogn. (ex char.) showing barbellate hairs and rela-
tively broader leaves as well as shorter oblong sepals. All
floral measurements for M. uribei were taken from dry material
to conserve the few flowers at anthesis. It is again a great
pleasure to honor Padre Uribe, with his discriminating eye for
variants, who has contributed so much to the knowledge of the
Melastomataceae of Colombia.

ADELOBOTRYS INTONSA (Gleason) Wurdack, comb. nov.

Meriania intonsa Gleason, Bull. Torrey Club 58: 223. 1931.

The rufous malpighian hairs on the stems, leaf veins
(beneath), and hypanthia, as well as (qualitatively) the simple
foliar pubescence, are like that in A. scandens (Aubl.) DC.; the
narrow hypanthium, flaring calyx limb, and anthers are all as in
Adelobotrys. However, A. intonsa differs from the generotype in
the rather stouter hairs on the upper leaf surfaces, scantier
hypanthial pubescence, and rigid long terminal setae on the
calyx lobes. Klug 19h0, from Putumayo, Colombia, which was
distributed as M. intonsa, seems better placed as A. scandens.

GRAFFENRIEDA TAMANA Wurdack, sp. nov.

G. emarginatae (R. & P.) Triana affinis, foliis ad basim
non cordatis subtus sicut ramis inflorescentiisque resinoso-
glandulosis floribus fructibusque pedicellatis differt.

Frutex vel arbor 6-7 m altus; rami robusti quadrisulcati
inter petiolos crasse annulati (annulo 1-2 mm alto) sicut folia
subtus inflorescentia hypanthiaque modice resinoso-glandulosa
glandulis sessilibus 0.05 mm diam. Petioli 2.5-3.5 cm longi;
lamina (15-)23-27 X (8-)16-21 em late elliptica vel paulo ovato-
elliptica, utrinque obtusa, rigide membranacea, integra, glanduls
exceptis glabra, {-nervata nervis secundariis plerumque 0.5-

O.7 cm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus subplanis laxe
reticulatis. Panicula ca. 20 cm longa lataque multiflora;
flores hemeri, pedicellis crassis ca. 1 mm longis, alabastris
maturis solum cognitis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 2.5 m longum;
calyx 2 mm longus in alabastro clausus ad anthesim usque ad

0.5 mm supra torum in lobis 3-4 ovatis persistentibus dehiscens.
Petala glabra, immatura ca. 2.8-3 X 2.8-3 mm obtusa. Stamina

1969 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 149

isomorphica glabra; thecae 2.5 X 0.5 X 0.6-0.7 mm oblongae paulo
curvatae poro 0.15 mm diam., connectivo O.4-0.5 mm prolongato,
ealcari dorsali acuto 0.7-0.8 mm longo. Stigma punctiforme;
ovarium 4-loculare, apice truncato vel paullulo (0.1 mm)
emarginato sparsissime resinoso-glanduloso.

Type Collection: J. A. Steyermark 57301 (holotype
F 1201281; isotype NY), “collected in rich moist woods at the
base of the Paramo de Tama, 4-10 km above Bouanes, Edo. Tachira,
Venezuela, elev. 2500-2895. m, 15 July 1944. "Leaves coriaceous,
dark green and shining above, dull brown below with prominent
raised nerves beneath. Rachis inclined or drooping, dull red;
calyx pale green; petals white."

Paratype: Steyermark, Dunsterville, & Dunsterville 98777
(US, VEN), from below the Paramo de Tama near the Colombia-
Venezuela frontier, Tachira, elev. 2750-2950 m, 20-23 May 1967
(fruiting).

Graffenrieda emarginata has markedly cordate leaf blade
bases, vegetative and inflorescence pubescence -of granulose-
pinoid hairs 0O.1-0.3 mm long, and sessile flowers; in internal
floral features, the two species are similar. Typical
G. emarginata has been sporadically collected in Colombia
(Antioquia, Huila), Ecuador (Santiago-Zamora) , and Peru (San
Martfn and Piura, fide Macbride; Amazonas, Hucnues) : However,
some variants (ae distinct species) from Colombia and Bolivia
have been distributed as G. Eh (Cuatrecasas 8581
Metcalf & Cuatrecasas 30129, Bang 849, Buchtien 1100 Tn both
G. tamana and G. emar, inata, ine Pica echionce are often verrucose
(parasitized?).

PLATYCENTRUM CLIDEMIOIDES Naud. subsp. ECUADORENSE Wurdack,
subsp. nov.

Folia ubique pilis gracilibus laxis plus minusve patentibus
1-1.5 mm longis persistentibus sea induta.

Type Collection: E. Asplund 19422 (holotype S), collected
at the forest edge, Vera Cruz, ae Napo-Pastaza, Ecuador, elev.
900 m, 18 Feb. 1956. "Low slender shrub. Inflorescence with
reddish violet hairs; petals white; filaments red; anthers
yellow."

Paratype: P. C. D. Cazalet & T. D. Pennington 7693 (NY,
US), from the rainforest at Taisha, Prov. Santiago-Zamora,
Ecuador, elev. 460 m. "3' shrub, hispid. Hairs red on stems,
white on leaves. Petals white; enero reddish."

PLATYCENTRUM CLIDEMIOIDES Naud. subsp. BOLIVIENSE Wurdack,
subsp. nov.

Folia supra sparse strigulosa, subtus pilis gracilibus
erectis 0.7-1 mm longis persistentibus modice induta.

Type Collection: 0. Buchtien 1136 (holotype US 1692086;
isotype NY), from San Carlos, Mapiri region, Bolivia, elev.
850 m, 28 Jan. 1927.

Paratypes (both topotypical): 0. Buchtien 996 and 997.

The typical subspecies has leaves sparsely to very sparsely

150 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 3

and caducously strigulose with appressed surface hairs only
0.2-0.3 mm long. Within subsp. clidemioides, there 1s consider-
able variability in hypanthial pubescence and floral dimensions
but reasonable consistency in vegetative indument. The Cazalet
and Pennington collection was distributed as Leandra cf.
rufescens (DC.) Cogn., while the Buchtien specimens had been
filed under the undetermined species of Miconia. The Mapiri
subspecies has somewhat the vegetative aspect of several species
of Miconia Sect. Cremanium (M. brachyanthera Triana, M.
brittonii Cogn. ). From the features of gland-tipped inflores-
cence hairs and patelliform stigmas, M. rhonhofiae Mgf., placed
in this part of Sect. Cremanium in the original description, is
not the same as the Ecuadorian subspecies of Platycentrun.
Probably Platycentrum is not generically distinct from Leandra;
for a discussion of distribution and synonymy, see Mem. N. Y.
Bot. Gard. 10(5): 161. 1964.

LEANDRA CUNEATA (Mart.) Cogn.

Hitherto known only from Bafa, Brazil, this species has
twice been recently collected in British Guiana: Kopinang
Falls, Maguire, ire, & Wilson-Browne 46071; Kako River,
Tillett & Tillett 45446, earlier misdetermined by me as Miconia
centrodesma Naud. Certainly L. cuneata bears a remarkable
resemblance to M. centrodesma in pubescence, foliage, and ovary;
it is distinguishable by the completely eciliate leaves, larger
flowers, exappendiculate anthers, and 4-5-celled ovaries. On
the youngest buds available in the British Guiana and Bafa
collections (Luschnath s. n., US, annotated by Cogniaux), I
could not see an apiculum such as is characteristic of the
calyptrate calyx tip in M. centrodesma. The external calyx
teeth in L. cuneata are marked by stellate hair fascicles and
are not setuliform as in M. centrodesma. In L. cuneata, the
petals are bluntly acute, the torus puberulous within, and the
ovary apex sparsely stellulate-furfuraceous (not glabrous as
cited by Cogniaux). Of 43 countable flowers in the Kopinang
collection, 29 were 5-merous and 14 were 4-merous. The many
similarities between the two species would indicate that they
are congeneric (but not conspecific), but further collections
are desirable. The British Guiana-Bafa disjunction in the
distribution of L. cuneata is matched elsewhere in the
Melastomataceae, probably only a reflection of the great expanse
of unvisited terra firme on both sides of the Amazon lowlands in
northeastern South America.

MICONIA AMACURENSIS Wurdack

Recently described from eastern Venezuela, this species has
also been collected in Pernambuco, Brazil: Recife, Dois Irmaos,
J. L. S. de Lima 11 (Herb. Tavares 1738), S. Tavares 919; Thpera,
B. Pickel 2996. The vegetative resemblance to M. melinonis Naud.
is remarkable; that French Guiana species, however, has 5-merous
flowers, definite calyx lobes, relatively narrower anthers with
obscurely glandular connectives, sparsely puberulous filaments,

1969 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 151

and basally glandular-m berulous (and intermixed stellulate-
puberulous) styles. For M. melinonis, Melinon s. n. (anno
1842) (US), from French Guiana and Museu Goeldi 10857 (US),

from the Rio Acara, Para, Brazil, have been studied. From
Gleason's dissection notes at Kew, Sagot 987 may well be

M. amacurensis, rather than M. melinonis as cited by Cogniaux.
Macbride photograph 17108 is not of M. melinonis, but rather of
a small-flowered species of Sect. Miconia (perhaps M.
Surinamensis Gleason, which may be only varietally distinct
from M. poeppigii Triana). I had originally identified Tavares
919 as M. cf. jucunda (DC.) Triana; that austral species may
well be the closest relative of M. amacurensis, but differs in
the leaf venation, the 5-merous flowers, and the 3-celled
ovaries.

MICONIA AMPLA Triana, Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. 28: 101. 1871.

M. involucrata Donn. Sm., Bot. Gaz. 37: 209. 1904.

M. megaphylla megaphylla Gleason, Bull. Torrey Club 59: 363. 1932.

From the present ee aieeton of collections, none of
Gleason's criteria for the species separation (Bull. Torrey
Club 59: 362. 1932) are valid. The degree of retention of the
pale amorphous indument on the lower leaf surfaces is quite
variable, the mature leaves being essentially concolorous in
collections from Trinidad, British Guiana, and southern
Venezuela. The number of “yell developed (ecaching nearly or
quite to the leaf apex) primary leaf nerves ranges from 5 to
7, with varying numbers of fainter basal nerves depending on
the leaf size. In floral dimensions there also is considerable
variation, the Para (Brazil) and British Honduras collections
showing the largest flowers. As broadly defined, M. ampla is
known from Guatemala, British Honduras, Jamaica (Bull. Inst.
Jam. Sci. Ne 4). 1967), ce ee Wereenes (Steyermark 61367,
90722, 8, Wurdack & Adderley 4 0), British Guiana,
Sieivane Maguire 24087), Brazil (Para), Peru (San Martin), and
Bolivia. Miconia fissa Gleason is weakly distinguishable from
M. ampla by having only 3 (excluding the tenuous marginals)
primary leaf veins; the floral distinctions cited in the
original description are not satisfactory, even the type and
paratype collections having predominantly 6-merous flowers and
the sepal tooth carination variable. Two recent Colombian
collections of M. fissa are Schultes & Cabrera 16406 (Rfo
Miritiparana, Amazonas) and Garcia- -Barriga 137 13780 0 (Rfo Kananari,
Vaupés).

One additional species, M. decurrens Cogn., the type
collection (MG) of which I have studied, should be added to the
above-mentioned species group studied ea Gleason; it was
erroneously placed originally in Sect. Laceraria. The obvious
affinity of M. decurrens is with M. stellulata Gleason of
Bolivia. Recent collections of M. decurrens are: SS ac
95717, from Rfo Nichare Bolfvar, Venezuela; Cuatrecasas 11396
and Schultes & Smith 3047, both from between Mocoa and
Sachamates, Putumayo, Colombia; Cazalet & Pennington 7546 and

152 Fey Tt OL OG TA Vol. 18, no. 3

1551 from Taisha, Santiago-Zamora, Ecuador; Williams 3410,
from Rf{o Itaya, Loreto, Peru; and (probably) Krukoff 10725,
from Tuiri, La Paz, Bolivia. Klug 3342 (distributed as

M. mucronata ) perhaps represents an undescribed species close
to M. decurrens, but with the flowers multiclustered at the
branchlet ends rather than racemose on the short branchlets.
Miconia pachydonta Gleason, of Amazonian Peru, is easily
distinguished from M. decurrens by the very shortly acuminate
leaf apices and larger flowers, but perhaps is not really
separable from M. ampla. From the description and type
photograph, M. pubicalyx of Bolivia, placed in Sect. Jucunda,
surely belongs elsewhere and perhaps is M. stenostachya DC.

MICONIA KAVANAYENSIS Wurdack, sp. nov.

In aspectu vegetativo M. dispari Benth. affinis, ramis
alato-quadrangulatis inflorescentiae ramis primariis verticil-
latis floribus non secundis differt.

Rami tetragoni (alis ca. 1.5 mm altis 1 mm crassis) sicut
petioli foliorum subtus venae primariae inflorescentiaque pilis
stellato-pinoideis usque ad 0.3 mm longis omnino obducti in
nodis pilis gracilibus flexuosis 1-2 mm longis caducis dense
obsiti. Petioli (2-)4-7 em longi; lamina (17-)25-42 x (7-)
10-15 em oblongo-elliptica apice subgradatim vel abrupte per
1-4 em acuminato basi obtusa, subcoriacea et undulato-dentic-
ulata dentibus 2-4 mm inter se distantibus, supra glabra et
opaca, subtus pilis stellatis cinereis ca. O.4 mm dian.
densissime induti, 5-nervata pari exteriore tenui inframargi-
nali nervis secundariis 0.6-1 cm inter se distantibus nervulis
supra invisis subtus paulo elevatis reticulatisque. Panicula
20-32 cm longa multiflora, ramis primariis plerumque 4-8-
verticillatis, bracteis ca. 5 mm longis ovato-ellipticis valde
caducis; flores 5-meri sessiles in ramulis interrupto-glomerati,
bracteolis ca. 1 mm longis linearibus caducis. Hypanthium (ad
torum) 2 mm longum extus densissime et intus sparse stellulato-
puberulum; calycis tubus 0.5 mm altus intus sparsissime
stellulato-puberulus, lobis interioribus 0.1 mm altis remotis,
dentibus exterioribus deltoideis ca. O.3 mm eminentibus. Petala
(vix matura) 1.6-1.7 X 1.1-1.3 mm obovato-oblonga inconspicue
granulosa, apice rotundato vel paulo emarginato. Stamina
dimorphica glabra; thecae 1.3-1.5 vel 1 X 0.25 mm lanceatae
uniporosae, connectivo 0.1-0.2 mm prolongato, appendice basali
cordiformi 0.3 X 0.3 mm vel trilobulata 0.2 X 0.2 m. Stylus
glaber; ovarium 3-loculare 4/5 inferum, apice conico dense
stellulato-puberulo.

Type Collection: T. Lasser 1879 (holotype VEN 36521;
isotype NY), collected in the Selva de Oparuma, Kavanayen, Edo.
Bolfvar, Venezuela, 30 May 1946. "Arbol pequeno de frutos
verdosos amarillentos."

Paratype: J. A. Steyermark 60598 (F, NY), from dense
forest along Rfo Karuai near the base of Ptari-tepuf, Bolfvar,
Venezuela, elev. 1220-1375 m, 27 Nov. 1944 (with young
inflorescences). "Tree 35 feet tall; leaves deep green above,

1969 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 153

silvery buff below with buff midrib.”

Miconia dispar has obtusely quadrangular branches, short
opposite primary inflorescence branches, and secund flowers,
but the same pubescence, foliage, and general floral structure
(however, the anthers 2-2.8 mm long, the ovary only 3 inferior).
In Cogniaux' system, M. kavanayensis would perhaps key to near
M. martiniana Gleason and M. maroana Wurdack; both species
differ vegetatively and in flowers, the latter having much
larger stamens and a barely inferior ovary.

MICONIA UMBRIENSIS Wurdack, sp. nov.

M. wittii Ule affinis, foliis maioribus tenuioribusque
petalis minoribus ovariorum apicibus glabris differt.

Ramuli primum valde compressi demum teretes sicut folia
subtus inflorescentia hypanthiaque indumento stellulato-
lepidoto appresso persistente omnino obducti. Folia in quoque
pari in dimensionibus paulo (1: 0.5-0.7) anisophylla; petioli
2.5-5.5 em longi; lamina (10-)18-30 X (6-)10-16 cm elliptica
apice per 1-2.5 cm subabrupte acuminato basi acuta, tenuis et
integra, supra glabra, trinervata (pari inframarginali tenui
neglecto), nervis secundariis 0.5-1 cm inter se distantibus
nervulis subtus laxiuscule (areolis ca. 0.5 mm latis) irregu-
lariterque anastomosantibus ob pilos saepe occultis. Panicula
16-20 KX 12-17 cm multiflora, ramis oppositis; flores 5-meri
sessiles ad ramulorum apices 6-l2-aggregati, bracteolis ca.

0.3 mm longis triangularibus caducis. Hypanthium (ad torum)
1.1-1.5 mm longum teres; calycis tubus 0.2-0.3 mm altus,
dentibus 0.1 mm altis remotis vix perspicuis. Petala glabra
1.5-2 X 0.75-1.1 mm oblongo-obovata, apice asymmetrice rotun-
dato vel paulo retuso. Stamina paulo dimorphica glabra; fila-
menta 2.5-3.8 mm longa; antherarum thecae anguste oblongae 1.3-
1.4 vel 1.1-1.3 X 0.2-0.25 mm poro 0.2 mm lato ventraliter
inclinato, connectivo 0.2-0.5 mm prolongato ventraliter non vel
paullulo bilobulato dorsaliter dente hebeti vel hebeti-acuto
0.2-0.4 mm longo armato. Stigma paulo expansum 0.2-0.4 mm
diam.; stylus 3-6 X 0.15-0.2 mm glaber in ovarii apicem 0.1 mm
immersus; ovarium 3-loculare 2/3 inferum glabrum pauciovulatum.

Type Collection: G. Klug 1926 (holotype US 1456657),
collected at Umbrfa, Putumayo, Colombia, elev. 325 m, Jan.-Feb.
1931. "Tree 8 m; flowers white.”

Paratype: Cuatrecasas 11261, from rain forest between
Puerto Asfs and Umbria, Putumayo, elev. 270-350 m, 23 Dec. 1940.
"Arbolito; pétalos blancos."

Miconia wittii has thin-coriaceous leaf blades up to only
20 x8 em, rather definite deltoid calyx lobes 0.5-0.7 mm long,
petals 2.7-3.3 X 1.5-1.7 mm, and ovary apices moderately
lepidote-pubescent. Both collections of M. umbriensis had been
distributed as M. hypoleuca (Benth.) Triana, a species differing
greatly (hexagonal branchlets, indiscrete cobwebby tomentum on
the lower leaf surfaces, rimose anthers). Other species with
large leaves covered beneath by stellulate-lepidote hairs can
distinguished by inflorescence (secund flowers) or floral

154 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 3
features.

MICONIA IDROBOI Wurdack, sp. nov.

Sect. Miconia. M. argenteae (Sw.) DC. affinis, foliie
obovato-ellipticis subtus sicut hypanthiis sparsiuscule
stellulato-lepidotis differt.

Ramuli superiores ancipites hinc et inde valde compres-
si sicut petioli foliorum subtus venae primariae secundari-
aeque inflorescentiaque dense lepidibus 0.1-0.15 mm diam.

i. 8. pallide brunneis omnino induti. Petioli 2-3.5 cm longi;
lamina (13-)18-24 X 7-12 cm paulo obovato-elliptica apice
subabrupte breviterque (0.5-1 cm) acuminato basi late acuta
vel obtusa, fragilis et tenuiter sed distincte undulato-
serrulata dentibus ca. 0.2-0.3 mm profundis et 2-3 mm inter se
distantibus, supra glabra, subtus in superficie densiuscule
lepidibus ciliolatis 0.15-0.2 mm diam. obsiti superficie inter
pilos visibili, breviter 5-plinervata pari interiore 0.5-1 cm
supra laminae basin divergente nervis secundariis plerumque
5-7 mm inter se distantibus, tertiariis subtus inconspicue
evolutis non vel laxissime reticulatis. Panicula multiflora,
10-15 cm longa; flores 5-meri sessiles in inflorescentiae
ramulis interrupto-glomerati non secundi, bracteolis 0.5-0.7 X
0.2-0.4 mm usque ad anthesim plerumque persistentibus.
Hypanthium (ad torum) 1.3-1.6 mm extus dense stellulato-
lepidotum; calycis tubus 0.3 mm altus, limbo 5-undulato 0.1 m
alto, dentibus exterioribus obscuris omnino adhaerentibus non
eminentibus. Petala glabra 2.3-2.5 X 1.3-1.6 mm oblongo-
obovata, apice paulo retuso. Stamina paullulo dimorphica
glabra; filamenta 2.4-2.6 vel 2 m longa; antherarum thecae
1.5-2 X 0.35-0.4 X O.4 mm vel 1.3-1.7 X 0.3-0.35 X 0.4-0.45 mm
oblongae vel obcuneatae, apice paulo emarginato, poro lato
0.35-0.4 mm diam. ventraliter inclinato, connectivo 0.2-0.3 mm
prolongato ventraliter paulo bilobulato vel simplici dorsaliter
non appendiculato. Stigma expansum 0.5 mm diam.; stylus 3.8-
4 X 0.3-0.4 mm glaber in ovarii apicem 0.2-0.3 mm immersus;
ovarium 3-loculare 1/3-1/2 inferum apice conico 0.5 mm alto
glabro.

Type Collection: J. M. Idrobo & R. E. Schultes 837
(holotype US 2029617), collected along the trail from Rio
Giejar to Cano Guapayita, base of Cordillera Macarena, Meta,
Colombia, elev. 500-600 m, 20-28 Dec. 1950. "Small tree.”

Paratype: Philipson, Idrobo, & Fernandez 1712, from Rfo
Guapaya, Meta, elev. hse m, 2 Dec. 1949. “Tree 13 m; inflores-
cence large, white; stigma yellow; fruit red.”

Miconia argentea has elliptic to ovate-elliptic leaf blades
minutely fleshy-auriculate at the base, hypanthia and lower leaf
surfaces completely covered with fringed-lepidote hairs, and
flowers secund on the short ultimate branchlets of the inflo-
rescence; in the ancipital young branchlets, stamens, and
pistil, the species are alike. Surely M. argentea is to be
expected in northwestern Colombia, but I have seen no collec-
tions as yet. In inflorescence pattern, M. idroboi resembles

1969 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 155

M. elata (Sw.) DC.; that species however has sulcate-quadrang -
ular young branchlets, a tomentum of smaller hairs completely
covering the lower leaf surfaces, and densely stellulate-
puberulous ovary apices. Miconia elata ranges from southern
Mexico to Panama in Central America and is recorded from Cuba
and Jamaica in the West Indies; in South America, the distri-
bution is limited to the eastern base of the Cordillera
Oriental in Colombia (Norte de Santander: Sarare, elev. 500-
700 m, Cuatrecasas 13300. Meta: San Juan de Arama, elev.

500 m, Idrobo 511. Caqueta: Florencia-Venecia, elev. 400 m,
Cuatrecasas 8955), thus overlapping that of M. idroboi. The
two collections of M. idroboi were grossly misidentified by me
in 1957 as M. hypoleuca (Benth.) Triana.

MICONIA TETRASPERMOIDES Wurdack, sp. nov.

M. tetraspermae Gleason affinis, foliorum pilis stellulatis
maioribus foliis undulato-denticulatis calycibus brevioribus
differt.

Arbor 7-15 m alta; ramuli teretes sicut petioli foliorum
venae primariae subtus inflorescentiarum axesque dense et
foliorum subtus superficies pedicelli hypanthiaque sparse
caduceque pilis stellulatis ca. 0.15-0.2 mm diam. induti.
Petioli 1-2 cm longi; lamina (5-)8-14 X (2-)3.5-5 cm oblongo-
lanceata, apice subgradatim per 0.5-1.5 cm hebeti-acuminato,
basi late acuta, firme membranacea et distanter undulato-
serrulata (dentibus 4-8 mm separatis), supra glabra, subtus
sparse nigro-punctata, trinervata, nervis secundariis 0.5-0.9 cm
inter se distantibus subtus crebre elevatis, nervulis obscuris.
Panicula 5-9 em longa submultiflora, ramis ramulisque plerumque
4-6-verticillatis divaricatis; flores 5-meri, pedicellis 1.5-

3 mm longis gracilibus, bracteolis 0.2-0.3 mm longis linearibus
valde caducis prope hypanthii basim insertis. Hypanthium (ad
torum) 1.8 mm longum; calyx 3 mm altus vix (0.1 m) 5-undulatus
post anthesim caducus, dentibus exterioribus inconspicuis non
eminentibus. Petala granulosa 1.9-2.2 X 1-1.1 mm ovato-oblonga,
apice late acuto. Stamina paulo dimorphica glabra; filamenta
2.5-2.6 vel 2.2-2.3 mm longa; antherarum thecae 1.3-1.4 vel
1.2-1.3 X 0.3 mm anguste lineares, poro unico 0.2 mm dian.,
connectivo 0.6 vel 0.3-0.4 mm prolongato dorsaliter dente hebeti
0.3 vel 0.1 mm longo ornato ventraliter simplice vel paulo
bilobulato. Stigma truncatum non expansum; stylus glaber;
ovarium 3(-4+)-loculare 3-4-ovulatum 0.6 inferum, apice granuloso.

Type Collection: T. Lasser 1874 (holotype NY), collected
in the Selva de Oparuma, Kavanayen, Edo. Bolfvar, Venezuela,

30 May 1946. "Flores blancas, pequefas.”

Paratypes: A. L. Bernardi 1481 (NY), from Rfo Apacara
near Uriman, Bolfvar, Venezuela, elev. 450-550 m, 17 Aug. 1954
(fruiting); Tillett & Tillett 45511 (NY, US), from near falls
of Kako River, upper Mazaruni River basin, British Guiana, elev.
550 m, 23 Sep. 1960 (fruiting); J. C. Lindeman 5254 (US), from
Jodensavanne-Mapane Kreek region (Suriname River >» Suriname,

18 Dec. 1953 (in bud).

156 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, mo. 3

Miconia tetrasperma has the leaf margins entire, the foliar
hairs 0.07-0.1 mm diam., and calyces 0.6-0.7 mm long (from the
torus) and splitting irregularly at anthesis; a recent Colombian
collection is Schultes 3737, from the Rfo Caucaya, Putumayo
(distributed as M. eugenioides). ‘The general aspect of M.
tetraspermoides is like that of M. eugenioides Triana, a Guayana
species differing in the entire leaf margins, longer calyx
(0.7-0.8 mm from the torus), and multiovulate ovary cells (3-4
in each of the three locules). Several collections from Humaita
on the Rio Madeira in Brazil (Krukoff 6818 and 6880; Prance,
Pena, & Ramos 3508) may be referable to M. tetraspermoides, but
the specimens are too incomplete to really confirm this
geographic disjunction.

MICONIA CRASSINERVIA Cogn.

Although previously I had expressed doubts (Mem. N. Y. Bot.
Gard. 10[4]: 37. 1961) as to the distinctness of this species
from M. argyrophylla DC., examination of very complete material
of Riedel 1396 (LE) has dispelled these misgivings, at least for
M. argyrophylla sensu Cogniaux. Miconia crassinervis differs in
the thicker leaf blades with the first pair of lateral primaries
running only 1/2-2/3 the distance from the costa to the margins
(rather than 3/4-4/5), somewhat closer-spaced secondaries, and
densely reticulate veinlets, as well as the costa edges beneath
lacking the belt of woolly tomentum s0 characteristic of the
deCandolle species; the ultimate inflorescence branchlets are
much shorter, with pinoid-stellulate hairs on the inflorescence
and hypanthia; the anthers are smaller, the small ones as well
as the large ones with a distinctly prolonged connective; and
the stigma is not expanded. The branchlets of M. crassinervia
are rounded-quadrangular, rather than sharply quadrate as in
the typical subspecies of M. argyrophylla. I still believe
that the sporadic longitudinal splitting of the anthers in
M. crassinervia is not genetic; such splitting occurs towards
the base of the thecae, rather than progressing from the pore
downward as in typical species of Miconia Sect. Chaenanthera.
Recent materials of M. crassinervia that have been compared
with the Riedel collection include Killip & Smith 30010 and
30142 from Manaos, Brazil (both maldistributed as M. parviflora),
as well as several collections from the Gran Sabana in
Venezuela (Bernardi 2739; Bernardi 6630; Steyermark 60628,
distributed as M. hypoleuca).

MICONIA PALFACEA Cogn.

Tococa grandifolia Standley, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 4: 319.
1929.

As treated in the Flora of Guatemala (Fieldiana Bot. 24:
488. 1963), the synonymization of M. paleacea under M.
platyphylla (Benth.) L. Wms. is unwarranted, the floral
characters being quite diverse and the species probably not
closely related. The floral features of M. paleacea may be
summarized as follows: hypanthium 3-3.5 mm long, externally

1969 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 157

moderately stellulate-puberulous when young; calyx O.7-1 mm
long with essentially truncate limb, the inframarginal external
teeth (and also the toral zone more or less) externally with
several-numerous stramineous setae 1-1.5 mm long, the torus
within gland-edged; petals 3.5-4 X 2 mm, obovate-oblong and
obliquely rounded at the apex, gland-edged marginally towards
the base but otherwise glabrous; stamens slightly dimorphic,
the sparsely glandular-puberulous filaments 4-5.5 or 3-4..5 mm
long, the subulate thecae 4.5-5 or 4-4.5 mm long and with an
oblique ventrally (large anthers) or dorsally (small anthers)
tilted pore, the connective not prolonged and simple or
obscurely bilobulate ventrally; stigma slightly enlarged; style
glabrous; ovary 3-celled, ca. 1/3 inferior, sparsely to
moderately glandular on the free apex. Cogniaux cited the
ovary as 4-celled, but the numerous ovaries or fruits dissected
by me were all 3-locular.

The growth habit and development of robust setae in M.
paleacea are approximately duplicated in sympatric species in
other melastome genera (Conostegia, Tococa, Clidemia) and are
probably the result of rainforest-directed convergent evolution.
At present, I have no particular convictions as to the proper
generic disposition and doubt the sectional assignment
(Octomeris) suggested by Cogniaux, but certainly the affinity
with Tococa platyphylla (vide infra) is tenuous. Also I do not
believe that there is any intimate connection with M. mazanana
Macbride (known from Peru as well as the Rio Solimdes in Brazil,
Froes 23901) nor the enigmatic M. stylosa Cogn. (with petals
8-10 mm long). Collections of M. paleacea examined (all US)
include: Honduras, Standley 52870 and 5 a and P. Wilson
227; Costa Rica, Tonduz 7652, 8576, and 9602, as well as Standley
& Valerio 45056 and 45221; Colombia (Putumayo), King & Guevara

6093; Ecuador (Napo-Pastaza), Grubb, Lloyd , Pennington, &
Whitmore 1445 and 1660; Peru, Ferre 83 (San Martin), 2197
(Husnuco), Killip & Smith 26381 Gamaye This pattern of

geographic distribution is roughly paralleled elsewhere in
Miconia (M. lamprophylla Triana, M. nutans Donn. Smith).

TOCOCA MERIDENSIS Wurdack, sp. nov.

T. platyphyllae Benth. affinis, foliis minoribus petiolis
non longe setosis petalis staminibusque minoribus differt.

Suffrutex ubique glandulis clavatis 0.05 mm longis plus
minusve caducis sparse ornatus; caulis primum quadrisulcatus
demum teres infra radicans usque ad 40 cm longus (vel ultra?)
sicut petioli foliorum venae primariae basim versus subtus
inflorescentia hypanthiaque sparse vel sparsissime glanduloso-
setulosus (setulis 0.5-1 mm longis rigidis demum caducis) et
modice vel densiuscule setulis gracilibus flexuosis 0.3=-0.7
(-1) mm longis suberectis (in ramis praecipue in angulis in
hypanthiis praecipue basim versus) ornatus. Petioli (3-)6-10
em longi; lamina (5-)8-12 X (4-)6-9 em late elliptico-ovata
apice late hebeti-acuto basi paulo (ca. 0.5 em) cordata,
rigide membranacea et integra sed distanter inconspicueque

158 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 16, no. 3

appresso-ciliolata, ubique in superficie demum glabrata, subtus
in venulis modice pilis gracilibus subappressis 0.2 mm longis
obsita, supra 1. 8. subplana, 5(-7)-nervata nervis secundariis
0.5-0.7 cm inter se distantibus nervulis supra obscuris subtus
planis laxe reticulatis. Panicula multiflora 4-7 cm longa;
flores 5-meri in ramulis ultimis conferto-secundi, bracteolis
ellipticis O.7-1 mm longis subpersistentibus, pedicellis 0.7-
1.5 mm longis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 2.5 mm longum; calycis
tubus 0.3 mm longus, lobis interioribus oblatis 1.2 X 1.8-2 mm
basim versus 0.2 mm imbricatis, dentibus exterioribus 1 mm
longis robustis inframarginaliter divaricatis; torus intus
glanduliferus. Petala 7 X 3.5 mm obovato-oblonga (apice
rotundato et 0.1 mm mucronulato) basim versus glandulis marginata
alioqui glabra. Stamina glabra in dimensionibus paulo dimorphics;
filamenta 4.5 mm longa; thecae 3 vel 2 X 0.6 mm valde curvatae,
poro terminali 0.25 mm diam., connectivo nec prolongato nec
appendiculato. Stigma capitatum 0.7 X 1 mm; stylus 6 X O.4 m
basim versus sparse glanduloso-setulosus setulis 0.1 mm longis;
ovarium 5-loculare 3/4 inferum, apice conico glabro 0.4 mm alto.

Type Collection: J. A. Steyermark 55766 (holotype
US 1933484; isotypes F, NY), collected between Los Corales and
Las Cuadras, Edo. Mérida, Venezuela, elev. 1490-3210 m,
25 March 194k. "Herb, in colonies; common ground cover on
moist wooded slopes; leaves deeply rugose both sides, rich
green above, pale green below; main nerves on older leaves dull
lavender; younger leaves below, as stems, petioles, rachis,
pedicels, and calyx deep wine purple. Petals waxy white; fila-
ments and style orchid-lavender; anthers lilac.”

Paratype: A. Jahn 421 (US), from the Paramo de Pifiango,
Mérida, elev. 2600 m, 17 March 1915.

Tococa platyphylla has the petioles setose with hairs 5-10
mm long, leaf blades mostly 15-22 X 15-20 cm, petals 10-12 m
long, and anther thecae 3.9-4.5 mm long. Although similar in
gross vegetative aspect to Miconia leace (and sympatric with
it in Costa Rica, Colombia, and Ecuador), T. platyphylla can be
distinguished by the lack of stellulate hairs on the inflores-
cence and primary veins on the lower leaf surfaces, very fine
flexuous hairs and lack of robust setae towards the base of the
primary leaf veins beneath, sparsely glandular-setose hypanthia,
distinctly lobed calyx, much larger petals, glabrous filaments,
large capitate stigmas, and 5-celled ovaries. Costa Rican
collections of T. platyphylla (all US) are Pittier 2535, Tonduz

13063, Standley 36463 and 37604, and Schnell 613; I have seen
no material from elsewhere in Central America.

TOCOCA PERCLARA Wurdack, sp. nov.

T. broadwayi Urban affinis, foliorum subtus pilis infra-
marginalibus inconspicuis 0.1-0.2 mm longis caducis foliis
minus distincte plinervatis calycis dentibus exterioribus
densissime flexuoso-setulosis differt.

Frutex 1-3 m altus; rami robusti primum compressi demum
teretes, internodiis primum in lateribus duobus oppositis

1969 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 159

densiuscule flexuoso-setosis (pilis usque ad 4 m longis mox
caducis), nodis densissime setosis (pilis robustis 8-12 mm
longis persistentibus), alioqui glabri. Petioli robusti (4-)7-
20 ecm longi subapicaliter per 1-3 cm sicut laminae costa subtus
per 1-2 cm dense pilis robustis erectis 5-8 mm longis armati;
lamina 35-60 X 20-40 em oblongo-elliptica apice rotundato, basi
rotundata vel obtusa, rigide membranacea et obscure distanter-
que undulato-serrulata obscure appresso-ciliolata, subtus in
costa distaliter primum sparsissime flexuoso-setulosa demum
glabrata, supra et subtus in venulis superficieque glandulis
minutis clavatis paucis exceptis glabra, inconspicue 5-pli-
nervata pari interiore 0.5-1.5 cm supra basim divergente nervis
secundariis 1-1.5 cm inter se distantibus sicut nervulis subtus
crebre elevatis nervulis laxe reticulatis areolis irregularibus
1-2 mm latis. Panicula 10-20 cm longa oblonga in nodis gracili-
setosa; flores 5-meri sessiles vel subsessiles, bracteolis ca.

5 mm longis ellipticis sicut bracteis persistentibus. Hypanthium
(ad torum) 3 mm longum glandulis clavatis 0.05 mm longis sparse
indutum sed non setosum; calycis tubus 0.4 mm altus, lobis
interioribus 2 mm longis ovato-oblongis (apice rotundato et
ciliolato), dentibus exterioribus densissime crispulo-setulosis
lobos interiores subaequantibus. Petala 8 X 4.5 mm obovato-
oblonga (apice rotundato) apicem versus glandulis marginata
alioqui glabra. Filamenta 4.3 mm longa sicut ovarii apex
stylusque sparse vel modice glandulis clavatis O.1 mm longis
ornata; antherarum thecae 4.5 X 0.8 mm paulo subulatae, poro
terminali 0.2 mm diam. Stigma capitatum 1.3 mm diam.; stylus
5.5 X 0.2-0.7 mm; ovarium 5-loculare 4 inferum; semina 0.6-0.7 X
O.4-0.5 mm numerosa muriculata.

Type Collection: J. A. Steyermark 87078 (holotype
US 2338566, 2338567; isotype VEN), collected along a moist
forested quebrada in the Selva de Guatopo, 43 km NNW of
Altagracia de Orituco and 41.5 km SE of Santa Teresa, Edo.
Miranda, Venezuela, elev. 500 m, 11 Sep. 1960. "Shrub 2-3 mn,
very showy; leaves subcoriaceous, deep green and shining above,
pale green below with wine-purple nerves or completely wine
red-purple beneath; rachis, hypanthium, and calyx lobes rose-
red; petals, filaments, stigma, and style white; anthers purple.”

Paratypes: Aristeguieta 837, 1740, 1758 and Steyermark
97560, all from the rain forest along the Rfo Santa Cruz,
highway between Santa Teresa and Altagracia de Orituco, Parque
Nacional de Guatopo, Edo. Miranda, elev. 600-700 nm.

Tococa broadwayi has the inframarginal zones of the leaf
blades beneath densely covered with flexuous hairs ca. 0.5 mm
long, the petioles only sparsely setose apically, the inner pair
of primary veins on well-developed leaves diverging 3-7 cm above
the blade base, and the external calyx teeth sparsely to
moderately setulose and O.5-1 mm shorter than the interior lobes.
My doubts as to the specific distinctness of the two taxa have
been subdued by the repeated assurances of both Steyermark and
Aristeguieta as to the different aspect of living plants, as
well as recent collections of T. broadwayi from Tobago (Cowan

160 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no, 3

1481, Snow 4) and the Paria Peninsula in eastern Venezuela
(Steyermark 94999, Steyermark & Rabe 96086); the Paria material
shows more rounded leaf bases than the topotypes. Both

T. broadwayi and T. perclara are obviously related to

T. platyphylla and T. meridensis, differing in the glandular-
puberulous filaments as well as the absence of rigid glandular
setae on the hypanthia and basal portions of the primary leaf
veins on the lower surface. All four relatives have the flowers
crowded-secund on the short inflorescence branches, thus
differing from Miconia paleacea.

LOREYA MAGUIREI Wurdack, sp. nov.

L. acutifoliae Berg ex Triana affinis, foliis pseudo-
triplinervatis inflorescentiis magis dichotomis stigmate
capitellato differt.

Ramuli primum inconspicue quadrangulati mox teretes sicut
folia inflorescentia hypanthia calyces ubique petalaque
densiuscule appresso-furfuracei glabrati. Petioli 1-1.5 cm
longi; lamina 9-14 X 4-6 cm elliptica apice hebeti-acuto basi
acuta et in petiolo anguste decurrente, fragilis et integra
eciliata, triplinervata (pari inframarginali debili neglecto)
nervis primariis lateralibus 0.7-1.1 cm supra basin divergenti-
bus, nervis secundariis 4-6 mm inter se distantibus nervulis
subtus planis laxiuscule reticulatis areolis ca. O.7 mm latis.
Cymae submultiflorae 2-3-dichotomae 3-4 cm longae; flores
S-meri, pedicellis 4-6 mm longis, bracteolis triangularibus
0.3-0.5 mm longis ante anthesim caducis plerumque paulo supra
pedicellorum bases insertis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 3.3 m
longum urceolatum; calyx truncatus vel obscure 5-undulatus 0.7
mm altus. Petala 8 X 3.5 mm obovato-oblonga intus ca. 2.5 mm
infra apicem transverse porcata, apice asymmetrice obtuso.
Filamenta 4.5 mm longa glabra; antherae 4.3-4.7 X 2 m
lateraliter compressae poris duobus minutis ventraliter
inclinatis, connectivo exappendiculato non prolongato dorsaliter
ad basin paullulo (0.1-0.2 mm) elevato. Stigma capitatum
5-sulcatum 1.9 mm latum 1 mm altum; stylus 9 X O.8-1 mm glaber;
ovarium 5-loculare omnino inferum, apice glabro.

Type Collection: Bassett Maguire & Louis Politi 28164
(holotype NY; isotype US), collected near Base Camp on the Rfo
Cuao, Terr. Amazonas, Venezuela, elev. 120 m, 3 Jan. 1949.
"large tree. Flowers red.”

Loreya acutifolia has distinctly 5-nerved leaves, flowers
subumbellate (occasionally with a short dichotomy) on the
peduncle, and a flattened stigma only 0.8-1 mm diam. The
inflorescence and flowers of L. maguirei are much like those of
L. arborescens (Aubl.) DC.; that Amazonian species has rela-
tively broader leayes with obtuse to rounded apices and 5
distinct primary veins. The Cuao collection was distributed as
L. minor Cogn., which differs in the obtuse-based leaves and
solitary few-fasciculate flowers.

1969 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 161

LOREYA SUBANDINA Wurdack, sp. nov.

L. spruceanae Triana affinis, ramulis juvenilibus petiolis
hypanthiisque modice strigulosis petalis extus dense minuteque
strigulosis differt.

Arbor parva 6-15 m alta; ramuli novelli rotundato-
quadrangulati demum teretes sicut petioli supra hypanthiaque
modice pilis appressis (0.3-)0.5-0.7(-1) mm longis et dense
pube granuloso-furfuracea induti. Petioli 2-5 cm longi; lamina
17-30 X 7-17 ecm elliptica vel ovato-elliptica apice anguste
acuto basi late acuta, membranacea et obscure distanterque
undulato-serrulata, supra in nervis primariis basim versus
primum sparse strigulosa demum glabrata alioqui glabra cysto-
lithis linearibus obscure evolutis, subtus in nervis primariis
secundariisque sparse strigulosa (pilis 0.2-0.4 mm longis) in
superficie glabra, subalternatim (5-)7-plinervata pari interiore
4-8.5 ecm supra basim divergente nervulis subtus planis
laxiuscule reticulatis. Flores 5-meri in ramis multifasciculati
(usque ad 9-flori), pedunculo non vel obscure (usque ad 3 mm)
evoluto, bracteolis basalibus 0.5-1 mm longis deltoideis sub-
persistentibus, pedicellis 0.7-1.2 cm longis. Hypanthium (ad
torum) 5-6 mm longum; calyx 3-4 mm longus ad anthesim in lobis
paucis oblatis usque ad 2 mm irregulariter ruptus intus
densissime strigulosus pilis gracilibus usque ad 1.5 mm longis.
Petala 13-15 X 7-9 mm oblongo-obovata apice late acuto et extus
subapicaliter minute mucronulato, unilateraliter auriculata,
intus 3.5-5 mm supra basim transverse porcata, utrinque minute
granulosa extus superficie in alabastris exposita dense pilis
O.1-0.2 mm longis flexuosis furfuracea. Filamenta 7 mm longa;
antherarum thecae 5.5 X 1.5 mm, poris duobus 0.1 mm longis
ventralibus, connectivo ad apicem 0.5 mm eminente ad basim 1.5-
1.8 mm lato dorsaliter paulo elevato. Stigma expansum 5-sulcatum
3 mm diam.; stylus ca. 13 X 1-1.5 mm; ovarium 10-loculare omnino
inferum, apice glabro circum stylum non prolongato.

Type Collection: 0. Buchtien 1034 (holotype US 1399144),
collected near Sarampiuni, San Carlos, Mapiri region, Bolivia,
elev. 600 m, 15 Jan. 1927. "Ziemlich hoher Baum; Bliiten rot."

Paratypes: Asplund 9181 and 9463, both from near Tena,
Napo-Pastaza, Ecuador; Killip & Smith 27455, from Iquitos,
Loreto, Peru, elev. 100 m; R. S. Williams 662, from "San Buena
Ventura", La Paz (7), Bolivia.

Loreya spruceana has a very minute external pubescence of
fine hairs 0.2-0.25 mm long, anther connectives (dry) only about
0.8-1 mm wide at the base, and petals merely granulose-
pulverulent; however, the calyx densely strigulose within and
long-protracted above the torus is similar to that in L.
subandina. The general facies of L. subandina is like that of
L. collatata (vide infra); all of the specimens had been
distributed as L. spruceana. The 10-celled ovary of L.
sSubandina would suggest a position in Bellucia, but the
resemblances to L. spruceana seem more relevant.

162 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 3

LOREYA COLLATATA Wurdack, sp. nov.

L. spruceanae Triana affinis, ramis guvent Se petiolis
supra densiuscule strigulosis, calyeibus 1.5-2 mm longis intus
modice pilis brevissimis strigulosis differt.

Arbor parva 4-8 m alta; ramuli novelli subquadrati demum
teretes sicut petioli supra foliorum vense primariae subtus
pilis gracilibus 0.3-0.5(-3) mm longis densiuscule strigulosi.
Petioli 2-6 cm longi; lamina 15-26 X 7-21 cm ovato-elliptica
apice breviter acuminato basi late acuta vel obtusa, membranacea
et obscure distanterque undulato-serrulata, ubique primum
sparse vel sparsissime laxo-strigulosa (pilis ca. 0.2 mm longis)
supra mox glabrata subtus demum glabrata, 5(-7)-plinervata pari
interiore i-4+.5 cm supra basim divergente nervulis subtus
laxiuscule reticulatis subplanis. Flores 5-meri in ramis multi-
fasciculati (fasciculis usque 9-floris), pedunculo non evoluto,
bracteolis basalibus 0.5 mm longis ovatis subpersistentibus,
pedicellis 7-11 mm longis sicut hypanthiis dense pilis gracili-
bus appressis 0.15-0.2 mm longis et pube furfuracea indutis.
Hypanthium (ad torum) 6-7 mm longum; calyx 1.8-2 mm longus
truncatus vel paullulo 5-undulatus intus modice pilis 0.1-0.15
mm longis gracilibus strigulosus. Petala ubique minute
pruinoso-granulosa 10 X 6 mm ovato-oblonga, apice oblique obtuso
et brevissime mucronulato (ungue ca. 3-4 mm longo vix conspicuo) ,
intus 1.5-2 mm supra basim inconspicue transverso-porcata.
Filamenta 4-5 mm longa; antherarum thecae 5-6 X 1-1.5 mm, poro
unico minuto ventraliter inclinato, connectivo ad basim 1 mm
crasso ventraliter obtusate crasseque bilobulato. Stigma
expansum 2.5-2.6 X 2.5-2.8 mm 5-sulcatum; stylus 12-15.5 X
1-1.5 mm; ovarium 5-loculare omnino inferum, apice glabro circum
stylum non prolongato.

Type Collection: H. A. Allard 22575 (holotype US 2025563),
collected in jungle on ridge east of Tingo Marfa, Depto. San
Martin, Peru, elev. 625-1100 m, 30 Oct. 1949-19 Feb. 1950.

"Forest tree. Flowers white, fragrant.’

Paratypes: Maguire & Fanshawe 22967, from Garroway Stream,
Potaro River, British Guiana; Bernardi 2104 (NY), from 30 km
south of El Dorado, Bolfvar, Venezuela; Breteler 4046, from
Barinas-San Cristobal road, Barinas, Venezuela, elev. 350 m;
Steyermark 99940, from southeast of "Machi ques, Zulia, Venezuela,
elev. 325-350 m; Steyermark & Rabe 96690, from west of El ee
Tachira, Venezuela, elev. 250-300 1 m5; Cazalet & Pennington 7724
from Taisha, Santiago-Zamora, Ecuador, elev. 450 m.

Both L. spruceana and L. Bubnaiene (vide supra) differ in
the longer calyces which are very densely strigulose inside
(the hairs to 1.5 mm long). Vegetatively, L. collatata is quite
like L. subandina, but the petals are merely granulose and the
stamen connective only about 1 mm wide at ne base. All of the
collections except Cazalet & Pennington 7724, Breteler 4046, and
Maguire & Fanshawe 22967 had been named previously es Mauls
Spruceana; these “these three had been distributed as L. mespiloides
Miquel. lLoreya mespiloides differs from L. collatata in the
greater vegetative pubescence development, much longer

1969 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 163

hypanthial pubescence, more definite calyx lobes, and toral
hair tufts within; L. brunnescens (Standl.) Gleason, still
known only by two fruiting collections from Panama, is perhaps
synonymous with L. mespiloides. The Guayana collections of

L. collatata have longer cauline and petiolar hairs and somewhat
smaller fruits than Andean materials. The relative geographic
distribution of L. subandina, L. collatata, and L. spruceana is
not in the neat pattern that a neotropical taxonomist would
prefer. Cogniaux' generic description of Loreya indicated
l-pored anthers, but 7 species actually have biporose anthers,
and L. spruceana (Prance et al 4699), L. collatata, and L.
mespiloides are the only ones with l-pored anthers (the pores
unknown at present in L. mucronata Gleason and L. brunnescens).

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE. XIX

Harold N, Moldenke

ERIOCAULACEAE Lindl.

Additional & emended bibliography: Pluk., Phytogr. 3: pl. 221,
fig. 7. 1692; Petiv., Mus. 796. 1695; Pluk., Almag. 3: 336. 1696;
Rheede, Hort. Malab. 12: 129, pl. 68. 1703; Petiv. Gazoph. 1: pl.
33, fig. 10. 1706; H. Herm., Mus. Zeyl., ed. 1, 7-(1717) and ed.
2, 17. 1726; J. Burm., Thes. Zeyl. 108. 1737; Lightf., Fl. Scot.,
ed. 1, 2: 568--570 (1777) and ed. 2, pr. 1, 2: 568—570. 1789;
Lour., Fl. Cochinch., ed. 1, 60. 1790; Lam., Tabl. Encycl. 1:
212--21, pl. 50. 1791; Lightf., Fl. Scot., ed. 2, pr. 2, 2:
568--570. 17923 H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Ply ed. folio, ls [200]-
203, pl. 69, fig. 2, & pl. 70 (1816) and ed. quarto, 1: [251]—
25h, pl. 69, fig. 2, & pl. 70. 1816; Lam., Tabl. Encycl. 3: 506.
1823; Mart. in Wall., Plant. As. Rar. 3: 25-29, pl. 28 & 2h9.
18323 Roxb., Fl. Ind. 3: 612. 1832; Mart., Flora 2), Beih. 2:

60. 181; Dalz. in Hook., Kew Journ. 3: 280-282. 1851; ktrn.,
Linnaea 27: [561]--692 & 797—799. 1856; C. Muell. in Walp., Ann.
6: 1170—1171. 1861; Thweites & Hook. f., Emm. Pl. Zeyl., pr.
1, 341. 186); Van Heurck, Obs. Bot. 101. 1870; BUck., Flora 56:
90. 1873; Benth., Fl. Austral. 7: 189198 & 792. 1878; Morong,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 18: [351]—~362. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 552, 750, 80h, 829, 877-880, &
1195. 1893; Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 571--585 (1893) and 6:
769. 189; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 19,
35, Tl, 8h, 21h, 295, hO1—102, & 497 (189k) and 2: 681, 960,
1021, 1088, & 1283. 1895; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. l,
pr. 1, 145 (1901) and 158. 1902; Barnhart, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club
29: S85——598. 1902; J. K. Small, Fl. Southeast. U. S., ed. 1,
23-23%, 1328, 1353, 1358, 1361, & 1368. 1903; Durand & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 235 & 310. 1903; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 2: 64, 70, 131, 180, & 203. 190); J. Matsumura, Ind.

16h, PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 3

Pl. Jap. 2 (1): 175--177. 1905; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl.
1, pr. 1, 483. 1906; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 26, 99, 101,
136—127, & 175. 1908; H. Lecomte, Bull. Soc. Bot. France lo:
645. 1909; H. Lecomte, Not. Syst. 2: 21j--216 (1912) and 2: ¥0
& 393. 1913; J. K. Small, Fl. Miami 3-36, 202, & 203. 1913; J.
K. Small, Fl. Fla. Keys 28—29 & 158. 1913; J. K. Small, Fl.
Southeast. U. S., ed. 2, 234-236, 1382, 1385, 1388, & 1392.
1913; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. h, pr. 1, 82, 138, 153, 170, &
230-231. 1913; H. Hallier, Beth. Bot. Centralbl. 31 (2): LS—-h6.
1916; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 1, 97 & 183. 1921; E. D.
Merr., Bibl. Emm. Born. Pl. 110-111. 1921; A. W. Hill, Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 6: 72, 78-79, & 127. 1926; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1:
(1]—~26, (T]~1x, & pl. 1-25). 1928; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 7: 79, 88—89, 133, 135, & 17h. 19293 J. K. Small, Man.
Southeast. Fl. 255258, 1525, 1532, 1537, & 1549. 1933; A. W.
Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 87, 133, 169, & 231. 1933; Satake, Bot.
Mag. Tokyo 51: 285-291 [Shib. Comm. Art. 17: 103—109], fig. 1—
3- 19373; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 37, 105, 156, 199=—~200,
238, & 271-272. 1938; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr.
2, 145, 158, 235, 310, & 83. 1913 H. Pittier, La Mesa Guanip.
22. 192; Castell. in Descole, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: [66]—
10h, pl. 1j—21. 19453 Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pr. 2, 1: 552, 750, 80h, 829, 877—-880, & 1195 (19/6) and 2: 19,
35, 71, 8h, 21h, 295, hOl—h02, 497, 681, 960, 1021, 1088, &
1283. 196; Abbiatti, Rev. Mus. La Plata Bot., new ser., 6:
(312)—3h1, pl. 1 & 2. 1963 E. H. Walker, Contrib. U. S. Nat.
Herd. 30: 380. 1947; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 80,

86, 126, 158, & 22h. 1947; Suesseng. & Heine, Mitteil. Staats-
sanmm. MitMchen 2: 57--58. 1950; Rambo, Anais Bot. 2: 128. 1950;
Heine in Fedde, Repert. Sp. Nov. 54: 223-22). 1951; Moldenke in
Maguire & Phelps, Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. lk: 10. 1952;
Moldenke, Mutisia 6: 1-—-3. 1952; Meikle & Baldwin, Am. Journ.
Bot. 39: hy—51. 1952; Moldenke in Maguire, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard.
8: 97. 1953; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. ll: 88, 133, 157,
175--176, & 2h. 1953; Niering, Ecol. Monog. 23: 132. 1953; J. S.
Beard, Ecol. Monog. 23: 170 & 177. 1953; Suesseng. & Heine, Mit-
teil. Staatssam,. Mltnchen 6: 220 & 227. 1953; Koyama, Philip.
Journ. Sci. 8h: [365] & 367--378, pl. 2--6. 1956; Moldenke in
Maguire & Wurdack, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 9: 278—283. 1957; Mol-
denke in Maguire, Steyermark, & Wurdack, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard.
9: h08—12h. 1957; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, pr. 2, 82, 138,
pr. 3, iS, 158, 235, 310, & h83. 19593 G. Taylor, Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 12: 55, 79, 90, 101, 122, & 138. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 552, 750, 804, 829, 877-~880, &
1195 (1960) and 2: 19, 35, 71, 8h, 214, 295, hOl—h02, 497, 681,
960, 1021, 1088, & 1283. 19603 Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 2,
97 & 183. 1960; Tamayo, Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 22: LO, 6,
87--88, & 170. 1961; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Some Col.
Tllustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 175--185 & {,29--1:30, pl. 48, fig.
303=-311. 19643; Thwaites & Hook. f., Emm. Pl. Zeyl., pr. 2, 31.
196k; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 52, 78, 98, & 132. 1966;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.13: 505-~506. 1968; Moldenke, Phytolo-

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 165

gia 18: 72—-112. 1969.

The Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth references given in the bibli-
ography above are sometimes dated "1815" or "1817", and, indeed,
the title-page of the folio edition is dated "1815", but accord-
ing to Barnhart (1902) both editions were issued (insofar as the
pages and plates involved here are concerned) in 1816.

It is of interest to note that page 393 of the Lecomte refer-
ence cited in the same bibliography above is in the index section
of the volume and is dated "31 décembre 1893"; an obvious typograph-
ic error, since the journal did not begin until 1909 and the vol-
ume involved was issued during 1911, 1912, and 1913. Perhaps the
fact that it was probably New Year's Eve, 1913, when those index
pages were actually printed, had something to do with the mistake.

BLASTOCAULON Ruhl.

Additional bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: [397]. 1928;
A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 37. 1938; Abbiatti, Rev. Mus. La
Plata Bot., new ser., 6: [311], 313, & 315. 196; Moldenke, Phy-
tologia 18: 7h—75. 1969.

BLASTOCAULON PROSTRATUM (Ktrn.) Ruhl.

Additional bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: [397]. 1928;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 7h. 1969.

Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 706 from Minas Gerais.

BLASTOCAULON RUPESTRE (Gardn.) Ruhl.

Additional bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: [397]. 1928;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 7-75. 1969.

Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 208 from Minas Gerais.

BLASTOCAULON SPELEICOLA Alv. Silv.
Additional & emended bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 27h
& [397], pl. 182. 1928; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 75. 1969.
Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 182. 1928.
Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 707 from Minas Gerais.

ERIOCAULON Gron.

Additional & emended synonymy: Eriocavlon Crantz, Inst. 1: 360.
1766. Eriocavlon L. ex Willd. in L., Sp. Pl., ed. h, 1: 485.
1797. Eriocaulon L. ex H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio,

1: [200] (1816) and ed. quarto, 1: [251]. 1816.

Additional & emended bibliography: Pluk., Phytogr. 3: pl. 221,
fig. 7. 1692; Petiv., Mus. 796. 1695; Pluk., Almag. 3: 336. 1696;
Rheede, Hort. Malab. 12: 129, pl. 68. 1703; Petiv., Gazoph. 1: pl.
33, fig. 10. 1706; H. Herm., Mus. Zeyl., ed. 1, 7 (1717) and ed.
2, 17. 1726; J. Burm., Thes. Zeyl. 108. 1737; Lightf., Fl. Scot.,
ed. 1, 2: 568--570 (1777) and ed. 2, pr. 1, 2: 568-570. 1789;
Lour., idk: Cochinch., ed, ae 60. 1790; Lam., Tabl. Encycl. 1: 212-
214, pl. 50. 1791; Lightf., Fl. Scot., ed. 2, pr. 2, 2: 568—570.
1792; H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 1: [200]—203, pl.
69, fig. 2, & pl. 70 (1816) and ed. quarto, 1: [251]—25h, pl. 69,

166 ply «> eer al Be se ge Vol. 18, mo. 3

fig. 2, & pl. 70. 1816; Lam., Tabl. Encycl. 3: 506. 1823; Mart.
in Wall., Plant. As. Rar. 3: 25-—29, pl. 248 & 249. 1832; Mart.,
Flora 2h, Beih. 2: 60. 181; Dalz. in Hook., Kew Journ. 33 260—
282. 1851; C. Muell. in Walp., Ann. 1170—1171. 1861; Thwaites &
Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., pr. 1, 31. 1864; Van Heurek, Obs.
Bot. 101. 1870; Benth., Fl. Austral. 7: 190—198 & 792. "1878;
Morong, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 138: 352—-359. 1891; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & hg Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 750, 829, & 877-—~-880.
1893; Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 571-585 (1893) and 6: 769.
1894; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 35, 71,
& 296 (189) and 2: 681, 960, 1021, & 1283. 1895; Barnhart,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 29: 5gt—598 . 1902; J. K. Small, Fl. * South-
east. U. S., ed. 1, 234--236, 1328, & 1353. 1903; J. Watsumra,
Ind. Pl. Jap. 2 (1): 175-177. 1905; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3:
26, 69—70, & 126. 1908; H. Lecomte, Bull. Soc. Bot. France },5:
645. 1909; H. Lecomte, Not. Syst. 2: 214—-216 (1912) and 2: 380
& 393. 1913; J. K. Small, Fl. Miami 37--38 & 202. 1913; J. K.
Small, Fl. Southeast. U. Se. ed. 2, 234--236 & 1382. 1913; H.
Hallier, Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 3) (2): 45—l6. 1916; E. D. Merr,,
Bibl. Enum. Born. Pl. 110111. 1921; aa Physis 6: %1—
362. 1923; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: [7], [11]—20, (397]—398,
(421]—h22, & [I], pl. 16 ["Iv"]. 1928; J. K. Small, Man.
Southeast. Fl. 255, 257--258, & 1525. 1933; Satake, Bot. Mag.
Tokyo 51: 285-291" {Shib. Comm. Art. 17: 103—109], fig. 1—3.
1937; H. Pittier, La Mesa Guanip. 22. 192; Castell. in Descole,
Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: [69]—91, [99], & Lees FE = 1y—
21. 1945; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2
750, 829, & 877—-880 (196) and 2: 35, 71, 295, 681, 960, ee
& 1283. 1946; Abbiatti, Rev. Mus. La Plata ta Bot, new ser., 6:
[311]—-319, 321-332, 339, & 340, fig. 1 pl. 1 & 2. 1946;
Jacques-Félix, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 9h: ag aes 19h7; E. He
Walker, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 30: 380. 1947; Suesseng. &
Heine, "Mitteil. Staatssamm. Mtnchen 2: 570-58. 1950; Rambo, An-
ais Bot. 2: 128. 1950; Heine in Fedde, Repert. Sp. Nov. 5h:
223-~22. 1951; Moldenke in Maguire & Phelps » Bol. Soc. Venez.
Cienc. Nat. 14: 10. 1952; Moldenke in Maguire, Mem. N. Y. Bot.
Gard. 8: 976 1953; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. li: 88 &
157. 1953; Niering, Ecol. Monog. 23: 132. 1953; Suesseng. &
Heine, Mitteil. Staatssamm. Mtfnmchen 6: 220 & 227. 1953; Koyama,
Philip. Journ. Sci. 8h: 367--378, pl. 2--6. 1956; Moldenke in
Maguire & Wurdack, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 9: 278. "19573 Cuatre-
casas, Revist. Acad. Colomb. Cienc. 10: 25h. 1958; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 750, 829, & 877-—-880
(1960) and 2: 35, 71, 295, 681, 960, 1021, & 1283. 1960; Tamayo,
Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 22: lO, 6, 87—88, & 170. 1961;
Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Niustr. Herb. Pl.
Japan 3: 175—185 & ,29--430, pl. 8, fig. 303--311. 196k;
Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., pr. 2, 31. 1964; Hock-
ing, Excerpt. Bot. A.13: 506. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 18:
While the variant classical orthography with a "v" instead
of a "u" in this generic name, used by Willdenow (1797), is not

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 167

definitely accredited to Linnaeus by him, the credit is certainly
implied since he cites Linnaeus! Genera Plantarum, ed. , immedi-
ately after the name.

The Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth references in the bibliography
given above are sometimes dated "1815" or "1817", and, indeed,
the title-page of the folio edition is dated "1815", but accord-
ing to Barnhart (1902) the pages and plates which concern us here
were first published in 1816,

The members of this genus are usually called "pipeworts",
"button-rods", or "hat-pins" in the United States and "joncinelle"
in French-speaking lands.

ERIOCAULON ACHITON Ktrn.

Additional bibliography: Benth., Fl. Austral. 7: 19). 1878;
Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind, 6: 58). 1893; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot.
3: 18. 1922; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 59 (1968) and 18: 10 (1969)
and 17: 77. 1969.

Bentham (1878) reduces E. achiton to synonymy under E, nigri-
cans R. Br., which, in turn, is now reduced to synonymy under E.
pygmaeum Soland.

ERIOCAULON AFRICANUM Hochst.
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 78. 1969.
It should be noted that the homonym, E. africanum Sonder, 1960,

is a synonym of E, matopense Rendle.

ERIOCAULON AFZELIANUM Wikstr.
Additional bibliography: K&rn. in Miq., Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.
3: 164. 1867; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 77. 1969.

ERIOCAULON ALPESTRE Hook. f. & Thoms.

Additional & emended bibliography: Ktrn. in Miq., Ann. Mus. Bot.
Lugd. 3: 163. 1867; Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 578. 1893; Fyson,
Journ. Indian Bot. 3: 12, pl. 2. 1922; Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci.
84: 367--368. 1956; Koyama in Kitamra, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Il-
ee Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 429. 1964; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 77.
1969.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: pl. 42. 1922.

Hooker (1893) regarded E. kiusianum Maxim. as a synonym of E,

alpestre.

ERIOCAULON ANGUSTIFOLIUM Ktrn.

Additional bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: [397]. 1928;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 79. 1969.

Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 3 from Minas Gerais.

ERIOCAULON ANNAMENSE H. Lecomte
Additional & emended bibliography: H. Lecomte, Not. Syst. 2:
215 (1912) and 2: 393. 1913; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 80. 1969.

ERIOCAULON ARECHAVALETAE Herter
Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon arechavaleta Herter apud Abbi-

168 Ld ee tN WT Jd Het pal SO gl Vol. 18, no. 3

atti, Rev. Mus. La Plata Bot., new ser., 6: 326, sphalm. 1916.

Additional & emended bibliography: Herter, Rev. Sudam. Bot.
2: 125. 1935; Castell. in Descole, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: 72,
75, 80-83, & [103], pl. 1h & 15. 1945; Abbiatti, Rev. Mus. La
Plata Bot., new ser., 6: 326. 196; Moldenke, Phytologia 17:
480. 1969.

Illustrations: Castell. in Descole, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3:
pl. 1, & 15. 1945.

ERIOCAULON ATRATUM K&rn.

Additional & emended bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind.
6: 572—-57 & 585. 1893; Fyson, Journ, Indian Bot. 3: 18. 1922;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 77. 1969.

Fyson (1921), in his discussion of E. ceylanicum ktrn., notes
that "This species is very closely allied to E, atratum, and if
the involucral bracts of the latter vary, as stated by Hooker in
Fl. Ceylon from black to yellowish, all these forms should be
included under one species. The only other real distinction
given by Hooker is that the lower floral bracts of E. atratum
are very shortly cuspidate, the upper being acute (as in E. cey-
lanicum) ." EF

ERIOCAULON ATRATUM var. MAJOR Thwaites

Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon atratum #6 major Thwaites apud
Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 573, in syn. 1893. Eriocaulon
atratum var. minor Mart. ex Moldenke, Phytologia Le 30, in
syn. 1953.

Additional bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 572—
573- 1893; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: 18. 1922; Moldenke,
Phytologia 18: 77--78. 1969.

ERIOCAULON ATRUM Nakai

Additional & emended bibliography: Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci.
Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 53, 57, & 60—-61, pl. 12, fig. 2h.
1940; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 78, 107, & 108. 1969.

ERIOCAULON AUSTRALASICUM (F. Muell.) Korn.

Additional & emended bibliography: Benth., Fl. Austral. 7:
191, 195, & 792. 1878; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pre 1, 1: 829, 877, & 878 (1893), pr. 2, 1: 829, 877, & 878
(19465, and pr. 3, 1: 829, 877, & 878. 1960; Moldenke, Phytolo-
gia 18: 79. 1969.

ERIOCAULON AUSTRALE R. Br.

Additional & emended bibliography: Benth., Fl. Austral. 7:
190, 192, & 792. 1878; Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. 84: 368 &
378, pl. 6, fig. D. 1956; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 79. 1969.

Sh a aa Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. 8: pl. 6, fig. D.
1956.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 169

ERIOCAULON BANANI H. Lecomte
This entry is to be deleted because it has been shown that Le-

camte's name is conspecific with and a synonymy of E. latifolium
Je Sm.

ERIOCAULON BENTHAMI Kunth
Additional & emended bibliography: Morong, Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club 18: 357—358. 1891; Moldenke, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 5223
1h1. 19h0; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 61 (1968) and 17: 83. 1969.
The Kinloch 213, distributed as E. benthami, is actually the
tyoe collection of E. kinlochii Moldenke, while Perrottet 1166 is

Ee. leucomelas Steud.

ERIOCAULON BIFISTULOSUM Van Heurck & Muell .-Arg.

Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon bifistulosum Van Heurck apud
Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 572. 1893. Eriocaulon setaceum
Benth. apud Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 72, in syn. 1093 [not E.
setaceum Auct., 1903, nor Crantz, 1766, nor Heyne, 1832, nor L.,
1753, nor Lour., 1790, nor Rottl., 1960, nor Wall., 1893, nor
Wight, 1832, nor Willd., 1959].

Additional bibliography: Benth., Fl. Austral. 7: 191. 1878;
Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 572. 1893; Abbiatti, Rev. Mus. La
Plata Phe , new ser., 6: [311]. 196; Moldenke, Phytologia 18:
79. 19 96

Eriocaulon setaceum L. is a valid species, with the homonyms
accredited to Crantz and to Wallich as synonyms, but the E. seta-
ceum credited to "Auct." is a synonym of E, intermedium Ktrn.,
while the homonym accredited to Heyne is E. sexangulare l., that
credited to Loureiro is Fimbristylis setacea Benth. in the Cyper-
aceae, that credited to Rottler and to Willdenow is E. cinereum
R. Bre, and that credited to Wight is E. eee Le

oor aaa citations: CONGO LEOPOLDVILLE: Malaisse 5110 (Ac,
Rf).

ERIOCAULON BILOBATUM Morong
Additional & emended bibliography: H. B. Davis, Life & Works
Pringle 9h, 123, & 1sl. 19363 Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 483. 1969.

ERIOCAULON BLUMEI KUrn.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 83—8h.
1969.

Van Steenis has recently given his opinion that E. macrophyl-
ium Ruhl. should be reduced to synonymy under E. blumei.

ERIOCAULON BOMBAYANUM Ruhl.
Additional bibliography: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: 17. 1922;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 48h. 1969.

ERIOCAULON BREVIPEDUNCULATUM Merr.
Additional bibliography: E. D. Merr., Bibl. Enum. Born. Pl. 110.

170 Pay tT O70 G73 Vol. 18, no. 3

1921; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 80. 1969.
Merrill (1921) cites Clemens 10611 and Haslam s.n. from
British North Borneo (Sabah) .

ERIOCAULON BREVISCAPUM Ktrn.

Emended synonymy: Eriocaulon breviscapon Ktrn. apud Fyson,
Journ. Indian Bot. 3: 13 & ih, pl. WS. 1922.6

Additional bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 575—
576. 1893; Fyson, Journ, Indian Bot. 3: 13 & ly. 1922; Moldenke,
Phytologia 17: 485. 1969.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: pl. 4S. 1922.

ERIOCAULON BROMELIOIDEUM H. Lecomte
Additional bibliography: H. Lecomte, Not. Syst. 2: 215 (1912)
and 2: 393. 1913; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 80. 1969.

ERIOCAULON BROMELIOIDEUM var. LATIFOLIUM H. Lecomte

Synonymy: Eriocaulon bromelioideum var. latifolia H. Leconte,
Not. Syst. 2: 215, hyponym. 1912.

Bibliography: H. Lecomte, Not. Syst. 2: 215 (1912) and 2:
393. 1913.

Lecomte (1912) gives no description for this taxon, but
cites as the type Lecomte & Finet 1555bis from Dalat, annan, In
dochina. It is curious to note that the index to this volume is
dated "31 décembre 1893" -- surely an error since this journal
did not start until 1909 and volume 2 was issued in parts during
19l1, 1912, and 1913. It seems obvious that the index was is-
sued at the same time as the last text pages, namely, on Decem-
ber 31, 1913.

ERIOCAULON BROWNIANUM Mart.

Emended synonymy: Eriocaulon brownianum Wall., Numer. List
207. 1832 [not E. brownianum Hook. f., 1903].

Additional & emended bibliography: Mart. in Wall., Plant. As.
Rar. 3: 25--26 & 28, pl. 28. 1832; Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6:
576. 1893; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 262—26, pl. 17. 1921;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 80. 1969.

Illustrations: Mart. in Wall., Plant. As. Rar. 3: pl. 26.
1832; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 17. 1921.

Martius (1832) based this species on an umnumbered collection
made by Silva in Silhet. Hooker (1893) regarded E. nilagirense
Steud. as a synonym of E. browniamum, and this fact forms the
basis for the homonyn, E. browniamim Hook. f., cited by Ruhland
(1903) as a synonym of E. nilagirense.

It is worth noting here that Fyson (1921) divided E. browmi-
anum into three varieties: (a) var. typica, with the "leaves and
involucre often (but not always) glabrous, Assam; Silhet (type),
Khasia; Burma; Manipur"; (b) var. nilagirense, with the "Whole
plant gee and more robust than the type. Leaves usually
shorter and broader, but sometimes narrow. Scapes stout and

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 171

hairy. Heads 1 inch flat or hemispheric. Involucre black,
hairy. Female flower: — Sepals less deeply boatshaped. Petals
a little broader; otherwise as in the type. See Fig. p. 263. S.
India and Ceylon at high elevations. Very common in semi-dry or
marshy land at about 7000 ft., forming usually dense tufts a foot
or more across. The flowers smell strongly of honey and are
visited by small butterflies. The name suggests that this is a
variety confined to these regions but in Herb. Calcutta are sheets
from Khazia hardly if at all different. Hooker was the first I
think to reduce Steudel's species to E. brownianum Mart. Koern-
icke considered it closest to E. Wightianum. Var. b. was founded
by Steudel as a distinct species, but reduced by Hooker to E.
brownianum. It was restored to specific rank by Ruhland and be-
cause the type has glabrous involucre is separated in his clavis
by 2h species"; and (c) var. macrophyllum, with no diagnostic
characters given, but with the comments "Ruhl. lc. No. 95. Malay
Peninsula....Ruhland described (lc. p. 77) the Malay Peninsula
form (var. c) as a distinct species E. macrophyllum (Ruhl. No. 95)
but if the sheet so named in Herb. Calc. is identified correctly
it is in my opinion the same species. In Herb. Calc. is a sheet
from China which might equally well be separated as a distinct
species."

ERIOCAULON BRUNONIS Britten

Additional & emended bibliography: Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879 (1893) and 2: 681 (1895), pr. 2, 1: 879
(196) and 2: 681 (19h6), and pr. 3, 1: 879 (1960) and 2: 681.
1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 80. 1969.

ERIOCAULON BUCHANANII Ruhl.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 85—l86
(1969) and 18: 97. 1969.

The Raynal & Raynal 6879, distributed as E. buchananii, is ac-
tually E. inundatum Moldenke.

ERIOCAULON BUERGERIANUM Ktrn.

Additional & emended bibliography: Ktrn. in Miq., Am. Mus.
Bot. Lugd. 3: 163—16). 1867; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib.
Verbenac., [ed. 2], 108, 132—135, 110, 20h, & 205. 1919; Koyama,
pie Journ. Sci. 84: 368. 1956; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 80.
1969.

The vernacular name, "t6yen-inunohige", is recorded for this
species,

ERIOCAULON CABRALENSE Alv. Silv.

Additional & emended bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1:
17—19 & [397], pl. 5 & 5a. 1928; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 86.
1969.

Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 5 & 5a. 1928.

Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 595 from Minas Gerais.

172 Pole eereOr ls OvG ink Vol. 18, no. 3

ERIOCAULON CAESIUM Griseb.
Additional bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 13. 1928;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 86. 1969.

ERIOCAULON CARSONI F. Muell.

Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 27, 33, 0, hl, & 61. 196; Moldenke, Known Ge-
ogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2), 153 & 206. 1919; Moldenke,
Phytologia 18: 81. 1969.

ERIOCAULON CEYLANICUM Ktrn.

Additional & emended synonymy: Eriocaulon ceylanicum var.
subcaulescens Hook. f, ex Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 310. 1921.
Eriocaulon subacaulescens Hook. f. ex Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 32, sphalm. 1946. Eriocaulon ceylanicum var.
subcaulescens (Hook. f.) Fyson ex Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 58,
in syn. 1968.

Additional & emended bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6:
573 & 585. 1893; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 310 & 312, pl. 27 &
28. 1921; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 2h, 32, 33, 0,
& 2. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2],
130, 20h, & 206. 199; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: ll, 16, 18, &
25. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 81. 1969.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 27 & 28. 1921.

It should be noted here that Fyson (1921) considers Hooker's
E. subcaulescens as a distinct variety of E. ceylanicum. He de-
scribes his E, ceylanicum var. typica as "Stems 0, leaves linear,
2—6 ins. by 1/10 ins., from a broader base. Ceylon, Eliya Lake".
On the other hand, he describes E. ceylanicum var. subcaulescens
as "Stem to 2 ins. Leaves aoe ins. by 1/6 ins., slightly
broader at the base. Scapes stouter, but heads exactly as in the
type species of which this appears to be more developed or a form
of drier positions. Plate 28. Ceylon; Horton Plain. This spe-
cies is very closely allied to E. atratum, and if the involucral
bracts of the latter vary, as stated by Hooker in Fl. Ceylon
from black to yellowish, all these forms should be included under
one species. The only other real distinction given by Hooker is
that the lower floral bracts of E. atratum are very shortly cus-
pidate, the upper being acute (as in E. ceylanicum). Ruhland
makes three species of these forms."

Hooker (1900) considered E. atratum Thwaites as a synonym of
E. ceylanicum, but this name is now placed under E. subglaucum
Ruhl. He also dates KUrnicke's original description as "155]",
but the page involved actually was not issued until 1856.

ERIOCAULON CINEREUM R. Br.

Emended synonymy: Eriocaulon sexangulare Mart. apud Hook. f.,
Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 577, in syn. 1893 [not E. sexangulare Fyson,
1959, nor Heyne, 1832, nor L., 1753, nor Willd., 1841]. Eriocau-
lon hexangulare Kunth apud Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 577, in syn.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 173

1893 [not E. hexangulare L., 1959, nor Royle, 1839]. Eriocaulon
hexangulare Wall. ex Moldenke, Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 27: 137, in
syn. 1937. Eriocaulon siebolotiamm Sieb. & Zucc. apud Koyama,
Philip. Journ. Sci. 8h: 373, sphalm. 1956. Eriocaulon setaceun
Willd. ex Moldenke, Résumé 292, in syn. 1959 [not E. setaceum
Auct., 1903, nor Benth., 1893, nor Crantz, 1766, nor Heyne, 1832,
nor L., 1753, nor Lour., 1790, nor Wall., 1893, nor Wight, 1832].

Additional & emended bibliography: Benth., Fl. Austral. 7:

191, 193--19h, & 792. 1878; Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 577-578
& 585. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1:
877--879 (1893) and 2: 71. 189); Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: 13
& 15, pl. 50 & 51. 19223 Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pr. 2, 1: 877--879 (196) and 2: 71. 196; Koyama, Philip. Journ.
Sci. 84: 373. 1956; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr.
3, 1: 877--879 (1960) and 2: 71. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 18:
81-82 & 105. 1969.

Additional illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: pl. 50
& Sl. 1922.

The E. setaceum, referred to in the synonymy above, is a valid
species with the homonym accredited to Crantz and to Wallich as
synonyms, while the homonym accredited to Bentham is &. bifistulo-
sum Van Heurck & Muell.-Arg., that credited to Heyne is E. sexan-
gulare L., that credited to Loureiro is Fimbristylis setacea
Benth. in the Cyperaceas, and that credited to Wight is E. quin-
quangulare L. Hooker (1893) regarded E. setaceum Heyne as a
synonym of what we now call E. cinereum R. Br., rather than E.
sexangulare L. 9 ne

ERIOCAULON CIPOENSE Alv. Silv.

Additional & emended bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1:
{11]—-12, 20, & [397], pl. 1. 1928; Moldenke, Phytologia 17:
488. 1969.

Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 1. 1928.

Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 343 from Minas Gerais.

ERIOCAULON COLLETTII Hook. f.
Additional & emended bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6:
575 1893; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 88. 1969.

ERIOCAULON COLLINUM Hook. f.

Additional & emended bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6:
58. 1893; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: 1, & 18. 1922; Moldenke,
Phytologia 18: 82 & 108. 1969.

The Benbauer 30, distributed as E. collinun, is actually E.
leucomelas Steud. mixed with something non-eriocaulaceous.

ERIOCAULON COMPRESSUM Lam.

Additional & emended bibliography: Lam., Tabl. Encycl. 1: 213.
1791; Jacks. in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 877 & 878
(1893) and 2: 960. 1895; J. K. Small, Fl. Miami 37. 1913; J. K.

17h PHEHYTOLOGOIS Vol. 18, no. 3

Small, Man, Southeast. Fl. 257 & 258. 1933; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 877 & 878 (1946) and 2: 960 (1916)
and pr. 3, 1: 877 & 878 (1960) and 2: 960. 1960; Moldenke, Phy-
tologia 18: 80 & 82—-83. 1969.

The French vernacular name for this plant is "joncinelle com
primée",

ERIOCAULON CONCRETUM F. Muell.
Additional bibliography: Benth., Fl. Austral. 7: 191, 195, &
792. 1878; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 97. 1969.

ERIOCAULON CRASSISCAPUM Bong.

Additional & emended bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1:
[397]. 1928; Molfino, Physis 6: 361--362. 1923; Castell. in
Descole, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: 70, 73, 81, 87, 88, & [103],
pl. 17 & 21. 1945; Abbiatti, Rev. Mus. La Plata Bot., new ser.
6: [(311J—313, 318, 319, 321, 327, 329-—332, 339, & 30, fig. f,
ae & 6, pl. 2 (1). 1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 49i—95.
1969.

Emended illustrations: Abbiatti, Rev. Mus. La Plata Bot., new
ser., 6: 327 & 330, fig. h (D) & 6, pl. 2 (1). 1916.

Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 201 from Minas Gerais.

ERIOCAULON CRISTATUM Mart.

Additional & emended bibliography: Ktrn., Linnaea 27: 609.
1856; Wall., Numer. List 208 ["207"]. 1832; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3:
559--560 & 568. 1841; Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 573 & 57h.
1893; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 78, 81, & 83. 1969.

It is worth noting that Wallich (1832), Kunth (181), and
Hooker (1893) all regarded E. quinquangulare Heyne as a synonym
of what they called E. melaleucum Mart., now known as E. leuco—
melas Steud., rather than as a synonym of E. cristatum.

Martius (1832) based E. cristatum on an unnumbered collection
of Bruce and one of Silva from Silhet.

The Meebold 9735, distributed as E. cristatum, is actually E.
leucomelas Steud.

ERIOCAULON CUSPIDATUM Dalz.
Additional & emended bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6:
581. 1893; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 83. 1969.

ERIOCAULON DALZELLII Ktrn.

Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon dalzeli Fyson, Journ. Indian
Bot. 3: 1h, in syn. 1922,

Additional & emended bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6:
580—-581 & 585. 1893; H. Lecomte, Not. Syst. 2: 215 & 216 (1912)
and 2: 393. 1913; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: 13 & lh, pl. 6.
1922; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 83--8h. 1969.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: pl. 6. 1922.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 175

ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE L.

Additional synonymy: Eriocavlon statices Crantz, Inst. 1: 360.
1766. Eriocaulon statices Crantz apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879, in syn. 1893. Eriocaulon decemangulare
L. ex Moldenke, Résumé 287, in syn. 1959 [not E. decemangulare
H.B.K., 1815, nor Ktrn., 1959]. & alas ee

Additional & emended bibliography: Lightf., Fl. Scot., ed. l,
2: 569-570 (1777) and ed. 2, pr. 1, 2: 569--570. 1789; Lam.,
Tabl. Encycl. 1: 213. 1791; Lightf., Fl. Scot., ed. 2, pr. 2, 2:
569--570. 1792; HeB.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 1: 202
(1816) and ed. quarto, 1: 25). 1816; Mart. in Wall., Plant. As.
Rar. 3: 28. 1832; Morong, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 18: 35-355.
1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893)
and 2: 681 & 1021. 1895; J. K. Small, Fl. Miami 37. 1913; J. K.
Small, Man. Southeast. Fl. 257 & 258. 1933; Castell. in Descole,
Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: [79] & [103]. 19, 3 Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (1946) and 2: 681 & 1021 (1916)
and pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960) and 2: 681 & 1021. 1960; Hocking, Excerpt.
Bot. A.13: 506. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 83 & 84. 1969.

The E. decangulare Lightf. is a synonym of the Old World E.
septangulare With., not of E. pellucidum Michx. ( a New World
species) as erroneously stated by me in a previous publication
before I knew where its type was collected. The E. decemangulare
H.B.K. and its homonym accredited to Ktrnicke are both synonyms of
E. humboldtii Kunth. Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth (1816) actually
propose their E. decemangulare as a new orthography, and therefore
a new name, for E. decangulare L., but it is usually placed in the
synonyny of E. humboldtii because it is accompanied by a new diag-
nosis, does not have Linnaeus' surname immediately following, and
it based entirely on South American plant specimens.

The French vernacular name for E. decangulare is "joncinelle
decangulaire", re

ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE var. MINOR Moldenke
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: )5—l6. 1968;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.13: 506. 1968.

ERIOCAULON DEPRESSUM R. Br.

Additional bibliography: Benth., Fl. Austral. 7: 191, 197--198,
& 792. 1878; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 85 & 112. 1969.

Bentham (1878) regarded E. heterogymum F,. Muell. as conspecif-
ic with and a synonym of this taxon, but Ruhland (1903) keeps
them apart.

ERIOCAULON DICTYOPHYLLUM Ktrn.

Additional bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: [397]. 1928;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 85 & 91. 1969.

Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 67 from Minas Gerais.

ERIOCAULON DREGEI Hochst.
Additional bibliography: Meikle, Kew Bull. 22: 11. 1968; Mol-

176 Yo as ee Oe TA Vol, 18, no. 3

denke, Phytologia 18: 56--57. 1968.

Meikle (1968) asserts that E,. mamfetnse Meikle is related to
E. dregei, "sed scapis numerosioribus, gracilioribus, capitulis
minoribus, bracteis floralibus et floribus stramineis nec fus-
soaps sepalis floris foeminei haud alato-carinatis inter alia
rece °

ERIOCAULON DUTHIEI Hook. f.
Additional & emended bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6:
578. 1893; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 85. 1969.

ERIOCAULON EBERHARDTII H. Lecomte

Additional & emended bibliography: H. Lecomte, Not. Syst. 2:
215 (1912) and 2: 393. 1913: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 57—58.
1968.

ERIOCAULON ECHINULATUM Mart.

Additional & emended bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6:
579. 1893; H. Lecomte, Not. Syst. 2: 215 (1912) and 2: 393.
1913; Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. 8h: 363—369. 1956; Moldenke,
Phytologia 18: 85 & 103. 1969.

Martius (1832) based this species on an unnumbered W,. Gomez
collection from Tavoy.

ERIOCAULON EHRENBERGIANUM Klotzsch

Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon sessaei Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
17: 1 & 2; hyponyn. 1968.

Additional & emended bibliography: Sessé & Moc., Fl. Mex.,
ed. 1, 17 [La Naturaleza, ser. 2, 2: App. 2] (18935 and ed. 2,
16. 189); Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 20. 1928; A. W. Hill, Ind.

Kew. Suppl. 7: 88. 1929; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: [1}, 9, & lo.
1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 85. 1969.

The original description of E. anceps by Sessé & Mocino
(1893), on which E. sessaei Moldenke was based, is as follows:
"Eriocaulon culmo ancipiti, foliis ensiformibus capitulo ouato.
Folia radicalia, ensiformia, integerrima, exsuccosa, asperiuscu-
la. Culmus anceps, erectus, glaber. Capitulum terminale, ouatun,
multiflorum. Glumae ouatae, concauae, coriaceae, sessiles,
fuscae. Flores lutei, insipidi, inodorique. Petala basi barbata.
Antherae didymae. Semina plurima minutissima. Habitat in
Ahmalulci apricis. Floret Septembri. ¥."

There has been considerable discussion about the exact loca-
tion of the Ahwalulco of Sessé & Mocifio. The United States Board
of Geographic Names' Gazeteer of Mexico lists three localities
with this name: (1) in Jalisco, 40 miles north of Guadalajara,
and also known as Ahualulco del Mercados, (2) in San Luis Potosi,
20 miles northwest of the city of that name, and (3) a small vil-
lage in Guanajuato. The Lippincott Gazeteer states that the
first of these has a population of 6000, the second of 1000, and
the third is not listed at all. Sprague in 1926 [Kew Bull. Misc.
Inf. 9: 417--425] concluded that the Jalisco location is the one

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 177

visited by Sessé & Mociflo because it is the largest and is ona
railroad. I am indebted to Mrs. Ida K Langman, in a letter to me
dated December 23, 1968, for this valuable information.

Dr. Rogers McVaugh, however, in a recent communication to me
states that there is still another place by that name, in Tabas-
co, and that, based on the evidence of Sessé & Mocifio's collec-
tions themselves and the types of ecological habitat available at
this site as compared to the others, it is obvious to him that
the Tabasco locality is actually the one visited by Sessé & Moc-
iflo and is the one referred to by them in their published works.

ERIOCAULON ELICHRYSOIDES Bong.
Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 86--87 & 100.
1969.
The Sellow B.1290 C.263, distributed as E. elichrysoides,
seems actually to be the type collection of E. kunthii Ktrn.
Additional citations: PARAGUAY: Hassler 11348 (Ca—929858).

ERIOCAULON EURYPEPLON Ktrn.

Additional bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 585.
1893; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: 17. 1922; Moldenke, Phytologia
18: 88. 1969.

ERIOCAULON FISTULOSUM R. Br.
Additional bibliography: Benth., Fl. Austral. 7: 191, 197, &
792. 1878; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 90. 1969.

ERIOCAULON FLUVIATILE Trimen

Additional bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 585.
1893; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: 13 & 15, pl. 49. 1922; Molden-
ke, Phytologia 18: 90—91. 1969.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: pl. 9. 1922.

ERIOCAULON GIBBOSUM Ktrn.
, ee bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 88 & 93—
9h. 1969.

Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 620 from Minas Gerais.

ERIOCAULON GILGIANUM Ruhl.

Additional bibliography: Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., pr. 1, 1: 750 (1893), pr. 2, 1: 750, (1946), and pr..3,,1:
750. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 9l—-98. 1969.

ERIOCAULON GLABRIFLORUM Ridl.
Additional bibliography: Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. 8h: 37h.
1956; Moldenke, Phytologia 15: 98. 1969.

ERIOCAULON GLAUCUM Griff.
Additional bibliography: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: 17.
1922; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 99. 1969.

178 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 3

ERIOCAULON GLAZIOVII Ruhl.
Additional bibliography: Castell. in Descole, Gen. & Sp. Pl.
Argent. 3: 75 & [103]. 1945; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 99. 1969.
Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 621 from Minas Gerais.

ERIOCAULON GRACILE Mart.

Emendec synonymy: Eriocaulon sericans Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind.
6: 577. 1893 [not E. sericans Heyne, 1632, nor Mart., 1693).

Additional & emended bibliography: Ktrn. in Miq., Ann. Mus.
Bot. Lugd. 3: 164. 1867; Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 577. 1893;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 100—103. 1969.

Hooker (1893) reduces E. gracile to synonymy under what he
called E. sericans Mart., as he also does E, infirmum Steud.
ee (1832) seems to have based his E. gracile on Wallich
1527.

ERIOCAULON HAMILTONIANUM Mart.

Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon oryzetorum Hook. f. apud
Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 1-30); 107, in syn. 1903 [not
E. oryzetorum Mart., 1832]. Eriocaulon orizetorum Hook. f. apud
H. Lecomte, Not. Syst. 2: 21h, in syn. 1912.

Additional & emended bibliography: Hook, f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6:
579. 1893; H. Lecomte, Not. Syst. 2: 21h (1912) and 2: 393. 1913;
Fyson, Journ, Indian Bot. 2: 313 & 316, pl. 33. 1921; Moldenke,
Phytologia 18: 105—107. 1969.

Hooker (1893) reduces E. hamiltonianum to the synonymy of E.
oryzetorum Mart., which is a valid species. It is to be noted
that Ruhland (1903) dates the Hooker reference as "189", but
the page involved here was actually issued in 1893.

ERIOCAULON HAMILTONIANUM var. MINOR Fyson
Additional & emended bibliography: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot.
2: 313 & 316. 1921; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 107. 1969.

ERIOCAULON HAYATANUM Koyama

Additional & emended bibliography: Koyama, Philip. Journ.
Sci. 8h: 369—370, 377, & 378, pl. 2, fig. 3, & pl. 5, fig. B 1—
6, 11, & 12. 1956; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 108. 1969.

Emended illustrations: Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. 8: pl. 2,
fig. 3, & pl. 5, fig. B1—6, 11, & 12. 1956.

ERIOCAULON HETEROCHITON Ktrn.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 110—112,
196.

The Eriocaulon heterochiton "sensu Lecomte" is a synonym of

E. irregulare Meikle.
ERIOCAULON HETEROGYNUM F. Muell.

Additional & emended bibliography: Benth., Fl. Austral. 7:
197. 1878; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 179

(1893) and 2: 681 (1895), pr. 2, 1: 878 (196) and 2: 681 (196),
and pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960) and 2: 681. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia
18: 112. 1969.

Bentham (1878) regarded this taxon as a synonym of E. depres-
sum R. Br., but Ruhland (1903) maintains them as distinct.

ERIOCAULON HETEROLEPIS Steud.
Synonymy: Eriocaulon heterolepis Ktrn. in Miq., Ann. Mus. Bot.

Lugd. 3: 162. 1867.

Additional bibliography: Ktrn. in Miq., Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.
3: 162. 1867; Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 585. 1893; Fyson, Journ.
Indian Bot. 2: 316 (1921) and 3: 16. 1922; Moldenke, Phytologia
18: 112. 1969.

It is well worth noting here that Fyson (1921), in his dis-
cussion of E. margaretae Fyson, says "This may be E. heterolepis:
Steud, but I have not seen any sheet so named. Ruhland lc. s.
described that species as having broader leaves and with the in-
ner involucral bracts obtuse and lacerate".

Additional citations: INDIA: Mysore: S. N. Ramaswamy 13 (2.6
Surgaja: Koelz 19208 (Mi).

ERIOCAULON HETEROLEPIS var. NIGRICANS Ktrn.

Bibliography: K8rn. in Miq., Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd. 3: 239.
1867; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 7h & 286. 1903;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 27 & 35. 196; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], lyk & 20). 1919; Mol-
denke, Résumé 190 & 181. 1959.

The type of this variety was collected by Willem Hendrik de
Vriese in Java. According to Ruhland (1903) it "Differt a typo
capitulis nigrescentibus albido—pubescentibus, sepalis saturatius
vel obscure olivaceo-viridibus".

Citations: INDONESIA: GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Java: Bosch-
proefst. 6690 (Bi).

ERIOCAULON HETEROMALLUM Bong.

Bibliography: Bong., Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1:
626, pl. 39. 1831; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 57). 181; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893), pr. 2, 1:
878 (19k6), and pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960.

Nothing is known to me about this taxon except what is given
about it in the bibliography above. It was apparently overlook-
ed by Ruhland when he prepared his monograph, as also by Martius
and Ktrnicke. The description, as given by Kunth (181) is as
follows: "Acaule; foliis caespitosis, linearibus, obtusiusculis,
piloso-incanis, subhomomallis; pedunculo solitario, incano; va-
gina apice barbata. — In glareosis Serra da Lapa." Kunth tells
us also that the Bongard plate, referred to above, was never
actually published.

ERIOCAULON HETEROPEPLON Alv. Silv.
Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 3h. 1908; Alv. Silv.,

180 PHYTOL O06 ZA Vol. 18, no. 3

Fl. Mont. 1: 12—13 & [397], pl. 2 (1). 1928; A. W. Hill, Ind.
Kew, Suppl. 8: 87. 19333; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben-
ace, [ed. 2], 76 & 20). 19493 Moldenke, Résumé 89 & 81. 1959;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 383. 1968.
Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 2 (1). 1926.
Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: A. Silveira 35 (B—-isotype,
Z-~isotype). yy a

ERIOCAULON HETEROPETALUM Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Fedde, Repert. Sp. Nov. 22: 33. 1925;
A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 89. 1929; Moldenke, N. Am. Fl.
19 (1): 19 & 30—31. 1937; Moldenke, P logia 1: 318. 1939;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 4 & 35. 196; Leén, Fl.
Cuba 1: 281. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
[ed. 2], 43 & 204. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 51 & 81. 1959.

Additional citations: CUBA: Pinar del Rfo: Ekman 17253 (Ss—

type).

ERIOCAULON HEUDELOTII N. E. Br.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon hendeloti N. E. Br. apud Nakai & Honda,
Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 20 & 87, sphalm, 19)0.

Bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.—Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8:
258. 1901; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 113 & 286.
1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; Nakai & Honda, Nov.
Fl. Jap. 6: 20 & 87. 190; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Eri-
oc. 20 & 35. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
[ed. 2], 109, 111, & 20h. 1949; H. Hess, Bericht. Schweiz. Bot.
Gesell. 65: 174--176, pl. 9, fig. h. 1955; Moldenke, Résumé
133, 135, 147, 288, & 481. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 15.
1962; Berhaut, Fl. Sénégal, ed. 2, 312. 1967; Moldenke, Phyto-
logia 17: 395. 1968.

Tllustrations: H. Hess, Bericht. Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 65:
pl. 9, fig. h. 1955.

Hess (1955) says that Baum in 1903 reported Baum 111 as be-
ing E. sexangulare L., whereas actually it is a mixture of E.
amboense Schinz and E. heudelotii N. E. Br. He also comments
that "Aus dem Herbarium Kew konnte ich das Original-Material
von Eriocaulon Heudelotii untersuchen. Es wurde von Heudelot
ohne nahere Fundortsangabe 1838 in Senegambien gesammelt (Nr.
677). Das Material von Baum (Nr. 111) stimmt gut mit dem Orig-
inal-Material tiberein. An den Pflanzen aus Angola sind die
Brakteen auf dem Rticken oft etwas behaart; dies konnte ich am
Material aus Senegambien nicht feststellen. Weiter sind die
Blatter an Nr. 111 fein bespitzt. Nr. 677 von Heudelot hat
allm&hlich in eine feine Spitze ausgezogene Blatter; doch sind
an diesem Material nur wenige gut erhaltene Blatter vorhanden,
so dass der Unterschied nicht gesichert ist. Es besteht kein
Zweifel, dass das Material aus Angola zu Eriocaulon Heudelotii
gehért." He says, further, that "Eriocaulon Heudelotii steht
E. cinereum R, Br.......nahe. Diese Art hat jedoch drei Sepalen
in den ¢ Blttten, stimmt sonst aber weitgehend mit E. Heudelotii

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 181

tiberein." He cites only Baum 11] from Huila, Angola. Berhaut
(1967) cites Berhaut 1259 from Sénégal.

The Couey 1, distributed as E. heudelotii, is actually E. bi-
fistulosum Van Heurck & Muell.-Arg.

Additional citations: MALI: Soudan: Jaeger 5581 (Z). SENEGAL:
J. G. Adam 18255 (Z); Jaeger 5581la (An).

ERIOCAULON HILDEBRANDTII Ktrn.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 27: 73. 1899; Ruhl.
in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l)-30): 3, 13, 103, 108—109, & 286
fig. 1h A—N. 1903; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 70. 190h;
H. Lecomte, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 55: 571. 1908; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 22 & 35. 1946; Moldenke, Know Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 123 & 20h. 1919; Moldenke, Phytologia
3: 327. 1950; Moldenke in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 36: 6, [7], & 9,
fig. 1 (13--21). 1955; Moldenke, Résumé 156 & 81. 1959.

Illustrations: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 108,
fig. 1) A--N. 1903; Moldenke in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 36: [7], fig.
1 (13—21). 1955.

Additional citations: MADAGASCAR: Hildebrandt 3598 (B—type,
B--isotype, P—isotype).

ERIOCAULON HIRSUTULUM Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. h: 6. 1962; Moldenke,
Phytologia 8: 387. 1962; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 2: 1517. 1963;
Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Index 1962: 29. 1963;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6: 455. 1963; Berhaut, Fl. Sénégal, ed.
B.. MTeeToS Ts

Citations: SENEGAL: J. G. Adam 18370 (Z—type).

ERIOCAULON HOMOTEPALUM Koyama

Bibliography: Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. 84: 370-371, 377,

& 378, pl. 2, fig. 2, & pl. 5, fig. C. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 176
& 481. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 52. 1966.

Illustrations: Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. 8): 377 & 378, pl.
2efig ool se 45, LigeiCie, 1950).

The species is based on a collection made by Bunz8 Hayata (no.
997) at Krong Pha, Annam, on June 23, 1921. Koyama comments that
"This species more or less resembles Japanese E. atrum and its
allies in its external appearance of vegetative parts, there has
been no suggestion, however, that the two species are otherwise
akin,"

ERIOCAULON HONDOENSE Satake

Synonymy: Eriocaulon sikokianum Miyabe & Kudo apud Nakai &
Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 49 & 87, in syn. 190 [not E. sikokianum
Maxim., 1892]. Eriocaulon miquelianum Auct. Jap. ex Nakai & Hon-
da, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 9 & 87, in syn. 1940 [not E. miquelianum
Ktrn., 1867, nor Koeck., 190, nor Mori, 1940]. Eriocaulon mi-
guelianum Miyabe & Kudo apud Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: WO &

182 PeBeVietcOrerOus Lek Vol. 18, no, 3

87, in syn. 1940. Eriocaulon miquelianum Miyabe & Tatew. apud
Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 1 & 607, in syn. 1940. Eriocau-
lon hondoénse Satake apud Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10:
86. 1947. Eriocaulon hondoensis x robustius Koyama ex Moldenke,
Résumé Suppl. 3: 32, in syn, 1962.

Bibliography: Miyabe & Kudo, Journ. Fac. Agr. Hokkaido Imp.
Univ. 27 [Fl. Hokk. & Saghal. 3]: 287. 1932; Satake, Bot. Mag.
Tokyo 51: 288--291 [Shib. Comm. Art. 17: 106—109], fig. 3. 1937;
Miyabe & Tatew., Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 15: 47. 1937;
Honda, Nom. Pl. Jap. 462. 1939; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. }:
[Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 37--0, fig. 13. 1940; Nakai & Honda, Nov.
Fl. Jap. 6: 6, 7, 13, 26, 5, 9, 50, 57-59, 77, 80, & "87, fig.
BR Fp eB oh *& 22, 190; Hill & salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10:
86. 19473 Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2],
133, 134, & 20k. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 327. 1950; Molden-
ke, résumé 171, 173, 289, 290, 292, & 4,81. 1959; Moldenke, Résu-
mé Suppl. 3: 18, 19, 21, & 32. 1962; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata,
& Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 180--181 & 29, fig.
123 ye gts pl. 48, fig. 306. 196; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 9
& 10. 196

Illustrations: Satake, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 51: 288 [Shib. Comm.
Art, 17: 106], fig. 3. 1937; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. }:
(Rev. Jap. Erioc.] fig. 13. 1940; Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6:
6, 7, & 50, fig. 1 (1), 2 (I), & 22. 1940; Koyama in Kitamura,
Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 180, fig.

123 (15 & pl. 8, fig. 306 [in color]. 196k.

This species has been collected in ricefields, flowering and
fruiting from July to November. Koyama tells us that Koyana
13103 was growing in shallow clear water at the edge of a large
swamp; Ohwi & Koyama 13102 was "quite common" in a "densely
vegetated marsh", with its "flowers and receptacle entirely
glabrous"; Koyama & It6 s.n. [7 October 1953] was "abundant in
marshy place around a pond" and is "well characterized by en-
tirely glabrous floral parts except the inner surface of pis-
tillate petals where pilose". Vernacular names for the plant are
"jnonohige", "inuno-hige", "nippon-inunohige", and "nippon-
imuno-hige". The type was collected by T. Nakazima at Sinzy6-
mura, in the province of Kii, Hunshu, in September, 192).

The E. miquelianum Ktrn., referred to in the synonymy above,
is a valid species, of which E. miquelianum Koeck. is a synonym;
the E. miquelianum of Mori is E E. temuissimum Nakai. Eriocaulon
sikokianum Maxim., also referred to above, is also a valid spe-
cies.

Material of E. hondoense has been abundantly misidentified and
distributed in herbaria under the names E. miquelianum Ktrn. and
E. shikokianum Maxim. Furuse s.n. [16 Oct. Tae) was identified
by Koyama as "E. hondoensis x Tobustius ?" , While Furuse s.n. [Hi-
rataki-numa, 19 Sept. 1955] is apparently a mixture with E. r ro-
bustius (Maxim.) Mak.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 183

Satake (1940) gives us a very detailed description of this
species and comments that it "Resembles Eriocaulon Miquelianun,
but this plant is more rigid, the leaves are broader and thicker
and somewhat nitidous on the upper surface, the heads larger, and
the floral bracts almost glabrous". He cites the following col-
lections: KOREAN COASTAL ISLANDS: Saisyu-to: Faurie 1839. JAPAN:
Hokkaido: Faurie 1429 & 5238; Hara s.n. [Syoya, Sept. 1933]; Ya-
mamoto 790k, 7905, & Sen. [Sept. %. 1932]; Yokoyama ),56h. Honshu:
Akita 37351; And6 33 & 3h; Collector undetermined 3592 & 32721;

Inoue Tnoue 55899; Ité san. fiyissennil rece 1890], SM. Painter Simotu
et Ha Hamasima, Oct. 1893), & sen. [Tasiro-mura, Oct. 1893]; Iwabuti
5438, Suu5, "Shh6, 5u56, & 5458; Kinasi 361 & s.n. [Sept. 1908];
Kinouti 51288; Koidzumi 34102, 34105, & s.n. [Higasiyama, Oct.
1920]; Maekawa 10028 & 10033; Makino s.n. [Hutakawa-mura, Oct.
189]; Murau 146; Nakazima s.n. 1. [Sinzy6—mura, Sept. 192h]; Nikai
799 & 49453; Nisizima 41858; Okuyama 25; Sakaguti 20; Satake s.n.
(iaterecrne? Oct. 1936]; Sekimoto s.n. (Siro-yama-mura, Sept.
1931]; Simizu 332; Siota s.n. [Kaniho-mra, Nov. 1927]; Sono
17147; Tasiro 3323); & sm. (Ooi-mra, Oct. 1930]; Watanabi 8 Sn.
{Arai-nura, Oct. 1893]; Yamazaki 8853; Yosikawa 57460. Kyushu:
Ide 5270h; K6zuma 23128; “Matsumura Sone [Katuo-mura, 0 Oct. 1880];
Mayebara ara 358; Nakasima Sima 50 & 51; Sugino | 19 & sen. [Miyake-mura,
1927]; Tasiro 4376, 4 143766, 60089, & sen. [Yamasita~ike, Sept.
1922]. “Miyake jima: Hayasi 55898. Shikoku: Faurie 11855; Oti i,
4, & 8; Watanabe s.n. . (Sakawa, Sept. 189]; Yamasita Sen (omar:
mura).

Additional citations: WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: JAPAN: Hokkaido:
Faurie s.n. [Hakodate, 29.9.1902] (S); Maximowicz s.n. [Hakodate,
1861] (C, N). Honshu: Collector undetermined s.n. ~ (Mt. Mizaki,

12-7-1905] (N); Furuse 198h9 (S), s.n. [Matsuzaka-tooga, 3 Oct.
1952] (S, S), sen. n. (Makino, | 29 Sept. 1953] (S), s.n. (Shiriya, 17
Sept. 195] (S, S), sen. [Fukkoshi, 18 Sept. 195l] (S), sen. [Hi-
rataki-mma, 19 Sept. 7. 1955] (S), sen. [Gyoonin-bara, 27 Sept.
1955] (S, s), S5.D. [Shimidgu-numa, 6 | 6 Oct. 1955] (S, S), sen.
[Tochikubo, 2 July 1956] (S), sen. [16 Oct. 1956] (S, S), 80 Bon.
[22 Sept. 1957] (S, Z), sen. [23 Sept. 1957] (S), s.n. [Echigo
Hondo] (Mg, Ss); C. Hashimoto 399 (B, Ca--955768, Go, | Kg, Mg, Mi
N, S, Vi); Koyama 13103 (Ss); Koy. Koyama & It6 s.n. [7 arober 1953].
(Ss); Y. Matsumra , 6676 (N); Ohwi hw 164, (Go), “166 (Go), sen. [Mizo-
ro, 26.X.1930] (N, N); Ohwi & Koyama 112), (Ca—2)591, Go, Mg, S),
13102 (Z); Togasi 722 (B, Bi, Go, N), 91h (Ca—21963, Go, N),
110L (Ca—36939, Go); Yishiba 3.n. [Sendai, 15 Sep. 1929] (Go).
mat Hayakawa 5.n. [Nagasaki ] (S); Koyama 7010 (Mg), 7040 (Mg);

Taguti s.n. [Sept. 5, 5, 1912] (Kg); Yamada s.n Sone ~[Oct. 5, 1920] (Kg).

18) PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 3

RYUKYU ISLAND ARCHIPELAGO: SATSUNAN ISLANDS: Tanegashima: Hatu-
sima s.n. (Jan. 11, 1952] (Kg).

ERIOCAULON HONDOENSE var. GRACILE Satake

Bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé 173 & 431. 1959.

This plant has been collected in flower and fruit in Shinano
province, on Mt. Kirigamine, on September 16, 1950, and was so
determined by T. Koyama.

Citations: WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: JAPAN: Honshu: Furuse
1749 (Z). era ey

ERIOCAULON HONDOENSE var. PILOSUM Satake

Synonymy: Eriocaulon parvum var. pilosum Satake ex Koyama in
Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 181
& 430, in syn. 196. Eriocaulon hondoense f. pilosum (Satake)
Murata ex Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr.
Herb, Pl. Japan 3: 181 & 29. 196.

Bibliography: Satake, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 51: 290 [Shib. Com.
Art. 17: 108]. 1937; Honda, Nom. Pl. Jap. 62. 1939; Setake in
Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 13, 51, & 87. 190; Satake, Bull.
Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] fo. 1940; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 13 & 20). 196; Moldenke,
Résumé 173 & 481. 1959; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama,
Col, Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 181, 429, & 430. 196; Moldenke,
Résumé Suppl. 12: 9 & 10. 1965.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having its receptacles long- or short—pilose.

The type of the variety was collected by S. Sakaguti (no. 19)
on Mt. Sinodayama, in Izumi province, Honshu, Japan, in November
of 1927. A vernacular name for the plant is "ke-inunohige". The
plant is said to be endemic to the islands of Honshu and Kyushu,
flowering and fruiting from September to November. Satake (190)
cites the following collections: Honshu: Hasimoto 5768; Hosomi
52040; Nikai 799; Sakaguti 19; Takami s.n. [Sendai, Sept. i9ik] .
Kyushu: Collector undetermined 33345; Nakano 1); Nakasima 18882.

ERIOCAULON HONDOENSE var. STELLATUM Satake

Synonymy: Eriocaulon parvum var. stellatum Satake ex Koyama in
Kitamra, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 181
& 430, in syn. 1964. Eriocaulon hondoense f. stellatum (Satake)
Murata ex Koyama in Kitamra, Murata, & Koyama, Col. LDllustr.
Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 181. 196).

Bibliography: Satake, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 51: 290—-291 [Shib. Com.
Art. 17: 108--109]. 1937; Honda, Nom. Pl. Jap. 62. 1939; Satake
in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 13, 51, & 87. 190; Satake,
Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. ): [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 0. 190; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Vervenac., [ed. 2], 134 & 20). 1949; Mol-
denke, Résumé 173 & 81. 1959; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koy-
ama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 181, 29, & 430. 196;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 9. 1965.

This variety differs from the typical fom of the species in

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 185

having the involucral bracts subulate-lanceolate and almost three
timea as long as the disk.

The type of the variety was collected by N. Ui (no. 22) at
Toyonaka-mati, in Settu province, Honshu, Japan, in September of
193). A vernacular name is "hosizaki-inunohige". The plant has
been collected in flower and fruit in September and October. Sa-
take (190) cites the following collections: Honshu: Ui 22 & 73.
Kyushu: Mayebara 355 & 3660; Tasiro 28775, in part, 29999, in —
part, & s.n. [Yunohira]. Shikoku: Kusumoto 3765.

ERIOCAULON HONDOENSE var. STENOPETALON Koyama

Bibliography: Koyama, Journ. Jap. Bot. 31: 9. 1956; Moldenke,
Résumé 173 & 81. 1959; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col.
Tlustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 181 & 29. 196h.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having the involucral bracts broadly ovate-deltoid, 3 mm. long,
1.7—2 mm. wide, thin-membranous, broadly hyaline-margined, pale-
green at the center, obtuse at the apex, and the petals of the
pistillate florets narrowly linear. Koyama (1956) adds "cetero-
quin paene sicut typus speciei".

The type of the variety was collected by M. Huruse around the
swamp known as Im6to-numa at Higashitéri-mura, in Mutsu province,
Honshu, Japan, on September 16, 1954, and is deposited in the
herbarium of Tokyo University. It should be noted that on the
collector's labels his surname is written "Furuse",

Citations: WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: JAPAN: Honshu: Furuse 8.n.
[16 Sept. 1954] (S-—-isotype, Z—isotype).

ERIOCAULON HOOKERIANUM Stapf

Synonymy: Eriocaulon beccarii Suesseng. & Heine, Mitteil.
Staatssamm. Mttnchen 2: 57—-58. 1950. Eriocaulon beccarii Sues-
seng. ex Moldenke, Résumé 286, in syn. 1959. Eriocaulon beccarii
Ruhl. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 16, in syn. 1959.

Bibliography: Stapf, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot., ser. 2, :
243. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 158. 1902;
Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (-30): 63, 83, 8, & 286. 1903;
H. Lecomte, Journ. de Bot. 21: [101]. 1908; E. D. Merr., Bibl.
Enum. Born, Pl. 110. 1921; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. l,
pr. 2, 158. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 27 & 35.
1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 143,
145, 146, & 204. 1949; Suesseng. & Heine, Mitteil. Staatssamn.
Mitnchen 2: 57—58. 1950; Heine in Fedde, Repert. Sp. Nov. 5h:
223—22h. 1951; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953;
Suesseng. & Heine, Mitteil. Staatssamm. Mtnchen 6: 220 & 227.
1953; Moldenke, Résumé 176, 188, 192, 193, 286, & 81. 1959; Du-
rand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 158. 1959; Moldenke,
Résumé Suppl. 1: 13, 16, & 25 (1959) and 3: 20. 1962.

Eriocaulon beccarii was based on 0. Beccari 220 from Borneo

186 PBT DOL O.6 3.4 Vol, 18, no. 3

all deposited in the herbarium of the Botanische Staatssammlung
at Munich. Since it was named in honor of Beccari, it would be
logical to assume that the Beccari collection cited above should
be selected as the lectotype. M.S. Clemens 1087), is said to be
a topotype collection. Suessenguth & Heine (1953)cite a Clemens
& Clemens 2781), not as yet seen by me. In their original de=
scription (1950 0) these authors describe the plant as follows:
"Caulis perbrevis; folia rosulata, 3,5-—-7,5 cm longa, linearia,
2—3 mm lata, saepe subinvoluta, basi latiore, nervis compluribus
instructa, glabra, apice obtusiusculo. Pedunculi solitarii (in
1 specimine 3),striati, aliquando torti, (5—-)20 cm longi, gla-
bri. Capitula 7 m lata, ad 6 m alta, subglobosa; bracteae in-
volucrales dorso partim pilis albis subcrassis indutae. Flos
mascul.: Bracteolae nigrescentes, sepala 3, ad medium comata,
nigrescentia; petala 3, mimta, tubo longo insidentia, glandu-
ligera, in fasciculos pilorum alborum ementia; antherae 6, ni-
grae. Flos femin.: Bracteolae nigrae, antice ciliolatae, li-
berae, leviter carinatae, spathulatae; sepala 3 libera, nigres-
centia, exalata; petala 3 libera, lineari-oblanceolata, longe
pilosa, glanduligera (glande nigra) ."

They state that if the species is carried through Ruhland's
key it arrives at a place where there is no species correspon-
ding to it -- "Hier ist indes keine Art aufgefiihrt, die mit der
unsrigen tbereinstimmte; auch in der uns zug&nglichen neueren
Literatur luisst sich keine solche nachweisen".

The species has been found growing at altitudes of 200 to
9000 feet, flowering and fruiting in March, May, September, No-
vember, and December. The Clemenses found it in wet places and
describe the inflorescence as gray. Synge found it "growing in
holes in sandy rock by rapids of river in sand forest" and de-
scribes the flower-heads as white, the peduncles ribbed, and the
leaves bright-green.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria
under the names E, thwaitesii Ktrn., E. trilobum Hamilt., and E.
trilobus Buch.-Ham. On the other hand, the H. H. Bartlett 7157,
distributed as E. hookeriamm, is actually E. ‘. merrillii Ruhl.

Merrill (1921) cites Burbidge s.n., Clemens 10542, 10874, &
10992, Haslam s.n., Haviland 1153 & 1 & 1204, Low Low s.Ne, n., and Top

1650, 1885, & & 1887 from British North Borneo eo (Sabah) and Beccari
220° from Sarawak.

~~Citations: THAILAND: Hansen, Seidenfaden, & Smitinand 10966
(Cp, Z); Hosseus 102 (V—-6361). INDOCHINA: Annam: Souchére 6 6
(N), 7 (N), 26 Gi 28 (N). Tonkin: Pételot 8076 (N). MALAYA:
Pahang: Holt tum 20728 (Ca—374160). INDONESIA: GREATER SUNDA
ISLANDS: Borneo: Beccari 2420 (B, S). British North Borneo: Me
S. Clemens 1087) (Ca—214]h0 F Clemens & Clemens 27813 (B, Ca——
556938, N, Ur), ts (B, Ca—559606, N), 34090 34090 (Ca—556902, N),
50643 (ca-—857562); 7 Topping 1887 (N). Java: a: Kjellberg s.n. sen. [Pa
pandajan] (S); Kuntze 5686 (N N)5 Van Steenis 4298 (B, Ut——2087a) «

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 187

Sarawak: Clemens & Clemens 2009) [field no. 7286 bis] (Bi, E—~
987800, N); Mjoberg 182 (Ca——234173, N); Synge 492 (N). Sumatra:
H. H. Bartlett 7883 (Mi, N); Hagerup s.n. (Cp); E. Nielsen 115),
(Cp).

ERIOCAULON HUIANUM Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl., Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 10: [100] &
1060. 1930; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 87. 1933; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 25 & 35. 1946; Moldenke, Résumé 169
& 481. 1959.

Material of this species has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in herbaria as E. sexangulare L.

Citations: CHINA: Kiangsi: S. K. Lau 229 (S, Z).

ERIOCAULON HUMBOLDTII Kunth

Synonymy: Eriocaulon decemangulare H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl.,
ed. folio, 1: 254. 1816 [not E. decemangulare L., 1959]. Erio-
caulon decangulare Willd. ex Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 5h, in syn.
18h1 [not E. decangulare Hill, 1959, nor Hope, 1770, nor Huds.,
1959, nor L., 1753, nor Lightf., 1777, nor Michx., 1959]. Eri-
ocaulon gujanense D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 263. 1852. Eriocaulon
folboldii Pittier, La Mesa Guanip. 22, sphalm. 192. Eriocaulon

decemangulare KUrn. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 17, in syn.
1959.

Bibliography: H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 1: 202
(1816) and ed. quarto, 1: 25). 1816; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: Sh
545. 1841; Schlecht., Linnaea 18: 43h. 184h; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl.
S: 263. 1852; Walp., Ann, 5: 931 (1858) and 6: 1171. 1861; Korn.
in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 76, 497, & 498. 1863; Jacks. in Hook.
f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Barnhart, Bull. Tor-
rey Bot. Club 29: 585-—-598. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich
13 (b-30): 42, 51, 285, & 286. 1903; H. Pittier, La Mesa Guanip.
22. 1942; Moldenke, Knowm Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 5, 6, 8, 33, &
36. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878.
1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 327. 1950; Moldenke in Maguire &
Phelps, Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 14: 10. 1952; Moldenke in
Maguire, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 8: 97. 1953; Cuatrec., Revist.
Acad. Colomb. Cienc. 10: 254. 1958; Moldenke, Résumé 66, 71, 75,
89, 287, 289, & 481. 1959; Moldenke, Résum& Suppl. 1: 17. 1959;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960; Ta-
mayo, Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 22: 46, 87—38, & 170. 1961;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 4: 5 (1962), 12: 3 (1965), 16: 5 (1968),
and 17: 10. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 39 (1968), 17: 500
(1969), and 18: 175. 1969.

Gleason, in his unpublished flora of British Guiana, describes
this species as follows: "Leaves cespitose, erect or suberect,
rigid, 2—~l dm. long, 3--6 mm. wide; peduncles few, erect, l—8
dm. high, glabrous, costate, not twisted, their basal sheaths a-
bout 2 dm. long and loose; heads subglobose, cinereous, 7—10 m.
in diameter; bracts obovate, obtuse, glabrous; subtending bracts

188 Poa Tt Ocir OG Tak Vol. 18, no. 3

oblanceolate, acuminate, pubescent toward the apex." He records
it only from the Roraima district, citing Appun 1200, ImThurn 3),
Schomburgk s.n,, and Tate 267 & 329, regarding it as endemic.
Recent collectors describe it as having the leaves erect, rich-
green, convex below, concave above, the inflorescence to 35 cm.
tall, the heads white or chalky-white, and the flowers white.
They have found it at altitudes of 100 to 1730 meters, flowering
and fruiting from October to May. Rather than being endemic to
the Roraima part of British Guiana, the species is actually
found from Colombia and Venezuela through British Guiana to
northern Brazil. The initial letter of the specific epithet is
very often uppercased.

The species has been found growing in small swamps, wet sandy
slopes, marshy areas, moist savannas, moist sandy banks, morich-
als, along small streams in savannas, and in the water or along
the marshy edges of ponds and slow-moving streams. Wurdack &
Monachino describe it as "locally abundant in morichals"; Ma-
guire and his associates refer to it as an "occasional herb in
the wet borders of savannas", "common in marshy savannas", and
“annual herb with white flowers, frequent in marshy areas".
Tamayo (1961) describes it as "Planta acaule; flores en cabezu-
elas color blanco lechoso. Habita en al herbazal m4s espeso de
un morichal, terrenos pantanosos."

It should be noted here that the E. decangulare L., referred
to in the synonymy above, is a valid species of North America,
with the homonym accredited to Michaux as a synonym, while the
homenyms credited to Hill, Hope, Hudson, and Lightfoot are all
synonyms of the Old World E. septangulare With.

The Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth name, also referred to in the
synonymy above, "is only a new name (actually, merely a new orth
ography) for E. decangulare L., for which the South American
plant was apparently mistaken. However, since it is accompanied
by a new diagnosis and Linnaeus! surname does not actually ap-—
pear after it, it is usually listed as a new species publication,
but under the present International Rules of Botanical Nomencla-
ture cannot be regarded as taking prbority over the binomial
proposed by Kunth in 181. The folio edition of the H.B.K. work
is dated "1815" on its title-page and the quarto edition is
sometimes dated "1817" by authors, but according to Barnhart
(1902) both were actually issued, at least insofar as the pages
that bear on our plant are concerned, in 1816.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria
as E, tenuifolium Klotzsch. On the other hand, the Collector
undesignated son. (Chapultepec, August 31, 1872], distributed as
E. humboldtii, is is actually E. benthami Kunth, while Kuntze s.n.
TOst-Velasco, VII.82] is E. - linearifolium Korn.

Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Méta: Sandeman 5854 (K, N).
Vaupés: Schultes & Cabrera 20016 (Ss). VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Ma-
guire, Cowan, & owan, & Wurdack 3046), (F, K, N, Ve, W); Maguire & Maguire

35L73 (N N); Maguire, Phe Phelps, E: Hitchcock, & Budowski 31784 (Gl, N,

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 189

Ve, W). Bolivar: Agostini 372 (Lw); Aristeguieta 225 (N, Ve--
36755); Killip 37682 (Ve, W—-1855129) ; Koyama & Agostini 7230 (N,
N); B. Maguire @ 33232 (N); Maguire & Wurdack 33997 (WN), 35754 (N);
Je Ae . Steyermark 752h3 (2), 75272 ‘75272 (Ss), 88796 (N); Steyermark &
Wardack 2h (N);5 Tamayo 2906 2906 (Ve, Ve); Vareschi & Maegdefrau 6917 egdefrau 6917
(Ve—12505) ; Wurdack & Monachino 39962 (N, S), 112.73 (N). Delta
Amacuro: Humboldt 3.0. [Alto Orinoco; | Macbride photos 10560] (B--
type, N—photo of type, W--photo of type). Guaricé: Aristeguieta
6222 (Ac); Blydenstein 38) (Bi), sen. [1961] (N). Roraima: Irwin
1438- i tPCO) = GUYANA: C. D. K. Cook 180 (S); Jenman 3) eae

BRAZIL: Amap4: Murca Pires & Cavalcante 33037 a) ey Anaconaa? Ge
H. H. Tate 3 (N). Goids: Héringer 1126) (Ac); Irwin, Maxell, &
Wasshausen 21355 (Rf). Mattogrosso: Mag Maguire, Murca urca Pires, Ma Vaguire,
& Silva 56270 (N). Rio Branco: We Rodrigues "187 (Herb. Inst. Nac.
Pesq. Amaz. 675] (Bs); Ule 7629 {Herb. Mus. Goeldi 1275] (G1),
8089 (Bs). MOUNTED LITERATURE: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13

(U=30): 51 (B).

ERIOCAULON HUMILE Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 162-163 & 327—328.
1950; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953; Moldenke, Ré-
sumé 162 & 81. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 11. 1959; Razi,
Rec. Bot. Surv. India 18: 19. 1959; G. L. Shah, Bull. Bot. Surv.
India 4: 237. 1962; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 11: 5. 196).

Material of this taxon has been misidentified and distributed
in herbaria as E. truncatum Hamilt.

Additional citations: INDIA: Bombay: Patel 3 (Z); Santapau
2926 (N, Xa), 2927 (N, Xa). Madras: Kuriakose sen. [16-1-33]
re Mysore: S. N. Ramaswamy 16 (Rf), 27 (Ac); Sha Shantha 68 (Bn—
3238).

ERIOCAULON HYDROPHILUM Markt&tter

Bibliography: Markttter, Am. Univ. Stellenb. 8A (1): 10.
1903 Reus Hid) 5 tnd. Kew. Suppl. 9: 105. 1938; Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 17: h. 1968.

Nothing is know to me about this taxon except that it is sup-
posed to grow in and presumably is endemic to the Orange Free
State portion of South Africa,

ERIOCAULON INFAUSTUM N. E. Br.

Bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 253.
1901; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30) : 62, 78, & 286.
1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; Moldenke, Know Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 22 & 36. 19h6; Moldenke, Résumé 150 & 81. 1959.

ERIOCAULON INSULARE Ruhl.
Bibliography: Ruhl. in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 22: 32. 1925;
A.W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 89. 1929.

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"RECENT ADVANCES IN PHYTOCHEMISTRY - Volume I" edited by T. J.
Mabry, xii & 37 pp., illus., Appleton-Century- Crofts, Inc.,
New York, N. Y. 10016. 1968.

The book is the first of an annual series of promising and
promised volumes by the Phytochemical Society of North America
and the proceedings of its sixth annual symposium held in Austin,
Texas in the spring of 1966. The five previous symposia were
under the direction of the Plant Phenolics Group which recently
was metamorphosed into the society mentioned above.

Part I consists of two papers on the role of chemistry in
modern biology - as the frontier of biological sciences (Dr. Wha-
ley) and as the principles in chemosystematics (Dr. Erdtman).

The authors! stress on the "great responsibility [that] will always
rest on the authors of chemical papers — to define accurately the
plant material that they have been investigating" will certainly
make all taxonomic workers affected happy.

Part II consists of three papers on the nitrogen and sulfur
compounds, Dr. Ettlinger and Dr. Kjaer discuss the latter in
plants with an excellent table of the sulfur compounds related to
polyacetylene in the Compositae and a table on the familial dis-
tribution of grouped glucosinolates. The editor and Dr. Deutring
discuss the betalains, introducing this term to cover both the
red and violet betacyanins and yellow betaxanthins found in ten
families of the Centrospermae as to their chromophores, natural
occurrence, biogenesis and phylogenetic significance. Dr. Ster-
mitz describes alkaloid chemistry as it affects the systematics
of Papaver and Argemone. "The morphologically distinct sections
of the gems Papaver also have distinct alkaloid chemistry. In
instances where the morphological demarcations are not strong,
the alkaloid content is also less distinctive." The occurrence
of unique pavine alkaloids in Papaver section Scapiflora (the ice
age relicts) and also in Eschscholtgia and Argemone (occurring
south of the ice age limits in America) helps validate the geo-
graphical and ecological assumption that the species of the
Papaveraceae with the closest link to those of early northern
origin would be species which had already reached southern regions
prior to the advent of the ice age and the Scapiflora.

Part III deals with acetate and mevalonate-derived compounds.
Dr. Sgrensen finds acetylenic compounds in such widespread plants
as the Umbelliferae, Araliaceae, Agaricaceae and Polypodiaceae
and concludes that more refined spectrophotometry is needed for
differentiations. Dr. Herz suggests that the relatively limited
distribution of pseudoguaianolides in the Heliantheae and in the

190

1969 Moldenke, Book reviews 191

Heleniae of the Compositae when coupled with morphological and cyto-
logical evidences become useful taxonomic tools. Drs. Ponsinet,
Ourisson and Oehlschlager discuss the many di- and tri-terpenes
found in so many dicot plants and conclude that the former are
generated in nature from excess geranylgeranoil and the latter from
the waste products of steroid biosynthesis. The more distant these
are from simple chemical pathways the less likelihood there is of
evolutionary convergence in widely separated botanical groups.

Part IV deals with flavonoids. The recently deceased Dr. Al-
ston, to whose memory this book is dedicated, discusses the C-
glycosyl flavones for their distribution among plants, their chem-
ical structure, biosynthesis and relation to other flavonoids.

Dr. Ollis discusses new structural variants among iso- and neo-
flavonoid classes. Dr. Grisebach describes recent investigations
on flavonoid biosynthesis.

Each paper ends with detailed bibliographies. There is not on-
ly a subject index but also a systematic one making the book usable
also to the classical taxonomist. On p. x two separate book titles
appear as one and the final phrase is repeated uselessly. Three
misspellings were detected in the index — Saponaria officinalis,
Daedalea and Aspalathus; in the text they all were correct.

"ADVANCES IN ECOLOGICAL RESEARCH 5" edited by J. B. Cragg, xi &
283 pp., illus., Academic Press, London W.1, and New York,
N. Y. 10003. 1968. 80 sh.

The four papers given here are of comparable excellence to
those in the previous volumes. This series should certainly
serve as an effective means of keeping abreast of the major ad-
vances in this challenging and growing field.

Dr. Gates in "Toward Understanding Ecosystems" defines one as
the "total sum of the organisms, the environment, and the processes
of interaction between and within all parts of the system" and
stresses its complexity. He develops a basic methodology and
pleads for the development of a new theoretical basis lest as an
empirical science it become hopelessly bogged down by its own com-
plexity. "Ecology mst have a strong theoretical and analytical
basis before it can advance significantly".

Dr. Main discusses the ecology, systematics and evolution of
Australian frogs (only anurans known there) that fill all ecolog-
ical places available including the semi-arid and desert interior
which composes 70 percent of the continent. Some species of Crinia
and of Neobatrachus have their eggs laid out of water and their
larvae developed out of water. The cryptozoic subterranean ter-
mitophile Myobatrachus is a termitophage right in their galleries.
His unit of study has been in each case the population which is
reproductively isolated from other populations and corresponds
with the systematic species.

Dr. Waloff relates his "Studies on the Insect Fauna on Scotch
Broam, Sarothamnus scoparius (L.) Wimmer" and concludes that a

prolonged life history of a population is adaptive and allows a

192 PH is O'n O-Gelve Vol. 18, no. 3

species to sample a full range of weather of a temperate summer,
and to have only part of a population at any one time exposed to
the full force of predation and parasitism.

Dr. Daubenmire in "Ecology of Fire in Grasslands" shows how
forest fires generate higher temperatures with greater damage to
life in and under the tree canopy even to the subsoil organisms
as bacteria, seeds, fruits, peremnial roots or stolons, nemertine
worms, etc., and have been always considered by man as destructive
because of timber and game loss. But grassland fires have often
been intentionally man-started as an agricultural technique and
as a means of driving game to nets. The temperature gradient in
rapid grassland conflagrations is often so steep that there is
little alteration of the soil structure or chemistry. If enough
legumes are burned the nitrogen content is raised, making herbage
more nutritious. The majority of perennial herbs usually send
up new shoots if their growing tips have not been destroyed.

The book is provided with excellent bibliographies, good in-
dexing, and an author list of all volumes mentioned.

"RECENT ASPECTS OF NITROGEN METABOLISM IN PLANTS" edited by E. J.
Hewitt & C. V. Cutting, xvi & 280 pp., illus., Academic
Press, Inc., London W.1 and New York, N. Y. 10003. 1968.
80 sh. or $11.50.

The included papers consist of the proceedings of a first sym
posium held at Long Ashton Research Station of the University of
Bristol in April 1967 and of oldest standing as a fruit research
station.

Section 1 with six presentations on the transformations in
inorganic nitrogen metabolism and fixation begins with Drs. Chatt
and Leigh who discuss the well-known inactivity of No and its ac-
tivation by either a concerted electron donor or acceptor. It
continues with Dr. Bond's analysis of nitrogen-fixation in sym
biosis in legume-type, Alnus-type, and cycad-type nodulations,
in Azolla-Anabaena, liverwort-bluegreen, and lichen-bluegreen
algal ass Ganociations, in rubiac and myrsinac leaf-bacteria associ-
ations, and in podocarp-mycorrhizal nodulation. Then follows Dr.
Cox' manometric experiment report on No-fixation in the bluegreen
Anabaena cylindrica in light copiously and in dark weakly when No
starved starved, using so-generated reducing power or ATP with pyruvate as
a stimiant. Drs. Hewitt, Hucklesby and Betts discuss hyponi-
trite and pete eer as intermediates in nitrite reduction in
fungi and higher plants. Dr. Miflin's experiments show nitrate
reductase in barley roots. Drs. Sims, Folkes, and Bussey, using
the simple heterotrophic food yeast Candida utilis and the sper-
matophytic duckweed Lemna minor, show that the he former with its
fuller integrated nitrosome regulated nitrite metabolism more
efficiently.

Section 2, dealing with intermediate metabolism of amino acids,
begins with Dr. Davies! experiments with ll, showing two obvious
points of control of amino acid metabolism -- (1) fixation of €0,

1969 Moldenke, Book reviews 193

and entry into the Krebs cycle and (2) entry of an ammonia into
organic combination. Dr. Smith shows that putrescine in barley
leaves is derived from arginine with the intermediate formation of
agmatine and N-carbamylputrescine possibly in response to increas—
ing internal acidity representing a new aspect of homeostasis.
Among the properties of the copper-containing plant enzyme diamine
oxidase Drs, Hill and Mann support its role in auxin formation.
Drs. Fowden, Smith and Dunhill give their observations on the
specificity of amino acid biosynthesis and conclude that as of the
present specificity may be due to this chemical itself or to the
enzyme holding it.

Section 3 deals with the interaction of No metabolism with ex-
ternal factors and is introduced by Dr. Luckwill's paper on the
reciprocal relations between plant growth regulators (endogenous
hormones) and Ny metabolism. Both auxins and cytokinins are then-
selves No-cont compounds that have strong mobilization ef=-
fects leading to their being called "chemical policemen" rather
than "chemical regulators" because of their directing the flow of
nutrients to sites where they are required for protein synthesis.
Dr. Markham, considering the deviations of No metabolism associa-
ted with viruses, mentions the better known one that the new pro-
teins formed within the host celis are only viral replication
products and the less known one that their self-polymerizing
potentialities of other structures like empty shells, long helical
tubes, etc. Dr. Pate reports his studies of the assimilation,
transport and utilization of No in the roots, stems and leaves of
Pisum arvense L. The last technical paper consists of Dr. Hill-
Cottingham's report on the effect of climate and time of applica-
tion of fertilizers on the development and crop performance of
fruit trees.

After each section the pertinent questions and answers are
given. After the last paper a concluding statement is given by
the chairman. The book is well indexed.

"PLANT PATHOLOGIST'S POCKETBOOK" edited by G. C. Ainsworth, 267 pp.,
Commonwealth Mycological Institute, Kew, Surrey, England.
1968.

This is a little gem that, true to character, will surely shine
with use. It was issued upon the occasion of the First Internatio-
nal Congress of Plant Pathology in London.

It covers diseases (fungal, bacterial, viral, non-parasitic,
quarantine, regional listings, glossary, bibliography), plant-
parasite nematodes, insect pests, weeds, fungicides, mycotoxicoses,
techniques (herbarium, isolation, seed testing, spore trapping,
culturing, and almost everything else imaginable), formulae (for
culture media, stains, mounting), presentation techniques of study
results, and addresses for culture collections and research sta-
tions. It is amazing to see how much valuable, modern, accurate
information is crammed within these small book covers.

19h PEZ.ZOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 3

"FLORA ANALITICA DO PARANA Vol. 7" by Joflo Angely, 728 pp., Insti-
tuto Paranaense de Botfnica, Caixa Postal 30786, So Paulo,
Brazil. 1965.

This valuable catalogue of 5287 bryophytes, pteridophytes and
spermatophytes native, naturalized or cultivated in this botanical-
ly rich and interesting state of ParanA in Brazil has proven to be
and will continue to be easily usable and useful for many more than
just the taxonomic botanists.

This work is far freer from printing errors than most South
American publications. Petrea (p. 578) and Hayek (p. 573) are the
correct spellings.

In reference to the treatment of the Verbenaceae — Verbena isa-
bellei is now considered a synonym of Ve montevidensis, and t and the _
binomial V. peruviana should be accredited to "(L.) Britton" since
Britton made this transfer mch earlier than Druce. Aloysia lyci-
oides var. revoluta is treated as a synonym on p. 576 and also as a
valid name on p. 577 —- it is, of course, a synonym. Similarly
Aloysia gratissima var. paraguariensis is listed on p. 576 as a
valid name, with the name-bringing synonym Lippia ligust rina var.
paraguariensis. On p. 577 Aloysia lycioides var. paraguariensis is
listed as a valid name instead of as another synonym for A. gratis-
sima var, paraguariensis. In the related Avicenniaceae the species
which he lists as Avicennia nitida is now know as A. germinans.

For all scientific names the authors, dates and titles of publi-
cation are given, making this work that mich more valuable than it
would be if it were just a bare listing of names.

"PHYLOGENETIC SYSTEMATICS" by Willi Hennig, revised and translated
from the German by D. Dwight Davis & Rainer Zangerl, 263 pp.,
illus., University of Illinois Press, Urbana, Illinois. 1966.
$12.50.

Originally appearing in 1950 as "Grundztige einer Theorie der
phylogenetischen Systematik", this valuable survey by an European
leader in this field is only somewhat updated and is herein avail-
able for the English-reading public.

Part I describes the position of systematics among the biological
sciences. Modern writers advocate 2 ways of describing phylogenetic
history: in one the chronology of the species cleavage processes is
set forth as the only supra~individual or supra-population consider-
ation (true phylogeny) and in the other these same cleavage processes
are drawn up according to their epochal significance (different typo-
logical systems).

Part II deals with taxonomic tasks and methods both in the lower
categories using comparative holomorphology as an auxiliary science
and in the higher group categories,

Part III develops the problems, tasks and methods of phylogenetics
and discusses evolution, monophyly, polyphyly, explosive radiation,
dichotomy and typogenesis without a single reference to any molecular
or other really modern work.

NEW TREE SPECIES FROM ESMERALDAS, ECUADOR

ELBERT L. LITTLE, JR.

Some undescribed tree species were collected in 1965-1966 by
the forest survey in the wet tropical (rain) forests of the
Province of Esmeraldas along the Pacific coast in northwestern
Ecuador. Five new species are published here in the following
genera (and families): Coussapoa (Moraceae), Magnolia (Magnolia-
ceae), Matisia (Bombacaceae), Rudgea (Rubiaceae), and Sickingia
(Rubiaceae). Each description is accompanied by a line drawing
prepared for a book on the common trees of Esmeraldas now await-
ing publication. Descriptions of the new species will be con-
tinued in later numbers of Phytologia.

In March-July 1943 I made a collection of tree specimens in
western Ecuador as dendrologist with the forest survey by the
Latin American Forest Resources Project, of the Forest Service,
United States Department of Agriculture. This was a World War II
project in cooperation with the Office of the Coordinator of
Inter-American Affairs. Further information about the important
trees is contained in the published report: Holdridge, L. R., et
al. The forests of western and central Ecuador. 13 pp., illus.
Forest Service, U. S. Dept. Agr. 197.

Various new tree species were named from that collection. I
published 19, including 12 from Esmeraldas (New species of trees
from western Ecuador. Wash. Acad. Sci. Jour. 38: 87-105, illus.
1948), also a list of the identifications with notes (A collec-
tion of tree specimens from western Ecuador. Caribbean Forester

9: 215-298. 1948).

A S-year forestry project, including an inventory and entitled
Desarrollo Forestal de Noroccidente (DEFORNO), was begun in Es-
meraldas in 1964. This was United Nations Special Fund Project
No. 127, administered by the Food and Agriculture Organization
(FAO) of the United Nations and the Government of Ecuador. I
served aS consultant on this project, making a brief trip to
Ecuador in February 1965 and another for two months field work in
Esmeraldas in September-October 1965. Robert G. Dixon, silvicul-
turist on the project, and I collected about 250 numbers of her-
barium specimens of trees, many with wood samples for testing.
About 100 additional numbers were collected by others. After my
return to Washington, D. C., I identified the specimens at the
U. S. National Herbarium, United States National Museum, with the
assistance of specialists. Also, I prepared botanical descrip-
tions for the forthcoming book. This work was financed by the
project through Special Service Agreements.

195

196 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 3

A set of the herbarium specimens including holotypes of the
new species described here is being deposited in the U. S. Na-
tional Museum (US). A duplicate set is being retained by the
forestry project in Quito, Ecuador. Isotypes will be deposited
in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden (NY). Wood
samples are being placed in the Wood Collection, U. S. Forest
Products Laboratory, Madison, Wisconsin (MADw).

The assistance of Elbert S. Reid, director, Robert G. Dixon,
silviculturist, and others of the project in many ways is grate-
fully acknowledged. Credit is due several artists for the full-
page line drawings of the new species prepared for the book and
reproduced here first. Most drawings of the new species are by
Anita Ortiz, Jaime F. Cardenas, and Antonio Duefas V. Two are
by Carol Ann Kanter.

COUSSAPOA ROTUNDA Little, sp. nov. "Matapalo." Fig. 1.

Arbor epiphytica vel scandens ad 15 m. alta, trunco 15 cm.
diametro. Cortex griseus laevis vel parum fissuratus. Ramuli
crassi pubescentes, cicatricibus obliquis stipularum notati.
Stipulae 1-3 cm. longae, acuminatae puberulae gemmam anguste
oblongam formantes, caducae. Foliorum alternorum petioli 1-2.5
em. longi, crassi pubescentes, longitudinaliter sulcati. Laminae
rotundae, 6-15 cm. longae et latae, apice rotundatae, basi corda-
tae vel rotundatae, margine leviter undulatae, coriaceae, supra
glabrae virides, subtus flavo-virides, venatione palmata nervis
principalibus 9 vel 7, supra valde impressis, subtus puberulis,
venulis numerosis parallelis.

Inflorescentiae masculinae pedunculis 1-2.5 cm. longis pubes-
centibus, 2-4—plo dichotome ramosae, capitula numerosa globosa
3-l mm. diametro pedicellis puberulis 1-3 mm. longis ferentes.
Flores masculini numerosi sessiles sepalis 3 pubescentibus 0.5
mm. longis stamine unico 1 mm. longo. Flores feminei fructique
non visi.

Epiphytic tree or vine to 15 m. high, with trunk 15 ecm. in
diameter. Bark gray, smooth or slightly fissured. Twigs stout,
pubescent, with oblique stipule scars. Stinules 1-3 cm. long,
acuminate, puberulent, forming narrowly oblong bud, caducous.
Petioles of the alternate leaves 1-2.5 cm. long, stout, pubescent,
longitudinally grooved. Blades round, 6-15 cm. long and broad,
rounded at apex, cordate or rounded at base, with margin slightly
Wavy, coriaceous, above glabrous and green, beneath yellow green,
palmately veined with 9 or 7 principal veins very impressed and
puberulent beneath, and with numerous parallel veinlets.

Male inflorescences with pubescent peduncles 1-2.5 em. long,
2-l times dichotomous, bearing numerous globose heads 3-l mm. in
diameter on puberulent pedicels 1-3 mm. long. Male flowers nu-
merous, sessile, with 3 pubescent sepals 0.5 mm. long and 1 sta-
men 1 mm. long. Female flowers and fruits not seen.

1969 Little, New tree species 197

198 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 3

ECUADOR, ESMERALDAS: Junction of Rio Hoja Blanca and Rfo
Hualpi, 50 km. S. of Borbon, alt. 75 m., wet tropical forest,
Sept. 1h, 1965, E. L. Little, Jr., and &. G. Dixon 21056 (HOLO-

TYPE, US; isotype, NY).

This species is readily distinguished by its rounded leaves
with 9 or 7 principal veins. The commonest species of this genus
of "matapalos" in Esmeraldas and other wet areas of western
Ecuador is Coussapoa eggersii Standl., which becomes a large tree
35 m. tall with fluted trunk to 2 m. in diameter. Specimens of a
third species were referred to C. oligoneura Mildbr, of Colombia.

MAGNOLIA STRIATIFOLIA Little, sp. nov. "Cucharillo.” Fig. 2.

Arbor magna ad 32 m. alta, trunco 64 cm. diametro, anteridibus
humilibus angustis. Cortex asper squamosus fulvescens lenticel-
lis. Ramuli juventute pubescentes nodis annulatis atque inter-
nodis brevibus. Stipula larga pubescens gemmam obducens, libera,
caduca. Foliorum alternorum petioli 2 cm. longi pubescentes,
longitudinaliter suleati. Laminae ellipticae, 15-20 cm. longae,
8-10 cm. latae, chartaceae, apice et basi acutae, margine integra
leviter striatae linea tenui vel plica unica utroque costae
latere, nervis lateralibus utroque latere 12-15 fere rectis,
virides nitidae, praeter costam pubescentem subtus glabrae.

Flores terminales solitarii flavescentes fragrantes, pedunculo
crasso fere 1 em. longo apice pubescenti. Alabastrum ovoideum
bractea spathacea glabrata obtectum. Sepala 3, elliptica, 43 mm.
longa, 24 mm. lata, plus minusve crassaconcava apice rotundata.
Petala (in alabastro) obovata, plus minusve crassa concava apice
obtusa, petala exteriora 3, 38 mm. longa, 20-25 mm. lata, petala
interiora 3, 32 mm. longa, 16 mm. lata. Stamina numerosa fila-
mentis 0.5 mm. longis, thecis linearibus 6 mm. longis, connec-
tivo apice acuto 1-1.5 mm. longo. Gynoecium ovoidem, 18 m.
longum, 15 mm. latum, glabrum, carpellis c. 30, stylis 5 mn.
longis. Fructus non visus.

Large tree to 32 m. high, with trunk 6) cm. in diameter, with
low narrow buttresses. Bark rough, scaly, yellowish brown, with
lenticels. Twigs pubescent when young, with ringed nodes and
short internodes. Stipule long, pubescent, covering bud, free,
caducous. Petioles of the alternate leaves 2 cm. long, pubescent,
longitudinally grooved. Blades elliptic, 15-20 cm. long, 8-10
em. Wide, chartaceous, acute at apex and base, with entire mar-
gin, faintly striate with 1 thin line or fold on each side of
midrib, with 12-15 nearly straight lateral veins on each side,
shiny green, glabrous except for the midrib pubescent beneath.

1969 Little, New tree species 199

Fig. 2. Magnolia striatifolia Little,
sp. nov. "Cucharillo."

200 P Ake ae OninOLG2e8 Vol. 18, no. 3

Flowers terminal, solitary, yellowish, fragrant, with stout
peduncle nearly 1 cm. long pubescent at apex. Flower bud ovoid,
covered by a glabrate spathaceous bract. Sepals 3, elliptic,

43 mm. long, 2h mm. wide, slightly thick, concave, rounded at
apex. Petals (in flower bud) obovate, slightly thick, concave,
obtuse at apex, outer petals 3, 38 mm. long, 20-25 mm. wide,
inner petals 3, 32 mm. long, 16 mm. wide. Stamens numerous with
filaments 0.5 mm. long, linear pollen sacs 6 mm. long, and con-
nective with acute apex 1-1.5 mm. long. Gynoecium ovoid, 14 mm.
long, 15 mm. wide, glabrous, witn about 30 carpels, with styles
S mm. long. Fruit not seen.

The wood is moderately hard, with whitish sapwood. The heart-
wood has the attractive yellowish or olive green color found in
some other species of Magnolia.

ECUADOR, ESMERALDAS: Tobar Donoso, junction of Rio San Juan
and Rio Camumbi, alt. 260 m., wet tropical forest, uncommon,
July 27, 1966, Carlos Jativa 331 (1139) (HOLOTYPE, US; isotypes,
LA, NY; wood sample, MADw).

The thin dried leaves of this specimen have a faint line or
stria on each side of the midrib and nearly parallel with it.
This character, to which the specific epithet refers, apparently
indicates a fold of the developing leaf in the bud. The collec-
tion contains flower buds but no fully open flowers.

Figure 2 shows a leafy twig with flower bud covered by the
spathaceous bract. At lower right is an opening bud with bract
shed, the 3 spreading sepals, and the petals still closely
pressed together.

This collection from about 1° N. lat. is the southernmost re-
cord of the genus Magnolia in the New World. A few species have
been found in Venezuela. I collected another new species in
southern Colombia. A new species of Talauma, also in the family
Magnoliaceae, was found in Esmeraldas and will be described.

MATISIA LONGIPES Little, sp. nov. "Suare." Fig. 3.

Arbor mediocris at 15 m. alta, trunco 18 cm. diametro, ramis
horizontalibus verticillatis. Cortex griseus laevis. Ramuli
graciles, petioli, laninae et pedunculi stellato-pilosi et lepi-
doti. Stipulae 3-5 mm. longae ovatae pubescentes gemmam forman-
tes, caducae. Folia alterna pauca, petiolo 2-3 cm. longo fulves-
centi ambabus extremitatibus dilatato. Laminae ellipticae vel
obovatae, 11-25 cm. longae, 4.5-12 cm. latae, chartaceae, asym-
metricae nervis principalibus 3-5, apice acutae vel acuminatae,
basi rotundatae et inaequilaterae, margine integrae, supra viri-
des impolitae, subtus flavovirentes nervis prominentibus flavidis,
venulis sub angulo fere 90° abeuntibus.

1969

y
4
Oo aaa 3
AT LY heiress SRS
ena t Daodie eC
a wei ‘ < hve )
Nhs aa date syiatsen
CE eC TERR TEST Le
LEGON 2s tb as r
PSAP. ESO REE Ey
fies FON TRACI D nan S
SE Te A ae . - iP)
SERNA, BAS REN it
i en TT AE tn bat
; wee neh PSK Gc ks
¥ Ceol IMS se Oat
2 lira a
4 SRS oh Way, oe ie
} Pe
1, ue
v a egg
. A
,
\ Bs
\ -
at ZES
ae 4
—

fay
: ae
OE AUN) Sa
Ue, aes aN oe ror

Ks

Ss

202 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 3

Baccae solitariae pendulae pedunculo gracili 7-12 cm. longo
apice dilatato laterales vel foliis oppositae, ellipsoideae vel
globulosae, 3-3.5 cm. longae, 2-3 cm. latae, mucronatae, brun-
neolae, stellato-pilosae, S-loculares, seminibus 5, ellipsoideis
17 mm. longis; calyx persistens cyathiformis flavidus leviter
10-alatus et 10-dentatus, fere dimidium basale baccae obducens.
Flores non visi.

Medium-sized tree to 15 m. high, with trunk 18 cm. in diame-
ter, with branches horizontal and whorled. Bark gray, smooth.
The slender twigs, petioles, blades, and peduncles with stellate
hairs and small scales. Stipules 3-5 mm. long, ovate, pubescent,
forming bud, caducous. Leaves alternate, few, with yellowish
brown petiole 2-3 cm. long, enlarged at both ends. Blades ellip-
tic or obovate, 11-25 cm. long, h.5-12 cm. wide, chartaceous,
asymmetrical with 3- principal veins, acute or acuminate at
apex, rounded and unequal at base, with entire margin, above
dull green, beneath yellow green with prominent yellowish veins,
the veinlets departing at nearly 90° angle.

Berries solitary, drooping from slender peduncle 9-12 cm.
long enlarged at apex, lateral or opvosite the leaves, ellip-
soid or globular, 3-3.5 cm. long, 2-3 cm. broad, mucronate,
brownish, with stellate hairs, 5-celled, with 5 ellipsoid seeds
17 mm. long; calyx persistent, cup-shaped, yellow, slightly 10—
winged and 10-toothed, nearly covering the basal half of berry.
Flowers not seen.

ECUADOR, ESMERALDAS: Alto Tambo, alt. 650 m., lower montane

forest, Sept. 23, 1965, E. L. Little, Jr., and R. G. Dixon 21125
(HOLOTYPE, US; isotype, NY)

This species is characterized by the very long drooping pedun-
cles of the fruit. The fruiting specimen is placed in Matisia
Humb. & Bonpl., rather than Quararibea Aubl., partly because of
its 5 cells. However, the regular branching with whorls of hori-
zontal branches is suggestive of the latter. Matisia has been
treated as a synonym by some authors.

Figure 3 by Antonio Duefias V. from a fresh specimen shows
the fleshy berry and stout peduncle before shrinkage in drying.
This artist accompanied the forest survey for a month to make
drawings for the tree book.

A number of species have been described in this genus from
northwestern South America in recent years. Some of these seem
to be of local distribution. Matisia coloradorum R. Benoist was
described from Santo Domingo de los Colorados, in the adjacent
Province of Pichincha. M. alata Little and M. grandifolia Little
were based on the author's specimens of 193. tho 1965 collec-
tion contains incomplete material of 1 or 2 additional unnamed
species.

1969 Little, New tree species 203

RUDGEA JATIVAE Little, sp. nov. Fig. h.

Arbor mediocris at 19 m. alta, trunco 30 cm. diametro. Cortex
asper fulvescens. Ramuli juventute puberuli, demum glabri, nodis
annulatis saepe incrassatis. Folia opposita, stipulis truncatis
3 mm. longis puberulis, setiferis, petiolis 1-2 em. longis, gla-
bris, longitudinaliter sulcatis. Laminae ellipticae vel ovatae,
10-15 em. longae, 4-7 em. latae, glabrae, coriaceae, apice acumi-
natae, basi acutae, supra virides nitidae nervis lateralibus
utroque latere 7-11 curvis atque valde impressis ante marginem
conjunctis, subtus pallidae impolitae nerviis laterales elevatis.

Inflorescentia terminalis paniculata lh-5 cm. longa, pedunculo
brevi 1-2 cm. longo, multos flores sessiles aggregatos in capi-
tula ramis oppositis puberulis ferens. Flores in alabastro 7 mm.
longi; hypanthium 2 mm. longum et latum, puberulum; calyx 1 mn.
longus, minute 5-dentatus margine ciliatus; corolla infundibuli-
formis extus pvuberula, tubo mm. longo, 3 mn. lato, ad faucem
dense albo-barbato, lobis 5 anguste oblongis h-5 mm. longis pa-
tentibus; stamina 5, paulo exserta, ad apicem tubi corolla in-
serta, filamentis fere 1 mm. longis, antheris anguste oblongis
1.5 mm. longis; stylus 5-6 mm. longus puberulus exsertus stigma-
tibus 1 mm. longis. Fructus deest.

Medium-sized tree to 19 m. high, with trunk 30 cm. in diameter.
Bark rough, yellow brown. Twigs puberulent when young, becoming
glabrous, with ringed nodes often thickened. Leaves opposite,
with truncate puberulous stipules bearing setae, with glabrous
petioles 1-2 cm. long longitudinally grooved. Blades elliptic or
ovate, 10-15 cm. long, l-7 cm. wide, glabrous, coriaceous, acumi-
nate at apex, acute at base, above shiny green with 7-11 lateral
veins on each side, curved and deeply impressed, joined before
margin, beneath pale and dull with lateral veins raised.

Inflorescence terminal, paniculate, 4-5 cm. long, with short
peduncle 1-2 cm. long, bearing many sessile flowers clustered in
heads on opposite puberulent branches. Flowers in bud 7 mm.
long; hypanthium 2 mm. long and broad, puberulent; calyx 1 mm.
long, mirutely 5-toothed, ciliate on margin; corolla funnel-
shaped, puberulent on outside, with tube i mm. long, 3 mm. broad,
densely white-bearded in throat, with 5 narrowly oblong spreading
lobes h-= mm.; stamens 5, slightly exserted, inserted at apex of
corolla tube, with filaments nearly 1 mm. long and narowly oblong
anthers 1.5 mm. long; style 5-6 mm. long, puberulent, exserted,
with stigmas 1 mm. long. Fruit lacking.

The sapwood is whitish.

20h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 3

ECUADOR, ESMERALDAS: Tobar Donoso Cerro, junction of Rfo San
Juan and Rto Camumbi, alt. 260 m., wet tropical forest, common,
July 26, 1966, Carlos Jativa 328 (HOLOTYPE, US; isotypes, LA, NY).
COLOMBIA: El Choco, 5. of Rio Condoto, between Quebrada Guarapo
and Mandinga, alt. 120-1°£0 m., dense forest, Apr. 22-268, 1939,

E. P. Killip 35426 (US).

This medium-sized tree from Esmeraldas has short-petioled
elliptic or ovate glabrous shiny leaves with 7-11 curved and very
impressed lateral veins on each side and numerous sessile flowers
crowded in paniculate heads. Killip 35426 is referred to this
new species. That small unicate specimen from a tall tree con-
sists of a fallen twig with 2 leaves, also 2 detached leaves
apparently different, and a detached globose glabrous white
fruit 1.5 cm. in diameter.

Carlos Jativa, Ecuadoran botanist, collected tree specimens
for this project in Esmeraldas in 1966, including this type.

Rudgea Salisb. is a tropical American genus of more than 150
species. Earlier, Paul C. Standley (The Rubiaceae of Ecuador.
Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser. 7: 179-251. 1931) recorded from
Ecuador only 1 species, R. fimbriata (Benth.) Standl., a shrub
of wide distribution from Central America to Brazil.

SICKINGIA STANDLEYI Little, sp. nov. "Manglillo," "colorado."
Fig. 5.

Arbor ad 25 m. alta, trunco 30 cm. diametro. Cortex interior
succo rubro. Ramuli crassi, leviter quadrangulares nodis annula-
tis atque cicatricibus foliaribus magnis elongatis. Folia oppo-
sita stipulis caducis non visis, petiolo crasso 3-l em. longo,
leviter puberulo. Laminae suborbiculares vel late ellipticae,
20-28 em. longae, 21 cm. latae, subcoriaceae, apice rotundatae et
mucronatae, basi subcordatae, nervis lateralibus utroque latere
ce. 15 sub angulo fere 90° abeuntibus prope marginem conjunctis,
supra glabrae et leviter nitidae, subtus pallidae nervis puberu-
lis.

Inflorescentiae terminales paniculatae c. 6-9 cm. longae ramu-
lis puberulis. Flores multi 7 mm. longi sessiles, bracteis late
triangularibus ciliatis; hypanthium clavatum 3-l mm. longum pube-
rulum; calyx breve tubulosus, 1 mm. longus, puberulus ciliatus
5-dentatus; corolla in alabastro cylindrica tubo breve et lobis
5 versus apicem puberulis; stamina 5 prope basin tubi corollae
inserta, filamentis 0.5 mm. longis, anteris oblongis 2 mm. lon-
gis; ovarium 2-loculare, ovulis numerosis in quoque loculo, sty-
lus 2 mm. longus 2-partitus. Capsula globosa 1.5 cm. diametro,
2-loculare seminibus numerosis applanatis.

205

Little, New tree species

1969

Rudgea jativae Little, sp. nov.

Fig. h.

206 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 3

Tree to 25 m. high, with trunk 30 cm. in diameter. Inner bark
with beet-red sap. Twigs stout, slightly L-angled, with ringed
nodes and large elongate leaf scars. Leaves opposite with cadu-
cous stipules not seen, with stout, slightly puberulent petiole
3-l, cm. long. Blades suborbicular or broadly elliptic, 20-28 cm.
long, 21 cm. wide, subcoriaceous, rounded and mucronate at apex,
subcordate at base, with about 15 lateral veins on each side de-
parting at angle almost 90° and joined near margin, above gla-
brous and slightly shiny, beneath pale with pvubervlent veins.

Inflorescences terminal, paniculate, about 6-9 cm. long, with
puberulent branches. Flowers many, 7 mm. long, sessile, with
broadly triangular ciliate bracts; hypanthium clavate, 3-4 mn.
long, puberulent; calyx short tubular, 1 mm. long, puberulent,
ciliate, 5-toothed; corolla in bud cylindric with short tube and
5 lobes puberulent toward apex; stamens 5 inserted near base of
corolla tube, with filaments 0.5 mm. long and oblong anthers
2 mm. long; ovary 2-celled, with numerous ovules in each cell,
style 2 mm. long, 2-parted. Capsule globose, 1.5 cm. in diam-
eter, 2-celled, with numerous flattened seeds.

As in other species of the genus, the cut wood is reddish
tinged. The following description by J. Edson Myer in 193 is
based on a wood sample from the type tree:

"Heartwood uniformly rose-red, the surface becoming yellowish
to dark brown upon exposure, lustre rather dull; sapwood not
sharply defined. Heartwood odorless and tasteless; moderately
hard and heavy, with a specific gravity (oven-dry) of 0.70 (about
4k pounds per cubic foot); grain straight to roey; texture fine
and wiiform; easy to work, takes a good polish; strong but rather
brittle; and not durable when exposed to the weather. Makes
high-grade flooring. Used also for panelling and trim."
—Holdridge, L. R., et al. The forests of western and central
Ecuador, p. 63. Forest Service, U. S, Dept. Agr. 19h7.

ECUADOR, ESMERALDAS: Quininde, alt. 60 m., cutover wet tro-
pical forest, Apr. 13, 193, E. L. Little, Jr. 6248 (HOLOTYPE, US

18L49L7; isotypes, F, Q; wood sample, MADw).

This species is distinguished by its large rounded leaves and
may be related to Sickingia cordifolia Hook. f. of the Santa
Marta region of northern Colombia. Herbarium specimens with wood
samples were collected in 193 by the Latin American Forest Re-
sources Project. However, this species is not represented among
the collections of 1965-1966. Instead, Sickingia tinctoria
(H.B.K.) K. Schum., known also as "manglillo," was found in
Esmeraldas.

1969 Little, New tree species 207

SCALE
o1 23 45cm.
Lt a

Fig. 5. Sickingia standleyi Little, sp. nov. "Manelillo."

208 PET POLO I'S Vol. 18, no. 3

This tree was cited as Sickingia sp. nov. "Manglillo” in my
published list of the 1943 collection (A collection of tree spec-
imens from western Ecuador. Caribbean Forester 9: 215-298. 198;
pp. 275, 261).

It is a pleasure to associate this species with Paul Carpenter
Standley (188-1964), outstanding authority on New World plants,
author of numerous useful floras, and specialist on the family
Rubiaceae. Some specimens of my 1943 Ecuador collection includ-
ing this family were sent to him for naming. He recognized this
as undescribed and planned to name it. His herbarium name was
noted to be a later homonym and was replaced by anotner for the
collector. He explained that he was holding it for a treatment
of all the Ecuador Rubiaceae based on the abundant recent collec-
tions (during World War II; letter of June 1h, 196). Unfortu-
nately, no revision was published of his earlier treatment (The
Rubiaceae of Ecuador. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser. 7: 179-
251. 1931). That publication did not record the genus Sickingia
Willd. from Ecuador.

When identifying these specimens, Standley called to my atten-
tion the close relationship between the floras of Costa Rica and
northwestern Ecuador. Many tree species range from the wet tro-
pical forests of Costa Rica southward across Panama and along the
Pacific coast of western Colombia from El Choco to Esmeraldas or
slightly beyond. More tree species are common to Esmeraldas and
Costa Rica than to Esmeraldas and the Amazonian forests of east-
ern Ecuador, southeastern Colombia, and Peru.

The 5 new tree species from Esmeraldas, Ecuador, described and
illustrated above are: Coussapoa rotunda (fig. 1), Magnolia
striatifolia (fig. 2), Matisia longipes (fig. 3), Rudgea jativae
(fig. L), and Sickingia standleyi (fig. 5).

(To be continued.)

Forest Service, United States Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D. C. 20250.

Lo, &
Designed to expedite botanical publication
Vol. 18 April, 1969 No. 4
CONTENTS
MOLDENKE, H.N., Six additional verbenaceous novelties. . .209
DRG Niche OPES ber NGErOl OR Vile iat: ape! gia ber Ne) te EER Re a

REED, C. F., Qataria Reed, nom. nov. for Polygonella Elliott .212

JABLONSKI, E., Notes on neotropical Euphorbiaceae 4. Mono-
graph of the genus Actinostemon. ...... . .213

MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae.
DONNER RIN LEY BAUS ELC ROR NS lh 1 Oe tampa EAN Ri Sot. |

LIBRARY
MAY 15 1969

i
BOTANICAL GARDEN

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
SAS

Price of this number, $1; per volume, $6.75 in advance,
or $7 at close of volume Pa

(4 1 q F \ ‘\s a, ae *
; P| \ Zi ' 4 ‘ Te = & ot

’ rs Jj Aaa

4 i. # ‘- F

’ P o4
. . . A ry al
‘ oy
. ; o@
. a?
, , ; oe
( ’ . i
ees +f
‘ P ' a
! ' wu :
i ’ 4 sy 4
> ol
. Ss .\' pve
’ red fis
JTRAS: ‘|
i j h ’ 7 £4
; i y* PP ie ae yf \.
- my} "

SIX ADDITIONAL VERBENACEOUS NOVELTIES
Harold N. Moldenke

AEGIPHILA MEDITERRANEA var. BREVILOBATA Moldenke, var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei calyce sub anthesi brevis-
sime 5-dentato recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having the rim of the calyx during anthesis merely very shortly
S-dentate rather than caudate~awned.

The type of the variety was collected by Antonio Krapovickas
(no. 1336) at the Cataratas do Iguagi, Paran4, Brazil, on Septem-
ber 27, 1967, and is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plain-
field, New Jersey. The collector describes the plant as a tree
Me tall.

CITHAREXYLUM LEMSII Moldenke, sp. nov.

Frutex, ramlis ramlisque nmumerosis graciliusculis griseis
glaberrimis; sarmentis nitidis minutissime puberulis tetragonis,
angulis costatis; internodiis abbreviatis; foliis oppositis decid-
uis, cicatricibus valde robustis suberosis ciliatis; petiolis
graciliusculis dense puberulis; laminis firme chartaceis ellipticis
usque ad late ellipticis vel subrotundatis acutis vel subacuminatis
integerrimis, ad basin longiuscule acuminatis, supra glabris, sub-
tus dense molliterque pubescentibus, pilis brevissimis subvelutinis.

Shrub, apparently much branched and twiggy, the branches and
branchlets rather slender, gray, completely smooth, the younger
parts and twigs shiny, microscopically puberulous, decidedly tet-
ragonal with rounded-costate angles; principal internodes abbrevia-~
ted, 1.5-— cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite, deciduous; nodes
not plainly ampliate but the leaf-scars much enlarged, corky, as-
cending-prominent, with the upper margin ciliate-fringed; petioles
rather slender, 1--1.5 cm. long, densely puberulent but the puberu-
lence visible only under a handlens; leaf~blades thick- and firmly
chartaceous, dark-green and somewhat brunnescent in drying above,
lighter beneath, elliptic to broadly elliptic or even subrotund,
7.5--11 cm. long, l-—-6.5 cm. wide, acute or subacuminate at the a-
pex, entire, rather long-acuminate at the base and prolonged down-
ward into the petiole, glabrous above, densely soft—pubescent with
dark and very short hairs beneath, almost velvety to touch, not
glanduliferous; midrib slender, flat above, prominent beneath;
secondaries very slender, 2—l, per side, arcuate-ascending, not anas~
tomosing, flat or very obscurely promimulous above, decidedly promin-
ulent beneath; veinlet reticulation abundant, slightly prominulous
above, decidedly prominulent beneath; inflorescence much abbreviated,
few, axillary and terminal on the youngest twigs, apparently often
only one per node, 1—2 cm. long in fruit and then usually mutant,
with apparently 3—~1) sessile fruits subtended by ovate scale-like
prophylla which are ciliate-fringed and triangular-acute or ~acumin-
ate; flowers not seen; immature fruiting~calyx cylindric, about 5 m,.

209

210 PAT ZOLOGCTIA Vol. 18, no. k

long and 2.5 mm, wide, nigrescent in drying, decidedly 5-costate,
microscopically scattered-strigillose or glabrescent, the rim
mimtely 5=-toothed.

The type of this umusual species was collected by the ill-
starred and much-lamented K. Lems — in whose honor it is named —
in quadrat 61,090302a on the hills west of the resort at Playas El
Coco, Guanacaste, Costa Rica, on September 3, 196), and is depos-
ited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden.

GMELINA PHILIPPENSIS f. TRANSITORIA Moldenke, f. nov.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum subtus per-
spicue brunneo~pilosis, pilis rectis vel subrectis differt.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing the lower surface of its leaf-blades conspicuously brownish-
pilose, the hairs straight or almost so, not twisted nor tanentoee-
matted, the hairs found all over the surface of the lamina as well
as on the venation.

The type of this form was collected by M. D. Sulit [Philippine
National Herbarium 1171] on Guimaras Island, Philippine Islands,
in February or March, 1950, and is deposited in the United States
National Herbarium at Washington. It was originally determined ©
and distributed by E. D. Merrill as gq, 4 is Cham.
which has the under surface of its leaf-blades glabrous, subgla-
brous, or with hairs only on the largest veins. The present form
has definitely pubescent twigs and conspicuously armed branches.
It seems in many ways to be intermediate between G. philippensis
Cham. and G, elliptica J. E. Sn.

LANTANA ACHYRANTHIFOLIA f. GRANDIFOLIA Moldenke, f. nov.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei foliis maturis usque ad 12
cm. longis et 6 cm. latis recedit.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing at least most of its mature leaves attaining a size of up to
12 em. in length and 6 cm. in width.

The type of the form was collected by J. Flores Crespo (no. 11)
in a deciduous tropical woods at the base of a canyon, Cafién de
Lobos, 20 km, east-southeast of Cuernavaca, on the road to Chautla,
Morelos, Mexico, on August 6, 1967, at an altitude of 1320 m., and
is deposited in the herbarium of the Escuela Nacional de Ciencias
Biologicas at the Instituto Politecnico Nacional in Mexico City.

LIPPIA MICROMERA var. TONSILIS Moldenke, var. nov.

Haec yarietas a forma typica speciei differt foliis perspicue
apiculatis, bracteis magnis foliaceisque lanceolatis ad apicem
longe attematis plerumque recurvatis, et calicibus brevissime
puberulis.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species and
from var. paludicola Moldenke in having the leaf=blades definitely
and rather uniformly apiculate at the apex, the bracts conspicu-
ous, lanceolate, elongate, more or less hiding the flowers, long-
attenuate and mostly somew: at reflexed at the apex, and the split

1969 Moldenke, Verbenaceous novelties 211

calyx merely very shortly puberulous, not at all hirsutulous.

The type of the variety was collected by J. S. Sobrinho (no,
2h7)} two km. south of Rio de Contas, Alto da Raposa, Serra dos
Gerais, Bahia, Brazil, on April 5, 1966, is no. 2050 in the Her
b&rio Sérgio Tavares of the Instituto Tecnolégico do Estado de
Pernambuco, and is deposited in the United States National Her-
barium at Washington. The collector notes the vernacular name
Nalecrim verdadeiro" and comments "Arbusto formando moitas com
f6lhas pequenas. Quando trituradas tem odor agrad4vel servindo
de defumador. Fl6res pequenissimas c$r lilds estames amarelos.
Medicinal."

VERBENA SEDULA var. FOURNIERI Moldenke, var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma speciei recedit caulibus ramulisque pe-
dunculisque rhachidibusque petiolisque irregulariter breviterque
pilosis et laminis foliorum subtus densiuscule breviterque pilo-
sis.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having its stems, branches, branchlets, peduncles, rachids, and
petioles irregularly and rather sparsely short-pilose with hairs
not plainly visible without a handlens, and the lower leaf=-
surface rather densely short=pilose.

The type of the variety was collected by Luis A. Fournier
(no. 269) beside a small pond on Chatham Island, Galapagos
Islands, at an altitude of 500 meters, on February 23, 196, and
is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey.

NECROLOGY

Otto & Isa Degener

Mrs. Mary Clemens, indefatigable collector in the Orient and
widow of Chaplain Joseph Clemens, retired last Good Friday
night and died in her sleep. Her interesting botanical letters
to us always included quotations and clippings from the Scrip-
tures. She had been living at The Garden Settlement for Aged
People, Chermside, Queensland, Australia. Her tired, outworn
body was turned over to the medical authorities as she thought
it might be of some use to them. According to her philosophy,
"There is a natural body and a spiritual body, and I will be
clothed with a new body."

Qataria Reed, nom, nov, for Polygonella Elliott

Clyde F, Reed *

Polygonella Elliott (1957, Rhodophyceae, Upper Jurassic) is
antedated by Polygonella Michx, (1803, Polygonaceae) and needs a new
name, The type horizon for the genotype of the fossil alga is Duk-
lan, Qatar in Oman on the Persian Gulf, Therefore, I am renaming

this genus Qataria.

Elliott described his genus as a calcareous alga composed of
a thin encrusting-spread consisting of single layer of proportionally
large cells of polygonal-prismatic shape, in a honeybomb fashion, He
placed the genus in ‘Alga Incertae sedis’,

However, Imaizumi (1965, p. 53), when describing the second
species in the genus, gave a more formal treatment: Rhodophyta Papen-~
fuss, 1946; Rhodophyceae Ruprecht, 1851; Cryptonemiales Schmitz in
Engler, 1892; Solenoporaceae Pia, 1927. (Phodophyta and Phodophyceae
are misspellings).

Qataria Reed, nom. nov, Based on Polygonella Elliott, Micro—

paleontology, 3: 230, pl. 1, f. 11-12. 1957. Upper Jurassic: Arabia,
Syria, Switzerland, Austria, Japan; Lower Cretaceous: N, Iraq.

ee incrustata (Elliott) Reed, eomb. nov. Basionym: Poly-
gonell a incrustata Ellio Elliott, Micropaleontology, 3: 230, pl. 1, f. li=-
125 1957, Upper Jurassic: Arabia, Fahud, Oman, Dukhan, Qatar, Per-
sian Gulf); Terbol, Syria; Switzerland; hustria; Lower Cretaceous
(Aptian): Najmah, N. Iraq.

Qataria shikokuensis (Imaizumi) Reed, comb. nov, Basionym:
Polygonella shikokuensis Imaizumi, Sci. Rep. Tohoku Univ., 2nd. Ser.
Geol., 37(1): 53, pl. 9, f. 3-6. Sendai. 1965. Upper Jurassic: Tori
nosu, Sakawa-machi, Takaoka-gun Kochi Pref., Shikoku, Japan.

Elliott, Graham F, New Calcareous Algae from the Arabian Penin-
sula, Micropaleontology, 3: 227-230, pl. 1, f. ll-12. 1957.

Imaizumi, Rikizo Late Jurassic Algae from Honshu and Shikoku,
Japan. Sci. Rep. Tohoku Univ., 2nd Ser. Geol., 37(1): 49-62, 6 pl.,
5 tables. Sendai. 1965.

Michaux, Andre Flora Borealis Americana, 2: 240. 1803.

* Reed Herbarium, 10105 Harford Road, Baltimore, Maryland; Collabor-
ator in Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution, Washington.
212

NOTES ON NEOTROPICAL EUPHORBIACEAE
le Monograph of the genus Actinostemon

E. Jablonski
New York Botanical Garden

ACTINOSTEMON Klotzsch

in Wiegemann, Arch, Naturg. 7: 18). 181; Benth. in Benth.
et Hooker f. Gen. 3: 338. 1880; Pax et K. Hoffm. in
Pflanzenr. Heft 52: 57. 1912.

Dactylostemon Klotzsch, Arch. Naturg. 7: 181. 181
Gussonia Spreng., Neue Entdeekungen 2: 119. 1821 ex parte

TYPE SPECIES: Actinostemon concolor (Spreng.) Mull. Arg.

Arbores vel frutices glaberrimi vel glabrescentes foliis
margine semper integerrimis in apice ramulorum spurie vertic-
illatis vel sparsis.

Racemi e gemmis strobiliforme imbricatis dein deciduis
orientes, squamis glumaceis coriaceis dorso costatis, brun-
neo-purpureis margine ciliatis.

Inflorescenciae spicae cymuliferae basi flores ? 1-3 dein
cymulas ¢ numerosas gerentes.

Flores ¢ sepalis valde reductis vel nullis. Stamina in-
definita, filamenta libera apice saepe in phalanges 3-8 sta-
miniferas divisa ex uno centro oriente divergentia. Pedi-
celli filamentis simillimi in floribus nudis ab eis vix dis-
tincti nil nisi rudimentis sepalis 1-2 vel eis absentis di-
visio inter pedicellum et filamentum geniculo tantum notata.
Flores in cymulo intermedio staminas plus quam in cymulos
lateraies praebens.

Flores ? basi spicae solitarii vel pauci saepe longius
pedicellati. Sepala basi ovarii adpressi vel nulli. Styli
liberi vel in columnam connati. Ovarium fusiforme, sub-
globosum vel late discoideum, laeve vel tuberculatum.

Capsula in coccos 2-valves dissiliens dorso carpidiorum
armata vel laevis, columella trialata persistens.

Semina subglobosa carunculata, embryo in albumine hori-
zontalis vel verticalis.

213

214

PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no.

Plate I

Geographic Distribution of Actinostemon

The geographic distribution of Actinostemon is distinctly
neotropical. Nowhere does it cross the tropic of Cancer and
only the tropic of Capricorn is crossed slightly south of
Sao Paolo by A. concolor and A. concepcionis. The area of
main distribution lies along the eastern margin of South
America between Pernambuco and Paraguay (with 9 species).
Four endemic species have four very isolated occurrences:
one in Acre and Upper Amazonas (12), one in the Roraima area
(7), one in western Cuba (3), and one in the Antilles and
northern Venezuela (2).

1969 Jablonski, Neotropical Euphorbiaceae 215
Plate I

Distribution of Actinostemon

unciformis
angustifolius
3 brachypodus pigizeen
lundianus
10 appendiculatus
|| verticillatus

13 echinatus
2 caribaeus
7 schomburgkii

12 amazonicus

®

| Busan

6 cers

ae

MILES
1000 2000

Drawn by C.C. Clare

216 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no.

NOTE: The strobilaceous tegmentum enclosing the unde-
veloped inflorescence is very conspicuous and a good char-
acter of the genus. When later the inflorescence develops,
the tegmentum falls off and the genus is less easily identi-
fiable. Because of the conspicuous character of the young
tegmentum most collectors collect the specimen at this stage.
A great number of collections, therefore, are unsuitable for
specific identification.

This genus first appeared in the literature in 1621 under
the name Gussonia Sprengel. This name, however, had to be
dropped because it became confused by the fact that Sprengel
included into it right from the start Sebastiania, a very
different genus, and worst of all Sprengel's diagnosis does
not cover Actinostemon correctly. As Pax puts it (l.c. 79):
"descripcio Sprengeliana cum diagnosi generis haud quadrat..

In 181 Klotsch introduced two names simultaneously:
Dactylostemon and Actinostemon to cover this genus. Klotsch
claimed that Dactylostemon has a good developed ? calyx and
capsules with protuberances, whereas Actinostemon is lacking
these. Muller Arg. in 1866 has added to these characters a
further distinction claiming the embryo in Dactylostemon is
horizontal and in Actinostemon vertical.

In 1912 Pax concluded that these distinctions cannot be
maintained. He selected Actinostemon for the name of the
genus and relegated Dactylostemon to synonymy.

After 181 the number of species slowly increased through
the work of Didricksen, Grisebach (1857) and Klotzsch (1862)
and then rapidly through Miller of Argan (1863, 1866, 187).
Muller was the creater of many new binomials (18) and a
flood of tri- and quadrinomials (52) based on very weak evi-
dence, on poor material and often on one single specimen.

O. Kuntze in 1891 (Rev. Gen. 2: 606) following rigid pri-
ority revived the name Gussonia and retransferred 21 Actino-
stemon binomials to Gussonia. Only four of these binomials
remain today in the genus; the rest are synonyms of these or
do not belong to Actinostemon at all.

Pax in the Pflanzenreich 1912 has reduced many of Muller's
bi-, tri- and quadrinomials but was too much of a follower of
Muller and was far too little critical in his revision. He
has recognized 29 species plus dubia. Seven more binomials
were added since 1912, increasing the total to 0.

In the present revision I have accepted of these only ll,
but added two new species, bringing the total to 13.

1969 Jablonski, Neotropical Euphorbiaceae 217

Two distinct evolutionary trends can be discerned within
the Hippomaneae. One goes from Sapium through Sebastiania to
Stillingia culminating in the development of a gynobase. The
other starts with Senefeldera, goes through Gymnanthes and
culminates in Actinostemon. In this evolution the calyx be-
comes reduced step by step to nil, and this loss is compen-
sated by the development of a peculiar protection in the form
of a strobiliform tegmentum which encloses the young inflor-
escence completely.

Another characteristic feature in these two parallel
trends (Sebastiania and Actinostemon) is the evolution of ap-
pendices and protuberances on the ovary and horns and thorns
on the capsules. This development, however, often reverses
itself, and the protuberances so conspicuous on the young
ovary become reduced and often disappear entirely on the ripe
capsule.

CLAVIS SPECIERUM ACTINOSTEMONIS

1. Carpidia inermia vel geminatim bituberculata
2. Folia in ramulis subaequaliter sparsa
3. Ovarium inerme glabrum
. Ovarium fusiforme calice destitutum apice in
columnam ovario leviter tenuiorem abeunte.
Columna stylaris 1 cm longa, capsula pe-
dunculo 2-3 cm longo elevata
5. Flos intermedius cymuli ¢ 5-11 andrus.
Brasilia austro-orientalis, Paraguay,
MEST ONOS a .s0\0'p © oan h's « sleisrfajoie oael-«. CONCOLOL
5. Flos intermedius cymli ¢ h-andrus
6. Folia oblonga 10 em longa. Antilles,
Venezuela...ccccecccccsccsesce Caribaeus
6. Folia elliptica, basi rotundata 3-5
em longa. Cuba occidentalis
3. brachypodus
. Ovarium subglobosum, styli liberi
elongati circum ovarium uncinato-
deflexi, pedicelli ? breviusculi
6-8 mm longi, calyx ? evolutus. Bahia
4. unciformis
3. Ovarium armatum 6-gibbosum vel cristato-
appendiculatum
7. Flos intermedius cymuli ¢ 8-15-andrus,
ovarium 6-gibbosum
8. Ovarium glabrum, folia lanceolata 10-12
em longa 1-) cm lata. Rio de Janeiro
5. angustifolium

218 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no.

8. Ovarium vestitum, folia ovata parva
3.5-7.0 cm longa infra medium latis-
sima, Paraguay, S. Paulo...6. concepcionis
7. Flos intermedius cymuli ¢ -6 andrus
9. Ovarium leviter 6-gibbosum, folia
minora 3-5 cm longa 1.5-2 cm lata.
Guayana...... coveceeceesesevels SChomburgkii
9. Ovarium grosse cristato-appendiculatun,
folia magnitudine variabilia 3-12 cm
longa 1.5- cm lata. Rio de Janeiro,
Maranhaoce.cccecsccccccesccceebs Klotzschii
2. Folia apice ramulorum congesta
10. Styli in columnam connati
11. Ovarium inerme vel leviter tantum
6-tuberculatum., Bahia, Minas
Geraes, Rio de Janeiro........+e.9. lLundianus
ll. Ovarium grosse cristato-appendiculatum,
flos intermedius cymuli ¢ 10-15 andrus
pedicello 2-3 mm longo eleatus, andro-
eceum capituliforme. Pernambuco, Es-
piritu Santo, Bahia........10. appendiculatus
10. Styli liberi vel imo basi tantum con-
nati, ovarium lurido-hirsutum
12. Carpidia inermia vel obscure 2-
tuberculata, flos intermedius
cymuli ¢ 3-8-andrus. Bahia,
Minas Geraes, Rio de Janeiro
ll. verticillatus
12. Carpidia distincte 2-tuberculata,
flos intermedius cymuli ¢ 8-12-
andrus. Acre, Amazonia Brasiliensis
12. amazonicus
1. Carpidia muricata nec bituberculata.
Rio de Janeiro, Pernambuco.....ecoeceeseeelse eEChinatus

1. ACTINOSTEMON CONCOLOR (Spreng.) Mull. Arg. in DC.
Prodr. 15, 2: 1193. 1866

Gussonia concolor Spreng., Neue Entdeck. 120. 1821

Excoecaria concolor Spreng., Syst. 3: 2h. 1826

Actinostemon sessilifolius Kl. in Linnaea 25: 297. 1852

Actinostemon multiflorus Mull. Arg. in Linnaea 32: 111.

1863

Actinostemon oligandrus (Mull. Arg.) Baill. Adansonia 5:
335. 1863 7

Actinostemon polymorphus Mull. Arg. in Linnaea 32: 108.
1863

Actinostemon macrocarpus Mull. Arg. in Mart. Fl. Bras.
dS 22 597. LOTe

1969 Jablonski, Neotropical Euphorbiaceae 219

Actinostemon sparsifolius (Mull. Arg. Pax in Pflzr. Heft
5Pe\ 72 Agile

Actinostemon cantagallensis Glaz. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 59:
63h. 1913 (nomen)

Actinostemon tortuosus Glaz. l.c. 1913 (nomen)

bagieeeyemn oligandrus Mull. Arg. in Linnaea 32: 115.
1863

Dactylostemon sparsifolius Mull. Arg. in Mart. Fl. Bras.
12. 221610... 1878

Gymnanthes concolor Mull. Arg. in Linnaea 32: 103. 1863

Stillingia concolor Baill. Adansonia 5: 327. 1865

TYPE COLLECTION: None.

DISTRIBUTION: On the eastern margin of South America,
between Pernambuco and Paraguay.

SPECIMENS EXAMINED:

Pernambuco: Nazare da Mata, Jayme Coelho de Moraes 1099 (US)

Ceara: Serra do Bezouro, Guedes 71 (NY)

Bahia: Prope Bahiam (Tulasne sen.) Blanchet 9788 (NY)
Forest of Rio Grungogy Basin, Curran 26 (US)

Minas Geraes: (Tulasne) Claussen 72 (A, A, NY)--Type of A.
oligandrus

Photo Delessert, Claussen s.n. (GH)

Teixeira Soares, A. Sampaio 825 (US)

Gardner 5175 (US, NY, V)--Type of var. gardneri

Lagoa Santa, Warming 1601 (GH) Photo Copenhagen (C).--
Type of A. sparsifolius

Rio de Janeiro: mostly without exact locality

Duarte 5186 (US)

Gardner 172 (V); 5620 (GH); 5822 (V, V, V, US)

Glaziou 1465 (US, F); 3106 (US); 9578 (US); 9580 (F)
(nomen) .--Type of A. tortuosus; 1637 (F); 16354
(F).--Type of A. cantagallensis (nomen); 1870 (US)

Hoehne-Kuhlman 25070 (NY)

Langsdorf s.n. (US)

Lund (hb. Warming) WY)

Pabst 509 (US)

Pereira 110 (US); 4080 (7006) (US); 7100 (US)

Pohl 1717 (GH, NY, MO).--Type of A. multiflorus

Riedel s.n. (GH, GH, GH, GH, NY, NY, NY, MO)

Riedel s.n. photo of Type of A. macrocarpus (V, V, V, V,
US, US, US)

Saint Hilaire 976 (NY)

Schott 202 (V, V); 465k (V, V); L655 (V, V); 1717¢
(GH, F)

Sello s.n. (V, V, V)

Vauth (herb. Endl.) (V)

Wilkes s.n.

Collector ? (herb. Warming) (GH)

220 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 14, no.

Sao Paulo:
Sao Luiz do Parahytinga, Lofgren & Zdwall 1859 (A)
Bosque da Saude, Hoehne 435 (NY)
J. Weir 303 (F)
Iguape, Pirassunung, Lofgren & Edwall s.n. (A)
Parque de Estado, 0. Handro 28.131 (A, A)
Parana:
Maringo, Orto Forestal, Hatschbach 12.936 (US)
Pinheirinho (Antonina), Hatschbach 14.751 (US)
Guaratuba, Pedra Branca de Araraguara, Hatschbach
14.525 (US)
Serra do Mar, Porto de Cima, Jonsson 959 (A, F)
Villa Velha, in campo rupestri 875 m, Jonsson 115la
Ponta Grossa, in sylvula, Dusen 10.30) (NY, US, GH, F, MO)
Jaguarinhyva, 740 m, Dusen 13.091 (G, H)
Villa Velha, in sylvula, Dusen 15.697 (A, MO)
Santa Catarina:
Klein 55 (US, US, US); 19 (NY); 597 (US); Klein 805 (US,
NY, F); 1582 (US, NY); 1612 (US); 1635 (US, NY); 2281
(US, NY); 3006 (NY)
Reitz 1852 (US, NY); 2807 (F, NY); 3080 (US)
Reitz & Klein 3830 (NY); 4687 (US); 6927 (F); 7018 (US);
7030 (US, US, NY, GH); 7045 (US); 9039 (US); 9118 (F);
9318 (NY); 16236 (US); 16261 (US)
Smith-Klein-Gieweski 7606 (US, NY)
Smith-Reitz 12905 (GH, MO); 12513 (F); 12932 (NY)
Ule 939 (US)
Luederwald 1383 (A)
Rio Grande do Sul:
Estacao Linha Bonita, Rambo 0.019 (F, V)
Estacao Azevedo, Rambo 3.302 (F, V)
Capesberg prope Caxias, Rambo 3.387 (F, V)
Portao prope S. Leopoldo, Rambo )3.53h (Mo, v)
Morro do Sabia, prope Porto Alegre, Rambo 43. 739
Neu Wurtenberg, Bornmuller 536 (V, GH)
ae prope Porto Alegre, Malme 290 (US, GH); 172 (US,
GH
Mo da Gloria--Porto Alegre, Rambo & Andinata 117 (US)
Uruguay:
Tacuari, Dept. Treinta y Tres, Herter 1806 (V, F, GH, MO,
NY, US)
Argentina, - Misiones:
Salto Iguazu, Rodriguez (386) 3548 (GH); 10976 (GH
Iguazu Eldorado, Schwindt 2106 (V)
Cercanias del Piray-Guazu, Schwindt 2010 (MO)
Acaragua, Dept. San Javier, Bertoni 2892 (MO, F)
Candelaria, Coreto, Montes 148 (V)
Paraguay:
Sierra de Amambay, Pedro Juan Caballero, Rojas 607 (A)
Cerro Torin, Rojas 3897 (A)
Sierra de Amambay, Hassler 11278 (A, NY, V)

1969 Jablonski, Neotropical Euphorbiaceae 221

Paraguay (continued) :

Ibytimi, Paretti & Rojas 9703 (A)

Vista Alegre, Rojas 3885 (A, A, US)

Lacus Ypacaray, prope Sapucay, Hassler 1183) (US, A, GH,
F, F, NY, MO)

Villa Rica, Hassler 8866 (V, F, NY, A)

Villa Rica, Jorgensen 3981 (GH)

ser Independencia, Rojas 4856 (NY, A, A, US); 1,569
Vv

Alto Parana, Fiebrig 613 (US, GH)

Puerto Bertoni, Alto Parana, Rojas 8202 (A)

Tacuru Pucu, Alto Parana, Fiebrig 6681 (A)

Iturbe del Guaira, Montes 15.817 (V)

NOTE: Actinostemon concolor has been split by Muller to
a great number of trinomials of doubtful value. He admitted
himself that these were "formae varietatum nominis haud dig-
nae." In the following I am trying to reconstruct the no-
menclatural circus created by the avalanche of these tri-
and quadrinomials:

In 1863 M#11. Arg. (in Linnaea 32: 108-110) listed 11 tri-
nomials and 9 quadrinomials under Actinostemon polymorphus.

In 1866 (DC. Prodr. 15, 2: 1193-5) he transferred all
these to A. concolor (Spreng.) Mull. Arg., increasing their
number to 12 by adding one by reducing A. caribaeus Griseb.
to a trinomial status. He further complicated the picture
by changing var. angustatus to var. angustifolius, var. gard-
neri to var. genuinus, var. acutissimus to var. acuminatus.
He also changed one quadrinomial: f. minor to f. sessilifolius
(Kl.) Mull. Arg., and dropped 7 quadrinomials, retaining un-
changed only one: f. platyphyllos

In 187) (Mart. Fl. Bras. 12, 2: 593-597) he further in-
creased the number of trinomials from 12 to 17 by adding a
new one (var. riedelii), by reviving and elevating 5 quadri-
nomials to varieties (f. microphyllus to var. microphyllus,
f. latifolius to var. gardneri, f. bicolor to var. bicolor,
f. angustifolius lumped with f. biattenuatus to var. genuin-
us). At the same time he dropped without trace: f. concolor
and f. cuspidatus.

In 1912 Pax (Pflar. Heft 52 Hippomaneae: 75-79) made an
attempt to save 10 of Muller's 17 trinomials but let the two
last quadrinomials (f. platyphyllos and f. sessifolius) die
their natural death.

2. ACTINOSTEMON CARIBAEUS Griseb. in Abh. Ges. Wiss.
Gottingen 7: 168. 1857

Actinostemon concolor var. caribaeus Mull. Arg. in DC.
Prodr. 15, 2: 1193. 1868

222 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no.

Actinostemon sessilifolius Kl. in Linnaea 25: 297. 1852
ex parte

Excoecaria caribaea Griseb. Fl. Brit. Westind Isl. 51.
186,

TYPE COLLECTION: Antigua, Wullsohl (V)
DISTRIBUTION: Lesser Antilles, Northern Venezuela

SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
St. Martin: Boldingh 313 (NY)
Antigua : Wullschlagel 51) (V)
Rose-Fitch-Russell 377 (NY)
Harold E. Box 1106 (NY, MO)
Guadeloupe: Duss 265 (NY, NY, US, F, GH, MO)
Griseb. ded. 1857 (MO)
H. Stehle 81 (US); 5646 (US)
Dominica : Hodge & Hodge 268 (GH)
Martinique: Duss 891 (NY)
Barbados : Gooding 23 (NY)
Eggers 7149 (US)

Trinidad Sieber s.n. (V)
Venezuela
Estado Falcon: Peninsula Paraguara, Cerro Santa Ana,

Steyermark « Brown 94631; Tamaga 699 (Ven); Breteler
429) (Ven); Lasser & Aristeguita 311 (Ven)
Estado Yaracuy: Near Tania, Steyermark 56858 (NY, NY, F)
Estado Carabobo: Guaremales, road from El Palito to San
Felipe, Pittier 8847 (NY, GH, Ven, US)

3. ACTINOSTEMON BRACHYPODUS (Griseb.) Urban in Fedde,
Rep. Spec. Nov. 20: 231. 1930; Bro. Alain, Fl. de
Cuba 3: 120. 1953

Excoecaria brachypoda Griseb. in Nachrichten Gesellsch.
Wiss. Gottingen 178. 1865

Excoecaria brachyandra Mull. Arg. in DC. Prodr. 15, 2:
122). 1866

Gymnanthes brachypoda (Griseb.) Pax & Hoffm. Pflzr. Heft
523-1912

TYPE COLLECTION: C. Wright 2005, Prov. Pinar del Rio
prope Vinales in sylva humili Sierra de Vinales ad Ensenado
de la Bandera, Cuba occidentalis. "Obs. Jam cl. Muller Arg.
hane speciam recte ad Actinostemon traduxerat sed infauste
cum specie ex Antillis minoribus conjunxit, que foliis ob-
lanceolatis vel ellipticis inferne longe cuncatis angustatis
facile distinguenda est" (Urban).

DISTRIBUTION: Endemic in western Cuba.

1969 Jablonski, Neotropical Euphorbiaceae 223

SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
Pinar del Rio, Cuba occidentalis
In woods Rebiro, Wright 2005 (NY, GH, US, MO)
Guabinacho, El Rangel, slope of Loma, Fr. Leon 14048 (NY,
NY, GH)
Sierra de Linares, Fr. Leon 5120 (NY, GH)
Vinales in low forest at the ascent of Sierra Vinales
called Ensenada de la Bandera, Ekman 16562 (US)
Sierra del Sitio Santo Tomas in limestone in Ensenada de
Vega Cuchilla, about 500 m, Ekman 16672 (NY)
Bahia Honda, Roig & Acuna 1239 (NY)
San sae de los Banos, Britton, Earle, Gager 6783 (NY, F,
GH
Habana: Sierra del Grillo, Madruga, Fr. Leon 631 (NY, GH)

NCTE: Only one specimen (Wright 2005) carried male inflor-
escences; all others carried only female flowers or had the
integuments not yet open.

4. ACTINOSTEMON UNCIFORMIS Jabl. sp. nov.

Arbor 6 metralis, foliis parvis in ramulis sparsis -5
cm longis 1.5 cm latis ellipticis apice subrotundatis.
Spicae 3- cm longae basi flores ? 2-3 dein cymulas ¢ nu-
merosas gerentes. Flores ¢ 3-)} andri sepalis solitarius
lato suffulti. Flores ? calyce suffulti. Calyx 3-5 lo-
batus. Ovarium subglobosum inerme glabrum, styli liberi
ovario duplo longiores circum ovarium uncinato-deflexi.
Pedicelli breviusculi 6-8 mm longi. Fructus nondum maturi.

TYPE COLLSCTION: Belem & Magalhaes 614. Centro de Pes-
quisas do Cacau, Ceplac, Cepec, Itheus, Bahia (NY)

DISTRIBUTION: Known only from the type collection.

5. ACTINOSTEMON ANGUSTIFCLIUS (Mull. Arg.) Pax in Pflzr.
Heft 52 (Hippomaneae): 6). 1912
Actinostemon glabrescens Pax et K. Hoffm. in Pflzr. Heft
52 (Hippomaneae): 64. 1912
var. macrophyllus Pax et K. Hoffm. l.c. 65
var. acuminatus (Mull. Arg.) Pax l.c. 65
var. tenuifolius (Mull. Arg.) Pax lec. 65
var. angustifolius (Mull. Arg.) Pax l.c. 65
Dactylostemon angustifolius Mull. Arg. in Mart. Fl. Bras.
2: 604. 187)
Dactylostemon klotzschii var. acuminatus Mull. Arg. in
Mart. Fl. Bras. 11, 2: 606. 187)

22h

PHYTOLOGIA Col. 18, no.

Dactylostemon klotzschii var. tenuifolius Mull. Arg. in
Mart. Fl. Bras. 11, 2: 607. 1874

Dactylostemon klotzschii var. angustifolius Mull. Arg. in
Mart. Fl. Bras. 11, 2: 607. 167k

Dactylostemon communis var. angustifolius Mull. Arg. in
Linnaea 32: 713. 1863

TYPE COLLECTION: Riedel s.n., Mandioca near Rio de Janeiro

(V), Photo of Delessert herb. (MO)

SPECIMENS EXAMINED:

Rio de Janeiro:

Sello s.n. (V)

Sello 135 (F) fragment

Glaziou 1393 Photo of Berlin type (MO, GH, NY)
Riedel s.n. (GH, NY)

Hoehne s.n. Morroda Babilonia (A)

6. ACTINOSTEMON CONCEPCIONIS (Chod. et Hassler) Hochreit-
inger in Bull. N.Y. Bot. Gdn. 6: 278. 1910; Pax et
K, Hoffm. in Pflzr. Heft 52 (Hippomaneae): 67. 1912
Dactylostemon klotzschii var. obtusatus, heterophyllus, con-
cepcionis Chod. et Hassler in Bull. Herb. Boiss. 2
ser. 5: 678. 1905

TYPE COLLECTION: Hassler 7431, Concepcion

SPECIMENS EXAMINED:

Paraguay:

Prope Concepcion, Hassler 7431, 7308 (NY, A, MO)

Zwischen Rio Apa und Rio Aquidaban, Fiebrig 5050 (GH)

Sierra de Amambay, Hassler 10598 (NY, F, MO)

Sierra de Amambay, Rojas 105 (A)

Rio Tapiracuai, Dep. San Pedro: Prima vera, Alto Para-
guay, Woolston 866 (US, NY)

Corros Tobati: Cerro Penitente, Fiebrig 76 (A, F)

Cordillera de Altos, Hassler 681, 701 (NY, NY, NY, NY)

Cordillera de Altos, Fiebrig 131 (F, A, GH)

Silva Atira, Hassler 180 (NY), 3143 (F) dupl. ex. Con-
serv. Genevensi, Photo Berlin Hb (MO, NY, NY, NY, GH)

In oe ess lacus Ypacaray, Hassler 12272 (NY, MO, A, A,
GH

Cordillerita-Ibatymi, Rojas 615 (A)

Cerro de Acabay, Rojas 3257 (A)

Parque del Jardin Botanico, Rojas 9107 (A, A, A)

Sao Paulo:

Alto Araras: Faz Campo, Pacifico 23651 (NY)
Botucatum, Cerradao, Edwell 429) (A)
Itapetininga, Lofgren 218 (A)

1969 Jablonski, Neotropical Euphorbiaceae 225

7. ACTINOSTEMON SCHOMBURGKIIT (Kl.) Hochr. in Bull. N. Y.
Bot. Gdn.: 298. 1910; Pax in Pflzr. Heft 52 (Hip-
pomaneae): 68. 1912

Dactylostemon schomburgkii Klotzsch in Hook. London Jour.
Bot. 2: 45. 18)3

Actinostemon depauperatus Pax et K. Hoffm. in Pflzr. Heft
68. Addit. 6: 58. 1919

Actinostemon parvifolius Pittier in Bol. Soc. Venez. Cie.
Nat. 5: 306. 1938-9

TYPE COLLECTION: Schomburgk 716 Br. Guiana (Holotype BM)
non vidi; Schomburgk 716 (Isotype MC, F); Schomburgk s.n.
Photo hb. Delassert (MO)

DISTRIBUTION: Roraima area

SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
Br. Guiana: Schomburgk 71) (F); 716 photo (MO); s.n. (MO);
939 Roraima (NY); 1273 fragment (F)
Kanuku Mt., drainage of Moku-moku, A. C. Smith 3378 (A,
US, MO, F, NY)
Brazil: Rio branco, Surum Ule 797 (US) Isotype of A. de-
pauperatus, im Walde der Serra Mairary 900 nm.
Photo of Berlin type of Ule 797 (NY, GH, MO)
Territorio do Roraima, Senuha, Rio Mucajai, Summit of
small serra, Prance, Forero, Pena, Ramos 21h (NY)
Venezuela: Estado Bolivar: Wooded summit of Cerro between
Las Nieves on base of slopes southeast of Cerro Pi-
chacha N of Las Nieves 45 kms N of Tumeremo, Alti-
planicie de Nuria. El. 100-300 m, Steyermark 89291
(NY, NY, VEN, VEN)
Estado Bolivar: El Paraiso, 38 km al NE del caserio Los
Rosas el cual esta en la carretera Upata San Felix a
17 km de Upata, L. Marcanto Berti 770 (NY)
Estado Bolivar: En los sotos de la silvas veraneras del
Callao, E. Delgado 211. Holotype of A. parvifolius
Pittier (VEN). Isotype (US)

NOTE: A. parvifolius is based on a specimen on which the
2 flowers are too young, but even so the appendices are dis-
tinctly shown, that the specimen can not belong to the
"section Laeves" which misled the author to distinguish it
from A. schomburgkii.

8. ACTINOSTEMON KLOTZSCHII (Didr.) Pax in Pflzr. Heft 52
Hippomaneae): 69. 1912

Dactylostemon klotzschii Didricksen in Videnskahl. Meddel.
Kjobenh, 127. 1857; Mull. Arg. in DC. Prodr. 15, 2:
1197. 1866; in Mart. Fl. Bras. 11, 2: 60). 187)

226 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no.

Actinostemon communis Pax in Pflzr. Heft 52: 65. 1912
var. grandifolius Pax l.c. 66
var. spathulatus Pax l.c. 66
var. cordatus Pax l.c. 66
var. obovatus Pax l.c. 66
var. obtusatus Pax l.c. 66
var. weddellianus Pax l.c.
var. intermedius Pax l.c.
var. heterophyllus Pax l.c.
Actinostemon cuneatus (M@ll. Arg.) Baill. Adansonia 5: 535.
1865
?Actinostemon leptopus (Mull. Arg.) Pax in Pflzr. Heft 52:
69, 1912
?Actinostemon australis (Mull. Arg.) Pax l.c. 69
?Actinostemon glaziowii Pax et K. Hoffm. lec. 75
Actinostemon desertorum (Mull. Arg.) Pax in Pflzr. Heft 52:
(Oem G12
Actinostemon sprengelii Baill. Adansonia 5: 333. 1865
Dactylostemon communis Mull. Arg. in Linnaea 32: 112. 1863
var. obtusatus Mull. Arg. l.c. 113
f. glabratus Mull. Arg. l.c.
var. weddelianus Mull. Arg. l.c.
var. hagendorfii Mull. Arg. l.c.
var. cordatus Mull. Arg. l.c.
var. petiolaris Mull. Arg. l.c.
f. obovatus Mull. Arg. l.c.
f. spathulatus Mull. Arg. l.c.
var. angustifolius Mull. Arg. l.c.
Dactylostemon cuneatus Kl in sched. ex Mull. Arg. in Lin-
naea 32: 11). 1863
var. latifolius Mull. Arg. lec. 11)
var. angustifolius Mull. Arg. lec. 11)
Dactylostemon Klotzsch Mull. Arg. in DC. Prodr. 15, 2:
1197. 1866
var. obtusatus Mull. Arg. l.c.
var. weddellianus Mull. Arg. l.c.
var. genuinus Mull. Arg. l.c.
var. cordatus Mull. Arg. l.c.
var. petiolaris Mull. Arg. l.c. 1198
var. angustifolius Mull. Arg. l.c.
Dactylostemon klotzschii Mull. Arg. in Mart. Fl. Bras. 12,
2: 60h. 187
var. grandifolius Mull. Arg. l.c. 60)
var. heterophyllus Mull. Arg. l.c. 605
var. intermedius Mull. Arg. l.c. 605
var. obovatus Mull. Arg. lec. 606
var. spathulatus Mull. Arg. l.c. 606
var. tenuifolius Mull. Arg. l.c. 607
?Dactylostemon leptopus Mull. Arg. in Mart. Fl. Bras. 11,
2, 607. 187

1969 Jablonski, Neotropical Euphorbiaceae 227

?Dactylostemon australis Mull. Arg. l.c. 608
Dactylostemon desertorum Mull. Arg. l.c. 608

TYPE COLLECTION: Brazilia, Merkel Hb. Horn (C)

DISTRIBUTION: Known with certainty only from the States
of Rio de Janeiro, Bahia and Maranhao.

SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
Rio de Janeiro:
Riedel s.n. Berlin photo (NY, MO, GH), 377, 3806 as var.
grandifolia
Gaudichaud 1153 (NY)
Glaziou 369, hb. Warming (F) as var. weddelianus
F. C. Hoehne 25048, Morro de S. Joao (NY) fragment (A)
Ule 734, Stranch auf dem Morro de Nova Cintra (US)
Capt. Wilkes (GH, GH, GH)
Miers s.n. (US)
Pereira 023, Jacarepagua: Estado Boiuma (US)
Minas Geraes: Sello s.n. fide Pax, photo Berlin Sello 133 as
Actinostemon cuneatus (NY, MO, GH)
Bahia:
"Desertum Bahiense" Martius s.n. Photo Munchen, Type of
Actinostemon desertorum
Maranhao:
Island of Sao Luiz. Froes 11593 (US, F, MO, A, NY)
St. Paul:
Burchell 5238, 966 Photo Delessert. (MO) Type of Actino-
stemon australis
Brasilia without closer locality, but probably mostly from
Rio de Janeiro:
Hagendorf 1347. Photo Berlin as "Actinostemon klotzschii"
(GH, F, NY, MO)
Tenens s.n. Photo Vienna (MOQ) as Actinostemon leptopus
V
Glaziou 16347. Photo Berlin as Actinostemon glaziovii
(MO, GH, NY)
Burchell 1086 (K)
Riedel s.n. as var. grandifolius (US), as var. spathulatus
(NY, US)

NOTE: Didricksen defined this species as "Ovarium...infra
apicem cornubus 6 per paria dispositis e latere compressis
curvulato-erectis obtusis preditum."

This character could not be verified with certainty in the
following synonyms: A. australis, cuneatus, desertorum and
leptopus. Pax who had opportunity to examine the pistils on
the types of these synonyms describes them as "minute sed
districte 6-tuberculatum," or "obtuse tuberculato-6-gibbosum"
or simply as "6-gibbosum," or "dorso carpidiorum infra med-
ium minuta et obtusa 2 tuberculatum."

228 PAE ThOL.0a2 3 Vol. 18, no.

9. ACTINOSTSMON LUNDIANUS (Didr.) Pax in Pflzr. Heft 52
(Hippomaneae): 70. 1912

Dactylostemon lundianus Didricksen in Vid. Medd. Nat. for
Kjobenh. 126. 1857

Dactylostemon lasiocarpoides Mull. Arg. in Linnaea 32: 11h.
1863

Dactylostemon lasiocarpus Mull. Arg. l.c. 111. 1863

Actinostemon estrellensis (Mull. Arg.) Pax Pflzr. Heft 52:
is Loe

Actinostemon gardneri (Mull. Arg.) Pax Pflzr. Heft 52: 63.
1912

Actinostemon grandifolius (Mull. Arg.) Pax l.c. 61. 1912

Actinostemon lagoensis (Mull. Arg.) Pax lec. 62. 1912

Actinostemon lanceolatus Saldanha in Adansonia 8: 263.
1867-8

Actinostemon lasiocarpoides Baill. Adansonia 5: 33h. 1865

Actinostemon lasiocarpus (Mull. Arg.) Baill. Adansonia 5:
334. 1865

Actinostemon mandiocanus (Mull. Arg.) Pax Pflzr. Heft 52
(Hinpomaneae): 61. 1912

TYPE COLLECTION: W. Lund s.n. hb. Horn (C) non vidi. How-
ever Didricksen's description leaves no doubt about the iden-
tity of this species. "A genere diversa in primis cornuum
defectu."

DISTRIBUTION: Bahia, Minas Geraes and Rio de Janeiro.
Recently discovered in the Territorio Amapa.

SPECIMENS BXAMINED:
Bahia:

Inter Bahiam et Vittoriam. Sello s.n. in hb. Berol. non
vidi. Type of Actinostemon lasiocarpus Mull. Arg. in
Linnaea 32: 111. 1863

Prope Nazare. Sello 139 photo of Berlin type of A.
grandifolius (MO, NY, GH)

Minas Geraes:

Lagoa Santa, Warming 1061 photo of Copenhagen type of
A. lagoensis (F, GH)

Vicosa, El. 700 m, road to Sao Miguel, Ynes Mexia 5198
(MO, MO, F, NY, A, GH, US, US)

Distr. Iltien, Fazenda da Tabunha El. 300, Ynes Mexia
987 (MO, F, NY, GH, A)

Rio de Janeiro:

Parahyba do Sul dans la foret du Macao. Saldanha (285)
te photo of Berlin type of A. lanceolatus (NY, MO,
GH

Fazenda do Sobrol, inflor. not yet open, Glaziou 13179
(F, NY, NY, MO, GH, US)

Mandioca, photo of Delessert type of A. mandiocanus
Riedel et Lansdorff 556 (MO)

1969 Jablonski, Neotropical Euphorbiaceae 229

Rio de Janeiro (continued):

Without exact locality Schott 653. Pohl 1714 (F)

Prope Rio de Janeiro, Typus of A. gardneri. Gardner 166
(V, NY) Photo of Vienna Typus (MO, GH) Photo of Ge-
neva Typus (NY, MO)

Corcovado, Riedel 378, photo of Types of Dactylostemon
lasiocarpoides (GH, MO, NY) without detail, Riedel s.n.
(GH, GH, US, NY)

Aldeida de S. Pedro, Glaziou 13177 (NY, GH)

Entre Lago de Deixo et la Rio Bonita, Typus of Actinostemon
extrellensis, Glaziou 13178 (F, US)

Terr. Amapa:

Rio Araguari, 5 hours above Rio Muruni, 1°2)' N--51°57' W,
Pires, Rodrigues, Irvine 5047 (NY). Fruits only. Uni-
cate.

Rio Araguari, vicinity of Camp 12, 1°11' N--52°8' W. Pires
Rodrigues, Irvine 5137 (NY, NY, NY, NY)

Male part of inflorescence slipping out, ? not yet out.

10. ACTINOSTZMON APPENDICULATUS Jabl. sp. nov.

Arbor heterophyllus foliis nitidis brevissime petiola-
tis ternatim quinatimque verticillatis, oblanceolatis
basin versus cuneato angustatis ima basi saepe brevissime
subcordatis 9-13 cm longis 2-).5 cm latis superiore parte
latissimis.

Squamae involucrantes more generis brunneae striatae
margine ciliatae florendi tempore caducissimae, spicae
2-3 cm longae basi flores ? 1-3 dein cymulas ¢ numerosas
gerentes, cymulae basales hinc inde juxta florem ? utrin-
que flores d gerentes.

Stamina floris ¢ intermedii 9-15, reliquorum 7-12 basi
glandulosa, pedicelli graciles 2-3 mm longi, calyx o om-
nis deficiens, anthereae fere sessiles capitulum formantes.

Pedicelli ° breves fere crassi, 2-3 mm longi, sepala
exigua lanceolata glabra vel sparse hirsuta, ovarium glab-
rum vel sparse hirsutum duplo latius quam altum grosse
cristato-6-appendiculatum, appendices sub anthesin di-
varicati dein apicem versus vel introrsum falcati, styli
sub anthesin in columnam brevem post antherin longiorem
2-5 mm longam connati, stigmata longa circinatim involuta.

Capsula glabra 7 mm alta 9 mm diametiens appendicibus
subalatis 6-cornuta.

TYPE COLLECTION: Jayme Coelho de Moraes 1091 Nazare da
Mata, Pernambuco (US)

DISTRIBUTION: Northeastern Brazil between Pernambuco and
Espiritu Santo and possibly Rio de Janeiro.

230 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. k

SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
Pernambuco:
In woods Tapera, Pickel 3467 (GH, NY, F) 3530 (GH, NY, F)
Bahia:
Forest Grungogy. Curran 163 (US)
Espiritu Santo:
Itabapoana. Sampaio 946 (US)
Rio de Janeiro:
Schott 652 (F)

11. ACTINOSTEMON VERTICILLATUS (K1.) Baill. in Adansonia
5: 33h. 1665

Dactylostemon verticillatus Klotasch in Linnaea 25: 296.
1852

Actinostemon verticillatus Baill. f. genuinus Mull. Arg.
in Mart. Fl. Bras. 11, 2: 603 tab 83 f. 1. 187k

Actinostemon verticillatus f. subinermis Mull. Arg. l.c.
603. 187

TYPE COLLECTION: None. "Frutex brasiliensis ramosissi-
mus" (Klotzsch described a plant grown in Berlin Bot. Gdn.)

DISTRIBUTION: Bahia, Minas Geraes, Rio de Janeiro.

SPECIMENS EXAMINED:

Bahia:
Forest of Grungogy, Curran 2) (GH, US); 198 (US); 2h6

(GH) @ flowers not yet unfolded.

Minas Geraes:
Lagoa Santa, Warming s.n. (GH)

Rio de Janeiro:
Morro do Babilonia. Hoehne s.n. (A)
Gaudichaud 116 (NY, A, F) non nisi capsula
Glaziou 3815 (F)
Riedel 381 (US, GH, NY)(Typus of f. subinervis)
Aug. St. Hilaire 297 (F) Capsula glabra laevis

12. ACTINOSTEMON AMAZONICUS Pax et K. Hoffm. in Pflzr.
Heft 52 (Hippomaneae): 63. 1912

TYPE COLLECTION: Ule 5586 Jurua Miry. Acre, Brazil (V).
Photo of Berlin type (MO, NY, GH)

DISTRIBUTION: Very limited to Acre and the southwestern
edge of Amazonas bordering to Acre.

1969 Jablonski, Neotropical Euphorbiaceae 231

SPECIMHANS EXAMINED:

Acre:

Rio Purus: Rio Yaco, R. Macauhan, Krukoff 5551 (NY, A)
Amazonas:

Jurua, Embira (Rio Tarauca) 7°30' 70°15' Krukoff 4751 (MO,

NY, A)

NOTE: In all specimens seen the involucrant scales en-
close the inflorescence to such an extent that nothing is
shown from the flowers. According to Pax and Hoffmann's de-
scription Actinostemon amazonicus is closely related to Acti-
nostemon verticillatus and differs from it only in the number
of stamens which is 8-12 in the intermediate flower of the
cymule of A. amazonicus, and only 3-8 of A. verticillatus.

13. ACTINOSTEMON ECHINATUS Mull. Arg. in Linnaea 32: 107.
1663

Actinostemon echinatus var. major Mull. Arg. l.c. 108.

Actinostemon echinatus var. minor Mull. Arg. l.c. 108.

Actinostemon echinatus var. spathulatus Mull. Arg. l.c.
108.

Actinostemon echinatus var. obovatus Mull. Arg. in
Mart. Fl. Bras. 12, 2: 592. 187k

Actinostemon trachycarpus Mull. Arg. in Mart. Fl. Bras.
Manes 592. LS

TYPE COLLECTION: Gaudichaud 1145, prope Rio de Janeiro
Photo ex Delessert Hb. (MO), fragment of type (F)

DISTRIBUTION: Besides the type locality of Rio de Jan-
eiro collected in Pernambuco

SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
Rio de Janeiro:

Gaudichaud 115 fragment (F) photo (MO)
Pernambuco:

Schorbaum s.n. Photo ex hb. Delessert (MOQ)

NOTE: Poorly known species. The echinate capsule dis-
tinguishes it from all other Actinostemon. The flowers are
known only from Muller's and Pax et K. Hoffm. description.

232 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 16, no.

Plate II
Actinostemon brachypodus Urb.
A. Fruiting branchlet x 1 (Ekman 16.672)
B. Branchlet with ? flower x 1 (Leon 1).0)8)

C. Branchlet with ¢ spike x 1 (Wright 2.005)

1969 Jablonski, Neotropical Euphorbiaceae 233

Plate II

|

ent x [[Evare

23h

PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no.

Plate III

Actinostemon lundianus (Didrichs.) Pax

A. Spike emerging from the strobiliform tegmentum,
exposing the rich ¢ part of inflorescence. The
% flowers usually at the base of the spike have
not yet emerged from the tegmentum.

B. Branchlet showing verticillate arrangement of 3
leaves and the inflorescence in an advanced
fruiting stage of development.

1969 Jablonski, Neotropical Euphorbiaceae 235

Plate III

236 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no.

INDEX ALPHABETICUS

ACTINOSTWMON Kl. 181

amazonicus Pax & K. Hoffm. 1912 (12)
angustifolius (Mull. Arg.) Pax (187) 1912 (S)
anisandrus (Griseb.) Pax (1879) 1912 Sebastiania
appendiculatus Jabl., sp. nov. 1969 (10)
australis (Mull. Arg.) Pax (1874) 1912 (8)
brachypodus Urb. 1930 (3)
brasiliensis (Spreng.) Pax (1821) 1912 Sebastiania
cantagallensis Glaz. 1913 (nomen) (1)
caribaeus (Griseb. 1857 (2)
communis (Mull. Arg.) Pax (1863) 1912 (8)
var. angustifolius Mull. Arg. 1863 (8)
var. cordatus Mill. Arg. 1863 (8)
var. grandifolius Mull. Arg. 187) (8)
var. hagendorfii Mull. Arg. 1863 (8)
var. heterophyllus Mull. Arg. 1874 (8)
var. intermedius Mull. Arg. 187) (8)
var. obovatus Mull. Arg. 187) (8)
var. obtusatus Mull. Arg. 1863 (8)
f. glabratus Mull. Arg. 1863 (8)
var. petiolaris Mull. Arg. 1863 (8)
f. obovatus Mull. Arg. 1863 (8)
f. spathulatus Mull. Arg. 1863 (8)
var. spathulatus Mull. Arg. 167) (8)
var. weddelianus Mull. Arg. 1863 (8)
concepcionis (Chod. & Hassler) Pax & K. Hoffm.
(1905) 1912 (6)
concolor (Spreng.) Mull. Arg. (1821) 1866 (1)
var. acuminatus Mull. Arg. 1866 (1)
var. acutissimus Mull. Arg. (1863) 187) (1)
var. angustatus Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
var. angustifolius Mull. Arg. (1863) 1866 (1)
var. bicolor Mull. Arg. (1863) 187k (1)
var. caribaeus (Griseb. Mull. Arg. (1857) 1866 (2)
var. ellipticus Mull. Arg. (1863) 1866 (1)
var. gardneri Mull. Arg. (1863) 187) (1)
var. genuinus Mull. Arg. (1866) 187) (1)
var. grandifolius Mull. Arg. (1863) 1866 (1)
var. intermedius Mull. Arg. (1863) 1866 (1)
f. latifolius Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
var. longifolius Mull. Arg. (1863) 1866 (1)
var. microphyllus Mull. Arg. (1863) 187) (1)
var. mucronatus Mull. Arg. (1863) 1866 (1)
var. obovatus Mull. Arg. (1863) 187) (1)
var, riedelii Mull. Arg. 187) (1)
var. sellowii MU11l. Arg. (1863) 1866 (1)

var. variifolius Mull. Arg. (1863) 1866 (1)

1969 Jablonski, Neotropical Euphorbiaceae 237

cuneatus (MUll. Arg.) Baill. (1863) 1865 (8)
var. angustifolius (Mull. Arg.) 1863 (8)
var. latifolius Mull. Arg. 1863 (8)

depauperatus Pax & K. Hoffm. 1919 G7)

desertorum (Mull. Arg.) Pax (187) 1912 (8)

echinatus Mull. Arg. 1863 (13)
var. major Mull. Arg. 1863 (13)
var. minor Mull. Arg. 1863 (13)
var. obovatus Mull. Arg. 187) (13)
var. spathulatus Mull. Arg. 1863 (13)

estrellensis (Mull. Arg.) Pax (187) 1912 (9)
var. genuinus Pax 1912 (9)
var. latifolius Pax 1912 (9)

gardneri (Mull. Arg.) Pax (187) 1912 (9)
glabrescens Pax & K. Hoffm. 1912 (5)
var. acuminatus (Mull. Arg.) Pax (187) 1912 (S)
var. angustifolius (Mull. Arg.) Pax (1863) 1912 (5)
var. macrophyllus Pax & K. Hoffm. 1912 (5)
var. tenuifolius (Mull. Arg.) Pax (187k) 1912 (5)

glaziovii Pax & K. Hoffm. 1912 (8)
grandifolius (Mull. Arg.) Pax (1863) 1912 (9)
guyanensis Pax 1912 Sandwithia
imbricatus Mull. Arg. 1863 Gymnanthes
jamaicensis Britton 1913 Sebastiania
klotzschii (Didrichs.) Pax (1857) 1912
lagoensis (Mull. Arg.) Pax (187) 1912 (9)
lanceolatus Sald. 1867-8 (9)
lasiocarpoides Baill. 1865 (9)
lasiocarpus (Mull. Arg.) Baill. (1863) 1865 (9)
leptopus (Didr.) Pax (1857) 1912 (9)
luquense Morong 1892 Sebastiania
macrocarpus Mull. Arg. 187) a
mandiocanus (Mull. Arg.) Pax (187) 1912 (9)
multiflorus Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
oligandrus (Mull. Arg.) Baill. (1863) 1865 (1)
parvifolius Pittier 1938-9 (7)
polymorphus Mull. Arg. Linnaea 32: 108. 1863 (1)
var. acutissimus Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
f. bicolor Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
f. concolor Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
f. cuspidatus Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
var. angustatus Mull. Arg. 1863 (a)
var. ellipticus Mull. Arg. 1863 (iy)
var. gardneri Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
f. angustifolius Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
f. biattenuatus Mull. Arg. 1863 (3b)
f. latifolius Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
f. microphyllus Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
var. grandifolius Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)

var. intermedius Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)

238 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, now. &

polymorphus (continued)

var. longifolius Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
var. mucronatus Mull. Arg. 1563 (1)
var. obovatus Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
f. minor Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
f. platyphyllus Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
var. sellowii Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
var. variifolius Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
schomburgkii (K1.) Hochr. (1841) 1910 (7)
sessilifolius Kl. 1852 (1)
sparsifolius (Mull.) Arg.) Pax (1674) 1912 (1)
sprengelii Baill. 1865 (8)
tortuosus Glaz. 1913 (nomen) (1)
trachycarpus Mull. Arg. 187) (13)
unciformis Jabl. sp. nov.1969 (4)
verrucosus Glaz. 1913 Celastraceae?
verticillatus (Kl.) Baill. (1862) 1865 (11)
var. genuinus Mull. Arg. 1874 (11)
var. subinermis Mull. Arg. 187) (aa)

ACTINOSTEMON (NOMINA NUDA)

acuminatus Kl. in Baill. 1858 (1)
angustifolius Kl. in Baill. 1858 (1)
furcatus Kl. in Baill. 1858 (2)
grandifolius Kl. in Baill. 1858 (1)
marginatus Kl. in Baill. 1858 (1)

DACTYLOSTEMON Kl. 18)1

angustifolius Kl. 181 (nomen)

angustifolius Mull. Arg. 187) (5)
anisandrus Griseb. 1879 Sebastiania brasiliensis
australis Mull. Arg. 187) (8)
brasiliensis Mull. Arg. 1863 Sebastiania brasiliensis
communis Mull. Arg. 1863 (8)
var. angustifolius Mull. Arg. 1863 (5S)
var. hagendorfii Mull. Arg. 1863 (8)
var. petiolaris Mull. Arg. 1863 (8)
cuneatus Mull. Arg. 1863 (8)
desertorum Mull. Arg. 187k (8)
estrellensis Mull. Arg. 187k (9)
gardneri Mull. Arg. 187) (9)

glabrescens Kl. 181 (nomen)

grandifolius Kl. 181 (nomen)

guyanensis Kl. 188 (nomen) Sandwithia guyanensis Lanj.
1932

hagendorfii K1. 181 (nomen)

1969 Jablonski, Neotropical Euphorbiaceae 239

klotzschii Didr. 1857
var. acuminatus Mull. Arg. 187)
var. angustifolius Mull. Arg. 187)
var. concepcionis Chod. et Hassler 1905
var. cordatus Mull. Arg. 1866
var. genuinus Mull. Arg. 1866
var. heterophyllus Chod. et Hassler 1905
var. obtusatus Mull. Arg. 1866
var. obtusatus Chod. et Hassler 1905
var. petiolaris Mull. Arg. 1863
var. weddellianus Mull. Arg. 1866
lagoensis Mull. Arg. 187)
lasiocarpoides Mull. Arg. 1863
lasiocarpus Kl. 18)1 (nomen)
lasiorhachis Kl. in sched
leptopus Mull. Arg. 187)
lundianus Didr. 1857

a et a i a et a a ei ee el el i i i
XO CULO SO NO DW OOM A WO NAWNV1 ©
i

mandiocanus Mull. Arg. 187), (9)
obtusatus Kl. 181 (nomen) (8)
oligandrus Chod. et Hassler 1901 (6)
oligandrus Mull. Arg. 1863 (1)
polyandrus Griseb. 1865 Forestiera (Oleacea)
schomburgkii Kl. 181 (7)
sparsifolius Mull. Arg. 187) (1)

verticillatus Kl. 1852
var. genuinus Mull. Arg. 187)
var. subincanus Mull. Arg. 187)

GUSSONIA Spreng. 1821

concolor Spreng. 8)

discolor Spreng. Sebastiania discolor
(Spreng.) Mull.
Arg.

serrulata Mig. 1847 Linnaea 19 Sebastiania gaudi-

chaudii Mull. Arg.

Gussonia 0. Ktze.

Rev. gen. 2: 60-606. 1891. O. Kuntze summarily
transferred all
Actinostemon on
grounds of strict
priority disregard-
ing the fact that
the name Gussonia
was untenable on
other grounds.

20 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

It is my pleasant duty to express my thanks to:

Rupert Barneby for his help, for the steady encourage-
ment he gave during my work, and for the time he spent in
reading and improving my manuscript.

C. C. Clare for preparing the illustrations and for the
many practical suggestions he was able to give me because
of his long experience.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE. XX
Harold N. Moldenke

ERIOCAULACEAE Lindl.

Additional & emended synonymy: Eriocauleae L. C. Rich. apud
H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. quarto, 1: [251]. 1816. Erio-
cauleae Mart., Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. 17 (1): 3 & 71. 1835. Erio-
cauloneae L. C. Rich. apud Lindl., Veg. Kingd., ed. 1, 122, in
syne 18h 6.

Additional & emended bibliography: Breyn., Exot. Min. Cog. Pl.
Cent. 1: 108--109, pl. 50. 1678; Moris., Pl. Hist. Univ. 3: 259-—-
260, sect. 8, pl. 16, fig. 17. 1699; L., Sp. Pl., ed. 1, pr. 1, 1:
87 & 129 (1753) and 2: [1203]. 1753; J. A. Murr. in L., Syst.
Veg., ed. 12, 109 & 834. 17743 Reich. in L., Syst. Pl. 1: 2h3—--2h)
(1779) and h: [668]. 1780; J. A. Murr. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 13
1: 108—109 (1783) and 2: 855 (1783) and ed. 1h, 127--128 & [100k].
178); Palau & Verdera, Part. Pract. Bot. 1: 530-532. 178; Jacq.,
Ind. Pl. 63. 1785; Lippert, Pflanzensyst. 1: 187—188 (1786) and
2: [2036]. 1786; Palau & Verdera, Part. Pract. Bot. 8: 21). 1788;
Pers. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15, 132 & [1033]. 1797; J. A. Murr.
in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nov., 106--107 & 812. 1798; Jolyclerc,
Syst. Sex. Vég., ed. 1, pr. 1, 92 & 781 (1798) and pr. 2, 92 &
781. 1803; Mouton-Fontenille in L., Syst. Pl. 1: 147--148 (180k)
and 5: tab. 2: vii & tab. 12: xvii. 1805; Jolyclerc, Syst. Sex.
Vég., ed. 2, 1: 101 (1810) and 2: 47h. 1810; Roem. & Schult. in
L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nov., 2: 56--57, 61, 861--870, & 938.

1817; Roem. & Schult., Mant. 2: )68--70 & 499. 182k; Spreng. in
L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 1: 188 & 980 (1825) and 3: 77l—776.
1826; Roem. & Schult., Mant. 3: 527, 671, & 687. 1827; Spreng. in
L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 5: 267--268. 1828; Bong., Ess. Monog. Er-
ioc. Brés. 1—12. 1831; Cham. & Schlecht., Linnaea 6: 3. 1831;
Lindl., Veg. Kingd., ed. 1, 122, 797, 802, 818, & 830, fig. 82
(1846) and ed. 2, 122, 797, 802, 818, & 830, fig. 82. 1847;
Walp., Ann. 5: 919--9h7, 95h, 957, 958, 960, & 96h (1858) and 6:
1170—-1171 & 125. 1861; Hieron. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzen-
fam., ed. 1, 2 (4): [21/—27, fig. 11—13. 1888; Niederlein, Bol.
Mus. Prod. Argent. 3 (31): 336. 1890; Komarov, Fl. Mansh. 1: )18—
419. 1901; Prain, Bengal Pl., pr. 1, 121 & 1125--1127. 1903;
Schlecht. in Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 40, Beibl. 92: 20. 1908; Guillaun.,
Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille, sér. 2, 9: 256. 1911; Fedch., Rastit.
Turk. 811. 1915; Hayata, Icon. Pl. Formos. 10: 49--56, fig. 27—3l.
1921; Rendle, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 5: 259--260. 1921;
Gleason, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 52: 195. 1925; Mak., Nippon Shoku-
butsu 725. 1926; Sasaki, List Pl. Formos. 99. 1928; Sasaki, Cat.
Govern. Herb. 118=-119. 1930; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Pres-
id. Madras, ed. 1, 9: 1607--1620. 1931; Komarov & Alis., Opred.
Rast. Dal'nevost. Kr. 1: 340. 1931; Dimiker, Vierteljahrsschr.
Naturf. Gesell. Zttrich 77, Beibl. 19: 91. 1932; L., Sp. Pl., ed. 1,
pr. 2, 1: 87 & 129 (193k) and 2: [1203]. 1934; Fl. U. S. S. R. 3:
21

2h2 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. l

494—98 & 748, pl. 27, fig. 1—5. 1935; Masamune, Short Fl. For-
mos. 262—263. 1936; Mak., Illustr. Fl. Jap. 8, 771, & E.26, fig.
2311--2316. 1940; Guillaum., Fl. Analyt. & Synop. NouveCaléd.
\9—50 & 361. 1948; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Mad-
ras, ed. repr. 2, g (3]: 1119-1128 & 1333. 1956; Bourdu, Bull.
Soc. Bot. France 10: 156-158, fig. A—F. 1957; Straka, Erdkunde
1h: 61 & 63. 1960; Van Royen, Blumea 11: 22);—225, fig. 1. 1961;
Fl. U. S. S.R., Engl. transl., 3: 392—395 & 512. 196; Moldenke
in Guillaum., Mém. Mus, Hist. Nat. Paris, new ser. B, 15: 6. 196k;
Anon., Ind, Bibliogr. Bot. Trop. 1 (1): 25 & 32. 196k; R. Good,
Geogr. Flow. Pl. 227, 40, & 495. 1964; Hambler, Journ. Ecol.
[Brit.] 52: 581. 1964; Guillaum., Thorne, & Virot, Univ. Iowa
Stud. Nat. Hist. 20 (7): 26. 1965; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed.
1, 198-202. 1965; Faden, Idrobo, Jiminez, & Tomlinson, Common
Dist. Int. Pl. Cerro Muerte 2. 1966; Thornberry, U. S. Dept. Agr.
Agric. Handb. 165: 137. 1966; Ogden, Quatern. Paleoecology 7:
175-~183. 1967; Satake, Nat. Sci. & Mus. 3h: 161-162. 1967; Be-
gum, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.67 (): 148--156. 1968; Winner,
Biol, Abstr. 9: 11782. 1968; Ogden, Biol. Abstr. 49: 9863. 1968;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 163—186. 1969; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 9
(2h): S.61 (1969) and 50 (3): S.63. 1969; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr.
50: 1490. 1969.

Lindiey (186) is in error when he states that Humboldt, Bon-
pland, and Kunth spelled the family name "Eriocauloneae". The
spelling which they adopted was Eriocauleae. He also dates their
work on this subject as "1815", whereas it should be 1616. These
three authors refer the name to L. C. Richard in "Ann. Mus, Hist.
Nat. 17: 52" (1811) — a reference that has been widely copied —
but the name does not occur on that page, nor anywhere else in
that volume, as far as I can see, nor is it in Mém. Mus. Hist.
Nat, Paris, volume 17.

The Niederlein (1890) reference given in the bibliography a-
bove is sometimes quoted as "31: 68. 1890", apparently an alter
nate citation.

The Gonzalez Quintero 560, distributed as "Eriocaulaceae", is

actually a species of Eleocharis in the Cyperaceae.

BLASTOCAULON PROSTRATUM (Ktrn.) Ruhl.

Synonymy: Paepalanthus prostratus Ktrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3
(1): 350. 1863 [not P. prostratus Mart., 1959]. Philodice pros-
trata (Ktrn.) Benth. apud Hieron. in mmgl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflan-
zenfam., ed. 1, 2 (4): 22. 1888. Dupatya prostrata Kuntze, Rev.
Gen. Pl. 2: 7h6. 1891. Philodice prostrata Benth. & Hook. apud
Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h, 30): 22h & 292, in syn.
1903.

Additional bibliography: Benth. & Hook. f., Gen. Pl. 3: 102k.
1883; Hieron. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (kh):
22. 1888; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 76. 1891; Moldenke, Phytolo-
gia 18: 165. 1969.

The Paepalanthus prostratus Mart., referred to above, is a syno-
nym of P. bongardii Kunth. Ruhland (1903) cites the name, Philo-

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 243

dice prostrata, to Benth. & Hook. f., Gen. Pl. 3: 102) (1883),
but it does not occur there, nor is it listed in the Index Kewen-
sis.

ERIOCAULON INSULARE Ruhl.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19 (1): 19 & 28.
1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 318. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. h & 36. 1946; Leén, Fl. Cuba 1: 261. 196; Molden-
ke, Phytologia 3: 328. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 51, 53, & 81. 1959;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 189. 1969.

Killip found this plant growing along roadsides, mixed with E.
sclerocephalum Ruhl., Syngonanthus lagopodioides (Griseb.) Ruhl.,
and various members of the Lentibulariaceae, and his no. }5170 is
a mixture of these elements.

Additional citations: CUBA: Pinar del Rfo: Ekman 17808 (S—type).
ISLA DE PINOS: Killip 45170, in part (Z).

ERIOCAULON INTERMEDIUM Ktrn.

Synonymy; Eriocaulon setaceum Kunth apud Walp., Ann. 5: 931, in
syn. 1858 [not E. setaceum Benth., 1893, nor Crantz, 1893, nor
Heyne, 1832, nor L., 1753, nor Lour., 1790, nor Rottl., 1960, nor
Wall., 1893, nor Wight, 1832, nor Willd., 1959]. Eriocaulon seta-
ceum Auct. ex Ruhl. in Ingl., Pflanzenreich 13 (-30): 90 & 287,

in syn. 1903. Eriocaulon glabrifolium Vesterdal, in herb.

Bibliography: Ktrn. 27: 601. 185; Walp., Ann. 5: 931
(1858) and 6: 1171. 1861; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl.,
pr. 1, 3h1. 1864; Ktrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 76. 1863;
Benth., Fl. Austral. 7: 192. 1878; Hieron. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat.
Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (hk): 27. 1888; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 18933; Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 572.
1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (i-30): 18, 64, 90, 206, &
287. 1903; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 193, pl. 2. 1921; C. E.
C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. 1, 9: 1618. 1931;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23, 2), 26, 36, & 0.
196; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878.
196; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 328. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 162,
167, 176, 178, 292, & h81. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 13.
1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960;
Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., pr. 2, 341. 1964; Moldenke,
Phytologia 18: 169. 1969.

Tlustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 2. 1921.

Hooker (1893), Fischer (1931), Thwaites & Hooker (196), and
Thanikaimoni (1965) all reduce this taxon to synonymy under E.
setaceum L., but Ruhland (1903) and Fyson (1921), both special-
ists on this genus and careful workers whose conclusions should
not be taken lightly, keep it separate. The Flora of British In-
dia, in fact, goes so far as to suggest that E. bifistulosum Van
Heurck & Muell.-Arg., E. intermedium Ktrn., and E. setaceum L.
are all conspecific. I wonder why E. necerecera Kunth was
not also included. And why not also E. schipp Standl.? These

2hh PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 18, no.

five species, inhabiting precisely the same type of habitat, but
in different parts of the world, all do look very similar in gen-
eral habital aspect, which is to be expected from their similar
submerged aquatic habitat. Fyson, however, points out that E.
intermedium is "Similar in habit to E. setaceun L., but the flo-
ral bracts glabrous, making the heads is black. Flowers as in E.
setaceum, but female petals unequal." He records it from "[?]
Assam: Khasia: Peninsular India; Malabar: Ceylon."

It should be noted here that the E. setaceum L., referred to
above and in the synonymy, is a valid | species, with E, setaceum
Crantz and E, setaceum Wall. as synonyms, while the hanonyn of
Loureiro is a actually Fimbristylis setacea Benth. in the Cyperaceae,
that of Rottler and of Willdenow is E, cinereum R. Br., that cred-
ited to Wight is E. quinguangulare L., that credited to Heyne is
E. sexangulare ae and that of Bentham is E, bifistulosum Van
Heurck & Muell.-Arg. Walpers (1858, 1861) implies a homonyn ac-
credited to Steudel, but does not actually write it.

Smitinand & Abbe found E, intermedium growing in stagnant
water, while the former of these collectors describes it as an
Naquatic herb submerged in stream, sending up flower stalk above
the surface, flowers greenish" in Thailand. The Clemenses
found it growing with Chara in a paddy outlet by a pasture in
Annam. It has been collected at altitudes of 100 to 1300 meters,
flowering and fruiting in August, September, and November.

The cheironymous name, E. glabrifolium, seems to be based on
Vesterdal 8f from Thailand, « deposited in the Copenhagen herbari-
um. Material of E. intermedium has been, as is to be expected,
widely misidentified and distributed in herbaria as E. setaceum
ie

Additional citations: INDIA: Travancore: Wight 2369 (Ac, B),

sen. (Quilon, 1835] (V—1598)0). CEYLON: Thwaites C.V.791 (B,
B). THAILAND: Floto 7350 (Cp); Smitinand 1905 [Herb. Roy. Forest
Dept. 11527] C= seis! & Abbe 6155 [Herb. Roy. Forest Dept.
24385) (Gg); Sgrens , Larsen, “& Hi Hansen 5780 (S); Vesterdal 8f
(Cp). INDOCHINA: cae =: Clemens & Clemens 421) (Ca—33933l).
INDONESIA: GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Sumatra: E. ¥ von Martens 8 (B),

sen. [April 1862] (B). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED:
Thunberg s.n. (S). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by
KUrnicke (B).

ERIOCAULON INTRUSUM Meikle
Synonymy : AS Sh lacteum "sensu Hutch. & Dalz." ex Meikle,
Kew Bull. 22: ijl, in yn. 1968 [not E. lacteum Rendle, 1899].
Bibliography: ee Kew Bull. 22: : hi. 1968; Winner, Biol.
Abstr. 9: 11782. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: & 10. 1968.
The type of this species was collected by Hugh Vandervaes Lely
(no. 283) at Naraguta, in the Plateau province, Nigeria, on June
20. 1921, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Royal Botanic

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 2h5

Gardens at Kew. The E. lacteum Rendle, referred to in the syno-
nymy above, is itself a synonym of E. teusczii Engl. & Ruhl.

ERIOCAULON INUNDATUM Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: )13~--l1). 1951; G. Tay-
lor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: ree. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 135 & 81.
1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 171. 1969.

This plant has been collected in anthesis and fruit in October
and December. Material has been misidentified and distributed in
herbaria as E. buchananii Ruhl.

Citations: SENEGAL: Monod s.n. [28 octobre 1943] (An--type, N—
isotype, N—photo of type, pe, Z——photo of type); Raynal & Raynal
6879 (ai), 6988 (Z), 6996 (Mi).

ERIOCAULON INYANGENSE Arwidsson

Bibliography: Arwidsson, Bot. Notiser 193k: 83. 193k; A. W.
Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 105. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 328.
19505 aE Résumé 149 & 81. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 17:

ite SS,

This plant has been found growing in wet sandy soil along riv-
ulets, at altitudes of 1550 to 1650 meters, flowering and fruit-
ing in October and November. The Brain 4470 & 9010, Govt. Herb.
Salisbury 13417 & 15100, Hornby H.2388 H.2308, and H. Wild AAG Oe dis-
tributed as E. inyangense and some of me of which were so cited by me
in my 1950 work, are actually E. amboense Schinz.

Additional citations: RHODESIA: Freid, Norlindh, & Weimarck
278 (S--isotype, Z--isotype), 3225 (S); Haptrtm 163 (S).

ERIOCAULON IRREGULARE Meikle

Synonymy: Eriocaulon heterochiton "sensu Lecomte" ex Meikle,
Kew Bull. 22: 143, in syn. 1965 [not E. heterochiton Ktrn., 1867,
nor A. Chev., 1959].

Bibliography: Meikle, Kew Bull. 22: 1)3--1,;. 1968; Winner,
Biol. Abstr. 9: 11782. "1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. "Ts h& "10.
1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 7B. 1969.

rt should be noted here that the 5. heterochiton Ktérn. refer-
red to in the synonymy above is a valid species, while the homonym
attributed to Chevalier is a synonym of E, plumale N. E, Br.

The type of E. irregulare was collected by P. Adames (no. 353)
on the Plaine de la Fetoré, near Koubi, Guinea, on September 12,
1962, and is deposited in the herbariun of the *Royal Botanic Gar
dens at Kew. Meikle (1968) cites also Chevalier 1888 and Schnell
7379 from Guinea and Jaeger 18 from Sierra Leone. . Concerning the
last-mentioned collection, however, he notes that "The specimen
from Sierra Leone, with regularly 2-merous flowers, is untypical;
though it agrees so closely with typical Guinean specimens in de-
tails of floral structure that it would be unwise, at least for
the present, to regard it as distinct, especially as the material
is overripe and unsatisfactory."

2h6 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 18, no. k

ERIOCAULON JAPONICUM KUrn,
P cro Eriocaulon japonicum Ktrn. in Miq., Bot. Lugd. 3:
162. 1867.

Bibliography: KUrn, in Miq., Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd. 3: 162—163.
1867; Franch, & Savat., Enum, Pl. Jap. 2: 99. 1879; Maxim., Diagn.
Pl. Nov. Asiat. 8: 2h. 1892; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Mak., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 8: 506. 189k;
Ruhl, in Engl., Pflanzenreich 15 (h-30): h, 65, 95, 117, & 286.
1903; Matsumura, Ind. Pl, Jap. 2 (1): 176. 1905; Mak & Nemoto, Fl.
Jap., ed. 1, 1305 (1925) and ed. 2, 1511. 1931; Nemoto, Suppl.
Fl. Jap. 1038. 1936; Honda, Nom. Pl. Jap. 62. 1939; Satake,
Journ. Jap. Bot. 15: 628—629. 19395; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov.
Fl. Jap. 6: 1, 13, 45, 79, & 87, fig. 19. 190; Satake, Bull.
Tokyo Sci. Mus. ): [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 32—-33. 190; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 25 & 36. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 196; Moldenke, Résumé 173, 289,
& 481. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1:
878. 1960; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Dllustr.
oera’ Pl. Japan 3: 18) & h29. 1964; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 386.
1968.

Illustrations: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 5,
fig. 19. 190.

A common name recorded for this species is "yamato-hosikusa".
Satake (190) comments that "Not having met with any plant quite
corresponding to the original description, the writer doubted the
existence of this species, but recently in examining the specimens
in the Herbaria of the Hokkaido Imperial University and of the
Tokyo Science Museum, he found two specimens which he accurately
determined as E. japonicum Koernicke, thus confirming the exis-
tence of this plant." He cites Miura s.n. [Mobara, Jul. 1911] and
Togasi sen. [Yatumi, Sept. 1937] from Honshu, where he says the
species is apparently endemic. The Warburg s.n. [Yulupo], distrib-

uted as E. japonicum, is actually E. alpestre Hook. f. & Thoms.

Citations:MOUNTED LITERATURE: Ruhl. in Ingl., Pflanzenreich 13
(4-30): 95. 1903 (B).

ERIOCAULON JAUENSE Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 2. 1968.

This species is based on a collection made by Julian Alfred
Steyermark (no. 98179) in a wet savanna bordering woods just be-
low the second fall at "Meseta de Jéua, Cerro J4ua: Cumbre de la
poreién Central-Occidental de la Meseta, )°5' Lat. No., 64°26!
Long. Oest, 36 millas nauticas o 60 Kms. noroeste de la misién de
Campamento Sanidad del Rfo Kanarakuni", Bolfvar, Venezuela, between
March 22 and 27, 1967, deposited in my personal herbarium at
Plainfield, New Jersey. The collector notes that the plants
formed large spongy mats, the leaves being subcoriaceous, rich-
green on both surfaces, ascending to subspreading, the heads white
with black. A formal description is in manuscript, to be published
soon in the Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 2h7

ERIOCAULON JOHNSTONII Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 27: 82. 1899; Ruhl.
in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 63, 82, & 286. 1903; Thiselt.-
Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 70. 190k; H. Lecomte, Bull. Soc. Bot.
France 55: 571. 1908; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 22 &
36. re Moldenke, Résumé 157 & 181. 1959; Punt, Reg. Veg. 36:
9. 196k.

The type of this species was collected by Sir Harry Hamilton
Johnston -- in whose honor it is named — along a forest stream
at an altitude of 1920 feet, on Mauritius, on September 28, 1888,
and is deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum at
Berlin. The collector describes the leaves as recurved-patent,
the heads greenish-brown, and the flowers trimerous. Material
has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as E. repens
Lam.

Citations: MASCARENE ISLANDS: Mauritius: Bouton 1829 (P); H. H.
Johnston s.n. [28th September 1888] (B—type, Z--isotype); Petit-
Thouars s.n. (N, N—-photo, P, Z--photo).

ERIOCAULON JORDANI (Moldenke) Meikle

Synonymy: Syngonanthus jordani Moldenke, Phytologia 5: 91.
oe Eriocaulon jordanii (Moldenke) Meikle, Kew Bull. 22: 1,3.
1968.

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 5: 91—92. 195h; Anon.,
Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Index 195): 3h. 1955; Anon.,
Trav. Lab. Bot. Syst. Brux. 16: 32. 1955; Moldenke, Résumé 137,
352, & 492.1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 138. 1959;
Meikle, Kew Bull. 22: 13. 1968; Winner, Biol, Abstr. 9: 11782.
1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 4, 10, & 12. 1968.

It should perhaps be recorded here again that I do not approve
of the recommendation of the American Joint Committee on Horti-
cultural Nomenclature as published in "Standardized Plant Names"
(192) that all subgeneric epithets terminating in "1" or "4141"
when originally proposed be written always with a single "i", nor
the opposing recommendation of the International Rules of Botanical
Nomenclature, now so widely followed, which asks that many, though
not all, names originally proposed with a single "i" always be
corrected to a double "i", I still feel that the original ortho-
graphy of the original author of a name be followed unless it can
be shown that an error in gender was made [e.g., "schulsii" when
the person being honored by the epithet actually was a woman and
the name should have been written "schulzae"]. I therefore do
not adopt Meikle's new orthography of the specific epithet which
I originally gave to this taxon.

Citations: SIERRA LEONE: H. D. Jordan 721 (Z—type).

ERIOCAULON KAINANTENSE Masamune

Synonymy: Eriocaulon kainantensis Masamune, Trans. Nat. Hist.
Soc. Taiwan 33: 13. 1943.

Bibliography: Masamine, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Taiwan 33: 13.
1948; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953; Moldenke, R6é-

2h8 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no.

sumé Suppl. 17: 5 & 13. 1968.

The type of this endemic Hainan species was collected by Genkei
Masamune at Sana, Hainan, on November 30, 190, and is deposited
in the herbarium of the University of Tokyo. Masamune's original
(1943) use of the incorrect gender for the specific epithet used
by him for this taxon was corrected by Salisbury (1953). Masamune
records the vernacular name "kainan-hosikusa", and cites also Ma~
samune & Fukuyama 86 & 845 from Hainan island, deposited in the
herbarium of the University of Tokyo. His description of the spe—
cies is as follows: "(sect. Heterochiton) Annua. Folia caespitosa,
lineari-lanceolata, basi dilatata, utrimque tomentella multinervia
rigida 17—-25 cm longa, medio ca. mm lata. Pedunculi plures,
glabri 6 costati plus mimsve torte 30--\0 cm alti. Vaginae obli-
que fissae, laxiusculae tomentellae, 7-—-10 cm longae. Capitula
semiglobosa, glabriuscula 3—-5 mm longa, 5~-10 mm lata, 5—-10 mm
in diametro. Bracteae involucrates late obovatae, obtusae, glabrae
stramineae, disco breviores. Bracteae flores cuneato-obovatae,
plus mimusve cuspidato-acuminatae, summo dorso saepe dense albo-
tomentosae quam flores vix longiores. Flos 6: sepala 2 a medium
in spatham antice fissam connata, oblongo-spathulata, obtusa saepe
minute incisa glabriuscula concava hyalina. Antherae 6 nigrae.
Elos 9: sepala 2 angusto—linearia glabra hyalina apice truncata
dorso alata. Petala 3 linearia glabra, illis ca aequilonga.
Stigmata 3."

ERIOCAULON KATOI Onuma

Bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé 173 & 81. 1959.

It would appear that this species is based on two collections
made by S. Kato -—= in whose honor the taxon is named — at Kukuri-
mura, Mino, Honshu, on September 1), 191), and another also from
Honshu on September 28, 1918. The former collection has "nov. sp."
written after the binomial on the Stockholm specimen. I have not as
yet been able to ascertain where the taxon was officially described.

Citations: WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: JAPAN: Honshu: Kato s.n.
[Kukuri-mura, 13/9/14] (S—cotype), sn. (Sept. 28, 1915] (Kg—
cotype, Z—~cotype).

ERIOCAULON KENGII Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl., Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 10: 1042—10k3
& 1060. 1930; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 87. 1933; Moldenke,
coe near Distrib. Erioc. 25 & 36. 196; Moldenke, Résumé 169
& 481. 1959.

ERIOCAULON KINABALUENSE Van Royen
Bibliography: Van Royen, Blumea 10: 133. 1960; G. Taylor, Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 13: 52. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 6. 1968.
Nothing is known to me about this species except that it is
supposed to grow in and presumably be endemic to Sabah.

ERIOCAULON KINLOCHII Moldenke
Bibliography: Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19 (1): 23--2h. 1937; Molden-

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 2h9

ke, Phytologia 1: 318. 1939; Moldenke, Carnegie Inst, Wash. Publ.
522: 1y0--141. 1940; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 4 &
36. 1946; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 86. 1947; Moldenke,
Résumé 3 & 481. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 169. 1969.

This species has been confused with and material distributed
to herbaria as E. benthami Kunth of Mexico and Guatemala, from
which it differs in many respects, notably in its dimerous flo-
rets, long-attenuate and filiform—tipped leaves, 3-costate pedun—
cles, and many floral characters.

Emended citations: BRITISH HONDURAS: Kinloch 213 (F--675903-=

type).

ERIOCAULON KIUSIANUM Maxim.

Bibliography: Maxim., Bull. Acad. Sci. Pétersb. [Dec. Pl. Asiat.]
8: 7 & 22. 1893; Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 578. 1893; Durand &
Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 158 & 501. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl.,
Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 65, 95, & 286. 1903; Satake in Nakai &
Honda, Nov. Pl. Jap. 6: 1, 77, & 87. 190; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci.
Mus. : (Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 64. 1940; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 158 & 501. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Erioc. 25 & 36. 1946; Moldenke, Résumé 172, 173, & 81. 1959;
Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 158 & 501. 1959; Mol-
denke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 19. 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 167.
1969.

This binomial was published in the synonymy of E. alpestre
Hook. f. & Thoms. by Hooker (1893), as reported in the Index Kewen-
sis Supplement 1: 158 (1902). On a later page, p. 501, of the same
Supplement, however, it is credited to "Maxim. Dec. Pl. Asiat. 8: 7"
(1893), apparently as a correction of the previous entry. Satake
(1940) gives "1892" as the date of publication of Maximowicz's
original description, but it would seem that 1893 is correct.

Durand & Jackson (1902) reduce this species to synonymy under
E. alpestre Hook. f, & Thoms. It has been collected in anthesis
in May. Material has been misidentified and distributed in her-
baria under the names E. cinereum R,. Br. and E. formosanum Hayata.

Citations: CHINESE COASTAL ISLANDS: Hainan: S. K. Lau 3883 (Bi,
S); Liang 66137, in part (Go). WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: JAPAN:
Kiushu: Maximowicz s.n. [Prov. Simabara, 1863] (B--isotype, Br—
isotype, N—isotype, N--photo of isotype, Z--photo of isotype).
FORMOSA: Masamune & Suzuki 23 (W—2062))1, W--2062),56, Z); Tanaka
& Shimada 1357h (B, Ca—517642, Go, Mi, N, S).

ERIOCAULON KLOTZSCHII Moldenke

Synonymy: Eriocaulon brevifolium Klotzsch in Schomb., Faun. &
Fl. Brit. Guian. 1116, nom. nud. 1648 [not E. brevifolium Mart.,
1863, nor Raf., 180]. €

Additional bibliography: Klotzsch in Schomb., Faun. & Fl. Brit.
Guian. 1116. 1848; Walp., Ann. 5: 931 (1858) and 6: 1170. 1861;
Kirn, in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 496—~L97. 1863; Moldenke, Phyto-
logia 17: 9, 451—L52, & 8h--l)85 (1968) and 18: 79--80. 1969.

250 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no.

The bibliographic references given above are in addition to
those previously noted by me under E, brevifolium before I reali-
zed that this binomial is invalid. The Klotzsch binomial, pub-
lished invalidly in 188, was validated by Ktrnicke in 1863, but
is still a later homonym of Rafinesque's name. The ten herbarium
specimen citations enumerated by me previously under E. brevifo-
lium should now, of course, be transferred to E. klotzschii.
~~ The Eriocaulon brevifolium of Martius, referred to in the syno-
nymy above, is a synonym of E. sellowianum Kunth, while that of
Rafinesque is E. pellucidum Michx.

ERIOCAULON KLOTZSCHII var. PROLIFERUM (Moldenke) Moldenke

Synonymy: Eriocaulon brevifolium var. proliferum Moldenke in
Maguire & Wurdack, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 9: 276. 1957.

Emended & additional bibliography: Moldenke in Maguire & Wur-
dack, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 9: 278. 1957; Moldenke, Bull. Jard.
Bot. Brux. 27: 130. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé 71 & 480. 1959; Mol-
denke, Phytologia 17: 9, 452, & 8h. 1968.

ERIOCAULON KOERNICKEI Britten

Synonymy: Eriocaulon pygmaeun KUrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1):
477-78. 1863 [not E, pygmaeum Dalz., 1851, nor Mart., 1841, nor
Soland., 1809]. Eriocaulon vauthieri Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen-
reich 13 (l-30): 37. 1903.

Bibliography: Walp., Ann. 5: 927 (1858) and 6: 1171. 1861;
Ktrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 475, 477—h78, & 500, pl. 0,
fig. 2. 1863; Hieron. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed.
1, 2 (4): 23 & 25, fig. 12 L—R. 1888; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879. 1893; Britten, Journ. Bot.
1900: {81 & 482. 1900; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (-30):
32, 37, & 286—288. 1903; Thiselt.—Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 203.
190); Prain, Ind. Kew, Suppl. 3: 69 & 70. 1908; H. Lecomte, Bull.
Soc. Bot. France 55: 6. 1909; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., pr. 2, 1: 879. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc.
8, 36, 39, & hl. 196; Moldenke, Résumé 89, 291, 293, & 81. 1959;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 879. 1960.

Illustrations: Ktrn, in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 0, fig.
2. 1863; Hieron. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2
(4): re fig. 12 L—R. 1888.

It should be noted here that the Eriocaulon pygmaeum Soland.,
referred to above, is a valid species, while the homonym of Dal-
ziel is a synonym of E. xeranthemm Mart, and that of Martius is
Paepalanthus bifidus (Schrad.) Kunth. The Vauthier collection
cited below as the type of E. koernickei, seems also to be the
type collection of E. vauthieri Ruhl., as well, of course, as of
E. Pygmaeum Korn.

Citations: BRAZIL: State undetermined: Vauthier s.n. (B—type,
paresis MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by KUrnicke

B, B).

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 251

ERIOCAULON KORNICKIANUM Van Heurck & Muell.-Arg.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon koernickianum Van Heurck & Muell.-Arg. a-
pud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893.
Eriocaulon kornickianum Van Heurck & Muell.-Arg. apud Kral, Sida
2: [298] & 299. 1966.

Bibliography: Van Heurck, Obs. Bot. 101. 1870; Morong, Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club 18: 356. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., pre z 1: 878. 1893; Coult., Contrib. Us Se Nat. Herb. 2:
459. 1894; Ruhl. in Ingl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h-30): 32, 35, & 286.
1903; J. K. Small, Fl. Southeast. U. S., ed. 1, 236 (1903) and ed.
2, 236. 19133 Cory, Texas Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 550: 29. 1937;
Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19 (1): 19 & 30. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia
1: 318. 1939; Moldenke in Lundell, Fl. Texas 3 (1): 7—8. 192;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 1916; Mol-
denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 3 & 36. 1916; Moldenke, Phyto-
logia 3: 153 (1948) and 3: 328. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 22, 25,
27, 289, ih, & 481. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pr. 3, 1: 875. 1960; Kral, Sida 2: [298], 299, & 330. 1966;
Shinners, Sida 2: - 1966.

Illustrations: Kral, Sida 2: [298]. 1966.

Because of the rarity of this species it may be worthwhile to
repeat here the statements about it by several botanists. Morong
(1891) says "I have not seen a specimen of this Texan plant, but
the authors of the species describe it as having pellucid leaves
which are five to seven-nerved, plane, smooth, 8 to 11 lines long
and a little over 1 line wide at the base. Scapes numerous, ) to
5 inches high, setaceous, smooth, compressed, two to three-
angled, with lax sheaths which are as long as the leaves. Heads
ovoid-globose, about 1 1/2 inch long, a little longer than broad.
Involucral scales fuliginous, broadly obovate, irregularly den-
ticulate and white-woolly above, at length slightly recurved. Re-
ceptacle smooth. Bracts not quite 1 line high, surpassing the
flowers. Sterile flowers about 1/2 line high; outer perianth
segments smooth and black-glandular at the apex; inner obovate
and pilose at the apex. Stamens four. Immer perianth segments
of the fertile flower white-woolly on the margins. Style two-
parted plainly destitute of appendages. Seeds ellipsoidal, rough
papillose. East Texas. Coll. Charles Wright, in herb. DC et Van
Heurck ."

In my 1937 work the distribution of this species is given as
"Springy places and swamps on the Coastal Plain, Arkansas, Okla-
homa, and eastern Texas." In my 192 work the Texan distribution
is given as "In springy places on prairies and wet sandy ground,
Timber Belt area of eastern Texas" and the comment is made that
"No Texan material of this species has been seen by the writer,
but the type is said to have been collected in 'East Texas! [#Ty-
ler Co.] by Charles Wright. Coulter records it from eastern
Texas, and Cory from the Timber Belt area. Small lists it for
the state. It is definitely known from Arkaneas and Oklahoma, so
its occurremce in Texas is very probable."

The Little specimen cited below has a label originally inscri-

252 Pen Yo Ore O1G «ak Vol. 18, no.

bed "Utah" as the locality of collection, but Dr. Elbert L.
little, Jr., the collector, in a letter to me dated March 29,
1958, says "there is an error somewhere. If the specimen was
collected by me in 1929, then it is the specimen from the top of
Porum Mountain, about 2 miles west of Porum, Muskogee County, Ok-
lahoma, I have changed the label accordingly. Your identifica-
tion Eriocaulon kUrnickianum Van Heurck & Muell.-Arg. agrees, as
you listed this species from Oklahoma in your monograph. The lo-
cality where I collected Eriocaulon in Oklahoma is not on the
Coastal Plain but is about 100 miles northward."

The Moore specimen cited below was gathered in Magazine Moun-
tain in Logan County, Arkansas, where Kral also collected it
(apparently after the writing of the quotation from him given be-
low), and where he describes the locality as follows: "alt. 2650
ft., top of Magazine Mtn., on moist fine sand of bed and bank of
intermittent stream through boggy swale in scrub oak. This is the
only Eriocaulon known from the Interior Highlands province, al-
though more populations of it have been found in Oklahoma & Tex-
as, it is also reported from the lower Coastal Plain of Texas."

Kral (1966) gives a thorough description of this plant: "Sol-
itary or in small tufts, reproducing vegetatively by short later-
al offshoots. Leaf pale green, very thin, linear-attemate, 1—5
cm. long, tapering evenly from a thin, pale, aerenchymatous base,
the margin slightly incrassate. Sheath of the scape about the
length of most of the leaves (ca. 2—3 cm.) loose, somewhat in-
flated and scarious above, bifid. Mature scape filiform, 5—8
em. long, about 0.5 mm. broad, twisted, 3—l ridged. Mature head
subglobose or short—-oblong, 0-O—l,.0 mm. broad, dark gray or
gray-green save for pale 'rims' of the white-ciliate perianth
parts and bracts and the pale, scarious, outer bracts. Outer in-
volucral bracts broadly oblong to suborbicular, reflexed at ma-
turity, 1.0--1.25 mm. long, smooth, very thin, stramineous, trans-
lucent, the apex rounded. Receptacular bractlet oblong to cune—
ate, ca. 1.5 m. long, gray or gray-green, acute to obtusely
angled, translucent, acute to obtusely angled, concave and unequi-
laterally keeled, smooth save for a scattering of white, clavate,
trichomes along the somewhat erose upper margin. Surface of the
receptacle of the head smooth. Male flower: sepals linear-curvate,
concave, ca. 1 mm. long, grayish-translucent, with a few white,
clavate trichomes on the backs apically. Corolla members subequal,
yellowish, primarily consisting of a narrowly obpyramidal andro-
phore which terminates in two low, glanduliferous, tooth-like lobes
whose apices have a few white-clavate trichomes. Female flower:
sepals linear-curvate, ca. 1 mm. long, gray-translucent save for
the pale, clawed bases, smooth or with a scattering of hairs on
the backs apically; petals spatulate, curvate, the blades broadly
rhombic and opaque, the bases clawed, ca. 1 mm. long or slightly
longer, yellowish-white, the inner surface and upper margin with
white-clavate trichomes. Seeds broadly ovoid, ca. 0.5 mm. long,
deep reddish brom, the surfaces papillate or rugose. Upland
seepage areas and bogs, from the Interior Highlands (Magazine Mt.,

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 253

Arkansas) south and west to Oklahoma and Texas. I have never seen
living examples of this apparently rare, diminutive, Eriocaulon.
Superficially it is closest to E. ravenelii of the eastern Coastal
Plain, differing from it primarily in its smaller stature, its
trichomiferous bractlets and perianth parts, and its smaller, ru-
gose rather than alveolate, seeds." In his distribution map he
indicates two Arkansas, one Oklahoma, and three Texas localities,
but the county names are illegible.

The on2y common name recorded for the plant is "pipewort". It
has been collected and flower and fruit in July. Material has
been misidentified and distributed in herbaria under the name E.
articulatum (Huds.) Morong. On the other hand, the Cory 52778,
distributed as E. k§rnickianun, 1s actually Lachnocaulon anceps
(Walt.) Morong.

eee eee ee

ERIOCAULON KUNTHII Ktrn.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon elichrysoides Kunth apud Ktrn. in Mart.,
Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 482—83, in syn. 1863 [not E. elichrysoides
Bong., 1831]. Eriocaulon kunthii var. & Ktrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras.
3 (1): 482—l83. 1863. Eriocaulon kunthii var. Ktrn. in Mart.,
Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 482—-4)83. 1863. Eriocaulon kunthii var. \ Korn.
in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 482—83. 1863. Eriocavlon kunthii var.
j Korn. ex Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: [397] & 398. 1928, Eriocaulon
callocephalum Alv. Silv. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 16, in syn.
1959.

Bibliography: Vell., Fl. Flum. 36 (1825) and Icon. 1: pl. 86.
1827; Bong., Mém. Acad. Sci. Pétersb., sér. 6, 1: 631 (1831) and 3:
559, pl. 27. 180; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 525, 5h6, & 575. 1841; Kurn.,
Linnaea 27: 599. 1856; Walp., Ann. 5: 930 (1858) and 6: 1171. 1861;
Ktrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 82-83. 1863; Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Ruhl. in mngl., Pflanzen-
reich 13 (4-30): 41, hh, 45, 285, & 286. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl.
Mont. 1: [397] & 398. 1928; L. B. Sm., Contrib. Gray Herb., new
ser., 12h: 5. 1939; Castell. in Descole, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3:
82 & [103]. 1945; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8, 3h, &
36. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878.
1946; Moldenke, Résumé 89, 218, 287, 289, & 481. 1959; Moldenke,
Résumé Suppl. 1: 16 & 17 (1959) and’2: 5. 1960; Renn6, Levant.
Herb. Inst. Agron. 68. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960; Angely, Fl. Paran. 17: 24. 1961; Hocking, Ex-
cerpt. Bot. A.: 592. 1962; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. l, 199.
1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 87 & 177. 1969.

The type of this species seems to be a specimen collected by
Friedrich Sellow in Minas Gerais, Brazil, deposited in the herbar-
ium of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin and labeled as no. B.1290

25h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no.

Ce C.263. The type of E, callocephalum appears to be A. Silveira
2939 in the same herbarium; Stephan s.n. (Congonhas do Campo,

18)3] is the type collection of E. Kunthit var. %, while L. Riedel
2388 is the type collection of E, '. kunthii var. Y- Silveira (1925)

cites his no. 203 for E. kunthid | and his | no. 20) for what he calls
E. kunthii va var. ae The E. . elichrysoides Bong., - referred to above,
is a valid species.

Kunth (18h) regards Dupatya ligulata Vell. as a synonym of E.
elichrysoides Bong., while Ktrnicke (1663) regards it as a synonym
of E. kunthii. L. B. Smith (1939) also feels that Dupatya ligula-
ta and | Eriocaulon kunthii are conspecific, and reduces them both
to E. ligulatum iguiatum (Vell. ) L. B. Sm. Ruhland (1903), however, con-
sidered Velloso's name probably to belong in the synonymy of Eri-
ocaulon vaginatum KUrn. Following this disposition by the last
previous monographer of the group, I consider Dupatya ligulata
and Eriocaulon vaginatum conspecific and reduce them both {rather
than E. kunthii] to synonymy under E, ligulatum (Vell.) L. B. Sm.
If this disposition of the names is followed, then, according to
Ruhland, the two taxa may be distinguished as follows:

E. kunthii has the receptacle pilose, the sepals of the stan-
inate florets free, subacute at the apex, and the sepals of the
pistillate florets subovate, two subacute and the third obtuse at
the apex. E. ligulatum has * the receptacle glabrous, the sepals
of the staminate florets connate at the base, obtuse at the apex,
and the sepals of the pistillate florets oblong-spatulate, all
obtuse at the apex.

Eriocaulon kunthii has been found growing at altitudes of
1500 to 2200 meters, flowering and fruiting in November. The in-
itial letter of the specific epithet is often uppercased. Mater-
ial has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as E. mag-
nificum Ruhl., E, vaginatum KUrn., and Paepalanthus calvus Ktrn,
On the other hand, the Mexia 5833, widely distributed in din herbaria
as E. kunthii, is Ce ie type collection of Paepalanthus
mexiae Moldenke, while A. Silveira 291) is a cotype collection of
Eriocaulon majusculum Ruhl.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Black 51-11001 (Z);
A. Castellanos 24179 [Herb. Cent. Pesq. Florest. 2951] (An, Rf);
Dusén 2045 (S, S)3 G: Glaziou 6742 [Macbride photos 22275] Ge aioto,
W—photo); R. S. Santos s.n. [12.9.63] (Bd—28326); Santos & Cas-
tellanos 2179 [Herb. Bradeanum 28327] (N); Sellow B.1290 (Br),

B.1290 C.263 (B-type, B--isotype, B-—isotype); A. Silveira 2939
(B); Stephan s.n. [Congonhas do Campo, 1843] (Br, N); Ule s.n.
{Herb. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan. 28] (S). Parané: Braga 8.n. - (28/8/59;
Herb. Inst. Hist. Nat. 5271) (Mm); Dombrowski & Saito 3 350/159
(Ac); Hatschbach 7303 (Ca). Rio Grande do Sul: Friedrichs 30570
(S), 30670 (N); Gaudichaud 262 (P); Rambo 36785 (S), 52183 (S);

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 255
Saint-Hilaire C°.1805 (P, P, P). Santa Catarina: Reitz & Klein

7351 (N, Z), 8242 (Ok, S). S&o Paulo: L. Riedel 2385 (B);
Segadas-Vianna 3123 (Sm). CULTIVATED: Brazil: Hemmendorff 68
(N, S). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by KUrnicke (B).

ERIOCAULON KUSIROENSE Miyabe & Kudo

Synonymy: Eriocaulon kushirense Kudo, Jap. Journ, Bot. 2: 218,
nom. nud. 1925. Eriocaulon atrum Miyabe & Kudo apud Satake in
Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 62 & [86], in syn. 190 [not E.
atrum Masamune, 190, nor Nakai, 1911]. Eriocaulon kushiroense
Miyabe & Kudo apud Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap.
Erioc.] 52. 190. Eriocaulon kusirognse Miyabe & Kudo apud Hill
& Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 86. 197.

Bibliography: Kudo, Jap. Journ. Bot. 2: 28. 1925; Satake,
Journ. Jap. Bot. 15: 629-630. 19393; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov.
Fl. Jap. 6: 6, 7, 13, 62-63, 81, [86], & 87, fig. 1 (C), 2 (BE), &
29. 190; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 52—
53, fig. 16. 1940; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 86. 1917;
Moldenke, Résumé 173, 286, & 81. 1959; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata,
& Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 185 & 429. 196; Mol-
denke, Phytologia 18: 78, 107, & 108. 1969.

Illustrations: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Pl. Jap. 6: 6, 7,
& 63, fig. 1(C), 2 (E), & 29. 1940; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci.
Mus. h: (Rev. Jap. Erioc.] fig. 16. 190.

The type of this species was collected by M. Nakamura (no. 52)
at Syakubetu, in the province of Kusiro, Hokkaido, Japan, in
August, 1886, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Imperial
University of Hokkaido.

Satake refers to this species as endemic to the provinces of
Hidaka, Iburi, Kusiro, Nemuro, and Tokachi, on the island of Hok-
kaido [which he calls "Yezo"], and comments that it "Closely re-
sembles Eriocaulon sachalinense, but the sepals of the flowers
are slightly 2—-3-lobed, and the caput has many flowers. This
species may lie between E. atrum and E. sachalinense."

The E. atrum Nakai, referred to above, is a valid species,
while the homonym ascribed to Masamune is a synonym of E. hananoe-
goense Masamune.

ERIOCAULON KWANTUNGENSE Ruhl.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon kwangtungense Ruhl. apud A. W. Hill, Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 8: 87. 1933.

Bibliography: Ruhl., Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 10: 1042 &
1060. 1930; A. We Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: Bite 19333 Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 25 & 36. 196; Moldenke, Résumé 170
& 481. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 17. 1959.

I see no justification for Hill's "correction" of the spelling
of the specific epithet of this taxon. The "accepted" spelling
of geographic names often varies with the nationality of the
writer and often with the current political situation, witness,
e.g., "Pensylvania" vs. "Pennsylvania", "Porto Rico" vs. "Puerto

256 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no.

Rico", "Honshu" vs. "Honshiu", "Liukiu" vs. "Ryukyo", "Geneva" vs.
"Genf", "Bruxelles" vs. "Brussels", "Belge" vs. "Belgique", etc.

ERIOCAULON LACUSTRE Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl, in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 22: 33. 1925;
A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 89. 1929; Moldenke, N. Am. Fl.
19 (1): 19 "& 3h. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 318. 1939; Le6n, Fl.
Cuba 1: 281. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. h & 6.
1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 328-329. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 51
& 481. 1959.

Additional citations: CUBA: Pinar del Rfo: Ekman 17677 (N—photo
of type, S—type, Z--photo of type); Leén 17002 (Um——9 316)

ERIOCAULON LANATUM H. Hess

Bibliography: H. Hess, Bericht, Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 65: 137—
139, pl. 8, figo 1, 2, & hk. 19553 G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12:
55. "1959; Noldenke, résumé 147 & 481. 1959.

Illustrations: H. Hess, Bericht. Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 65: pl.
8, fig. 1, 2, & h. 1955.

This species is based on H. Hess 52/2108 from Baixo Cubango,
at an altitude of 1230 meters, 5 km. east of Rio Cuebe and 30 kn.
north of Caiundo in the region of Mission Capico on the Rio Ceuvi,
Bié, Angola, collected on February 5, 1952. The species is some-
times infested by the fungus, To sporium hessii E. Miller.

Hess (1955) comments that "Eriocaulon lanatum wachst auf san-
dig-moorigen Boden, der waihrend der Regenzeit therschwenmmt ist.

So fanden wir die Art an Altlt#ufen des Rio Quiriri und am kleinen
Bach Cuevi. Als Begleiter wurden gesammelt: Mesanthenum radicans
Ktrn., Syngonanthus angolensis H. Hess, verschiedene Utricularien,
eine Genlisea und Buchnera-Arten.....Das ganze Material ist ein-
heitlich., Unterschiede in der HUhe der Halme und in der Linge
der Bl¥tter sind standortsbedingt." For its distribution he says
"Provinz Bié: an den Seitenflttssen des Rio Cubango, im unteren
Teil dieses Stromgebietes. Die Fundstellen am Rio Cuevi und an
Rio Quiriri sind in der luftlinie gemassen etwa 150 km yvoneinander
entfernt."

He also says "Eriocaulon lanatum stehl E. pictum Fritsch nahe;
E. lanatum ist jedoch an den behaarten Halmen sofort von E. pictum
zu unterscheiden. Nach unserem 7 Bogen umfassenden Material zu
schlieszen, sind die roten Blatter eine weitere Eigenttmlichkeit
von E. lanatum. Auch fehlt bei E. lanatum das Rhizan. Die Bltiten-
kUpfe sind bei der neuen Art durchwegs kleiner als bei E. pictum.
Die einzelnen Bltttenteile von E. lanatum sind nur etwa halb so
grosz wie jene von E. pictum; die Petalen der O Blttten sind
auszerseits kahl, bei E. pictum hingegen sind sie beiderseits be-
haart. Sonst finden sich in den Blttten keine sicheren Unterschei-
dungsmerkmale. Mit Eriocaulon Teusczii Engl. et Ruhl. und E.
matopense Rendle braucht die neue Art trotz habitueller Mhnlich-
keiten nicht verglichen zu werden, da jene Arten freie Sepalen

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 257
haben ot

ERIOCAULON LANCEOLATUM Miq.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon metzianum Miq. ex C. Muell. in Walp.,
Ann, 6: 1171. 1861. Eriocaulon metzianum C. Muell. apud Jacks.
in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878, in syn. 1893.
Eriocaulon metzianum 0, Muell. ex Moldenke, Résumé 290, sphalm.
in syn. 1959.

Bibliography: Walp., Ann. 5: 942 (1858) and 6: 1171. 1861;
Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2 (Cyp.): 271. 1855; Hook. f., Fl. Brit.
Ind. 6: 577. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1,
1: 878. 1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 62, 78, &
286. 1903; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot, 2: 266, pl. 23. 1921; C. E.
C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. 1, 9: 1610 & 1619.
1931; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23, 36, & 37. 196;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 19h6;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126 & 205.
1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 329. 1950; C. E. C. Fischer in
Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. repr. 2, 8 [3]: 1122, 1127, &
1333. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 162, 290, & 481. 1959; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960; Moldenke,
R4sum& Suppl. 3: 17. 1962.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 23. 1921.

Both E. lanceolatun and the synonymous E. metzianum seem to
be based on a Metz collection [probably Pl. Metz. Exsicc. 131)
from Mangalore, Canara, in what is now called the state of Ker-
ala, India, although most of the specimens of this collection
are accompanied by a label which is generally interpreted as and
cited as Hohenacker 131 from Mangalore.

Fyson (1921) describes the plant as follows: "Scapes slender

—6 in. hairy. Leaves 2 1/2 cm. by 1/ in. at the widest, a-
cute, nearly or quite glabrous. Heads 1/l, in., white. Floral
bracts short, darkish, obcuneate, but overtopped by the female
sepals which are longer and visible beyond them. Female petals
shorter or longer than the sepals, oblanceolate, often or always
unequal in length. Seeds dark brown, oval....Western Peninsular
on the Malabar Coast. Remarkable for the glabrous conspicuous
sepals." It is said by Hohenacker to flower in the rainy season
The initial letter of the specific epithet of the three synony-
mous names is, of course, often uppercased.

Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Hohenacker 131 [Pl. Metz.
Exsice. 131] (Mi--cotype, S—cotype, S—cotype, Ut—309-cotype);
Metz s.n. [Mangalore] (B--cotype, B--cotype, Z—cotype); Stocks,
law, etc. s.n. (Malabar, Concan] (S).

ERIOCAULON LANCEOLATUM var. PILOSUM Moldenke
Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 16 (1949) and 3: 329.
1950; Moldenke, Résumé 162 & 81. 1959.

258 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no.

ERIOCAULON LANIGERUM H. Lecomte

Bibliography: H. Lecomte, Journ. de Bot. 21: 109. 1908; Prain,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. , pr. 1, 82 (1913) and pr. 2, 82. 1938; Molden
ke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 26 & 36. 19116; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 136 & 205. 1919; Moldenke,
Résumé 176 & 81. 1959.

ERIOCAULON LAOSENSE Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 309 & 329. 1950; E. J.
Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 176 &
481. 1959.

Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed
in herbaria as E. qui nquangulare L.

Additional citations: INDOCHINA: Laos: D. I. Jeffrey 5096
(Ca——3),3655) « + ho

ERIOCAULON LASIOLEPIS Ruhl.

Synonymy: Lasiolepis brevifolia Boeck., Flora 56: 90. 1873.
Lasiolepis brevicola Boeck. ex Moldenke, Résumé 309, in syn.
1959.

Bibliography: Boeck., Flora 56: 90. 1873; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 35. 1894; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen-
reich 13 (4-30): 6h, 86, & 286. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3:
69. 1908; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 2: 35.
1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 26, 36, & 2. 196;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 139 & 205.
1949; Moldenke, Résum6 180, 309, & 81. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: 35. 1960.

The initial letter of the specific epithet of this taxon is
often uppercased.

ERIOCAULON LATIFOLIUM J. Sm.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon rivulare G. Don ex Benth. in Hook., Niger
Fl. 547. 1849 [not E, rivulare Dalz., 1851]. Eriocaulon banani H.
Lecomte, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 5: 645, 1909. Mesanthemm radi-
cans Stapf ex Moldenke, Résumé 320, in syn. 1959 [not M. radicans
(Benth.) Ktrn., 1856]. Mesanthemum latifolium J. Sm. ex Moldenke,
Résumé Suppl. 7: 8, in syn. 1963.

Bibliography: J. E. Sm., Cycl. 13. 1809; Benth. in Hook., Niger
Fl. 547. 1849; Dalz. in Hook., Kew Journ. 3: 280. 1851; Walp.,
Ann. 5: 940 (1858) and 6: 1171. 1861; Britten, Journ. Bot. 38: 482.
1900; Thiselt .—Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 3 23. 1901; Ruhl. in Engl.,
Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 62, 78, 286, & 287. 1903; H. Lecomte,
Bull. Soc. Bot. France }5: 645. 1909; A. Chev., Sudania 1: 11.
1911; H. Lecomte, Not. Syst. 2: 215, 216, & 393. 1913; Fyson,
Journ. Indian Bot. 3: 1). 1922; Hutchinson & Dalz., Fl. W. Trop.
Afr. 2: 326. 1936; Dinklage in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 1: 2h3.
1937; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Eriioc. 20, 21, 32, 36, 39,
i, hh & 62. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
[ed. 2], 109, 111, 112, & 205. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 329.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 259

1950; Meikle & Baldwin, Am. Journ. Bot. 39: 45. 1952; E. J. Sal-
isb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 133, 136,
137, 286, 291, 320, & 81. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 4: 6
(1962), 7: 8 (1963), and 17: 4. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 17:
387 (1968), 17: 482, 497, & 498 (1969), and 18: 79 & 169. 1969.

This plant has been found growing in acid water, rather rapid
current, with only the inflorescences above water, in streams, on
submerged prairies, and in swift streams, flowering and fruiting
from November to January. Meikle & Baldwin (1952) assert that it
is "Widespread along the West Coast [of Africa] from Senegal to
Angola", citing Baldwin 10091, 10382, & 10916 and Whyte s.n. [A-
pril 190] from Liberia. The common name "orro" is recorded for
the plant.

The E, rivulare Dalz., referred to in the synonymy above, is a
synonym of E. dalzellii Ktrn.; E. latifolium Arech. is now more
correctly known as E. arechavaletae Herter, while E. latifolium
Bong. is a synonym of Paepalanthus serralapensis Moldenke.

Eriocaulon vittifolium H. Lecomte is sometimes regarded as con-
specific with E. latifolium, but is probably distinct. Chevalier
(1911) cites A. Chevalier 52h.

Additional citations: MALI: Soudan: Raynal & Raynal 5hh9 (Z, Z—

CONGO LEOPOLDVILLE: Malaisse 6017 (Ac, Rf).

ERIOCAULON LATIFOLIUM f. PROLIFERUM Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. : 6. 1962; Moldenke, Phy-
tologia 8: 387—388. 1962; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 2: 1517. 1963;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6: 455. 1963; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl.
Afr. Trop. Index 1962: 29. 1963.

Material of this taxon has been misidentified and distributed in

ERIOCAULON LAXIFOLIUM Ktrn.

Synonymy: Paepalanthus laxifolius Mart. ex Ktrn. in Mart., Fl.
Bras. 3 (1): 494, in syn. 1863.

Bibliography: K8rn., Linnaea 27: 60. 185; Walp., Ann. 5: 931
(1858) and 6: 1171. 1861; KUrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): h9h.
1863; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893;
Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 43, 57, & 286. 1903; Alv.
Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 200& 398. 1928; Jacks. in Hook. fe & Jacks .,
Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 1916; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Erioc. 8 & 36. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbemac., [ed.
2), 77 & 205. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 89 & 481. 1959; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 12: 9 (1965) and 17: 11. 1968.

Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 710 as representing this taxon,
but as yet I have not seen material of this collection,

260 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 18, no.

Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Martius 1499 [Macbride photos
18687] (N-=photo of type, W--photo of type). State undetermined:
Glaziou 22308 (Br, N). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes
by Ktrnicke (B); drawings & clipping from Pflanzenreich (B).

ERIOCAULON LEPIDUM Koyama

Bibliography: Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. 8: 371--372 & 377,
pl. 3. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 178 & 481. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 13: 52. 1966.

uke ca | Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. 8h: 377, pl. 3.
1956.

The type of this species was collected by Bunz6 Hayata at Doi
Step, Thailand, on October 3, 1921, and is deposited in the her-
barium of Tokyo University. The original publication is dated
"1955", but the pages in question were not actually issued until
1956.

ERIOCAULON LEPTOPHYLLUM Kunth

Synonymy: Eriocaulon entinum Castell. in Descole, Gen. & Sp.
Pl. Argent. 3: 81, 83, In & (103), pl. 18, fig. B. 1945. Erio-
caulon lepthophyllum Kunth ex Angely, Fl. Paran. 10: 1h, sphalm.
1957. Paepalanthus sp. Niederlein apud Castell. in Descole, Gen.
& Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: 83, in syn. 1945. Syngonanthus gracilis Mol-
fino apud Castell. in Descole, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: 83, in
syn. 1945 [not S. gracilis (Bong.) Ruhl., 1965, nor Ktrn., 1965,
nor (KUrn.) Ruhl., 1903, nor (Kunth) Ruhl., 1959, nor Ruhl., 1908).

Additional & emended bibliography: Walp., Ann. 5: 931 (1858)
and 6: 1171. 1861; Ktrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 476 & Loh.
1863; Niederlein, Bol. Mus. Prod. Argent. 3 (31): 336. 1890;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Ruhl.
in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 43, 57, & 286. 1903; Prain,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 175. 1908; Molfino, Physis 6: 363. 1923; Cas-
tell. in Descole, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: 61, 83, 8, & [103],
pl. 18, fig. B. 1945; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr.
2, 1: 878. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8 & %.
1946; Abbiati, Rev. Mus. La Plata Bot., new ser., 6: 312, 31h,
R18, 319, 321, 326-329, 339, & 340, fig. hk (AC) & 5, & pl. 2
(2). 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2],

77, 103, & 205. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 329. 1950; E. J.
Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953; Herter, Rev. Sudam, Bot,
9: 188. 1954; Angely, Fl. Paran. 10: ih. 1957; Moldenke, R&sumé
89, 119, 123, 285, 329, 428, & 481. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
1: 17. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1:
878. 1960; Angely, Fl. Paran. 16: 51 (1960) and 17: 2h. 1961; Mol-
denke, ag Suppl. 3: 32. 1962; Angely, Fl. Anal, Paran., ed. 1,
199. 1965.

Illustrations: Castell. in Descole, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3:
pl. 18, fig. B. 1945; Abbiati, Rev. Mus. La Plata Bot., new ser.,
6: 327 & 328, fig. h (AC) & 5, & pl. 2 (2). 196.

The original description of this species by Kunth (181) is as

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 261

follows: "Acaule; foliis angustissime linearibus, superne subula-
to~angustatis, fenestrato-5-nerviis, pellucidis, pedunculis
vaginisque glabris; his folio brevioribus; illis sulcatis; brac-
teis involucrantibus obtusis, flores stipantibus acuminatis;
floribus dioecis?; femineis tri 8: sepalis apice pilosis. --
Brasilia meridionalis. (Sellow.) -- Folia 2—3 1/) pollicaris,
dimidiam lineam lata. Pedunculi subquinquepollicares. Vaginae
laxae, membranaceae, acutae, apice fissae, 1 1/) —- 11/2 -polli-
cares. Capitula subglobosa, magnitudine grani piperis minores;
suppetentia mere feminea. Bracteae involucrantes subellipticae,
obtusae, pallide fuscescentes, glabrae, capitulo multo breviores;
bracteae flores stipantes cuneato-spathulatae, acuminatae, pallide
fuscescentes, ciliatae. Flores feminei pedicellati: Sepala 3 ex-
teriora obovata, obtusiuscula, navicularia, subgrisea, apice
pilosa, subaequalia; 3 interiora ab exterioribus valde remota,
ideo ea parum superantia, subspathulata, obtusa, albida, apice
ciliata, interne sub apice glandula mimta nigra notata, parum
inaequalia. Ovarium brevissime stipitatum, ellipticum, tricoccum
Stylus longiusculus. Stigmate 3, filiformia, simplicia. Pili
bractearum et calycum crassiusculi, obtusiusculi, opaci, nivei."

The type of the species appears to be Sellow 2513, labeled
"Brasilia meridionali" and deposited in the herbarium of the
Botanisches Museum at Berlin, cited by Ruhland (1903) as having
been collected in Rio Grande do Sul. A second sheet of the same
number, however, in the same herbarium, is labeled "Montevideo".

Herter (195h5 says for the species: "Patria: Sudamérica cAlida.
Uruguay: A buscar." The initial letter of the specific epithet
is sometimes uppercased for no valid reason. Abbiati (1916)
cites and illustrates Niederlein 2257, which is the type collec-
tion of E. argentimum Castell., from Corrientes, Argentina. The
Niederlein (1890) reference given in the bibliography above is
sometimes cited as "31: 68. 1890", The Syngonanthus gracilis
homonyms referred to above are all various mis-accreditions for
the valid species, S. gracilis (K8rn,) Ruhl. The Pedersen 3653,
distributed as E. leptophyllum, is actually E. modestum Kunth.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Paran4: Reitz & Klein 17618 (2).
Rio Grande do Sul: Sellow 2513 (B--type, B--isotype). URUGUAY:
Sellow s.n. [Montevideo] (Br, N—-photo, N—-photo). ARGENTINA:
Corrientes: Pedersen 1192 (N, Ut--25715, W--2122707). MOUNTED
ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Ktrnicke (B); Descole, Gen. &
Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: pl. 18, fig. B (N, Z).

ERIOCAULON LEUCOGENES Ridl.

Bibliography: H. N. Ridl., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot., ser.
2, 9: 240. 1916; Rendle in Gibbs, Contrib. Phytogeogr. & Fl. Ar-
fak Mts. 100. 1917; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 78. 1926;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 27 & 36. 196; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 149 & 205. 199; Mol-
ee. Résumé 201 & 81. 19593 Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 2h.
19 ie

262 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no.

Ridley's original description (1916) of this plant states that
its scapes are "1] mm." long. Meikle, ina letter to me dated
December 22, 1951, has confirmed my suspicion that this statement
should read "11 cm." This is another example of the unfortunate
situations that can so easily arise when the metric system of
measurement is used. Meikle also states that the ovaries of the
type collection's florets are 3-celled, not 2-celled as stated by
Ridley.

The plant has been found growing in wet open places, in damp
meadows, in peaty swamps, and in seepage areas along small creeks,
at altitudes of 1600 to 2830 meters, flowering and fruiting in A-
pril. June, August, and December. Hoogland & Pullen found it "in
very wet muddy patch on gentle mountain slope" and "fairly common
in open patches on wet peat", Common name recorded for it are
"abundink", "jampi", "masul", "mimmeh", "poio", and "yogos".
Gibbs (1917) avers that it is "common on marsh by @ lake [whatever
that means!], where open and sandy" in the Arfak Mountains. She
also says "Flower heads mauve" and "The plants show a great range
in size from 6 om. to 20 cm., the heads varying in diameter from
-5 to 1 cm." She cites Gibbs 5567. Rendle comments in this con-
nection that "A species of Eriocaulon was also collected by Miss
Gibbs on Mt. Kinabalu at 12,000' (no. 4209) by Kadamaian torrent,
on the granite core near the summit of the mountain; it was mixed
with Centrolepis kinabaluensis Gibbs (no. 209).....It is a caes-
pitose plant, forming small cushions 2.5 cm. high, with glabrous
leaves 2—2.5 om. long, +1 mm. wide in the middle, linear-tapering
from a broad membranous base. The specimens are all sterile. No
Eriocaulon has hitherto been recorded from the granite core of the
mountain." It seems possible to me that the plant here being re-
ferred to is E, brevipedunculatum var. angustifolium Moldenke,
with which it should certainly be compared.

Citations: INDONESIA: GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Celebes: Kjellberg
1580 (S), 217 (S). MELANESIA: NEW GUINEA: Dutch New Guinea: D.
Bergman 586 (S); Hoogland & Schodde 6765 (W—2393176), 680) (W--
2393189), 7474 (W—-2393780). Northeastern New Guinea: M. S. Cle-
mens 5299 (B, N), 6321 (N), 9379 (B, N); Hoogland & Pullen 5397
(W—231)903), 6009 (W——-2315182) .

ERIOCAULON LEUCOMELAS Steud.
Synonymy: Eriocaulon melaleucum Mart. in Wall., Plant. As. Rar.

3: 29. 1832 [not E. melaleucum Bong., 1831]. Eriocaulon nigres—
cens D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 265. 1852. Eriocaulon geoffreyi Fy-
son, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1914: 330. 1914. Eriocaulon
horsley-kundae var. megalocephala Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: 1h,
pl. 4. 1922. Eriocaulon horsleykondae var. megalocephala Fyson
apud C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1931: 261. 1931. Eri-
ocaulon horsley~kondae var. megalocephala Fyson apud C. E. C.
Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. repr. 2, 8 [3]: La—
1122, 1127, & 1333. 1956. Eriocaulon horsleykonsae var. megaloceph-

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 263

ala Fyson ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1): 8, in syn. 196.
Bibliography: Mart. in Wall., Plant. As. Rar. 3: 29. 1832;
Wall., Numer. List 208 ["207"]. 1832; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2,
1: 585. 180; Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 568. 181; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl.
5: 265. 1852; Korn., Linnaea 27: 647—6h9 & 797. 1856; Walp.,
Ann, 5: 940 (1858) and 6: 1171. 1891; Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6:
ST7Th—575. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1:
878 & 879. 1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 61, 72,
& 286. 1903; Fyson, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 191): 330. 191); Prain,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 1, 97. 19213 Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2:
196 (1921) and 3: 1h, 17, & 18, pl. hh.-1922; C. E. C. Fischer in
Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. 1, 9: 1608-1609 & 1619. 1931; C.
E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1931: 261. 1931; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 & 879. 196; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23, 2h, & 35-37. 196; Razi, Journ.
Mysore Univ. 7 (h): 77. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126, 129, & 205. 199; Razi, Journ. Mysore
Univ. 11 (1): 6 & 16. 1950; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 329. 1950;
Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. B.1) (10): 460. 1955; Razi, Contrib.
Bot. O: 92. 1955; Razi, Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India 21 B (2): 8h.
1955; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. repr. 2,
8 [3]: 1121—1122, 1127, & 1333. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 162, 165,
288—290, & 481. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pr. 3, 1: 878 & 879. 1960; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 2, 97.
1960; Panigrahi, Chowdhury, Raju, & Deka, Bull. Bot. Surv. India
6: 260. 1964; Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 184—185. 1965;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1): 8 (1966), 15: 8 (1967), and 16: 9.
1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 169, 173, & 17h. 1969.
Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: pl. hi. 1922.
Because of the various interpretations that have been given
this taxon by botanists in the past, it may be worthwhile to re-
peat Kunth's description (181) here: "E. Melaleucum *) [*) Erio-
caulon melaleucum Bong. est Paepalanthi species.] Mart. in Wall.
Plant. rar. 3. 29. Rhizomate annuo; scapo (3—lj-pollicari) stri-
ato, folia angusto-linearia acuta fenestrata vaginasque transverse
truncatas duplo superante; capitulis globosis; bracteis oblongis,
nigricantibus; perianthiis nigricantibus, superne pilis eburneis
barbatis. Mart. E. quinquangulare Heyne herb. — Coromandelia. —
Huic affine E. septangulare, quod foliis latioribus et scapis
longioribus praesertim distinguitur. (Mart.) Folia radicalia ros-
ulata, pollicem longa, vix lineam lata, tenera, subtiliter fenes-
trata. Vagina teres, ore nonnihil ampliato et scarioso-membranaceo
truncata, foliis paulo brevior. Scapus e quavis rosula foliorum
solitarius, 3—5-pollicaris, ut tota planta, exceptis calycibus,
glaber. Bracteae oblongae, linea paulo longiores, nigricantes,
margine passim inciso-lacerae, tenerae, ut calyces nigricantes.
Mas: Calyx exterior: Sepala oblonga, acuta; interior angusto-
tubaeformis: laciniis triangularibus. Cilia eburnea, opaca, niten-
tia. Stamina 6: longiora laciniis opposita. Antherae subglobosae,
flavescentes, tandem nigricantes. Femina: Calyx exterior ut in
mare; interior: Sepala oblanceolata, albida, ciliata. Ovarium ob-

264, PSE: 20 406 Ia Vol. 18, no. k

longum, Stylus tripartitus. Semina elliptica, nitida, lutescen
ti-fuscidula, pilis seriatis. (Ex Mart.)"

Fyson (1921) describes his E. geoffreyi as follows: "Stem 0.
Leaves 1/2 — 2 in., flat tapering to the acute apex. Scapes
solitary, in the type, or several, three or four times as long as
the leaves. Heads gray; involucre black. Receptacle glabrous.
Flowers regular, 3-merous. Petals unusually broad, the femle
spathulate with large glands. Fig. opp. Peninsular India; on
the Pulneys at 7000 ft. The type plant was collected at 7500
feet on the Pulneys and is remarkable for the solitary scape
rising from a rosette of stiff short leaves. It occurs all over
the domms, not in particularly damp spots, and flowers in the
autumn. What appears to be a dimerous variety of this species is
on a sheet in Herb. Calc., dated July 5th, 1865 collected at
‘North Hastings! ."

It should be noted here that the E. melaleucum Bong., referred
to in the synonymy above, is a synonym of Paepalanthus melaleucus
(Bong.) Kunth, Martius (1832), Wallich (1832), Kunth (18),
KUrnicke (1856), and Hooker (1893) all regard E.

Heyne as a synonym of E, leucomelas, but I have placed it in the
synonymy of E, cristatum Mart.

As an example of how various botanical workers have differed
in their interpretation of taxa in this group, Meebold 9735 was
originally distributed as E. cristatum Mart.; then Fyson re-
determined it as E. horsley-kundae Fyson; then it was re-determin~
ed as E. ritchieanum Ruhl.; and finally it was placed in E. leuco-
melas Steud. Su

The species has been found growing at altitudes of 4769 to 7500
feet, flowering in February, April to June, and November. Pani-
grahi and his associates (1361) record it as "occasional in sandy
rocky beds of rivers" in Orissa; this is the first record of the
species from Bihar & Orissa.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria
under the names E. benthami Kunth, E. collimum Hook. f., E. mrise
Fyson, E. modestum Kunth, E. nepalense Prescott, E. oliveri Fyson,
E. ritchieanum Ruhl., E. smithii R. Br., EB. sollyanum Royle, and
E. trilobum Ham. The B. Schmid 827, cited below, is a mixture
with E. soll Royle, while Bembower 30 is a mixture with
something non—eriocaulaceous. = ——-

In a letter to me from Dr. A. R. Kulkarni, dated December 2h,
1968, he says “During my recent excursions in Western Ghats I
have collected a species of Eriocaulon with tuberiferous habit.
The stem in this species is condensed into a short disc bearing
rosette of leaves and a few scapes above and numerous septate roots
below. Tuber primordia originate as axillary buds. Each primordium
grows vertically up to 5 ms to form a small stout axillary branch.
Its tip then branches dichotomously into 2--l) branches, which turn
down, pierce through the subtending or adjacent leaf base and en-
ter into the soil where their tips swell to from tubers. Mature

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 265

tubers have an average size of x 2.5 ms. Their surface is cov-
ered with dense growth of unicellular hairs. One or two sprout-—
ing eyes are often found on the tuber. Tubers are full of simple
circular starch grains. The species has anesopetalous male
flowers. Anthers are white when young but become blackish at ma-
turity. Heads and involucral bracts are glabrous. Floral bracts
are densely tufted with white hairs. Refering to the Indian floras,
Fyson's and Ruhland's work, I have placed it tentatively in E.
melaleucum Mart., though tuberiferous habit has not been recorded
for E. melaleucum."

Additional citations: INDIA: Madras: Bembower 28 (Mi), 29 (Mi),
30, in part (Mi), 31 (WH), 32 (Mi), 36 (N), L31 (Z), 432 (Ca—
495798); Perrottet 1166 (B); Sauliére 71 (Ca—262279, N); B. Schmid
823 (B), 825 (B), 826 (B), 827, in part (B). Mysore: Begum 5
(Mf); Meebold 9735 (Z); Nusrath 39 (Bn——3251). State undetermined:
Wight 2856 (B). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Ktrn-
icke (B) e

ERIOCAULON LIGULATUM (Vell.) L. B. Sm.

Synonymy: Dupatya ligulata Vell., Fl. Flum. 36 (1825) and Icon.
1: pl. 86. 1827. Eriocaulon vaginatum Ktrn., Linnaea 27: 599,
nom, mud. (1856); Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 482—8. 1863.

Bibliography: Vell., Fl. Flum. 36 (1825) and Icon. 1: pl. 86.
1827; Ktrn., Linnaea 27: 599. 1856; Walp., Ann. 5: 930 (1858) and
6: 1171. 1861; Ktrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 482—l8. 1863;
Vell., Arch. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan. 5: 37. 1881; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 80) & 879. 1893; Ruhl. in kmgl.,
Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 1, 45, h6, & 288. 1903; L. B. Sm., Con-
trib. Gray Herb., new ser., 12h: 5. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. é, 30, & 1. 19463 Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 80h & 879. 1946; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 10: 86. 1947; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Verbenac.,
fed. 2], 77 & 206. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 70. 1951; Rambo,
Sellowia 7: 283. 1956; Angely, Fl. Paran. 10: 1h. 1957; Moldenke,
Résumé 89, 281, & 483. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., pr. 3, 1: 80) & 879. 1960; Renn6, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron.
69. 1960; Angely, Fl. Paran. 17: 2h. 1961; Angely, Fl. Anal. Par-
an., ed. 1, 199. 1965; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 3, 9, & 1.
1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 87. 1969.

Illustrations: Vell., Fl. Flum. Icon. 1: pl. 86. 1827.

There is considerable doubt as to the status of this taxon and
as to its synonymy. Ktrnicke (1863), Jackson (1893), and Smith
(1939) all consider Dupatya ligulata Vell. to be conspécific with
Eriocaulon kunthii Ktrn. Kunth (181) and Ruhland (1903), how-
ever, consider it to be conspecific (with a question) with E.
vaginatum Ktrn. The only differences which Ruhland gives to
separate these two species are as follows: in E. kunthii the re-
ceptacle is pilose, the sepals of the staminate florets are free
and subacute, and the sepals of the pistillate florets are sub-

266 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. k

ovate, two subacute at the apex and the third obtuse. In E. vag-
inatum the receptacle is glabrous, the sepals of the staminate
florets are connate at the base and obtuse at the apex, and the
sepals of the pistillate florets are oblong-spatulate, all obtuse
at the apex. As Dr. Smith points out, in a letter to me dated
January 9, 1969, the female sepals in Velloso's illustration seem
"nearer ovate than oblong-spatulate", but, of course, Velloso's
drawings are notoriously poor. It may well be that the material
cited by me under E. kunthii and here under E. ligulatum is all
conspecific. E. kunthii seems to be based on Sellow B.1290 C.263
(probably a combination of two collections) from Minas Gerais,
while E. vaginatum is based on Regnell I1.291 & III.291, also
from Minas Gerais, and Sellow 99, whose locality of collection
has not been accurately determined as yet. All this historic
material should be re-examined very carefully to note the criti-
cal differences, if any, and all cited material under both taxa
should then also be re-examined,

The so-called E. ligulatum Bong. is merely a misspelling of
the name, E, lingulatum Bong., and belongs in the synonymy of
Paepalanthus lingulatus (Bong.) Kunth.

Material of E. ligulatum has been found growing in swamps, at
900 meters altitude, flowering and fruiting in September and Oc-
tober. Material has been misidentified and distributed in her-
baria as E. magnificum Ruhl. On the other hand, the Fridrichs
8.n. (Rambo 30670), distributed as E. vaginatum and so cited by
me in my 1951 work, is actually now r cited by me under E. kunthii
Ktrn.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Mello Barreto 2530
(Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 8277; Herb. U. S. Nat. Arb. 236392)
(W—2109991); Mosén 767 (S, S, S); Regnell II.291 [10/186] (Ut—
33k), 11.291 [2/9/1861; lechrias photos 10567] (B, Br, N, N, N—
photo, S, S, W—photo), III.291 [10/186] (%—200755); W idgren X.2 ga
(S), sen. (1645) (S, S, S, S, S, W—~937195). Paran&: Dombrowski
& Saito 3 351/157 7 (Ac), 352/158 (Ac), 416/235 (Ac); H. M. Filho [. Filho 36
[Herd. Mus. Paran. 532); Herb. Curso Farmac. 671] (S); Hatschbach
2868 (N), 8093 (Ca), 8311 (Ca); Jonsson 933a (N, S, W—1470451);
Moure sen. [Rel , No. 13 2h-9-52) (Z). Rio Grande "do Sul: 0. Ca-

margo 6235 (S); Sehnem 291 (B). S&o Paulo: Burchell 916 (Br);
Campos Novaes 1150 (W— (W—-389981); Hemmendorff 145 (S). State unde-
termined: Sellow 99 (B). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes
by Ktrnicke (B).

ERIOCAULON LINEARE Small

Synonymy: Eriocaulon linerae Sm, ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. hj:
1, in syn. 1962,

" jadi tional bibliography: J. K. Small, Fl. Southeast. U. S., ed.
1, 236 & 1328. 1903; R. M. Harper, Ann. *N. Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 267.
1906; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: é9. 1908; J. K. Small, Fl. South-

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 267

east. U. S., ed. 2, 236. 1913; J. K. Small, Man. Southeast. Fl.
257 & 258. 1933; Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19 (1): 18 & 23. 19373 Mol-
denke, Phytologia 1: 318-—-319. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Erioc. 2, 3, & 36. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., [ed. 2], 7—-9, 11, & 205. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia
3: 329—330. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 10--12, 1h, & 81. 1959; Mol-
denke, Résumé Suppl. 2: 2 (1960), 3: 3 (1962), and h: 11. 1962;
Radford, Ahles, & Bell, Guide Vasc. Fl. Carol. 106 & 107. 196);
Kral, Sida 2: 301, 302, 306, 307, 309, & 330. 1966; Moldenke, Ré-
sumé Suppl. 15: [1] (1967), 16: [1] (1968), and 17: [1]. 1968;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 90. 1969.

I,lustrations: J. K. Small, Man, Southeast. Fl. 258. 1933;
Kral, Sida 2: 306. 1966.

This species has been collected in moist pinebarrens, Sarra-
cenia sledgei bogs, in shallow water and wet margins of small

sandy ponds, in somewhat wet soil with pitcherplants, in moist

damp bog areas with orchids, mints, and milkweeds, and in boggy
areas with orchids, pitcherplants, and sensitive-briers. Col-
lectors sometimes report the plant bases submerged or they report
the "plants practically or wholly submerged on lake shores".

Harper found it growing "on Eocene overlaid by Lafayette forma-
tion in moist pinebarrens" in Georgia. Kral, collecting in Flor-
ida, found it abundant on sandy fluctuating shores of lakes, on
wet sandy peat at the margins of sinkhole ponds in pinewoods, in
sandy peat-mick or wet slash pine - saw palmetto flatwoods ditches,
and abundant in wet sandy peat of lake edges, On Kral 1778 he
notes "the tall specimens submersed save for upper portion of

stem, short specimens on moist sandy shores, with perfect gradation
of habitat between, the submersed ones tend to be stoloniferous."
His reference to the upper portion of the "stem" here must certain-
ly refer to the scapes instead. The heads are described as "white"
and the only common name specifically recorded for the species is
“"hatpin". It has been collected in flower from April to September
and in fruit from July to September.

Radford, Ahles, & Bell (1964) record it as growing "in bogs,
savannas, pools, very rare, Henderson Co., N. C. April—July".
Harper (1906) records it from Berrien, Bulloch, Coffee, Irwin,
Montgomery, Sumter, Tattnall, and Wilcox Counties, Georgia.

Kral (1966), in his discussion of E. compressum Lam., notes “It
is the closest in appearance to a shorter plant, E. lineare, which
also has soft, white, usually hemisphaerical heads, but differs
from that species in having larger, often unisemal (rather than
bisexual) heads, the receptacular surfaces of which have at least
sparse hairs (those of E. lineare are smooth). Also the surface
of the seed of E. compressum is smoothish while that of the seed
of E. lineare is indistinctly cancellate, sometimes papillate."

The same author, after giving a splendid and very detailed de-
scription of E. lineare, comments as follows: "Sandy or peaty
lakeshores, margins of pineland ponds, ditches, and savannas,
coastal plain, Florida north to North Carolina, west to Alabama.

268 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. k

Type. Eocene geologic formation overlain by Lafayette and Colum
bia, Bullock County, Georgia, R. M. Harper 830. At WY. This spe-
cies is locally abundant, being | commonest in the limesink country
of northern Florida, where in midsummer its white 'buttons' ring
the sandy sinkhole lakes and ponds. Length and breadth of leaf
and scape vary drastically within the species, this directly re-
lated to degree or extent of submersion. Thus, a perfect continuum
of habit may be found if one would run a cross contour line through
a population. Those furthest from the shore would be the shortest
leaved and have the shortest, narrowest scapes, while submersed
forms have extremely elongated, spongy, leaves and scapes. Diffi-
culties in identification of E. lineare stem from partial samples
from such populations, the larger specimens having some resem-
blance to E. compressum. Curiously, E. lineare most closely re-
sembles E. septangulare, whose range it may contact to the north
and northwest, and E, texense, whose range it does contact to the
west. A detailed examination of the Eriocaulons comprising this
complex may well result in a far more conservative treatment of
them than now exists. E. lineare is the only one of the three to
have a perfectly smooth receptacular surface and flavescent outer
bracts. On the other hand, E. septangulare has some populations
in which the surface of the receptacle has trichomes, others in
which it does not."

Small (1933) comments that "E. septangulare as admitted into
our range, seems to have been, for the most part, based on small
specimens of E. lineare." Thorne 5022 bears a notation "E. 8e

are With. , incl. E. lineare Small", indicating that col-
lector's belief that both taxa are Seiapeciric? Personally, I
prefer to follow Small, Harper, Ahles, Bell, Radford, and Kral in
keeping them separate.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria
under such names as E. anceps (Walt.) Morong, E. compressum Lan.,
E, compressus Lan., Ee phalodes Michx., E. septangulare With.,
and Lachnocaulon an anceps atts) Morong. On the other hand, the
R. M. Harper ALS (at least in part) & 2219, distributed as E.
lineare and the former so cited by me in my 1939 work, appear to
be E. compressum Lam., while Wherry s.n. [1 m. s. of Flat Rock
Sta., 5= 30-1927] from Henderson County, North Carolina, and so ci-
ted by me in a previous work, seems to be E. pellucidum Michx,

Additional citations: NORTH CAROLINA: Henderson Co.: Murley 962
(Ok). GEORGIA: Baker Co.: R. F. Thorne 1581 (Ca—906392), 4370
(Mi, N). Bulloch Co.: C. Owens 1 15h (Hi Hi—-1979),2) ; W. Palmer 87
(Hi—1979L2) ; Se Taylor 1. 127 wir asec). Decatur Co.: R. | Re =
Thorne 6551 (We). Dougherty Co.: R. F. Thorne 5022 (Mv). Mont-
gomery Co.: R. M. Harper 2146, in part (B). Sumter Co.: R. M. Har-
per 1395 (Ms--15475). FLORIDA: Bay Co.: Kral 15671 (N). Calhoun
Coe: We We Me Canby s.n. Ne (Magnolia, April 1858] (Ws). Leon Co.: R. KE.

Godfrey 5368 (Hi--157556, N); Kral & Godfrey 15575 (N), 15585 (MN).

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 269

Wakulla Co.: Kral 2302) (N). Walton Co.: Kral 17748 (N). ALABAMA:
Baldwin Co.: W. Wolf s.n. (Summerdale, July 30, '26] (Ca—-8)1809).
County undetermined: A. Ruth s.n. [De Soto Falls, July 1898] (S).

MISSISSIPPI: George Co.: Ahles & Bell 7695 (Ur).

ERIOCAULON LINEARIFOLIUM Ktrn.

Bibliography: Ktrn., Linnaea 27: 601. 185); Walp., Ann. 5: 931
(1858) and 6: 1171. 1861; Ktrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 498.
1863; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893;
Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 2, 47, 48, 58, & 286.
1903; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8 & 3%. 19h6; Jacks.
in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 196; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 77 & 205. 1919; Molden-
ke, Phytologia 3: 330. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 89, 113, & 81.
1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 11: . 1964; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 188.
1969.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as
E. humboldtii Kunth.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Andrade 79 [Bmerich
471] (Bd--15506). Piauhy: G. Gardner 295) [Macbride photos 10561]
(B--type, W—photo of type, Z--photo of type). BOLIVIA: Santa
Cruz: Kuntze s.n. [Ost-Velasco, VII.92] (N). MOUNTED ILLUSTRA-
TIONS: drawings & notes by KUrnicke (B).

ERIOCAULON LIVIDUM F. Muell.

Bibliography: F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 92. 1859; Benth., Fl. Austr.
7: 191, 195, & 792. 1878; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 65,
98, & 286. 1903; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 28 & 36.
1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878.
1946; Moldenke, R&sum& 209 & 481. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Id. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960; J. S. Beard, Descrip. Cat.
W. Austr. Pl. 9. 1965; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 15: 1). 1967.

ERIOCAULON LONGICUSPE Hook. f.

Synonyny: Eriocaulon longicuspis Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6:
573. 1893. Eriocaulon longicuspis var. typica Fyson, Journ. Indian
Bot. 2: 308. 1921.

Bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 573. 1893; Hook. f. in
Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 5: [1], 4, & 412. 1900; Durand & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 158. 1902; Ruhl. in Ingl., Pflanzenreich
13 (4-30): 115, 116, & 286. 1903; H. Lecomte, Journ. de Bot. 21:
109. 1908; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 308, 309, & 312, pl. 25.
1921; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 158. toh; Mol-
denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 2h & 36. 196; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 130 & 205. 1919; Durand &
Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 158. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé
167, 289, 18, & 481. 1959.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 25. 1921.

270 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 16, no. k

Practically all previous authors spell the specific epithet of
this taxon "longicuspis", as Hooker originally proposed it. The
generic name, Eriocaulon, however, is neuter and the adjectival
specific epithet mst take on a neuter ending.

Fyson (1921) describes the species "Stem disciform, leaves
usually 3 (2--8) in. Bracts acuminate, fringed with white hairs,
and more or less hidden by the projecting male petals the lowest
of which form a conspicuous fringe round the head. Flowers regu-
lar and normal." He describes his var. typica as having the
scapes solitary, and states that it is endemic to Ceylon.

Hooker (1893) regarded "E. cristatum var. Thw. Enum. 31" as a
synonym of E, longicuspe, but I place it in the synonymy of E,

ceylanicum Ktrn. The E. longicuspis var. polycephala Fyson is
regarded by me as E. polycephalum Hook. f.

ERIOCAULON LONGIPEDUNCULATUM H. Lecomte

Synonymy: Eriocaulon longepedunculatum H. Lecomte apud Molden-
ke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 27, 36, & 62, sphalm. 1946 [not
E. longepedunculatum Alv. Silv., 1928].

Bibliography: H. Lecomte, Not. Syst. 2: 380 & 393. 1913; Prain,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 1, 97. 1921; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Erioc. 27, 36, & 62. 196; E. H. Walker, Contrib. U. S.
Nat. Herb. 30: 380. 1947; Guillaum., Fl. Analyt. & Synopt. Nouv.-
Caléd. 49--50. 1948; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
[ed. 2], 151 & 205. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 330. 1950; Mol-
denke, Résumé 205, 298, & 81. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5,
pr. 2, 97. 1960.

The E. longepedunculatum Alv. Silv., referred to in the syno-
nymy above, is now placed in the synonymy of E. silveirae Mol-
denke.

Guillaumin (1948) keys this species from the other species of
New Caledonia known to him as follows:

1. Plants stout (robust); leaves 20-—-35 cm. long; heads globose;
scape 6-angled, 20--30 cm. long.......E. pancheri H. Lecomte.
la. Plants very dwarf; leaves 13 cm. long or longer.

2. Heads globose.

3. Scapes plainly ribbed.
. Scapes with 6 ribs, 1\—-16 cm. long; leaves 5—13 cm.
long; pistillate sepals obtuse.....E. comptonii Rendle.
ha. Scapes with 5 ribs, 8--20 cm. long; leaves 3—7 cm.
long; pistillate sepals acute......E. scariosum J. Sm.
3a. Scapes almost cylindric, 5—8 cm. long; leaves 5—-7 cm.
LONG ..cessccscsscccsccccccsele neo-caledonicum Schlecht.
2a. Heads turbinate, very small; scape 7-ribbed, 40—100 cn.

LONG oceccccccvcsccccccsscesbe lo pedunculatum H. Lecomte.
Citations: MELANESIA: New Calédonta: McKee 3373 (Go).

ERIOCAULON LONGIPETALUM Rendle
Bibliography: Rendle, Cat. Welw. Afr. Pl. 2: 96. 1899; Fritsch,
Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér. 2, 1: 1105. 1901; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflan-

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 271

zenreich 13 (4-30): 33, hO, 99, & 286, fig. 13 B & C. 1903; This-
elt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 70. 190); H. Lecomte, Bull. Soc.
Bot. France 55: 6. 1909; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc.
22 & 36. 1916; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed.
2), 118 & 205. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 147 & 481. 1959.

Illustrations: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 99,
fig. 13 B& C. 1903.

It should be noted here that Ruhland (1903) claims that the
type collection, Welwitsch 26, is from Morro do Lopolla in Ben-
guela, Angola — not from Huila as cited herein below. The type
locality is 1000—-1500 meters in altitude,

Citations: ANGOLA: Huila: Welwitsch 26 (B--isotype, Z—~iso-
type). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Ruhland in Engl., Pflanzenreich
13 (4-30): fig. 13 B& C (B).

ERIOCAULON LONGIROSTRUM Alv. Silv. & Ruhl.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon longirostrum Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1:

398, sphalm. 1928. Paepalanthus longirostrum Alv. Silv. ex Mol-
denke, Résumé 326, in syn. 19593 Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Ag-
ron. 70. 1960.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 21, 113,
& 286. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl.
Mont. 1: 308. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8 & 36.
1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 77 &
205. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 89, 289, 326, & 481. 1959; Renné, Le-
vant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960.

Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 188 for this species as
though it were the type collection, but the actual type specimen
in the Berlin herbarium hears the number "1268", which seams to
be a herbarium number.

Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Alveiro de Silveira 188 [Herb.
Com. Geogr. & Geol. M. Gerais 1268; Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz.
26676] (B—-type, N--isotype).

ERIOCAULON LUTCHUENSE Koidz.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon lutschuense Koidz. ex Moldenke, Known Ge-
ogr. Distrib. Erioc. 26 & 36, sphalm. 1946. Eriocaulon sikokianum
var. lutschuense (Koidz.) Satake ex Moldenke, Résumé 292, in syn.
1959. Eriocaulon sikokianum var. lutchuense Satake apud Hatusima,
Men. South. Indust. Sci. Inst. Kagoshima Univ. 3 (2): 123. 1962.

Bibliography: Koidz., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 28: 171. 191); Prain, Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 1, 97. 19213 Mak. & Nemoto, Fl. Jap., ed. l,
1305 (1925) and ed. 2, 1511. 1931; Nemoto, Suppl. Fl. Jap. 1038.
1936; Honda, Nom. Pl. Jap. 462. 1939; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov.
Fl. Jap. 6: 13, 48, 79, & 87, fig. 21. 190; Satake, Bull. Tokyo
Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 36-~37, pl. 6, fig. 12. 190; Mol-
denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 26 & 3%. 196; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 140 & 205. 19195 Moldenke, Ré-
sumé 181, 292, & 481. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 2, 97.
1960; Hatusima, Mem. South. Indust. Sci. Inst. Kagoshima Univ. 3

272 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. i

(2): 123. 1962.

Illustrations: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 8,
fig. 21. 190; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. : [Rev. Jap. Erioc.]
pl. 6, fig. 12. 190.

The common names, "okinawa-hoshikusa" and "okinawa-hosikusa",
are recorded for this species. Satake (1940) cites Kanasiro 137,
Miyagi 298, and Tomoyori s.n. [Aug. 1923] from Okinawa island,
where the species is apparently endemic. The type of the species
is T. Miyagi 298, collected at Kogatsi, Okinawa, in May, 1912, and
is deposited in the herbarium of the University of Tokyo; the
other two cited collections are deposited in the herbarium of the
Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew.

ERIOCAULON LUZULAEFOLIUM Mart.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon luzulifolium Mart. apud Ruhl. in Engl.,
Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 64, 88, & 286. 1903 [not E. luzulifolium
Thwaites, 1968].

Bibliography: Wall., Numer. List 207. 1832; Mart. in Wall.,

Plant. As. Rar. 3: 28. 1832; Royle, Dllustr. Bot. Himal. 09.
180; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 553--555. 181; Walp., Ann. 5: 937
(1858) and 6: 1171. 1861; Thwaites & Hook. f., Emm. Pl. Zeyl.
341. 1864; Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 582. 1893; Jacks. in Hook.
f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Hook. f. in Trimen,
Handb. Fl. Ceylon 5: 2, 7, & 412. 1900; Prain, Bengal Pl., pr. 1,
1127. 1903; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 6h, 68, &
286. 1903; Matsum. & Hayata, Enum. Pl. Formos. 1,68. 1906; H. Le-
comte, Journ. de Bot. 21: 108. 1908; Kawakami, List Fl. Formos.
130. 1910; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 200, pl. 8. 1921; Sasaki,
List Pl. Formos. 99. 1928; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc.
23, 2h, & 36. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
[ed. 2], 125, 126, 129, 130, & 205. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 3:
331. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 159, 162, 165, 167, 176, 290, & 81.
1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 17. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960; Panigrahi & Naik, Bull.
Bot. Surv. India 3: 365 & 383. 1961; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. lj:
7 (1962) and 6: 8. 1963; Prain, Beng. Pl., pr. 2, 2: 848 & 89.
1963; Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 183 & 185, tab. 1. 1965;
Malick, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 7 & 58. 1966; Moldenke, Phy-
tologia 17: 386 (1968) and 17: 463. 1969.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 8. 1921;
Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 183, tab. 1. 1965.

Because of considerable difference in opinion concerning the
characters of this species, it may be worth repeating the de-
scription given by Kunth (181) here: "Rhizomate [caulis perennis,
simplex, radiculosus, apice folii- et florifer. Mart.] perpendic-
ulati, brevi, simplici, apice folioso; foliis subensiformi-
linearibus, angustato-acutatis, fenestrato-9-~ll-nerviis, pellu-
cidis glabris, vaginas superantibus; pedunculis umbellato-
congestis, quinquesulcatis, glabris; capitulis albido-villosulis;
bracteis involucrantibus obovatis, apice rotundatis; flores sti-

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 2713

pantibus spathulatis, acutis; floribus masculis hexandris; femin-
eis trigynis; calyce masculo interiore limbo irregulariter tri-
dentato?: dentibus glabris, glanduliferis; sepalis masculis ex-
terioribus postice cohaerentibus; femineis interioribus superne
ciliatis, eglandulosis. — Silhet. (India orientalis.) 4¥—
Folia 16-18 lineas longa, 1 — 1 1/ linea lata, laete viridia,
plana. Vaginae laxae, membranaceae, glabrae, 1 i/ --11/2 pol-
licares, apice integrae vel bifidae. Pedunculi in apice caulis
per 10—20 umbellato-congesti, 5--8-pollicares. Capitula hemi-
sphaerica, magnitudine grani minoris piperis nigri. Bracteae in-
volucrantes obovatae, apice rotundatae, convexae, arido-membrana-
ceae, stramineo-pallidae, nitidulae, glabrae, capitulo parum
breviores; bracteae flores stipantes spathulatae, acutae, griseae,
apice pilosae. Receptaculum pilosum. Flores masculi longe pedi-
cellati: Sepala 3 exteriora olivacea, pilosa, postice cohaerentia,
apice libera: lateralia latiora, carinata, interdum distincta;
sepala interiora in tubulum glabrunm, apice 3?-dentatum connata;
dentibus glabris, glanduliferis. Stamina 6, summo tubo inserta,
inaequalia. Antherae didymo-reniformes, olivaceo-nigrae. Pis-
tillorum rudimenta 3, nigra. Flores feminei brevissime pedicel-
lati: Sepala 6, lineari-spathulata, obtusa, eglandulosa, apicem
versus piloso-ciliata; 3 exteriora paulo majora, grisea; 3 in-
teriora hyalino-albida, ab exterioribus parum remota. Ovarium
sessile, subrotundo-ovatum, tricoccum. Stylus longitudine
ovarii. Stigmate 3, elongata, simplicia. Pili bractearum et
calycum crassiusculi, opaci, nivei."

Fyson (1921) describes the species as follows: "Leaves 2—)
in. narrowed from the 1/6 in. base, flat, many-nerved. Sheaths
about as long. Scapes many, 2 to f, times as high, slender.

Heads 1/ in., truncate, clasped below by the light? brown ob-
tuse saucer shaped involucre. Floral bracts dark with white
hairs, making the heads gray. Receptacle hairy. Sepals and pet-
als three, narrow. Plate 8. Central Himalayas, Nepal, Assam;
Silhet (type sheet!); Lr Bengal; and the Shan States. Hooker in
F. B. I. has a mech wider distribution extending over all India,
Ruhland merely repeats this. But the sheets seen by me from Ma-
dras, Kanara and other parts are not the species of the above
quoted type. The Ceylon plant C.P.796, so named, has none of the
characteristic truncate appearance of the head on a saucer=shaped
involucre and is E. collimmm, Wallich's plant quoted above [Wall.
Cat. 6071 in Herd. Cale.] does not in fact resemble E. quinquangu-
iare as stated by Hooker."

~~ In this connection I may point out that two sheets of Thwaites

C.V.796 [doubtless the collection referred to by Fyson] in the
Berlin herbarium seem to match perfectly the Bruce s.n. [Wallich
6071] sheet from Silhet in the same herbarium and apparently an
isotype of the species, while the two other sheets at Berlin, also
labeled as Thwaites C.V. 796, seem to be E, collimm Hook. f. ’ and
one of them was actually so annotated by Ruhland. It is possible,
therefore, that the Thwaites number is a mixture of the two spe-
cies. Koelz 19398, cited below, is actually a mixture of E. luzu-

27h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. i

laefolium Mart., E. cinereum R. Br., E. oryzetorum Mart., and E,
sollyanum Roylet The E. luzulifolium Thwaites, referred to in the
synonymy above, is a synonym of E, collinum Hook, f.

Kunth (181) says of E, truncatum Hamilt. "EZ. luzulaefolio
simillimum, bracteis sat distinctum." Prain (1963) says for E.
luzulaefolium: "Female flowers distinctly pedicelled.....Involu-
cral bracts erect or spreading, never reflexed; head hemispheric,
grey; leaves pale grey-green, opaque....in all the provinces [of
Bengal]. A herb of rice-fields and wet places." Malick (1966)
cites Malick 155 and reports the species common near rice-fields
and in marshes in West Bengal. Panigrahi & Naik (1961) cite Bot.
Surv. India 19843. The initial letter of the specific epithet is
sometimes uppercased. Vernacular names recorded for the species
are "shima-imhige" and "taiwan-inunohige".

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria
as E. collinum Hook, f. and as E, sexangulare L. On the other

ee eee

ture, and is placed here only tentatively.
Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Bruce 1) (Br—isotype), s.

ee

Souchére ) (N).

ERIOCAULON MACROBOLAX Mart.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon macrobolax KUrn. ex Walp., Ann. 5: 930.
1858. Paepalanthus macrobolax Mart. ex Kérn. in Mart., Fl. Bras.
3 (1): 485, in syn. 1863.

Bibliography: Ktrn., Linnaea 27: 599. 185; Walp., Ann. 5: 930
(1858) and 6: 1171. 1861; Ktrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 48h--
485. 1863; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878.
1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (-30): h1, Lh, 45, & 286.
1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 398. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 6 & 36. 196; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben-
ac., [ed. 2], 77 & 205. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 89 & 81. 1959;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 17. 1959; Jacks. in Hook, f. & Jacks.,
i Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: ll.
1968.

The Macbride photograph cited below is of the type specimen
deposited in the herbarium of the Botanische Staatssammlung at
Munich.

Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Macedo 2589 (N, S, S), 2620
(N); Martius s.n. [Macbride photos 18688] (B--isotype, N——photo

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 275

of type, N--photo of type, W--photo of type). MOUNTED ILLUSTRA-
TIONS: drawings & notes by KUrnicke (B).

ERIOCAULON MACROPHYLLUM Ruhl.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon brownianum var. macrophyllum Ruhl. ex Fy-
son, Journ, Indian Bot. 2: 262 & 26h. 1921.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 62, 77,
& 286. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; Fyson, Journ.
Indian Bot. 2: 262 & 26. 1921; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Erioc. 27 & 37. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
[ed. 2], hh & 205. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 190, 286, & 481. 1959;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 169 & 171. 1969.

Fyson (1921) reduced this taxon to varietal status under E.
brownianum Mart. He distinguished three varieties: (a) var.
typica, with the "leaves and involucre often (but not always)
glabrous, Assam; Silhet (type), Khasia; Burma; Manipur"; (b) var.
nilagirense, with the “Whole plant hairy and more robust than the
type. Leaves usually shorter and broader, but sometimes narrow,
Scapes stout and hairy. Heads 1 inch flat or hemispheric. Invol-
ucre black, hairy. Female flower: Sepals less deeply boatshaped,
Petals a little broader; otherwise as in the type"; and (c) var.
macrophyllum, with no diagnostic separation given, but with the
comment "Ruhland described (lc. p. 77) the Malay Peninsula form
(var. c) as a distinct species E. macrophyllum (Ruhl. No. 95) but
if the sheet so named in Herb. Cale. is identified correctly it
is in my opinion the same species. In Herb. Cale. is a sheet
from China which might equally well be separated as a distinct
species." Unfortunately, he does not cite the collector or number
of the Calcutta sheet on which he bases this opinion.

Van Steenis recently has given the opinion that E. macrophyllum
is a synonym of E. blumei Ktrn. a

ERIOCAULON MACULATUM Schinz

Bibliography: Schinz, Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér. 2, 6: 709. 1906;
Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. , pr. 1, 82. 1913; Moldenke, Résumé
oie 1: 10 & 25. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. , pr. 2, 82.
1938.

ERIOCAULON MADAGASCARIENSE Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 1). 1951; Moldenke in
Humbert, vals Madag. 36: {7]—9, fig. 1 (9—12). 1955; Ge Taylor,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 55. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 156 & 81. 1959.

Illustrations: Moldenke in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 36: [7], fig. 1
(9-12). 1955.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Perrier de la B&thie 17905 (N—photo of

type, P-type, Z-—-photo of type) «

276 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. k

ERIOCAULON MAGNIFICUM Ruhl,

Bibliography: Ruhl. in kngl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 42, 16,
& 286. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; Castell. in
Descole, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: 82. 1945; Moldenke, Know Ge-
ogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8 & 37. 196; Abbiatti, Rev. Mus. La Plata
Bot., new ser., 6: [311], 312, & 326. 1916; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 77 & 205. 1949; Rambo, Anais Bot. 2:
128. 1950; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 331. 1950; Rambo, Sellowia 6:
130 & 156. 1954; Reitz, Sellowia 7: 12). 1956; Angely, Fl. Paran.
10: 1h. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé 89 & 81. 1959; Angely, Fl. Paran.
16: 51 (1960) and 17: 2h. 1961; Reitz, Sellowia 13: 52, 53, 72, &
90. 1961; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 199. 1965.

The type of this species is Ule 1689 from Santa Catarina, Bra-
zil, deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Garten und Mu-
seum at Berlin. The plant has been collected at 8 m. altitude,
flowering in September. It very closely resembles E. kunthii
Ktrn., but Ktrnicke's species has the sheaths truncate at their
apex, while in E, magnificum they are very plainly oblique. Both
these taxa are also uncomfortably close to E. tum (Vell.) L.
B. Sm. and E. megapotamicum Malme. Rambo (1950) says "Eriocaulon
magnificum Ruhl. —- Até o momento a6 o conhecgo de Sombrio; sua
constatac#o ao sul de Torres 6 questo de ulteriores pesquisas.
Seja dito de passagem, que apés compara¢&o minuciosa do material
com E. megapotamicum, ndo estou convencido duma verdadeira difer-
enga entre as duas especies."

The Hemmendorff 68, cited by me as E. magnificum by me in my
1950 work, is apparently E. kunthii Korn. instead. Similarly,
the Hatschbach 2868, distributed as E. magnificum, is actually E.
ligulatun (Vell.) L. B. Sm.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio Grande do Sul: Canisio 135
(S), 2036 (N, S). Santa Catarina: Rambo 71465 (Gg—354365, S)j
Reitz 1911 (S), C.1207 (N); Smith & Reitz 5576 (W—2120179)5 Ule
1689 [Macbride photos 10562] (B—type, N—photo of type, N—photo
of type, W--photo of type).

ERIOCAULON MAGNUM Abbiatti

Synonymy: Eriocaulon arechavaletae Castell. ex Moldenke, Résu-
mé 285, in syn. 1959 [not E. arechavaletae Herter, 1935, nor Mol-
denke, 19,6} e

Additional & emended bibliography: Abbiatti, Rev. Mus. La
Plata Bot., new ser., 6: 312, 313, 316, 318, 319, 321, 323326,
339, & 30, fig. 2& 3, pl. 1. 19h6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 98, 103, & 205. 1949; Moldenke, Phyto-
logia 3: 331. 1950; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. ll: 88. 1953;
Moldenke, Résumé 116, 123, 285, & 481. 1959; Cabrera, Pl. Acuat.
6. 1964; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 5. 1965; Moldenke, Phytolo-
gia 17: 389 (1968) and 18: 87. 1969.

Illustrations: Abbiatti, Rev. Mus. La Plata Bot., new ser., 6:
32h & 325, fig. 2& 3, pl. 1. 19h6.

The type of this species was collected by Augusto Gus tavo

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 277

Schulz (no. 6337) at Colonia Benitez, Chaco, Argentina, in Octo-
ber, 1945, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Universidad
Nacional de la Plata as sheet number 56990. The species has been
collected at 50 meters altitude, flowering and fruiting in Sep-
tember and October. Pedersen reports that it grows "in swamps
and quaking bogs, not rare, but rarely accessible". Material has
been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as E. arechavale-

tae Herter and as Ce planifolius kKtrn. On the other
hand, the Hassler 11348, distributed as E, magnum, is actually E.
elichrysoides Bong.

Additional citations: PARAGUAY: Hassler 91,28 (S, V--7009);
Krapovickas & Crist6bal 13474 (Z). ARGENTINA: Chaco: T. Meyer s.
n. [Herb. Herter 98017] (8). Corrientes: Burkart 194) (W—
2196266), 19598 (W--2196 322) ; Pedersen 812 (W—212256 is 1891 (Ss,
W--2),32876).

ERIOCAULON MAJUSCULUM Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 11, dh,
4S, & 286, fig. 6. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908;
Luetzelb., Estud. Bot. Nordéste 3: 147 & 150. 1923; Alv. Silv.,
Fl. Mont. 1: 398. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8
& 37. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2],

77 & 205. 19195 Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 331. 1950; Moldenke, Ré~
sumé 89 & 81. 1959; Renn6, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 68. 1960.

Illustrations: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 5,
fig. 6. 1903.

Collectors have found this plant growing at 2100 meters alti-
tude, in flower and fruit in February, March, and December. Sil-
veira (1928) cites A. Silveira 105 from Minas Gerais. Material
has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as E. kunthii
Ktrn.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Santos & Castel-
lanos 2179 [Herb. Brad. 28327] (Lw); A. Silveira 291 (B—cotype);
Ule 3 3770 70 (B--cotype). Rio de Janeiro: “Luetzelburg 6338 6338 (N)3
Segadas-Vianna, Dau, Ormond, & Machline 1426 (Z).

ERIOCAULON MAMFEENSE Meikle

Bibliography: Meikle, Kew Bull. 22: 1)1—1)2. 1968; Winner,
Biol. Abstr. 9: 11782. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. "17: | es
1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 176. 1969.

This species is based on a specimen collected by S. Tamajong
(F. H. I. 22107) at Basu, near Mamfe, Cameroons, on November 7,
1947, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Royal Botanic
Gardens at Kew. Meikle (1968) cites also from the same comet
species has been, found growing at 120 Se thos altitude, Srioketing
in November, December, and March, and is said to be related to E.
dregei Hochst. "sed senate panes eee , gracilioribus, capitu-
lis minoribus, bracteis floralibus et floribus stramineis nec

278 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no.

fuscidulis, sepalis floris foeminei haud alato-carinatis inter
alia recedit."

ERIOCAULON MANNII N. E. Br.

Bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.—Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8:
241. 1901; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 61, 68, &
286. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 21 & 37. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], ll) & 205. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 1,0 &
481. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 9 (1959) and 2: 6. 1960.

The Mann collection, cited below, sometimes bears labels which
are inscribed "Gabun", but appears actually to have come from
Corisco island.

Citations: CORISCO: G. Mann 1689 (B—isotype, S—isotype, Ut—
326--isotype, Z--isotype). ANGOLA: Lunda: Gossweiler 1,093 (B).

ERIOCAULON MARGARETAE Fyson

Bibliography: Fyson, Journ. I,dian Bot. 1: 50 (1919) and 2: 316
& 317. 1921; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 78 (1926) and 7: 89,
1927; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. 1, 9:
1612 & 1619. 1931; Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. 7: 77. 196; Moldenke,
Known Geogr, Distrib. Erioc. 23 & 37. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126 & 205. 199; Razi, Journ. hysore
Univ. 11: 6. 1950; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 331. 1950; C. E. C.
Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. repr. 2, 6 [3]: 1123,
1127, & 1333. 1956; Razi, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 18: 19. 1959; Mol-
denke, Résumé 162 & 81. 1959; Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7:
183 & 185, tab. 1. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 86 & 179. 1969.

Se nate Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 183, tab. 1.
1965.

Because of the unavailability in many libraries of the journal
in which the original publication of this species appeared, the
description is repeated here: "E. Margaretae Fyson, sp. nov.
(Fyson 3839! Sedgwick 2979!) Caulis perbrevis. Folia angusto-
linearia aut setacea, 3—5 cm., longa, glabra. Pedunculi 5—10
cm., tenuia. Capitula 1.5 m, lata, demm conica, alba, glabra.
Bractae involucrantes glabrae, straminea. Bractea flores super-
antes similes, glabrae aut sub—pubescentes, acutae. Flores tri-
meres. Flos @ sepala aequalia, apice acuta, medio naviculari-
carinata, carina spongiosa: petala oblanceolate, ciliate. Flos &
antherae nigrae; petala et sepala 3. Bombay and Mysore on the
Western Ghats, Rudrasiri, Bidi (Belgaum District). The peduncles
are very slender, and the pale glabrous conical heads are very
similar to those of E. Hamiltonianum var. minor (sp. No. 35). The
three female sepals are all equal, winged and acute above the wing,
otherwise the plants are very like the next species [E. elenorae
Fyson]. This may be E. heterolepis Steud, but I have not seen any
sheet so named. Ruhland ic. s. described that species as having
broader leaves and with the imer involucral bracts obtuse and
lacerate. See also note in Appendix I." He likewise states that
E. elenorae Fyson is very close to E. margaretae, but that the lat-

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 279

ter is less robust and has the female sepals equal. Razi (1950)
states that two "type sheets" are deposited in the Mysore Univer—
sity herbarium from Mysore, India.

ERIOCAULON MATOPENSE Rendle

Synonymy: Eriocaulon africanum Sonder ex Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 2: 9, in syn. 1960 [not E. africanum Hochst., 185].

Bibliography: Rendle, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 37: 75.
1906; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. lh, pr. 1, 82 (1913) and pr. 2, 82.
1938; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], D9 &
205. "191195 Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 331—332. 1950; H. Hess, Be-
richt. Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 65: 139. 1955; Moldenke, Résumé 149
& 481. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 2: 9. 1960; Moldenke, Phyto-
logia 18: 167. 1969.

Fisher & Schweickerdt tell us that this plant is "locally fre-
quent on rocks near river banks, submerged", flowering in July.
Other collectors have found it in swamps at 2000 meters altitude.

Additional citations: RHODESIA: Bodong s.n. [10 August 1901]
(S); Fisher & Schweickerdt 293 (Rh—22825); Fr Fries, Norlindh, &
Weimarck 3uL6 (S), 3547 (S); W Wild 3581 [Govt. Herb. Sashes

3000] (N).

ERIOCAULON MEGAPOTAMICUM Malme

Additional bibliography: Malme, Arkiv Bot. Stockh. 26 A (9):
8. 1935; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 105. 1938; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8 & 37. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib, Verbenac., [ed. 2], 77 & 205. 199; Rambo, Anais Bot. 2:
128. 1950; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 332. 1950; Rambo, Sellowia 6:
a & 156. eae Moldenke, Résumé 89 & 81. 19595 Reitz, Sellowia

3: 53. 1961.

Rambo has found this plant growing in swamps, flowering in
October. He notes (1950) "0 lugar tipico desta espécie 6 Povo
Novo perto de Pelotas; éntretanto, 6 o Eriocaulon predominante
dos arredores de Osério, onde cresce de mistura com e Syngonan-
thus acima mencionado."

Citations: BRAZIL: Rio Grande do Sul: Malme 06 (N--photo of

type, S-—type, S—-isotype, Z--photo of type); Rambo 6145) (S).

ERIOCAULON METKLET Moldenke
Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 164--165 (1949) and 3:
332. 1950; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953; Monod,
. Inst. Fr. Afr. Noir 16: 316. 195h; Moldenke, Résumé 135 &
481. 1959; Berhaut, Fl. Sénégal, ed. 2, 312. 1967.
Berhaut (1967) cites Berhaut 1635, é691, & 6983 from Sénégal.

ERIOCAULON MELANOCEPHALUM Kunth
Synonymy: Eriocaulon aquaticum Sagot ex Ktrn. in Mart., Fl.

Bras. 3 (1): 498, in syn. 1863. Lasiolepis aquatica BUck., Flora
56: 91. 1873. Paepalanthus eitaieeesniee halos Kunth ex Moldenke, Ré-
sumé Suppl. 1: 21, in syn. 1959.

280 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no.

Bibliography: Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 549. 1841; Walp., Amn. 5:

4.76 & 498--500, pl. 43. 1863; BUck., Flora 56: 91. 1873; Hieron.
in Engl, & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (4): 27. 1888;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 877 & 878 (1893)
and 2: 35. 1894; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 18, 22,
64, 89, 28h, & 286. 1903; Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér. 2,
8: 28). 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 398. 1926; Moldenke, N.
Am. Fl. 19 (1): 19 & 33. 19373; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 319. 1939;
Le6n, Fl. Cuba 1: 281. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Eri-
oc. h, 5S, 7, 8, 32, 33, 37, lil, & 42. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 877 & 878 (1916) and 2: 35. 196;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 3, 60, 63,
68, 77, & 205. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 332. 1950; Moldenke
in J. A. Steyerm., Fieldiana 28: 825. 1957; H. Hess, Bericht.
Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 67: 87-88. 1957; Alain, Revist. Soc. Cub.
Bot. 15: 56. 1958; Moldenke, Résumé 51, 66, 71, 78, 89, 285, 309,
& 481. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 19 & 21 (1959) and 2: 5.
1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 877 & 878
(1960) and 2: 35. 1960; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 69.
1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 6: 5. 1963; J. A. Steyerm., Act.
Bot. Venez. 1: 195. 1966; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 39) & 395
(1968) and 17: 483. 1969.

Illustrations: Kirn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 3. 1863.

The type of this species was collected by Friedrich Sellow
(no. 5850) in Sfo Paulo, Brazil, and is deposited in the herbari-
um of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin. The original description
by Kunth (181) actually says "Brasilia meridionalis. (A St.

Paulo ad meridiem, Sellow.)" The synonym, E. aquaticum Sagot,

is based on Sagot 1330 from French Guiana, while Lasiolepis aquat-
ica is based on Jelski s.n. from Cayenne in French Guiana, and is
also deposited in the Berlin herbarium.

Kunth (181) gives a very detailed description of this taxon,
which should be of great value in checking the supposed conspecif-
icity of certain similar-appearing taxa like E. bifistulosum Van
Heurck & Muell.-Arg., E. intermedium Ktrn., E. schippii Standl.,
and E, setaceum L., all of which are similar submerged aqatics.
Hess (1957) actually reduces E, bifistulosum to synonymy under E.
melanocephalum, claiming that the differences emmerated by me do
not hold. He therefore records the species from Angola.

Collectors have found E. melanocephalum growing at altitudes
of 100 to 1065 meters, flowering in April, May, July, October, and
December. Wurdack & Monachino describe it as "flower heads black,
filaments white; locally frequent in morichal rivulets". Harrison
notes "leaves pale yellowish-green, flowers gray, anthers white,
stems very brittle, rooted in mud at base". Silveira (1928) cites
A. Silveira 207 from Minas Gerais, Brazil. The Collector undesig-
nated 177, cited below, is a mixture with Paepalantims lamarckii
Kunth, The Milne-Redhead &T lor 9929, distributed as E. melano—
cephalum, appears to be E. bifistulosum Van Heurck & Muell.-Arg.

PHYTOLOGIA

Designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol. 18 June, 1969 No. 5

CONTENTS

BOIVIN, B., Flora of the Prairie Provinces. Part II (cont.). . 281
MOLDENKE, H.N., A half dozen noteworthy phanerogams . . 294

MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae.
PETE Daerah Tek sked SOUR HSER: co co Matt RE By a Coe et re rig TK LOPS

MOLDE Wk. Son E.iaoeine tac WUs sho er ie ae et eh he IO

LIBRARY

JUL 8 1969

NEW YORK

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
U.S.A.

Price of this number, $1; per volume, $6.75 in advance,
or $7 at close of volume

cee et? 4
ee at, Ye
: Pata

FLORA
OF THE PRAIRIE PROVINCES

Bernard Boivin

Part II
(continued )

ADDITIONS AND CORRECT IONS

The following came to our attention too late or could not
be confirmed until the corresponding text had been given its
final form for printing.

Page 19 -- Aconitum delphiniifolium DC. var. Chamissonianum
(Rchb.) stat. n., A. Chamissonianum Rchb., Mon. gen. Acon. 60.
1820. The spelling Chamissonis was a lapsus calami.

Page 21 -- Anemone virginiana L. -- There has been much
variation in the treatments of this species by the various
authors dealing with our area. Rydberg 1917 and 1932 distin-
guished A. virginiana and A. riparia Fern. and reported both as
occurring throughout our area. So did Scoggan 1957. But
Breitung 1957 did not accept A. riparia as a distinct segre-
gate. Gleason 1952 accepts the distinctiveness of the two en-
tities, but he does not extend the range of either as far as
our area and our specimens are apparently to be placed under
A. cylindrica. Fernald 1950 would refer all our material to
K. riparia and his treatment was accepted by Russell 195), Moss
I959 and ourselves 1966 except that, dissatisfied with the
quality of the morphological discontinuity, we reduced A.
riparia to varietal rank. But having noticed that the large
sepals typical of var. oS. are always lacking in our area,
we have recently shifted to the treatment of page 21 above in
which A. virginiana is recognized as the type occurring in our
area while var. riparia is restricted to regions east of us.

None of these treatments is fully satisfactory.

It is true that our plants have the smaller anthers and
narrower head of achenes of var. riparia. But it is also true
that with about 100 collections at hand, our plants obviously
lack the large white tepals of A. riparia. They are best
placed in the following variety of their own.

A. virginiana L. var. cylindroidea var. n. Ad var.
ripariam vergens antheris brevioribus et capite acheniorum
angustiore, + cylindrico. Sed floribus minoribus, sepalis +
1 cm long et viridescentibus. Type: Boivin, Russell &
Breitung 6733, Pike Lake, Sask., July 31, 1949 (DAO).

Ranges in Canada from southern Quebec west to northern
British Columbia. Grades eastward into var. riparia and var.
virginiana. Supposed differences in leaf shape have not proved
worth retaining.

281 [173] ADDITIONS

282 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 5

The name var. riparia (Pern.) Boivin 1966 for the larger
flowered eastern plant should be replaced by the earlier and
correct var. alba Wood 1861.

Page 29 -- Ranunculus cardiophyllus Hooker -- In 1968
there was at WTU no justifying specimen corresponding to a
range extension to N.W.T. by Hitchcock 196h.

Page 30 -- Ranunculus pedatifidus Sm. var. leio us
(Trautv.) Fern.; R. affinis Br. -- The range has been sztended
to the Cypress Hills of Alberta. See De Vries 1966. The many
Saskatchewan reports by Russell 195, Benson 195, Breitung
1957, etc. were based on collections since revised to R.

cardiophyllus or its f. apetalus.
a 31 -- Line 8 tesa the bottom. The petal size should

read: 2.0-5.0 mm long.

Page 36 -- Add the following after T. venulosum:

Some of the reports of Thalictrum confine Fern. from
Manitoba were apparently based on T. venulosum var. Turneri
(MI; DAO, photo); while others (DAO), including those from
Gillam, have been revised to T. venulosum var. venulosum. Our
own report in Rhodora 46: 2, from Moose Factory was a lapsus
calami as the said locality is in northern Ontario.

The Bourgeau sheet which we have referred to var.
Lunellii has been variously treated in the past as T. dioicum,
T. confine and T. occidentale. ane
For var. confine substitute var. monofcum (DC.) stat. n.,
T. purpurascens L. var. mono%cum DC., Syst. I: 17h. 1817;
T. confine Fern., Rhodora 2: 232. 1900; T. venulosum Trel.
var. confine (Fern) Boivin, Nat. Can. 93: “Sub. 1966.

Page 38 -- Nuphar polysepalum Eng. was also reported for
Alberta by pr pEntos 1964, but no justifying sheet could be
located at WIU in 1969.

Page 57 -- Insert the following after Brassica hirta.

la. B. NIGRA (L.) Koch -- Black Mustard (Moutarde noi-
re) -- Siliques at first + divergent, soon becoming appressed
In the manner of Sisymbrium officinale, but the style longer
and the branches diverging mostly at = 45°. Resembling B.
Kaber and similarly + hispid, but the flowers smaller, the pod
Shorter with fewer nerves, and the beak shorter. Petals mostly
6-8 mm long (9-12 in B. Kaber). Silique glabrous, 1.0-2.5 cm
long, + quadrangular from 4 prominent ribs, these being the 2
sutures and the two midnerves. Other nerves of the valves
obscure and reticulate. Beak 1.5-3.0 mm long, seedless, thin
and + quadrangular. From mid summer on. A rare weed of
cultivated soils: Saskatoon--NF-SPM, NS-(PEI)-NB-O, S, US,
Eur.

In our area we know only of a single collection at
Saskatoon by C. Frankton in 1950 (DAO). Its inclusion by
Moss 1959 in the Flora of Alberta was speculative. Reports by
Groh 1948, 1950 and Frankton 1955 from Baldur, Man. and
Revelstoke,,B.C. were based on specimens (DAO) since revised to
B. Kaber.
~~ ~EDDIT IONS 17h

1969 Boivin, Flora of Prairie Provinces 283

Page 57 -- To Brassica Kaber add the synonym: Sinapis
arvensis L.
———~Page 58 -- Raphanus Raphanistrum L. -- The lone voucher
for the Manitoba report by Scoggan 1957, repeated by Boivin
1966, was G.E. Swailes, Old Kildonan, Aug. 12, 19k) (WIN; DAO,
photo). It has now been revised to Brassica Kaber, a species
with smaller sepals and much shorter pedicels, only 3-6 mm
long.

Page 63 -- Add the following genus and species:

18A. LUNARIA L.
Silicle very large and long stipitate.

1. L. ANNUA L. -- Honesty, Moonwort (Satinée, Monnaie
du Pape) -- Fruit very flat and largest, mostly =] cm long and
£2 cm wide, borne on a stipe +l cm long. Leaves scabrous,
cordate, dentate, the lower opposite. Flowers fairly large and
showy, the sepals more deeply tinted than the petals. Fruit
very showy after shedding its seeds, the septum persistent and
becoming silvery. (Late spring to early summer). Rarely
reseeding itself in loose soils around flower gardens: Benito.
-- Q-Man, BC, US, (Eur).

We must admit having been suspicious all along of the
single report of this species as subspontaneous once in our
area. We have recently had occasion to borrow the voucher
specimen and we are now satisfied that at least the said spec-
imen was correctly identified. It consists in two small pieces
of inflorescence and the label reads: J. Bowles, Benito,
garden escape, 1926 (WIN). aay Xero

Page 65 -- Camelina Parodii Ibarra & La Porte -- For
"cribbings" substitute "screenings".

Pages 66 and 69 -- D. exalta was reported for the Rockies
in 1959, but we have not yet seen the justifying specimens. A
Banff collection (DAO) identified D. ventosa was recently
checked and proved to be correctly identified. The species may
then be intercalated as follows. On page 66 change lines 33
and 3h to read:

ff. Pubescence of back of leaves entirely or primarily of much
smaller stellate hairs.
x. Only 2- cm high; pod ovate,

925—50Nmm WIGS. 22% ses. 2s 5a. D. ventosa
xx. Usually taller, mostly *1 dm
high; pods narrower ......... -- 7D. incerta

Insert the following on page 69.
5a. D. ventosa Gray var. ventosa -- Densely and finely
stellate-pubescent throughout, including the pods. Low, 2-)(8)
cm high and rather large-fruited. Forming small mats, the new
rosettes borne at the end of short creeping shoots. Leaves
obovate to oblanceolate, loosely marcescent. Pods few. Mid
Li: ADDITIONS

28h PEYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 5

summer. High alpine on gravel ridges: Banff -- swAlta, wUS --
Var. ruaxes (Payson & St. John) C.L. Hitchc. (D. exaltata
Ekman) -- Pubescence mixed: largely of stellate hairs on the
rosettes, largely of simple or forked hairs on the stem, in-
florescence and pod. -- (Mack, Aka, swAlta-BC, US).

Because collected only rarely it is difficult at this
stage to decide if var. ruaxes is a commonplace phenotype of no
significance or a geographically restricted race.

Page 69 -- Draba aurea Vahl var. leiocarpa (Payson % St.
John) C.L. Hitchc. -- The herbarium basis for the original
Alberta report by Moss 1959 could not be retraced at ALTA or
elsewhere, but we now know of a more recent (1963) collection
from the Marmot Creek Basin (DAO) in the Kananaskis area.

Page 69 -- Draba oligosperma Hooker -- Exceptional spec-
imens may be stellate-puberulent throughout, including the stem
and silicles. This rare phenotype is known from our area but
is apparently of sporadic distributions. In our key such
plants would come out to D. stenopetala, but the latter bears
coarser cilia and hairs, the Latter being branched rather than
stellate. In a more generalized key these hairier D. oligo-
sperma would come out to the more eastern D. Peasei Fern. We
have yet to study material of the latter and cannot pronounce
on its distinctiveness.

Page 70 -- Draba cinerea Adams -- Typically the stem is
unifoliate but the more northern specimens may be somewhat
smaller and often leafless except for the rosette. Such spec-
imens have been distinguished mainly as D. groenlandica E.
Ekman on the basis of said characters and also of pubescence.
The resulting classification is not very convincing and the two
taxa are largely sympatric as can be gathered by the distribu-
tion maps of Porsild 1957. Accordingly the segregate was rec-
ognized neither by Polunin 1940 nor Boivin 1966.

Dr. G.A. Mulligan has recently brought to our attention
that if the morphological emphasis is shifted almost entirely
to the type of pubescence, a new picture emerges, which is far
more convincing both morphologically and geographically. Var.
cinerea as defined above on page 70 is found throughout the
Irctic Islands southward to our regions where it is rather
highly localized. We have checked specimens from Lake Atha-
baska and from the Athabaska Glacier. The more northern plants
are often superficially quite similar to var. arctogena and
herbarium sheets from the high arctic will often carry a mix-
ture. Var. arctogena as defined below is restricted to the
more northern parts of the Arctic Archipelago. Dr. Mulligan
informs us that all the specimens he has examined from the more
southern parts proved to belong to var. cinerea.

Var. arctogena (E. Ekman) stat. n, D. arctogena E. Ekman,
Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 23: 89. 1930 -- Rosette leaves densely
covered with mixed pubescence on both faces, partly of simple
and somewhat longer hairs, partly of stellate hairs. The lat-
ter are simply stellate and 0.5-0.8 mm across -- (G)-nF.

ADDITIONS 176

1969 Boivin, Flora of Prairie Provinces 285

The stellate hairs of var. cinerea are generally only
half as large as those of var. arctogena.

Page 7) -- Arabis Holbo#1Tii Horn. -- Rather frequently
reported from Canada and the U.5.A., but we have yet to see a
convincing specimen from outside Greenland. Many herbaria have
been examined and their Canadian contents is usually a mixture
of species, with A. retrofracta predominating. The most common
other component is A. divaricarpa, especially its var. dacoti-
ca, such as in Thompson & Thompson 87, Marble Mts., B.C., 1938
(WIU). The smalls ponil coarse elath is also involved at
times.

A. Holbo#@1lii is a Greenland endemic with a strongly
secund inflorescence of rather broad, descending, and recurved-
falcate siliques, 2.0-2.5 mm broad, that is as broad or broader
than the broadest of A. divaricarpa. The herbage of A. Hol-
bo#1lii is stellate-puberulent throughout, right up to the ped-
Icels, in the manner of the narrow-fruited A. retrofracta var.
retrofracta. And the pedicels are strongly reflexed at base as
In A. Holbo#11ii, but like the pods they are descendent rather
than pendent. The petals are white or nearly so.

Page 78 -~ Braya glabella Rich.; B. humilis (C.A. Meyer)
Rob. var. glabella (Rich) Boivin -- There has been some confu-
sion about the correct application of this name. We have re-
cently examined an excellent series of recently collected Braya
from the District of Mackenzie where B. glabella was originally
collected and we are now satisfied that the latter belongs with
B. purpurascens and not with B. humilis.
~~ “Hence the common northern phase of B. humilis from Green-
land to Mackenzie, which we have termed var. glabella in 1966
and on page 78 above, should be properly designated as:

Braya humilis (C.A. Meyer) Rob. var. arctica (B&cher)
stat. n., Torularia humilis (C.A. Meyer) O.F. Schulz ssp.
arctica Bécher, Medd. Grgnl. 147,7:29,1950.

Braya glabella Rich. has been reported for the Rockies by
Moss 1959 and by Eastham 19,7. The Alberta report was based on
a Banff Park collection (ALTA) which seems closer to B. humilis
var. americana. The same remark is likely to apply also to the
B.C. report.

Page 78 -- Malcolmia africana (L.) Br. -- Despite reports
from Swift Current by Russell 194], Breitung 1959 and Boivin
1966, we have been unable to find substantiating specimens at
CAN, DAO, GH, NY, REG, SASK, SASKP, SCS, etc. Noting that Rus-
sell omitted it from his later list of 195, one may presume
that Russell himself considered the original report to be erro-
neous. The inclusion of Malcolmia in our text is probably un-
justified at this stage, even if it seems highly eligible as a
potential invader.

Page 79 -- Halimolobos virgata (Nutt.) 0.E. Schulz -- The
range should be restricted to omit Yukon as there was no spec-
imen at WIU in 1968 to match the range extension by Hitchcock
196.

rT, ADDITIONS

286 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 5

Page 79 -- Coronopus did (L.) Sm. -- No Banff collec-
tion could be found In 1567 a where Campbell's herbarium
is preserved. But there was a sheet so identified and labelled
"Robert Campbell, Wolseley, Sask., July" (MTMG). It carries a
mixture of Musineon divaricatum and Geranium Robertianum L.,
but no Coronopus. Judging from their stage of development, the
date of col lesting is in the first half of May for the
flowering Musineon and late May or early June for the rosettes
of Geranium. The stated locality for Geranium Robertianum, a
species not known to occur anywhere in our area, should not be
held as any more reliable than the identification or time of
collecting.

Page 83 -- Stellaria crispa C. & S. and S. obtusa Eng. --
We have recently had the privilege of studying two series of
borrowed specimens. S. obtusa is now known to us from two Al-
berta localities: Blairmore (CAN) and Waterton (Calgary U.).
And S. crispa from only one locality: Waterton (ALTA). An-
other Carbondale River collection (Calgary U.) has also been
placed with S. crispa, but is not typical, being somewhat tran-
sitional to 5. calycantha.

We have also noticed that the individual variations in
leaf size are too great to provide a satisfactory diagnostic
character. The two taxa are best distinguished on floral
critera as follows.

S. crispa -- Sepals 2.5-.0 mm long, triangular-lanceo-
late, sharply acute, and strongly ribbed on back, the 3 longi-
tudinal nerves being strongly proeminent, especially towards
the base. Capsule ellipsoid, (3.5)-h.0-(5.0) mm long. Seeds
0.8-1.0 mm wide, light brown to red brown. Stems usually erect
and simple or nearly so. Leaves up to 3 cm long, the main ones
usually over 1 cm.

S. obtusa -- Smaller throughout. Sepals at first 1.5-2.0
mm long, elongating to 2.5 mm, oblong to triangular oblong,
rounded to acutish at tip, not ribbed, the 3 nerves obscure or
finely outlined in paler green, but never rugose. Capsule 2.2-
3.0 mm long, globose to ovoid. Seeds +0.6 mm across, violet
black.

Another source of confusion is worth notice. The peti-
oles in S. crispa are sometimes so short as to be obscure, and
such specimens should not be confused with S. calycantha. The
leaves are usually much narrower in S. calycantha and irregu-
larly ciliate towards the base with tenuous hairs, the longest
of which are commonly £0.5 mm long. Larger-leaved specimens
precisely tend to have the longer cilia. While in S. crispa
the cilia are mostly lacking or, if present, are stiff and
stubby and only 0.1-0.2 mm long.

Most flowers are gathered in a terminal cymes in S.
calycantha. But in S. crispa they are mostly axillary with
some of them terminal.

Reduced petals, hidden behind the larger sepals are near-
ly always present in S. calycantha. They are always absent in

ADDITIONS 176

1969 Boivin, Flora of Prairie Provinces 287

S. crispa.
— “Sepals and capsules have a broader range of variation in
S. calycantha.

— —~Page 87 -- Cerastium nutans Raf. var. brachypodum Eng. --
Delete Alberta from the recorded distribution. It had been re-
ported by Rydberg 1917, 1932 and Moss 1959, but we found no
justifying specimen at NY in 1965 while the one more recent
collection, E.H. Moss 6986, Stony Plain, 1945 (ALTA) proved to
be C. vulgatum.

— Page 68 -- Sagina saginoides (L.) Karsten -- Line 13 from
the bottom. After the word "peduncles", continue as follows:
"or else the capsule is smaller, merely about as long as the
acutish sepals. The fairly obvious rosette of longer leaves
found in S. saginoides and S. nivalis is lacking in the similar
species of Arenaria."

Page -- An Alberta report by Macoun 1886 of Silene
multicaulis Nutt., a synonym of the more western S. Douglasii

Hooker, proved to be based on a specimen (MIMG) of S. Scouleri
var. Macounii. sige

Page 97 -- Last two lines of the key. Change to read:
£. Seed WingleSS ©. . ccc cccceccsescces selesees 3... Drummondit
ff. Seed winged .......... bil aisbie dale sete eelaees .. 7.L. triflora

Page 101 -- Claytonia parvifolia Moc. -- Our plant is the
widespread var. parvifolia as contrasted with the coastal var.
flagellaris (Bong.) R.J. Davis, the latter larger-flowered, the
petals (10)-12-15 mm long.

Usually subdivided in two species on the basis of larger
flowers and broader leaves, ovate and over 5 mm wide, for C.
flagellaris Bong. The abundant material at hand, mostly from
B.C., shows clearly that both characters vary independently and
that there is here no morphological discontinuity, only contin-
uous variation. Any segregate that stands on a somewhat ar-
bitrary limit is likely to appear as an extreme of varia-
tion.

The bulk of the material at hand has narrow leaves and
smaller flowers. Larger-leaved specimens are less common, yet
quite frequent and are perhaps more abundant along the coast,
but they also occur well in land; our only Alberta sheet is of
the broad leaf type, 5-8 mm wide. Further, specimens collected
after the first of August are nearly always of the broad leaf
type, which implies that the variation in leaf width may be in
part a stage of development.

Flower size varies quite a lot. Even in the same collec-
tion one may note differences by as much as 5 mm (e.g. 7-12 mm)
in petal length. However, the larger-flowered specimens, with
all or most flowers over 12 mm long, occur only along the coast
and they may be retained as a weak geographical variety: var.
flagellaris.

Page 101 -- Claytonia Chamisso# Led. or Montia Chamisso?

179 ~~ ADDITIONS

288 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 15, no. 5

(Led.) Dur. & Jacks. was variously reported from Manitoba by
Anderson 1946 and Hitchcock 1964, and also from Alberta by
Hultén 194 and Davis 1966, querried by Boivin 1967. No jus-
tifying specimens were cited and none could be located at GH in
1965, or S in 1968, or WIU in 1969, etc. The reports are held
as unsubstantiated.

Page 106 -- Rumex fennicus Murb. 1899 -- This name should
apparently be replaced by the earlier sesquipedalian R. pseudo-
natronatus Borbas 1880, according to A. Losina, Fl. URSS 5:

: and K.H. Rechinger ex Tutin et alii, Fl. Eur. 1:
86. 196). we

Page 107 -- Rumex longifolius DC. -- A recently arrived
weed which was incorrectly listed with the typography of a na-
tive in our Enumération of 1967.

Page 107 -- Rumex domesticus Hartm. -- According to
Frankton, ms. (see under Plantago lanceolata), the earlier re-
ports by Breitung 1957 from Davidson and Wymark were based on
sheets since revised to R. fennicus (=R. pseudonatronatus ).

Page 108-9 -- Rumex Acetosa L. -- One parenthesis mark is
missing in the distribution and PEI should be deleted as this
record may have started as a mere lapsus calami in our Enumé-
ration of 1967. The corrected distribution should read: (6G,
Mack)-Y-Aka, NF-SPM, NS, NB-BC, US, (SA), Eur, (Afr, Oc).

Page 112 -- Polygonum erectum L. -- The Point du Chien
(MIMG) collection mentioned by Scoggan 1957 has been revised to
P. achoreum.
ik, Page 112 -- Polygonum achoreum Blake -- A still earlier
collection is Macoun, Point du Chien, Aug. 1, 1872 (MIMG). The
1880 collection was by Macoun in the Cypress Hills (QK). An-
other early collection is J. Fowler, Brandon, July 7, 1887 (Ok;
DAO). The existence of such early collections makes one wonder
if P. achoreum might not have been native in our area. Unfor-
tunately none of the early collectionscarries any habitat data.

There is no doubt that P. achoreum is today essentially
a common weed of roadsides, railways, farmyards, and other man-
disturbed habitats. And its country of origin is still to be
determined.

Page 115 -- Polygonum lapathifolium L. -- The range ex-
tension to Alaska should be held as unconfirmed as our entry
was based on collections now revised to P. lapathifolium var.
O'Neillii (Brenkle) stat. n., Persicaria O'Neillii Brenkle,
Phytologia 2: 05-6, 1948, which differs from our variety by
its somewhat bigger achene, +2.5 mm wide, substipitate glan-
dulosity, and resembles P. pensylvanicum L. by its darker and
reddish perianth, its nerves a SO conspicuous and their di-
chotomous branches not recurved. In P. lapathifolium and P.
scabrum the nerves of the perianth are conspicuous and divided
at the tip in two recurved branches suggesting an anghor. As
var. O'Neillii stands about halfway between P. lapathifolium
and P. pensylvanicum, it seems more logical to attach it to the
transcontinental P. lapathifolium from which it could readily

ADDITIONS 180

1969 Boivin, Flora of Prairie Provinces 289

have derived than to the geographically removed P. pensylvani-
cum of eastern distribution.

Page 117 -- Polygonum Fagopyrum L. -- The range should be
extended to include Edmonton in Alberta where it is now known
to have been collected in 192 (SASK) as a fleeting adventive.

Page 12); -- Atriplex Nuttallii Watson -- Add to the syn-
onymy A. buxifolia peta a name which has seen some use be-
cause of the treatment proposed in a recent but unpublished
thesis. A. Nuttallii, when proposed by Watson, A Revision of
the North American Chenopodiaceae, Proc. Am. Ac. Arts Sc. 9:
82-126. 187), was clearly distinguished from A. canescens
(Pursh) Nutt. and the basionym of the latter, Calligonum canes-
cens Pursh, was cited page 120 under A. canescens, while on
page 116 under A. Nuttallii we find only one questionable syn-
onym (=A. Gordonii) and a series of floristic synonyms (or so-
called "sensu" names). It is not justifiable to treat A.
Nuttallii as a superfluous (hence illegitimate) name because of
the presence of any floristic synonym.

Page 125 -- A study of the Atriplex patula complex has
been recently undertaken by C. Frankton and I.J. Bassett. Pre-
liminary results suggest that it may prove possible to distin-
guish a European introduction, A. patula, against a native A.
subspicata (Nutt.) Rydb. (=A. patula var. subspicata (Nutt .)_
Watson = A. carnosa Nelson), the latter a coarser and more
stiffly erect plant, its fruits bigger, more coarsely lobed and
in more closely set glomerules.

Page 126 -- Eurotia lanata (Pursh) Moq. -- The range
should be extended to southwestern Yukon on the basis of J.A.
Neilson 1151, Mt. Wallace, Kluane L., south facing slopes, July
29, 1967 (DAO).

Page 127 -- Line 5. For "Bud-Seed" read "Bug-Seed".

Page 130 -- Line 13 from the bottom. Change the liminary
sentence to read: Calyx and corolla of fused parts.

Page 134 -- Add the following colour form: Dodecatheon
pulchellum (Raf.) Merr. f. Breitungii Boivin -- Flowers white,
including the connectives. But the anthers may be pinkish.
McKague. -- S.

F. n., floribus albis. Type: A.J. Breitung, McKague,
Sask., low moist meadows, albino, June 26, 1938 (DAO).

Page 135 -- Lysimachia thyrsiflora L. -- The range was
extended to Yukon by Gleason 1952, but we found no correspond-
ing specimen at NY in 1965 and the distribution should there-
fore be amended to read: Mack, Aka, NS-BC, US, Eur.

Page 1) -- Oenothera perennis L. -- Presumably native on
the shores of Lake of the Woods, Dawson, 1873 (MIMG), but more
likely introduced at Teulon, A. Simpson, 193) (MPM). These
would seem to be the only collections definitely known to come
from our area.

Page 146 -- Line 3. Delete the synonym and substitute:

var. alpina.
Page 160 -- The end of the key to Group A to be revised
181 ADDITIONS

290 PE? 2 6.2.04 Tih Vol. 18, m. 5
as follows:

hh. Stem not maculate.
i. No involucre, but the involucels present; all
or most pedicels not longer than the fruit;
DOTOMMAALD ‘e's sles dsm dmacieledsias adasliadicids ove 19. Lomatium
ii. All or most pedicels much longer than the
fruit; annual or biennial weeds.
j. Pedicels very uneven, the shorter ones
shorter than the fruit; reduced involucre
and involucels present «os. «<stiddsic divide ne ll. Carum
jj. Pedicels nearly isomegueth and many times
longer than the fruit; neither involucre
nor involucels present ...c.ccccsccees 15. Anethum

Page 149 -- Line 11 from the bottom. For "rhomboidea"
read: occidentalis.

Page 16] -- Line 1h. Change "the main ones" to read "the
main leaves".

Page 166 -- Cicuta maculata L. var. angustifolia Hooker
-- Change the description of the fruit to read: Fruit 2.5-3.0
mm long, not quite as wide as long.

Page 167 -- Perideridia Gairdneri (H. & A.) Mathias --
Following a lead from a 1966 manuscript by T.I. Chuan, we find
possible to distinguish our northern plants as var. montana
(Blank.) stat. n., Carum montanum Blank., Mont. Agric. Coll.
Stud. 1: 91. 1905, by their usually larger petals showing 1-3
pairs of lateral nerves and tuberous roots usually borne in a
cluster, while the typical phase from coastal California shows
somewhat smaller petals, usually 1 mm long or slightly less,
with the nervation reduced to its midnerve, and the stem usual-
ly arising from a single tuber.

Perideridia oregana (Watson) Mathias (Carum oreganum Wat-
son) was reported by Macoun 1890 for our area in the Hand
Hills, and also from Victoria. The Hand Hills collection (CAN)
has been revised to P. Gairdneri. The Victoria collection has
not been located yet, but should probably be similarly revised
as P. oregana reaches its northern limit along the southern
boundary of the state of Washington.

Page 169 -- Cymopterus terebinthinus (Hooker) T. & G.
var. foeniculaceus (T. & G.) Cronq. (Pteryeia terebinthina
(Hooker) C. & R. var. foeniculacea (T. & G.) Mathias) -- Re-
ported by Macoun 1883 and Henry 1915, querried by Boivin 1967,
for the interprovincial boundary on the basis of a Dawson col-
lection at the Kootenay Pass. We have failed to find such a
specimen at MIMG and we know of no other collection. On the
basis of general similarity, one can speculate that Dawson's
plant probably belonged to Lomatium dissectum.

Page 169 -- Lomatium Colis. Add the following vernacular
name: Racine blanche.

ADDIT IONS 1&2

1969 Boivin, Flora of Prairie Provinces

Acnida, 130
Aconitum, 19, 173
Actaea, 16
Adlumia, 2
Aegopodium, 166
Agrostemma, 93
Alyssum, 76
Amaranthus, 129
Anagallis, 137
Androsace, 133
Anemone, 19, 173
Anethum, 167, 1&2
Angelica, 167
Anogra, lh
Aquilegia, 16
Arabidopsis, 71
Arabi's\) (2's) er
Arenaria, 89
Argemone, 12
Armeria, 137
Armoracia, 61
Asarum, 0
Atenia, 167
Atragene, 23
Atriplex, 124, 181
Axyris, 126
Barbarea, 58
Bassia, 126
Batrachium, 33
Berberis, 39
Bertorea, 76
Bilderdykia, 116
Blitum, 120
Boisduvallia, 12
Brasenia, 36

Brassica, 56, 17h, 175

Braya, 77, 177
Bupleurum, 16)
Callitriche, 16
Caltha, 15
Camelina, 64, 175
Capsella, 64
Cardamine, 61
Cardaria, 52
Carum, 166, 182
Castalia, 37
Caulophyllum, 38
Centunculus, 137
Cerastium, 86, 179

INDEX OF GENERA

183

Ceratophyllum, 37
Chamaenerion, 1)1
Cheirinia, 75
Chenopodium, 119
Chrysosplenium, 156
Cicuta, 165, 182
Circaea, 1h5
Claytonia, 100, 179
Clematis, 23
Cleome, hh
Cochlearia, 53
Cogswellia, 170
Conimitella, 156
Conium, 16
Conringia, 79
Coptidium, 35
Coptis, 15
Corispermum, 127
Coronopus, 79, 178
Corydalis, 3
Cryptotaenia, 166
Cycloloma, 123

Cymopterus, 168, 182

Daucus, 171
Delphinium, 17
Descurainia, 5)
Dianthus, 99
Diplotaxis, 56

Dodecatheon, 133, 181

Douglasia, 132
Draba, 66, 175
Drosera, 158
Elatine, 80
Endolepis, 125
Epilobium, 10
Eriogonum, 103
Eruca, 55
Erucastrum, 56
Eryngium, 162
Erysimum, 75, 79
Eschscholzia, 1
Eurotia, 126, 181
Eutrema, 53
Fagopyrum, 117
Fumaria, )3
Gaura, 15
Gayophytum, 1h5
Glaux, 136
Gypsophila, 98

291

292 PHYTOLOGIA

Halespertes, 33

Halimolobos, 71, 79, 177

Hemieva, 150
Hepatica, 22
Heracleum, 171
Hesperis, 76
Heuchera, 15)
Hippuris, 10
Hutchinsia, 6)
Isnardia, 10
Kochia, 126
Koenigia, 103
Lavauxia, 1h
Lepidium, 49, 52
Leptarrhena, 19
Leptasea, 153
Leptotaenia, 170
Lesquerella, 63
Levisticum, 168
Lewisia, 102
Limonium, 137
Lithophragma, 155
Lomatium, 169, 182
Ludwigia, 10
Lunaria, 175
Lychnis, 96, 179
Lysimachia, 135, 181
Lythrum, 138
Macloviana, 78
Mahonia, 39
Malcolmia, 78, 177
Matthiola, 78
Melandrium, 97
Menispermm, 39
Mentzelia, hh
Meriolix, lh
Micranthes, 151
Mitella, 156
Moehringia, 90
Monolepis, 123
Montia, 101
Musineon, 16, 178
Myosurus, 2)
Myriophyllum, 139
Myrrhis, 16)
Nasturtium, 60
Naumbergia, 135
Neslia, 65
Nuphar, 38, 17)
Nuttallia, ))
Nymphaea, 37, 38

18)

Oenothera, 13, 181
Osmorhiza, 162
Oxyria, 109
Pachylophus, 15
Papaver, 1
Parnassia, 157
Paronychia, 117
Pastinaca, 171
Penthorum, 1,8
Perideridia, 167, 182
Persicaria, 11
Phlox, 79
Physaria, 63
Polanisia, hy
Polygonum, 109, 180
Portulaca, 102
Primula, 131
Pulsatilla, 22
Radicula, 60, 61
Ranunculus, 2, 17)
Raphanistrum, 58
Raphanus, 58, 175
Rapistrum, 58
Reseda, 80

Rheum, 109
Rorippa, 59, 61
Rumex, 10, 180
Sabulina, 91
Sagina, 87, 179
Salicornia, 127
Salsola, 128
Sanguinaria, )1
Sanicula, 161
Saponaria, 100
Sarcobatus, 127
Sarracenia, 159
Saxifraga, 150
Scandix, 162
Schoenocrambe, 5
Scleranthus, 118
Sedum, 17

Silene, 79, 9h, 179
Sinapis, 57, 175
Sisymbrium, 53, 5h
Sium, 167
Smelowskia, 71
Sophia, 54
Spergula, 93
Spergularia, 93
Spinacia, 123
Statice, 137

Vol. 18, no. 5

1969 Boivin, Flora of Prairie Provinces 293

Steironema, 135 Thlaspi, 52
Stellaria, 82, 178 Tiarella, 15)
Suaeda, 128 Torularia, 177
Subularia, )8 Trientalis, 136
Suckleya, 125 Trollius, 15
Suksdorfia, 19 Turritis, 73
Taraxia, 145 Urospermum, 16)
Telesonjix, 153 Vaccaria, 100
Thalictrum, 35, 17h Wahlenbergella, 97
Thaspium, 165 Zizia, 165

Thellungiella, 71

CONTENTS OF PART II

Larger Families and Genera ...... Siete leVatolonalsloletelalelatelotctaleietaieie Toman!
Keys to Herbidae ...... elaials tale Cee Bs coc sieiamee Sono O oS sieeisvete 5
Digitatae ...... Siete ots avara ole ol atare levaverolatels otal etoleial= B50058 Sel sietelete eee

Dimerae eeeneee eeeesoeveeeeeeveevpeeee e@eeeeevoev eevee eeeveveeeeeeeeeevneeeneee 0
(Papaveraceae - Resedaceae )

Liberae eoeeeeveeevreeeeveveeeeeevreen ee eee eee eeeeeveve ever eee eeeee ee eve 80
(Elatinaceae - Umbelliferae)

Additions? and Corrections! <1). 1c1c'c/c <islclelolcletersleterclevelclelelclevoietevets sme ages

Generic: WMidex AF seek a Oe bles oes Sees Soa tee BD aeeee ae OS

185

A HALF DOZEN NOTEWORTHY PHANEROGAMS

Harold N. Moldenke

ELEPHANTELLA GROENLANDICA var. SURRECTA (Benth.) Moldenke, camb.
nov.
Pedicularis surrecta Benth. in Hook., Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 107.
183.

LANTANA FRUTILLA var. LONGIPES Moldenke, var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei pedunculis regulariter
3-~-3.5 cm. longis recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
regularly having its peduncles 3--3.5 cm. long during anthesis.

The type of the variety was collected by P. S. Martin & B. &.
Harrell (no. 52) at Station Number 9 on the profile across the
Sierra Madre Oriental, in a cloud forest at an altitude of ],300
feet, in the region of Goméz Farfas (municipios de Xicoténcatl,
Goméz Farfas y Ocampo), Tamaulipas, Mexico, on July 26, 1960,
and is deposited in the herbarium of the Escuela Nacional de Ci-
encias Biologicas at the Instituto Politecnico in Mexico City.

LANTANA HYPOLEUCA f. ALBIFLORA Moldenke, f. nov.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei corollis albis recedit.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in
having white corollas.

The type of the form was collected by Ismael Peredo (no, 261)
at Cabezas (Cordillera), Santa Cruz, Bolivia, at an altitude of
420 meters, on February 21, 1945, and is deposited in the Britton
Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden.

LIPPIA RAMBOI var. PILOSA Moldenke, var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei recedit foliis maturis ca.
2 cm. longis 8—-9 mm. latis, ramis ramlisque foliisque pedunculis-
que bracteisque dense pilosulis, et bracteis involucrantibus par-
vioribus.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having smaller leaves, the blades being only about 2 cm. long and
8--9 mm. wide, the involucral bracts being smaller and far less
conspicuous, and the branches, branchlets, peduncles, both leaf
surfaces, and bracts being densely pilosulous throughout.

The type of the variety was collected by Miguel Angel Palacios
and Alberto Reolindo Cuezzo (no. 1516) at So Sepé, Rio Grande do
Sul, Brazil, on February 22, 1948, and is deposited in the Britton
Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden.

LUPINUS LYALLII var. LOBBII f. ALBIFLORUS Moldenke, f. nov.
Haec forma a forma typica speciei corollis albis recedit.
This form differs from the ae form of the species in having
29

1969 Moldenke, Noteworthy phanerogams 295

white corollas.

The type of the form was collected by Andrew Ralph Moldenke
and myself (no. 24627) in patches in open woodland at the Carne-
gie Timberline Experiment Station, at an altitude of 9800 feet,
Hall Natural Area, Inyo National Forest, Mono County, California,
on July 24, 1968, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Texas
Research Foundation at Renner, Texas.

VERBENA SANTIAGUENSIS f. ALBIFLORA Moldenke, f. nov.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei corollis albis recedit.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing white corollas.

The type of the form was collected by José Manel Villegas
Vaquero (no. 666) at Playa Grande, Partido Gral Pueyrredén, Buenos
Aires, Argentina, on December 10, 1944, and is deposited in the
Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE. XXT

Harold N. Moldenke

ERIOCAULON Gron.

Additional & emended synonymy: Eriocavlon L. apud Reich. in L.,
Syst. Pl. 1: 243. 1779. Eriocaulon Juss. ex Jolyclerc, Syst. Sex.
Vég., ed. 2, 1: 101. 1810. Eriocolon Jolyclerc, Syst. Sex. Vég.,
ed. 2, 2: 47h, sphalm. 1810. Eriocaulou Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1:
pl. 6 ["Iv"], sphalm. 1928. Eriscaulon L. 0. Williams, in herb.

Additional & emended bibliography: Breyn., Exot. Min. Cog. Pl.
Cent. 1: 108--109, pl. 50. 1678; Moris., Pl. Hist. Univ. 3: 259--
260, sect. 8, pl. 16, fig. 17. 1699; Pluk., Alm. Bot. Mant. 98.
1700; L., Sp. Pl., ed. 1, pr. 1, 1: 87 & 129 (1753) and 2: [1203].
1753; J. A. Murr. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 12, 109 & 834. 177;
Reich. in L., Syst. Pl. 1: 2h3--2h (1779) and 4: [668]. 1780; J.
A. Murr. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 13, 1: 108-~109 (1783) and 2: 855
(1783) and ed. 1h, 127--128 & [100]. 1784; Palau y Verdera, Part.
Pract. Bot. 1: 530--532. 178; Jacq., Ind. Pl. 63. 1785; Lippert,
Pflanzensyst. 1: 187-188 (1786) and 2: [2036]. 1786; Palau y Ver-
dera, Part. Pract. Bot. 8: 21. 1788; Pers. in L., Syst. Veg., ed.
15, 132 & [1033]. 17975 Je A. Murr. in L., Syst. Vege, ed. 15 NOVe,
106-107 & 812. 1798; Jolyclerc, Syst. Sex. Vég., ed. 1, pr. 1, 92
& 781 (1798) and pr. 2, 92 & 781. 1803; Mouton-Fontenille in L.,
Syst. Pl. 1: 147--148 (180) and 5: tab. 2: vii & tab. 12: xvii.
1805; Jolyclerc, Syst. Sex. Vég., ed. 2, 1: 101 (1810) and 2: 7k.
1810; Roem. & Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nov., 2: 56=~57,
61, 861--870, & 938. 1817; Roem, & Schult., Mant. 2: 468--470 &
499. 182; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 1: 188 & 980 (1825)
and 3: T7716. 1826; Roem. & Schult., Mant. 3: 527, 671, & 687.

296 bP): Wp a el © Ea Ee Le Ae Vol. 18, no. 5

1827; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 5: 267--268. 1528; Bong.,
Ess. Monog. Erioc. Brés. 1-12. 18313 Cham. & Schlecht., Linnaea
6: 43. 18313 A. Wood, Class-book, ed. 1, 405, 70, & 7h. 1845
Lindl., Veg. Kingd., ed. 1, 122 & 818 (18,6) and ed. 2, 122 & bis.
187; A. Wood, Class-book, ed. 2, pr. 1, 56h, 60, & 645 (1817),
ed. 2, pr. 2, 564, 640, & 645 (1648), and ed. 10, pr. 1, 56b,
640, & 645. 1848; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 1, 51-515 & 703. 18)8;
A. Wood, Class-book, ed. 10, pr. 2, 564, 640, & 645 (189), ed.
10, pr. 3, 564, 640, & 645 (1850), ed. 17, 564, 640, & 645 (1851),
ed. 23, 56h, 640, & 645 (1851), ed. 29, 56h, 640, & 645 (1853),
ed. 35, 56h, 640, & 645 (1854), ed. hl, pr. 1, 56h, 640, & 6
(1855), and ed. 41, pr. 2, 56h, 640, & 65. 1456; A. Gray, Man.
Bot,, ed. 2, pr. l, 881,89 & 713. 1856; Knieskern, Ann. Rep. N.
J. Geol, Surv. 33. 1856; Walp., Ann. 5: 922—9h7 & 95). 1858; A.
Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 2, pr. 2, 488—l89 & [615] (1858) and ed.

2, pr. 3, 488—L89 & [713]. 1659; Walp., Ann. 6: 1170—l171. 1861;
Dalz. & Gibs., Bomb. Fl. 279—280, 316, & 325. 1861; A. Wood,
Class-book, [ed. 42], pr. 1, 729—730, 826, & 832. 1861; A. Gray,
Man. Bot., ed. 3, 4ab--l89 & [615]. 1862; A. Wood, Class-book,
[ed. 42], pr. 2, 729—730, 826, & 832. 1863; A. Gray, Man. Bot.,
ed. 4, pr. 1, 468—189 & {711]’(1863) and ed. h, pr. 2, L88—L89
& [615]. 1864; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 2], pr. 3, 729--730,
826, & 832 (1865) and pr. h, 729-730, 826, & 832. 1867; A. Gray,
Man. Bot., ed. 5, pr. 1, 549—550 & 685 (1867) and ed. 5, pr. 2,
5u9—550 & 687. 1868; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 2], pr. 5, 729—
730, 826, & 832. 1868; A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 1,
pre 1, 352 & 378 (1868) and pr. 2, 352 & 378. 1869; A. Wood,
Class-book, [ed. 42], pr. 6, 729-730, 826, & 831 (1869) and pr.
7, 729—730, 826, & 831. 1870; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. l, pr. 3,
488-189 & [615]. 1870; A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 1, pr. 1,
395, 379, & 390 (1870), pr. 2, 355, 379, & 431 (1871), and pr.

3, 355, 379, & 431. 18723 A. Wood, Class—book, [ed. 2], pr. 8,
729—~—730, 826, & 831. 1872; A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 1, pr.
4, 355, 379, & 431 (1873) and pr. 5, 355, 379, & 431. 187h; 0. Re
Willis, Cat. Pl. N. J. 67. 187); Lesq., U. S. Geol. & Geogr.
Surv. Terr. Ann. Rep. 7: 396. 187h5 A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor.,
ed. 1, pr. 6, 355, 379, & 431. 1875; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed.
42], pr. 9, 729-730, 826, & B31. 1876; Lesq., U. S. Geol. Surv.
Terr. Rep. 7: [Tert. Fl.] 106, pl. 16, fig. 2 & 2a. 1878; A.
Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 5, pr. 8, 549-550 & 687 (1878) and pr. "6"
[=9], 549—550 & 687. 1880; A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed.
1, pr. 3, 352 & 378. 1880; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 2], pr. 10,
729-730, 837, & 842. 1881; S. Wats., Proc. Am. Acad. 23: 283.
1888; Hieron. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (4):
[21] & 23~27, fig. 23G-—S. 1868; 0. R. Willis in A. Wood, Am.
Bot. & Flor., ed. 2, 355, 379, & 431. 1889; Wats. & Coult. in A.
Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 6, pr. 1, 566—567 & 753 (1889) and pr. 2,
566—567 & 753. 1890; Niederlein, Bol. Mus. Prod. Argent. 3 (31):
336. 1890; L. H. Bailey in A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed.
2, 456. 1895; Penhallow, Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Rep. 68: 527.
1899; Penhallow, Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Bradford Meet. 335. 1900;
Ruhl, in Pilg., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 30: 146—-1),7. 1901; Komarov, Fl.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 297

Mansh. 1: )18—L19. 1901; C. H. Wright, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.
Bot. 36: 198--202. 1903; Prain, Bengal Pl., pr. 1, 10 & 1125—
1127. 1903; V. A. Poulsen in Schmidt, Bot. Tidsskr. 26: 167. 190h;
Keller & S. Br., Handb. Fl. Philad. 91--92. 1905; Rendle, Journ.
Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 37: 7h—l76. 1906; Schlecht. in Engl., Bot.
Jahrb. hO, Beibl. 92: 20. 1908; B. Long, Bartonia 2: 20. 1510; G.
T. Stevens, Ill. Guide Flow. Pl. 11h, 115, 718, & 746, pl. 9, fig.
5 & 9. 1910; Guillaum., Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille, sér. 2, 9:
256. 1911; Creevey, Harper's Guide Wild Fls. h2, Lh, (45), 69, &
529. 1912; W. Stone, Ann. Rep. N. J. State Mus. 1910: 323—325 &
817, pl. 28, fig. 1 & 2, & pl. 64, fig. 2. 1912; Britton & Br.,
Ill. Fl., ed. 2, 1: 453—55 & [678], fig. 11)0—1143 (1913) and
3: STS & 625, 1913; Fedch., Rastit. Turk. 811. 1915; House, N. Y.
State Mus. Mem. 15 (1): hh, pl. 6A (1918) and 15 (2): 3h7 & 355.
1918; Knowlton, U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 696: 260, 670, 685, 778,
& 612. 1919; Palm, Svensk. Bot. Tidsk. 1: 26). 1920; Hayata
Icon. Pl. Formos, 10: 49—56, fig. 27—31. 1921; Saida & Satd,
Naigai Syokubutusi 1296, fig. 2009. 1921; Fern., Rhodora 23: 92

& 102. 1921; Rendle, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 5: 259-—260.
1921; Nakai in Mak. & Nemoto, Fl. Jap., ed. 1, 1303-1308. 1925;
Mak., Nippon Shokubatsu 725. 1926; N. Taylor, Guide Wild Fls.
6—7, 323, & 333, fig. 13. 1928; Tatew., Veg. Apoi 119 & 131,
1928; Duthie, Fl. Upper Ganget. Plain 3: 318—320. 1929; Pool,
Fls. & Flow. Pl., ed. 1, 299 & 359, fig. 169. 1929; Nakai, Veg.
Apoi 76. 1930; Knowlton, U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 155: 132-
133. 1930; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed.

1, 9: 1607—1620. 1931; Nakai in Mak. & Nemoto, Fl. Jap., ed. 2,
1510—1515. 1931; Komarov & Alis., Opred. Rast. Dal'nevost. Kr.

1: 340. 1931; Démiker, Vierteljahrsschr. Naturf. Gesell. Zttrich
77, Beibl. 19: 91. 1932; Miyabe & Kudo, Journ. Fac. Agr. Hokkai-
do Imp. Univ. 27 [Fl. Hokk. & Saghal. 3]: 286. 1932; L., Sp. Ple,
ed. 1, pr. 2, 1: 87 & 129 (193k) and 2: [1203]. 193h; House, Wild
Fis. hh, 317, & 355, pl. 6A. 193k; Marie-Vict., Fl. Laurent., ed.
1, 5h, 7h, 5h6, 565, 67h, 679—681, 837, & 892, fig. 2hh. 19355
Svenson, Torreya 35: 119. 1935; Steinberg in Kamarov & Schischkin,
Fl. U. S. S. Re 3: W9W——-L98 & 7h8, pl. 27, fig. 1--5. 1935; Sata-
ke in Nakai, Icon. Pl. As. Orient. 2: 97-100, pl. 2 (1937) and
2: 173-176 & 192, pl. 65. 1938; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 1: 26h.
1938; E. D. Merr. & Metc., Lingn. Sci. Journ. 16: 79. 1937; Tera-
zaki, Zoku Nipp. Syokubutu Zuhu fig. 3712. 1938; Little, Am. Midl.
Nat. 19: 378. 1938; Honda, Nom. Pl. Jap. )61--l,63. 1939; Mak.,
Illustr. Fl. Jap» 8, 771, & E.26, fig. 2311-2316. 1940; Fern.,
Rhodora 43: 211. 1941; Pool, Fls. & Flow. Pl., ed. 2, 295 & 07,
fig. 189. 1941; Erlandsson, Arkiv Bot. 30B (2): 1—. 19423 Mol-
denke in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 31: 65—71. 19h;
Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 220. 1947; Guillaum., Fl. Analyt. & Syn-
opt. Nouv.-Caléd. 1)9--50 & 361. 198; H. E. Jaques, Pl. Fam., ed.
2, 96, fig. 289. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 181. 199; Govin-
du, Journ. Mysore Univ. 10 (1): 4. 1949; K. Jessen, Proc. Roy.
Irish Acad. 52B: 173, [17h], 193, 202, & 249-250, pl. h, fig.

56 & 57. 1949; Thirumalachar, Razi, & Swamy, Journ. Mysore Univ.
9 (5): 82. 1949; Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. 11 (1): 6 (1950) and

298 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 5

11 (2): 29. 1950; Razi & Govindu, Journ, Mysore Univ. 12 (9): 107.
1952; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 27: 268. 1952; R. S. Lamotte, Geol.
Soc. Am. Mem. 51: 157. 1952; Butters & Abbe, Rhodora 55: 13%.
1953; Thorne, Am, Mid], Nat. 52: 281. 195; Hand, Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club 81: 92. 195); Razi, Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India 21B (2): 85.
1955; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. repr. 2,
8 [3]: 1119--1128 & 1333. 1956; Koyama, Journ. Jap. Bot. 31: 6—
ll, fig. 3. 1956; Bourdu, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 10: 156—158,
fig. A--F. 1957; Linderoth, Faunal Con. Eu. & N. Am. 240, 2h, &
250. 1957; Anon., Algonquin Prov. Park Mus. Check-list 7. 1957;
A. & D. Live, Bot. Notiser Lund 111: 380—381 & 387. 1958; A.
LUve, Rhodora 61: 31. 1959; Straka, Erdkunde 14: 61 & 63. 1960;
Nath, Bot. Surv. South. Shan States 9, 20, & 62. 1960; Sparrow,
Aquat. Phycomycet., ed. 2, [Umiv. Mich. Stud. Sci. 15:] 376 &
1095. 1960; Anon., Billie Bear Plant List 3. 1961; Van Royen,
Blumea 11: 22)--225, fig. 1. 1961; Seerwani, Bull. Bot. Surv,
India : 230. 1962; J. K. Maheshwari, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5:
138. 1963; J. M. Gillet, Canad. Field Nat. 77: 139. 1963; Henry
& Buker, Trillia 12: 105 & 131. 1964; Rouleau in Marie-Vict.,
Fl. Laurent., ed. 2, 83, 90, 546, 674, 679, 680, 837, & 857, fig.
2h. 1964; Steinberg in Komarov & Schischkin, Fl. U. S. S. Re,
Engl. transl., 3: 392-395 & 512. 1964; Moldenke in Guillawm.,
Mém. Mus, Hist, Nat. Paris, new ser. 3B, 15: 6. 1964; Panigrahi,
Chowdhury, Raju, & Deka, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 6: 21 & 260--
261. 1964; R. Good, Geogr. Flow. Pl. 88, 182, 227, 293, 29h, &
483. 1964; Roland & Sm., Proc. Nova Scot. Inst. Sci. 26 (2):
191-192, fig. 476, map 173. 196); Hambler, Journ. Ecol. [Brit.]
52: 581. 1964; Guillaum., Thorne, & Virot, Univ. Iowa Stud. Nat.
Hist. 20 (7): 26. 1965; Van Steenis & Jacobs, Fl. Males. Bull.
20: 1359. 1965; Tatew. & It6, Journ. Jap. Bot. 0: 156—157.
1965; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 199--201. 1965; S. V. Ra-
maswami, Study Flow. Pl. Bangalore [thesis] 219—223 & 1406—1}07.
1966; Begum, Curr. Sci. [India] 35: 262—-263. 1966; Lourteig,
Taxon 15: 31. 1966; Panigrahi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 13.
1966; Sebastine & Henry, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 310. 1966;
Faden, Idrobo, Jiminez, & Tomlinson, Common Dist. Int. Pl. Cerro
Muerte 2. 1966; Hartley, Univ. Iowa Stud. Nat. Hist. 21: 150.
1966; F. He Montgomery, Pl. from Sea to Sea , 9, & 390, fig.
822. 1966; Thornberry, U. S. Dept. Agr. Agric. Handb. 165: 137.
1966; Ogden, Quatern. Paleoecology 7: 175--183. 1967; Sterling,
Outer Isl. 159, [161], 167, & 179. 1967; E. L. Braun, Vasc. Fl.
Ohio 1: 308--310. 1967; Anon., Ind. Bibliogr. Bot. Trop. 4 (1):
18, 53, & 88. 1967; Begum, Bioresearch Index 1967: 2255. 1967;
Satake, Nat. Sci. & Mus. 3: 161--162. 1967; E. G. Voss, Mich.
Bot. 6 (2): 41 & 6, fig. 6. 1967; Begum, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci.
B.67 (hk): 148-156. 1968; Adam, Adansonia 8: 5. 1968; Ogden,
Biol. Abstr. 9: 9863. 1968; Winner, Biol. Abstr. 49: 11782. 1968;
Hinds & Hathaway, Wildfls. Cape Cod 116, 117, & 168, fig. 107.
1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 165-186 & 23—280. 1969; Anon.,
Biol. Abstr. 50 (1): S.61. 1969.

Another German vernacular name from literature for members of
this genus is "Kugelbinse". It is worth noting here, also, that

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 299

the Eriocaulon spadiceum Lam., which is now usually regarded as

a synonym of Scirpus brizaeformis Hutchinson, in the Cyperaceae,
was regarded as a synonym of Schoenus spadiceus Vahl by Roemer &
Schultes (1817).

Good (196) says that Eriocaulon and Lobelia "are an in*teres-
ting pair in which the chief feature is absence from western Eu-
rasia except for occurrence on the Atlantic margin".

Ogden (1967) reports that Eriocaulon stems (and he doubtless
refers here to E. pellucidum Michx.) rooted near the lake margin
on Martha's Vineyard island off the southern coast of Massachu-
setts show a radiocarbon content of plus 37 percent (above the
modern reference standard). The mean of four samples from the
upper 10 cm. of sediment shows a radiocarbon content of only plus
4.7 percent, the lower value implies mixing with deeper sediments
for there is no detectable limestone in the till to reduce the
proportion of cl, Sedimentation rates per century are about
4.5 cm. for the early postglacial, 5 cm. for the hypsithermal,
and 6.8 cm. for the upper 15 cm. of the core. In this (and a-
nother) lake the sedimentation rates for post-colonial times are
considerably greater than in the rest of the cores.

It is perhaps also worthy of mention here that the Niederlein
(1890) reference given in the bibliography of this genus is some-
times cited as "31: 69. 1890", The Stone (1912) reference is
often cited as "1911", the date given on the title-page, but the
work was actually not issued until January 26, 1912. Similarly,
the Erlandsson (1942) reference is often cited as "190", but the
part in question was not actually issued until February 25, 192.
The Ruhland (1901) work cited above is often cited as "1902", but
was actually issued on July 2, 1901 -=- the "1902" is merely the
volume title-page date.

ERIOCAULON CINEREUM R. Br.

Additional & emended synonymy: Eriocaulon sieboldianum Sieb. &
Zucc. ex Walp., Ann. 5: 933, in syn. 1858. Eriocaulon bucharicum
Bornm. in Fedch., Rastit. Turk. 811. 1915.

Additional & emended bibliography: Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg.,
ed. 16, 3: 775. 1826; Walp., Ann. 5: 933 & 934 (1358) and 6: 1170
& 1171. 1861; Mak., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 8: 507. 189; Komarov, Fl.
Mansh. 1: 418. 1901; Prain, Bengal Pl., pr. 1, 1127. 1903; Cc. H.
Wright, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 36: 199--201. 1903; Fyson,
Journ, Indian Bot. 2: 199 & 313. 1921; Duthie, Fl. Upper Ganget.
Plain 3: 318. 1929; Steinberg in Komarov & Schischkin, Fl. U.S.
S. R. 3: 9596, pl. 27, fig. 3 a—d. 1935; Satake in Nakai,
Icon. Pl. As. Orient. 2: 98. 1937; Mak., Illustr. Fl. Jap. 771 &
E.26, fig. 2311. 190; Erlandsson, Arkiv Bot. 30B (2): 2—l, fig.
la & le. 192; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras,
ed. repr. 2, 8 [3]: 1123, 1127, & 1333. 1956; Steinberg in Komar—
ov & Schischkin, Fl. U. S. S. R., Engl. transl., 392—-393. 196h;
meres Phytologia 18: 169, 172—-173, 180, 23, 2hh, 2h9, & 27h.
1969 .

Additional illustrations: Steinberg in Komarov & Schischkin,

300 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, m. 5

Fl. U. S. Ss Re 3: ple. 27, fig. 3 amd. 1935; Mak., Illustr. Fl.
Jap. fig. 2311. 1940; Erlandsson, Arkiv Bot. 30B (2): 2, fig. la
& le. 192.

The Maximowicz (1892) reference in the bibliography of this
species is sometimes cited as "1893". The Erlandsson (1942) ref-
erence in the bibliography is often cited as "19,0", but the
pages in question were not actually issued until February 25,
1942. The chromosome count is given as n= 16, 2n = 32,

Specht found this plant growing at the edge of a Melaleuca
leucodendron lagoon, flowering and fruiting in May, and describes
it as an "annual herb".

The E. D. Merrill 7748, distributed as E. cinereum, is actual-
ly E. nigriceps Merr., while Ishiba s.n. [Arahama, 2),/10/1926] is
E. robustius (Maxim.) Mak.
~~ Additional citations: INDOCHINA: Annam: Clemens & Clemens 3652
(W—~1427605). WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: PHILIPPIN® ISLANDS: Island
undetermined: Loher 6987 (W--713809). AUSTRALIAN REGION: AUSTRAL~
IA: Northern Territory: Specht 09 (W—2316978).

ERIOCAULON COMPRESSUM Lam.

Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon gnaphalioides Michx. ex Spreng.
in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3: 775. 1826. Eriocaulon gnaphalvtides
Michx. apud A. Wood, Class-book, ed. 2, pr. 1, 564. 187.

Additional bibliography: Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3:
775 1826; A. Wood, Class-book, ed. 1, 405 (1845), ed. 2, pr. 1,
56), (1847), ed. 2, pre 2, 564 (1848), ed. 10, pr. 1, 564 (1848),
ad. 10, pre 2, 564 (18495, ed. 10, pr. 3, 56h (1850!, ed. 17, 56h
(1851), ed. 23, 56k (18515, ed. 29, 564 (1853), ed. 35, 56h (185k),
ed. kl, pr. 1, 564 (1855), and ed. 1, pr. 2, 564. 1856; A. Gray,
Man. Bot., ed. 2, pr. 1, 489 (1856) and pr. 2, 489. 1858; Walp.,
Ann. 5: 928 & 929. 1858; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 2, pr. 3, 89.
1859; A. Wood, Class-book, (ed. 42], pr. 1, 729. 1861; Walp., Ann.
6: 1170 & 1171. 1861; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 3, 489 (1862) and
ed. 4, pr. 1, 489. 1863; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 2], pr. 2,
729. 1863; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. h, pr. 2, 489. 186); A. Wood,
Class-book, [ed. h2], pr. 3, 729 (1865) and pr. h, 729. 1867; A.
Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 5, pr. 1, 549--550 (1867) and ed. 5, pr. 2,
549--550, 1868; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], pr. 5, 729. 1868;
A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 1, pr. 1, 352 (1868) and
pr. 2, 352. 1869; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], pr. 6, 729
(18695 and pr. 7, 729. 1870; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. h, pr. 3
489. 1870; A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 1, pr. 1, 355 (1870)

o 2, 355 (1871), and pr. 3, 355. 1872; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed.
21, pr. 8, 729. 1872; A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. l, pr. kh,
355 (1873) and pr. 5, 355. 187h; 0. R. Willis, Cat. Pl. Ne Je 67.
187h; A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 1, pr. 6, 355. 1875; A. Wood,
Class-book, [ed. 2], pr. 9, 729. 1876; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 5,
pr. 8, 549-550 (1878) and pr. "8" [=9], 549-550. 1880; A. Gray,
Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 1, pr. 3, 352. 1880; A. Wood, Class-
book, [ed. 42], pr. 10, 729. 1881; Hieron. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 301

Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (kh): 2h. 1888; 0. R. Willis in A. Wood,
Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 2, 355. 1889; Wats. & Coult. in A. Gray,
Man. Bot., ed. 6, pr. 1, 567 (18895 and pr. 2, 567. 1890; Keller
& S. Br., Handb. Fl. Philad. 92. 1905; G. T. Stevens, Ill. Guide
Flow. Pl. 11). 1910; W. Stone, Ann. Rep. N. J. State Mus. 1910:
323—-325, pl. 6h, fig. 2. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 173--17h,
267, & 268. 1969.

Additional illustrations: W, Stone, Ann. Rep. N. J. State Mus.
1910: pl. 64, fig. 2. 1912.

The Stone (1912) reference in the bibliography above is usual-
ly cited as "1911", but the work was not actually issued until
January 26, 1912.

Another vernacular name recorded for this plant by Wood (185)
is "Gnaphalium-like pipewort".

The Bartram s.n. [Sept. 9, 1906], distributed as E. campressun,
is actually E. pellucidum Michx.

ERIOCAULON MELANOCEPHALUM Kunth
5 ee bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 243 & 279—
280. 1969.

Additional citations: CUBA: Pinar del Rfo: Killip 32380 (N, S).
Province undetermined: C, Wright 32hla (S, S). VENEZUELA: Bolfvar:
Wurdack & Monachino 40912 (N). Guaricé: Tamayo 4600 (S). GUYANA:
S. G. Harrison 1302 (K). FRENCH GUIANA: Collector undesignated
177, in part (N); Jelski s.n. [Cayenne] (B); Leprieur 149 (N); Le-
prieur & Sagot s.n. [Herb. Sagot 1330) (B, S, Ut--331). BRAZIL:
Amap&: Black & Frées 51-12273 (Be—70098). Minas Gerais: A. A.
de Silveira 8D. {Herb. Magalhfes Gomes 3933; Herb. Com. Geogr. &
Geol. M. Gerais 2955; Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 26673] (N).
Paré: Black, Ledoux, & Stegemann 52-1348 (Be—7h076); Egler &
Raimundo s.n. [Egler 1223; Herb. Mus. Goeldi 24.270) (Bm); Murca
Pires & Silva 828 (N). Rio Branco: Ule 8088 (Herb. Mus. Goeldi
13173] (K, S, Z). S&o Paulo: Burchell 4208 (Br); Sellow 5850 (B-
type, B--isotype), 5856 (B), sen. [Brasilia] (Br). MOUNTED II-
LUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by KUrnicke (B); Mart., Fl. Bras.
3_(1)3 pl... b3(B; B, 8B).

ERIOCAULON MELANOCEPHALUM var. LONGIPES Griseb.

Bibliography: Griseb., Cat. Pl. Cub. 226. 1866; Moldenke, N.
Am. Fl. 19 (1): 33. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 319. 1939; Mol-
denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. & 37. 196; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 43 & 205. 1949; Moldenke, R6é-
sumé 51 & 481. 1959.

ERIOCAULON MELANOCEPHALUM subsp. USTERIANUM Beauverd

Synonymy: Eriocaulon usterianum Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss.,
sér. 2, 8: 28). 1908.

Bibliography: Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér. 2, 8: 28h.
1908; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. h, pre 1, 82 (1913) and pre Moe 82.

302 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 5

1938; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8, 37, & 1. 196;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 77 & 205.
1949; Moldenke, Résumé 89, 293, & 81. 1959.

ERIOCAULON MELANOLEPIS Alv. Silv.

Synonymy: Eriocaulou melanolepis Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl.
6 ("IV"), sphalm. 1928.

Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Arch. hms. Nac. Rio Jan. 23: 163.
1921; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 19—20 & 398, pl. 6 ["IV"]. 1928;
A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 89. 1929; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 8 & 37. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac.,[ed. 2], 77 & 205. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 332.
1950; Moldenke, Résumé 89 & 81. 1959; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst.
Agron. 69. 1960.

Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 6 ["IV"]. 19%.

Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 500 from Minas Gerais,

ERIOCAULON MERRILLII Ruhl.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon sollyanum var, sumatramum Van Royen ex
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 15: 20, in syn. 1967.

Bibliography: J. R. Perkins, Fragn. Fl. Philipp. 1: 136.
190h; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; Hayata, Icon. Pl. For-
mos. 3: 197. 1913; S. Sasaki, List Pl. Formos. 99. 1928; Satake,
Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. : [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 6. 1940; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 27 & 37. 1946; Moldenke, Known Ge-
ogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], ll & 205. 1919; Moldenke
Phytologia 3: 332—-333. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 176, 18h, & {81.
1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 15: 12 & 20. 1967; Moldenke, Phyto-
logia 17: 461 (1968) and 18: 186. 1969.

The type of this species was collected by Elmer Drew Merrill
(no. 572) — in whose honor it was named — on mossy rocky in the
bed of a small stream on Culién, Philippine Islands, in December,
1902, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum
at Berlin. The type of E. sollyamum var. sumatranum appears to
be H. H. Bartlett 7457 from Sumatra, although I have not seen the
original description of this variety, if, indeed, any has ever
been published, and such an original description might designate
another type. It is to be regretted that there isn't a worldwide
index to subspecific names as there is for specific names in the
phanerogams.

Eriocaulon merrillii is said to be related to E, redactum Ruhl.
A common name recorded for it is "ruzon-hosikusa". Elmer says of
its "solitary md plants forming colonies upon stream beds of
rocks overlaid with fine md or wet earth at 750 feet; roots soft,
whitish; leaves in dense rosettes, ascendingly recurved, soft and
succulent, whitish toward the base, otherwise pale green; inflor-
escence stalks erect or ascending, green, terete, strict, very
unequal in length, several, at the base subtended by a green bract;
heads chaffy brown, flattened,April." It has also been collected
in flower and fruit in June.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 303

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as
E. hookerianum Stapf, E. sexangulare L., and E. truncatum Hamilt.
On the other hand, the M M. Ramos s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci.
1831], aigeeibited as E. . merrillii, : is actually E. alatum H. Le-
comte, while E. D. Merrill 293 is E. cinereum R, Br. and | M.S.
clesens 18023 is E. truncatum Hamilt.

Additional citations: WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: PHILIPPINE IS-
LANDS: Culién: E. D. Merrill 572 (B-type, N--isotype). Luzon:
Elmer 6617 (W—85 369) ; Loher 12947 (Ca—2),2827). Sibuyan: Elmer
122h8 (i, N, Ut—-27543). IN INDONESIA: GREATER SUNDA ISIANDS: Su-
matra: H. H. Bartlett 7157 (Mi).

ERIOCAULON MESANTHEMOIDES Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 27: 79. 1899; Ruhl.
in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 62, 76, & 286. 1903; Thiselt.-
Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 70. 190k; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Erioc. 21 & 37. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver-
penac., [ed. 2], 117, 120, & 205. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 3:
333. 1950; Moldenke, "Résumé Uys, 149, & 481. 1959.

This species is based on Stuhlmann 9143 from Tanganyika, de-
posited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin; the
type sheet was previously identified as E. schimperi Ktrn. and as
Mesanthemum radicans (Benth.) Ktrn. The G Goetze 293, cited below,
is a mixture with E. volkensii Engl.

Additional citations: TANGANYIKA: Goetze 293, in part (B), 1235
(B, Z); Schlieben 1135a (W—-2214315); Stuhlmann 9143 (B—type).
MALAWI: Stolz 2098 (B, S, Ut—6652).

ERIOCAULON MEXICANUM Moldenke
Bibliography: Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19 (1): 19 & 33. 19373 Mol-
denke, Phytologia 1: 319--320. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Erioc. & 37. 1946; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 86.
1947; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 30&
205. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 333. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 35
& 481. 1959; L. 0. Williams, Fieldiana Bot. 31: 256. 1967.
Williams (1967) avers that this taxon is closely related to
the recently described E. molinae L. 0. Williams.

ERIOCAULON MICROCEPHALUM H.B.K.
Synonymy: Eriocaulon microcephalum Humb. & Bonpl. apud Roem, &

Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 865. 1817 [not E, mic-
rocephalum Cham, & Schlecht., 1893, nor Hook. & Arn., 185), nor
Sellow, 1959]. Eriocaulon microcephalum Kunth apud Spreng. in L.,
Syst. Veg:, ed. 16, 3: 775, in syn. B28. Eriocaulon microcephal-
um Humb, & Kunth ex Kunth, Emm. Pl. 3: 572. 1841. Eriocaulon
pusillun um Willd. ex Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 58, in syn. 1 1641 [not E.
pusillum Bong., 1831, nor R. Br., 1810, nor Poepp., 1863]. Erio-
caulon brachypus Van Keurck & Muell “Arg. in Van Heurck, Obs. Bot.

30h, PRS TO: OG irk Vol. 18, no. 5

96. 1870 [not E. b rachypus Bong., 1831]. Eriocaulon microcephal-
un H.B.K. ex Moldenke, Résumé 290, in syn. 1959. Eriocaulon
microce um H.E.K. ex Straka, Erdkunde 1): 61, sphdlm. 1960.
Paepalanthus villosus (H.B.K.) Kunth, in herb.

Bibliography: Breyn., Exot. Min. Cog. Pl. Cent. 1: 106—109,
pl. 50. 1678; Moris., Pl. Hist. Univ. 3: 259-260, sect. 8, pl.
16, fig. 17. 1699; L., Sp. Pl., ed. 2, 126. 17623 H.B.K., Move
Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. quarto, 1: 253 (1826) and ed, folio, 1: 21—
202. 1816; Roem. & Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 865.
1817; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3: 775. 1826; Roem. &
Schult., Mant. 3: 671. 1827; Cham, & Schlecht., Linnaea 6: 1,3.
1831; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 548. 182; Walp., Ann. 5: 930 (1858)
and 6: 71. 1861; KOrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 492. 1863;
Van Haurck, Obs. Bot. 96. 1870; Hieron. in Engl. & Prantl, Hat.
Pflanzenfan., ed. 1, 2 (kh): 27. 1888; Morong, Bull. Torr. "Bot.
Club 18: 356——357. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pr. 1, 1: 877—879. 1893; Barnhart, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 29:
585—598. 1902; Ruhl. in megl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): h2, 53,
& 285-287. 1903; H. B. Davis, Life & Works Pringle 105. 19 36;
Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19 (1): 20 & 34—35. 1937; Moldenke, Phyto-
logia 1: "316 & 320. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc.
3, 4, 7, 37, & 39. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pr. 2, 1: 877-879. 196; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 13h. 198; Mol-
denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 27, 30, 39, &9,
72, & *205. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 333—334. 1950; Molden-
ke, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 9: 175. 1955; Moldenke, Résumé 32, 36,
L6, 79, 83, 286, 290, 291, & 481. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
1 17. 1959; Straka, Erdkunde 1): 61 & 63. 1960; "Jacks. in Hook.
f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, oe 877--879. 1960; Moldenke, Ré-
sumé Suppl. 3: 9 & 32 (1962), : 5 (1962), 6: 5 & 6 (1963) , and
8: 2. 1964; Shinners, Sida 21 fa 1966; Kral, Sida 2: 312—315
& 330. 1966; Faden, Idrobo, Jiminez, & Tomlinson, Common Dist.
epee pe Cerro Muerte 2. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. If: 30,
19

Illustrations: Kral, Sida 2: 313. 1966.

It should perhaps be noted here that the E. microcephalum
attributed to Chamisso & Schlechtendal (but actually published
by them as "Eriocaulon species. An microcephalum HBK.") and re-
ferred to in the synonymy above, is actually a synonym of E.
schiedeanum Ktrn., while the hamonym attributed to Hooker & Ar-
nott is actually E. ehrenbergianum Klotzsch and that credited to
Sellow is Pa aepalanthus tortilis tortilis (Bong.) Mart.; the E. brac

of Bongard is a synonym of | of Paepalanthus brachypus (Bong. ) Kunth;
and the E. pusillum of Robert Brown is a valid species, but the
homonym attributed to Bongard is Syngonanthus minutulus catianal
Moldenke and that credited to Poeppig is P. Paepalanthus p perpusill
Kunth.

The original H.B.K. reference for E. microcephalum is incor-
rectly dated "1815" by Morong (1891). The specific epithet some-
times is written with a capital initial letter for no valid reason.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 305

Sprengel (1826) regarded E. microcephalum H.B.K. as a synonym

of E. triangulare L., now usually listed as Paepalanthus triangu-
laris (L.) K§rn. In this connection, therefore, it is important
to consult Linnaeus! original description (1762) of his E. tri-
angulare. It reads as follows: "ERIOCAULON culmo triangulari,
foliis ensiformibus, capitulo ovato. Plantaginella aurea alopec-—
uroides brasiliana, foliis gramineis Breyn. Cent. pl. 50; Moris.
hist. 3: 259, s. 8, t. 16, f. 17. Habitat in Brasilia. Floscu-
lus non potui perspicere in Herb. Pisonis apud Burmannum."
Reichard (1779) repeats Linnaeus! description and comments.
Sprengel (1826) adds "Quito", apparently based on a specimen to
which he mistakenly applied Linnaeus' name (and one which could
very possibly have been E. microcephalum). Ruhland (1903) ig-
nores Sprengel's disposition and places E. triangulare — as
Paepalanthus triangularis -- in his Species dubiae with the com
ment "Folia ensiformia; pedunculus triangularis; capitulum ova-
tum. Brasilien. Nota: Planta omnino dubia. Dubium etiam, utrum
species (potius) ad genus Paepalanthum an ad Eriocaulum an aliud
gemus pertineat."

Linnaeus! name is obviously based on and typified by the
Plantaginella aurea alopecuroides brasiliana, foliis gramineis of
Breyre 3678) . The original description of thisitaxd taxon by Breyne
reads as follows: "Plantaginella aurea alopecuroides Brasiliana,
foliis gramineis. kn ex minimis unam, sed rarissimis charissi-
misq; nostris plantulis. Radix ejus exigua, mille fibris niveis
comata, Foliola mlta graminea & angusta Graminis Luzulae min-
oris Johanni Bauhino, sed onnind glabra, in orbem diffundens: ex
quorum gremio, coliculi quinquaginta vel plures prosiliunt,
tenuissimi, plantae exilitatem Globulis oblongiusculis lanugin-
osisque, Plantaginis angustifoliae paniculis Lagopi minoribus,
uberrimd compensates, singuli, singulis coliculis triuncialibus
vel brevioribus insidentes, compositi ex pilis lenissimis leuco-
phaei coloris, inter quos Flosculi flavi perminuti, summf
amoenitate, veluti punctula aurea, emicant, quod jucundissimun,
huic plantulae in Brasilif& vigenti, aspectum conciliat."

Morison (1699) repeats this description almost verbatim:
"Plantaginella aurea alopecuroides Brasiliana foliis gramineis,
Breyn. Cent. 1. Radix ei exigua, mille fibris niveis comata,
foliola mlta, graminea & angusta, Graminis Luzulae minoris, J.
B. sed omnino glabra, in orbem diffundens. Ex horum autem grem-
io coliculi quinquaginta vel plures prosiliunt, tenuissimi,
plantae exilitatem globulis oblongiusculis lanuginosisque Plan-
taginis angustifoliae paniculis Lagopi minoribus uberrime com
pensantes, singuli singulis coliculis triuncialibus vel brevior-
ibus insidentes, compositi ex pilis lenissimis, leucophaei color-
is, inter quos flosculi flavi, perminuti, summa amoenitate, velu-
ti punctula aurea emicant. Atque hi jucundissimum huic plantulae
in Brasilia vigenti aspectum conciliant."

A glance at the illustration given by Breyne and repeated by
Morison shows without any doubt that this taxon has nothing what-

306 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 5

ever to do with Eriocaulon microcephalum, although what evidence
there is for removing it from the genus Eriocaulon, where Linnae-
us placed it, and shifting it to Paepalanthus, I cannot see. The
illustration appears good and the plant ought to be recognizable
among the Brazilian members of this family.

Eriocaulon brachypus of Van Heurck & Miller was based on a
Peruvian collection.

Eriocaulon microcephalum is an alpine species found in scatter-
ed localities from Kern County, California, through the states of
México, Puebla, Tamaulipas, Hidalgo, Veracruz, and the Federal
District of Mexico, and from the department of San José, Costa
Rica to Azuay, Carchi, Loja, and Pichincha, Ecuador, and Cajamar-
ca, Cuzco, and Junin, Peru. Recent collectors describe it as a
"tiny herb", the flowers white, gray, or blackish with white
woolly hairs, the sepals gray, and the anthers black. It has
been found growing in gravelly spongy soil, on paramos, on mosses
in moist areas, in wet meadows, open meadows in fir woods, or
grassy bogs, in pine woods and sphagnum bogs, and among grasses
and sedges of seeps, at altitudes of 2100 to 050 meters, flower-
ing and fruiting from November to February as well as from May to
September. Fosberg, in Ecuador, found it in a "raised bog in
pasture, quaking in spots, peaty but without sphagnum, dominant
in quaking places, forming a mat on the surface of the water or
thin md", In Perw it was found by Woytkowski growing "in clumps
in boggy meadows with low vegetation", while Cazalet & Pennington
describe it in Ecuador as "small cushion-forming herbs, leaves
fleshy edged with white wool at base and apex, bracts tipped with
long hairs, in bogs in paramillos". Rzedowski describes the
plant as "pequefia, cabezuelas blanco-moradas, en lugares enchar-
cados". It greatly resembles E. paradoxum Moldenke in habit, but
differs in technical characters of the head and florets.

In regard to the California record, Kral (1966) says: "I have
seen only one specimen from the United States. This, collected
by L. J. Xantus de Vesey in 1857--58 in the vicinity of Fort Ti-
jon (now called 'Tejon') in what is presently Kern County, Cali-
fornia, differs in no evident way from material from far to the
south in America. I visited the area during the summer of 196)
in hopes of finding this population but a search of the marshy
ground about springs in that area was fruitless. The station may
well have been destroyed, since the Fort has become considerable
of a tourist attraction and much of the stream which used to pro-
vide water for the soldiers at the old fort has been 'landscaped'.
The most characteristic features of the plants which I have ex-
amined appear to be the densely caespitose habit, the stubby,
rigid, ascending and imbricate leaves whose bases are partly con-
cealed by ramentum, and the spathe-like character of the male
sepals." Morong (1891) notes "This species has found its way
from Jalisco, Mexico, where it is common, to Fort Tejon, Cali-
fornia, at which place it was collected by Xantus in the expe-
dition of 1857—8, although it is not emmerated in Dr. Gray's
list of Xantus' plants. I find specimens of it without a name

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 307

in the Torrey Herbarium."
Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as
pees sp., in the Juncaceae. On the other hand, the Barclay &

Juajibioy 9374 and the Holm & Iltis 60, distributed as Eriocaulon
See > are actually Paepalanthus karstenii Ruhl., while
Barclay & Juajibioy 64,02 & 6450 are something in the Caryophylla-
ceae or Alsinaceae.

Additional & emended citations: MEXICO: Federal District:

Balls B.5Oi1 (Ca-—684129); J. Rzedowski 20389 (Ip, Mi, W--2\71533),
25710 (Ip). Hidalgo: H. E. “Moore Jr. 2800 00 (Ca--919380) , 3334
(Ca—919381). México: Pringle 61} (Ca--115171, Mm--7958, Ms
15478, S), 7361 (Dt, Mi, S), 13228 (Gg—l2311). Veracruz: Balls
B.5W95 (Ca~-68),390) COSTA RICA: San José: Standley & Valerio
13637 (F-59929) , 43830 (F--716227). COLOMBIA: Magdalena: Cuat-
recasas & Castaneda . 25027 (Fg). Nariffo: André 348) (N). ECUADOR:
Azuay: Barclay & J ua jibioy 8361 (N); Harling ing 1799 99 (S)- Carchi:
C. F. Lehmann 567 (B, W—933194). Imbabura: Cazalet & Pennington
5u52 (N, W—2h05887). Loja: André K.1737 (N); Humboldt s.n.
[Loxa] (B--isotype, B--isotype). | Napo-Pastaza: "Barclay & Juajib-
doy 8975 (N). Pichincha: F. R. Fosberg 22h7 (N). Tunguragua:
Asplund und 9958 (S); D. H. Knigh t t 273 (Ws). PERU: Cuzco: Vargas C.
13330 13330 (Z). Huanuco: Woytkowski 34117 (Ca—-14250, S). MOUNTED
TLLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by KS Ktrnicke (B).

ERIOCAULON MIKAWANUM Satake & Koyama

Synonymy: Eriocaulon mikawana Satake & Koyama ex Koyama in
Kitamra, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 180
& 181, fig. 123 (s). 196).

Bibliography: Satake & Koyama, Journ. Jap. Bot. 30: 11--116.
1955; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 55. 1959; Moldenke, R&sumé
173 & 481. 1959; Koyama in Kitamra, Murata, & Koyama, Col. a
lustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 180, 181, & 29, fig. 123 (8). 196h;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 9. 1965.

Illustrations: Satake & Koyama, Journ. Jap. Bot. 30: 115. 1955;
Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl.
Japan 3: 180, fig. *123 (5). 196h.

The type of this species was collected by Jisaburo Ohwi and
Tetsuo Koyama (no. 12118) scattered in very swampy peat areas with
Holoeion sedges and rushes, abundant locally, at the village of
Tsukuté, in the province of Mikawa, Honshu, Japan, on October 15,
195k, and is deposited in the herbarium of the National Science
Museum at Tokyo. Satake & Koyama (1955) say "Haec planta E.
monococcon affinis tamen diversissima bracteis ml1to brevioribus
florem sesqui superantibus paullo latioribus, petalis quam calyx
conspicue longioribus, receptaculo piloso". They also record the
vernacular name "Mikawa-inunohige". They distinguish the two
species as follows:

"Ecailles de l'involucre de 7--3 mm de long, linéaires; pétales

308 Pend TO Bev Dik Vol. 18, no. 5

aussi longs que les sépales; réceptacle glabre; plante gracile...
E. monococcon,
Ecailles de l'involucre de 3--5 mm de long., lancéolées ou oblon-
gues; pétales; Plus longs que les sépales; réceptacle longue-
ment chevelu; plante comparativement robuste..... mikawanum.
The species has been collected at 600 meters altitude, flower-
ing and fruiting in October.
Citations: WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: JAPAN: Honshu: K 8M.
(17 October 1955] (Ss); Ohwi & Koyama 12118 fa ae :

ERIOCAULON MILHOENSE Herzog

Synonymy: Eriocaulon milhoénse Herzog apud A. W. Hill, Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 9: 105. 1938.

Bibliography: Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 20-205.
19313 A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 105. 1938; Moldenke, Knowm
Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8 & 37. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 177 & 205. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 89 &
481. 1959.

The type of this species was collected by Freiherr Philipp von
Luetzelburg (no, 2153b) in Pard, Brazil, and is deposited in the
herbarium of the Botanische Staatssammlung at Munich, where it
was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 18689.

Citations: BRAZIL: Par&: Luetzelburg 2153b [Macbride photos
18689] (N--photo of type, N--photo of type, W--photo of type).

ERIOCAULON MINIMUM Lam,

Synonymy: Eriocaulon sexangulare Burm. f. ex Spreng. in L.,
Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3: 776, in syn, 1826 [not E. sexangulare
Auct., 1903, nor Fyson, 1959, nor Heyne, 1832, nor L., 1753, nor
Mart., 1893, nor Willd., 181]. Eriocaulon trimeni Hook. f. in
Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 5: 2, 8, & 412. 1900. Eriocaulon
trimenii Hook. f. apud Ruhl. in Imgl., Pflanzenreich 13 (-30):
117 & 287. 1903.

Bibliography: Lam., Tabl. Encycl. 1: 213. 1791; Spreng. in L.,
Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3: 776. 1826; Roem. & Schult., Mant. 3: 671.
1827; Walp., Ann. 5: 937 (1858) and 6: 1171. 1861; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Hook. f., Fl.
Brit. Ind. 6: 585. 1893; Hook. f. in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 5:
2, 8, & 412. 1900; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 103,
108, 117, 286, & 287. 1903; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2:
70. 190); H. Lecomte, Journ. de Bot. 21: 108. 1908; Fyson, Journ.
Indian Bot. 2: 199 (1921) and 3: 17. 1922; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 23, 2h, 37, & 41. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 125, 126, 130, & 20%. 1949; Moldenke,
Résumé 159, 162, 167, 293, & 481. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
17: 11. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 461. 1969.

It should be noted here that the E. sexangulare L., referred
to in the synonymy above, is a valid species, while the homonyms

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 309

accredited to "Auct." and to Martius are synonyms of E. cinereum
R. Br., that accredited to Heyne is E. wightiamm Mart., and
those credited to Fyson and to Willdenow are E. willdenovianum
Moldenke.

Fyson (1921), using the name E. trimeni Hook. f. for this
taxon, says "(Bambulla Rk. 1881 in Herb. Ceylon!).....Ruhl. p.
117, 'incognita'. Scapes 1/2 — 2 in. leaves 1/3 —1/) in.
narrow to linear. Heads 1/10 — 1/8 in. Involucral bracts hya-
line, as long or slightly longer than the floral, sub—erect.
Floral bracts cuneately oblong or obovate. Receptacle glabrous.
Male flowers, sepals 3, but 2 connate; sta 6 (not 1). Female
flowers, normal; seeds glistening yellow, smooth. Ceylon. Hook-
er 1l.c. compared this with E. Sieboldianum, but the black anthers
and flatter head sufficiently distinguish it. Hooker also in er-
ror described the male flowers as having only one stamen. There
are 6 quite clearly in the plant quoted above. It was referred
to E. truncatum Ham. by Trimen, and though differing in its flower
and in the involucre being less horizontal is clearly allied to
that species." A vernacular name in French for it is "joncinelle
naine",.

The Mac& son, [Coromandel] distributed as E. minimm is actu-
ally E. cinereum R. Br.

ERIOCAULON MINUSCULUM Moldenke
Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 8: 159—160. 1962; Moldenke,
Résumé Suppl. 3: 17. 1962; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6: iss. 1963.
Citations: CHINA: Sikang: H. Smith 12123 (S--type, Z—isotype).

ERIOCAULON MINUTISSIMUM Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 22: 32. 1925;
A.W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 89. 1929; Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19
(1): 19 & 25. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 320. 1939; Leén, Fl.
Cuba 1: 280. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. h & 37.
1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 3 & 205.
1949; Moldenke, Résumé 51 & 81. 1959.

Seager citations: CUBA: Pinar del Rfo: Ekman 17948 (S—
type).

ERIOCAULON MINUTUM Hook. f.

Bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 579—580. 1893; Du-
rand & Jacks., Ind. Kew, Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 158. 1902; Ruhl. in
Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 103, 111, & 286. 1903; Fyson,
Journ, Indian Bot. 2: 313 & 317, pl. 36. 1921; C. E. C. Fischer in
Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. 1, 9: 1613 & 1619. 19313; Durand &
Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 158. 191; Razi, Journ. Mysore
Univ. 7 (4): 77. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23 &
37. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126
& 205. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 33). 1950; C. E. C. Fischer
in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. repr. 2, 8 [3]: 112), 1127, &
1333. 1956; Bourdu, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 10): 156. 1957; Molden-
ke, Résumé 159, 162, & 82. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl,

310 Pinoy T OL 0G Dek Vol. 18, no. 5

1, pr. 3, 158. 1959; Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 185. 1965;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 60. 1968.

Tlustrations: Fyson, Journ, Indian Bot. 2: pl. 36. 1921.
Fyson (1921) describes this plant as follows: "Whole plant
very small. Leaves linear 1/2 — 3/k in. long, from a broad 3—5
nerved base. Scapes numerous, very slender, 1 1/2 — 21/2 in.

Heads obconic, the involucral bracts 1/8 in. long - glabrous,
scarious, elliptic-acute and covering the floral. Floral bracts
oblong, acute. Female sepals 2 only, narrow, with a pectinate
crest along the upper half of the back; petals 0. Male flowers
normal, petals small. Seeds oblong elliptic, reddish brom.
Plate 36. Rajputana: Mt. Abu: Peninsular India; Mysore and Ka-
nara on the Western Ghats. This species might be mistaken for a
small and meagre form of E, xeranthemum,"

The species has been collected in flower and fruit in Septem
ber. It has also been recorded from West Bengal. The Cheluviah
56, distributed as E. minutum, is actually E. ritchieamum Ruhl.,
while Santapau 29238 is E. xeranthemm Mart.

Citations: INDIA: Bombay: R. R. Fernandez R.196 (Xa); Patel
7 (Z). Kerala: Law s.n. [Concan] (B--cotype, Z--cotype).

ERIOCAULON MIQUELIANUM Ktrn.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon miquelianum Koeck. apud Tu, Chinese Bot.
Dict., abrdgd. ed., 245. 1933 [not E. miquelianum Auct. Jap.,
1940, nor Miyabe & Kudo, 190, nor Miyabe & Tatew., 190, nor
Mori, 190].

Bibliography: Ktrn. in Miq., Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd. 3: 162—163.
1867; Franch. & Savat., Emm. Pl. Jap. 2: 99. 1879; Maxim., Di-
agn. Pl. Nov. Asiat. 8: 17. 1892; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Mak., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 8: 506.
189); Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 12, 13, 65, 92, &
286, fig. 10. 1903; C. H. Wright, Journ. Limn. Soc. Lond. Bot.
36: 200. 1903; Matsumura, Ind. Pl. Jap. 2 (1): 176. 1905; Mak. &
Nemoto, Fl. Jap., ed. 1, 1305. 1925; Ruhl., Notizbl. Bot. Gart.
Berlin 10: 1043. 1930; Mak. & Nenoto, Fl. Jap., ed. 2, 1512.
1931; Tu, Chinese Bot, Dict., abrdg. ed., 25. 1933; Nemoto,
Suppl. Fl. Jap. 1039. 1936; Satake, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 51: 288
([Shib. Comm, Art. 17: 106]. 1937; Honda, Nom. Pl. Jap. 462. 1939;
Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 15: 629. 1939; Satake in Nakai & Honda,
Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 1, 9, 11, 13, 26, 40, 49, 50, 57—60, 77, 80, &
87, fig. 5 (c). 1940; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. : [Rev. Jap.
Erioc.] 46—-l9. 190; Mak., I,lustr. Fl. Jap. 771 & E.26, fig.
2312. 1940; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 25 & 37.
1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878.
196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 134 &
205. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 33). 1950; Moldenke, Résumé
173, 290, & 482. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 18 &,2. 1962;
Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb, Pl.
Japan 3: 180, 182, & 29, fig. 123 (7). 1964; Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 12: 9. 1965; Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 182 & 183,

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 311

tab. 1. 1965.

Material of this puzzling species has been collected in flower
and fruit from July to October, and the vernacular names
"imunohige" and "inuno-hige" have been recorded for it.

The E. miquelianum accredited to "Auct. Jap.", as well as the
homonyms is credited to Miyabe & Kudo and to Miyabe & Tatewaki, are
synonyms of E. hondoense Satake, but that credited to Mori is E.
tenuissimum Nakai.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria
under the names E. hondoense Satake, E. shikokianum Maxim., and
Ee sikokiamm Maxim. On the other hand, the Collector undesigna-
ted s.n. (Ugo, 12-7-1905], Furuse s.n. (ayconi=naea 27 Sept.
1955], Hashimoto 399, Y. Matsumra 6676, Maximowicz s.n. [Hakoda-
te, 1861], Ohwi s.n. [26.X.1930], and Togasi 722, 91h, & 1lol,
distributed as E. |. Miqueliamm, all appear to be better placed
under E. hondoense Satake, while Uyezuki s.n. (Sept. 5, 1912] is
E. robustius (Maxim.) Mak.

Satake (190) cites the following Japanese collections: Hon-
shu: And§ 17; Araki s.n. (Aug. 1931]; Arimoto s.n. [Aug. 1903];
Collector undetermined 20 & 2370; Faurie 6, 1869, 1872, 2727, &
13809; Hasimoto 5762, s.n. (Sept. 1926], & a.n. (Oct. et. 1930];
Hori s.n. [Sept. 1934); Inagaki 7437 & 8988; It8 s.n. [Sept. 1891);
Iwabuti 5365; Kat6 83033 & 83034; Kinashi 39; Koidzumi 107, 108,
10558, 13283, Wioli, 5238, & 53571; Nikai lol52; Otaya 72; Simi-
zu zu 29; Sugimoto © 23813 & 27 & oS Suzuki s.n Son. ~[Sept. 1931); Takaha~
si 139 & & 140; T Takeuti s.n. (Sept. ;. 1932); Ta Tamaki 35 & son. Toct.
1926]; Tiba s.n. (Sept. 1911]; Watanabe s.n. en. [Octe 1893]; Yosino
96 Kiushu: Collector undetermined Sone (Mai 1920]; Greatrex.

Be 38 & s.n. [Dec. 1919]; Hara s.n.; .; Masamune 8.n.; Mayebara ll,

, & 363; Miyauti 8; Nakasima 1; Saida 3591; Sugino 19; Tasiro
eee in part, 3.n 3.n. Fisenks 1921], & son. {Oct. 192k); Yokoo
57h61. Sikoku: Faurie 11639; Oti 2, 7% & & 8; Yamasita s.n. ne [Oct.
1930].

pierce WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: JAPAN: Honshu: Furuse
17884 (2), sen. [27 Sept. 1955] (S), son. [Sara-numa, 6 Oct. 1955]
(S), 8 SN. [22 Sept. 1957] (S), & S.De [25 Sept. 1960] (S); Koyama
73 (lg). Sikoku: Wawra 1467 (3)sae

ERIOCAULON MIQUELIANUM var. ATROSEPALUM Satake

Bibliography: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 15: 629. 1939; Satake in
Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 13, 58, & 87. 190; Satake, Bull.
Tokyo Sci. Mus . h: (Rev. Jap. Erioc.] ie=hos 190; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 13) & 205. 1919; Moldenke, Ré-
sumé 173 & 482. 1959; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col.
Tllustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 182 & 429. 1964.

This variety is based on a specimen collected by M. Kat6 (no.
4281) at Takayu, in Uzen province, Honshu, Japan, in September,

312 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 5

1931, and deposited in the herbarium of Kyoto Imperial University.
The variety is said to be endemic and no other collections have
been cited to date. Its vernacular name is "takayu-inunohige".
Satake (190) says of it "Resembles Eriocaulon Miquelianum and E.
atrum, but differs from the former in having blackish olivaceous
sepals and a hairy receptacle, and from the latter in having lan-
ceolate involucres longer than the flowers and the acute lobes of
the calyx."

ERIOCAULON MIQUBLIANUM var. INVOLUCRATUM Nakai

Synonymy: Eriocaulon miquelianum f, involucratum (Nakai) Murata
ex Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Dllustr. Herb. Pl,
Japan 3: 182. 196).

Bibliography: Nakai, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 2: 6. 1910; Mak. & Nemoto,
Fl. Jap., ed. 1, 1306 (1925) and ed. 2, 1512. 1931; Nemoto, Suppl.
Fl. Jap. 1039. 1936; Honda, Nom. Pl. Jap. 62. 1939; Satake in
Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 13, 58, & 87. 190; Satake, Bull.
Tokyo Sci. Mus. : (Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 48. 190; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 25 & 37. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 134 & 205. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 173 &
482. 1959; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. I,lustr.
Herb. ia Japan 3: 182 & 29. 196; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12:

9. 196 ©

Satake (190) says of this taxon: "A typo differt bracteis in-
volucrantibus lanceolato-lineari-subulatis capitulo triplo longi-
oribus"., The type was collected by N. Kinasi (no. 89) at Aomori.
in Mutu province, Honshu, Japan, in September, 1599. The only
known vernacular name recorded for the taxon is "Mutu-inunohige".
Satake (1940) cites also Toba 382 from Honsim and comments that
the variety is endemic there.

ERIOCAULON MISERRIMUM Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 22: 30. 1925;
A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 89. 1929; Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19
(1): 19 & 29. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 320. 1939; Leén, Fl.
Cuba 1: 280. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. & 37.
1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 45 &
205. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 33. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 53

Additional citations: ISLA DE PINOS: Ekman 11956 (N—photo of
type, S-type, Z--photo of type).

ERIOCAULON MISERUM Ktrn.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon cristatum Mart. ex KUrn., Linnaea 27:
eee [not E. cristatum Heyen, 1959, nor Mart. in Wall.,
1832].

Bibliography: Wall., Numer. List 208 ["207"]. 1832; Ktrn.,
linnaea 27: 607. 1856; Walp., Amn. 5: 932 (1858) and 6: 1171.
1861; Hook, f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 575. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen-
reich 13 (4-30): 61, 68, & 286. 1903; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3:

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 313

13-15, pl. 47. 1922; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr.
2, 1: 878. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23 & 37.
1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126&
205. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 334. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé

162 & 82. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3,

1: 878. 1960; Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 185. 1965; Molden-
ke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 9. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: h96. 1969.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: pl. 47. 1922.

Jackson (1893), following Hooker (1893), lists an "E. crista-
tum Mart. ex Ktrn., Linnaea 27: 607" as a synonym of E, miserun,
since Wallich 6070 is in part the actual type collection of the
latter taxon. These authors maintain the E. cristatum Mart. "in
Wall." (1832) is a valid species quite distinct from E. miserum.
The E. cristatum Heyne, referred to in the synonymy above, is a
synonym of the true E. cristatum Mart. (1832). Unfortunately
Jackson misdated the KS8rnicke reference for E. miserum and for E.
cristatum as "185". ay ay

Eriocaulon miserum has been widely cited as a native only of
India, but since the type collection was made by Henry Bruce in
"Silhet", it must be included also in the flora of Pakistan, in-
asmuch as that locality is now in what is known as East Pakistan.
Clarke collected it in "Khasia", an area which seems still to be
included politically in India.

Additional & emended citations: PAKISTAN: East Bengal: H.
Bruce s.n. [Wallich 6070, in part] (B-type). INDIA: Khasi
states: C. B. Clarke 2963 (F--photo, K, N, N—photo, Sg—photo,
Z—photo) .

ERIOCAULON MISSIONUM Castell.

Bibliography: Castell. in Descole, Gen. Sp. Pl. Argent. 3:
81, 88-90, & [103], pl. 18, fig. A. 1945; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 103 & 205. 199; Moldenke, Phytolo-
gia 3: 33h. 1950; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953;
Moldenke, Résumé 123 & 82. 1959.

Iylustrations: Castell in Descole, Gen. Sp. Pl. Argent. 3:
pl. 18, fig. A. 195.

This species has been collected on the campos, flowering and
fruiting in December and Jamary.

Citations: ARGENTINA: Misiones: Ekman 1225 (S), 1909 (E—
1577142, Mi, N, N, S). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Castell. in Des-
cole, Gen. Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: pl. 18, fig. A (N, Z).

ERIOCAULON MITOPHYLUM Hook. f.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon nore Hook. f. ex Ruhl. in Engl.,
Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 0, 67, & 286. 1903. Eriocaulon mis-
erum var. mitophyllum Hook. f. ex Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3:
15, pl. 8. 1922.

Bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 575. 1893; Durand &
Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 158. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl.,
Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 60, 67, & 286. 1903; Fyson, Journ. In-

314 Pete yer Orn OrG are Vol. 18, no. 5

dian Bot. 3: 15, pl. 48. 1922; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl.
1, pr. 2, 158. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23 &
37. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126
& 205. 1949; Moldenke, Résum6 159, 162, & 82. 1959; Durand &
Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 158. 19593 Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 1: 11, 17, & 25 (1959) and 11: 5. 1964; Thanikaimoni, Pol-
len & Spores 7: 185. 1965.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: pl. 48. 1922.

Actually this taxon is based on W. Griffith 5576 & 5680 and C.
B. Clarke s.n., not just on the first of these as implied by me
in a previous installment of these notes, Griffith 5558, in the
herbarium of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin, has a note appended
to its label to the effect that it is "one of the Type specimens!",
but this number is not cited in the original description of the spe-
cies, and so I fail to see how it has any claim whatever to cotype
status.

Recent collectors describe the plant as "deep-rooted at bottom
of slow-moving stream at the margin in soft mud". It has been
found growing at altitudes of 000 feet, flowering and fruiting in
December, Thanikaimoni (1965) reduces it to straight synonymy un
der E. miserum Ktrn., while Fyson (1922) regarded it as a variety
of the latter.

Additional & emended citations: PAKISTAN: East Bengal: W.
Griffith 5558 (B), 5578 (F-—-photo of cotype, K—cotype, N--cotype,
N--photo of cotype, Sg-~photo of cotype, Z-~photo of cotype).
INDIA: Bombay: P. V. Bole 1108 (Xa), 1137 (Xa). Mysore: Padmara-
jaiah 50 (Bn—3202).

ERIOCAULON MODESTUM Kunth

Synonymy: Eriocaulon proximum Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum, 2 (Cyp.):
280. 1855. Eriocaulum modestum Lesq., Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv.
Terr. 7: 106, sphalm. 1878. Eriocaulon moldenkei Herter, Revist.
Sudam. Bot. 8: 163--16);. 1950. Eriocaulon modestum Auct. ex Her-
ter, Revist. Sudam. Bot. 9: 188, in syn. 1954. Eriocaulon modes-
= f. elatior Ruhl. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 17, in syn.
1959.

Bibliography: Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 547. 181; Steud., Syn. Pl.
Glum. 2 (Cyp.): 280. 1855; Walp., Ann. 5: 930 (1858) and 6: 1171.
1861; KOrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 76, 493, & 500, pl. 2,
fig. 2. 1863; Llesq., Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. 7: 106. 1878;
Hieron. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (): 23 &
25, fig. 12 J & K. 1888; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pr. 1, 1: 878 & 879. 1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h-
30): 43, 58, 286, & 287. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 12, 20
& 398. 1928; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,ind, Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878
& 879. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8, 37, & 39.
1946; Moldenke, Lilloa 1h: 65. 198; Castell., Lilloa 20: 25—
246, fig. 3. 1949; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbemc.,
[ed, 2], 77, 100, & 205. 1919; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 334—335.
1950; Herter, Revist. Sudam. Bot. 8: 163--164. 1950; Rambo, Anais

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae m5

Bot. 2: 128. 1950; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953;
Herter, Revist. Sudam. Bot. 9: 188. 1954; Rambo, Sellowia 6: 130.
195; Reitz, Sellowia 7: 12). 1956; Moldenke in Dawson, Los An-
geles Co. Mus. Contrib. Sci. 7: 5. 1957; Reitz, Sellowia 11: 31 &
103. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 89, 119, 290, 291, & 482. 1959; Mol-
denke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 17. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 & 879. 1960; Rennéd, Levant. Herb. Inst.
Agron. 69. 1960; Angely, Fl. Paran. 16: 51 (1960) and 17: 2h.
1961; Reitz, Sellowia 13: 52, 72, & 90. 1961; Angely, Fl. Anal.
Paran., ed. 1, 199. 1965; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1\: 2. 1966;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 261 & 26h. 1969.

Illustrations: Ktrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. h2, fig.
2. 1863; Hieron. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2
al 23, fig. 12 J & K. 1888; Castell., Lilloa 20: 245, fig. 3.
1949.

This is a widely distributed species, found in Brazil from
Pernambuco, Piauf, and Goifs, through Bahia, Minas Gerais, Rio
de Janeiro, Matto Grosso, and SHo Paulo, to Parand, Santa Cata-
rina, and Rio Grande do Sul, and into Uruguay. It is based on
Luschnath s.n. from "Praya Sernambatypa" and Gaudichaud 103 from
"Insula S. Catharinae", in "Brasilia meridionalis". Eriocaulon
modestum f, elatior Ruhl. appears to be based on G. Gardner 2958
from Piauf, deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum
at Berlin. The initial letter of the specific epithet is upper-
cased by some authors for no valid reason.

The species has been found by recent collectors in very wet
ground, marshy places, and swamps, at altitudes of 2 to 1500
meters, flowering and fruiting in February to May, September, No-
vember, and December. Vernacular names recorded for it are
"capim manso", "capipoatinga", "gravatA manso", and "sempreviva
do campo". Osten found it growing on swampy dunes with Drosera
brevifolia Pursh, Utricularia sp., Laurembergia tetrandra Kan.,
Microcala quadrangularis Griseb., and Lycopodium alopecuroides
L.; Dawson found it "in an island of dense forest with stream
flowing through"; while Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen describe it
as "cespitose; inflorescence to 15 cm. tall; heads whitish; in
wet depression near creek, grazed campo and cerrado, upland val-
ley".

Rambo (1950) comments: "Citada por FB para a Ilha de Sta. Ca-
tarina, foi constatada em Mostardas por um exemplar da Herbério
Anchieta, para os arredores da cidade do Rio Grande por Malme, e
para o Uruguai por Herter; no litoral norte ainda nfo a encontrei."

Osten states that his no. 229h0c was growing with a Leiothrix
species (no. 2311) and a Sphagnum species (no. 23138). Castell-
anos (199) cites the following collections: BRAZIL: Santa Catar-
ina: Reitz 12l,. URUGUAY: Castellanos s.n. [29.X11.196; Herb.
Miguel Lillo 15182]; Garalt s.n. [23.X.1933; Herb. Osten 2290],
sn. (6.X1.1933; Herb. Osten 229)0b], s.ne [2.1.193k; Herb. Osten
229]0c]; Herter 99864; Legrand 961; Osten s.n. [25.X1.1935; Herb.
Mus. Montev. 5845]; Rosengurtt B.3900; Steer s.n. [23.X1.1923;

316 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 5

Herb. Osten 16903] and comments "El ejemplar no, 229)0b vid. Mal-
me, presenta una de las cebezuelas proliferas , segin esto seria
E. m m. for. viviparum Herzog". Silveira (19285 cites A. Silveira
206 f from Minas Gerais.

~~ Herter (1950), in proposing his new peripheral species, says:
"Es ist eine oft zu beobachtende Erscheinung, dass die Arten von
Gattungen und Familien, deren Hauptverbreitung in den Tropen liegt,
an der Peripherie ihrer Areale kleiner sind als im Zentrum. So
sind im Uruguay-gebiet unter den Farnen die letzten polwarts aus-
strahlenden Trichomanes-Arten kleiner als ihre brasilianischen
Verwandten. Aehnlich liegt der Fall bei der winzingen Anogranma
lorentzii, bei Marginaria dielsii, bei vielen Dryopteris- und
Selaginella-Arten. Unter den Siphonogamen nenne ich Butia stolon—
ifera, Mangonia tweedieana, Feliponiella uruguaya, Heteranthera
osteniana. Das gilt mn auch fttr ein ktirzlich von mir in Uruguay
aufgefundenes Eriocaulon, das sich von der n&ichstverwandten, im
benachbarten Brasilien vorkommenden Art, E. modestum, vor allem
durch seine Kleinheit auszeichnet. Dank des Entgegenkonmens
meines Freundes Dr. Harold N. Moldenke, Kurator und Administrator
des New York Herbariums, dem ich die neue Art widme, konnte ich
den Typus Paes E. modestum Kunth aus dem tropischen Brasilien ver-
gleichen und dank der Geftlligkeit der Herrn Major K. Mmrich und
Padre B. Rambo SJ in Porto Alegre konnte ich auch stidbrasilianisches
Material untersuchen. Eriocaulon moldenkei Hert. spec. nov. —
Differt ab E. modesto Kunth cui similis radicibus numerosissimis
densis filiformibus tortuosis vix 0.5 mm diam., foliis anguste
lineari-lanceolatis subrigidis acuminatis lucidis vix fenestratis,
2——-2.5 cm long., basi 2 m lat. — E. modestum Kunth differt radi-
cibus paucioribus 1 mm diam., foliis 8 subtriangularibus, non luci-
dis, 4—5 cm long., basi 5, saepius 6--8 m lat., distinctissime
fenestratis. Hab.: Uruguay: Canelones, Parque del Plata, in
dunis humidis, fl. XII--III, leg. Herter, Pl. Ur. exs. 2110."

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria un-
der the names E. leptophyllum Kunth, E. modestum £. grandifolium
Herzog, and "E. eettc E. septangulare With." On the other hand,
the Perrottet , 1166, distributed as E. modestum, is actually E.
leucomelas Steud. "Riedel 1476 is a mixture with E. modestum ai.
viviparum Herzog.

Citations: BRAZIL: Brasilia: Irwin & Soderstrom 6134 (N). Go-
i4s: E. Y. Dawson 11655 (2); Glaziou 22309 (S). Minas Gerais: P.
Clausen 63 (Sie sen. [1845] (Qu); Héringer er 3523 (B); Irwin, Max-
well, & & Wasshausen en 19585 (Rf); Mosén 1058 (P, S S;:5)% 1059 (s, Sys
Le L. Riedel Sone [Rio S. Francisco, 0, Sept. '3h) (B); Widgren 169 169 (S,
S)ece2(S, SSNs Sen. (S)- Parand&: Dusén 2167 (S); Reitz & Klein
17625 (he) « Piauf: G. Gardner 2958 (B, N, W—937206). Rio de
Janeiro: Raben 965 (Br). Rio Grande do sul: Malme 2h) (S), 311
(S). Santa Catarina: Gaudichaud 103 (B—cotype, P--cotype);
Reitz 5605 (N), C.115 [Herb. Barbosa Rodrigues 966] (N), C12)

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae By

(N); Reitz & Klein 662 (N); Smith & Reitz 5892 (W--2120180). S&o
Paulo: Brade 7196 (Herb. Inst. Biol. S. Paulo 6590] (N), 12226
(S); Burchell 4186 (Br, T); Lofgren 168 (P); L. Riedel 1476, i in
part (B, B, M, “S). State undetermined: Herb. A. Gray Gray s.n. wn. [Bra-
BT) Sellow 115 (B, Br); Weddell 1846 [no. . 46; S S&o0 Francisco
de Chave] (Br). URUGUAY: Herter 2110 2110 [Herb. Herter 9986)] (Bs-S;
S); Osten 229)0b [Nov. 6, 1933] (S), 22940b [Nov. 27, 1933] (S),
229h0c (S (S); Pedersen 3653 (N, S, W--2283842). CULTIVATED: Bra-
zil: W Widgren 169 (S). ~ MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS : drawings & notes by
Ktrnicke (B); Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 42, fig. 2 (B).

ERIOCAULON MODESTUM f. GRANDIFOLIUM Herzog

Bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8. 196;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 77 & 205.
1949; Moldenke, Résumé 89 & 82. 1959.

Nothing is known to me about this taxon except that it is
supposed to be endemic to S%o Paulo, Brazil. The Brade 7196
(Herb. Inst. Biol. S. Paulo 6590], identified by Herzog as this
form and so distributed, appears to be typical E. modestum Kunth
and is so cited by me. If, by any chance, this should be the
type collection of the form, then the form should be sunk in the
synonymy of E. modestun.

ERIOCAULON MODESTUM f. RIGIDIFOLIUM Herzog

Synonymy: Eriocaulon modestum f. rigidifolia Herzog in Luet-
zelburg, Estud. Bot. Nordéste 3: 147. 1923.

Bibliography: Herzog in Luetzelburg, Estud. Bot. Nordéste 3:
147 & 150. 1923; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 335. 1950; Moldenke,
Résumé 89, 290, & 482. 1959.

Nothing is known to me about this taxon except that Herzog
(1923) affirms it to be typical of the "brejo" in Goid4s, where
it is apparently endemic, the type being from Rio das Femeas,

ERIOCAULON MODESTUM £. VIVIPARUM Herzog

Synonymy: Eriocaulon modestum f. vivipara Herzog in Luetzel-
burg, Estud. Bot. Nordéste 3: 147 & 150. 1923.

Bibliography: Herzog in Luetzelburg, Estud. Bot. Nordéste 3:
147, 149, & 150. 1923; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8.
1946; Castell., Lilloa 20: 26. 199; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 77 & 205. 1949; Yoldenke, Phytologia 3:
335. 19503 Angely, Fl. Paran. 10: lh. 19573 Moldenke, Résumé 89,
290, & 482. 1959; Angely, Fl. Paran. 16: 51 (1960) and aby (Fates Des
1961; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 199. 1965.

The type of this form was apparently collected on the Rio Pre-
to in Brazil, where the plant is said to be typical of the "brejo",
Herzog (19235 indicates that this type locality is in the state
of Bahia, but the label on the isotype specimen in the Britton
Herbarium states plainly that the locality is in Goids. Actually,
there is a Rio Preto also in Minas Gerais and one in Rio de Jan-
eiro.

318 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 15, no. 5

Only one very old scape out of seven on the Stockholm herbar-
ium sheet of Dusén 2467 shows the characteristic vivipary of this
form, but the other six scapes are actually all too young to be
expected to show it. Castellanos (1949) affirms that one scape
of Osten 229)0b, from Uruguay, also is viviparous. The Riedel
1476, cited below, is a mixture with typical E. modestum Kunth.

~~ Citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Luetzelburg 15510 (N—dsotype). Pa-
ran4: Dusén 267 (S). S&o Paulo: L. Riedel 1176, in part (B, Ut-
332).

ERIOCAULON MOKALENSE Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 4li—l15. 1951; Moldenke
in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 36: 14 & 16, fig. 2 (12—1k). 19955 G. Tay-
ae Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 55. 19593 Moldenke, Résumé 156 & 4,82.
1959.

Illustrations: Moldenke in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 36: 1), fig. 2
This species is endemic to Madagascar and is known thus far
only from the original collection. Eriocaulon apiculatum H. Le-

comte, E. heterochiton Ktrn., and E. mokalense Moldenke need
fone study. They are obviously v very closely related and may
even prove to be conspecific.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Decary 10229 (N--isotype, N-—-photo of

type, P--type, Z--photo of type).

ERIOCAULON MOLINAE L. O. Williams

Synonymy: Eriscaulon molinae L. 0. Williams, sphalm. in herb.

Bibliography: L. 0. Williams, Fieldiana Bot. 31: 255—256.
1967; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 2. 1968.

The type of "this species was collected by Albertina R. Molina
(no. 18500) -- in whose honor it is named —- abundant on the

marshy savannas around the quebrada El Chorrito, Cerro de Hule,
20 km. south of Tegucigalpa, Moraz4n, Honduras, at an altitude of
1500 meters, on October 27, 1966, and is deposited in the herbar-
ium of the Field Museum at Chicago. Williams (1967) cites also
Molina 170, P. C. Standley 25028 & 291h1, and Williams & Correll
29289 from the same department, nt, where in some places it is said
to be scarce in shallow open bogs, while in other localities it
is common in swampy swales and meadows , at altitudes of 1300--
1600 m., flowering and fruiting from October to December. Molina
found it also "en pAntano, colinas empantanadas, frea de pino y
roble", Swallen encountered it in water at the edge of a large
marsh, Williams (1967) comments that "The species seems to be
most closely allied to E, mexicanum Moldenke of the species known
from Central America and Mexico. The species being described is
more delicate with differences also in detail of floral structure.
We have knowmm this species for many years but have misdetermined
it as E. seemanii Moldenke, a dimerous species known from lowland

Panama." Williams & Correll describe the heads as "blackish".

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 319

Citations: HONDURAS: Moraz4n: Swallen 11173 (W--2085936);
Williams & Correll 29289 (N).

ERIOCAULON MONOCOCCOS Nakai

Synonymy: Eriocaulon monococcon Nakai ex Nakai & Honda, Nov.
Fl. Jap. 6: 12, 39, 79, & 87, fig. 16. 19h0.

Bibliography: Nakai in Matsumura, Icon. Pl. Koisikav. 2: 35,
pl. 102. 191); Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 1, 97. 1921; Mak. &
Nemoto, Fl. Jap., ed. 1, 1306 (1925) and ed. 2, 1512. 1931; Miya-
be & Kud6, Fl. Hokk. & Saghal. 3: 287. 1932; Nemoto, Suppl. Fl.
Jap. 1039. 1936; Honda, Nom. Pl. Jap. 62. 1939; Satake in Nakai
& Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 12, 39, 79, & 87, fig. 16. 19,0; Satake,
Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. : [Rev. Jap. Erioc.} 27-28, pl. h, fig. 7.
1940; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 25 & 37. 196; Mol-
denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 134 & 205. 199;
Ohwi & Koyama, Journ. Jap. Bot. 30: 11h & 116. 1955; Moldenke,
Résumé 173, 290, & 482. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 2,
97. 1960; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr.
Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 180, 181, & 429, fig. 123 (2). 196k.

Illustrations: Nakai in Matsumura, Icon. Pl. Koisikav. 2: pl.
102. 191; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 39, fig. 16.
1940; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] pl. h,
fig. 7. 1940; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr.
Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 180, fig. 123 (2). 196k.

The type of this species was collected by Gen-Iti Koidzumi in
the province of Isikari, Hokkaido, Japan, and is deposited in
the herbarium of Tokyo University. A common name recorded for
the species is "ezo-husikusa", and it has been collected in
flower and fruit in August and September. Satake (190) cites
the following collections: JAPAN: Hokkaido: Arimoto s.n. [Sept.
1902]; Koidzumi 91154-55-H; Miyabe & Yokoyama s.n. [Sept. 1938);
Nakai s.n. [Sept. 1939]; Nisida s.n. [Sept. 1912]; Numaziri s.n.
{Sept. 1918]; Takenubo s.n. [Aug. 1882]; Tatewaki h62; Tokubuti
s.n. (Sept. 189]. Honshu: Murata 7. He regards E. monococcos
var. latifolium Nakai as a synonym.

ERIOCAULON MONOCOCCOS var. LATIFOLIUM Nakai

Synonymy: Eriocaulon monococcon var. latifolium Nakai ex Sata-
ke in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 39 & 87. 190.

Bibliography: Nakai in Matsumura, Icon. Pl. Koisikav. 2: 35.
1914; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 39 & 87. 190;
Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 27. 190;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 25 & 37. 196; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 134 & 205. 199; Mol-
denke, Résumé 173, 290, & 482. 1959.

Satake (190) regards this taxon as a synonym of the typical
form of E. monococcos Nakai.

ERIOCAULON MONODII Moldenke
Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 165--166 (199) and 3:

320 PST OskeO i. Tek Vol. 18, no. 5

335. 1950; E. J. Salisb., Ind, Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953; Monod,
Bull. Inst. Fr. Afr. Noir 16: 316. 195; Moldenke, RSsumé 135 &

482. 1959.
Additional citations: SENAGAL: J. G. Adam 18%7 (Z).

ERIOCAULON MONOSCAPUM F. Muell.

Bibliography: F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 9l--95. 1859; Benth., Fl.
Austral. 7: 191, 196, & 792. 1878; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13
(4-30): 33, 39, & 286. 1903; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc.
28 & 37. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2],
153 & 205. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 209 & 82. 1959; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960.

ERIOCAULON MUTATUM N. E. Br.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon huillense Rendle, Cat. Afr. Pl. Welw. 2:
95. May or June 1899 [not E, huillense Engl., 1959, nor Engl. &
Ruhl., April 7, 1899]. Eriocaulon rendleanum Fritsch, Bull.

Herb. Boiss., sér. 2, 1: 1105. October 1901.

Bibliography: Rendle, Cat. Afr. Pl. Welw. 2: 95. 1899; Ruhl.
in Engl., Bot. Jahro. 27: 78. 1899; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer,
Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 256. 1901; Fritsch, Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér. 2,
1: 1105. 1901; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 33, 39—
40, 281, 286, & 287. 1903; Thiselt.—Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 70.
190); Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; H. Lecomte, Bull. Soc.
Bot. France 55: 64) & 647. 1909; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Erioc. 22, 35, 37, & 39. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., [ed. 2}, 118, 119, & 205. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia
3: 335. 1950; H. Hess, Bericht. Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 65: 160,
fig. 9 &10, & 167—170, pl. 9, fig. 1. 1955; Moldenke in Humbert,
Fl. Madag. 3%: 1h & 15, fig. 2 (6-11). 1955; H. Hess, Bericht.
Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 67: 88—89. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé 147, 149,
156, 289, 291, & 482. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 9. 1959;
Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 36h (1968) and 18: 110. 1969.

Illustrations: H. Hess, Bericht. Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 65:
160, fig. 9 & 10, & pl. 9, fig. 1. 1955; Moldenke in Humbert, Fl.
Madag. 36: ace Pigs 2 (6--11). 1955.

Annual plant; stems very short; leaves few or rather few,
erect-cespitose, green, linear or narrowly deltoid, tapering to
a point or subulate, 1.5 cm. long or shorter, about 0.6 mm. wide
at the midpoint, about 3-veined, scarcely fenestrate, glabrous,
turning yellowish in drying; scapes aggregate, few or many, pale-
green throughout or pale yellowish-green below anc green above,
h—-12 cm. long, 3- or k-costate or slightly angular and winged
above, slightly twisted, glabrous; sheaths loose, scarcely in-
flated, green or pale-green, glabrous, obtuse at the apex or ob-
liquely bifid, very obtuse and soon lacerate at the mouth; heads
subglobose or globose to ovoid, black or nigrescent, 2—3.5 m.
wide, compressed in drying, glabrate; outer involucral bractlets
oblong, pale-buff or fuscous-griseous, obtuse at the apex, glab-

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 321

rous, the inner ones acute or acutish at the apex and blackish;
receptacle glabrous; receptacular bractlets elliptic~lanceolate
or lanceolate, nigrescent, concave, acute at the apex; staminate
florets: sepals 2, narrowly oblong-cuneate or linear, fuscous,
glabrous; petal-tube unlobed at the apex; filaments white; anth-
ers greenish-black; pistillate florets: sepals 2, obliquely sub-
orbicular or very broadly obovate, navicular—concave, membranous,
nigrescent, with a broadly winged keel on the back, glabrous;
petals 2, narrowly cuneate, dark-fuscous or nigrescent, very ob-
tuse or somewhat emarginate at the apex, glabrous, non-glandulif-
erous e

Rendle's binomial is actually the first to have been applied
to this taxon, but did not appear in print until May or June of
1899, and is therefore invalidated by the E. huillense of Engler
& Ruhland which seems to have appeared in print on April 7 of the
same year and is a synonym of E. teusczii Engl. & Ruhl. Fritsch's
E. rendleanum, proposed as a substitute name for Rendle's invali-
dated binomial, was not published until October in 1901 and is
therefore antedated by Brown's E. mutatum, which appeared in
print in September of that year.

Hess (1955) gives us very copious notes on the characters of
this species and affirms that it is related to and hybridizes
with E. angustisepalum H. Hess — a hybrid which is discussed by
me under the name xE. hessii Moldenke in this series of notes.

In my 1955 work it is stated that E. mutatum grows on "Bords de
torrents, boues, tourbiéres, marais" and that in the central
portions of Madagascar it blooms from January to March, but on
the west portion of that subcontinent in May. Actually, recent
collectors have found this plant growing in boggy ground "under
water of flooded pan until recently", in shallow seeping water,
and on wet exposed mud on gently sloping rock faces in Tanganyi-
ka, at altitudes of 1030—1850 meters, flowering and fruiting
from January to June.

Additional citations: TANGANYIKA: Endlich 10 (Mu); Milne-
Redhead & Taylor 9920 (B), 10840 (B); Schlieben 102 (B). ANGOLA:
Bié: H. Hess 52/2061 (B). Huila: H. Hess 52/1755 (B, Z). RHO-
DESIA: Brain 3736 (S). MADAGASCAR: Decary 750) (N, P); Perrier
de la B&thie 2202 (N, P), 7255 (P), 7258 (N, P), 13762 (N, P),
17942 (N, P); Waterlot 476 (N, P, P).

ERIOCAULON NAKASIMANUM Satake

Bibliography: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 15: 13. 1939; Satake
in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 13, 64, 65, 81, & 87, fig. 31.
190; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. ): [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 5h, pl.
9, fig. 18. 1940; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 86. 19h73
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 13 & 205.
1949; Moldenke, Résumé 173 & 82. 1959; Koyama in Kitamura, Mura-
ta, & Koyama, Col. Dlustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 185 & 29. 196.

Illustrations: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 65,
fig. 31. 1940; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.]

322 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 5

pl. 9, fig. 18. 190.

The type of this species was collected by K. Nakasima (no. 9)
— in whose honor it was named — at Yakatabaru, near Hukuoka, in
Tikuzen province, Kiushu, Japan, in October of 1937, and is de-
posited in the herbarium of Tokyo University. The only vernacu-
lar name recorded for the plant is "tukusi-kuroimnohige". It is
described as endemic by Satake (190).

ERIOCAULON NAKASIMANUM var. SUPERANS Satake

Bibliography: Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. li: [Rev. Jap. Eri-
oc.] 54. 19h0.

Satake (190) describes this variety as follows: "A typo brac-
teis involucrantibus lanceolatis apice acutis 5--6 mm longis
floribus conspicue superantibus differt". The type was collected
by Z. Tasiro on Mount Kuzyuzan, in Bungo province, Kiushu, Japan,
in September of 1922, and is deposited in the herbarium of Toyko
University. Thus far the taxon is known only from the original
collection.

ERIOCAULON NAKAYENSE Koyama

Bibliography: Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. 8: 372-—-373, 377, &
378, pl. 2, fig. 1, & pl. 5, fig. A. 1956; Moldenke, R4sumé 176 &
482. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 52. 1966.

Illustrations: Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. 8h: pl. 2, fig. 1,
& pl. 5, fig. A. 1956.

The type of this species was collected by Bunz6 Hayata at
Nakay, Thailand, on December 16, 1931, and is deposited in the
herbarium of Tokyo University. Thus far the taxon is known only
from the original collection.

ERIOCAULON NANELLUM Ohwi

Bibliography: Ohwi, Bot. Mag. Tokyo ll: 566. 1930; Mak. & Ne-
moto, Fl. Jap., ed. 2, 1512. 1931; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl.
8: 87. 1933; Nemoto, Suppl. Fl. Jap. 1039. 1936; Honda, Nom. Pl.
Jap. 462. 1939; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 15: 630 & 631. 1939; Sa-
take in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 13, 65, & 87. 190; Sa-
take, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 55, pl. 10,
fig. 10. 190; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 25 & 37.
1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 134 &
205. 1949; Koyama, Journ. Jap. Bot. 31: 6. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé
173 & 482. 1959; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Il-
lustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 185 & 29. 1964; Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 12: 9. 1965.

Illustrations: Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. : [Rev. Jap. Er-
ioc.] pl. 10, fig. 19. 19h0.

The type of this species was collected by Pére Urbain Jean
Faurie (no. 127) on Mount Gassan, in Uzen province, Honshu, Ja-
pan, in September of 1897, and is deposited in the herbarium of
Kyoto University. A common name recorded for the plant is
"miyama-hinahosikusa". It has been collected in flower and
fruit in September. Suzuki calls it a "rare endemic plant" and
found it growing on a sunny wet plain in an alpine region at

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 323

1300 meters altitude. Hosoi encountered it by a pool in a subal-
pine region and says that it is "distinguished from E. atrum by
slender habit and not pilose petals". Satake (190) cites also
Yuki 3912 & 5881) from Honshu island, where he says the species
is endemic.

Citations: WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: JAPAN: Honshu: Hosoi H.16
(2); Suzuki 163 (Herb. Suzuki 55-)89212] (Ca—9790h9) .

ERIOCAULON NANELLUM var. ALBESCENS Satake

Synonymy: Eriocaulon nanellum f. albescens (Satake) Murata ex
Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Ja-
pan 3: 185. 196).

Bibliography: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 15: 630. 1939; Satake in
Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 13, 66, & 87, fig. 32. 190; Sa-
take, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus, ): [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 55--56. 19h0;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 13) & 205.
1949; Moldenke, Résumé 173 & 82. 1959; Koyama in Kitamura, Mura-
ta, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 185 & 29. 196);
Molcenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 9. 1965.

Illustrations: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 66,
fig. 32. 190.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
its pale (not black) heads, the receptacular bractlets of the
staminate florets narrowly oblong and acute at the apex, and the
sepals of the pistillate florets whitish.

The type of the variety was collected by S. Kobayasi (no. 9)
on Mount Nyutumuri-yama, in Ugo province, Honshu, Japan, in
August of 1938, where the variety is said to be endemic. Satake
(1940) cites also Muramatu 571,66 from the type locality. The
recommended vernacular name recorded for the plant is "sirobana-
miyamahinahosikosa",

ERIOCAULON NANELLUM var. FILAMENTOSUM (Satake) Satake

Synonymy: Eriocaulon filamentosum Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 15:
140. 1939. Eriocaulon nanellum var. filamentosum Satake in Nakai
& Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 67 & 87. 190.

Bibliography: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 15: 1)0 & 631, fig. 1.
1939; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 7, 13, 67, [86],
& 87, fig. 2 (d) & 33. 1940; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4:
{Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 56. 1940; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10:
86. 1947; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 13h
& 205. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 173, 288, & 82. 1959; Koyama in
Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 185
& 429. 196k.

Illustrations: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 15: 140, fig. 1. 1939;
op er in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 7 & 67, fig. 2 (d) & 33.
1940.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having the calyx of the pistillate florets irregularly 3} or )-
lobed at the apex and the petals of the pistillate florets com-
posed of subelongate cells.

32h PHITTO0LOGT Ss Vol. 18, no. 5

The recommended vernacular name for the plant is "ito-hosikusal
Satake (190) cites Hukuda 109, Kobayasi 22, and M, Matuda 911,53,
all from what is presumably the type and only known locality,
Hatimantai, in Ugo province, Honshu, Japan, where the variety is
said to be endemic. It should be noted that Satake proposed this
as a species on page 140 of his 1939 work and reduced it to varie-
tal status on page 631 of the same volume and in the same year.

ERIOCAULON NANTOENSE Hayata

Synonymy: Eriocaulon nanto@nse Hayata apud A. W. Hill, Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 7: 89. 1929.

Bibliography: Hayata, Icon. Pl. Formos. 10: 51, fig. 28. 1921;
Mak. & Nemoto, Fl. Jap., ed. 1, 1306. 1925; Sasaki, List Pl. For-
mos. 99. 1928; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 89. 1929; Sasaki,
Cat. Govern. Herb. 118. 1930; Mak. & Nemoto, Fl. Jap., ed. 2,
1513. 1931; Masamune, Short Fl. Formos. 262. 1936; Nemoto, Suppl.
Fl. Jap. 1039. 1936; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 12,
30, 78, & 87. 1940; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. : [Rev. Jap.
Erioc.} 21, pl. 2, fig. kh. 190; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Erioc. 25 & 37. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
[ed. 2], 133 & 205. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 172 & 182. 1959; Mol-
denke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 8. 1965.

Illustrations: Hayata, Icon. Pl. Formos. 10: 51, fig. 28.
1921; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. : [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] pl. 2,
fig. h. 19h0.

The type of this species was collected by T. Kawakami at
Nant6, in Taityi province, Formosa, in 1913, and is deposited in
the herbarium of Tokyo University. The recommended vernacular
name recorded for the plant is "Nant6-hosikusa". Satake (190)
from Formosa, where he regarded the species as endemic.

Citations: WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: JAPAN: Kiushu: Sakata "C"

(Z).

ERIOCAULON NANUM R. Br.

Bibliography: R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 254. 1810; Roem.
& Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 869. 1817; Spreng.
in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3: 776. 1826; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3:
571. 1841; Walp., Ann. 5: 93) (1858) and 6: 1171. 1861; Benth.,
Fl. Austral. 7: 191, 193, & 792. 1878; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen-
reich 13 (l-30): 281, 282, & 286. 1903; F. M. Bailey, Compreh.
Cat. Queensl. Pl. S84, fig. 565. 1913; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 1916; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 26 & 37. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., [ed. 2], 153 & 205. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 209 & 182.
1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 17. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f, &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia
18: 61. 1968.

Illustrations: F. M. Bailey, Compreh. Cat. Queensl. Pl. fig.
565. 1913.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 325

Kunth (181) describes this taxon as follows: "Scapo striato
(semiunciali), foliis glabris vix longiore; capitulo convexo,
nigricante; squamis paleisque nudis, subovatis; perianthio femin-
eo hexaphyllo, immaculato; masculo exteriore spathaceo; interiore
obsoleto."

There is an E. nanum Klotzsch (1959) which is a synonym of E.
ehrenbergianum Klotzsch. Material has been misidentified and dis-
tributed in herbaria as E. smithii R. Br.

Citations: AUSTRALIAN REGION: AUSTRALIA: Queensland: P.O.
Flecker 2257 (Qu), 1hh53 (Z); Manski 3256 (Qu).

ERIOCAULON NAUTILIFORME H. Lecomte

Bibliography: H. Lecomte, Journ. de Bot. 21: 89, [101], & 105-
106. 1908; H. Lecomte, Not. syst. 2: 215 & 393. 1913; Prain, Ind.
Kew. Suppl. lye pee 15 *g2 (1913) and ed. 2, 82. 1938; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 26 & 37. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 136 & 205. 1995 Moldenke, Résumé
176 & 482. 1959.

Citations: INDOCHINA: Cambodia: Thorel 1593 (B—cotype).

ERIOCAULON NEESIANUM K&rn.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon thwaitesii Hook. f. in Trimen, Handb. Fl.
Ceylon 5: 2, 6, & 412. 1900 [not E. thwaitesii Ktrn., 1856).
Eriocaulon thwaitesianum Ktrn. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 18,
in syn. 1959.

Bibliography: Ktrn., Linnaea 27: 628. 1854; Walp., Ann. 5: 936
(1858) and 6: 1171. 1861; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893; Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 585. 18933; Hook.
f. in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 5: 2, 6, & 412. 1900; Ruhl. in
Ingl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 103, 105, 286, & 287. 1903; Fy-
son, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: 18. 1922; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Erioc. 2h, 37, & Ane 196; Woldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver-
penac., [ede 2], 130 & 205. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 167, 293, &

482. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 18. 1959; Jacks. in Hook.
f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia
18: 186. 1969.

The E. thwaitesii Ktrn., referred to in the synonymy above, is
a valid s species.

Citations: CEYLON: G. Gardner 936 (B--type, Z--isotype).

ERIOCAULON NEGLECTUM Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl, in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 3, 59,
& 286. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; Moldenke, Know
Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8 & 37. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 77 & 205. ”19h9; Moldenke, Résumé 89 &
482. 1959.

Citations: BRAZIL: Goids: G. Gardner 381 [Macbride photos
29987] (B--isotype, N--photo of type, Z--isotype). Rio Branco:
Black 51-12572 (N), 51-1262) (N).

326 PHeY TO L0G Th Vol. 18, no. 5

ERIOCAULON NEO-CALEDONICUM Schlecht.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon neocaledonicum Schlecht. apud Guillaun.,
Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille, sér. 2, 9: 256. 1911. Eriocaulon
neocaledonica Schlecht. apud Rendle, Journ. Linn, Soc. Lond. Bot.
5: 260, sphalm. 1921.

Bibliography: Schlecht. in Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 0, Beibl. 92:
20. 1908; Guillaum., Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille, sér. 2, 9: 256.
1911; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, pr. 1, 82. 1913; Rendle, Journ.
Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 45: 260. 1921; Du&niker, Vierteljahrsschr.
Naturf. Gesell. Zttrich 77, Beibl. 19: 91. 1932; Prain, Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 4, pr. 2, 82. 1938; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc.
27 & 37. 1946; Guillaum., Fl. Analyt. & Synopt. Nouv.-Caléd. l49--
50. 1948; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 151
& 205. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 205 & 482. 1959; Moldenke in Guil-
laum., Mém. Mus, Hist. Nat. Paris, new ser. B, 15: 6. 1964; Guil-
laum., Thorne, & Virot, Univ. Iowa Stud. Nat. Hist. 20 (7): 26.
1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 270. 1969.

Franc refers to this species as "rare". Baas Becking 6085,
Baumann 152), and Guillaumin & Baumann 64,91 appear to be typical.
Daniker (1932) says "NC : D [aniker] 186a, bl. u. bt., in den
Teichen des sumpfigen Talbodens des Yatétales (46X25 auf den
Feldetiquette steht die Notiz: 'Form von 186 (d.i., Eriocaulon
schmithii R. Br.) am Rande der Tttmpel wachsend, oft submers und
nur die BltttenkUpfe ther das Wasser streckend.' Wenn das min
auch nicht zutrifft, insofern es sich um zwei Arten handelt, so
ist doch zu bemerken dass infolge der stark wechselnden Stand-
ortsbedingungen je dach dem Grade der Ueberschwemmung des
schlammbodens Eriocaulon neocaledonicum Schltr. habituell sehr
verschiedengestaltig auftreten kann und insbesondere das L#ngen-
verh%ltnis zwischen den Bl&ttern und dem Schaft dadurch beein-
flttsst wird; D [&niker] 186b, bl. u. br., am Ufer des Lac Arnaud
(6.X.2h) kleine Horste auf nacktem Eisenboden,"

Guillaumin (198) keys this species from the other species
of New Caledonia known to him as follows:

1. Plants robust; leaves 20—-35 cm. long; heads globose; scape 6-
ribbed, 20--30 cm. long.......+0..+0eEe penchert H. Lecomte.
la. Plants very dwarf; leaves 13 cm. long or longer.

2. Heads globose.

3. Scapes plainly ribbed.

4. Scapes 6-ribbed, 1)--16 cm. long; leaves 5--13 cm. long;
pistillate sepals obtuse..........E. comptonii Rendle.

ha. Scapes 5-ribbed, 8-—-20 cm. long; leaves 3-7 cm. long;
pistillate sepals acute............E. scariosum J, Sn.

3a. Scapes almost cylindric, 5-—-3 cm. long; leaves 3--7 cn.

LONG. cecceccccscceseeeceesebe neo-caledonicum Schlecht.

2a. Heads turbinate, very small; scape 7-ribbed, extremely

long, 10-100 cm..........-E. longipedunculatum H. Leconte.

According to information on the labels, Htirlimann 3191 was
found in a swamp on serpentine rock, while no. 3265 was found in
a temporary lake at 155 meters altitude. The former is said by

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 327

this collector to grow "15--20 cm, tall" and the latter "to 10
cm. tall", but the actual specimen of 3265 seen by me was no more
than 1 cn. tall. His no, 3271 bears a note stating that is
"leaves are in rosettes, | to 20 cm, tall, forming a distinct zone"
In this connection, a letter from Dr. Hiirlimann to me, dated A-
pril. 6, 1962.18 well worth quoting here: "As regards the Erio-
caulon. specimens from New Caledonia, I think that the specimens
are more worthy to be trusted than my subjective indications of
dimensions! (As a matter of fact, I have not measured the plants
on the spot but noted down only my estimation.) Anyhow, I cer-
tainly agree with your view that ecological conditions will prob-
ably influence very much the size of the plants (leaves and
scape), and only cultivation experiments can show what is really
stable in these plants. I have always been surprised to find
colonies under the most xerophytic conditions for periods of sev-
eral months, e. g., in the sinkholes of 'Plaine des Lacs' with
water level changes of several meters, on completely dried-out
soil covered by sheets of algae and md.

"What I wonder, however, is the importance of the characters
given in Guillaumin's 'Flore analytique....' for distinguishing
the species, and especially the value of the cross-section of the
scape: ‘almost cylindrical" in E. neo-caledonicum, with 5 edges
in E. scariosum, with 6 edges in | E. pancheri and E. comptonii and
with 7 in E. longipedunculatum.......I remem remember that in some
cases, I definitely noticed edges on the scapes of specimens.....
There is also some contradiction in the characters of E. comptonii
(found by Compton precisely in the places where I collected, too)
between the original diagnosis and the key given by Guillaumin:
Rendle writes: 'flore foemineo: sepalis 3 ovatis acutis valde
carinatis...*, but Guillaumin: tverticille externe du périgone de
la fleur 2 a piéces obtuses'! Rendle indicates also that E. comp-
tonii differs from E, neo-caledonicum in the form of the floral
bracts and sepals, but I do not have the diagnosis of the latter
given by Schlechter. On the other hand, Daeniker.....indicates
E. neo-caledonicum and E. 'Schmithii' R. Br. from the same region,
but again without mentioning the differences. I really think that
—-unless you have already done so -—- a clearing up of the mess
found in the literature would be highly desirable!"

With this conclusion I agree whole-heartedly, but unfortunately
I do not have the time to undertake the task. The citations given
below are strictly tentative.

Guillaumin (1911) cites Franc 266 and LeRat 13la. Guillaumin,
Thorne, & Virot (1965) cite "Thorne e 28618 from New Caledonia. Franc
A266 ts a mixture with something _ non-eriocaulaceous. Material
has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as E. pancheri
H. Lecomte.

Citations: MELANESIA: NEW CALEDONIAN ISLANDS: New Caledonia:
Baad Becking 6085 (Hr); Baumann 6289 (Ca), 6379 (Z), 152h) (2);
Franc A.266 in p part (B—cotype, ~Ca-—5,182——cotype, Ca—390298——
cotype, , Ga--390300—cotype, N—cotype, N-—cotype, N—cotype), sn.

328 Poneto teO rb OnG: Eek Vol. 18, no. 5

(Ca--390299); Guillaumin & Baumann 691 (Z); Hiirlimann 1498 (Z),
3038 (Z), 3191 (Z), 3265 (Z), 3271 (Hr), 3290 (Z); Kraspolin s.n.
[N. C.) (Ut--[17); LeRat 13la (B—cotype); McKee 383 (ete. cae
MOUNTED DESCRIPTIONS: Echlecht. in Engl., Bot. Jahrb. LO, Beibl.
92: 20 (B).

ERIOCAULON NEPALENSE Prescott

Synonymy: Eriocaulon viride Ktrn., Linnaea 27: 637. 1856.
Eriocaulon quinquangulare Wall. apud Walp., Ann. 5: 938, in syn.
1858 [not E. quinquangulare Bojer, 1964, nor Heyne, 1832, nor L.,
1743, nor Mart., 1854, nor Wight, 1832, nor Wijld., 1959]. Er-
iocaulon nepalense Bong. apud Walp., Ann. 5: 938. 1858. Eriocau-
lon nepalense Kunth apud Walp., Ann. 5: 938, in syn. 1658. Erio-
caulon nepalense "Presc. ex Bong." apud Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 1283. 1895.

Bibliography: Bong., Mém. Acad. Pétersb., sér. 6, 1: 610. 1831;
Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. Brés. 10. 1831; Kunth, num. Pl. 3: 55k.
181; Korn., Linnaea 27: 637. 1856; Walp., Ann. 5: 938 (1858) and
6: 1171. 1861; Ktrn. in Miq., Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd. 3: 163. 1967;
Hook., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 581 & 585. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879 (1893) and 2: 1283. 1895; Ruhl.
in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 64, 88, 286, & 288. 1903; Fy-
son, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 198. 1921; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 23, 37, & 41. 196; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 879 (196) and 2: 1283. 196; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 125, 126, & 205. 199;
Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 336. 1950; Santapau, Pl. Purandhar 136.
1957; Moldenke, Résumé 159, 160, 162, 293, & 482. 1959; Moldenke,
Résumé Suppl. 1: 11 & 18. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., pr. 3, 1: 879 (1960) and 2: 1283. 1960; N.C. Nair, Bull.
Bot. Surv. India 6: 233. 196; Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7:
185. 1965; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 10. 1968; Moldenke, Phyto-
logia 18: 264 & 27h. 1969.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 6. 1921.

Because of various interpretations which have been applied to
this taxon, it seems desirable to repeat here certain important
descriptions. Bongard (1831) describes it as "Acaule; foliis rad-
icalibus reticulatis, lineari-lanceolatis, obtusis, glabris; pe-
dunculis (caespitosis) elongatis, glabris; vaginis folia subae-
quantibus, bifidis; capitulis lanatis, minoribus". Kunth (181)
amplifies this, but adds comments indicating some doubts on his
part: "Caule brevi, simplici, radiculoso, superne folioso; foliis
gramineo-linearibus, obtusiusculis, fenestrato-multinerviis, pel-
lucidis, glabris, vaginas superantibus; pedunculis fasciculato-
congestis, 5?-sulcatis, glabris; capitulis albido-villosulis;
bracteis involucrantibus obovatis, apice rotundatis, flores sti-
pantibus rhombeo-cuneatis, subacuminatis; floribus masculis hex-
andris; femineis trigynis; calyce masculo interiore limbo irregu-
lariter trilobo: lobis eglandulosis?, apice ciliatis; sepalis
mascilis exterioribus distinctis; femineis interioribus ciliatis.

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"POISONOUS PLANTS OF HAWAII" by Harry L. Arnold, 71 pp., illus.,
Charles E. Tuttle & Company, Publishers, Rutland, Vermont
05701 & Tokyo, Japan. 1968. $2.50

The useful material contained in this little book first appear-
ed in 1931 in a Queen's Hospital Bulletin, then in 19 in book
form, and now again in this attractive inexpensive reprinting af-
ter the previous editions became exhausted.

Some 90 common and varyingly dangerous plants are described,
even including some mushrooms. Twenty-four of these are effect-
ively illustrated from plates in Degener's well-known and impor-
tant "Flora Hawaiiensis".

Actually, few of these poisonous plants are native to this
American paradise. Most are introductions which are now prominent
around the warm temperate and subtropical world.

The poisons, their effects, treatments, and location in the
plants are usually given for each species by the medically
trained author. The botany has been checked by Dr. Otto Degener,
who has devoted his professional life to the natural history of
this geographical area. The author's first rule for the tourist
regarding poisonous plants is "never eat or taste any strange
fruit, leaf or root,"

"39 STEPS TO BIOLOGY -— READINGS FROM SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN"
edited by Garrett Hardin, 3); pp., illus., W. H. Freeman &
Company, San Francisco 9h10h. 1968. $10.00 clothbound,
#),.95 paperbound.

The editor has selected those articles from the last twenty
years of this popular and valuable journal that he deemed most
noteworthy for their intrinsic interest and their good writing,
excluding topics in molecular biology. Individual readers will
perhaps miss a few of their favorites, but the choice remains
excellent as is indicated in this list of chapter titles: Inno-
vations in Biology — Fleas —- Butterflies and Plants -— Preda-
tory Fungi -- Nocturnal Animals -- Moths and Ultrasound —
Electric Location by Fishes — Master Switch of Life -- Physio-
logy of the Camel — Adaptations to Cold — Habitat Selection -——
Crises in the History of Life — Spider and Wasp — Evolution of
Bowerbirds -- Cleaning Symbiosis —— Biological Luminescence ——-
Navigation of the Green Turtle — Differentiation in Social
Amoebae — Pheromones —~ Sound Communication in Honeybees —
Curious Behavior of the Stickleback — Behavior of Lovebirds —
'Imprinting' in Animals — Love in Infant Monkeys -- Attitude
and Pupil Size — Ulcers in 'Executive' Monkeys —- Ecosphere —
Human Population -=- Last of the Great Whales — Ecology of Fire

329

330 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 5

-- Black Death -- Population Control in Animals -- Population
Density and Social Pathology —- Control of Air Pollution — Ef-
fects of Smoking — Thalidomide Syndrome — Fighting Behavior of
Animals — National Security and the Nuclear-Test Ban — Shelter-
Centered Society.

The photographic illustrations are of finer qualit; than most
reproduced by the offset process.

The usual biographical and bibliographical material is inserted
before the index.

"THE SCIENCE OF GENETICS — AN INTRODUCTION TO HEREDITY" by George
W. Burns, x & 399 pp., illus., Macmillan Company, New York
10022 & Collier-Macmillan, Toronto. 1969. $8.95

The outstanding virtue of this excellent text is its clarity.
Study of it will lead to basic comprehension rather than memori-
zation of numerous facts and theories. Another value of this
text is the effective way it shows the dependence of molecular
genetics upon the classical, so that beginning students are not
led to feel that the latter is of no significance in today's
atom-oriented world. Yet it is up-to-date and even peering into
the future with its final chapter on genetic problems and promise
in terms of human evolution.

It is effectively illustrated.

In a series of appendices are given answers to the questions
at the ends of the chapters, selected life cycles, chemical ar-
rangement of the essential amino acids, useful formulas, ratios,
and statistics, general references, and a glossary. All this is
followed by an index.

"MANUAL OF WAYSIDE PLANTS OF HAWAII -—- INCLUDING ILLUSTRATIONS,
DESCRIPTIONS, HABITS, USES AND METHODS OF CONTROL OF SUCH
PLANTS AS HAVE A WILD NATURE OF GROWTH, EXCLUSIVE OF FERNS"
by Willis T. Pope, 289 pp., illus., Charles E. Tuttle Com-
pany, Rutland, Vermont 05701 & Tokyo, Japan. 1968. $6.00

About 160 kinds of weeds are well described and illustrated
by means of black-and-white herbarium sheet photographs and
drawings. These plants are mostly adventive, hardy introductions
found in the islands as well as over much of the warmer temperate
and subtropical areas of the world. They are introduced to the
reader by means of a popular flower-color key.

This book is very reasonably priced probably because it first
appeared in 1929. Its contents have been checked by two well-
known botanists long familiar with the Hawaiian flora -—- Dr. Otto
Degener and Dr. Harold St. John.

In reference to a few of the Verbenaceae listed it should be
noted that the commonest form of Lantana on the islands is L. ca-
mara var. aculeata. Several other varieties of this species are
also common, but the typical form is not abundant. The Stachy-
tarpheta illustrated should be labeled S. cayennensis and is not

1969 Moldenke, Book reviews 331

nearly as common in Hawaii as S. australis, S. jamaicensis, and S.
urticaefolia. The true Vitex trifolia is rare on the islands;

the illustration so labeled actually depicts var. simplicifolia
and var. subtrisecta, which are the common forms of the species

on the islands. The genus Priva is not known from the Hawaiian
Islands; all plants so identified in the past have proved to be a
species of Salvia.

"THALASSIOPHYTA AND THE SUBAERIAL TRANSMIGRATION" by A. H. Church,
95 pp., Hafner Publishing Company, New York 10003 & London.
1968. $.00

This offset facsimile of the 1919 edition makes access to it
easy and plentiful now, It provides thought-provoking, important,
maybe fantastic, but not easy reading for those interested in
plant evolution.

The Thalassiophyta, predominantly Thallophyta (Phaeophyceae),
are the plants evolved in the sea from the plankton phase to the
marine benthon and still retaining their biological station un-
affected. By contrast the Xerophyta include all other plants
that have survived the subaerial transmigration from the sea. The
author claims that "the origins of all the main successful adap—
tations of the land are to be traced down to the benthic phase of
the sea", He even concludes that we are "still isolated human
entities, because the effect of wave-action in the surface-waters
of the primal ocean involved the minute subdivision of all incip-
ient plankton-phases.....ihe progress of benthic organism involves
conceptions of the 'good of the race', which are subsequently to
be crystallized in conceptions of a racial deity."

"PREES" —- a studio book by Andreas Feininger, 116 pp., 160 il-
lus. plates, The Viking Press, New York 10022 & Macmillan
Company of Canada. 1968. $22.50

The famous author—photographer has herein produced an exqui-
sitely beautiful and moving book which is highly successful in
achieving what he wanted it to be — "not a textbook or mamual,
nor a tree identification book, nor still another picture book
proving that trees are beautiful, but a tree-appreciation book."

Interesting and accurate text is given about the importance,
history, character, age, structure, size and coloring of trees
and forests -- all checked by recognized authorities and demon-
strated with 40 colored and 120 black and white photographs of
amazing clarity and artistry.

For the camera-minded there are definitive notes on the photo-
graphs.

For all who peruse the book there is a final chapter on "You
Can Help" with the camping rules and conservation principles
that mst be followed if our world's forests are to remain.

This is truly a tree-appreciation book, because it comes fron
the mind and heart, the lens and pen of one who has and can so

332 PH Pero (Osesr uk Vol. 18, no. 5
well share his own tree appreciation!

"MUSHROOMS AND OTHER COMMON FUNGI OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA" by Robert
T. & Dorothy B. Orr, 91 pp., illus., University of California,
Berkeley & Los Angeles. 1968. $1.75 paperbound.

Part of the fine California Natural History Guide, this hand-
book for the amateur covers 81 genera and 167 species of the com
mon fleshy and woody fungi from the coast, mountains and deserts
of the southern half of the state.

Modern nomenclature accompanied by older common synonyms,
simply explained technical terms, careful explanations, clear dia-
grams, visually helpful species descriptions, and 2) beautiful
color habitat plates make this book attractive and useful.

It would have been of infinitely greater value with the addition
of more color plates since so many amateurs like to finger-hunt
the picture pages.

"AN INTRODUCTION TO TREE-RING DATING" by Marion A. Stokes & Terah
L. Smiley, ix & 73 pp., illus., University of Chicago Press,
Chicago 60637 & London W.C.1. 1968. $5.85

This excellent little book explains for general readers the
nature of dendro-chronology from the structure of woody stems to
dating principles and practices used in the field and in the
laboratory on both archeological and modern specimens. The 'field'
in this case is the site in our southwest on Navajo Reservation
land. The ‘laboratory! is the famous Laboratory of Tree-Ring Re-
search of the University of Arizona with which the authors are as—
sociated and where they were consulted as legal experts in a land
claims case of the Navajo and where they are constructing a master
chronology using Pinus edulis Engelm. This pifion pine was chosen
because of its wide geographic distribution, large proportions
and conspicuous growth responses to certain controlling factors.

The text is clear, simple and interesting. The diagrams and
photographs are attractive and helpful. There is a topical bibli-
ography for readers wishing to delve further into any part of the
subject whose periphery is so wide — botany, forestry, hydrology,
watershed management, anthropology, archeology, dendro-climatology,
etc.

"MACROMOLECULES OF LIVING SYSTEMS -- STRUCTURE AND CHEMISTRY" by
Herbert S. Rhinesmith & Luigi A. Cioffi, xi & 16) pp., illus,,
Reinhold Science Studies, Reinhold Book Corporation, New
York 10022. 1968. $4.75 paperbound.

Much cogent information explained with considerable clarity
is aimed at the upper undergraduate and the graduate student who
is "on friendly terms with inorganic and organic chemistry". The
text kindly provides helpful reviews of the chemical story for
each type of macronuclear structure.

The book starts with the "big bang" origin of the universe,

1969 Moldenke, Book reviews 333

proceeds to the "soups" formation of organic compounds and macro=
muclear assemblages essential to life, and subsequently sketches
the origin of life on earth.

It devotes three excellent chapters to carbon, its tetrahedral
atomic form, bond formation, isomerism and conformations. The
other chapters deal with the basic macromolecules essential for
life -- lipids, carbohydrates, amino acids, proteins and micleic
acids including the derived DNA and RNA.

On page 16 "abundance" is misspelled.

A valuable epilogue emphasizes man's responsibilities on our
planet earth. "His brain can solve the relatively simple techni-
cal problems of water supply, waste disposal, and new sources of
food and energy. But only with his heart can he limit the popu-
lation, feed the population and live as one with the population.
To accomplish this he must take apart his atomic toys and live in
peace. He most preserve his most precious heritage -- the pool
of human germ plasm which is the end product of his evolutionary
past and one requirement for an evolutionary future."

"HOW TO KNOW THE GRASSES" by Richard W. Pohl, x & 2h) pp., illus.,
Picture Key Nature Series, William C. Brown Company, Publish-
ers, Dubuque, Iowa 52001. 1968. $3.25 spiral bound, paper

& $4.00 cloth binding.

The highly successful first edition of this work has been con-
siderably revised by the addition of 25 new genera and 27 new
species, by the change from the older Hitchcock taxonomy to the
newer, author-modified Stebbins and Crampton classification of
1961, and also by new artificial keys to the genera. The first
is the expected result of continued study by the author who is a
competent teaching agrostologist. The second is the result of
more recent chromosomal and epidermal studies and those on con-
vergent evolution. The third is the result of necessary substi-
tutions for the microscopic characteristics in the natural sys-
tem so that the beginning student and non-specialist can use the
book as a field guide.

The key seems to work fairly well. The species descriptions
and illustrations are marked for their clarity. Geographical
distribution maps are given for almost all species. The intro=
ductory discussions of grass structure and economic value are
well done. So is the index which is combined with a picture glos—
sary. This is an interesting device for print-saving and re-
duced page flipping; it might well prove highly advantageous for
many texts and field guides,

The various books in this series are priced very reasonably
for today's market.

"BRITISH MOSSES AND LIVERWORTS" by E. Vernon Watson, xvi & 95
pp., illus., 2nd edition, Cambridge University Press, New
York City 10022 & London N.W.1. 1968. $13.00

This revision of the first edition of 1955 is even an impor—

334 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 5

tant improvement on this fine work because of the addition of
several new species with the author's fine illustrations of them,
the adjustments in nomenclature to agree with modern check lists,
the annotated bibliography, and excellent ecological notes.

About 150 common and/or conspicuous mosses and almost 5O sim
ilarly common and/or conspicuous liverworts are treated. The
keys seem to be workable, the language in them is clear, and they
very often require the use of a microscope. However, the field
key of the first edition has been omitted. Several beautiful
photographs are included.

This book is really needed in the British Isles and it is of
real value to all who are bryologically interested in the United
States and Canada, even if some of the genera and species are not
represented in the flora here,

"VAN NOSTRAND'S SCIENTIFIC ENCYCLOPEDIA", kth edition, ix & 2008
pp., illus., D. Van Nostrand Company, Inc., Princeton, New
Jersey 08540, Toronto, London, & Melbourne. 1968. $2.75

In about two and a half million words on all these pages in
double column format there is much, much valuable scientific ma-
terial completely updated from the previous editions. The dust
jacket lists 125,000 definitions, 16,500 separate articles,
2,000 pictures and diagrams, and 16 colored full-page illustra-
tions as comprising this stupendous work.

Inspection of the contents and the list of well qualified
contributors shows that this work favors the physical sciences
over the natural sciences even to the extent of excluding some
biological terms found in the general Random House dictionary.
The "Mangrove" write-up leaves the impression that the only tree
involved is Rhizophora mangle — which is certainly far from the
truth! Fungi are not mentioned in the "periderm" reference. On
p. 54 the initial letter of the generic name Nostoc is not capi-
talized as is required of scientific generic names. On p. 139
"arthropod" is misspelled. Such small items aside, the text is
easily comprehendable, the print is clear, the cross references
valuable, and the total usefulness of the book is considerable.

"SOUTH OF YOSEMITE -—~ SELECTED WRITINGS BY JOHN MUIR" edited by
Frederic R. Gunsky, xiii & 269 pp., illus., Natural History
Press, Garden City, New York 11530. 1968. $7.50

Almost a half century after his death the campaigns sparked by
John Muir have resulted in the safe conservation of the larger
Yosemite National Park area which includes the expanded boundaries
of the original, the King's Canyon and the Sequoia National Parks.
Much of these additions, as well as the Big Valley of the Tuolun
ne and Mono Lake are described in the beautiful prose selections
from the author's original notes and augmented appropriately by
several fine black and white photographs by Philip Hyde.

The thousands who follow the John Muir Trail, the millions who
visit the area in more "touristy" style, and the millions more of

1969 Moldenke, Book reviews 335

distant and armchair naturalists, mountaineers and aroused con-
servationists hopefully will find this book to enrich their mem
ories, their souls and their country.

In 1875 Muir wrote to his mentor, Mrs. Carr, "But I am more
and more made to feel that my gardens and herbariums and woods are
all in their places as they grow, and I know them there, and can
find them when I will. Yet I ought to carry their poor dead or
dying forms to those who can have no better."

In describing the role of fire in sequoia groves, he related
how these giants were hollowed out by it after falling, and never
from decay.

His description of the glacial formation of the Sierras is very
lucid and convincing. I, was based on five years of intimate
study and contradicted the then accepted scientific view. He de=-
fines all yosemites as occurring at the junction of two or more
glacial canyons. "No matter how the preglacial mass of the range
came into existence, all the Separate mountains distributed over
its surface between latitude 36°30' and 39°, whether the lofty
alps of the summit, or richly sculptured dome clusters of the
flank, or the burnished bosses and mountainets projecting from
the sides of valleys — all of valleys — all owe their develop-—
ment to the ice sheet of the great winter and the separate gla-
ciers into which it afterward separated. In all this sublime
fulfillment there was no upbuilding, but a universal razing and
dismantling, and of this every mountain and valley is the record
and monument."

This book is second only to having all of John Muir's writings!

"FLORA OF THE QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS" Part 1 Systematics of the
Vascular Plants by James A. Calder & Roy L. Taylor, xiii &
695 pp., illus., $12.50. Part 2 Cytological Aspects of the
Vascular Plants by Roy L. Taylor and Gerald A. Mulligan, ix
& 148 pp., illus., $7.50. The Queen's Printer, Ottawa, On-
tario, Canada. 1968.

These careful studies comprise Monograph , parts 1 and 2, of
the Research Branch of the Canada Department of Agriculture.

The area covered is a triangular archipelago off the northwest
coast of British Columbia, consisting of about 150 islands of
varied topography and coast lines subject mainly to cool fogged
summers and warm winters.

Part 1 includes the botanical history, physiography, geology,
climate, economic botany, plant communities, phytogeography, and
material prefacing the systematic section. This last section
has the keys to families, then to genera and also then to some
species. Species descriptions are given in full detail with
much local growing information added. Appended are 59) distribu-
tion maps for all species, references, glossary, and index. Through-
out there are excellent line drawings as well as black and white
and colored photographs,

Part 2 deals with such cytological aspects of the vascular
plants as chromosome mmbers, apomixis, meiotic aberrations, etc.

336 Pon eee OlL Ole Vol. 18, no. 5

and their comparison with other knovm collections. This is of
special interest since the islands are rich in endemics and yet
are much influenced botanically by the adjacent mainland flora.
The forthcoming Part 3 is to deal with the systematics and
phytogeography of the non-vascular plants.
This excellent work will surely prove of great interest to
professional botanists, naturalists, local students and others.

"MANUAL OF THE VASCULAR FLORA OF THE CAROLINAS" by Albert E. Rad-
ford, Harry E. Ahles & C. Ritchie Bell, lxi & 1183 pp., illus.,
University of North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill, North Caro-
lina. 1968. $19.75

Filling an important need, several fine state floras have ap-
peared within the last decade. This ons is asmeritorious quanti-
tatively and qualitatively as any that has recently appeared.

The more than 200,000 voucher specimens on which it is largely
based are deposited in the herbarium of the university responsible
for the publication of the work. Since 1956 the authors have
been making a county by county survey in preparation for this
manual which now includes 89 ferns, 21 gymnosperms, 91,0 monocots
and 2310 dicots, totalling 3360 species. All plants may be traced
through reasonably operative keys that treat the woody plants
separate from the herbaceous ones; all are well described; more
than half are illustrated with very clear diagrams; almost two-
thirds are shown on geographic distribution maps with the remain-
der located geographically in the text,

This flora is particularly rich because of the long growing
season and even more because of the varied topography starting in
the west with the mountainous area and going eastward through a
wide central piedmont and ending in a long low coastal plain
that has been much influenced by shipping.

The glossary is placed immediately after the key and therefore
is very handy to use. A list of the authorities for the scien-
tific plant names with dates is included in an appendix before
the index.

This book can be useful in the southeastern part of the
United States even beyond the borders of the Carolinas and has
been planned for use by botanists, teachers, students, amateur
naturalists and those whose work is related, such as librarians,
foresters, conservationists, wildlife management directors,
county agricultural agents, etc.

™ Be PRA fF
4 'ALIC. 4.2 toe
s AUG 18 1969 Tew YORK
Ro 7 ANICAL

“ PHYTOLOGIA ==

Designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol. 18 August, 1969 No. 6
CONTENTS

RUDD, V. E., Ormosia schunkei, another new species

POMC ETE asks ads tree Sr ee ya or) ae, SNe yan SOT.
DROUET, F., Homonymy in Arthrospira Stizenb.

VOspelidtoregcened te edn hile ee bine) oa ee oe 359
KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., A further note on chromosome

numbers in Thailand Compositae. ..... . . .340
MOLDENKE, H.N., Seven more novelties in the Eriocaulaceae

GPe VEYPENHCEGaik 4) aie Mek Y ia ae Mee ek Re OE
MOLDENKE, H.N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae.

AD RMR Me a TORN OP eh MARY ah iee ei ND RA coial” ah Vuh es arta oa
NOWICKE, J. W., A new species of Cordia (Boraginaceae)

VIRTUE ELA PET So oe Net eet) ao 0 Se acd ak a
MOLDENKE.. ‘Az Rook reviews. 2h 4, 16535 Aas ee eee
Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke
303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
U.S.A.

Price of this number, $1.25; per volume, $6.75, in advance,
or $7 at close of volume
Pee

ORMOSIA SCHUNKEI, another new species from Peru
Velva E. Rudd

ORMOSIA SCHUNKEI Rudd, sp. nov.

Arbor usque ad 30 m. alta, tronco 1-2 m. diametro; ramuli
novelli fulvo-sericei; stipulae deltoideae, circiter 0.5 mm.
longae, caducae; folia 11-13-foliolata, axe cum petiolo circiter
10-15 cm. longo, petioplo 3 cm. longo, jugis inter sese plerumque
1.5-2.5 cm. distantibus, petiolulis 5 mm. longis, 1 m. diametro,
laminis subcoriaceis, plerumque oblongis, 6-12 cm. longis, 2.5-4
em. latis, apice acuminatis, basi obtusis, supra glabris, subtus
plus minusve glabris praeter costa saepe pubescenti, venis secun-
dariis leviter elevatis; flores non visa; fructus dehiscens, cor-
iaceous vel sublignosus, brunneus, glaber, 1l-spermus (fortasse 2-
vel plus 7), 3-4 cm. longus, 2-3 cm. latus, circiter 1 m. cras-
sus, valvulis O.5-1 mm. crassis; semina bicolora, coccinea macula
nigra notata, 12-14 mm. longa, 9-12 mm. lata, 8-9 mm. crassa,
hilo apicali, elliptico, 3 mm. longo, 1.5 mm. lato.

Holotype in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 2554593, col-
lected by José Schunke Vigo (no. 3), February 3, 1969, "en bosque
alto, terreno humedo, altitud 350 m., Huacamayo, sud este de la
Quebrada de Aymirfa, Depto. Huanuco, Prov. Pachitea, Dto. Honor-
ia, Peru." Paratype, same data, Schunke (no. 4) at US.

According to the collector's notes, the Shipibo Indians use
the seeds to make necklaces and an infusion of the bark to bathe
infected wounds. The local name is "huairuro."

The relationship of O. schunkei is with my Ormosia series
Coccineae (Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 32: 291, 292, 326-341. 1965)
on the basis of its bicolored seeds and glabrous, or glabrate,
pods. The valves are thin as in 0. costulata (Miq.) Kleinh., 0.
jamaicensis Urb., and 0. smithii Rudd. The seed markings are
essentially identical with those of several species, including
Q. amazonica Ducke, 0. elata Rudd, 0. paraensis Ducke, and 0.
smithii. In vegetative characters O. schunkei most resembles O.

jamaicensis and some specimens of O. paraensis.

337

338 PATTOLCEGITS Vol. 18, no. 6

The following key shows the relative position of the thin-
valved species of Ormosia series Coccineae.

Fruit 1.2-2 cm. broad; seeds 6-11 mm. long, the hilum 1-1.5 m.
long; leaflets 1-7 (Surinam; Guyana; Brazil). 0. costulata
Fruit 2-3 cm. broad; seeds 12-15 mm. long, the hilum 2-3 mm.
long; leaflets 5-13.
leaflets 9-13, the lower surface puberulent along the midvein,
otherwise minutely and sparsely appressed-pubescent, gla-
brescent; seeds with hilum about 3 m. long.
Seeds 15-17 mm. long, red except for a black strip 5 m.
wide or less along the chalazal edge (Jamaica) .
0. jamaicensis
Seeds 12-14 mm. long, red with a black patch about 6-10 m.
wide along the chalazal edge (Peru)... O. schunkei
Leaflets 5-9, the lower surface finely pubewitlentt or suffarin-
ose, sometimes tomentulose along the major veins; seeds
with hilum 2 m. long (Guyana ; Brazid-)) % «ay QO. smithii

In my treatment of the American species of Ormosia, cited
above, I forgot to include as a dubious species, ~Q. zahn zahnii Harms
(Feddes. Rep. Spec. Nov. 19: 290. 1924). Two syntypes were cited,
Zahn 336 and 688, collected at the "Kamerun: Viktoria, Versucha=
garten" in 1911 and 1914. The origin of the species was given as
tropical South America, introduced by P. Preuss. The first direc-
tor of the botanical garden in Victoria, Paul Preuss visited
parts of Mexico, Central and South America, and the West Indies
in 1899-1900.

Harms’ syntypes, presumably, were at Berlin and have been de-
stroyed. If duplicates exist in other herbaria, or if trees of
this species are still extant in Victoria, I should be most in-
terested to see them. There is a good chance that the name O.
zahbnii would displace one of the names in current use. The seeds
were described as red, which eliminates as possibilities the many
species with brown, yellow, or bicolored seeds. On the basis of
that and other characters, the most likely candidate for synonyny
appears to be Ormosia isthmensis Standl. (Publ. Field Mus. Bot.
17: 264. 1937). However, I should not want to make such a deci-
sion without examination and comparison of specimens.

HOMONYMY IN ARTHROSPIRA STIZENB. (OSCILLATORIACEAE)

Francis Drouet

Dr. Paul C. Silva has called my attention to the existence
of an earlier homonym of Arthrospira brevis (Kiitzing) Drouet,
"Revision of the Classification of the Oscillatoriaceae" Mono-
graphs Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia no. 15, p. 219 (1968). To
supplant this later homonym a new name is offered:

Arthrospira NEAPOLITANA (Kiitzing), COMB. NOV. Oscillatoria
neapolitana Kiitzing[(as "Oscillaria"), Phyc. Gener., p.
185. 1843] ex Gomont, Ann. Sci. Nat. VII. Bot. 16: 229.
1892. O. brevis var. neapolitana Gomont, loc. cit. 1892.
Lyngbya tenuis var. neapolitana Hansgirg, Sitzungsber. k.
bohm. Ges. Wiss., math.-nat. Cl. 1892: 226. 1893. --TYPE
specimen from Italy: Neapel, marina, in herb. Kutzing (L).

The earlier homonym is Arthrospira brevis C. C. Wang, Contrib.
Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China, Bot. Ser. 9(1): 93 (1933). Its
original material, "China: floating in a very slowly flowing
stream, Nanking, Chu Chia Wang 318, 24 Sept. 1930" (TYPE: UC;
duplicates: F, herb. F. Drouet), proves, upon examination, to
have all the characteristics of planktonic Microcoleus

lyngbyaceus (Kitz.) Crouan.

Original specimens of another Arthrospira, A. pellucidis
[sict] Wang, published on page 92 of the same paper, "China:
with Oscillatoria splendida Grev. on a layer of mud floating,
Nanking, Wang 398, 26 Apr. 1930" (TYPE: UC; duplicates: F,
herb. F. Drouet), appears to me indistinguishable from other
material of A. Jenneri (Hass.) Stizenb.

I wish to thank Mr. Richard W. Hildebrand for providing
the literature referred to here and for preparing this type-
script. This is part of a revisional study supported largely
by the National Science Foundation.

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 19103

339

A FURTHER NOTE ON CHROMOSOME NUMBERS OF THAILAND

COMPOSITAE

by
R. M. King & H. Robinson

Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution
Washington, D.C., 20560

During the course of the revision of the Eupatorieae, we have
encountered a specimen labelled Eupatorium odoratum L. (King 5597).
The proper determination of this specimen should be Pluchea indica
Lessing. The specimen is of particular interest being a voucher
for a chromosome number reported as Eupatorium sp. (King, 1965).
Therefore, this report of a chromosome count of n=10 should be
credited to Pluchea indica [ THAILAND: Pranakorn: 18 kms. S. of
Bangkok, King 5597 (US)]. ‘This number is in agreement with others
reported for the genus Pluchea. It is entirely fortuitous that
n=10 is a common chromosome number in both Pluchea and Eupatorium.

REFERENCE

King, R. M. 1965. Chromosome numbers of Thailand Compositae.
Phytologia 11 (4): 217-218.

SEVEN MORE NOVELTIES IN THE ERIOCAULACEAE AND VERBENACEAE

Harold N. Moldenke

ALOYSIA HATSCHBACHII Moldenke, sp. nov.

Frutex 1.5 m. alt., ramis ramlisque gracilibus pilosis puber-
ulentibusque brunneis, internodiis perabbreviatis; foliis decus-
sato-oppositis numerosis; petiolis perabbreviatis minutissime
puberulis; laminis foliorum lanceolatis 2—l cm. longis 0.8--1.9
cm. latis plerwnque obtusis -egulariter serratis, ad basin acutis
vel acuminatis integris, supra dense pustulo-pilosulis scaberri-
mis, subtus densissime peradpresseque albido—tomentellis; inflor-
escentiis axillaribus spicatis 7--9 cm. longis multifloris;
corollis albidis.

Shrub, about 1.5 m, tall; branches and branchlets slender,
brow, the younger parts rather densely spreading-pilose and
more densely appressed=puberulent; all the internodes much abbrev-
jated, apparently only 2—-10 m. long; leaf-scars quite prominently
raised; leaves decussate-opposite, numerous on the young growth,
close together, often with abbreviated leafy twiglets in the
axils; petioles very short, mostly 1—3 mm. long, very minutely
puberulent, brown; leaf-blades firm, brunnescent above in drying
and decidedly whitish beneath, lanceolate, 2—l, cm. long, 8-19
ma, wide, mostly rounded (rarely acute) at the apex, regularly
sharp—serrate along the margins from slightly below the widest
part to the apex, acute or acuminate into the petiole at the
base and there entire, densely pustulate-pilosulous above and
very scabrous, very densely white-tomentellous beneath with close-
ly appressed tomentum through which the venation projects; vena-
tion obscure or the larger parts slightly subimpressed above, very
intricate and decidedly prominulent and conspicuous through the
tomentum beneath; foliar bracts subtending the spikes at the apex
of each branchlet more oblong or spatulate and rather long-stalked,
otherwise with the characters of the normal leaves; inflorescence
axillary, in the axils of the uppermost leaves or bracts, ascend-
ing, slender, 7--9 cm. long, many-flomered, the flowers sometimes
in rather separated groups; peduncles very slender, 2—2.5 cm.
long, densely brown-puberulent; bractlets lanceolate, one subten-
ding each calyx and almost equaling it, keeled on the back, rather
densely spreading hirsutulous at the base, long-attenuate at the
apex; calyx about 1.5 mm. long, rather densely spreading-hirsute
especially toward the base, decidedly ovate-toothed on the rim;
corolla whitish, its tube equaling the calyx.

The type of this species was collected by Gerdt Hatschbach (no.
16101) —- in whose honor it is named — on a rocky campo at Pien,
Paran4, Brazil, on March 8, 1967, and is deposited in the Britton
Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. Considering the nun-
ber of new taxa recently collected, it would appear that this gems
needs more intensive collection and study.

341

342 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

ERIOCAULON GIBBOSUM f. VIVIPARUM Moldenke, f. nov.

Haec forma a forma longifolia speciei capitulis viviparis re-
cedit.

This form differs from the long-leaved form of the species in
having its inflorescence heads more or less viviparous.

The type of the form was collected by Freiherr Philipp von
Luetzelburg (no. 140) in a marsh at Pedra do Fago, Rio Preto,
Goids, Brazil, in August, 1912, and is deposited in the herbarium
of the Botanische Staatssammlung at Munich.

ERIOCAULON MAGNIFICUM var. GOYAZENSE Moldenke, var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei bracteis involucrantibus
exterioribus obtusis recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species most
conspicuously in having the exterior involucral bractlets decidedly
obtuse at the apex,

The type of the variety was collected by Ezechias Paulo Herin-
ger and N. Lima (no. 11717) at Rodovia Brasflia, Belo Horizonte,
divisa do Dist. Fed., Goids, Brazil, on August 8, 1968, and is
deposited in my personal herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey. The
collectors note that "Plantinha com fl6res brancas, crescendo em
bre jo".

ERIOCAULON SPRUCEANUM f. VIVIPARUM Moldenke, f. nov.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei capitulis plusmimusve vivi-
paris recedit.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in
having its inflorescence heads more or less viviparous.

The type of the form was collected by Hernando Garcfa y Barri-
ga and Roberto Jaramillo Mejia (no. 17096) on the Sabanas de
Arenisca, at an altitude of 235--700 meters, Rio Guayabero, La
Macarena (Parte Sur), Llanos Orientales, Méta, Colombia, between
January and March, 1959, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium
at the New York Botanical Garden. The collectors note "Hierba en
rosetén, semi-acudtica y submergida. Cabezuelas blancas."

ERIOCAULON WIGHTIANUM f. VIVIPARUM Moldenke, f. nor.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei capitulis plusmimusvs vivi-
paris recedit.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in
having its inflorescence heads more or less viviparous.

The type of the form was collected by John Ellerton Stocks,
John Sutherland Law, and their associates at "Malabar, Concan &c.",
Kerala, India, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Potanische
Staatssammlung at Munich.

LANTANA UNDULATA var. SALTENSIS Moldenks, var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei recedit ramulis dense hir—
suto=pubescentibus, foliorum laminis lanceolatis vel ovatis ad
basin apicemque acuminatis subtus densissime molliterque velutinis,
et inflorescentiorum bracteis usque ad 1 cm. longis longissime

1969 Moldenke, Seven more novelties 343

acuminato-attenuatis.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having its branchlets and youngest growth very densely hirsutu-
lous-pubescent with rather soft ascending brownish hairs, the
leaf-blades lanceolate or broadly ovate, --6.5 cm. long, 1.8—
3.5 cm, wide, decidedly acuminate at both ends, confluent into
the obscure petiole at the base, very densely and softly velutin-
ous beneath, and the inflorescence bracts to 1 cm. long, ovate,
and very long-acuminate into an awl-like attenuate point.

The type of the variety was collected by Serafin A. Pierotti
"H" (Herb. Inst. Miguel Lillo 283] at San Andres, at an altitude
of 1800 meters, in the Department of Orén, Salta, Argentina, on
February 8, 19h5, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at
the New York Botanical Garden.

VERBENA COMONDUENSIS Moldenke, sp. nov.

Herba alta multiramlosa; ramis ramlisque acute tetragonis
striatis parce hirsutulis, angulis prominentibus densiuscule
hirsutulis, pilis adpressis vel subadpressis; petiolis alatis
indistinctis; laminis foliorum trilobatis, ad basin longe cune-
atis, sparse strigosis, lobis irregulariter paucidentatis; in-
florescentiis spicatis elongatis multifloris densiuscule ad-
presso-strigosis non glandulosis.

Apparently a tall herb, widely branched; stems and branches
sharply tetragonal, with ridged angles, scattered—hirsutulous and
more or less parallel-striate between the angles, more densely
and rather antrorsely white-hirsutulous on the angles, the older
portions purplish; nodes plainly annulate; leaves decussate-
opposite, chartaceous, uniformly green on both surfaces or
slightly lighter beneath; petioles winged and not plainly dis-
tinct from the lamina, those on the largest leaves more or less
confluent with the nodal annulation; leaf-blades 6--9 cm. long
when mature, 1.5--5 cm. wide, rather plainly 3-lobed, the central
lobe far larger in all respects than the 2 lateral ones, all ir
regularly incised-dentate, the teeth rather few, irregular in
size and shape, mostly rather broadly oblong or ovate on mature
leaves and sharply acute or abruptly short-acuminate at the apex,
scattered—-hirsutulous with white antrorse appressed hairs on hoth
surfaces, most densely so on the larger venation beneath, the
venation mostly obscure above or with the largest portions in-
distinctly subimpressed in drying but not marked by any denser
pubescence; inflorescence spicate, mostly terminating all the
branches, mostly simple, sometimes with a pair of very much ab-
breviated branches at the base, to 30 cm. long or longer, densely
many-flowered before anthesis, the flowers about 5 m. apart
during anthesis, the fruit 1—2 cm. apart; rachis slender, rather
sharply tetragonal, ridged on the angles, striate between the
angles, rather densely appressed- or subappressed-hirsutulous or
strigose with antrorse white hairs, not noticeably glandulose;
bractlets lanceolate, about 3 mm. long and 1 mm. wide, plainly
keeled along the midrib, attenuate to an attemate-acuminate apex,

3hh PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 16, no. 6

slightly shorter than the calyx, minutely and sparsely scattered-
strigillose—puberulent on the back, more or less ciliolate along
the margins; calyx tubular, about 4 mm. long, densely appressed-
strigose with antrorse white hairs, the rim 5-apiculate; corolla
hypocrateriform, blue, the tube very slightly surpassing the
calyx, the limb to m. wide, white in the throat.

The type of this species was collected by Andrew Ralph Moldenke
and Alison Bishop Moldenke (no. 2922) at Comondu, Baja California
Norte, Mexico, on March 19, 1969, and is deposited in my personal
herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey. The collectors state that
the species was a common roadside weed for ten miles in either
direction from the type locality.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE. XXII

Harold N. Moldenke

ERIOCAULACEAE Lindl.

Additional & emended bibliography: Pluk., Alm. Bot. Mant. 98.
1799; J. E. Sm. in Rees, Cycl. 13: Eriocaulon. 1809; Lesson in
Bougainville, Journ. Navig. Autour Globe 2: 3)8--351, pl. lé.
1837; A. Wood, Glass-book, ed. 1, 405, 470, & h7h (1845), ed. 2,
pr. 1, 56h, 640, & 645 (1847), ed. 2, pr. 2, 56h, 60, & 6L5
(1848), and ed. 10, pr. 1, 564, 640, & 645. 18)8; A. Gray, Man.
Bot., ed. 1, locii, 51i-—-515, & 703. 188; Walp., Ann. 1: 889—
891, 1053, & 1093. 1849; A. Wood, Class—book, ed. 10, pr. 2,

56, 640, & 645 (1849), ed. 10, pr. 3, 56h, 640, & 64S (1850),
ed. 17, 564, 640, & 645 (1851), and ed. 23, 564, 640, & 645.
1851; Walp., Ann. 3: 662-663 (1852) and 3: loli & 1093. 1853;
A. Wood, Class-book, ed. 29, 564, 60, & 645 (1853), ed. 35, 56h,
640, & 645 (1854), ed. hl, pr. 1, 564, 640, & 645 (1855), and
ed. hl, pr. 2, 56h, 640, & 645. 1856; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 2,
pre l, xxiv, xxviii, 86—89, & 713. 1856; Knieskern, Ann. Rep.
Ne J. Geol. Surv. 335 are. A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. ae pre a
xxiv, 88-89, & [615] (1858) and pr. 3, xxiv, xviii, 188--89,
& [mish. 1859; A.W. Chapm., Fl. South. U. Se, ed. un pre ne
xxviii, 502—50), 609, & 615. 1860; C. Mtl. in Walp., Ann. 5:
919-947, 954, 957, 958, 960, & 964 (1860) and 6: 1170-1171 &
1245. 1861; Dalz. & Gibs., Bomb. Fl. 279—280, 316, & 325. 1861;
A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 2], pre 1, 729—730, 826, & 832. 1861;
A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 3, xxviii (cS, 488—)89, & f615] (1862)
and ed. h, pre as xxviii (c), 88-189, & gra Be 1863; A. Wood,
Class-book, [ed. 42], pr. 2, 729—730, 826, & 832. 1863; A. Gray,
Man. Eot., ed. h, pr. 2, xxvili (c), 488—L89, & [615]. 186h3 A.
We. Chapm., Fl. South. te Se, ed. i= pre 2, xxviii, 502—S0l,
609, & 615. 1865; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], pr. 3, 729~730,
826, & 832 (1865) and pr. kh, 729—730, 826, & 832. 18673 A. Gray,

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulacese 345

Man, Bot., ed. 5, pr. 1, 31, 549—550, & 685 (1867) and pr. 2,

Si 5u9--550, & 687. 1868; A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bote, ed.
2 press 29° es & 378. al A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. poe
pre 55 729130, 826, & 832 (1868) and pre 6, 129—730, 826,

831. 1869; ° Gray, Feld For. & Gard. Bot., "ed. presses 2
352, & 378. tees A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 4, pr. ae xxviii (ce),
188-—L89, & (eit. 1870; A. Wood, Clase-book, [ed. 2], pr. 7,
729——730, 826, & 831. 1870; A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 1, pr.
Ue Seb Sos & 390 (1870), pr. 2, 385, 379, & 390 (1871), and pr.
a =: 379, & 390. 1872; A. W. Chapm pm., Fl. South. U. S., ed. 1,
pre 3 areal 502-50, 609, & 615. 1872; A. Wood, Class-book,
[ed. 12], pr. 6, 729-730, 826, & B31. 1872; A. Wood, Am. Bot. &
Flor., ed. 1, pr. h, 355, 379, & hl (1873) and pr. 5, 355, 379,
& 431. 187k; 0. Re Willis, Cat. Pl. N. J. 67. 1873 Lesqe, Us Se
Geol. & Goeg. Surv. Terr. "ann. Rep. 7: 396. 187h; ie Wood, Am.
Bot. & Flor., ed. 1, pr. 6, 355, 379, & 31. 1875; A. Wood,
Class-book, fed. 42], pr. 9, 729—730, 826, & 831. 1876; Lesq.,
U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. Rep. 7: [Tert. Fl.] 5196, pl. 16, fig. 2
& 2a. 1878; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 5, pr. 8 , 549—550, &
687 (1878) and pr. "8" (-9], a 59—550, & "687. 1880; A. Gray,
Field For. & Gard. Bot. 7, pre 5, 29, 352, & 378. 1880;
Wood, Class-book, [ed. to}, pr. 10, 729-730, 837, & 82. 1881;
A.W. Chapn., Fl. South. U. Se, ed. 2, pre 1, xxxviii, 502—5 oh,
681, & 687 (1883), pr. 2, xxviii, 502—S0, 681, & 687 (188K),
and pr. 3, xxviii, 502-50, 681, & 687. 1887; 8. Wats., Proc.
Am, Acad. 23: 283. *1888; O. R. Willis in A. Wood, Am. Bot. &
Flor., ed. 2, 355, 379, "@ 13. 1889; A. W. Chapm., Fl. South. U.
Sis, ed. 25 pr. h, xxviii, 502-—50h, 658, 681 "687, 4 ae 1889;
S. Wate. & Coult. in A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 6, pr. 1, 29,
566—-567, & 753 (1889) and pr. 2, 16, 29, 566—567, & on 1890;
Vaxim., Dec. Pl. Asiat. 8: 7, 9, 21, & 22. 1893; Mak., Bot. Mag.
Tokyo fy: 17h. 1890; A. W. Chapm., Fl. South. U. S., ed. 2, pr. 5,
xxxvisi, 502—50h, 711, & 718. 1892; Mak., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 8:
506—507. 189h; Massee, Grevillea 22: 67. 1894; L. H. Bailey in
A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 2, 12, 2h, 456, & Sll.
1895; DASA Chapm., Fl. South, U. Se, ed. oP xcodx, 529—5 1, 6,8,
& 652. 1897; Penhallow, Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Rep. 68: 527. 1899;
Rendle in Hiern, Cat. Afr. Pl. Welw. 2: 95--102. 1899; Penhallow,
Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Bradford Meet. 335. 1900; Ruhl. in Pilg.,
Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 30: 146—1h7. 1901; G. P. Clinton, Rhodora 3:
79—82, fig. 1 & 2. 19013 G. P. Clinton, Journ. Myc. 8: 137. 1902;
C. He Wright, Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond. Bot. 36: 198—202. 1903; V.
A. Poulsen in Schmidt, Bot. Tidsskr, 26: 167. 190); Keller & S.
Br., Handb. Fl. Philad. 91—-92. 1905; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145, 158, 235, 310 "1,83, & 501. 1906; Rendle,
Journ. Lim. Soc. Lond. Bot. 37: h7h—l76 . 1906; R. We Sm., Bot.
Gaz. 9: 281—289, pl. 19 & 20. 1910; B. Long, Bartonia 2: 20.
19103 G. T. stevens Tl. Guide Flow, Pl. 113—115, 718, & 76,
pl. 9, fig. 5 & 9. 1910; Nakai, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tok-
yo 31: 281—283. 191); Hosseus, Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 28 (2):
372-373. 1911; Creevey, Harper's Guide Wild Fls. 42, hh, [5],

36 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

469, & 529. 1912; W. Stone, Ann. Rep. N. J. State Mus. 1910: 323%
325 & 817, pl. 26, fig. 1 & 2, & pl. 6h, fig. 2. 1912; Britton &
Br., Ill. Fl., ed. 2, 1: xiii, 453—L56, & [678)—660, fig.
110—1145 (1913) and 3: 57h, 575, 581, 597, & 625. 19133 Fyson,
Fl. Nilg. & Puln. Hill-tops 1: 426—),32, pl. 272-277. 1915;
House, N. Y. State Mus. Mem. 15 (1): Lh, pl. 6A (1918) and 15 (2):
347 & 355. 1918; Knowlton, U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 696: 260, 670,
685, 778, & 812. 1919; Palm, Svensk. Bot. Tidsk. 14: 26h. 1920;
Saida & Sat6, Naigai Syokubutusi 1296, fig. 2009. 1921; Fyson,
Fl. Nilg. & Puln. Hill-tops 3: 118—119, pl. 543. 1921; Fern.,
Rhodora 23: 92 & 102. 1921; Mori, Enum, Pl. Corea 80. 1922; Nakai
in Mak. & Nemoto, Fl. Jap., ed. 1, 1303—1308. 1925; N. Taylor,
Guide Wild Fls. h, 6—7, 323, & 333, fig. 13. 1928; Tatew., Veg.
Apoi 119 & 131. 1928; Duthie, Fl. Upper Ganget. Plain 3: 317—
320. 1929; Pool, Fls. & Flow. Pl., ed. 1, 299 & 359, fig. 169.
1929; Nakai, Veg. Apoi 76. 1930; Knowlton, U. S. Geol. Surv.
Prof. Paper 155: 132—-133. 1930; Nakai in Mak. & Nemoto, Fl. Jap.,
ed. 2, 1510—1515. 1931; House, Wild Fls. hh, 347, & 355, pl. GA.
1934; Svenson, Torreya 35: 119. 1935; Marie-Vict., Fl. Laurent.,
ed. 1, 5h, 7h, Su6, 5655 67h, 679--O61, 837, & 892, fig. 2hh.
1935; Steinberg in Komarov & Schischkin, Fl. U. S. S. Re 3: LOL—
498 & 748, pl. 27, fig. 1—5. 1945; Nemoto, Fl. Jap. Suppl.
1038—-100. 1936; Sugawara, Pl. Saghal. 117. 1937; E. D. Merr. &
Metc., Lingn. Sci. Journ. 16: 79. 1937; Satake in Nakai, Icon.
Pl. As. Orient. 2: 97—-100, pl. 42 (1937) and 2: 173-176 & 192,
pl. 65. 1938; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. lk: 264. 1938; Terazaki,
Zoku Nipp. Syokubutu Zuhu fig. 3712. 1938; Little, Am. Midl. Nat.
19: 378. 1938; Sugawara, Illustr. Fl. Saghal. 2: 517, pl. 21.
1939; Honda, Nom. Bot. Pl. Jap. 61-63. 1939; Fern., Rhodora
3: 211. 19f1; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 1h5,
158, 235, 310, 483, & 501. 191; Karling, Torreya 1: 106. 19h1;
Pool, Fls. & Flow. Pl., ed. 2, 295 & 07, fig. 189. 1941; Erland-
sson, Arkiv Bot. 30B (2): 1—k. 192; Moldenke in Woodson &
Schery, Amn. Mo. Bot. Gard. 31: 65—71. 19h; Moldenke, Phytolo-
2: 220 & 3h9—352. 1947; Govindu, Journ. Mysore Univ. 10 (1):
- 1949; Thirumalachar, Razi, & Swamy, Journ. Mysore Univ. 9 (5):
82. 1949; K. Jessen, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. 52B: 173, [17h], 193,
202, & 29-250, pl. h, fig. 56 & 57. 1949; H. E. Jaques, Pl. Fam.,
ed. 2, 96, fig. 289. 1949; Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. 11 (1): 6
(19505 and 11 (2): 29. 1950; Van Steenis, Bull. Jard. Bot. Bui-
tenz., sér. 3, 18: 460—161. 1950; Razi & Govindu, Journ. Mysore
Univ. 12 (9): 107. 1952; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 27: 268. 1952;
R. S. Lanotte, Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. 51: 157. 1952; Butters & Abbe,
Rhodora 55: 136. 1953; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 38,
88, 133, 157, 175-176, 2h, & 272. 1953; Thorne, Am. Midl. Nat.
52: 281. 1954; Hand, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 81: 92. 195h; [Wilt-
shire], Rev. Appl. Myc. Ind. Fungi 1: 39, 50, & 393. 195; E.
Mtinl., Phytopath. Zeitschr. 23: 108—109. 1955; Razi, Proc. Nat.
Inst. Sci, India 21B (2): 82 & 85. 1955; Koyama, Journ. Jap.
Bot. 31: 6-11, fig. 3. 1956; Linderoth, Faunal Con. mu. & N. Am.
240, 2h1, & 250. 1957; Anon., Algonquin Prov. Park Mus. Check-

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 37

list 7. 1957; Viennot—Bourgin, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 10: 271 &
273-275, fig. 2D & 3. 1957; A. & De Love, Bot. Notiser Lund 111:
380— 381 & 387. 1958; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3,
1h5, 158, 235, 310, 483, & SOL. 1959; A. Live, Rhodora 61: 31.
1959; Sparrow, Aquat. Phycomycet., ed. 2, (Univ. Mich. Stud. Sci.
15:] 376 & 1095. 1960; Nath, Bot. Surv. South. Shan States 9, 20,
& 62. 1960; Anon., Billie Bear Plant List 3. 1961; Moldenke, Bol.
Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 23: 99-100. 1962; Seerwani, Bull. Bot.
Surv. India : 230. 1962; J. M. Gillett, Canad. Field Nat. 77:
139. 1963; [Wiltshire], Rev. Appl. Myc. Ind. Fungi 2: 327, 329,
355, 356, 359, hOk, 410, & Cum. Ind. 202. 1963; S. K. Maheshwari,
Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 138. 1963; Henry & Buker, Trillia 12:
105 & 131. 1964; Roland & Sm., Proc. Nova Scot. Inst. Sci. 26
(2): 191--192, fig. h76, map 173. 196; Panigrahi, Chowdhury,
Raju, & Deka, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 6: 2h] & 260—261. 196);
Steinberg in Komarov & Schischkin, Fl. U. S. S. R., Engl. transl.,
3: 392—395 & 512. 1964; Rouleau in Marie-Vict., Fl. Laurent.,
ed. 2, 83, 90, 546, 67h, 679, 680, 837, & 857, fig. 2hh. 196k;
Van Steenis & Jacobs, Fl. Males. Bull. 20: 1359. 1965; Tatew. &
It8, Journ. Jap. Bot. 0: 156—157. 1965; Hartley, Univ. Iowa
Stud. Nat. Hist. 21: 150. 1966; Griffith & Hyland, U. S. Dept.
Agr. Pl. Inventory 166: 18) & 386. 1966; F. H. Montgomery, Pl.
from Sea to Sea , 9, & 390, fig. 822. 1966; Lourteig, Taxon 15:
31. 1966; Panigrahi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 13. 1966; Airy
Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 168, 223, 22h, 39,
396, 417, 418, 620, 647, 758, 950, 1057, 1091, & 1092. 1966; S.
V. Ramaswami, Stud. Flow. Pl. Bangalore [thesis] 219—223 &
106——11,07. 1966; Sebastine & Henry, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8:
310. 1966; Anon., Ind. Bibliogr. Bot. Trop. ) (1): 18, 53, & 88.
1967; H. C. D. de Wit, Plant World High. Pl. 2: 256—257. 1967;
Sterling, Outer Isl. 159, [161], 167, & 179. 1967; E. L. Braun,
Vasc. Fl. Ohio 1: 308-~310. 1967; E. G. Voss, Mich. Bot. 6 (2):
hl & 46, fig. 6. 1967; Adam, Adansonia 8: hhS. 1968; Backer &
Bakh., Fl. Java 3: 25-26. 1968; W. C. Grimm, Recog. Flow. Wild
Pl. 36—37. 1968; Hinds & Hathaway, Wildfls. Cape Cod 116, 117,
& 168, fig. 107. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 21-280 & 295—
328. 1969; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 50 (5): S.67 (1969) and 50 (6):
S.65 & 189, 1969; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 50: 258) & 3108. 1969;
Anon., Torr. Bot. Club Ind. Bot. Lit. 3: 303—310. 1969.

The Stone (1912) reference in the bibliography above is often
cited as "1911", but the work in question was not actually is-
sued until January 26, 1912. Similarly, the Erlandsson (19)2)
reference is often cited as "19,0", but the part in question was
not actually issued until February 25, 192. The Ruhland work
(1901) cited above is often cited as "1902", but was actually
issued on July 2, 1901 — the "1902" is merely the volume title-
page date.

De Wit (1967) gives "1200 species in 13 genera" as the sta-
tistics for this family. Actually, there are 167 specific and
subspecific taxa recognized by me as valid as of this date.

3u8 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

ERIOCAULON NEPALENSE Prescott

Emended synonymy: Eriocaulon nepalense Bong. apud C. Mill. in
Walp., Am. 5: 926 & 936. 1060.

Additional & emended bibliography: C. Mill. in Walp., Ann. 5:
926 & 938 (1860) and 6: 1171. 1861; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 261,
274, & 328. 1969.

Completing the description by Kunth (1681), begun on the last
page of my previous installment of these notes: "sepalis...femin-
eis....-eglandulosis. E. quinquangulare e Nepalia Wall. Cat. no.
6072. c. —— Nepalia. -- Folia late linearia, obtusiuscula, plana,
laete viridia, 1 1/2 — 2-pollicaria, inferne vix 2 lineas lata.
Vaginae laxae, laete virides, glabrae, apice acutae et hyalino-
albidae, 1 — 11/2 -pollicares. Pedunculi 3 — } 3/) -pollicares.
Capitula hemisphaerica, magnitudine grani minoris piperis nigri.
Bracteae involucrantes obovatae, apice rotundatae, convexae, tem-
iter arido-membranaceae, stramineo-subcinerascentes, glabrae, ca-
pitulo dimidio breviores; bracteae flores stipantes rhombeo-
cuneatae, subacuminatae, cinerascentes, ad apicem dorso pilosae.
Flores masculi longe pedicellati: Sepala 3 exteriora subspathula-
ta, obtusa, cinerascentia, superne pilosa, subaequalia: lateralia
carinata; 3 interiora in tubum brevem infundibularem, irregulari-
ter trilobum glabrum connata; lobis parvis, eglandulosis, antico
majore, ciliato. Stamina 6, inaequalia. Antherae biloculares,
subdidymo-reniformes, nigro-fuscae. Pistilla rudimentaria 3,
subconica, nigra. Flores feminei (juveniles): Sepala 6%. lanceo-
lato-linearia, margine piloso-ciliata, eglandulosa; exteriora
longiora?. Ovarium subrotundo-ovatum, tricoccum. Stylus elon-
gatus. Stigmate 3, capillacea, simplicia. E. luzulaefolio
proximo, nil nisi hujus forma? An planta nostra vere eadem ac
Prescottiana?"

Fyson (1921) says "E. nepalense Prescott (Fide Clarke No.
4827 in Herb. Calc.); F. 3. I. vi 581, No. 32; Ruhland No. 130.
Stem short or 0. Leaves flaccid, flat, tapering from 1/8 — 1/)
in. base, 2——-3 in. long, acute. Scapes many, twice as long.
Heads 1/6 — 1/4 in. nearly globular when mature. Involucral
bracts black acute, receptacle glabrous. Sepals 3 all boat~shaped.
Female petals narrow hairy, seeds oblong with pappilose ribs.
Plate 6. Assam; Khasia: and 'from Garwhal to Sikkim.' (F. B. I.)
I have not seen the type sheet and am relying on Clarke's plant
quoted above, which appears to agree with the description in the
F. B.I. The female petals in it have glands, but Ruhland (1.c.)
says of the species that there are no glands."

It should be noted that the E. quinquangulare of Linnaeus, re-
ferred to in the synonymy above, is a valid species, with the
homonym accredited to Wight as a synonym, while the E. quinquangu-
lare credited to Martius and to Willdenow are synonyms of E. solly-
amm Royle, that accredited to Heyne is E, cristatum Mart., and
that accredited to Bojer is an as yet undetermined Madagascar
species of the genus. The original Bongard description of E. ne-
palense is sometimes cited as “Act. Petrop. Sci. Math., ser. 6,

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 3h9

6: 610" and sometimes as "Mém. Acad. Pétersb., sér. 6, 1: 610".
The initial letter of the specific epithet is often uppercased.
In the original description Bongard actually does not seem to
credit the binomial to Prescott. He merely states that Prescott
collected the specimen. However, he does not place his own sur-
name after the binomial anywhere, as far as I can ascertain, so
perhaps Jackson (1895) had some valid reason for changing the
accredition in the "Index Kewensis" from Bongard to Prescott. He
dates the original publication of E. viride as "185", instead of
1856.

Recent collectors have found E. nepalense growing along streams
and in moist places on riverbanks, at altitudes of 2100 to 2830
meters. Ramaswamy found the plant growing "between dripping
rocks" on wind-exposed mountaintops and also "completely submer—
ged under water in a huge pond....Only the heads appeared above
the surface of the water. It was invariably associated with a
species of Isoétes", at altitudes of 5000 to 5500 feet. He notes
that "This plant seems to be a perennial measuring )—12 inches
in height". The mountaintop collection bears a notation that it
was growing among grasses, a few sedges, and E. odoratum Dalz. He
collected the species flowering and fruiting in October.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as
E. luzulaefolium Mart. and as E. quinquangulare L. On the other
hand, the Sauliére 71, distributed as E. nepalense, is actually
E. leucomelas Steud.

Additional citations: NEPAL: Poelt s.n. [12.10.1962] (Mu);
Wallich 6072c (B). INDIA: East Punjab: Koelz 3032 (N), 10237 (Mi).
Khasi States: Hooker & Thomson s.n. [Mont. Khasia] (Br, Ut--310).
Mysore: Ramaswamy 1 (Z), 4 (Ac). State undetermined: T. Anderson
Sone (Grand Trunk Road, 11/58] (Br). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDE-
TERMINED: Herb, Martius 85 (Br).

ERIOCAULON NIGERICUM Meikle

Bibliography: Meikle, Kew Bull. 1950: 231. 1950; Meikle & Bald-
win, Am. Journ. Bot. 39: 45, 6, & 50, fig. 1—8. 1952; E. J. Sal-
isb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 137, 138, &
482. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. : 6. 1962; Hambler, Journ.
Bool. (Brit.] 52: 581. 196.

Illustrations: Meikle & Baldwin, Am. Journ. Bot. 39: 6, fig.
1--8. 1952; Hambler, Journ. Ecol. [Brit.] 52: 581. 196k.

This plant has been found growing on rock outcrops, flowering
and fruiting in August, September, and November, Meikle & Bald-
win (1952) cite in addition to the specimens I have seen of those
collections: LIBERIA: J. T. Baldwin Jr. 9145 (K, Mu, S), 9456 (K,
Mu, S), 10088 (K, S), 10336 (K, S). They say "Otherwise known on-
ly from the type locality in Nigeria". It is, however, also knom
from Mali and Guinea.

Citations: MALI: Soudan: Collector undetermined s.n. [Kankan,
Octobre 194] (An). GUINEA: Arrieu 231 [Herb. Chillou 3140] (An).
LIBERIA: J. T. Baldwin Jr. 9145 (N), 9456 (N), 10088 (N), 10336 (N).

350 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

ERIOCAULON NIGRICEPS Merr.

Bibliography: E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 10: 290.
1915; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 1, 97. 1921; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 27 & 37. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], ll & 205. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 18); &
482. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 2, 97. 1960; Moldenke,
Phytologia 18: 300. 1969.

Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed
in herbaria under the name of E, sieboldtianum Sieb. & Zucc.

Citations: WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: PHILIPPINE ISIANDS: Luzon:
E. D. Merrill 7748 (S); J. K. Santos s.n. (Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci.

31747) (B, Z).

ERIOCAULON NIGRUM H. Lecomte

Synonymy: Eriocaulon kaikoensis Masamune, Trans. Nat. Hist.
Soc. Formosa 33: 25-26. 193. Eriocaulon kaikoénse Masamune
apud E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953. Eriocaulon
kaikoense Masamune apud Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. Bh: 373, in
syn. 1956. Eriocaulon nigrum var. ni (H. Lecomte) Koyama,
Philip. Journ. Sci. 8: 373, in syn. 1956.

Bibliography: H. Lecomte, Journ. de Bot. 21: 89 & 107—108.
1908; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, pr. 1, 82 (1913) and pr. 2, 82.
1938; Masamane, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc, Formosa 33: 25-26. 193;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 26 & 38. 196; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 136 & 205. 1949; E. J.
Salisb., Ind. Kew, Suppl, 11: 88. 1953; Koyama, Philip. Journ.
Sci. 8h: 373 & 378. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 17, 176, 289, 290, &
4,82. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 13. 1968.

The type of E. kaikoensis was collected by Genkei Masamune
and Noriaki Fukuyama (no. 322) between Suyuei and Kaiko, Hainan
Island, on December 17, 190, and is deposited in the herbarium
of the University of Tokyo. Masamune (1943) cites also Masamune
& Fukuyama 722 from Hainan, and records the vernacular name
"kaiko-hosikusa". Koyama (1956), for E. nigrum, cites Hayata s.
n. from Annam, Indochina, and says that the species is also known
from Tonkin. His comments are "Through the courtesy of Mr. Keng,
I was able to examine the type specimen of Dr. Masamune's E.
kaikoense (Masamune & Fukuyama 3221). According to original de-
scription published in the Transactions of the Natural History
Society of Formosa, E. kaikoense appears to be a smaller plant of
E. nigrum reported from Tonkin. Our Annam plants are a little
larger than Lecomte's specimen."

ERIOCAULON NIGRUM var. FUSCESCENS Koyama

Bibliography: Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. 84: 373 & 378, pl.
6, fig. E. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 176 & 82. 1959.

re baa Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. 8h: pl. 6, fig.
KE. 19 e

Koyama (1956) describes this taxon as follows: "A typo caule

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 351

breviter evoluto, foliis latioribus, pedunculis gracilioribus,
capitula floribusque pallide fuscescentibus non nigrescentibus
praecipue distat."

The type of the variety was collected by Bunz Hayata at
Nhatrang, Annam, Indochina, now Vietnam.

ERIOCAULON NILAGIRENSE Steud.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon browniamum Hook. f. apud Ruhl. in Engl.,
Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 76 & 285, in syn. 1903 [not E. brownia-
nua R. Br., 1959, nor Mart., 1832, nor Wall., 1832]. Eriocaulon
browmmianum var. nilagirense Steud. ex Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot.
2: 262. 1921. Eriocaulon brownianum var. nilagirense Fyson apud
Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. B.1 (10): 460. 1955. Eriocaulon
brownianum "Mart., in part" apud C. E. C. Fischer in Ganble, Fl.
Presid. Madras, ed. repr. 2, 8 [3]: 1127, in syn. 1956. Eriocau-
lon nilaghirense Steud., in herb.

Bibliography: Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2 [Cypt.]: 271. 1855; C.
Mill. in Walp., Ann. 5: 926 & 9h2—93 (1860) and 6: 1171. 1861;
Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 576. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks,,
Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879. 1893; Ruhl. in Imgl., Pflanzenreich 13
(u-30): 62, 76, 285, & 286. 1903; Fyson, Fl. Nilg. & Puln. Hill-
tops 1: 427 & 29—f30 (1915) and 2: pl. 273. 1915; Fyson, Journ.
Indian Bot. 2: 262—26. 1921; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl.
Presid. Madras, ed. 1, 9: 1609 & 1619. 1931; Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 879. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 23, 2h, 33, & 38. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2}, 126, 129, 130, & 205. 1949; Razi,
Journ. Mysore Univ. B.1 (10): 460. 1955; Razi, Contrib. Bot.

0: 92. 1955; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed.
repr. 2, 8 [3]: 1122, 1127, & 1333. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 162,
165, 167, 286, & 482. 19593 Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., pr. 3, 1: 879. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 17. 1962;
Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 18. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia
17: 455 (1968) and 18: 170 & 275. 1969.

Tllustrations: Fyson, Fl. Nilg. & Puln. Hill-tops 2: pl. 273.
1915; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 263. 1921.

Forrest describes this plant as growing 2 1/2 feet tall; other
collectors describe the heads as gray or grayish-white. It has
been found growing in old fields, boggy pastures by streams,
grasslands, and rice fields, at altitudes of 3000 to 7000 feet,
flowering and fruiting in May and August.

Fyson (1915) describes E. nilagirense as follows: "F.B.I. vi
576 included in E. browniamm, but not Wall. Cat. 60661; I 18%;
Black-backed Giant Hatpin-flower, Honey-scented. Rhizone as
thick as the finger, with two or three flower-stalks only. Leaves
linear-oblong, acute, 6 to 12 by 1/3 to 1/2 inches, translucent,
hairy. Peduncle about twice as long, ribbed and hairy, not much
twisted: sheath 6 inches, with very long open mouth (1 to 1 1/2
inches), acute, translucent, with a tuft of hairs at the extreme
base. Involucral bracts, oblong-ovate, obtuse, black, but covered

352 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

with white silky hairs and so almost grey: floral bracts oblance-
olate-cuneate, hairy on the back of the triangular, not acuminate
end. Male flowers:— Sepals black 1/8 inch, oblong or elliptic,
obtuse, free, but connate into a sheath split open in front,
glabrous except for a fringe of white hairs at the end. Petals
connate into trumpet-shaped corolla, with small, very acute lobes,
ciliate only at the tips. Stamens six; anthers oblong, black.
Female flowers:— Sepals three, free, boat-shaped with decided
ciliate keel, fitting by concave bases over the cells of the o-
vary. Petals very slender, linear except for the slightly dila-
ted tips, fringed at the obtuse end with stout white hairs, and
villous below with long silky hairs, each with a black gland.
Each mtlet in fruit enclosed by the base of a sepal, the rest of
which forms a slightly twisted wing. +t. 273. Im damp places.
Pulneys: on the Kodaikanal dowmms. Flowers in September. Fyson
1078, 2083. Bourne 687, 1743.* Nilgiris: Hohenacker 9531; type
is No. 950, not seen. The use of the sepal as a wing to the
mitlet has not I believe been described before. E. bronianum
Wall. Cat. 6066 is a Silhet plant and has smooth, smaller, light
brown involucral bracts."

The same author, in his 1921 work, discusses the taxon as fol-
lows: "Whole plant hairy and more robust than the type. Leaves
usually shorter and broader, but sometimes narrow. Scapes stout
and hairy. Heads 1 inch flat or hemispheric. Involucre black,
hairy. Female flower:— Sepals less deeply boatshaped. Petals a
little broader; otherwise as in the type. See Fig. p. 263. S.
India and Ceylon at high elevations. Very common in semi-dry or
marshy land at about 7000 ft., forming usually dense tufts a foot
or more across. The flowers smell strongly of honey and are
visited by small butterflies. The name suggests that this is a
variety confined to these regions but in Herb. Calcutta are
sheets from Khazia hardly if at all different. Hooker was the
first I think to reduce Steudel's species to E. Brownianum Mart.
Koernicke considered it closest to E. Wightianum."

Fischer (1956) calls this taxon E. browmianum var. + maagirense
Fyson, which he cites to Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2 3, witha
figure on p, 263. Fyson, however, credits the piietat to
Steudel.

Hohenacker 953 in the Stockholm herbarium, and elsewhere, is
inscribed "Eriocaulon nilagirense Steud. n. a on its printed
labels, but Steudel gives the type collection as number "950";
perhaps this is a typographic error on his part. The initial
letter of the specific epithet is often uppercased.

It should be noted here that the E. browmianum Mart., refer-
red to in the synonymy above, is a valid species, with the homo-
nyms accredited to Brown and to Wallich as synonyms.

Material of E. nilagirense has been misidentified and distrib-
uted in herbaria under the names E. brownianum Mart. and E. hex-
a L. On the other hand, the Herb. Univ. Mich. mn

tains of India], distributed as E. E. nilagirense, | is actually

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 353

E. brownianum Mart.

Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Cham 1550 (Mi), 1731 (Mi),
7712 (Mi); Chand 7998 (Mi). Madras: Bembower 33 (Mi), 3h (Mi),
429 (Ca--L95797, N); Collector undetermined s.n. [M. Nilagiri]
(Ca—-2)16); G. S. Gough sn. [Mont. Nilgherry] (S); Hohenacker
953 (B, Mu—220, Mu, Mu, N, S, Ut—311), s.n. [in mont. Nilgiri]
(B, B); C. McCann 50179 (N, Xa), 50180 (N, Xa), B.1225 (Xa). My-
sore: Shetty 53 (Bn—3176). State undetermined: Herb. Heyne )
(Br); R. Wight 2859 (Mu--330, S), sen. [Ind. or.] (V—l1269, V—
41342, V—l1346). CEYLON: Hosseus 1 (Mu--397); Thwaites C.V.378
(B). CHINA: Yunnan: G. Forrest 12002 (Ca——230875).

ERIOCAULON NIPPONICUM Maxim.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon decemflorum var. nipponicum (Maxim.) Na-
kai in J. Matsumra, Icon. Pl. Koisikav. 2: 47. 1914. Eriocaulon
decemflorum Komarov apud Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap.
6: 17 & [86], in syn. 190 [not E, decemflorum Maxim., 1893].
Eriocaulon decemflorum var. nipponicum Nakai apud Satake in Nakai
& Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 6, 7, 12, 15, 16, hi, 71, 78, & [86],
fig. 1B & 2C. 1940. Eriocaulon decemflorum var. nipponicum f.
typicum Nakai ex Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 17&
[86]. 1940. Eriocaulon decemflorum var. nipponicum f. yoshinoi
Nakai ex Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 17& (86).
190. Eriocaulon nipponicum f. yoshinoi Nakai ex Satake in Nakai
& Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 15 & 87. 1940. Eriocaulon nipponicum
f. yosinoi Nakai apud Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. ): [Rev. Jap.
Erioc.] 8, in syn. 1940. Eriocaulon decemflorum var. nipponicum
f. yosinoi Nakai apud Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. : [Rev. Jap.
Erioc.] 8. 1940. Eriocaulon franchetianum Korn. ex Moldenke, Ré-
sumé Suppl. 1: 17, in syn. 1959. Eriocaulon nipponicum var.
gracile Ruhl. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 17, in syn. 1959.

Bibliography: Maxin., Dec. Pl. Asiat. 8: 9. 1893; Mak., Bot.
Mag. Tokyo 8: 506—507. 189); Komarov, Fl. Mansh. 1: 418. 1901;
Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 158. 1902; Ruhl. in
Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h-30): 32, 38, & 286. 1903; C. H. Wright,
Journ. Linn, Soc. Lond. Bot. 36: 200. 1903; J. Matsumra, Ind.
Pl. Jap. 2 (1): 176. 1905; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. l,
pr. 1, 501. 1906; Nakai, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo 31:
282. 1911; Nakai in J. Matsumura, Icon. Pl. Koisakav. 2: 47. 191k;
Nakai in Mak. & Nemoto, Fl. Jap., ed. 1, 1306. 19253; Ruhl., No-
tizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 10: 1043. 1930; Nakai in Mak. & Nemoto,
Fl. Jap., ed. 2, 1513. 1931; Miyabe & Kudo, Journ. Fac. Agr. Hok-
kaido Imp. Univ. 27 (Fl. Hokk. & Saghal. 3: 286. 1932; Tu, Chin-
ese Bot. Dict., abrdg. ed., 1351. 1933; Nemoto, Fl. Jap. Suppl.
1039. 1936; E. D. Merr. & Metc., Lingn. Sci. Journ. 16: 79. 1937;
Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 1): 26h. 1938; Honda, Nom. Pl. Jap. 62.
1939; Mak., Illustr. Fl. Jap. 771 & E.26, fig. 2313. 190; Sata-

354 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

ke in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 1, 6, 7, 12, 15--17, Ul, 71,
78, (86), & 87, fig. 1B, 2C, & 6. 1940; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci.
Mus. : [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 5--9. 190; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 158 & 501. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Erioc. 25 & 38. 1916; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
(ed. 2], 108, 132--13h, & 205. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 3%.
1950; Moldenke, Résumé 132, 167, 170, 171, 173, 287, & 62. 19593
Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 158 & 501. 1959; Mol-
denke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 12 & 17 (1959) and 3: 31. 1962; Koyama in
Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 29.
1964; Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 182. 1965; Moldenke, Résu-
mé Suppl. 17: 10. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: Sk (1968) and
18: 47. 1968.

Illustrations: Mak., Illustr. Fl. Jap. fig. 2313. 190; Sata-
re iinet & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 6, 7, & 16, fig. 1B, 2C, &

- 19,0.

According to Inami, this species differs from E. decemflorum
Maxim, "by large habit, pilose receptacle and obtusish tip of
involucral scale", while Satake (1910) says "A var. gemmino
differt planta robustiore usque 30 cm alta, foliis mlti-nervatis
capitulis magnis 5 m longis 6—7 m latis bracteis sepalis pet-
alisque dense albo-barbatis". Koyama notes that it is the
"most common Eriocaulon in Japan, very polymorphous". Tsang re-
ports it "abundant" on the mainland, in Kwangtung, China. Miyabe
& Kudo (1932) record it from Hokkaido. Satake (1910), however,
notes that "so many intermediate forms are met with in the field
that it is difficult to distinguish E, decemflorum Maxim. from
E. nipponicum Maxim. The writer agrees with Prof. Nakai's opin-
ion that the two plants belong to one and the same species."

It has been found growing in meadows and bogs, swampy fields
and meadows, very wet places at the sides of ricefields, in
moist acid soil at the edge of small pools, in swamps and subal-
pine region swamps, and growing in loam or silt soil, flowering
and fruiting from August to October. Vernacular names recorded
for it are "ito-imunohige", "ito-inuno-hige", and "koimunohige".
Nakai's f. yoshinoi is a form with abortive flowers. Franchet
3070 appears to be the type collection of E. franchetiammm Korn.,
and Wichura 708 is the type of E. nipponicum var. gracile Ruhl.,
the holotypes in both cases deposited in the herbarium of the
Botanisches Museum at Berlin, where these two taxonomists worked.

The E. nipponicum Korn., referred to in the synonymy above, is
a synonym of E. buergerianum Korn., while E. nipponicum Tatew. is
E. perplexum Satake & Hara. It should be noted here that Mer-
rill (1937), Ruhland (1903), and Satake (190) all give "1892" as
the date of Maximowicz's original publication, while Durand &
Jackson (1902) cite it erroneously to Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Péters-
burg. This prt of Maximowicz's work was apparently only issued
separately.

Material of E. nipponicum has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in herbaria under the names E. decemflorum Maxim., E. decem-

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 355

lobflorum Maxim., E. parvum Korn., E. sikokiamm Maxim., and
Juncus prismaticarpus R. Br. Tsang 2168lb is a mixture with a
species of Rhynchospora.

Satake (190) cites the following collections, mostly deposited
in the herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew: KOREA: Boku
sen. [Kyurei, Aug. 1932]; Faurie 892; Kitamura 1820; Koidzumi s. Se
n. [Hokkan-zan, Aug. 1932] & Sn. [Kangaku-san, Aug Aug. 1932]; Mori

aan Sep. 1935); Okamoto acne [Titean, : Sept. 1934); Tyo 110;
Utiyama s.n. [Hokkan-zan, Oct. 1900]. KOREAN COASTAL ISLANDS:
Quelpart: =: Faurie 127 & 1,29. Saisyfi-t&: Isidoya 76; Taquet 1538,
ipl, & 9172. JAPAN: Honshu: Ando 28; Collector undetermined ney

ce SS SS EE See) St SS SE

ba, Sept. 1680]; Faurie 7, 1al2, 1865, 187i, 2728, O56, 7200,
7202, 13782, 13809, & 9, & 13611; Hasimoto 57458; Hattori s.n. [Noto-
mura, Sept. 1925] & sen. [Miharu]; Hayata 17061 & 17063; : Henmi
1108; Hosomi 5201; Tisiba 49451; Imai mai 55 Ité s $n. [Seiman-mura,
Nov. 1933] & s.n. [Nikko]; Iwabuti 5430; Kato 250; Kikutd 38233;
Koidzumi s.n. ~ [Yonezawa, Aug. Ze 1906] & 8 Son. [Azumayama, Sep Sept. ,. 1929);
Maekawa Maekawa 6629; Matuyama s.n. [Kan6mizu, Oct. 1929]; Misono 52703;
Miura s sen. n. [Mobara, Jul. . 1911); Murai 145; Nakai s.n. n. (Mitake,
Oct. Oct. 1911] & sen. [Hakone, Sept. 1929); N Nakazima son. (Tanabe,
Oct. 192] & s.n. [Sinzy6-mura, Oct. 1925]; Nikai 237) & Lou;
Numazira s.n. [Hutyu, Oct. 1935]; Okuyama 26 & 27 273 Ono 421,38;
Ooba 159; Saito 46; Sakaguchi 10; Sakai 4239; Sakurai 3595; Si-
obara 10337; Sioya s.n. [Hokun6—-mura, Aug. 1928]; Sirakami 23127;
Sugimoto 23812; Suzuki 5202 & s.n. [Kassiyama, Jul. 1930]; Ta-
kagi s.n. [Toyone-mura, Aug. 1928]; Tamaki s.n. [Sendai, Sept.
1914); Ta Tasiro s.n. [Yamato, Aug. 1912]; Til Tiba s.: s.n. [Itinoseki,
Sept. 1910]; Toba 94; Tuboi s.n. [Yamato-aura, Oct. 1930]; Uemura
g.n. [Tomobuti, Oct. 1932]; Watanabe s.n. [Simura, Sept. 1899]; _
Yamahara s.n. tyanai, Aug. 1915]; Yamasita 39; Yosikawa 5759;
Yosino s Sane ny [Sengokudani, Oct. 1910]. Kiushu: Collector undeter-
zee Sn. nm. [Buzen, Sept. 1880]; Doi 39; Kozuma 23126; Masamune s.
. [Kagosima]; Mayebara 9 & H. 361; | Nabesima 275 “Wakasima 39 & 405

igtiare sen. [Kosiroyama, Sept. 192h]; Suzuki 7; Tasiro 28772,

Son. (Narukawa-mura, Aug. 1907], s.n. (connaaeyaas arias Aug. 19) P

sn. [Tahira-mra, Aug. 1911], s.n. n. [Zyusso-yama, Aug. 1917], Se
ne n. [Kaziki, Oct. 1917], s.n. acda tee Oct. 1918], sen. [Yuhara,
Jul. 1921], sn. [Seto, Sept. 1921], Sen. [Kanadate-mura, Oct.
1921], sen. THazuki-aura, Sept. 1922], & | & SoM. [Sinagawanagisa];
Tiba 8 & & 10; Tokunaga 5; Yamasita s.n. [Agemine-mura]. Shikoku:
Faurie 11866; Kusumoto s.n. n. [Haramati—-mura]; Nikai 49450; Ogata

SNe po Sept. 1925] & s.n. [Matumaru, Sept Sept. 1926); oti
& & 65 Yaki 38.2325 Yamasita s.n. ~(Omaki-mura, Oct. 1930] & ae

356 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

Utiko

ree eps, citations: CHINA: Chekiang: E. Faber 205 (B, N),

n. (E); Keng 953 (Ca). Kwangtung: W. T. Tsa sang 216681b 21681b~ (eae,
Mi, N, S). Manchuria: H. Bohnhof HO (N). Province undetermined:
Tsong hl03 4hO3 (Ca—225807). KOREA: Faurie 1428 (V—~-905). KOREAN
COASTAL ISLANDS: Quelpart: Faurie 1129 (V=-922). WESTERN PACIFIC
ISLANDS: JAPAN: Honshu: E, Elliott , 128 (Mi); Faurie s.n. [Kausi-
kawa, 1894] (S); Franchet 3070 (B); Furuse s.n. (Fukuyama, 3 Oct.
1952] (S), s.n. (Imooto-mmaa, 16 Sept. 1954] (S), 8 sen. (16/1X/
1954) (Ss), son. [Gyoonin-bara, 27 Sept. 1955] (S, S, (By Bh B.D.
[Orimoto-tooge, | 28 Sept. 1955] (S), sn. (Sara-muma, A Oct. 1955]
(S), sn. [Hikusa-numa, 20 Oct. 196] (S), sen. [2 July 1956] (Ss),
gn. [17 Sept. 1956] (S), 8 gen. [23 Oct. 1956] (S), sen. [21 Sept.
1957] (8), aon. [22 oe 1957] gl s.n. [28 Sept. 1957] (S),
sen. [26 Sep. son. [Koonodai, 190] (S); In-
ami s.n. [8 September Hes Gait Kawagoe 8.n. (Sept. n, 1906]
(Kg); Ke Koyama 13000 (Z); Murata 6688 (Ut—81635») ; Ohwi 165 (Go),
sen, [26.X.1930] (N, N); Ohwi & Koyama 137 (Ca—932892, Go, Ke,
Mg, Mi, N, S, Vi); Savatier er 1362 (B); Suzuki s.n. [Sept. ah,
1951] (Ca—94204h); Uyezuki s.n. [Aug. 1912] (Kg); Wawra 1407
(V); Yasuda s.n. (Sendai, Oct. 3 3, 1917] (S). Kiushu: Collector
undetermined s.n sn. (Kagoshima City] (Kg); Ishada s.n. (Oct. 13,
1920) (Ke); a.n. [Higo, Oct. 10, 192k] (Kg); Naito s.n.
(Sept. 7, 1926] (Kg); Rein son. [Aidzu] (Mu—349); Suzuki 93
(Ws). Island undetermined: Kayakawa s.n. [1904] (S). LOCALITY
OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED: Wichura 708 08 (B) °

ERIOCAULON NIPPONICUM var. GLABERRIMUM Satake

Synonymy: Eriocaulon decemflorum var. nipponicum f. glaberri-
mum Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 17 & [86]. 190.

~~ Bibliography: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. ly: 264. 1938; Satake
in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 15, 17, [86], & 87. 1940; Sa-
take, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. : [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 8--9. 190;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 134 & 205.
1949; Moldenke, Résumé 173, 287, & 82. 1959; Moldenke, Phytolo-
gia 18: 7. 19

This variety differs from the ener tai of the species on-
ly in having the receptacle completely g

It is based on H. Iwabuti 519, 5)20, Shel, 5425, 5427, 5428,
5432, Su3k, S47, 5uu8, 5452, & 5459 and Y. Satake s.n. (Huzi-
wara-mira, Sept. 1933). It is ee endemic to the central
and northern portions of Honshu Island, Japan, and is mom
there as "oku-itoinunohige".

Satake (190) cites the following collections from Honsm:
colts undesignated s.n. (Aizu, Aug. 1880]; Hisauti 253; Iwa-

9, 5420, Sk21, 5425, 5427, 5425, Suse, ob

ee Ais, P52, & 5459; Kato 33033 & & 8303 830355 Koidzuni i 106, ai

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 357

a ree ed

(Sept. 1893]; Okazaki s.n. (Aug. 1937]; Takahasi s.n. [Sept. 1897].

ERIOCAULON NOSORTENSE Ohwi

Bibliography: Ohwi, Bot. Mag. Tokyo hh: 567. 1930; Mak. & Ne-
moto, Fl. Jap., ed. 2, 1513. 1931; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl.
8: 87. 1933; Nemoto, Fl. Jap. Suppl. 1039. 1936; Honda, Nom. Pl.
Jap. 462. 1939; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 13, 70,
81, & 87, fig. 36. 190; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. l: [Rev.
Jap. Erioc.] 58-59, pl. 10, fig. 20. 190; Moldenke, Known Ge-
ogr. Distrib. Erioc. 25 & 36. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 13h & 205. 199; Koyama, Journ. Jap.
Bot. 31: 6 & 7. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 173 & 4.82. 1959; Koyama in
Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 185
& 430. 196k.

Illustrations: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 70,
fig. 3%. 190; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Eri-
oc.] pl. 10, fig. 20. 190.

The type of this species was collected by Jisaburo Ohwi at
Nosori-no-ike, in the province of K6zuke, Honshu, Japan, in Sep-
tember, 1929, and is deposited in the herbarium of Kyoto Imperial
University. The only recorded vernacular name is "nosori-
hosikusa". The species is known thus far only from the type col-
lection.

ERIOCAULON NUDICUSPE Maxim.

Bibliography: Maxim., Diagn. Pl. Nov. Asiat. 8: 19. 1893;
Mak., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 8: 506. 1894; Ruhl. in ingl., Pflanzenreich
13 (4-30): 65, 9h, & 286. 1903; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl.
1, pr. 1, 501. 1906; Mak. & Nemoto, Fl. Jap., ed. 1, 1306 (1925)
and ed. 2, 1513. 1931; Tu, Chinese Bot. Dict., abrdg. ed., 308.
1933; Nemoto, Fl. Jap. Suppl. 1039. 1936; Honda, Nom. Jap. Pl.
462. 1939; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 1, 6, 7, 13,
53-—55, 80, & 87, fig. lJ, 2, 2h, & 25. 1940; Satake, Bull. Tokyo
Sci. Mus. 4: (Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 40—-\2. 190; Mak., Illustr. Fl.
Jap. 772 & E.26, fig. 2316. 190; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl.
1, pr. 2, 501. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 25 &
38. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 13)
& 205. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 173 & 82. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 501. 1959; Hara, Outline Phytogeogr. Japan
60. 1959; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb.
Pl. Japan 3: 182, 183, & 430, fig. 125 (1), pl. 48, fig. 307. 196k.

Illustrations: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 6, 7,
Sh, & 55, fig. lJ, 2G, 2h, & 25. 190; Mak., Illustr. Fl. Jap. fig.
2316. 1940; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Dlustr.
Lei Pl. Japan 3: 183, fig. 125 (1) & pl. 48, fig. 307 [in color].
196).

Satake (190) notes that "This plant which is commonly known by
people in the Provinces of Mikawa and Owari, as cut flowers or ma-
terial for flower arrangements (Ikabana), is sold by florists dur

358 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, mo. 6

ing the flower season (Autum). It is said that children play
with the niveous heads, which are dyed with various colours as
ornamental hair—pins". The only recorded common name is "siratama-
hosikusa", The plant has been collected in anthesis in September
and October. Inami avers that it is "rare in moist places, very
local", but Koyama says "abundant locally in marshy place along
margin of large pool."

Satake (190) cites the following collections from Honshu: Col-
lector undesignated 3; Hattori s.n. [Sept. 1929]; It6 s.n. (Sept.
1891); Koidzumi s.n. [Sakamoto]; Makino s.n,. [Aug. 1889]; Matuya-
ma 35027 & s.n. [Oct. 1929]; Satake s.n, [Sept. 27, 1938]; _Siota
22.

— Citations: WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: JAPAN: Honshu: Furuse s.n.
[8 Oct. 1959] (S), sen. [11 Oct. 1960] (S); Inami 956 (B, Ca—

21979, Go, Mg, N, S), 13105 (Z); Koyama s.n. [20 Sept. 1955] (Ss).

ERIOCAULON OBTUSUM Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 2, 6,
& 286. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; Alv. Silv.,

Fl. Mont. 1: 398. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8
& 38. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Vernenac., [ed. 2],
77 & 205. 1949; Moldenke, R&sumé 89 & 82. 1959.

The Eriocaulon obtusa Schult. is a synonym of Eleocharis ob-
tusa (Willd.) Schult. in the Cyperaceae. Widgren 16h, cited be-
low, is a mixture with E. sellowianum Kunth. The Macbride photo-
graph 10563 of the type specimen of E. obtusum in the herbarium
of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin is erroneously inscribed
"Ule 3137". The specimen of Ule 232 in the herbarium of the Mus-
éum National d'Histoire Naturelle at Paris has wro labels — the
printed one indicates the locality of collection as "Goyaz", but
another, in longhand, has that state name crossed out and "Minas
Geraes" substituted. Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 623 from
Minas Gerais. I am assuming that Widgren 16) was taken from
cultivated material because the label gives "Jardim" as the local-
ity of collection.

Material of E. obtusum has been misidentified and distributed
in herbaria as E. sellowianum Kunth.

Citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Macedo 3339 (N, S, W—2197098). Mat-
togrosso: Lindman A.3055 (S, S); Malme 2259 (S). Minas Gerais: P.
Clausen s.n. [18,0] (S); Ule 232 [Herb. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan. 29529]
(E; S). Rio de Janeiro: Ule 3157 [Macbride photos 10563] (B—type,
N--photo of type, W--photo of type). CULTIVATED: Brazil: Widgren
16h, in part (S).

ERIOCAULON ODASHIMAI Masamune

Bibliography: Masamune, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Taiwan 33: 26.
193; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953; Moldenke, Ré-
sumé Suppl. 17: 5. 1968.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 359

Masamune's original (193) description of this taxon is: "Fo-
lia rosulata, pauca, lineari-lanceolata membranacea 1.0—1.5 cm
longa ca. 1.5 mm lata apice acuminata. 3 nervia. Pedunculi 1—3,
costulati, tenues torti glabri ca. 3 cm alti; vaginae laxius-
culae, obliqe fissae, tenues glabrae ca. 1 cm longae apice acum—
inatae; capitula glabra hemisphaerica, ) mm lata; bracteae invol-
ucrantes saepe ) oblongo-lanceolatae glabrae hyalinae apice acum-
inatae 2.5-—-3 mm longae 1 mm latae; bracteae flores oblongo-
spatulatae hyalinae ca. 2 m longae 0.8 mm latae. Fl. 4: sepala
2 libera falcato-lanceolata hyalina purpureuscula ca. 1,3 mm
longa ca. 1/ mm lata; stamina saepe ) anthera nigrae; flos 2 :
sepala 3 lineari-lanceolata ca. 1 mm longa; petala nulla? germen
3 coccum; stylus germine longior; stigmate 3, ca. 1.3 m longa."

It is most probable that the length of the receptacular bract-
lets in the above description was intended to read "2 mm". The
only recorded vernacular name for the species is “senke—hosikusa",
The type was collected by K. Odashima — in whose honor it is
named ——- between Gai and Senketo, Kainanto, Hainan Island, on
December 8, 190, and is deposited in the herbarium of Tokyo
University. Thus far the species is known only from the origin
al collection.

ERIOCAULON ODORATUM Dalz.
Synonymy: Eriocaulon odoratum Dolz ex H. Lecomte, Journ. de

Bot. 21: 108, sphalm. 1908.

Bibliography: Dalz. in Hook., Journ. Bot. Kew Misc. 3: 280——
281. 1851; Xérn., Linnaea 27: 683. 1856; C. Mill. in Walp., Ann.
5: 927 & 945 (1860) and 6: 1171. 1861; Dalz. & Gibs., Bomb. Fl.
280. 1861; Hieron. in Engl., Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (h): 27.
1888; Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 57h. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind, Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879. 1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflan-
zenreich 13 (4-30): 13, 17, 103, 110, & 286. 1903; H. Leconte,
Journ. de Bot. 21: 107 & 108. 1908; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2:
308 & 310, pl. 2h. 1921; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid.
Madras, ed. 1, 9: 1608 & 1618. 1931; Castell. in Descole, Gen. &
Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: 7h, 77, & [103]. 1945; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 879. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 23 & 38. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., fed. 2], 126 & 205. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 336.
1950; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. repr.
2, 8 [3]: 1121, 1127, & 1333. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 162, 176, &
482. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 11 & 13. 1959; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 879. 1960; Thanikaimoni,
Pollen & Spores 7: 185. 1965; S. V. Ramaswami, Study Flow. Pl.
Bangalore [thesis] 220, 221, & 107. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 13: 5 (1966) and 15: 8. 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 17:
49 (1968) and 18: 102. 1969.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 2h. 1921.

Fyson (1921) describes this species as follows: "Stem disci-
form. Leaves 1-3 in, by 1/8 in. at the base, and narrowed to
the acuminate apex. Scape filiform, 6—-10 in., deeply grooved.

3%0 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

Heads 1/6 — 1/l in. snow white; bracts cuspidately acuminate.
Sepals of the female flowers 3 or 2 only; otherwise flowers nor-
mal. Female petals with large glands. Smells strongly of camo~
mile (Dalz.)." He notes that "I have seen only two sheets, botn
in Herb. Calc. One coll. by Hooker and Thomson, has apparently
the female sepals 2 only, and black involucral bracts. The other
Meebold No. 9889, has the female sepals 3 and the bracts pale. In
other respects and especially in the large glands of the female
petals they are alike. Hooker in F. B. I. describes the femle
sepals as longer than the petals."

The plant has been found growing in standing water and in open
sandy soil, at altitudes of 20 to 1300 meters, flowering and
fruiting in July, September, and December. Sangkhachand describes
it as "common" in damp places on savannas in Thailand, Smitinand
calls the plants "gregarious", while Smitinand & Floto found it
to be a "tufted herb common in savannas", also in Thailand. The
only vernacular names recorded for it are "chuk nok ying" and
"pui ka ngong". The initial letter of the specific epithet is
uppercased by Dalzell & Gibson (1861).

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria
under the names E. conicum Fisch., E. dalzellii Korn., E. pen-

are L., E. quinquangulare L., and E, siamense Moldenke.
On the other hand, the Collector undesignated s.n. specimens in
the Stockholm herbarium, distributed as E. odoratum, are actually
E. gracile Mart.

Additional citations: PAKISTAN: East Bengal: W. Griffith 556
(C). INDIA: Bombay: Dalzell 1496 (T); Santapau 11743 (Xa), 11756
(Xa). Hyderabad: S. N. Ramaswamy 30 (Ac). Kerala: Stocks, Law
&c. sn. [Malabar, Concan, &.] (B, Mu--221). Mysore: S. N. Rama-
swamy 8 (Rf), 19 (Ac), 25 (Rf), 1O\2 (Lw), 2267 (Lw). West Ben-
gal: Bennet 1021 (Ac). State undetermined: Wight 2855 [Penins.
Ind. orient.) (S, T). THAILAND: Hansen, Seidenfaden, & Smiti-
nand 11096 (Cp), 11099 (Ac, Cp); K. Larsen 9791 (Lw) ; Sangkha-
chand 571 [Herb. Roy. Forest Dept. 1817] (Sm); Seidenfaden 2699
(Cp); Smitinand 16 (Herb. Roy. Forest Dept. 5113] (Bk), 3607
(Herb. Roy. Forest Dept. 1820] (Z); Smitinand & Floto 5935
Herb. Roy. Forest Dept. 21088] (Gg); Vesterdal 5d (Cp), 46h (Cp).
INDOCHINA: Laos: Pételot 8971 (N). = =——st—<Ci=‘S:;«; aE

ERIOCAULON OFFICINALE Korn.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon officinalis Korn. apud Hieron. in Engl. &
Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (4): 25, sphalm. 1888,

Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 475 & 480. 1863;
Korn. in Miq., Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd. 3: 163 & 164. 1867; Hieron.
in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (): 25 & 27. 1888;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879. 1893; Ruhl.
in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (-30): 117 & 286. 1903; C. H. Wright,
Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 36: 200. 1903; Castell. in Descole,
Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: 77 & [103]. 195; Jacks. in Hook. f. &

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 361

Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 879. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 25 & 38. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., [ed. 2], 132 & 205. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 170 & 82.
1959; Jacks. in Hook. ie & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pre a5 14p 879. 1960.

This mysterious species is said to come from China. Its exact
identity is still in much doubt.

ERIOCAULON OLIVACEUM Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19 (1): 18 & 22. 19373 Mol-
denke, Phytologia 1: 320. 1939; Leén, Fl. Cuba 1: 280. 196; Mol-
denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. {| & 38. 19h6; Hill & Salisb.,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 86. 19473; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., [ed. 2], 45 & 205. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 53 & 182.
1959.»

Killip found this plant growing on white sand savannas, flow-
ering in January.

Additional citations: ISLA DE PINOS: Killip 589 (Mu, Z).

ERIOCAULON OLIVERI Fyson

Bibliography: Fyson, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1914: 331. 1914; Fy-
son, Fl. Nilg. & Puln. Hill-tops 1: 428 & 31 (1915), 2: pl. 276
(1915), and 3: 118. 1921; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 1, 97.
1921; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23 & 36. 196; Mol-
denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126 & 205. 19h93
Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 336. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 16) & 82.
1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 2, 97. 1960; Moldenke, Résu-
mé Suppl. ll: 5. 1964; Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 18).

1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 63 & 49 (1968) and 18: 264. 1969.

eka Fyson, Fl. Nilg. & Puln. Hill-tops 2: pl. 276.
1915.

Thanikaimoni (1965) regards this taxon as conspecific with E.
collimm Hook. f., reducing both E. christopheri Fyson and E.
oliveri Fyson to synonymy under E. collimm. In the present
notes all three of these taxa are regarded as distinct.

Fyson (1915) describes his E. oliveri as follows: "I 16; White-
headed Hatpin-flower. Similar in habit to E. geoffreyi, but lar-
ger and the involucral bracts white: male sepals not black. Scapes
solitary, very slender, to 6 inches: sheath 3/ to 1 inch, with
enlarged bifid mouth. Leaves as long acute, glabrous nine-nerved.
Heads 1/l, inch, white. Involucral bracts white, glabrous. Floral
bracts with numerous thick white hairs. Receptacle villous. Male
flowers 1/8 inch. Sepals united into a spathe split in front;
light coloured below, darker above but not black, with white hairs
upwards on the back. Corolla tube tapering downwards; petals un-
equal with long fringing hairs and large glands. Anthers black.
Female flowers as long. Sepals black. Petals with a few thick
white hairs above and long white slender ones to the base. +t.276.
In damp places. Pulneys 7,500 feet. Fyson 299." In his 1921
work he adds: "Vol. I, p. 31, II, t. 276. In flower later in
the year than E. collimum. Petals of lower male flowers protru-
ding as a fringe, conspicuous when fresh, but not seen when dry."

32 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

It may be noted here that his Volume 3 is sometimes cited as
"1920", which is actually the title-page date, but the volume was
not actually issued until 1921.

Material of E. oliveri has been misidentified and distributed
in herbaria as E. conicum (Fyson) C. E. C. Fischer and as E. sex-
angulare L. On . the other hand, the Bembower 31, distributed as
E. oliveri, is actually E. lescvecdlan Stends Steud.

Citations: INDIA: Mysore: S. N. Ramaswamy 2108 (Z); Swamy s.n.
[Bannerghatta, 25.11.62] (Bn--3199)

ERIOCAULON ORYZETORUM Mart.

Bibliography: Mart. in Wall., Plant. As. Rar. 3: 28. 1832;
Wall., Numer. List 207. 1832; Royle, Illustr. Bot, Himal. 1,09.
180; Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 552, 1B))1; C. Mull. in Walp., Amn. 5:
926 & 938-939 (1860) and 6: 1171. 1861; Hieron. in mmgl. &
Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (h): 27. 1888; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. i, 1s.879. 1893; Hook. f., Fl.
Brit. Ind. 6: 579. 1893; Prain, Beng. PL J, ads Ly 11272,.19032
Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30) : éh, 86, "he 286. 1903;
Fyson, Journ, Indian Bot. 2: 312—313, pl. 32. 1921; Haines, Bot.
Bihar & Orissa 6: 1067 & 1069—1070. 1924; Jacks. in Hook. r. &
Jacks., Ind, Kew., pr. 2, 1: 879. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 23, 2h, 26, & 3B. 19,6; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 125, 126, 129, 139, & 205. 199;
Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 336-3376 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 160, 162,
165, 176, 180, & 482. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. py Jacks., Ind.
Kew., Pre 3, 1: 879. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 20 (1962)
and fy: 7. 1962; Prain, Beng. Pl., ed. 2, 2: 848. 1963; Nath,
Burm. Flow. Pl. 58. 1963; Thanikaimoni, *Pollen & Spores 7: 185.
1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 106, 178, & 27h. 1969.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 32. 1921;
Nath, Burm, Flow. Pl. 58. 1963.

Hooker (1893) regarded E, hamiltonianum Mart. as a synonym of
E. oryzetorum. This fact is doubtless the basis for the homonym
Ee oryzetorum Hook. f. now regarded as a synonym of E. hamilton-
iamm Mart.

~~ Eriocaulon o oryzetorum seems to be based on Wallich 6069 [in
some herbaria as Wallich s.n. "e Nepalia"] from m Nepal. Prain
(1903) records the species § also from Chota Nagpur, where he says
that it is "A weed of rice-fields". Smitinand tells us that it
is "common in wet places" and "common in moist localities on sa-
vannas" in Thailand. It has been collected at 1300 meters alti-
tude, flowering and fruiting in November. Koelz 19398 is a mix-
ture “with E. cinereum R. Br., E. luzulaefolium Mi Mart., rt., and E.
sollyamm Royle.

Fyson (1921) describes this taxon as "Leaves 2—3 in. by 1/6
in. Sheaths as long. Scapes several, slender, 12-17 in. Heads
1/3 in. Involucral bracts blunt; floral acuminate scabrid.
Flowers normal......C. Himalayas; Nepal and southwards to Chota
Nagpur and Burma Pegu. Mart. in Wall Pl. As. Rar. iii gives flo-

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 363

ral bracts as 'dorso=-barbulatis' ."'

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as
E. stramineum Korn. On the other hand, the Souchére 27, distrib-
uted as E. oryzetorum, is actually E. soucherei Moldenke.

Additional citations: NEPAL: Wallich 1621 ["22"] (Br, N), 6069,
in part ["e Nepalia"] (B--isotype, E--isotype, Mu--222—isotype).
INDIA: Surguja: Koelz 19398, in part (Mi). Uttar Pradesh:
Strachey & Winterbottom 1 (Br, N). THAILAND: Smitinand 501) [Herb.
Roy. Forest Dept. 18556] (Gg), 5020 [Herb. Roy. Forest Dept.
18586] (Gg); Sfrensen, Larsen, & Hansen 2255 (Cp), 6082 (S), 709
(S). INDOCHINA: Annam: Sauchére 1 (N), 5 (N), 2k (N), 25 (N),
sen. [Herb. Schmid 111, in part] (Z).

ERIOCAULON OVOIDEUM Britton & Small

Additional bibliography: Britton & Small in N. L. Britton,
Bull. Torr. Bet. Club hh: 32. 1917; Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19 (1):
19 & 31. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 320. 1939; Leén, Fl. Cuba
1: 280. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 4 & 38.
196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 5
205. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 337. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé
53, 288, & 482. 1959.

Killip found this plant growing on white sand savannas,
flowering and fruiting in January.

Additional citations: ISLA DE PINOS: Alain & Killip 216) (N);
Britton, Britton, & Wilson 1220 (S--isotype); Killip 2859
(Le), 45380 (B, Mu, Z); Leén & Seifriz 17511 (Vi).

ERIOCAULON OZENSE Koyama

Bibliography: Koyama, Journ. Jap. Bot. 31: 6—-7, fig. 1. 1956;
Moldenke, Résumé 173 & is2. 1959; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, &
Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 185 & 430. 196k; G. Tay-
lor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 52. 1966.

Illustrations: Koyama, Journ. Jap. Bot. 31: 6, fig. 1. 1956.

Koyama (1956) based this species on a collection made by Hiro-
shi Hara in a marsh at Shimotashiro, Ozegahara, in the province
of Kodzuke, Honshu, Japan, on August 20, 1955, and deposited in
the herbarium of the University of Tokyo. He notes "Hoc Eriocau-
ion ab E. nosoriensi Ohwi quod e Nosori-ike provinciae Kodzuke
descriptum est, calyce floris masculi extra dense piloso, petalis
intus perdense pilosis sursum subsensim attenuantibus et apicem
obovatam fuscatoglaucam dense albopuberulam formantibus statis
distinguitur." He records the vernacular name "hara-inunohige",
The Furuse collection cited below is said to be a topotype col-
lection.

Additional citations: WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: JAPAN: Honshu:
Furuse s.n. [18 Aug. 1954) (Ca--59912, S, Z).

ERIOCAULON PACHYSTROMA Van Royen
Bibliography: Van Royen, Blumea 11: 22-225, fig. 1. 1961;
Van Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. Males. Bull. 17: 954 (1963) and k: lv.

san PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

1967.

Illustrations: Van Royen, Blumea ll: 225, fig. 1. 1961.

The type of this apparently endemic species was collected by
Cornelis Gijsbert Gerrit Jan van Steenis (no. 9691) in Gajol Alas
Lands on Mount Kemiri, at 3000 meters altitude, Sumatra, forming
dense cushions on the slope together with Centrolepis, Oreobolus,

Monostachya, and Scirpus subcapitatus, flowering and fruiting in

February and March. Van Royen (1961) says that the species grows
on wet slopes or in poor peaty places, in small hollows with a
thin covering of quartz sand, or on stony peaty ridges at high
altitudes, from 2950 to 3,00 meters above the sea. He notes that
"This species closely resembles E. pulvinatum Van Royen described
from New Guinea by the dense cushions, but differs by the unequal
petals in both types of flowers, by the oblong or ovate~-oblong
individual bracts, and by the pubescence of the floral bracts."
He also cites Van Steenis 8594, 90h5, & 9661 from Sumatra,

FRIOCAULON PALLESCENS (Nakai) Satake

Synonymy: Eriocaulon sachalinense var. pallescens Nakai in
Miyabe & Kudo, Fl. Hokkaido & Saghal. 3: 288. 1932. Eriocaulon
pallescens Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 13, 67, 60,
81, & 87, fig. 3h. 19h0.

Bibliography: Nakai in Miyabe & Kudo, Fl. Hokkaido & Saghal.
3: 288. 1932; Nemoto, Fl. Jap. Suppl. 1039. 1936; Honda, Nom. Pl.
Jap. 463. 1939; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 15: 631—632. 1939; Sa-
take in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 13, 67, 68, 81, & 87,
fig. 34. 190; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.]
56—57, pl. pu Le fig. Zale 190; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew, Suppl.
10: 86. 197; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2],
134 & 205. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 173, 292, & 82. 1959; Koyama
in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3:
183, ae & 430, fig. 126 (1). 196h; Moldenke, Résum6 Suppl. 17:
10. ab e

Illustrations: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 68,
fig. 34. 1940; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. ): [Rev. Jap. Eri-
oc.) pl. 11, fig. 21. 190; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama,
Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 184, fig. 126 (1). 196k.

The type of this species was collected by Kenji Miyabe at
Titose, in the province of Iburi, Hokkaido, Japan, in September,
1926, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Faculty of Agri-
culture at Hokkaido Imperial University. An isotype is cited by
Satake (190) in the herbarium of Tokyo University. The species
is known thus far only from the type collection, its common name
is "siro-ezohosikusa", and Satake notes that "This plant has been
regarded as a variety of Eriocaulon sachalinense Miyabe & Nakai,
but the flowers are trimerous, and the character of the calyx
differs considerably from the type species. The writer therefore
offers the opinion that it comes from the type species E. sachal-
inense and allied species, judging from the fact that the invol-
ucres are white or pallescent, the calyx colourless and 3-lobated

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 365
at the apex, and the style much shorter than the stigma."

ERIOCAULON PALLIDUM R. Br.

Bibliography: R. Br., Prod. Nov. Holl. 1: 254. 1810; Roem. &
Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 867 & 869. 1817;
Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3: 775. 1826; Kunth, Enum.
Pl. 3: 570. 181; C. Mull. in Walp., Ann. 5: 926 & 937—938 (1860)
and 6:.1171. 1861; Benth., Fl. Austral. 7: 191, 19), & 792. 1878;
Hieron. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (4): 25.
1888; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879.
1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h-30): 103, 108, & 286.
1903; F. M. Bailey, Compreh, Cat. Queensl. Pl. 58). 1913; Jacks.
in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 879. 1963 Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 28 & 38. 196; Moldenke, Known Ge-
ogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 153 & 205. 199; Moldenke, R6é-
sum& 209 & 1,82. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pre 3, 12°8795°3960.

Kunth (181) describes this species as follows: "Scapo angu-
lato (1--2-unciali), foliis planis latiusculis parum longiore;
capitulo convexo; paleis imberbibus; perianthio femineo quinque-
partito: foliolis 2 exterioribus angustissimis; 3 interioribus
ciliatis; masculo triandro: exteriore diphyllo; interioris la-
ciniis obsoletis." The initial letter of the specific epithet
is uppercased by Kunth.

ERIOCAULON PALMERI Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 42,
48, & 286. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 69. 1908; Moldenke,
N. Am. Fl. 19 (1): 19 & 32—33. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1:
320—-321. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. & 38.
1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 30&
205. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 36 & 82. 1959.

This species is know thus far only from the type collection.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Durango: Edw. Palmer 172 (B—

type, Ca—13780—isotype, Mi—isotype, S--isotype).

ERIOCAULON PALUDICOLA Alv. Silv.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon palludicola Alv. Silv. ex Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8, sphalm. 196.

Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Arch. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan. 23: 160.
1921; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 1316 & 398, pl. 3. 1928; A. W.
Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 89. 1929; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Erioc. 8 & 38. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben-
see [ed. 2], 77 & 205. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 89, 290, & 82.
1959.

Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 3. 1928.

Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 553 from Minas Gerais.

ERIOCAULON PALUSTRE Salzm.
Bibliography: Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 280. 1855; Cc.
Mill. in Walp., Ann. 5: 930 (1860) and 6: 1171. 1861; Korn. in

366 PA, YF. Ori Oc Dik Vol. 18, no. 6

Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 475, 480, & 500, pl. hl, fig. 1. 1863;
Korn. in Miq., Ann, Mus. Bot. Lugd. 3: 163. 1867; Hieron. in
Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (4): 25. 1888; Jacks.
in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879. 1893; Ruhl. in
Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 13, 65, 93, & 286, fig. 11. 1903;
Voldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8 & 38. 19h6; Jacks, in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 879. 1916; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 77 & 205. 19:9; Molden-
ke, Résumé 89 & 182. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 6. 1959;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 879. 1960; Mol-
denke, Résumé Suppl. 12: . 1965.

Tlus trations: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. ll, fig.
1. 1863; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 93, fig. 1.
1903.

Pickel found this species growing on wet soil among grasses in
a lagoon, flowering and fruiting in October. Material has been
misidentified and distributed in herbaria as Leiothrix curvifolia
(Bong.) Ruhl.

Citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Martius s.n. [August '35] (B); Salz-
mann s.n. [Herb. Bernhardi] (E--isotype, E--photo of isotype, F—
photo of isotype, N--isotype, N—photo of isotype, Z—photo of
isotype). Minas Gerais: L. Riedel 1031 (Ut-—335). Pernambuco:
Pickel 2805 (W—15)16)3). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings by
eee (B); original of Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. L1, fig. 1
(B, B).

ERIOCAULON PANAMENSE Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19 (1): 19 & 31—32. 1937;
Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 321. 1939; Moldenke in Woodson & Schery,
Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 31: 68. 19h; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Erioc. h & 38. 1946; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 86.
1947; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 40 &
205. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 337. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé
48 & 482. 1959.

This species has been found growing in wet or swampy meadows
at altitudes of 1200 to 1700 meters above the sea.

Bmended citations: PANAMA: Chiriquf: Killip 361) (W--635858—

type).

ERIOCAULON PANCHERI H. Lecomte

Bibliography: Guillaum, & Beauvis., Ann. Soc, Bot. Lyon 36: 0.
1914; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 1, 97. 1921; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 27 & 38. 1946; Guillaum., Fl. Analyt. &
Synop. Nouv.-Caléd. 49-50. 198; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., [ed. 2], 151 & 205. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 205, 206, &
482. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 1). 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 5, pr. 2, 97. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 12. 1968;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 270, 326, & 327. 1969.

The Herb. Reichenbach f. 38770 specimen, cited below, was the
basis for my previous erroneous recording of E. pancheri from Lord
Howe Island. The specimen is labeled as having come from "Ile des

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 367

Pins", but the island by this name here referred to is undoubted-
ly the one in the New Caledonian Islands group of Melanesia, not
Lord Howe Island in the Australian region, which is also known as
"Isle of Pines". The Herb. Reg. Monac. s.n. collection, also ci-
ted below, bears a notation by H. Ross in in his own handwriting, to
the effect that "Die Pflanze stammt wahrscheinlich von Isla de
Pinos, die bei Cuba liegt. Auf den oceanischen Inseln kommt
keine Eriocaulon-art vor. Vgl. Erioc. pseudocompressum Ruhl."
However, the specimen is plainly E. "E. pancheri, not E. pseudocom—
pressum, and the original label is s inscribed "Isle of Pines, oc.
pacific",
The Franc A.266, distributed as E. pancheri, is actually a co-
type collection of Ee neo-caledonicum Schlecht.
Guillaumin (1948) | keys this species from the other species of
the genus known to him from New Caledonia as follows:
1. Plants stout (robust); leaves 20—35 cm. long; heads globose;
scape 6—angled, 20-~30 cm. long.....E. pancheri H. Lecomte.
la. Plants very dwarf; leaves 13 cm. long 0 or longer.
2. Heads globose.
3. Scapes plainly ribbed.
- Scapes with 6 ribs, l--16 cm. long; leaves 5-13 cm.
long; pistillate sepals obtuse....E. comptonii Rendle.
ha. Scapes with 5 ribs, 8—20 cm. long; leaves 3—7 cn.
long; pistillate sepals acute......E. scariosum J. Sm.
3a. Scapes almost cylindric, 5—8 cm. long; leaves 3—7 cm.
Torig Risa LEON Aleta ER neo—caledonicum Schiecht.
2a. Heads turbinate, very small; scapes 7-ribbed, extremely
long, 80—100 cm. long....E. longipedunculatum H. Lecomte.
Citations: MELANESIA: NEW CALEDONIAN ISLANDS: Ile des Pins:
Herb. Reg. Monac. 3.n. {Isle of Pines] (Mu-—~316); Herb. Reichen-
bach bach £.38770 (V). New Caledonia: Franc 266a (N); H. S. McKee

8089 (W—2375789) . "hh

ERIOCAULON PAPILLOSUM Korn.

Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 89. 1863;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879. 1893; Ruhl.
in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 ())-30): 43, 55, 57, & 286. 19033 Mol-
denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8 & 38. 19,6; Jacks. in Hook.
fk Jacks., Ind. Kew., pre 2, 1: 879. 196; Moldenke, Known Ge-
ogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 77 & 205. 199; Moldenke, Résu-
m6 89 & 82. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3,
1: 879. 1960.

Citations: BRAZIL: Goifs: Weddell 2135 (Br--isotype, N—
isotype, N--photo of isotype, Z--photo of isotype).

ERIOCAULON PARADOXUM Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 133—134. 1948; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac. [ed. 2], 30 & 205. 19195 ead
ns, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 36 & 1,82.
1959.

368 P.E.F.T-0:.%:0.6 2.4 Vol. 18, no. 6

This species is known thus far only from the original collec-
tion.

ERIOCAULON PARAGUAYENSE Korn.

Additional bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 93
& 497-98. 1863; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1,
1: 879. 1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (-30): 43, 6
58, & 286. 19033 Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 6 & #.
ihe; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 879.
1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbemac., [ed. 2], 77%
205. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 337. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé
89 & 482. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1:
879. 1960.

Collectors have found this plant growing in grassy swampy
places, flowering and fruiting in February.

Citations: BRAZIL: Mattogrosso: Lindman A.2l,71 (S, S); Malme
156b (S), 2225 (S), 2225a (S), 2225b (S), 2225c (S); Weddell
3054 (Br—isotype, N—isotype, N—photo of isotype, Z—photo of
isotype). S&o Palo: Severén 185 (S).

ERIOCAULON PARANENSE Moldenke

Synonymy: Eriocaulon paranensis Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 6: 9,
in syn. 1963. Paepalanthus paranensis Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
12: 11, in syn. 1965.

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 166 (1949) and 3: 337.
1950; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953; Angely, Fl.
Paran. 10: 11 & 1h (1957) and 12: 9. 1958; Moldenke, Résumé 89 &
482. 1959; Angely, Fl. Paran. 16: 51 (1960) and 17: 2h. 1961;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 6: 9. 1963; Angely, Bibl. Veg. Paran.
196. 196k; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 11, 1965; Angely, Fi.
Anal. Paran., ed. a 199. 1965.

This species was found by Lyetzelburg on dry campos. Material
has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as E. sellow-
ianum Kunth.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Paran4: Dombrowski 82 [Herb.
Inst. Nat. 6793] (Z); Hatschbach 8723 (Lw); Luetzelburg 6787a (Mu).

ERIOCAULON PARKERI B. L. Robinson

Synonymy: Eriocaulon fistulosum Nees ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
1: 17, in syn. 1959 [not E. fistulosum R. Br., 1810}.

Bibliography: B. L. Robinson, Rhodora 5: 175. 1903; Keller &
S. Br., Handb. Fl. Philad. 92. 1905; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3:
69. 1908; Robinson & Fern. in A. Gray, New Man. Bot., ed. 7, 261
& 898. 1908; M. A. Day, Check List 39. 1908; B. Long, Bartonia 2:
20. 1910; G. T. Stevens, Ill. Guide Flow. Pl. 11h. 1910; W. Stone,
Ann. Rep. N. J. State Mus. 1910: 323 & 32h. 1912; Britton & Br.,
Tl. Fl., ed. 2, 1: kShk, fig. 11k) (1913) and 3: 575. 1913; Marie~
Vict., Fl. Laurent., ed. 1, 54, 74, 565, 679-681, & 892, fig.
2. 1935; Svenson, Torreya 35: 119. 1935; Moldenke, N. Am. Fl.
19 (1): 19 & 26. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 321. 1939; Fern.,

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 369

Rhodora 3: 211. 1941; R. R. Tatnall, Fl. Del. 76. 1946; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. [1], 2, & 38. 196; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed.2], 2—6 & 205. 1919; Moldenke,
Phytologia 3: 337--340. 1950; R. McVaugh, Bull. N. Y. State Mus.
360: 93. 1958; A. & D. Love, Bot. Notiser Lund 111: 380. 1958;
Moldenke, Résumé —9 & 182. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 17
(1959), 2: [1] (1960), and 3: [1] & 2. 1962; Gleason & Cronquist,
Man. Vasc. Pl. 18. 1963;Rouleau in Marie-Victorin, Fl. Laurent.,
ed. 2, 5h, 7h, 565, 679-681, & 892, fig. 2h. 196; Shinners,
Sida 2: ll. 1966; Kral, Sida 2: 296—297, 299, & 331. 1966;
Sculthorpe, Biol. Aquat. Vasc. Pl. 393. 1967; R. M. Harper, Cas-
tanea 32: 17. 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 112. 1969.

Additional & emended illustrations: Britton & Br., Ill. Fl.,
ed. 2, 1: ok, fig. 111. 1913; Marie-Vict., Fl. Laurent., ed. 1,
680, fig. 2h. 1935; Rowleau in Marie-Vict., Fl. Laurent,, ed. 2,
680, figs 2h. 1964; Kral, Sida 2: 296. 1966.

Recent collectors have found this plant in brackish water and
on tidal shores with hard bottoms, flowering and fruiting from
August to October, and describe the plants as "purplish-green".
The only common name recorded for the species is "Parker's pipe-
wort", Rouleau (196) says that in the Laurentian region it is
found only in the intertidal zone of the St. Lawrence estuary,
growing with Bidens hyperborea Greene, from Lake Saint Pierre to
salt water -- "L'E. Parkeri a une distribution bicentrique: cote
de l'Atlantique depuis la Virginie jusqu'a la riviere Penobscot
(Maine); estuaire du Saint-Laurent. Cette disjonction est intér-
essante et souléve tout de probléme de l'origine de la florule
endemique des gréves estuariennes du Saint-Laurent." The Loves
(1958) report the chromosome mmber as 2n = c. 18.

McVaugh (1958) says "Tidal mud along the Hudson Aiver, other-
wide unknown [in New York]. First reported from our area by Sven-
son (Torreya 35: 119. 1935), who found it in the town of Red Hook,
at the mouth of Stony Creek. Poelsburg, 3807; shore east of
Rogers Island, 2958." Tatnall (1946) records it "in tidal md of
coastal plain" in Delaware, flowering there from August to mid-
Octcber. Fernald & Svenson state that they found it "forming close
carpets, extremely fragile on middy tidal shores" in Massachusetts.
Walker reports it "forming dense stands on soft md covered by
fresh water backed up by tide" in Maryland.

It should be noted here that E. parkeri apparently in the tax-
on which Ruhland (1903) called E. flavidulum Michx. in his mono-
graph as distinct from Syngonanthus flavidulus (Michx.) Ruhl.,
the correct name for Michaux's plant. Also, it should be noted
that the index to Marie-Victorin's work (1935) and Rouleau's later
edition of it (196) states that this species is mentioned on
page 75 of that work, but I fail to find it there. It occurs on
page 7 instead.

The Stone (1912) reference in the bibliography above is often
sate "1911", but the work was not actually issued until January
26, 1912.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria

370 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

under the names E. flavidulum Michx. and E. septangulare With. On
the other hand, the E. L. Little s.n. (Utah, Jul. 1), 1929], dis-
tributed as E. parkeri, “is actually E E. kornickianum Van Heurck &
Muell .-Arg. and the A. P. Garber s.n, (S. Fla., 1877] is Z. rav-
enelii Chapm. C. C. “Plitt 909 is a mixture with Sagittaria subv-
lata (L.) Buch., B. L. Robinson s.n. [Newburyport] is a mixture
with Sagittaria montevidensis Cham. & Schlecht., and L. F. Ward
sn. (Aug. 1878] & s.n. (Sept. 29, 1878] are mixtures with Sagit-
taria pusilla Nutt.

Kral (1966) gives the distribution of this species as "Muddy
tidewater riverbanks, southeastern Canada to eastern North Caro-
lina". This is the first published record knom to me of the
species occurring south of Virginia. He is doubtless referring
to the same collection from Tyrrell County cited by me below,
the only one known to me from that state. He differentiates
the species from E. pellucidum (which he calls E, septangulare
With.) as follows: "This species has bean most often confused
with E, septangulare but may be distinguished from it by the fol-
lowing criteria: a. Scape tending to be straight rather than
twisted, and with fewer ridges. b. Head narrower (seldom more
than O. i mm.), hemisphaerical, the outer involucral bracts a very
pale, dull gray or stramineous, in contrast to the broader, when
mature subglobose, heads of E. s ’ septangulare the outer involucral
bracts of which are much darker and more lustrous. c. Bracts and
perianth parts sparingly clavate-hairy, often some perianth parts
smooth, in contrast to the more pubescent perianth and bractlets
of E. septangulare. d. Involucral bracts tending to remain as-
cending even on the fruiting heads, thus mainly concealing the
bractlets and florets while, on Ee septangulare, the involucral
bracts tend to be reflexed in the flowering and fruiting heads
and are themselves partly concealed by the hairy florets."

Additional citations: QUEBEC: Bellechasse Co.: Raymond & & Kuc
niak 3328 (Mg). Montmagny Co.: Iltis 3509c (Ws); Love, Love, &
Rousseau eau 7051 (Wp). Montmorency Co.: Desmarais 1150 (ic). Port-
neuf Co.: Marie-Victorin & Rolland—Germain 2ul2 (Vi). Québec Co.:
Clausen & Trapido 2779 (Ca--8h1794, Ok); Marie-Victorin, Rolland-
Germain, & Raymond | 56166 (Um—8801); Raymond, Kucyniak, Marie~
Victorin, “& Rolland—Germain 55073 (Um--9128). MAINE: Cumberland
Co.: A. H. Norton s.n, [20 Aug. ug. 1924] (Ws). Penobscot Co.: Fas-
sett 19031 (Ws); Fernald & Long 13165 (B). Sagadahoc Co.: Fas-
sett 2195 (Ws); Fernald | & . Long SNe wn. [Pl. Exsicce. Gray. 17k] (B,
Br, Br, Ca—20)6h9, Dt, Mg, Mg, Mu——l15, S, S, Vi, Ws). MASSACHUSETTS: Es-
sex Cos: B. L. Robinson sen. [Sept. 26, 1903] (Ca—923757), sen.
[Newburyport] (N). Ply Plymouth Co.: S. F. Blake 1096), (B, 5; Ws);
Fernald & Svenson 860 (Ca—-92))139)._ . GONNECTICUT: New Aven Coe:
D. C. Eaton s.n. [1858] (S). New London Co.: R. W. Woodward s.n.
(Old Lyme, Sept. 1, 1918] (Ca--81796, Ms—77192). NEW YORK: Co—

ae

SSS a

jae

ch, Oo

Figure hl. Distribution of Eriocaulon parkeri

in the United States

Herbarium curators
counties are a6)

who have material of this species from additional
ked to send it to the author for verification and
future editions of this map may be more complete

record, so that

Mapping by counties done by Andrew R. Moldenke

= 7 = = = = = 7

AUN
ae

i
1 om 4
i /

i /

i HAWAII

{emma
/

‘
/

3 lle Po
n> C
ae WRI IS
(G ts —
“~ 2. ==>
<A (Ge ts
S Sj — ee
aaa
Pr

KEYED TO COLUMN A
a Cleartype Index Book

CORARIIYIEE

TRADE MARK REG. U.S. PAT OFF.

COUNTY OUTLINE

corrnent
7 AMERICAN

ORIGINATORS

Copyright, American Map Co., Inc., New York, No. 14324

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 371

lumbia Co.: Muenscher & Curtis 5600 (Ca—586092, Ws). Greene Co.:
Muenscher & Curtis 5604 (Qi). Ulster Co.: He D. House 25069 (Ca-
841795); Muenscher, Brown, & Langdon 2153) (S); Muenscher & Cur-
tis 5606b (Ws); Muenscher, Winne, & Isely 20694 sely 2069) (Ca—906911). NEW
JERSEY: Camden Co.: Martindale s.n. [Camden, Sep. 1877] (B).

Ocean Co.: E. H. Day sen. [17-7.52) (N). PENNSYLVANIA: Lancaster
Co.: Heller & & Halbach s.n s.n. [September 12, 1891] (Dt). Philadel-
phia Co.: Ba Cc. , Alexander | sen. [Redbank, 3 Sept. '69] (Ca—
379007); Bernhardi 8.n. [Philadelphia] (B); E. J. Durand s.n,
[Schuylkill River] (Ws). DELAWARE: Sussex Co.: E. Ce C, Earle 1820
(Ca--22688). MARYLAND: Baltimore Co.: C. C. Plitt 909, in part
(G). Cecil Co.: W. L. Abbott 2432 (S). ~ Charles Co.: yo? Fassett
22345 (Ws). Worcester Co.: Ee He Walker 4220 (Ws). DISTRICT OF
COLUMBIA : F, Blanchard s.n. [bank of the Potamac, Aug. 14, 1891]
(Dt); L. F. Ward s.n, [Aug. 1878] (H--881531), s.n. [Sept. 29,
1878] (E--96217, E—773768), s.n. (Sept. 10, 1852] (N). VIRGINIA:
King William Co.: Fernald & Long jong 11539 (S). Nansemond Co.: Fer-
nald, Long, & Clement ant 15238 (Vi, Ws). New Kent Co.: Mikula 3125
(Ny). Prince William Co,: F F. H. Sargent 6270 (Ok, St). NORTH
CAROLINA: Tyrrell Co.: Radford WS (N). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION
ibe aa Herb. Mus. Bot. Berol. son. (B); Stiive s.n. [1819]
B

ERIOCAULON PARVICAPITULATUM Moldenke
Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 15-~l,16. 1951; Moldenke
in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 36: 12, fig. 1 (32—-34). 1955; G. Taylor,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 55. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 156 & 4,82. 1959.
3b). 19850 Moldenke in Humbert, A. Madag. 36: fig. 1 (32—
1955.

ERIOCAULON PARVUM Korn.

Bibliography: Korn. in Miq., Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd. 3: 163. 1867;
Franch. & Savat., Enum. Pl. Jap. 2: 99. 1879; Mak., Bot. Mag.
Tokyo 4: 17). 1890; Maxim., Diagn. Pl. Nov. Asiat. Dec. 8: 1h.
1893; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879.

1893; Mak., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 8: 506. 1894; J. Matsumura, ind Pie
Jap. 2 (1): 176. 1905; Nakai, Rep. Vec. Quelp. 28. 191; Saida &
Sat8, Naigai Syokubutusi 1296, fig. 2009. 1921; Mori, Enum. Pl.
Corea 80. 1922; Mak & Nemoto, re Jap., ed. 1, 1307 (1925) and
ed. 2, 1513. 1931; Nemoto, Fl. Jap. Suppl. 1039. 1936; Satake in
Nakai, Icon. Pl. As. Orient. 2: 97--100, pl. 2 "(19373 and ed. 2,
192. 1938; Terazaki, Zoku Nipp. Syokubutu Zuhu fig. 3712. 1938;
Honda, Nom. Pl. Jap. 462. 1939; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl.
Jap. 6211, 6—9, li. 12,20, 28. 239. 78, & 87. fig. 1M, ok She
5B, & 11. 190; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.]
19=-21. 1940; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1:

372 PERI IVEVCGIS Vol. 18, mo. 6

879. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 25 & 38. 19l6;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Verbenac., [ed. 2], 133, 13h, &
205. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 171, 173, & lA2. 1959; Moldenke, Ré~
sumé Suppl. 1: 12. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pr. 3, 1: 879. 1960; Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col.
Tllustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 179~—180 & 4,30, fig. 122 (1), pl. LB,
fig. 305. 1964; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 10. 1965; Thanikaimo~
ni, Pollen & Spores 7: 162. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 61
(1968) and 18: 184. 1969.

Tllustrations: Saida & Sat8, Naigai Syokubutusi fig. 2009.
1921; Satake in Nakai, Icon, Pl. As. Orient. 2: pl. 42. 1937;
Terazaki, Zoku Nipp. Syokubutu Zuhu fig. 3712. 1938; Satake in
Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 6—8, 11, & 29, fig. 1M, 2A, 3A,
5B, & ll. 190; Koyama in Kitamura, Wurata, & Koyama, Col. Tllus-
tr. Herd. Pl. Japan 3: 179, fig. 122 (1) & pl. 48, fig. 305 [in
color]. 196).

Collectors have found this plant growing in bogs at the
shores of ponds, while Koyama states that he found it "scattered
in densely vegetated small marshes and shallow pools with Juncus,
Mentha, and Utricularia", flowering and fruiting in September and
October. The only recorded vernacular name for it is "kuro-
hosikusa"., The Maximowicz (1893) reference in the bibliography
above is sometimes cited to "Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb." and
dated "1892", but this work appears only to have been issued as
a separate and, according to the Index Kewensis, should be dated
"1893".

The Collector undesignated s.n. [Tokyo], distributed as E.
parvum, is actually E. cinereum R. R. Br., while Rein s.n. [Aidzu]
is E. nipponicum Maxim.

Satake (1940) cites the following additional collections from
various herbaria: KOREA: Boku 140; Faurie 89). JAPAN: Honshu:
Hisautd s.n. (Sept. 1922] & s.n. (Oct. 1936]; It6 s.n. (Oct.
1893); Koto 57465; Maekawa 10030; Makino s.n. [0et. 2 1694] & sen.
[Sept. 1895]; Matusima 3735h; Ma Matuyama 5.0. Sen. (Sept. 1928]; Miura
sen. (Jul. 1909]; Nakazima s.n. [Oct. 1927]; Okuyama 51290;
Saito 86; Satake s.n. [oct. 193 1936]; Sugimoto 42900; Turumati 39;
Ui Ui 81650. “Kyushu: Co Collector undie temminec 9 & sen. [Oct. 1909];
Doi 595 Ikebe s.n. [Sept. 1926 5 Mayebara s.n. [Oct. 1916], s.n.
[Aida, Oct. 192k), & sn. OO See Oct. 192h); Nakano 2h; Na- Na-
kasima 37 & 38; Nakazima sen. [Oct. 1911]; Taniguti s.n. s.n. TAmaku-
ga); Tasiro 367u2 & s.n. [Oct. 1926]. Shikoku: Makino 3600 & s.
ne (Oct. l 1891 Fr Murai i 8; Ogata s.n. [Oct. 1923]; Oti L; Wat Watanabe

s.n. (Sept. 189);); Ya plows 23 Yamasita sn. [oct . ‘19 Gie.

Citations: KOREAN COASTAL ISLANDS: Quelpart: Taquet 1542 (B).
WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: JAPAN: Honshu: Collector undetermined
gn, (Kasanisi-mura, 29/9/07] (S); Furuse s.n. [6 Oct. 1955]
(S)3 Koyama 13107 (Z), s.n. [7 October 1935] (Ss). Kyushu: Ko-
dama 219 (Kg); Na Naito s.n. n. [Nov. 6, 1932] (Kg).

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 373

ERIOCAULON PECTINATUM Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflansenreich 13 (l-30): 6h, 85,
& 286. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 70. 1908; Fyson, Journ.
Indian Bot. 3: 17. 1922; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid.
Madras, ed. 1, 9: 1613-161) & 1620. 1931; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 23 & 38. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126 & 205. 1919; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble,
Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. repr. 2, 8 3): 1124, 1127, & 1333. 1956;
eee eh Bot. Surv. India 18: 19. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 162 &

2. 1959.

Citations: INDIA: Madras: Perrottet 1167 (B-—-type, Z—isotype).

ERIOCAULON PELLUCIDUM Michx.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon noveboracens Pluk. ex Hook. in Curtis,
Bot. Mag. 59: pl. 3126, in syn. 1832. Eriocaulon ilum Raf.,
Atl. Journ. 1: 121. 1832 [not E. pumilum Afzel., bee. nor "Af-
zel, ex Korn.", 1952, nor N. E. Br., 1903, nor Chapm., 1959].
Eriocaulon pellucidum var. pumilum Raf., Autikon Bot., pr. 1, 189.
1840. Eriocaulon brevifolium Raf., Autikon Bot., pr. 1, 189.
180 [not E. brevifolium Klotzsch, 188, nor Mart., 1863]. Erio-

caulon sp. Penhallow, Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Bradford Meet. 335.
1900. Eriocaulon septangulare var. natans Hexamer & Meier ex
Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 323, in syn. 1939. Lepidosphaera lacus-
trus La Pylaie ex Moldenke, RésumS Suppl. 1: 19, in syn. 1959.
Globularia graminifolia Schreb., in herb.

Additional & emended bibliography: Michx., Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 166.
1803; Roem, & Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 868.
1817; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3: 775. 1826; Raf., Atl.
Journ. 1: 121. 1832; Hook. in Curtis, Bot. Mag. 59: pl. 3126.
1832; Mart. in Wall., Plant. As. Rar. 3: 28. 1832; Raf., Autikon
Bot., pr. 1, 189. 180; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 540 & 557. 18h; A.
Wood, Class-book, ed. 1, 405 (1845) and ed. 2, pr. 1, 56h. 1817;
A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 1, 51)-—-515. 188; A. Wood, Class-book,
ed. 2, pr. 2, 56h (1848), ed. 10, pr. 1, 56h (1848), ed. 10, pr.
2, 56h (1849}, ed. 10, pr. 3, 564 (1850), ed. 17, 56h (1851), ed.
23, 564 (1851), ed. 29, 56h (1853), ed. 36, 56h (185h), ed. £2,
pr. 1, 564 (1855), and ed. 1, pr. 2, 564. 1856; A. Gray, Man.
Bot., ed. 2, pr. 1, 489. 1856; Knieskern, Ann. Rep. N. J. Geol.
Surv. 33. 1856; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 2, pr. 2, 489. 1858; C.
Mull. in Walp., Amn. 5: 928 (1860) and 6: 1171. 1861; A. Wood,
Class-book, [ed. 42], pr. 1, 729. 1861; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 3,
489 (1862) and ed. h, pr. 1, 489. 1863; A Wood, Class-book, [ed.
42], pr. 2, 729. 1863; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 4, pr. 2, 89.
186); A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 2], pr. 3, 729 (1865) and pr. h,
729. 1867; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 5, pr. 1, 550 (1867) and ed. 5,
pr. 2, 550. 1868; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 2], pr. 5, 729. ;
A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 1, pr. 1, 352 (1868) and
pr. 2, 352. 1869; A. Wood, Class—book, fed. 2], pr. 6, 729
(1869) and pr. 7, 729. 1870; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. h, pr. 3, 489.
1870; A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 1, pr. 1, 355 (1870), pr. 2,

374 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 14, mo. 6

355 (1871), and pr. 3, 355. 1872; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 2],
pr. 8, 729. 1872; A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 1, pr. h, 355
(1873) and pr. 5, 355. 187h; 0. R. Willis, Cat. Pl. N. J. 67~
187k; A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 1, pr. 6, 355. 1875; A. Wood,
Class-book, [ed. 42), pr. 9, 729. 1876; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed.
S, pr. 8, 550 (1878) and pr. "8" [=9], 550. 1880; A. Gray, Field
For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 1, pr. 3, 352. 1880; A. Wood, Class—book,
[ed. 42], pr. 10, 729. 1881; 0. R. Willis in A. Wood, Am. Bot. &
Flor., ed. 2, 355. 1889; A. W. Chapm., Fl. South. U. S., ed. 2,
pr. 4, 658. 1889; S. Wats. & Coult. in A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 6,
pr. 1, 567 (18895 and pr. 2, 567. 1890; Morong, Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club 18: 353--354. 1891; A. W. Chapm., Fl. South. U. S., ed. 2,
pr. 5, 658. 1892; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1,
1: 879. 1893; Massee, Grevillea 22: 67. 189); Britton & Br., Dl.
Fl., ed. 1, 1: 371 & 602, fig. 899 (1896) and 3: 537. 1896; A. W.
Chapm., Fl. South. U. S., ed. 3, 530. 1897; Penhallow, Brit. As-
soc. Adv. Sci. Rep. 68: 527. 1899; Penhallow, Brit. Assoc. Adv.
Sci. Bradford Meet. 335. 1900; G. P. Clinton, Rhodora 3: 82. 1901;
G. P. Clinton, Journ. Myc. 8: 137. 1902; J. K. Small, Fl. South-
east. U. S., ed. 1, 236. 1903; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13
(4-30): 19, 32-35, 286, & 287. 1903; Keller & S. Br., Handb. Fl.
Philad. 91. 1905; Robinson & Fern. in A. Gray, New Man. Bot., ed.
7, 261 & 898. 1908; M. A. Day, Check List 39. 1908; R. W. Sm.,
Bot. Gaz. 9: 281—289, pl. 19 & 20. 1910; G. T. Stevens, Dl.
Guide Flow. Pl. 114 & 115, pl. 9, fig. 9. 1910; W. Stone, Amn.
Rep. N. J. State Mus. 1910: 323 & 32h, pl. 28, fig. 1. 1912;
Creevey, Harper's Guide Wild Fls..42, lh, (hS1, 469, & 529. 1912;
Britton & Br., Ill. Fl., ed. 2, 1: 45h, fig. 1140 (1913) and 3:
575 & 625. 1913; J. K. Small, Fl. Southeast. U. S., ed. 2, 236.
1913; House, N. Y. State Mus. Mem. 15 (1): Wh, pl. 6A (1918) and
15 (2): 347 & 355. 1918; Knowlton, U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 696:
260 & 812, 1919; Fern., Rhodora 23: 102. 1921; N. Taylor, Guide
Wild Fls. 6—7 & 323, fig. 13. 1928; Pool, Fls. & Flow. Pl., ed.
1, 299 & 359, fig. 169. 1929; House, Wild Fls. 4h, 347, & 355,
pl. 6A. 193k; Marie-Vict., Fl. Laurent., ed. 1, 546, 674, 679,
680, 837, & 892, fig. 2h. 1935; Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19 (1): 18
& 2h. 1937; Little, Am. Midl. Nat. 19: 378. 1938; Moldenke, Phy-
tologia 1: 323327. 1939; Pool, Fls. & Flow. Pl., ed. 2, 295 &
407, fig. 189. 1941; Karling, Torreya 1: 106. 191; Moldenke in
Lundell, Fl. Texas 3 (1): 6--7. 192; Raf., Autikon Bot., pr. 2,
189. 1913; Castell. in Descole, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: 76 &
{103]. 19h; Jacks. in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1:
879. 1946; R. R. Tatnall, Fl. Del. 75. 1946; Moldenke, Known Ge-
ogr. Distrib. Erioc. [1]—3, 20, 38-0, & 4h. 1946; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2{, 2=—6, 11, 12, 1h, 15,
107, & 206. 1949; E. D. Merr., Ind. Rafin. 82. 199; H. E.
Jaques, Pl. Fam., ed. 2, 96, fig. 289. 1949; Hare, Journ. Linn.
Soc. Lond. Bot. 53: 22--l48. 1950; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 385-
397. 1950; Niering, Ecolog. Monog. 23: 132. 1953; Butters & Ab-
be, Rhodora 55: 136. 1953; Hand, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 81: 92.
1954; [Wiltshire], Rev. Appl. Myc. Ind. Fungi 1: 39, 50, & 393.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 375

1954; Thorne, Am. Midl. Nat. 52: 281. 195); Linderoth, Faunal Con.
Eu. & Ne Am. 240, 21, & 250. 1957; Anon., Algonquin Prov. Park
Mus. Check-list 7. 1957; A. & D. Love, Bot. Notiser Lund 111:
380—381 & 387. 1958; R. McVaugh, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 360: 93.
1958; A. Love, Rhodora 61: 31. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé —~10, 15,
16, 19, 173, 286, 287, 291, 292, kik, & 482. 1959; Moldenke, Ré—
sumé Suppl. 1: [1], 2, 7, & 17--19 (1959) and 2: [1] & 2. 1960;
Sparrow, Aquat. Phycomycet., ed. 2, [Univ. Mich. Stud. Sci. 15:]
376 & 1095. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3,
1: 879. 1960; Anon., Billie Bear Plant List 3. 1961; Moldenke,
Résumé Suppl. 3: [1], 2, 4, 5, 15, 18, & 31 (1962), 4: [1] (1962),
and 6: [1] & 2. 1963; Gleason & Cronquist, Man. Vasc. Pl. 18h.
1963; J. M. Gillett, Canad. Field Nat. 77: 139. 19633 R. Good,
Geogr. Flow. Pl. 182, 293, & 294. 196; Melchior in Engl., Syl-
lab. Pfl., ed. 12, 2: 555 & 556, fig. 230 A—D. 196k; Henry & Bu-
ker, Trillia 12: 105 & 131. 1964; Roland & Sm., Proce. Nova Scot.
Inst. Sci. 26 (2): 191--192, fig. 476, map 173. 196; Rouleau in
Marie-Vict., Fl. Laurent., ed. 2, 546, 67h, 679, 680, & 837, fig.
2h. 1964; Radford, Ahles, & Bell, Guide Vasc. Fl. Carol. 106 &
107. 1964; Lakela, Fl. Northeast, Minn. 110--111. 1965; Stocking,
Nat. Conserv. Ecol. Stud. Leafl. 6: [15]. 1965; F. H. Montgomery,
Native Wild Pl., pr. 2, 9, fig. 16. 1965; Shinners, Sida 2: 1.
1966; F. H. Montgomery, Pl. from Sea to Sea 390, fig. 822. 1966;
Hartley, Univ. Iowa Stud. Nat. Hist. 21: 150. 1966; Kral, Sida

2: 308—309 & 330. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 13: [1] (1966),
1h: [1] (1966), and 15: [1]. 1967; Ogden, Quatern. Paleoecology
7: 175—183. 1967; Sculthorpe, Biol. Aquat. Vasc. Pl. 393. 1967;
E. G. Voss, Mich. Bot. 6 (2): 41 & 46, fig. 6. 1967; E. L. Braun
Vasc. Fl. Ohio 1: 308-310. 1967; Sterling, Outer Isl. 159, [161],
167, & 179. 1967; L. S. Thomas, Pyne Barrens 23. 1967; Freer,
Castanea 33: 168. 1968; W. C. Grima, Recog. Flow. Wild Pl. 36.
1968; Ogden, Biol. Abstr. 49: 9863. 1968; Hinds & Hathaway,
Wildfls. Cape Cod 116, 117, & 168, fig. 107. 1968; Moldenke, Ré-
sumé Suppl. 16: 21 (1968) and 17: [1], 8, & 9. 1968; Moldenke,
Phytologia 17: 9, 382, 490, & 500 (1968), 18: 45 (1968), 17: 48h-
485 (1969), and 18: 79-80, 175, 187, 186, 249, 250, 253, 263,
268, 299, & 301. 1969.

Illustrations: Britton & Br., Ill. Fl., ed. 1, 1: 371, fig.
899. 1896; R. W. Sm., Bot. Gaz. 49: pl. 19 & 20, 1910; G. T. Ste-
vens, Ill. Guide Flow. Pl. 115, pl. 9, fig. 9. 1910; W. Stone,
Ann. Rep. N. J. State Mus. 1910: pl. 28, fig. 1. 1912; Creevey,
Harper's Guide Wild Fls. [45]. 1912; Britton & Br., Ill. Fl., ed.
2, 1: Loh, fig. 1140. 1913; House, N. Y. State Mus. Mem. 15 (1):
pl. 6A [in color]. 1918; N. Tavlor, Guide Wild Fls. 7, fig. 13.
1928; Pool, Fls. & Flow. Pl., ed. 1, 299, fig. 169. 1929; Huse,
Wild Fls. pl. 6A [in color]. 193; Marie-Vict., Fl. Laurent., ed.
1, 680, fig. 2h. 1935; Pool, Fls. & Flow. Pl., ed. 2, 295, fig.
189, 1941; Roland & Sm., Proc. Nova Scot. Inst. Sci. 26 (2): 191,
fig. 476. 196; Rouleau in Marie-Vict., Fl. Laurent., ed. 2, 680,
fig. 2. 1964; F. H. Montgomery, Native Wild Pl., pr. 2, fig. 16.
1965; F. H. Montgomery, Pl. from Sea to Sea fig. 822. 1966; E.G.

376 PHITOLOG I< Vol. 18, no. 6

Voss, Mich. Bot. 6 (2): 6, fig. 6. 1967; Z. L. Braun, Vasc. Fl.
Ohio 1: 308. 1967; Sterling, Outer Isl. 159 & [161]. 1967; Hinds
& Hathaway, Wildfls. Cape Cod fig. 107. 1968.

It is worth noting here that the E. pumilum Afzel. and the E.

lum "Afzel.ex Korn.", referred to in the synonymy above, be-
long in the synonymy of E. pulchellum Korn. as does also the
homonym accredited to N. E. Brow, while E, lum Chapm. is a
synonym of Lachnocaulon engleri Ruhl. Rafinesque (18,0) de-
scribes his E, pellucidum var, pumilum as having "leaves uncial,
scape 3 uncial, heads small, on Mts." I feel that it is only a
dwarf edaphic form of this very variable species. The type of
Lepidosphaera lacustrus appears to be an unnumbered Brongniart
collection from "terra nueve" deposited in the herbarium of the
Botanisches Museum at Berlin.

The Eriocaulon brevifolium of Klotzsch is a synonym of what is
now known as E. klotzschii Moldenke, while the hanonym accredited
to Martius is E. sellowianum Kunth.

In my earlier publications I united E. pellucidum with the Old
World E. septangulare With., as most authors have done. Rouleau

(196) lists E. septangulare, along with Spiranthes romanzoffiana
Cham. and Juncus tenuis Willd., as species which occur native in
North America and also in Great Britain and which are supposed to
represent an ancient flora when the two continents were united.
Melchior (196), however, points out that the "E. septangulare"
plants of North America have only half the chromosome count of
those living in Europe. R&skell & Doris Love (1958) have thorough-
ly investigated this matter and report as follows: "Eriocaulon
septangulare is an aggregate complex, the typical unit of which
was originally described by Withering (1776) from Ireland. The
American species, E. pellucidum described by Michaux (1803) was
regarded distinct by Torrey (1826), doubtfully identified with
the British plant by Bigelow (182), whereas Gray (1818) and most
later authors have regarded them as synonymous. Some taxa at the
specific level have been separated from the American populations
by later authors, as, for instance, E. Parkeri of the tidal md-
flats and estuaries from Virginia north to the St. Lawrence de-
scribed by Robinson (1903), and E, Rollandii from Lake Mistassini
described by Rouleau (1957), but the common North American plant
is still regarded as conspecific with the British taxon by all
American authors (Fernald, 1950; Gleason, 1952; Rousseau, 1957).
It is rather variable and seems to be greatly affected by en-
vironmental conditions in the lakes it inhabits. The only chro-
mosome numbers hitherto reported from Eriocaulon are 2n = 32 and
36 counted by Erlandsson (190) in three species from Australasia.
None of these is closely related to E. septangulare agg. In our
material from two localities in western Ireland (plants from
Clooney Lakes in southern Kerry County, and germinating seeds
from Lough Gall on Achill Island in May County) we counted 2n =

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 377

6, chromosomes, a number very close to the inexact 2n = c, 60 re-
ported by Hare (1950) in connection with detailed morphological
and anatomical studies on the Irish plant. In our American ma-
terial of what the manuals name E. septangulare, from Lake Nomin-
ingue and Lake Ouareau in the Laurentian Mountains, we counted
2n = 32 chromosomes, and the number 2n = c. 1,8 is typical for E.
keri fron the estuaries of the St. Lawrence River. There is,
thus, good reason to doubt the correctness of the identification
of the American plant with the Irish species, and the name E.
pellucidum Michx. should be reinstated for this taxon of eastern
North America. E, septangulare s. str. differs from E. pelluci-
dum in its generally somewhat broader and shorter leaves when
cultivated under similar conditions; the scapes do not reach the
same length and are thicker just above the base; the heads are
generally larger, more sphaerical at first and later more verti-
cally flattened, and not as depressed-globose as those of the
American species; the seeds are ellipsoidal or subsphaerical and
definitely larger in the plant from the British Isles than in any
of the species from northeastern North America....The present re-
sults, conclusive for Eriocaulon and Sisyrinchium, indicate that
the explanations hitherto presented for this problem [of North
American - European relationships] have been based on insuffici-
ent taxonomic evidence, at least in part. It is clear that the
two most discussed species of this element are not identical with
taxa in North America as has always been thought, and there is
considerable doubt as to the occurrence of these species outside
of the British Isles. That they are old inhabitants of Ireland
is beyond all doubt, and in fact Jessen (199) has demonstrated
that Eriocaulon grew in Ireland in early post-glacial times."
They conclude that "Eriocaulon septangulare agg. is divided into
three species in America and one in Ireland. No cytological in-
formation is available for the recently described E. Rollandii,
while the American E. pellucidum has 2n = 32, and E, Parkeri 2n =
48 chromosomes. Irish plants of E. septangulare s. str. have
2n = 64 chromosomes; that species seems to be endemic to the
British Isles." It should be mentioned here that several North
American botanists, notably the late Agnes Chase and Elisworth
P, Killip, who have observed both the Old and New World popula~
tions in the field, agreed that they are not conspecific. Un-
fortunately, the differences noted in the field are not as obvi-
ous on dried and pressed herbarium material.

The fossil described by Penhallow in 1899 came from Taylor
Brickyard, Don Valley, Ontario, Canada, in a Pleistocene formation,
while that described by him in 1900 was also from the Pleistocene
of the Don River Valley, Ontario, and is almost certainly the same
taxon.

Eriocaulon pellucidum has been collected on shore sand, on
shores or muddy shores, on sandflats at creek mouths, and exsicca-
ted shores at the mouths of brooks, in the swampy edges of lakes,

378 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

shallow pools in bog-barrens, wet sandy soil along lakeshores,
dessicating mud of boggy roadside pools, peaty quagmire pools in
sphagnous bogs, in the shallow water of lakes and bays, in the
Sphagnum layers of pond shores, in peaty lake margins, king
peaty margins of ponds, in water from 1 inch to almost 6 feet in
depth, on bottoms of sand, sand and gravel, fibrous peat, muck, or
sandy muck, growing at altitude to 550 meters.

Rouleau (1964) says that it is very common in the lakes of the
Laurentides and the Appalachians in general in Quebec, also in
Gaspé and Anticosti, frequently growing along with Lobelia dort-
manna Le. In Ontario it is said by Voss to be "occasional in float-
ing bog mats". In Michigan it is described by Van Deusen as
"very dense on exposed shoals, scapes 32—39 cm. long", by Mc
Vaugh as "very abundant turf-forming", and by Voss as "abundant
on moist sandy shores",

In New Jersey it is described by Adams as "submerged in dense
colonies in shallow water" and by Kral as "in peaty banks and
shallow water at edge of ponds in Chamaecyparis areas, the heads
chalk-white, the submerged plants with much longer scapes".
Wiegmann found it growing along with Cephalanthus occidentalis,
Sphagnum, Pontederia, Castalia, and Eleocharis acicularis in New
York, while in North Carolina it is said by Radford, Ahles, &
Bell. (1964) to be "rare in shallow pools of Bladen, "craven, Per-
quimans, and Tyrrell Counties". A distribution map preserved in
the herbarium of the University of Wisconsin indicates this spe-
cies as occurring in Ashland, Barron, Bayfield, Burnett, Chippe-
wa, Dane, Dodge, Douglas, Forest, Langlade, Lincoln, Marquette,
Oconto, Oneida, Polk, Price, Rusk, Sawyer, Shawano. Vilas, Wash-
burn, Waupaca ’and maybe Sheboygan Counties in that state.

Chapman (1889) records "E, septangulare" from southern Miss-
issippi on the basis of an unnumbered Hilgard collection not as
yet seen by me.

Sparrow (1960) reports that the leaves of this plant are para-
sitized by the fungus Endophlyctis texana Karling, a fungus also
found on Elodea canadensis and Vallisneria. This report is ap-
parently based on one by Karling (19h) to the effect that he
found this fungus on dead leaves of E. septangulare in water in
Texas. However, since E. pellucidum does not occur in Texas, he
must have misidentified the host, which more probably was Erio-
caulon texense Korn.

Clinton (1901) describes a smt fungus, Ustilago eriocauli
Clint., from the ovaries of Eriocaulon pellucidum. In his 1902
work he claims that this smut is identical with the Cintractia
eriocauli Massee, described from E. fenestratum Bojer in Mada-
gascar.

Tucerman reports the "scapes 8- or 9-ribbed'" on his specimens.
Voss (1967) notes that the permanent septate appearance of the
roots of this pipewort distinguish it at once from all other spe-
cies of submerged rosette-forming plants in Michigan. Roland &

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 379

Smith (196) say that the "Sterile plants often form a green
growth on the bottom of lakes as much as 2 m. below the surface
throughout our sandy lake shores, rarely in running water".

McVaugh (1958) distinguishes this species from the much-
confused E. parkeri as follows: E. pellucidua — heads when ma-
ture white-hairy at the summit, the involucral bractlets at ma-
turity spreading or reflexed, the head itself hemispheric or near-
ly spherical. E. parkeri -- heads never white-hairy, depressed-
hemispheric, the involucral bractlets closely appressed even at
maturity, the involucre short-campanulate. He found E. pellucidum
in "Shallow water, margins of ponds; frequent. Sometimes emersed,
on muddy shores, or in sphagnum bogs".

The E. decangulare Lightf., previously regarded by me as a syn-
onym of E. pellucidum, belongs in the synonymy of the European &.
septangulare With. instead, since it is based on Scottish plants.
Martius (1832), under E. quinquangulare L., notes that E. pellu-
cidum "e speciminibus americanis huic et insequenti [E. sexangu-
lare L.] comparari potest". It is interesting to note that he
fails to compare it with E. septangulare}!

Rafinesque's E. pumilum was said by him (1832) to be from the
Catskill Mountains of New York and there is therefore no doubt of
its identity. His E. pellucidum var. pumilum, published 8 years
later, was proposed without designation of type locality. His E.
brevifolium appears to be a mixture of two taxa: he cites New Jer-
sey and Texas as the localities where it is said to grow, but the
only species of Eriocaulon known to me from both these states is
E. compressum Lam. and this does not fit his description as to
size and color of the heads and the size of the leaves. It also
seems to me that Merrill's suggestion of Syngonanthus flavidulus
(Michx.) Ruhl. for the Rafinesquian plant is highly unlikely since
that plant grows neither in New Jersey nor Texas! I suspect that
Rafinesque's Texan plant was E. texense Korn, and his New Jersey
plant was one of the forms of the highly variable E. pellucidum
Michx. His description applies best to E. pellucidum and so I re-
gard his binomial as strictly synonymous with that of Michaux and
his Texan reference as an error in identification or remembrance
on his part.

Thorne (1954), referring to Georgian material, apparently con-
siders E, lineare Small conspecific with the present species, say-
ing "E, septangulare With. (incl. E, lineare Small). -—- Shallow
water and wet margins of ponds and borrow-pits and moist pinelands,
frequent. Our material may be separable from the more northern
typical E. septangulare as a subspecies". Kral (1966) says "Sandy
or peaty lakeshores, margins of ponds, ditches, muskeg, and sphag-
nous bogs, the Canadian Shield of southern Canada, the Great Lakes
region, New England, and south in the Appalachians into mountain-
ous North Carolina.......eIn habit, habitat, and floral character
this species most closely resembles E. lineare and E. texense, en-

380 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

titieg with which it may someday be considered as identical. How-
ever, it does differ from E. lineare by its darker, grayish or
sooty bracts, bractlets, and sepals and from E. texense by its
much smoother receptacle."

The Stone (1912) reference in the bibliography above is often
cited as "1911", but the work was not actually published until
January 26, 1912.

In the index to his work Sterling (1967) indicates that what he
calls E. articulatum is illustrated on page "162", but it is actu-
ally depicted on page 161. Tatnall (1946) describes E. pellucidum
as follows: "(E. articulatum in part of Gray's 7th); borders of
fresh ponds, central part of peninsula [Delmarva]; one coll. in
NewCastle Co. along Delaware River; mid July—Sept." Hartley
(1966) says "Reported (personal correspondence) from the Trempea-
leau Lakes Area along the Mississippi River in Trempealeau Co,
[Wisconsin] by Wm. Greene of the U. S, Fish & Wildlife Service,
Winona, Minnesota. A collection (not seen by this writer) was
made from this station by Dr. Greene in 1956 and is on file at the
U. S. Fish & Wildlife Service Herbarium at Winona."

Ogden (1968) reports that Eriocaulon pellucidum stems rooted
near the old lake margin on Martha's Vineyard island showed a
radiocarbon content of + 37 percent (above the modern reference
standard). The mean of four samples from the upper 10 cm, of
sediment showed a radiocarbon content of only +.7 percent —
the lower value implies mixing with deeper sediments because
there is no detectable limestone in the till to reduce the pro-
portion of C, Sedimentation rates per century are about 4.5 cm.
for the early postglacial, 5 cm. for the hypsithermal, and 6.8
cm. for the upper 1.5 cm. of the core. Both here and in an Ohio
lake tested, the sedimentation rates for post-colonial times
(above the sharp rise in Ambrosia and European weed pollen) are
considerably greater than in the rest of the cores.

Common names for E, pellucidum are "eriocaulon a sept angles",
"northern pipewort", and "seven—angled pipewort". Lakela (1965)
cites Lakela 3027 & 17073 from Minnesota, where she says that the
species is *Frequent, shallow water, aires and marshes". She
gives its overall distribution as "Nfld to w Ont, NS to Minn",
Freer (1968) cites Freer 7165 from Augusta County, Virginia.
Little (1938) records the species from Muskogee County, Oklahoma,
but this is surely an error for E. kornickianum Van Heurck &
Muell.-Arg. Gillett (1963) cites | Gillett Su7L and Schofield 783
from Labrador. The Wherry s.n. [l m. 8. of Flat Rock St., 5-30-
1927], cited below, was previously regarded and cited by me as
E. lineare Small.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria
under the names E. compressum Lam., E. decangulare L., E. flavid-
ulum Michx., E. lineare Small, E. septangulare With., Danthonia
spicata (L.) Beauv., and Siscciarts acicularis Britton.

On the other hand, the W. C. Coker s.n. (L73/1910] & s.n. [June

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 31

27, 1931] and Tharp s.n. [Bellville, 5/h/40], distributed as this
species, are actually E. E. compressum Lam.; F. A. Barkley 13543, We
M. Canby s.n. [Pine barrens, Aug. 1861], and W. R. Taylor 7.1073
are E. .E. decangulare L.3 E. L. Little Jr. s.n. (Jul. lh, 1929] is
E. kornickianum Van Heurck & Muell.-Arg.; R. F. Thorne 1581, 4370,
& 5022 and W. Wolf son. (Summerdale, July 30, '26) are E. lineare
Small; Widgren s.n. son. is | E. modestum Kunth; R. C. Alexander sn.
[Redbank, 3 Sept. +t. '69] and Martindale s.n. (Camden, Sep. 1877]
are E. parkeri B. L. Robinson; Lundell & Lundell 11152 and Olds
s.ne “TMontgomery, 2.20.94] are Lachnocaulon anceps 3 (Walt. ) Morong;
McCarthy sn, (Wilmington, June 1892] is Lachnocaulon minus
(Chapm.) Small; and Adrien 3308 is a species of Lobelia. A sheet
of Nuphar advena (Ait. t.) Ait. f. was actually identified as Ee
septangulare re in the McGill University herbarium -- doubtless ~

another case of transposed labels’
Additional citations: pear Gillett & Findlay Suz (S).

NEWFOUNDLAND: Fernald, Lo & Fogg 1476 1476 (N); Fernal Fernald & | & Wiegand
5068 (S), 5069 (Ca—20773h); Grether 7618 (Ca--9355h0, Ws); Jans-
son son 361 (S), ), 362 (S), Zen. (ouehank tuchans Junction] (Go); K. K. Mac-
kenzie son. (7/19/192.] (N); Rouleau 2508 (Mu). PRINCE EDWARD
ISLAND: ~ Queens Coe: Fernald, Long, & & St. John 7128 (N). NOVA
SCOTIA: Digby Coe: Graves & & Linder 20590 (8); Fernald & Long
23575 (S, Ws). Guysborough Co.: Faribault 1908 8 (Vi); Smith, Tay-
lor, lor, Webster, & Slipp 9491 (Vi). Halifax Co.: o.: Dore, Judd, | & Gor-
ham 45-1101 (Vi); "A. H. He" son. [Halifax] (S); E.G. Knight s.
n. n. (Grand Lake, 12.7. 7.79] (N). Hants Co.: Fernald, | Bartram, &
Long 23568 (N), 23569 (Vi); Smith, Taylor, “Webster, & & Slipp 9159 9159
(Vi). Inverness Cos: Smith, “Schofield, Sampson, & Bent Bent 4916 CWE) »
Lunenburg Co.: Fernald & Long 2357) (Vi); Smith, Taylor, “Webster,
& Slipp 8986 (Vi). Qu Queens Co.: Fernald, Long, & Linder 20593
(S). Richmond Co.: Rousseau 130088 088 (S); Smith, “Schofield, Sa Sampson,
& Bent 5052 (Vi); Smith, Taylor, or, Webster, & “& Sli pp 10095 (vi).
Shelburne Co.: Fernald | & Long 23571 Long 23571 (N), 23572 (N, “Vi). Victoria
Co.: Smith, Schofield, Sampson, & & , & Bent 4625 (¥. (Vi); Smith, Schofield,
Taylor, Webster, & Slipp 8090 (Vi); Sm Smith, th, Taylor, “Webster, &
Slipp 6638 Slipp 6638 (Vi). Yarmouth Co.: Fernald & & Long 23576 (N). County
undetermined: Dawson sen. [1869] "(Mm—3295). Brier Island: Smith,
Roland, Collins, s, Erskine, & Scofield 62 (Vi). Saint Paul Island:
Perry & cat Roscoe 127 (S). NEW BRUNSWICK: Charlotte Co.: Malte 47/
2S; “Vi, Vi). ~ Madawaska Coe: Malte & Watson 733 (S). ~ Saint
John Co.: G. U. Hay s.n. (Aug. \, '77) (Vi). QUEBEC: Abitibi Coe:

aig Wiekerin, RoliandGermeton & . & Blain 308 (Um—-9130) ; varias
Victorin, Rolland—Germain, & Dominique 125 (Um—-9131). Argenteuil

382 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

Co,: Major-Barnabé s.n, [28 aofit 1940) (Vi); Marie-Victorin &
Rolland-Germain 5605 (Um—9717); Marie-Victorin, Rolland-Germain,
Raymond, & Boivin 56488 (Um--9721); Raymond 3045 (Vi); Bay pond,
Boivin, Marie-Victorin, & Rolland—Germain 56488 (Ca—7h09
Rolland—Germain 6070 (s, “vi), sen. (August 21, 1946) (5, PP

18598, Hi—200059, N, Ok, S, St, Ur, Ut—69L,93b, Vi, We).

Beauce Co.: P, Masson 3519 (vi). Brome Co.: Raymond & Kucyniak
807 (Mg). Charleroix Co.: Desmarais 22h (Vi, Ws), 491 (Vi, Ws).
Gaspé Est Co.: Proulx s.n. [21 aofit 1933] (Ca—22931); Taché & Le
Page s.n. [18 juillet 1936] (Vi). Gatineau Co.: Minshall & Zinck
197 (Ut--92964A); Senn 197 (Ok), 1860 (Um—l123). Iberville Co.:
Marie-Victorin, Rolland-Germain, & Raymond 56191 (Um—9906); Ray-
mond & Cing-Mars 30331 (Mg). Jacques Cartier Co.: E. Hultén s.n.
[Auge 1959] (S). Joliette Co.: Jolicoeur 1471 (Vi); Marie-
Victorin, Rolland-Germain, & Blain 12) (Um-—-9129). Labelle Co.:
Desmarais 1198 (Mg); Dutilly & Lepage 34171 ge 34171 (Mg); Gauthier 11378
(N, S, Vi); Lamarre s.n. [25 aofit 1955) (Ca—72375); Lucie Lucien 204
(Um—9960) ; Lucien & Hloi 205 (Um—W142h); Marie-Victorin s.n.
{Lacs des Laurentides, Aotit 1 1912] (B); Marie-Victorin, Rolland-
Germain, & Blain 12), (Ws); Raymond 243 (Um—58577); E. Roy 1636
(Vi, Vi). miei a John Est Co.: Marie-Victorin 157% (Vi).
Laprairie Co.: Cléonique 273 (Vi). Maskinongé Co.: Gauthier
2201 (Vi). ees Co.: Boivin & Blain 782 (Gg—-30475, Um--9291,
Ut--25215b). Montcalm Co.: Cailloux s.n. [30 aoftt 1936] (Vi);
Raymond & Kucyniak 55272 (Mg); Rouleau 61 (Um—570); Rousseau
& Goudreault 1t 151 ( (Go, S); E. Roy 123 (Vi); Sylvio 1229 (Vi),

1335 (Vi), 1385 (Vi). Papineau Co.: Gauthier 11530 (Vi). Port-
neuf Co,: Anselme , (Vi); Marie-Victorin 615 (Mm—23026). Rouyn-
Noranda Co.: Hustich 443 (Mg). Saguenay Co.: Markle & Markle s.n.
{[Bergeronnes “July 26, 1 1955] (Ms—I,351) « Saint Maurice Co.:
Gauthier polit (Vi). Terrebonne Co.: C. M. Boardman 3% (Mg);
Cing-Mars s.n. sen. [aofit 198] (Vi); Meilleur r 535 (Mg), (Mg), 562 (Mg); H.
N. Moldenke 21710 (Bm, Ca, Gg, Mi, , Mm); Nv. Nabor-Gabriel 1 294 (Vi);
Rouleau 1229 (Vi). Timiskaming Co.: Me Ki Me Balawtn 60 (va):
Vaudreuil Co.: E. Roy 1417 (Go, Vi). Wolfe Co.: Raymond & Kucy-
niak 1421 (Mg). Yamaska Co.: Marie-Victorin, Rolland—Germain, &
Meilleur 5028 (Ca—-341799). Madore Island: Boivin 4395 (Um—
49921). ONTARIO: Algoma Dist.: Fassett 1,699 (Ws); Grassl 7617
(Mi), 7619 (Mi), 7620 [Algona] (Mi, Mi, Mi); Hosie, Harrison, . &
Hughes ; 1317 (S), 1319 (N); Koelz 4622 (Mi); Taylor, Hosie, Fitz-
patrick, Lo Losee, & - Leslie 1338 (Ca--$h1800), 1339 (S). Carleton
Co.: Rolland 15737 (Ca--81808). Frontenac Co.: J. Fowler 21891
(Ws), s.n. [Battersea, Aug. 18, 1898] (B). Haliburton Co.: G. L.
Fisher s.n. (Dorset, Aug. 3, 1898] (S). Hastings Co.: Macoun s. n.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 383

[Aug. 15, 1874] (Mm--2326). Kenora Co.: Bisby sen. [Ingolf] (Wp);
Garton 1749 (Wp); Leach sen. [Minaki] (Wp); G. B. B. Rossbach 3h
(Ca--28 296) Muskoka Co.: Britton & Timmerman SoM 1. [Port | Sand-
field, Sept. 1, 1889] (Ca--2l19); Grassl 7618 (Mi). Nipissing
Dist.: Grassl 7620 [Deer Lake] (Mi). Renfrew Co.: Umbach 10348
(Ws), sen. [July 22, 1899] (Ok). Sudbury Co.: Grassl 2082 (Mi),
2083 (Mi), 2084 (Mi, N); Krotkov 5086 (Ws); Soper & Soper 3619 per 3619
(vi). Thunder Bay Dist.: Je Ae “Je A. Calder 1749 (S, Vi); Core Cob
(We); Garton 7632 (Hi--206119) ; Hosie, Losee, & Bannan n 1401 (C: (Ca--
707061), 1402 (Vi); McClement 21893 (Ws); E. G. Voss 10356 (Mi,
S). Caribou Island: Grassl 1301 (Mi). Eagle Island: Grassl 2081
(Mi). Georgian Bay Island 510a: E. D. McDonald 482 (Ws). MAINE:
Aroostook Co.: G. D. Chamberlain 501 ~ (Ca--84180)) Cumberland
Co.: Addams s.n. . (Bridgeport, July—Aug. 1926] (Ws). Franklin
Co.: L. 0. Eaton 16988 (Ws). Hancock Co.: R. C. Friesner 3399
(Mi). Kennebec Co.: Fassett 7335 (Ws), 15631 (Ca--539309); Stab-
ler & King 59 (Mi). Lincoln Co.: Fassett 2160 (Ws), 18795 (Ws),
18799 (Ws); C. H. Knowlton s.n, [Newcastle, July 27, 1932] (Hi—
166350) . Oxford Co.: oa F. Reed 42 (Hi); L. A. Wheeler s.n.
[Bethel, 8/5/29] (S). Penobscot Coe: Fernald 369 (Ws). Piscat—
aquis Co.: F. J. Hermann 1912) (Mi), 19612 (N). Somerset Co,:
Fassett 1392 (Ws); Goodale s.n. [11 August 1933] (Ms—-70876);
Spaulding & Collins s.n. [August 21, 1919] (Vi). Waldo Co.: R.
C. Friesner 1,840 (Mi, Wp), 1022) (Ca-—-597242, Lb--30195), 2305
(Ok, S). York Co.: Cléonique-Joseph 2367 (Vi), 2617 (Vi). Mount
Desert Island: Batchelder son. [Aug. 5, 1905] (Dt); Macfarlane &
Taylor 1229 (Mi). County undetermined: Houten & Schoenmakers s.
n. [Lower Togue Pond] (Ut—5277la). NEW HAMPSHIRE: Belknap Co.:
Ba F. Forbes sen. [New Hampton, Sept. 5, 190k] (S). Carroll Co.:
Herb. Univ. | Wisc. sen. [L. Winnipisaukee, July 31st 'S1] (Ws).
Cheshire Co.: oh Pe Deane sen. [Muddy Pond, July 2, 1891] (S), s.n.
(Muddy Pond, Auge 7 , 1891] (S), Sen. fae aye 1896] (Ms—-81538) .
Coos Co.: Collector indademiinad,s a sen. [White Mountains] (B); Heu-
ser sen. [31 July '96] (B). Grafton Co.: Collector undetermined
3 3.n. [Goose Pond, Sep. 6, 1875] (Ca--67328); Fassett 11353 (Ws);
R. H. Piper 1523. (Ok), sen. [31 July 1932] (Ms--69489). Hills-
boro Co.: F. S. Beattie sen. [7/1h/1927] (Ok--212h, Ok--2125, Ok-
2126). Merrimack Co.: Eggleston s.n. [N. London, '89] (Dt); Mar-
kert s.n. [11 August 1931] (Ms—6,989). Rockingham Co.: Foote &
Adams s.n. [September 2, 1940] (Ok). VERMONT: Caledonia Co.: F.
Blanchard sen. (Waterman's Pond, July 4th, 1878] (Dt), s.n. [West
Danville, Sept. 1, 188) (Ca—-l)21731) « Franklin Co.: Muenscher,
Manni "be Maguire 312 (Ws). Grand Isle Co.: Carpenter s.n. (8-
at (Ur). Lan oille Co.: A. R. Moldenke 1s (Ac). Rutland

38h FS t-T-0'75-0 G-1°2 Vol. 18, no. 6

Co.s J. A. Drushel 9796 (Ur). Windham Co.: Eggleston s.n. (Marl-
boro, “Sept. 15, 1895] 5] (Dt); M. F. Moseley s.n. (Aug. 11, 1, 190)
(us—LLbh9) . MASSACHUSETTS: Barnstable Co.: H. C. Cowles s.n.
[Cape Cod, Sept. 1900] (H--1286913); B. W. Davis s.n. [Wood's
Hole, Aug. 24, 189] (Mi); Elwell s.n. [Aug. 25, 1891] (Ms—
50576); Fernald & Fogg 567 (Ca—923785); D. S. Francis 76 (0k);
J.P. Poole s.n 5.0. ~ (Mashpee, 8/18/39] (Go). Berkshire Co.: Pease,
Goodale, & | & Hopkins s.n. [19 Sept. 1930] (Ms—66116). Bristol Co Co.:
O. Ames s.n, (Winnicunnitt Lake, fhe hte (Rf); Baxter s.n. [New
Bedford, July 26, 1906] (Ca—8}1780) ; lomberg s.n. . (Winnicunnitt
Lake, 189k) (RE); T. A. Greene s.n, aoe Pond] (Ws). Franklin
Co.: W. D. Forbes lab ( (Ms--72921); Goodale s.n. [2h July 1925]
(Ms—3730); Goodale & Markert s.n, [23 Aug. 1932] (Ms—-68268);
Goodale, Markert, & Piper 8.n. sen. [27 July 1929] (Ms—55835), sn.
(22 Aug. 1929] (1 (s—-95837); G Goodale, Potsubay, & St. John s.n.
[25 Aug. 1931] (Ms--62)63), s.n. en. (30 Aug. 1931] (Ms—62h62);
Jesup s.n. [Locke's Pond, July 2 2, 1870) (Dt), s.n. (Sept. 1871)
(Ms—3895); Livingston & Rowley sen. (Sept. 9, 1960] (Ms—16191,
Ms—16192). Hampden Co.: Bliss & Se Seymour G.779 (Ms—-7076),
G.832 (Ms—56861, Ws); Clark & Seymour G.745 (Ms—-70763); Markert
gen. (1 Aug. 1930] (Ms—61690); F. C. Seymour 268 (Ms—3894),
G.233 (Ms—70767), G G 361 (Ms—70766) , G 5h (Ms—70765), G.1042
(Ms—-70762); E. Tuckerman s.n. [duly 1860] (Ms—3896). Hampshire
Co.: Goodale, “Markert, & | & Piper sen. [18 July 1929) (Ms—-55832),
sen. (Aug. 1, 1929] (Ms—-55831), sen. [15 Aug. 1929] (Ms—55831),
son. [26 Aug. 1929] (Ms—55839); Goodale, Potsubay, & St. John
sen. [13 July 1931] (Ms--62)6h); Jesup 3018 3018 (Dt); C. H. K. San-
derson 3018 (Ms—71975). Middlesex Co.: Me M. E. Ames s.n. (Groton,
1865] (Dt); Cleaveland s.n. [Horn Pond, Woburn] (Lb—206)6) ;
Deane s.n. (Winchester, Oct. 7, 1917] (Dt); R. A. Harper s.n.
{Walden Pond] (Ws); Pease 3225 (Ca—69997); C. E. Perkins s.n.
(Winchester, Sept. 10, 1879] (Ca—6727h); Me Me . Stevens s.n. [Mid-
dlesex Fells, July 1892] (Dt); We Trelease s Son. [Spot P Pond, md, 10/3/
80] (E), sen. (Medford, Summer '83] (E). Norfolk Co.: Herb. Mt.
Holyoke Sem. | s.n. [Wellesley] (Dt). Plymouth Co.: Fernald & & Lon
9107 (S); M. Hopkins s.n. (17 Oct. 1931] (Ms--65398); F. C. Sey-
mour 4127 (iis), 4355 (fs); Trow sen. [July 17, 1866] (Ms--1548h).
Suffolk Co.: Boott s Sn. [Boston, 1830] (B); Lenander s.n. [Boston,
Aug. 27, 1933] (S). Worcester Co.: ds Ee Collins s. son. 1. [Oct. 25,
1893] (Vi); Fassett 1062) (Ws); Goodale, Markert, & Piper s.n. (8
Auge 1929] (Ms—55833), sen. [17 Aug. 1929] (ais—55838), sen. (31
July 1929] (Ms—55836); Hoyten & Schoermakers 635 (Ut—52775a)5
G. E. Stone sen. (Aug. 1890] (Ms—-11009) ; M. Be 3. White s.n. [Aug.
1893] (Vi). County undetermined: Meebold son. ., (Massachusetts? ]

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 385

(Mu); J. Torrey 23 (S). Martha's Vineyard Island: E. S. Burgess
Son. [July 2h, '89] (N), sen. [Aug. '92] (N), sen. [Aug. 2, '93]
(5 MacKeever MV.707 (N, N, N, N, N, N, N, Z). Nantucket Island:

MacKeever N N.677 (N, N (Hs oN, N,N, 'S,; Zz). RHODE ISLAND: Kent Co.:
Congden s.n. SD Sante n, 1873] (Ca—l05215). Providence
Coos Je Fe F. Collins Sn. [September 11, 1900) (Vi); E. J. Palmer
47900 (S). CONNECTICUT: New Haven ie G. H. Cornwell s SNe
[Black Pond, 1843] (Ws), sen. (Ws); E. H. | Eames SNe 3 5.n. [Lake Whit-
ney, Aug. als 1893] (S). New London Co.: Jansson s.n. (Ledyard,
July 21, 1929] (Go); Ryon 39 (Dt); W. A. Setchell s.n. (Ledyard,
July 19, 1883] (Ca--2417). Tolland Co.: N. L. Britton s.n.
[Mansfield, Aug. 1879] (N). Windham Co.: ade ibs Sheldon s ne
(Central Village, 1893] (Ws). County undetermined: Lucian an 13%
[Black Rock State Park] (N); C. Wright s.n. [Conn., 1887] c=
20642). NEW YORK: Dutchess Coe: "L. H. He" 93 (Ws); Myron s.n.
[Web Twp., summer of 192] (Ms—15461); Wiegmann s.n. [Stissing
Mt., 1h Sept. 1921] (N). Essex Co.: Muenscher & Lindsey 3145
(Dt). Franklin Co.: W. A. Matthews 3919 (Ca—8L1777); Muenscher,
Manning, & Maguire 309 9 (Ca~-512056). Fulton Co.: Muenscher &
Lindsey 3150 (Ca--552916). Hamilton Co.: W. A. Matthews oe
(Ca—8)1778); Muenscher & Lindsey 319 (Ws); Muenscher & Magu

2120 (Ca—51277h). Herkimer Co.: W. A. Matthews 2905 (Hi),

(Hi, Ur); Muenscher & Maguire 2119 (Ws). Monroe Co.: Baxter & &
Dewing s.n. [July ll, 50] (Ca—8h1781). Nassau Co.: We Pe
Stiles 16 16 (Ms—3511). Oneida Co.: Haberer 22) (Ca——81783) ;
Muenscher & Brown 21667 (S). Orange Co.: | Raup 7748 aup 7748 (Mi). Oswego
Co.: Fernald, Wiegand, & Eames 120) (N); Wiegand & & Hoy s.n.
[Fulton, September 11, 1897] (Ca—8l1802). Rockland Co.: Lehr 923
(N). Saint Lawrence com G. F. Atkinson s.n. [Childwold, Septem—
ber 2, 1896] (Ca—-8),1801) . ~ Suffolk Co.: Coot Se S. A. Cain Cain 1085 (N), 1533
(N), 1717 (N), 1751 (N); Muenscher & Curtis 6817 7 (Ca=121633) oe
6818 (N)3 Muenscher, Winne, & Isely 20695 (Ca—906913). Sullivan
Coe: E. G. Whitney 521) Whitney 521 (Ca—8)1803) ; Wiegmann s.n. [Highland
Lake, July 13, 1913) (N (N)- Warren Co.: T. S. Brandegee s.n. sen. [Adi-
rondacks, 188] (Ca—115167); D. D. Keck 6460 (Ca—213, N).
wenteneacer Co.: S. B. Mead s.n. nm. [Peach Pond] (Ws). County unde-
termined: W. Cooper Se. [near New York] (S); Herb. Schreber s.n.
[Prope Novum Eboracum] (Mu——236); J. Torrey s.n. n. (B, Ms—-1581)._
NEW JERSEY: Atlantic Co,: Bartram s.n. [Sept. 9, 1906] (Vi). Ber-
gen Co.: A. Brown sen. [July 31, 1880] (N). Burlington Co.: 0.
Reed s.n. [July 23, 1950] (We), sn. [August 6, 1950] (We). Cam-
den Co,: J. W. Adams 9-333 (Hi—5L971) . Cumberland Co.: aarBe
Ellis s.n. [Maurice River, July 23, 1872] (Ca—372291); Kral
22590 (N). Monmouth Co.: Leiderman s.n. [Aug. 7, 1932] (Ws). Mor-
ris Co.: J. K. Small s.n. [Budd's Lake, August 12—1), 1890] (0k);

386 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

U. C, Smith s.n. [Budd's Lake, Sept. lst, 1899] (S). Ocean Co.:

K. K. Mackenzie abe (S). Sussex Co.: Clausen & Edwards 2269
sae seiiara a J.L. L. Edwards s.n. (Sept. 17, 1949] (N). County un-
determined: C. F. Tice a: Sen. (Oct. 1862] (N) . PENNSYLVANIA: Lu-
zerne Cos: Ae re EE . Heller sen. [Lily Lake, July 29, 1889] (Ms—
1585) ; Heller & & Halbach s.n. (Septenber 16-17, 1892] (B, Dt);
Heller & . Heller 691 (Ca—-2))20), s Bone (septenber 16-17, 1892] (Ms—
15487); J. K. Small s.n. [Lily Lake, August 15-16, 1889] (S).
VIRGINIA: Arlington Co.: E. S. Steele s.n. [Four Mile Run, July
31, 1896) (S). NORTH CAROLINA: Bladen Co.: R. K. Godfrey s.n.
(White Lake, 6-20-1937] (No—-2620); Hueske s.n. . (White Lake, 5/
2/47] (Hi-—-29586). Henderson Co,: Wherry s.n. s.n. (lm. s. of Flat
Rock Sta., 5-30-1927] (N). Perquimans Co.: A. E. Radford 6535
(Hi-54297). Tyrrell Co.: A. E. Radford 507) , (Hi--L7825). OHIO:
Portage Co.: Ashcroft 6766 (Wis), 9428 9428 (Ws). . INDIANA: Porter Co.:
M. W, Lyon s.n, [26.VII.1925] (Mi), sen. (23.VIII.1925] (Mi); Um
bach h 10L99 (Ws), 22617 (Ws), 31965 (Ws). Steuben Co.: C. C. Deam
55391 ~(Ws) . MICHIGAN: Alger Co.: J. Bailey 181 (Mi); E. | ie Voss
29) (Mi). Allegan Co.: De L. Allen 6 (Mi); D. D. C. Chandler 17h
(Mi); Cheatum 161 (Mi). Baraga Co.: Beckman 76 (Ili). Benzie Co.:
Bobb 822 22 (Ws). Cass Co.: Eschmeyer 473 (Mi) (Mi); R Roelofs 264 (Mi).
Cheboygan Co.: J. H. Ehlers 1109 (Hi—14)272, Ws), 51 5153 (Ca-—
4.98930), 6286 (Ca—BL1782, Mi); F. C. Gates 14899 (Ca—8l1605,
S). Chippewa Co.: E. G. Voss 2452 (ii). Crawford Co. E. G.
Voss 3217 (Mi). Gobegic Coe: Kilpela 123 123 (Mi); E.G. Voss 12303
(Mi). Grand Traverse Co.: Dieterle 1395 (Mi, S). Gratiot Co.:
C. A. Davis s.n. [Alma, August 13, 1895) (Hi—1)3520, N). Hough-
ton Co.: Beckman 132 (Mi), 150 (Mi); C. D. Richards 1183 (Mi, S);
E. G. Voss 12286 (Mi). Iosco Co.: Dreisbach 8505 a) Pe Iron Co.:
Kilpela 289 289 (Mi), 358 (Mi). Kalkaska Co.: Hyypio 822 822 (Mi). Kent
Coe: Bazuin 1702 (Mi). Keweenaw Co.: W. S. Cooper 289 (Ca—
980289 F Houghton s.n. (Ws); Mains s.n. . (Aug. 2h, 193h) (Mi); G.
M. Moore 18 18 (Mi), 22 22 (Mi); C. De Richards 1062 (Mi, Ur); Stunta | &
Allen 1356 (Ws). Lake Co.: : J. Bailey 69 (Mi). Lapeer Co.: Dreus-
bach bach 8238 (Mi). Luce Co.: R. McVaugh 9514 9514 (Mi, Vi), 14781 (Mi);
D. E. Miller 202 (Mi). Marquette Co.: Beckman 98 as), 107 (Mi),
15 (Mi); Hazzard s.n. [August 15, 1941] (M1); Hyypio 1129 (Mi).
Mason Co.: E. G. “E. G. Voss ‘oss 3255 (Mi). Muskegon Co.: E. G. Voss Voss 2843
(Mi). Newaygo Co.: e: Bazuin 372) (Mi). Ontonagon Co.: H. T. , Dar-
lington s.n. [8/21/1923] 923] (Mi); Grether 8203 (Ws). Osceola Co.:
RC. Ball 11 946 (Mi); Shelter LLL (1) (Mi); Van Van Deusen 3 (Mi). Ot-
‘sego 0 COe: Re M McVaugh 9671 (if (Mi, mur y Presque Isle Coe: J. He. Eh-
lers 6150 S)5 F. J. Herman 7012 (Ws). Schoolcraft Co.: : Cain,
Raymond, | & Kucyniak k 580 (Mg (lg, S, Vi); Laskowski 1095 (Mi); L. | L. Ke

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 387

Ludwig 1,71 (Mi); R. G. Mills 43-90 (Ur); Van Deusen s.n. [July
21, 1942] (Mi); E. G. Voss 2982 (Mi). Wexford Co.: Reolofs 168b
(Mi); E.G. Voss 3280 (Mi). County undetermined: Umbach 7360
[Magician Lake] (Ca—608), 7472 [Dewey Lake] (Ws), 19769 [Ma-
gician Lake] (Ws). Sugar Island: E. G. Voss 1126 (Mi). WISCON-
SIN: Douglas Co,: Goessl 8603 (B). Marquette Co.: Fassett 22516
(Ca—921778). Rusk Co.: L. S. Cheney s.n. [Aug. 13, 1933] (Ca--
539286). Vilas Co.: Greenley s.n. [Sept. 3, 199] (Ca-—903650).
Waupaca Co.: Hotchkiss & Martin 36 (Ca--565778). Outer Island
[Ashland Co.]: F. C. Lane 2507 (Ut--85710). MINNESOTA: Aitkin
Co.: Je He Sandberg s.n. [Aug. 1890] (Ca—218). Carlton Co.:
Lakela 167 (Ca—8L1779). Chisago Co.: B. C. Taylor 3067 (Ws),
532 (Ws), s.n. [Linn Lake, Aug. 1892] (S). Cook Co.: Herb.

Univ. Wisc. s.n. [Lake Seiganagah, July 23, 1891] (Ws). Morri-
son Co.: J. H. Sandberg 887 (Ws). Saint Louis Co.: Bednar s.n.
(July 14, 1957) (Ur); Moore & Moore 10329 (Ca--797218, S, Vi);
Moyle 2388 (Ca--22751). JAPAN: Hokkaido: W. P. Brooks s.n-
{southern Hokkaido, 1884] (Ca). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDETER-
MINED: Brongniart s.n. [Terre nueve] (B); S. C. Brooks s.n.
[Locke's Pond, July 2h, 1909] (Ca—37682h); R. A. Harper s.n.
[12/8/1891] (Ws); Herb. Chapman 3966 [Dean Lake] (E); Herb. Kum-
mer s.n. [America boreali] (Mu--237); Herb. Lemmon s.n. [Drumoch-
ty Lake) (Ca—366733); Herb. Schreber s.n. (Mu—237, Mu-—238);
Herb. Zuccarini s.n. [hab. in America septentrionalis paludibus,
1816] (Mu--203); Scouler:s.n. (Ms--15),62) .

ERIOCAULON PERPLEXUM Satake & Hara

Synonymy: Eriocaulon nipponicum Tatew. ex Satake & Hara, Bot.
Mag. Tokyo 52: 00, in syn. 1938 [not E. nipponicum Maxim., 1893].
xEriocaulon perplexum Satake & Hara ex Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 134 & 205. 199.

Bibliography: Tatew., Veg. Apoi 119 & 131. 1928; Nakai, Veg.
Apoi 76. 1930; Miyabe & Kudo, Fl. Hokkaido & Saghal. 3: 286. 1932)
Satake & Hara, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 52: 0O—l01. 1938; Honda, Nom.
Pl. Jap. 462. 1939; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 6,
7, 13, 40, Wl, 79, & 87, fig. 1D, 2J, & 17. 1940; Satake, Bull.
Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Reve Jap. Erioc.| 28--29, pl. l, fig. 8. 19h0;
Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 86. 197; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 13h & 205. 1949; Moldenke,
Phytologia 3: 340. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 173, 290, & 482. 1959;
Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Iilustr. Herb. Pl. Ja-
pan 3: 180, 182, & 430, fig. 123 (3). 1963 Moldenke, Phytologia
17: 45h. 1968.

Illustrations: Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 6, 7,
& hl, fig. 1D, 2J, & 17. 1940; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. h:
[Rev. Jap. Erioc .j pl. 4, fig. 8. 190; Koyama in Kitamura, Mura-
ta, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 180, fig. 123 (3).

388 Piney TsO L0G Tes Vol. 18, no. 6

196).

The type of this rare species was collected by Hiroshi Hara on
Mt. Apoi, in the province of Hidaka, Hokkaido, Japan, in August,
1937, and is deposited in the herbarium of the University oi Tok-
yo. The species is said to be endemic to Mt. Apoi and the only
vernacular name recorded for it is "ezo-iminohige". The %. nip-
ponicum Maxim., referred to in the synonymy above, is regarded as
a valid species by me.

Citations: WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: JAPAN: Hokkaido: Hultén s.
n. (Mt. Apoi, IX.20.1961] (S). eee

ERIOCAULON PERUVIANUM Ruhl.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon glabrum Pennell ex Moldenke, Résumé 288,
in syn. 1959 [not E. giabrum Salam., 1959, nor Steud., 1959].

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 43, 58,
& 286. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 70. 1908; Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 7 & 38. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 72 & 205. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 83,
288, & 482. 1959.

Collectors have found this plant growing in pools at altitudes
of 2320--2),00 meters, flowering and fruiting in May and July, and
describe the heads and flowers as white. Wurdack notes "locally
frequent, forming colonies in seepage areas". It was erroneously
recorded by me (1959) from San Martin, Peru. Apparently it is
known thus far only from Amazonas, The E. glabrum ascribed to
Salzmann and referred to in the synonymy above actually belongs
in the synonymy of Syngonanthus gracilis var. glabriusculus Ruhl.,
while the homonym ascribed to Steudel is typical S. gracilis
(Korn.) Ruhl. a ae

Citations: PERU: Amazonas: Mathews s.n. [Chachapoyas; Macbride
photos 1056] (B--isotype, Br--type, N--isotype, N—-photo of iso-
type, W--photo of isotype); F. W. Pennell 1590) (N); Wurdack 514
(N, S, W—2,03669).

ERIOCAULON PTEROSEPALUM Hayata

Bibliography: Hayata, Icon. Pl. Formos. 10: 55. 1921; S. Sasa-
ki, List Pl. Formos. 99. 1928; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7:
89. 1929; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 25 & 38. 19146;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Verbenac., [ed. 2], 133 & 205.
1949; Moldenke, Résumé 172 & 02. 1959.

The vernacular name, "inunohige-modoki", has been recorded for
this species.

ERIOCAULON PICTUM Fritsch

Synonymy: Eriocaulon amphibium Rendle, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond,
Bot. 27: 475. 1906.

Bibliography: Fritsch, Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér. 2, 1: 1102—
1105. 1901; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 63, 79, &
286. 1903; Rendle, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 27: 75. 1906;
Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 70. 1908; Arwidsson, Bot. Notiser 193:
83. 1934; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 22 & 38. 196;

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 389

Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 118 & 205.
1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 181. 199; H. Hess, Bericht.
Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 65: 138—145, pl. 8, fig. 3, l, 7, & 8.
1955; Moldenke, Résumé 147 & 482. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 17:
387 (1968), 17: 479 (1969), and 18: 256. 1969.

Illustrations: H. Hess, Bericht. Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 65: pl.
SN tse bee ei ll Shs aa ee

Because of the way taxonomists have bandied E. amphibium Rendle
about in the past, the thorough discussion by Hess (1955) is per-
haps worthy of being quoted in large part here: “Aus einer Sama-
lung, die von P. Eugenio Dekindt in der Umgebung von Huila (Ango-
la) zwischen 1899 und 1902 angelegt und dem Botanischen Museum der
Universitat Wien zugesandt wurde, hat Fritsch (1901) Eriocaulon
pictum beschrieben. Er vergleicht die Art mit E. striatum Lam.
und mit E. huillense Engl. et Ruhl. und finded, dass E. pictum
der Farbe der Sepalen und Brakteen wegen deutlich von den beiden
erwahnten Arten geschieden sei. Die Untersuchung am Typus—-
Material von Dekindt (Nr. 703) haben gezeigt, dass Fritsch bei
der Analyse der Bluten die spatha-ahnlich verwachsenen Sepalen
der 6 und § Bliiten tibersehen hat. Dieses charakteristische
Merkmal ist mur zu beobachten, wenn sehr sorgfaltig prapariert
wird, sonst zerreissen die verwachsenen Sepalen und erscheinen
frei. Nach dieser Feststellung fallt ein Vergleich mit E. stri-
atum und E. huillense dahin, da die beiden Arten freie Sepalen
haben. Damals was aus Afrika noch keine Eriocaulon-Art mit ver-
wachsenen Sepalen in den @ Bluten bekannt,

“Eine andere Art mit verwachsenen Sepalen beschrieb Rendle
(1906) unter dem Namen Eriocaulon amphibium. Herkunft: Gebiet
von Matopo Hills in Stid-Rhodesien. Das Typus-Material dieser
Pflanze ist im British Museum, und ich habe es nicht gesehen. Die
Diagnose samt Anhang ist aber so eingehend, dass E. amphibium
damit sicher bestimmt werden kann. Rendle erschreibt, dass E.
amphibium E. lacteum Rendle ahnlich sehe; E. amphibium unter-
scheide sich aber durch verwachsene Sepalen in den 6 und ? Bltiten
von allen bekannten Eriocaulon-Arten Afrikas.

"Spater hat Ruhland Eriocaulon amphibium unter die Synonymie
von E. lacteum Rendle gestellt; von Arwidson (193) wurde sie a-
ber wieder als eigene Art anerkannt. In Moldenke (1949) ist E.
amphibium unter den gultigen Namen nicht zu finden. In einer
andern Publikation aus dem gleichen Jahre (Moldenke, 199a) zit-
iert er bloss die oben erwahnte Literatur.

"Nach den eigenen Untersuchungen sind Eriocaulon pictum und
E. amphibium identisch und der Name Eriocaulon pictum Fritsch
hat von E. amphibium Rendle die Prioritat.

"Das Material von Eriocaulon pictum aus Angola ist umfang-
reich; an 11 Fundorten wurden meist mehrere Bogen dieser Pflanze
gesammelt. Dazu kommen noch die Nummern von P. Damann, H. Hun-
bert und Baum."

He cites the following collections: ANGOLA: Benguela: Damann

390 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, mo. 6

D52/3001 & D52/3002; H. Hess 51/145, 52/836, & S2/l5lia. Bid:
Baum 32h; H. Hess 52/510a, 52/613, 52/2060, & 52/2087. Huambo:
H. Hess 52/886. Huila: H. Hess 52/181, 52/2148, & 52/2149; Hum—
bert 16651.

He gives the following very interesting discussion about the
occurrence of this species: "Eriocaulon pictum wurde mr auf
moorig-sandigem Boden entlang Flussen und Bachen oder auf gleichem
Boden an Quelltiimpeln oder an stehenden Gewassern beobachtet.

Die Pflanze wachst auf Moorboden auch noch auf trockeneren Stand-
orten, ist aber haufig und besser entwickelt auf den nassen und
auch zur Trockenzeit noch 1—5 cm tief uberschwemmten Béden. Oft
finden sich E. pictum auch in Bachen, wobei die Blatter wahrend
der ganzen Entwicklung untergetaucht bleiben. Wie die Daten un-
ter den Fundorten zeigen, bluht und fruchtet die Pflanze im Siiden
von Angola das ganze Jahr. Dies hangt mit der Wasserfihrung der
Moore zusammen: wahrend der Regenzeit entwickeln sich an der Per-
ipherie der Moore die Pflanzen sehr rasch in der nur wenige Zen-
timeter tief uberschwemmten Zone; nach der Regenzeit, wenn der
Wasserstand stetig langsam sinkt, kommen die Pflanzen in der vor-
her tiefer tiberschwemmten Gebieten zur Blute. Am Ende fer Trock-
enzeit ist E. pictum nur noch am Rande der Gewasser und auf deren
Grund in Blute zu finden.

"Baum (1903) schreibt zum Standort: 'sumpfige Stelle am Fluss;
Wasserpflanze, teils uber, teils unter Wasser.'

"Fast immer ist Eriocaulon pictum mit E, Teusczii Engl. et
Ruhl. vergesellschaftet. Oft findet sich an diesen Standorten
auch Syngonanthus Wahlbergii (Wikstr.) Ruhl.......

"Was den Bliitenbau anbelangt, ist das ganze Material sehr ein-
heitlich. Die grossen Abweichungen in der hohe der Pflanzen und
in der Linge der Blatter sind durch den Standort bedingt: Pflanzen
an relativ trockenen Standorten entwickeln nur kurze Blatter und
weniger hohe Halme. Die tppigsten Exemplare sind jene, deren
Blattrosette bis nach der Bliite submers bleibt......

"Bisher ist Eriocaulon pictum nur durch das Original-Material
aus Angola (Gebiet von Huila) bekannt geworden. Berucksichtig man
die Synonymie, so ergibt sich eine weitere Angabe aus Stid-Rhodes-
iens. Nach der mn festgestellten weiten Verbreitung im Siiden
von Angola ist ein zusammenhanggendes Areal bis Stid-Rhodesien zu
erwarten. E. pictum ist neben E. Teusczii im Stiden von Angola
wohl die haufigste und weitverbreitetste Art dieser Gattung.....

"Eriocaulon pictum Fritsch wird der habituellen Nhnlichkeit
wegen immer wieder mit E. Teusczii Engl. et Ruhl. verwechselt.

E. pictum hat aber verwachsene Sepalen in den é und ? Bliten,
wahrend die Sepalen bei E. Teusczii vollstandig frei sind. Durch
die Praparation konnen die verwachsenen Sepalen reissen und freie
Sepalen vortauschen. Es besteht aber auch dann noch die Unterschied
an den Sepalen der beiden Arten: E. pictum hat dtinne fast hautige
Sepalen, wahrend sie bei Ee Teusezii gegen die Spitze hin holzig

verdickt sind. Der Unterschied ist naturlich nur an Bliiten mit

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 391

reifen Frichten oder an abgebliuhten % Bliiten sicher festzustellen.
Auch die Brakteen der Bluten werden bei E. pictum nie knorpelig
verdickt wie es bei E. Teusczii die Regel ist. Bei einiger Ubung
lassen sich die beiden Arten auch an den Blattern unterscheiden:
E. pictum hat gelb-griine, vom Grunde an verschmalerte, steife und
+ spitze Blatter. Bei E. Teusczii sind sie blau-griin oder grau-
grun, nicht vom Grunde an verschmalert, weniger steif und vor der
stumpfen, knorpeligen Spitze etwas eingeschnurt."

ERIOCAULON PILGERI Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Pilg., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 30: 147. 1901;
Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 43, 55, & 286. 1903;
Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 70. 1908; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Erioc. 8 & 38. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver-
benac., [ed. 2], 77 & 205. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 89 & 182. 1959.

This species is known thus far only from the original collec-
tion. The original publication of the name is sometimes cited as
"1902", but the part in question was actually issued on July as
1901 —- "1902" is merely the volume title-page date.

Citations: BRAZIL: Mattogrosso: Pilger 239 {Macbride photos
10565] (B—type, N--photo of type, W—photo of type, Z~--isotype).

ERIOCAULON PILIFLORUM Ruhl.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon ciliatum Ruhl. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
1: 16, in syn. 1959 [not E. ciliatum Bong., 1831].

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 27: 80. 1899; Ruhl.
in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 61, 72, & 286. 1903; Thisel.-
Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 70. 190); Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Erioc. 22 & 38. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver-
benac., [ed. 2], 123 & 205. 1949; Moldenke in Humbert, Fl. Madag.
36: 25-26. 1955; Moldenke, Résumé 156 & 82. 1959; Moldenke, Ré-
sumé Suppl. 1: 16. 1959.

Hypogeous stems short, the epigean portions also short; leaves
cespitose-spreading, few, linear, 10--11 cm. long, 2--l, mm. wide
at the midpoint, flat or often conduplicate, acuminate at the apex,
not pellucid, scarcely or not at all fenestrate, about 7-veined
with the veins somewhat prominent beneath, glabrous above, rather
densely hirsute beneath and along the margins with short rather
rigid very spreading hairs in irregularly appressed lines; pedun-
cles solitary, 6- or 7-costate, 12--l cm. long, scarcely surpas-
sing the leaves, not twisted, glabrous; sheaths rather loose,
venose-costate, very spreading-hirsute, deeply and obliquely
split, the blade elongate, somewhat recurved, acuminate at the a-
pex; heads finally globose, 5-6 mm. wide, densely whitish-villous
throughout; involucral bractlets subcuneate-obovate, gray, oliva-
ceous at the apex, ciliate, acute at the apex; receptacle pilose;
receptacular bractlets oblong-cuneate, olive-green at the apex,
navicular, apiculate at the apex, pilose at the summit on the
back; staminate florets: sepals 3, connate about to the middle
into an anteriorly split spathe, pale-olivaceous, obovate, roun-

392 PR lT-0-i70'G 12 Vol. 18, no. 6

ded-obtuse at the apex, ciliate; petal-tube with 3 subequal lobes
at its apex, the lobes white-ciliate, with a large dark gland at
the middle of each; anthers yellowish-white; pistillate florets:
sepals 3, separate, broadly obovate, lax, olive-green above, nav-
icular, very obtuse at the apex, puberulous on the back at the a-
pex; petals 3, oblong-spatulate, whitish, obtuse at the apex,
long-pilose, with a dark gland below the apex of each.

The species is known thus far only from the original collec-
tion, the locality of which is discussed in Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
1896: 971--981. The E. ciliatum Bong., referred to in the syno-
nymy above, is a synonym of Paepalanthus ciliatus (Bong.) Kunth,
a valid species.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Forsyth-Major 17 (B-type, Z--isotype).

ERIOCAULON PILIPHORUM Satake

Synonymy: Eriocaulon pilophorum Satake ex Moldenke, Known Ge-
ogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 13 & 205, sphalm. 1949. Erio-
caulon sikokiamm var, piliphorum (Satake) Satake ex Koyama in
ae a, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Tllustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 182.
19 e

Bibliography: Satake, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 51: 285—287 [Shib.
Comm. Art. 17: 103-105}, fig. 1. 1937; Satake in Nakai & Honda,
Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 13, 2, 43, 79, & 87, fig. 18. 190; Satake,
Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 30—31, pl. 5, fig.
10. 1940; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 86. 1947; Molden-
ke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 13) & 205. 199;
Moldenke, Résumé 173, 291, 19, & 482. 1959; Koyama in Kitamura,
Murata, & Koyama, Col. Dilustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 162 & 430.
1964; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 10. 1965.

Illustrations: Satake, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 51 [Shib. Comm. Art.
17): fig. 1. 1937; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 43,
fig. 18. 190; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. : [Rev. Jap. Erioc.]
pl. 5, fig. 10. 19)0.

The only recorded vernacular name for this species is "nagato-
hosikusa". The species is known thus far only from Honshu, Japan.

ERIOCAULON PILOSISSIMUM Van Royen

Bibliography: Van Royen, Blumea 10: 13-135, fig. 1G. 1960;
G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 52. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
17: 6. 1968.

Tlustrations: Van Royen, Blumea 10: 129, fig. 1G. 1960.

This taxon has recently been described from Celebes, on the
basis of Eyma 009 as the type. Also cited by Van Royen (1960)
from the same island are Eyma 1238 & 009bis.

ERIOCAULON PINARENSE Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 22: 32.
1925; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 89. 1929; Moldenke, N. Am.
Fl. 19 (1): 19 & 25—26. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 321—322.
1939; Leén, Fl. Cuba 1: 281. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Erioc. & 38. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Verben-

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 393

ac., [ed. 2], 43, 45, & 206. 1919; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 30.
1950; Moldenke, Résumé 51, 53, & 482. 1959.

Recent collectors have found this plant growing at the edge of
ponds, flowering and fruiting in November.

Additional citations: CUBA: Pinar del Rfo: Ekman 18769 (S—
type). ISLA DE PINOS: Britton, Britton, & Wilson 15008 son 15008 008 (S); Kil-
lip 45212 (Mu, Z).

ERIOCAULON PLUMBEUM Colla

Bibliography: Colla, Herb. Pedem. 5: 8). 1836; A. W. Hill,
Ind, Kew. Suppl. 9: 105. 1938; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 3. 1968.

The original description of this species is as follows: "Mart:
in sched: (Brasil:). Priori [E. densum Colla] fere duplo elatius
caulescens, folia sparsa lineari-lanceolata acuminata margine
ciliolata, scapi ut in priori sed glaberrimi, capitulum duplo
minus densissimum squamis omnibus arcte adpressis plumbeis tomen—-
tosis."

Nothing else is known to me of this plant. The name is unac-
counted for in the works of Martius, Kornicke, Ruhland, and
others who have worked monographically on this family of plants,
nor have I found the name written on any Martius label so far
seen by mee

ERIOGAULON PLUMALE N. E. Br.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon rufum H. Lecomte, Bull. Soc. Bot. France
55: 644. 1909. Eriocaulon heterochiton A. Chev. ex Moldenke, R6é-
sumé 288, in syn. 1959 [not E. heterochiton Kérn., 1867, nor
"sensu Lecomte", 1968].

Bibliography: N. E. Br. in Tpiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8;
251. 1901; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l—-30): 103, 106, &
286. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 70. 1908; H. Lecomte, Bull.
Soc. Bot. France "S5: 64h, 646, & 647. 1909; Prain, Ind. Kew.
Suppl. h, pr. 1, 82 (1913) and pre 2, 82. 19383 Moldenke, Known
Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 20, 35, 38 Pe 39. aoa Moldenke ’ Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 109, 111, & 206. 1919; Molden-

Phytologia 3: 340. 1950; Bourdu, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 10}:
138. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé 133, 136, 288, 292, & 82. 1959; Mol-
denke, Résumé Suppl. h: 6. 1962; Berhaut, Fl. Sénégal, Ode 2. aed
1967; *Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: h, 10, ee ae 1968 ; Mol denke,
Phytologia 17: "ushy (1968) and 18: 1a & 2h5. 1969.

The E, heterochiton Korn., referred to in the synonymy above,
is a valid species, while the homonym "sensu Lecomte" belongs in
the synonymy of E. irregulare Meikle.

Recent collectors have found this plant in flower and fruit in
August. Berhaut (1967) cites Berhaut 1258 & 3266 from Sénégal.
The Schnell 2154, distributed as E. plumale and so cited by me in
my 1950 wo rk, is is actually E. buchananii Ruhl.

Reatind citations: MALI: Senegambia: Heudelot 148 (B—iso-
type, Z—-isotype). SENAGAL: J, G. Adam 15422 (Z). REPUBLIC OF
GUINEA: Pitot s.n. [9.X.1950] (An, An, An, An), son. (5.1V.1951) (An).

394 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6
SIERRA LEONE: P, Adames s.n. [Jordan 554) (B).

ERIOCAULON PLUMALE subsp. JAEGERI (Moldenke) Meikle

Synonymy: Eriocaulon jaegeri Moldenke, Phytologia 5S: 3¥—339.
1956. Mesanthemum necopinatum Moldenke, Phytologia 8: 389. 1962.
Mesanthemum necopinnatum Moldenke ex Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6:
455, sphalm, 1963.

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 5: 338—339. 1956; Anon.,
Assoc. Etud, Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Index 1956: 28. 1957; Moldenke,
Résumé Suppl. 4: 6. 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia 8: 389-390. 1962;
Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Index 1962: 29. 1963; Mol-
denke, Biol, Abstr. 2: 1517. 1963; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6:
455. 1963; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 52. 1966; Moldenke,
reat Suppl. 17: 4, 10, & 11. 1968; Meikle, Kew Bull. 22: 12.
1965.

The type of this taxon was collected by Paul Jaeger (no. 4917)
— in whose honor it was named —— on the very summit of Mont
l'Oursa, at an altitude of 1000 meters, a short distance northwest
of Dabola (Fouta-Djallon), Republic of Guinea, on September 7,
1954, and is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plain‘ield,
New Jersey. The type of Mesanthemum necopinatum was collected by
James Chillou (no. 846) on inundated sandstone on the plantation
of Mayon-Couré, Friguiagbé, in the same country, and is deposited
in the herbarium of the Institut Francaise d'Afrique Noire at
Dakar.

I am adopting the subspecific rank for this plant even though
I heartily disapprove of the use of the "subspecies" category in
taxonomic nomenclature. I have always felt that the categories
of "variety" and "form" should be sufficient to designate any
populations beneath the category of "species" that are worthy of
nomenclatural designation. Nomenclature is complicated unneces-
sarily by the use of the terms “subvariety", "subform", "subspe-
cies", "subgenus", "subfamily", "suborder", etc. Populations
with sufficient distinguishing characters to warrant the erection
of any of the above-mentioned categories could far better be re-
garded as separate forms, varieties, species, gmera, families,
or orders. However, in deference to the experts at Kew who feel
otherwise and who are certainly far more up-to-date than I in the
vagaries of the adopted rules of nomenclature, I am in this case
accepting the subspecific status for the plant in question.

Citations: REPUBLIC OF GUINEA: Arrieu 230 (Herb. Chillou 3139]

(An); Chillou 846 (An), 906 (Ac, An, Z); Jaeger 4917 (Z—type).

ERIOCAULON PLUMALE subsp. KINDIAE (H. Lecomte) Meikle
Synonymy: Eriocaulon kindiae H. Lecomte, Bull. Soc. Bot. France
55: 646. 1909. Mesanthemum chilloui Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. l: 6,
nom. nud. June 5. 19623 Phytologia 8: 389, December 10. 1962.
Bibliography: H. Lecomte, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 55: 646. 1909;
Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, pr. 1, 82 (1913) and pr. 2, 82. 1938;
Moldenke, Phytologia 8: 389, 1962; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. : 6

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 395

(1962) and 17: 4, 10, & 11. 19683; Meikle, Kew Bull. 22: 12. 1968.

The type of this taxon is Pobéguin 1359bis, collected near
Kindia, Republic of Guinea, and deposited in the herbarium of the
Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle at Paris. The type of Mes-
anthemum chilloui was collected by James Chillou (no. 716) — in
whose honor it was named — on inundated sandstone on the planta-
tion of Mayton-Couré, Friguiagbé, in the same country, on Septem-
ber 25, 1938, and.is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plain-
field, New Jersey.

Citations: REPUBLIC OF GUINEA: Chillou 716 (2).

ERIOCAULON POILANEI Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 310 & 30. 1950; E. J.
Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 176 &
482. 1959.

ERIOCAULON POLUENSE Wang & Tang

Bibliography: Wang &-Tang, Contrib. Inst. Bot. Nat. Acad.
Peiping 2: 133. 193h;.A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 105. 1938;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 25 & 38. 196; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 132 & 206. 199; Mol-
denke, Résumé 170 & 4,82. 1959.

ERIOCAULON POLYCEPHALUM Hook. f.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon longicuspis var. polycephalum Fyson,

Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 308. 1921. Eriocaulon longicuspis var.
polycephala Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 309. 1921. Eriocaulon
longicuspus yar. polycephala Fyson ex Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 30,
in syn. 1950. Eriocaulon longicuspes var. polycephala Fyson ex
Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. B.1 (10): 460, sphalm. 1955.

Bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 573. 1893; Durand &
Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 573. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl.,
Pflanzenreich 13 (h=30).: 116 & 287. 1903; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot.
2: .308—310. 1921; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras,
ed. 1, 9: 1608 & 1618. 1931; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1,
pr. 2, 573. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23 & 38.
1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 127 &
206. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 3l0--31. 1950; Razi, Journ. My-
sore.Univ. 11 (1): 6 (1950) and B.1, (10): 460. 1955; Razi, Con-
trib. Bot. 40:.92. 1955; Razi, Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India 21 B (2):
85. 1955; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. repr.
2, 8 [3]: 1121, 1127, & 1333. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 162, 289, &
82. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. l, pr. 3, 573. 1959;
Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 185. 1965; Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 14: 8. 1966; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 270. 1969.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 309. 1921.

Fyson (1921) describes this taxon as follows: "(Duthie 10,580
in Herb. Calc!) F. B. I. l.c. No. 8. Scapes numerous, otherwise
as type. Central India, Pachmarchi; Peninsular India, Mysore,
Palghat. I can see no difference except in the numerous scapes

396 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

between this and E. longicuspis. A plant collected by Dr. Henry
in Yuman, No. 94443 in Herb, Calc. has smaller leaves more like
those of E, odoratum and smaller heads. The involucral bracts
are not reflexed. It may be a distinct species but is obviously
closely related to E. longicuspis." The Henry 9443, to which he
refers here, is the type collection of E. henryanum Ruhl.
Eriocaulon polycephalum has been collected at 3000 to 1,000
feet altitude, flowering and fruiting in November. Material has
been misidentified and distributed in herbaria under the names E.

longicuspis Hook. f. and E. quinquangulare L. The Hooker & Thomson
collection, cited below, was distributed as E, luzulaefolium Mart.

The Munich sheet bears an unsigned annotation: "Non est E. luzu-
laefolium Mart. an E. viride Koernk.?"

Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Duthie 10581 (B). Khasi
States: Hooker f. & Thomson s.n. [in montibus Khasiae}] (Mu—-216).

Mysore: Meebold 9737 (Ac, S); S. N. Ramaswamy 9 (Z), 26 (Rf).

ERIOCAULON ? POROSUM Lesq.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon porosum Lesq. apud Ruhl. in Engl., Pflan-
zenreich 13 (4-30): 23 & 287. 1903.

Additional & emended bibliography: Lesq., U. S. Geol. & Geogr.
Surv. Terr. Ann. Rep. 7: 396. 187; Lesq., U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr.
Rep. 7: (Tert. Fl.] 106, pl. 16, fig. 2 & 2a. 1878; Hieron. in
Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (4): 26. 1888; Ruhl.
in Engl., Pflanzsnreich 13 (l-30): 23 & 287. 1903; Knowlton, U. S.
Geol. Surv. Bull. 696: 260 & 778. 1919; Knowlton, U. S. Geol.
Surv. Prof. Paper 155: 132--133. 1930; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Dis-
trib. Erioc. 38 & 61. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Ver-
benac., [ed. 2], 166 & 206. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 3l1.
1950; R. S. Lamotte, Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. 51: 157. 1952; Angely,
Fl. Paran. 10: 5. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé 226 & 82. 1959; Shinrers,
Sida 2: ll. 1966.

Tilustrations: Lesq., U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. Rep. 7: [Tert.
Fl.) pl. 16, fig. 2 & 2a. 1878.

As stated by me in my 1950 work, I doubt very much whether this
fossil represents an Eriocaulon. Lesquereux (1878) describes the
fossil and comments on it as follows: "Leaves basilar, rosulate,
spreading, entire, linear-lanceolate, broader in the middle, grad-
ually tapering to a slightly obtuse point and downward to the
sessile (?) base (not seen); substance thick, spongious. By the
thick, apparently porous and spongious consistence, by the rosu-
late superposition, and by the form, these leaves are referable
to this genus. They, however, differ by their larger size and the
appearance of a middle nerve. As seen in fig. 2a, enlarged, the
middle nerve is traced by a broad, flat depression, along which
the veins are parallel, as in some species of this genus; Paepa-
lanthus melaleucus and Eriocaulum modestum of Brazil, for example.

scccccee” [to be continued]

A NEW SPECIES OF CORDIA (BORAGINACEAE) FROM PANAMA
Joan W. Nowicke

Missouri Botanical Garden and Department of Botany
Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri

Santa Rita Ridge, a previously uncollected area
in the Province of Colon, has yielded a new sjecies
of Cordia.

Cordia porcata Nowicke, sp. nov.

Frutex, ad ca 3m altus, ramis junioribus
pubescentibus. Folia alterna, elliptica, acuminata,
integra, basibus obtusis, ad 24 cm longa et 9 cm
lata, + porcata, parum falcata, + glabra cinereo-
viridiaque super, sSparsim pubescentia subter; petioli
ca 2-10 mm longi. Inflorescentiae cymae laxae,
pedunculis pubescentibus. PR Ore| Sie p era faeieit yet
sessiles; gemmae clavatae; calyx cupulatus, tubo ca
4 mm longo, glaber, 3-4 lobatus, lobi deltoidei,
ca 1.5-2 mm longi; corolla hypocrateriformis, alba,
tubo 4-4.5 mm longo, 5-lobata, oblongis lobis ca 5
mm longis 1.8 mm latisque; stamena quinque, exserta,
filis ca 3-4 mm longis ad bases pubescentibus,
antheris 2 mm longis; ovarium oviforme, stylo sub
anthesi ca 4 mm longo. Fructus oblique ellipsoideus,
1O— Zeina tis. acuibo papace),

Type: Panama: Colon: Santa Rita Ridge lumber
road, 3 Oct. 1968, Correva Com Davelssmsens 1076 (Holotype:
MO).

Additional collections: Panama: Colon: Santa
Rita Ridge lumber rd, Correya & Dressler 742 (MO);
Santa Rita Ridge, 19 km from Transisthmian Hwy,
Dwyer 8581 (MO); Santa Rita Ridge, Hwy to 8 mi E,
Dwyer et al. 9027 (MO).

397

398 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

This large and difficult genus is represented
in Panama by about 16 species (for a complete treat-
ment see Flora of Panama, part IX. Family 167,
Boraginaceae, by J. W. Nowicke, Ann. Missouri Bot.
Gard. 56 (1), 1969, in press), Cordia porcata is
readily distinguished by its combination of open

cymose inflorescences, large flowers, and relatively
glabrous, grey-green leaves.

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

*"PHOTOPHYSIOLOGY - CURRENT TOPICS" Vol. III edited by Arthur C.
Geise, xv & 285 pp., illus., Academic Press, Inc., New York
10003 & London W.1. 1968. $15.00.

This rich, compact volume emphasizes plant photobiology
mechanistically rather than descriptively even if the former can
only be contemplated as a future acquisition. Each article is
written by a leader in the field and is provided with carefully
compiled bibliographic material.

John D. Spikes mentions a mumber of reaction mechanisms pro-
posed to account for the still little understood photodynamic
action or dye-sensitized photoautoxidations.

Robert M, Page surveys the phototropic responses that have
been observed in representatives of all the major groups of
fungi but not in their aquatic members and indicates some caro-
tenoid as the possible photoreceptor.

Lester Parker and David W. Deamer, in attempting to assign a
precise mechanism to the "in vivo" light-induced structural
changes for which photometric evidence has been obtained, note
that the main change which occurs when chloroplasts are illumin-
ated is volume decrease.

Norman I. Krinsky develops the protective function of caroten-
oid pigments across the entire visible spectrum against aerobic
photosensitization as a filter system in the cell envelop, as a
quencher of photosensitizer triplet states, as a preferred sub-
strate for photosensitized oxidations, and as a stabilizer and
repairer of light—damaged membranes — all shown with a clever
diagram.

David Branton analyzes the structure of the photosynthetic
apparatus through polarization optics, X-ray diffraction analysis,
electron microscopy and correlated interpretations of the ultra-
structural studies, especially the photosynthetic membranes.

G. Hoch and R. S. Knox are especially interested in the reso-

nance transfer process so essential to efficient Sashes Lona ee
and they discuss pertinent recent experiments in the context of

1969 Moldenke, Book reviews 399

two kinetic models of the photosynthetic system.

Cyril Ponnamperuma documents a fascinating paper on ultravio-
let radiation and the origin of life and concludes that "under
simulated primitive earth conditions, molecules of biological
significance can be synthesized by the action of ultraviolet
radiation. Not only can micromolecules be made by this process
but, once made, they can undergo condensation reactions to form
complex polymers. Photochemical synthesis must have played an
important part before the appearance of life, as photosynthesis
does today. As the laws of chemistry and physics are universal
laws, these laboratory experiments point out that wherever the
right conditions exist, those molecules which can act as precur-
sors of biological systems will arise anywhere in the universe."

I+ is wise that the Contents of Volumes I, II and IV are given
so that the graduate students and specialists who use this book
can be kept aware of the valuable papers that appeared in these
other volumes.

"GLOSSARY OF GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES - IN SIX LANGUAGES" by Gabriella
Lana, Liliana Iasbez and Lidia Meak, 18 pp., Glossaria In-
terpretum Series of the Elsevier Publishing Company, An-
sterdam, London & New York 10017. 1967. $10.00.

Sponsored by the Universities of Geneva, Georgetown, Heidel-
berg, Mainz, Paris and Trieste and written by three highly
skilled professional interpreters and translators, this compact
book gives the English, French, Spanish, Italian, Dutch and Ger
man equivalents of the more commonly used place names in
countries, counties and regions along with rivers and other
waterways. There is a total of well over ),300 separate geo-
graphic entries that are cross-indexed. Both old and newer
place names are given as in Africa.

To many people in many walks (or more literally works) of
life this volume will be ever so helpful. It will appeal partic-
ularly to the readers of this journal who are taxonomic botan-
ists, geobotanists and ecologists.

"DISCOVER AMERICAN TREES" by Rutherford Platt, 256 pp., illus.,
Dodd, Mead & Company, New York 10016. 1968. $h.50.

This positively delightful book by an enthusiastic and appre-
ciative naturalist~author is a revision of his "American Trees, a
Book of Discovery" published in 1952. It is a "guide to all the
trees from the Atiantic to the Pacific coasts" but it fails to
mention the pneumatophored and often viviparous-seeded mangrove
(Avicennia germinans (L.) L.) and the account of the ancient
bristlecone pine (Pinus aristata Engelm.) is lost to the index
because it appears in an unpaged introductory chapter.

Fascinating tidbits of information appear with many of the
descriptions. The author includes 6 of his own excellent photo-
graphs and over 200 effective drawings by Margaret L. Cosgrove.

4,00 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 6

The trees are described according to the following regions: (1)
the great American forests east of the Rockies, especially in the
East and including our flowering, fruit and city trees, (2) the
Middle West, (3) the South, (4) the tropical sphere in Southern
Florida, (55 the greatest forest region of our country in the
Northwest, (6) the unique Californian area and (7) the arid
Southwest. There is also a clever pictorial guide to the quick
identification of a tree.

"THE ALGAE: A REVIEW" by G. W. Prescott, xi & 36 pp., illus.,
Riverside Studies in Biology Series, Houghton Mifflin
Company, Boston 02107. 1968. $7.95.

This needed book provides a good general survey of these or-
ganisms where there has not been one in the field for several
years in the United States. It surveys the taxonomy more or less
classically, the cytological morphology without any electron
microscopic illustrations, the physiology somewhat cursorially,
the ecology quite interestingly, the economics and the fossil
record.

There are eleven fair photographs and 263 clear, simple line
drawings of species representatives. The glossary is particular-
ly well done. On page 32 Oedogoniales is misspelled. On pages 7
and 9 in the classification synopsis no traits are given for
Class Chlorophyceae and Class Charophyceae. Fortunately the
colored flagellates are not orphaned out of this book. For
teaching purposes it is better to learn about them in both proto-
zoology and phycology rather than in neither!

N"BERNHARD EDUARD FERNOW ~ A STORY OF NORTH AMERICAN FORESTRY" by
Andrew Denny Rodgers III, 623 pp., illus., Hafner Publishing
Company, London and New York 10003. 1968. $11.00.

This book is a facsimile of the 1951 edition publishec by the
Princeton University Press relating the start and the establish-
ment of forestry as a recognized biological science and the neces-
sarily concomitant and causal importation of Fernow from Germany
as our first professional forester in 1876 and his longtime
leadership in this field until 1923. This interestingly told,
very detailed story of his life and work is the story of forestry
which today has grown to a control of over 18,000,000 wooded
acres of reservation in the United States and Canada.

Since forestry is unavoidably about trees, it is a pity that
the index could not have been emended to include their names,
thus making the book more useful to readers and its contents more

readily accessible.

Herbarium curators who have material of this species from additional
: ° counties are asked to send it to the author for ificati
. Distribution of Eriocaulon pellucidum in the United States verification and
Figure 5 Eriocauton peli record, so that future editions of this map may be more complete Mapping by counties done by Andrew R. Moldenke

KEYED TO COLUMN &
Cleoctypa Indes Book

CLEARTYPE

TRADE MARK REG. US PAT. OFF

COUNTY OUTLINE

AMERICAN

onicinatons,
CLEARTYPE MAPS

New York, No. 14324

P 161969 asemames

“ee? TORE
PHY TOLOGIA “zc
he AOR
Designed to expedite botanical publication
Vol. 18 September, 1969 No. 7
CONTENTS

SMITH, G. L., Psilopilum mexicanum sp.nov. .......-.044- 401
SMITH, G. L., New combinations in Polytrichaceae ........ 403

LITTLE, E. L., Jr., New tree species from Esmeraldas, Ecuador
PGKAPIEAIELOCL ita: Vous Aaa) anti oy eet LRM Voges ttm be lee we 404

NOWICKE, J. W., Two new species from Panama ......... 419

MOLDENKE, H. N., Three new subspecific taxa in Petrea, Premna,
CETERA Ve phi RON STARS ehh Ra Gage tals es IRIN CoRR a ie UIA 421

MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae.
DL O-G HN EMBED ES RD SME AR ate oe eee ae RE GAT Od RD es Bae IRR Cl hey Leet 422

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
U.S.A.

Price of this number, $1; per volume, $6.75, in advance,
or $7 at close of volume

PSILOPILUM MEXICANUM SP. NOV.

G. L. smith-

Psilopilum mexicanum sp. nov.: Caules gregarii, simplices,
primo flavo-virentes, senescentes atrovirides, deinde coffeati,
1.5-2cm longi, inferne aphylli, superne copiose foliosi. Folia
in sicco parte basali vaginanti, parte superna tubulosa, squar-
rosa, inde introcurva, ansam poculi simulanti; madefacta imbri-
cata, erecto-patentia, oblongo-ovata, tenuiter falcata, membran-
acea, (3)-l-(5)mm longa, canaliculata, marginibus arrectis in-
tegerrimis, apiculo brevi paene cucullato; dorsum folii apicem
versus lamellis paucis humilissimis brevibus instructum; cellu-
lae laminae prope basin rectangularis; cellulae partis supernae
folii quadratae vel hexagonae, saepe transverse elongatae; cell-
ulae marginis folii ab aliis haud differentes; cellulae dorsi
nervi inferne lineares, supernae breviores et aliquantum contur-
batae; lamellae adaxiales numerosae, tertiam latitudinis folii
obtentae, marginibus undulatis laciniatis, desuper pro striis
brevibus temere dispositis visae. Dioica. Folia perigonii la-
tissime ovata, imbricata, involucrum cyathiforme formantia.

Omnes ceterae desunt.

HAB. Mexico in ditione Tlaxcala in prato alpino montis La
Malinche, in solo humido (Claudio Delgadillo 2583, 11 Sept 1968)
NY! (HOLOTYPUS) MEXU, MICH, TENN; (Delgadillo 2585, 11 Sept
1968) TENN!, MEXU,

Muscus aspectu Psilopili trichodontis (Hook.f. & Wils.) Mitt.
apiculis foliorum brevibus canaliculatis paene cucullatis bene
distinctus.

% HH

Psilopilum mexicanum G.L. Smith - a, tota planta foeminea
sterilis; b, folium vegetativum plantae foemineae; c, tota plan-
ta mascula florens; d, folium vegetativum plantae masculae; e,
folium perigonii; f, apiculum folii; g, cellulae margine partis
supernae folii; h, cellulae marginis prope basin folii; i, sect-
io transversa folii; j,k, partes lamellae a latere visae; 1,
mensura a,c = 5mm; m, mensura b,d,e = 1mm; n, mensura f-k = 0.1
mm. Omnes figurae ex holotypo.

lNew York Botanical Garden, Bronx, New York 10158.

40}

Vol. 18, no. 7

PHYTOLOGIA

02

INAS

qqooolocOLUOO>

Yrs
Or

aN

ae

COCmO IK
rOCtegge

= JOGA <5
SeSarcctO®,
Qoc000O} |g

oa

NEW COMBINATIONS IN POLYTRICHACEAE
G. L. Smith!

Polytrichum longisetum [Sw.] Brid. var. anomalum (Milde) comb.
nov.
Atrichum anomalum Milde, Hedwigia 8: 161. 1869.

Polytrichadelphus rubescens (Mitt.) comb. nov.
Polytrichum rubescens Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 12: 622.
1569.

Polytrichadelphus subrubescens (Thér. ) comb. nov.
Polytrichum subrubescens Thér. Rev. Bryol. Lichenol. 9: 6.
1936.

Oligotrichum afro-laevigatum (Dix.) comb. nov.

Psilopilum afro-laevigatum Dix. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr.
FE 207. 1920.

Oligotrichum austro-aligerum nom. nov.

Oligotrichum magellanicum Card. & Broth. K. Svensk. Vet.
Akad. Handl. 63(10): 71. 1923. hom. illeg.

Oligotrichum falcifolium (Griff.) comb. nov.
Polytrichum falcifolium Griff. Calcutta Jour. Nat. Hist.
2: 475. Loye.

Oligotrichum wageri (Broth.) comb. nov.
a wageri Broth. in Dix. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr.

Dendroligotrichum microdendron (Mil1.-Hal.) comb. nov.
Catharinea microdendron Miill.-Hal. Hedwigia 36: 339. 1897.

Pseudoracelopus marginatus (Mitt. ) comb. nov.

Pogonatum marginatum Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. Suppl. 1:
153. 1059.

Pseudoracelopus ponapensis (Sak. ) comb. nov.
Racelopus ponapensis Sak. Bot. Mag. Tokyo 57: 91. 19h3.

Racelopodopsis mindanensis (Bartr.) comb. nov.

Pseudoracelopus mindanensis Bartr. Philippine Jour. Sci.
68: 30h. 1939.

Racelopodopsis papillosus (Horik.) comb. nov.
Pogonatum papel losum Horik. Bot. Mag. Tokyo 48: 717. 193).

lNew York Botanical Garden, Bronx, New York 1058.
403

NEW TREE SPECIES FROM ESMERALDAS, ECUADOR
(CONTINUED )

ELBERT L. LITTLE, JR.

Five new tree species from the Province of Esmeraldas in
northwestern Ecuador are published here in the following genera
(and families): Osteophloem Warb. (Myristicaceae), Trattinnickia
Willd. (Burseraceae), Tapura Aubl. (Dichapetalaceae), Amanoa
Aubl. (Euphorbiaceae), and Sterculia L. (Sterculiaceae). The
records of the first h apparently are also the first of their
genera from Ecuador.

This article is a continuation of one with the same title
(Phytologia 18: 195-208, illus. 1969), the second in a series.
Each description is accompanied by a line drawing prepared for a
- book on the common trees of Esmeraldas, now in press. The work
was done under the forestry project, Desarrollo Forestal de Nor-
occidente (DEFORNO). This was United Nations Special Fund
Project No. 127, administered by the Food and Agriculture Organi-
zation (FAO) of the United Nations and the Government of Ecuador.

A note on the generic name Sickingia should follow the publi-
cation of S. standleyi Little (Phytologia 18: 20h, fig. 5. 1969).
H. K. Airy Shaw (in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flowering Plants Ferns
ed. 7, 1037, 1040. 1966) has cited Sickingia Willd. (Ges. Na-
turf. Fr. Neve Schr. 3: 445. 1801) as a synonym of the older
name Simira Aubl. (Hist. Pl. Guiane Frang. 1: 170, t. 65. 1775).
The name Sickingia Willd. is in almost universal use for a trop-
ical American genus of Rubiaceae with about 35 species. If found
to lose priority to an obscure older name, then sickingsa Willd.
should be added to the nomina generica conservanda. in the
meantime, existing usage should be followed CICBN, Rec. 15A).

OSTEOPHLOEM SULCATUM Little, sp. nov. "Chalviande (frutos sur-
cados)," "chalviande colorado," "chalviande." Fig. 6.

Arbor magna sempervirens ad 30- m. alta, trunco 0.5-1.5 m.
diametro, anteridibus rotundis vel angulatis. Cortex brunneus
vel griseus, squamosus, subtiliter fissuratus; cortex interior
fulvescens succo aquoso, amarus. Ramuli longi graciles, gemma
foliorum minutorum. Ramuli juvenes, gemmae, folia juvenia,
ramuli inflorescentiae, atque flores stellato-pilosi .cinnamomei.
Folia alterna biserialia, petiolis tenuibus 2-3 cm. longis pu-
berulis, longitudinaliter sulcatis. Laminae anguste oblongae,
15-26 cm. longae, 3.5-7 cm. latae, chartaceae, apice cuspidatae
vel acutae, margine parum revolutae, nervis lateralibus 10-1)
leviter curvis utroque latere costae sulcatae, supra virides
nitidae glabrae, subtus albidae minute stellato-pilosae.

1969 Little, New tree species 05

SCALE

F, Fig. 6. Osteophloem sulcatum ° | 2 3 4cm.
Little, sp. nov. halviande
(frutos surcados) ."

406 PHITOLOGIA Vol. 18, mo. 7

Dioecia. Inflorescentiae masculinae paniculae axillares 2-6

cm. longae multiflorae. Flores masculini pedicello 2 mm. longo,
bracteola 0.5 mm. longa, h-5 mm. longi et lati, calyce trilobo
fere ad basim, androecio columnae cylindrae c. 2 mm. longae c.
12 antheras congestas lineares ferente. Inflorescentiae femineae
non visae. Fructi drupae dehiscentes solitariae super pedicellis
2 cm. longis, subglobosae 2.5 cm. diametro (in vivo), sulco magno
circum basim, bivalves. Semen subglobosum in arillo rubro.

Large evergreen tree to 30-ll m. high, with trunk 0.5-1.5 m.
in diameter, with rounded or angled buttresses. Bark brown or
gray, scaly, finely fissured; inner bark yellow brown with watery
sap, bitter. Twigs long slender, with bud of minute leaves.
Young twigs, buds, young leaves, branches of inflorescence, and
flowers with cinnamon-colored stellate hairs. Leaves alternate
in 2 rows, with slender petioles 2-3 cm. long, puberulent, longi-
tudinally grooved. Blades narrowly oblong, 15-26 cm. long, 3.5—
7 cm. wide, chartaceous, cuspidate or acute at apex, acute at
base, slightly revolute at margin, with 10-1) slightly curved
lateral nerves on each side of grooved costa, above shiny green
and glabrous, beneath whitish with minute stellate hairs.

Dioecious. Male inflorescences axillary panicles 2-6 cn.
long, many flowered. Staminate flowers with pedicel 2 mm. long,
bracteole 0.5 mm. long, h-5 mm. long and broad, cinnamon-colored,
with calyx mm. long, 3-lobed nearly to base, androecium of
cylindric column about 2 mm. long with about 12 crowded linear
anthers. Female inflorescences not seen. Fruits dehiscent
drupes solitary on pedicels 2 em. long, subglobose, 2.5 cm. in
diameter (fresh), with large groove around base, 2-valved. Seed
subglobose in red aril. Collected with flowers in July and
August, with fruits in June.

Sapwood cream-colored, heartwood brown, distinctive. The
wood is intermediate in hardness and weight. The common name
chalviande colorado refers to the colored heartwood.

ECUADOR, ESMERALDAS: Panadero, San Lorenzo, alt. 4O m., wet
forest, Apr. 25, 1966, R. G. Dixon 272 (male flower buds; HOLO-
TYPE, US; isotype, NY); same locality, Sept. 25, 1965, E. L.
Little, Jr., and R. G. Dixon 21150 (US, NY); San Lorenzo, alt. 10
m., April 20, 193, EB. L. Little, Jr. 6295 (US); Rfo Palabi, alt.
100 m., June 25, 1966, C. 0. Janse 287 (fruit; US, NY); Mataje,
Rio Mataje, secondary forest, Aug. 1, 1966, C. Jativa 334 (1159)
(fruit; US, LA, MADw); Tobar Donoso, junction Rio San Juan and
Rio Camumbi, alt. 260 m., July 27, 1966, C. Jativa and C. Epling
1141 (US, LA).

COLOMBIA, DEPTO. DEL VALLE: Costa del Pacifico, Rio Naya,
Puerto Merizalde, alt. 5-20 m., Feb. 20-23, 1943, J. Cuatrecasas
1,022 (US). —————————

1969 Little, New tree species 407

The genus Osteophloem Warb. has had a single species, 0.
platyspermum (Spruce ex A. DC.) Warb., of the Amazonian region
of Brazil, Peru, and Colombia to Guyana. The basionym Myristica
platysperma Spruce ex A. DC. (in DC., Prodr. 1h: 695. TD was
based on 2 specimens collected by Spruce near Panure on Rio
Vaupes, Colombia.

Albert C. Smith in his monograph (Brittonia 2: 51-53, illus.
1937) published a longer description based on additional speci-
mens. Later, Smith (Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herbarium 29: 326-327.
1950) cited 6 specimens collected by Cuatrecasas in Depto. del
Valle, Colombia, in 1943. When recording the range extension to
the Pacific Coast, Smith noted that those specimens had the leaf
blades sometimes abruptly cuspidate at apex, with a callose—
tipped acumen about 5 mm. long, and larger flowers with perianth
5-7 mm. long. However, he concluded that the differences in
flowers were not sufficient for recognizing the Pacific Colombian
material nomenclaturally. J.C. Th. Uphof (in Engler & Prantl,
Nattirlich. Pflanzenfam. Ed. 2, 17a: 205. 1959) treated the genus
as monotypic.

In 1943 I collected a specimen in Esmeraldas with the forest
survey of the Latin American Forest Resources Project. This
specimen with very young flower buds was tentatively referred in
the published list to Virola as probably a new species but too
poor for description (Little, Caribbean Forester 9: 23h. 198).
The common name "chalviande" was applied also to that genus.

Now that additional specimens are available, the trees of the
Pacific slope of southwestern Colombia and Esmeraldas, Ecuador,
are named here as the second species of the genus. Sterile
specimens of Osteophloem sulcatum are readily distinguished by
their larger, narrowly oblong cuspidate leaves from 0. platy-

ermum, which has smaller obovate leaves 7-1) cm. long and 3-6.5
cm. wide, either rounded or obtuse at apex, and with fewer later-
al veins, mostly 6-9 on each side. The immature male flowers of
the Esmeraldas specimens were not as large as those described
from Colombia.

The distinctive feature used in the field in Esmeraldas to
separate this species from those of Virola and Dialyanthera in
the same family is the prominent groove that surrounds the base
of the drupe, to which the specific epithet refers. Fig. 6
illustrates at lower right a fresh fruit with the conspicuous
groove around the base. However, the groove is not conspicuous
in dried fruits. Also, each flower bears at the base a minute
scale or bracteole. The sap of the trunk is watery rather than
red as in species of Virola.

The original description of Osteophloem platyspermum mentioned
the fruits as "sulcati," suggesting that a similar groove might
be more evident in living fruits, though not recorded afterwards.

1,08 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, mo. 7

This species is common locally in the wet tropical forests at
low altitudes near the coast in Esmeraldas, becoming a large
tree. The giant from which Little and Dixon 21150 was collected
was hO m. high and 1.5 m. in trunk diameter above the large
buttresses to 2 m. high, too large to fell for a specimen. How-
ever, leaves and fruits were collected on the ground.

The family Myristicaceae is well represented in the wet tropi-
cal forests of Esmeraldas, both in number of species and in
number of large trees. The woods are commercially important.
There are 2 or 3 species of Dialyanthera and a few of Virola,

2 of which will be named as new.

TRATTINNICKIA BARBOURII Little, sp. nov. "Anime pulgande."
Figs 7

Arbor magna sempervirens ad 45 m. alta, trunco 120 cm. dia-
metro, anteridibus humilibus rotundatis. Cortex laevis, brun+
neus; cortex interior brunneus odore Glycyrrhizae. Folia alterna,
imparipinnata, permagna, 0-50 cm. larga, petiolo crasso 10 cm.
longo longitudinaliter sulcato, axe crasso glabro supra carinato.
Foliola 5—7-jugata, petiolulis crassis 0.5-1 cm. longis. Laminae
oblongae vel lanceolatae, 15-22 cm. longae, 4.5-7 cm. latae,
crassae, rigide coriaceae, apice acuminatae, basi inaequales et
subcordatae, margine integrae atque parum revolutae, nervis
lateralibus multis parallelis fere rectis sub angulo fere 90°
abeuntibus, supra nitidae et leviter asperae, subtus pallidae
opacae, nervis lateralibus puberulis valde prominentibus et reti
prominenti venularun.

Inflorescentia terminalis paniculata 30 cm. longa axibus
ramisque crassis et carinatis. Flores non visi. Drupae numer-
osae, pedicellis crassis angularibus 1 cm. longis, subglobosae,
1 cm. longae, apice mucronatae, nigrae (in sicco), pulpa exili
et putamine ovoideo magno.

Large evergreen tree to 45 m. high, with trunk 120 cm. in
diameter, with low rounded buttresses. Bark smooth, brown;
inner bark brown, with odor of licorice. Leaves alternate,
imparipinnate, very large, 40-50 cm. long, with stout petiole
10 em. long, longitudinally grooved, and stout glabrous axis
keeled above. Leaflets 5—7-paired, with stout petiolules 0.5-1
em. long. Blades oblong or lanceolate, 15-22 cm. long, 4.5-7 em.
wide, thick acuminate at apex, unequal and subcordate at base,
with margin entire and slightly revolute, with many parallel
nearly straight lateral veins departing at angle almost 90°,
above shiny and slightly rough, beneath pale and dull, with
puberulent lateral veins very prominent and prominent network of
veinlets.

1969 Little, New tree species o9

EEL

epi eeengeeneel

oT
9 1 2 gem. x Wi Oy ;

—
\ \
\\
IS
=
—~—=

SIE sf =
SPA

Fig. 7. Trattinnickia barbourii Little,
sp. nov. “Anime pulgande."
p

410 PHITOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 7

Inflorescence a terminal panicle 30 cm. long, with stout
keeled axis and branches. Flowers not seen. UDrupes numerous,
with stout angular pedicels 1 cm. long, subglobose, 1 cm. long,
mucronate at apex, black (dry), with thin pulp and large ovoid
stone.

The wood is light brown, light-weight, soft, and coarse—
textured.

ECUADOR, ESMERALDAS: Rio Palabi, alt. 90 m., wet forest, May
2h, 1966, R. G. Dixon 286 (HOLOTYPE, US; isotype, NY; wood
sample, MADw).

PANAMA, PROV. PANAMA: Rio Indio drainage, 9 mi. E. Trans—
Isthman Hy., alt. 800 ft., rain forest, bark with fragrant resin,
"carafia," March 23, 1946, W. R. Barbour 1056 (US).

The genus Trattinnickia Willd. (Sp. Pl. h: 975. 1806; Burser-
aceae) contains about 12 species of tropical America from Panama
to the Guianas, Brazil, and Bolivia but mainly in the Amazon
basin. The original spelling adopted here has been restored in a
few references, though Trattinickia is commonly used. J.J. Swart
(Rec. Trav. Bot. Neerland. 39: 419-434. 1942) described 9 spe-
cies in his monograph of the genus. J. F. Macbride (Fl. Peru pt.
3, no. 2: 716-719. 1949) cited 2 species from Peru. Jose Cua-
trecasas (Webbia 12: 20-26. 1957) recorded 5 species from
Colombia.

This species is named for the late William R. Barbour, tropi-
cal forester of the United States Forest Service and afterwards
the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations.
Apparently, he made the first collection. It was my good for-
tune to begin my tropical field work under his guidance in Costa
Rica and Panama in February-March 1943. We worked together on
the Latin American Forest Resources Project of the U. S. Forest
Service. Being inexperienced, I profited greatly from his vast
store of information obtained from many years in Puerto Rico and
elsewhere in tropical America.

Robert G. Dixon, silviculturist with the United Nations Special
Fund Project in Esmeraldas, collected the type specimen and made
the accompanying drawing from living material. Barbour's earlier
collection from Panama was identified previously as Trattinnickia
aspera (Standl.) Swart, a related species with thinner leaflets
and fewer lateral veins.

Trattinnickia barbourii has distinctive large leaves with
rough stiff thick leaflets, many parallel nearly straight lateral
veins, and a prominent network of veinlets on the lower surface.
Fig. 7 shows at upper left 3 fruits and a detail of the lower
leaflet surface with prominent network of veinlets.

1969 Little, New tree species 11

Fig. 8. Tapura angulata Little, sp. nov. "Fruto de pavo."

412 P 2.3:7.04L..0:6 tA Vol. 18, mo. 7
TAPURA ANOULATA Little, sp. nov. "Fruto de pavo." Fig. 8.

Sec. Dischizolaena Baill. Arbor parva sempervirens ad 10 m.
alta, trunco 12 cm. diametro aliquantum angulato. Cortex atro—
brunneus, fere laevis, verrucosus; cortex interior eburneus
succo paulo rubello. Ramuli juventute puberuli, demum glabri,
tenues, nodis annulati. Stipulae 1-1.5 cm. longae, angustae
acuminatae, gemmam angustam et cicatrices annulares formantes,
caducae. Folia alterna serialibus 2, juventute puberula, demum
glabrata, petiolis brevibus crassis 1 cm. longis longitudinaliter
sulcatis. Laminae ellipticae, 1-21 cm. longae, 5.5-7 cm. latae,
chartaceae, apice acuminatae, basi acutae, margine parum revolu-
tae, nervis lateralibus utroque latere 8-10 curvis et leviter
impressis.

Flores 3-9 prope apicem petioli insertes, ab alabastro globoso
2 mm. diametro pedicellis puberulis 3-5 mm. longis extensi, 6-7
mm. longi, actinomorphi, campanulati, puberuli; calyx 6 mm.
longus 5 lobulis rotundatis imbricatis 3-l mm. longis; corolla
6-7 mm. longa, alba, tubo cylindrico et 5 lobulis ovatis auricu-
latis obtusis c. 2 mm. longis fere aequalibus; stamina 5 ad
apicem tubi corollae alternatim lobulis inserta, fere sessilia
antheris 1 mm. longis; et super disco ovarium ellipsoidale vel
subglobosum 3 mm. longum, 3-loculare, 2 ovulis in quoque loculo;
stylus 3 mm. longus, hirsutus, 3-partitus. Drupae 1-l, ellipsoi-
dales 1.5=2 cm. longae, 1 cm. diametro, fulvae, puberulae,
semine l.

Small evergreen tree to 10 m. high, with trunk 12 cm, in dia-
meter and somewhat angled. Bark dark brown, nearly smooth,
warty, inner bark yellowish white with a little reddish sap.
Twigs puberulent when young, at length glabrous, slender, ringed
at nodes. Stipules 1-1.5 cm. long, narrowly acuminate, forming
narrow bud and annular scars, caducous. Leaves alternate in 2
rows, puberulent when young, at length glabrate, with short stout
petioles 1 cm. long, longitudinally grooved. Blades elliptic,
14-21 cm. long, 5.5-7 cm. broad, chartaceous, acuminate at apex,
acute at base, slightly revolute at margin, with 8-10 lateral
nerves on each side curved and slightly impressed.

Flowers 3-9 inserted near apex of petiole, spreading from glo-
bose bud 2 mm. in diameter on puberulent pedicels 3-5 mm. long,
6-7 mm. long, actinomorphic, campanulate, puberulent; calyx 6 mn.
long with 5 rounded imbricate lobes 3- mm. long; corolla 6-7 m.
long, white, with cylindric tube and 5 ovate auriculate obtuse
lobes about 2 mn. long, nearly equal; stamens 5, inserted at apex
of corolla tube alternate with lobes, nearly sessile with anthers
1 mm. long; and on the disk the ovary, ellipsoidal or subglobose,
3 mm. long, 3-locular, with 2 ovules in each locule; style 3 m.
long, hirsute, 3-parted. Drupes 1-l, ellipsoidal, 1.5-2 em.
long, 1 cm. in diameter, fulvous, puberulent, with 1 seed.

1969 Little, New tree species 43
ECUADOR, ESMBRALDAS: Camino Pacto NW. of Quito, alt. 1500 m.,

lower montane forest, Feb. 26, 1965, E. L. Little, Jr., and R. G.
Dixon 20451 (HOLOTYPE, US; isotype, NY).

Fig. 8 illustrates a leafy twig with 2 inflorescences inserted
near apex of petiole, also at bottom a leaf bearing 2 drupes.

The genus Tapura Aubl. (Dichapetalaceae) has about 5 species
in the West Indies, 15 in tropical South America mostly in the
Amazonian region, and in tropical Africa. Three species have
been named from Colombia. This new species apparently is the
first record of the family from Ecuador.

Engler and Krause (in Engler & Prantl, Natirlich. Pflanzenfam.
Ed. 2, 19c: 10. 1931) distinguished 3 sections in the genus
Tapura. The auriculate corolla lobes and 5 fertile stamens
place this new species from Ecuador in Sect. Dischizolaena BailL,
illustrated by T. capitulifera Baill., of Amazonian Brazil and
Surinam, with smaller flowers and leaves. The new species, named
for its angled trunk, apparently is related to T. costata Cuatr.
(Lloydia 11: 221. 198), from El Choco, Depto. del Valle,
Colombia, described from a specimen with immature flowers. It
has a grooved, ribbed, twisted trunk and 5 nearly equal anthers
but has smaller leaves with fewer lateral veins and flowers in
dense heads on very short pedicels.

AMAMOA ANONALA Little, sp. nov. "Cuero negro," "piedrita."
Fig. 9.

Arbor magna sempervirens ad 30 m. alta, trunco 50 em. diame-
tro, radicibus fulcrantibus angustis minus quam 1 nm. altis.
Cortex griseus, fere laevis, valde verrucosus, fissuratus;
cortex interior aurantiacus vittis roseis. Ramuli penduli,
grisei vel cinnamomei, glabri, lenticellis punctorum similibus
et fissuris longitudinalibus. Folia alterna biserialia, glabra,
stipulis intra-axillaribus binatis obtusis, squamiformibus, fere
2 mm. longis, petiolis minus quam 1 cm. longis, flavovirentibus,
longitudinaliter sulcatis. Laminae ellipticae, 9-15 cm. longae,
3-6.5 cm. latae, plus minuSve coriaceae, apice acuminatae, basi
rotundae vel acutae, margine integrae, paulo inflexae, nervis
lateribus utroque latere 10-13, parum curvis et impressis, supra
atrovirentes nitidae, subtus pallido-virides opacae nervis
prominentibus.

Dioecia. Inflorescentiae spiciformes terminales et laterales,
pendulae, ex 1-3 axibus non ramosis, longis, crassis lignosis
angularibus, cinnamomeis, 20-0 cm. longis, 2-3 mm. diametro,
floribus multis 5 mm. longis paucis vel pluribus fasciculatis
compositae. Flores feminei in pedicellis viridibus 2 mm. longis,
sepalis 5 ovatis 5 mm. longis, albidis vel flavescentibus;
petalis 5 minutis rotundatis fere 2 mm. longis, albis, fimbri-
atis; et super disco pistillo h mm. longo, ovario conico viridi

bus PHITOLOGIA Vel. 18, no. 7

3-loculari 3 ovulis et 3 stigmatibus complanatis praedito.
Flores masculini fere sessiles, sepalis et petalis eis florum
femineaorum similaribus, staminibus 5 patentibus, et pistillo
rudimentale. Fructi non visi.

Large evergreen tree to 30 m. high and 50 cm. in trunk dia-
meter, with narrow prop roots less than 1 m. high. Bark gray,
smoothish, very warty, fissured, inner bark orange, streaked
with pink. Twigs pendulous, gray to cinnamon brown, glabrous,
with dotlike lenticels and longitudinal fissures. Leaves alter-
nate in 2 rows, glabrous, with intra-axillary paired obtuse
scalelike stipules nearly 2 mm. long and with petioles less than
1 cm. long, yellow green, longitudinally grooved. Blades
elliptic, 9-15 cm. long, 3-6.5 cm. wide, slightly coriaceous,
acuminate at apex, rounded or acute at base, with entire margin,
slightly inflexed, with 10-13 lateral nerves on each side,
slightly curved and impressed, above shiny dark green, beneath
dull light green with prominent nerves.

Dioecious. Inflorescences spikelike, terminal and lateral,
drooping, composed of 1-3 unbranched long stout woody angular
cinnamon brown axes 20-0 em. long, 2-3 mm. in diameter, and
many flowers 5 mm. long, few to several in fascicles. Female
flowers on green pedicels 2 mm. long, composed of 5 ovate sepals
S mm. long, whitish or light yellow; 5 minute rounded petals
nearly 2 mm. long, white, fringed; and on a disk thepistil 4 m.
long with conic green 3-celled ovary with 3 ovules and 3 flat-
tened stigmas. Male flowers almost sessile, with sepals and
petals similar to those of female flowers, 5 spreading stamens,
and rudimentary pistil. Fruits not seen. Collected with flow-
ers in September.

Wood hard, with pink sapwood cream-colored in outer part and
with dark brown heartwood.

ECUADOR, ESMERALDAS: Borbon, alt. 1 m., guandal (fresh-water
swamp), Sept. 19, 1965, E. L. Little, Jr., and R. G. Dixon 2109
(female flowers; HOLOTYPE, US; Isotype, WY) 2 NY) and 21096 (male
flowers; US, NY).

This species seems odd or anomalous in a few characters,
being dioecious in a genus characterized as monoecious. The few
trees observed together in full flower produced great quantities
of flowers uniformly of the same sex. To obtain the female
flowers, it was necessary to fell a large tree (21095). The
description of the flowers is largely from fresh material.

Fig. 9, drawn from a living specimen, shows the pedicellate
female flowers. The distinctive terminal inflorescence is
pendent or drooping, with stout woody axis much longer than in
the other species. It resembles slightly the much shorter and
more slender inflorescence of Amanoa oblongifolia Muellsirg. of
Amazonian Brazil, Colombia, and Venesuela.

1969

2S
sore

Soe

ors

w-82,
42EN8
ry

Pato
ee

ae
OD

~

Little, New tree species

415

6 aN
G ‘.
y (y Fig. 9. Amanoa anomala
Ow <Y Little, sp. nov. "Cuero
ee, Z necro," "piedrita."

416 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, mo. 7

The genus Amanoa Aubl. (Euphorbiaceae) has about 10 species of
trees in tropical America from Brazil and Bolivia north to Vene-
zuela, Colombia, Guatemala, British Honduras, and the Antilles.
There are also 3 species in tropical Africa.

STERCULIA CORRUGATA Little, sp. nov. "Paragua." Fig. 10.

Arbor magna sempervirens ad 35 m. alta, trunco 70 cm. diame-
tro. Cortex griseus, asper lenticellis verrucosis et fissuris
angustis; cortex interior fulvescens. Ramuli grisei, crassi,
plus quam 1 cm. diametro, cicatricibus foliorum rotundis eleva-
tis notati, gemma squamarum angustarum grisearum puberularunm.
Squamae et stipulae multae, lanceolatae, valde acuminatme, 5-8 cm.
longae et 1.5-2.5 cm. latae, extus puberulae, persistentes.
Folia alterna, pauca, ad apicem ramulorum aggregata, simplicia,
petiolis crassis teretibus 5-9 cm. longis, stellato-pilosis vel
glabratis. Laminae ellipticae, 18-27 cm. longae, 12-16 cm. lates,
apice obtusae, basi subcordatae, margine plus minusve undulatae
et revolutae, coriaceae, rigidae, maxime corrugatae, e basi 5
nervis principalibus, nervis lateralibus utroque latere 6-9,
nervis venulisque reticulatis et valde impressis in sulcis ab
porcis ad 5 mn. altis separatis, supra virides nitidae et gla-
bratae, subtus virides pallidae nervis elevatis leviter stellato-
pilosis.

Flores non visi. Carpella fructorum veterum irregulariter
ovoidea vel pyriformia, 5-8 cm. longa et lata, asymmetrica, apice
acuta, rugosa atque puberula, brunnea, pericarpio ad 1 cm. crass.
Semina multa oblonga, 2.2 cm. longa.

Large evergreen tree to 35 m. high, with trunk 70 cm. in
diameter. Bark gray, rough, with warty lenticels and narrow
fissures; inner bark light brown. Twigs gray, stout, more than
1 em. in diameter, with round raised leaf scars, with bud of
narrow gray puberulent scales. Scales and stipules many, lance-
olate, long acuminate, 5-8 cm. long and 1.5-2.5 cm. wide, puber-
ulent on outer surface, persistent. Leaves alternate, few,
crowded at apex of twigs, simple, with stout terete petioles 5-9
em. long, stellate-hairy or glabrate. Blades elliptic, 18-27 cm.
long, 12-18 cm. wide, obtuse at apex, subcordate at base, margin
slightly wavy and revolute, coriaceous, stiff, very corrugate,
with 5 main veins from base, 6-9 lateral veins on each side, the
veins and veinlets reticulate and very impressed in furrows
separated by ridges to 5 mm. high, the upper surface shiny green
and glabrate, the lower surface pale light green with raised
veins slightly stellate-hairy.

Flowers not seen. Carpels of old fruits irregularly obovoid
or pear-shaped, 5-8 cm. long and broad, asymmetric, acute at
apex, wrinkled and puberulent, brown, pericarp to 1 cm. thick.
Seeds many oblong, 2.2 cm. long.

1969

Little, New tree species

F <O_iPeis) 4) Sem:
ett

Sterculia corrugata Little,
- nov. "Paragua."

417

418 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 18, no. 7

Wood with whitish sapwood about 2 cm. thick and whitish brown
heartwood, soft, light-weight, coarse-textured, fibrous, with
conspicuous large rays. It was reported to be suitable for
lumber.

ECUADOR, ESMERALDAS: Borbon, alt. 10 m., wet tropical forest,
Sept. 9, 1965, E. L. Little, Jr., and R. G. Dixon 21025 (HOLO-
TYPE, US; isotype, 3 wood sample, :

This species is readily distinguished by the very corrugate,
almost plicate leaves suggesting a relief map with mountain
ridges and valleys. It may be related to Sterculia recordiana
Standl. of Panama, which has slightly corrugate leaves. Also,

the twigs of this new species bear conspicuous large narrow
persistent scales 5-8 cm. long, apparently in part stipules.

The tree felled for a wood sample lacked flowers and fruits.
However, old fruits containing germinating seeds were collected
from the ground beneath. Fig. 10 shows at lower left an opened
carpel of an old fruit and a seed.

A second species apparently of this genus is represented in
the Esmeraldas collection by an incomplete specimen.

The 5 new tree species from the Province of Esmeraldas,
Ecuador, described and illustrated above are: Osteophloem
sulcatum (fig. 6), Trattinnickia barbourii (fig. 7), Tapura
‘angulata (fig. 8), Amanoa anomala (fig. 9), and Sterculia

corrugata (fig. 10).
(To be continued. )

Forest Service, United States Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D. C. 20250.

TWO NEW SPECIES FROM PANAMA
Joan W. Nowicke

Missouri Botanical Garden and Department of Botany,
Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri

A new species of Scutellaria (Labiatae) and a new species of
Cordia (Boraginaceae) are reported from Panama.

Scutellaria lewisiana Nowicke, sp. nov.

Frutex, caulibus superis marroninis et pubem crispam
habentibus. Folia elliptica, acuta, serrata, basibus obtusis,
ad 6 cm longa et 2 cm lata, glabra, punctis resinosis, aeruginosa
supra, subviridia infra; petioli ca 1-2 cm longi. Inflorescentiae
verticilli, floribus duobus, ca 1 cm distantes, in racemo falso
positae, bractis ellipticis et 3-4 mm longis. Flores pedicellis
ca 4-6 mm longis; bracteolae duae, 0.4-0.5 mm longae; calyx ca 4
mm longus florescentia, pubescens molliter; corolla ca 23-25 mm
longa, recta, caesia, labio infero albido, pubescente modice;
stamina 4, binata, pare inferiore staminum in dimidio supero tubi
corollae affixo, antheris ca 0.6 mm longis; ovarium 4-lobatum,
stylo ignoto. Nuculae ignotae.

Type: Panama: Chiriqui: Caldera-Chiriquicito Trail, betw
Quebrada Hondo and divide, 20 April 1968, Kirkbride & Duke 920
(Holotype: MO).

The genus Scutellaria, while easily separated from the re-
maining Labiatae by the transverse squama of the upper calyx lip,
is a singularly homogeneous group in which specific differentia-
tion is problematical. Scutellaria lewisiana is distinguished
primarily by the elliptic leaves with obtuse bases and shrub
habit. It is named in honor of Dr. Walter Lewis, noted systema-
tist and student of the flora of Panama. For a complete treat-
ment of the Panamanian Labiatae see Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.

56(1), 1969, in press.

Cordia dwyeri Nowicke, sp. nov.

Frutex ad 3.5 m, caulibus dense pubescentibus, pilis
simplicibus, cinnomomeis. Folia ovata, aliquando + obovata,
accuminata, revoluta, basibus + rotundatis, ad 31 cm longa et
13 cm lata, sparsim pubescentia supra, dense pubescentia infra,
coriacea et conspicue bullata; petioli 1-2 cm longi, crassi,
pubescentes. Inflorescentiae cymosae, paniculatae, dense

florentes, ramis pubescentibus. Flores perfecti (?), + sessiles;

9

420 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 7

calyx cupulatus, dense strigosus, tubo ca 4-5 mm longo, 3-4
lobatus, lobis deltatis et ca 1.5-2 mm longis; corolla
hypocrateriformis, tubo 4-5 mm longo 5-lobata, lobis oblongis,
2.5-43 mm longis et 2-2.5 mm latis; stamina 5, exserta, filis ca
7-8 mm longis pubescentibus basaliter, antheris ca 1.5 mm longis;
ovarium ovoideum, stylo ca 1.2 mm longo, stigmatibus clavatis.
Fructus ignotus.

Type: Panama: Colon: Santa Rita Ridge, 19 km from Transisth-
mian Hwy, 28 Jan. 1968, Dwyer 8857 (Holotype: MO; isotypes: F,
GH).

The striking appearance of the leaves (large, bullate, and
densely pubescent on the lower surface) readily separates C. dwyeri
from all other Central American species of Cordia. Its closest
allies are C. trichoclada DC. and C. grandifolia DC., but C. dwyeri
lacks the 10-ribbed calyx attributed to these Brazilian species.

It is named in honor of Dr. John Dwyer, a prominent collector and
monographer of the flora of Panama.

THREE NEW SUBSPECIFIC TAKA IN PETREA, PREMNA, AND VITEX
Harold N. Moldenke

PETREA ASPERA f. ALBIFLORA Moldenke, f. nov.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei floribus albis recedit.

This form differs fram the typical form of the species in
having white flowers.

The type of the form was collected by George Proctor Cooper
III (no. 234) at Perme, in the San Blas District, Panama, on A-
pril 23, 1933, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the
New York Botanical Garden. Apparently, from the notes made by the
collector and the evidence of the type specimen, this form has
both the calyxes and the corollas white. It is called "bejuca
de hajo" and is said to be a showy vine.

PREMNA CRASSA var. YUII Moldenke, var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum juventu-
te maturitateque subtus tantum sparsissime pilosulis recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having its leaf-blades merely very sparsely scattered=pilose on
both surfaces when young, only on the lower surface when mature
or the pilosity persisting on the midrib and larger veins above
with an occasional hair persisting on the lamina, too.

The type of the variety was collected by Ta Fuh Yui (no.
16390) — in whose honor it is named — at Shuming, Hila, Yun-
nan, China, in an open forest at 1700 meters altitude, on June
21, 1938, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Royal Botanic
Garden at Edinburgh. The printed collection label gives the
collector's initials as "T. T.", apparently in error.

VITEX TRIPINNATA var. PUBESCENS Moldenke, var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei inflorescentiis undique
distincte puberulis recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having its peduncles, rachis, pedicels, bractlets, and calyxes
decidedly puberulent throughout; the leaf=-blades (especially the
lower surface), petiolules, and petioles are also puberulent.

The type of the variety was collected by Vidal (no. 2201) in
a disturbed forest on periodically inundated soil, in the vicinity
of Vientiane, Laos, on March 8, 1953, and is deposited in my per=
sonal herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey. The collector notes
that the plant is used medicinally by women during childbirth.
The trunk is described as thorny.

421

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE. XXIII
Harold N. Moldenke

ERIOCAULON ? POROSUM Lesq.

Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 396. 1969.

Continuing the quotation from Lesquereux (1878) begun at the
conclusion of the previous installment of these Notes: "The
leaves of the fossil species, four to five centimeters long,
seven millimeters across in the middle, are broader and longer
and have also the surface narrowly wrinkled across or in an ob-
lique direction to the middle (fig. 2a), these wrinkles tending
downward and passing down along the border, sometimes like anas-
tomoses of the veins. The base of these leaves is either cover-
ed by superposition of others or destroyed; it is therefore in-
possible to further extend the comparison. Abolboda poarchon,
Sieb., of Brazil, a species of the same group of the Kirideae,
also offers a likeness by its leaves to those of this fossil
plant. Habitat. — Sand Creek (Mr. W. H. Holmes), with leaves of
Nelumbium and other species found also at Golden, and therefore

of Lower Eocene type."

Knowlton (1930) reviews the status of this plant as follows:
"Lesquereux's original description reads as follows: Leaves basi-
lar, rosulate, spreading, entire, linear-lanceolate, broader at
the middle, gradually tapering upward to a slightly oblique
point and downward to a very short petiole; median nerve broad,
concave; lateral veins two, nearly parallel, with apparent rami-
fications toward the borders, forming round polygonal small areo-
lae. The leaves are thick, of a spongious texture apparently; the
meshes along the borders are not distinct and may be formed by
contraction of the epidermis. I do not find any species to which
this form may be compared, except the leaves of some large rosu-
late Eriocaulon. The specimen is cut through by rootlets as
thick as the leaves are broad.

"Thus far the type specimen, which is before me as I write (U.
S. Nat. Mus. No. 137), is the only one that has been found. The

specimen is preserved on a piece of soft, fine-grained clay
and has been fairly well described and figured by Lesquereux. It
is preserved on and partly wrapped around the end of the piece of
matrix, and the 'leaves', therefore, so not all lie in the same
plane. Apparently, however, as Lesquereux supposed, they were
disposed in a circle, possibly around a stem. The nervation in
these 'leaves' is uncertain. There is clearly a strong central
nerve or midrib and apparently about two thinner ribs on each side,
but the remainder is obscure and uncertain. The 'leaf' was evi-
dently a very thick and leathery one, and the surface has been
more or less wrinkled, in addition to which there are mmerous ob-
vious joint checks, so that any actual nervation, if present, is
difficult to make out. It seems probable, however, that sane of

422

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 423

the meshing or areolation must belong to the nervation.

"In subsequent years a number of organisms were found, mainly .
in older rocks, that were at first thought to be at least con-
generic with the E. ? porosum of Lesquereux. They were mostly
isolated ‘leaves' or segments, though occasionally several were
found that showed these segments pretty closely associated. It
was not, however, until some very perfect examples were found in
the Vermejo formation in the Canon City field of Colorado that
the distinctness fron Lesquereux's species became clear. These
were described under the name Palasoaster inquirenda Knowlton [U.
S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 101: 278, pl. 69, fig. 5 & 6. 1918]
with the frank admission that their affinity was unrecognized.
They consist of 8 to 12, usually about 9 narrow, erect 'leaves!
or members 3.5 to about ,.5 centimeters long and 6 to 10 milli-
meters wide in the middle. They are slightly narrowed to the
sessile base, where they are in contact, though evidently perfect-
ly free from each other. Above they are narrowed to a very slen-
der acuminate point, usually somewhat incurved. The segments are
thick and leathery, if not indeed woody, and are traversed dorsal-
ly by a deep median furrow. These specimens, preserved in rather
coarse sandstone, show very little trace of structure other than
the median rib.

"It seems probable that these organisms were terminal, for
there is some evidence of the presence of a scar or point of
attachment at the base, but no axis on which they might have
stood has ever been noted. They are certainly not leaves whorled
around a stem, for, had they been, some trace of the stem should
have been detected in some of the mumerous specimens. It appears
much more likely that they were capsular in nature, for, if the
now spreading segments were brought together, they would apparent-
ly make a tightly closed ‘capsule’. The incurved tips of the seg-
ments lend support to this view, though no evidence of seeds or
other interior structure has been observed.

"Among the several lots of specimens from the Raton Mesa region
there is one found near Walsenburg that consists of a number of
detached leaves or segments. Only three or four leaves are pre-
served on any piece of matrix, but these seem to arise from a
central point, as in the other examples referred to Palaeoaster

renda and as in the type of Eriocaulon 2 porosun. The leaves
in these Walsenburg specimens are rather longer and narrower than
common, and they appear, if anything to have been thicker, as
shown by the layer of carbonaceous matter remaining in favored
places. The midrib is very deeply impressed-chameled, in fact —
and at right angles to it there are mimte parallel lines con-
necting with the margin. These specimens approach most closely
Eriocaulon f porosum, and it is possible that they should be
united. However, the specimens involved are so few in number
and their nature so obscure that it seems best to hold them apart
until more conclusive data are forthcoming. It is, of course,
practically certain that Lesquereux's species has no connection
whatever with the gems Eriocaulon, but, on the other hand, it is

42h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 7

not at all clear that there is any closer affinity.

"The specimen from Black Buttes, Wyo., that was refered by Les-
quereux [The Tertiary Flora 296, pl. 59, fig. 10. 1878] to Eucal-
yptus haeringiana ? Ettingshausen is probably also congeneric
with Eriocaulon ? porosum and possibly also with the leaves above
mentioned from Walsenburg. In any event it is fairly clear that
this specimen has nothing to do with Eucalyptus.

"Occurrence: Denver formation, Sand Creek about 12 miles east
of Denver, Colorado, supposed to have been collected by W. H.
Holmes."

ERIOCAULON PRINGLEI S. Wats.

Bibliography: S. Wats., Proc. Am. Acad, 23: 2683. 1888; Morong,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 18: 358. 1891; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew,
Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 158. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h-
30): 43, 56, & 287. 1903; H. B. Davis, Life & Works Pringle 3 &
55. 1936; Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19 (1): 20 & 37. 19373 Moldenke,
Phytologia 1: 322. 1939; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew, Suppl. 1,
pr. 2, 158. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. & 3%.
1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], O&
206. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 31. 1950; Durand & Jacks,
In. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 158. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé % & 162.
1959.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Chihuahua: Pringle 2018 (B, Ca—

ERIOCAULON PSEUDOCOMPRESSUM Ruhl.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Urb., Symb, Ant. 1: 492. 1900; Ruhl. in
Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 32, 34, 285, & 287. 1903; Thiselt.-
Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 70. 190k Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19 (1):

18 & 2h--25. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 322. 1939; Leén, Fl.
Cuba 1: 279, fig. 112. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc.
h, 35, & 39. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed.
24, 43 & 206. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 3l1. 1950; Molcenke,
Résumé 51, 288, & 482. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 498 & 500
(1968) and 18: 367. 1969.

Illustrations: Leén, Fl. Cuba 1: 279, fig. 112. 1916.

Recent collectors have found this plant in flower in December.

Additional citations: CUBA: Pinar del Rfo: Ekman 1122 (8S),
1471 (S), 17237 (S); Killip 32372 (N); Leén 17005 (Vi); Marie-
Victorin 58318 (Vi, Vi); Marie-Victorin & Alain 327 (Mv), 377
(Mv); C. Wright 371 (S—isotype).

ERIOCAULON PSEUDOQUINQUANGULARE Ruhl.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon pseudo—quinquangulare Ruhl. apud Fyson,
Journ. Indian Bot. 3: 16. 1922.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 61, 73,
& 287. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 70. 1908; Fyson, Journ,
Indian Bot. 3: 16. 1922; Duthie, Fl. Upper Ganget. Plain 3: 318 &
320. 1929; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23 & 39. 196;

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 25

Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 127 & 206.
1949; Razi, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 18: 19. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé
162 & 482. 1959.

Citations: INDIA: Uttar Pradesh: Lehmann s.n. [Saharampore,
Jard. bot.) (B--type, Z-—isotype).

ERIOCAULON PTEROSEPALUM Herzog

Bibliography: Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 20h, pl.
120. 1931; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 105. 1938; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8 & 39. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 206. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3:
31. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 89 & 4,82. 1959.

Illustrations: Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: pl.
120. 1931.

The species has been collected on wet campos, "almost in wa-
ter", flowering and fruiting in September. The E. rosepalun
Hayata is a synonym of E. sexangulare L. The Simada 432, dis-
tributed as E. pterosepalum, is actually E. sexangulare L.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amazonas: Luetzelburg 21052
(Herb. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan. 47705; Macbride photos 90) (Mu—
type, N--photo of type, W—photo of type), 21053 (Mu, Z).

ERIOCAULON PUBIGERUM Bong.

Bobliography: Bong., Mém. Acad. Pétersb., sér. 6, 1: 628, pl.
2. 1831; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 575. 1813 Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pre 1, 1: 879 (1893) and pr. 2, 879. 1916;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 8 & 39. 1946; hioldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 77 & 206. 199; Molden-
ke, Résumé 89 & 82. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., pr. 3, 1: 879. 1960.

Kunth (181) writes the initial letter of the specific epi-
thet of this species with a capital and describes the plant as
follows: “Acaule; foliis lineari-lanceolatis, acutis, pubescenti-
bus; pedunculis gracilibus, pubescentibus; vaginis apice piloso-
barbatis. Bong. — Brasilia". He also cites the original publi-
catian as "Act. Petrop. 6. 1. 628, t. 2", but comments that the
illustration was never actually published. The name has been
overlooked by Kornicke, by Martius, and by Ruhland. Nothing is
known to me about the plant except what is stated in the above
bibliography.

ERIOCAULON PULCHELLUM Korn.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon pumilum Afzel. ex Korn., Linnaea 27: 621.
1856 [not E. pumilum Chamm., 1959, nor Raf., 1832]. Eriocaulon

. E. Br. apud Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h-30):

97 & 287, in syn. 1903. Eriocaulon sierraleonense Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 21 & 0, hyponym, February 9. 196;
Phytologia 2: 134, July 8. 19h6. Eriocaulon mm "Afzel, ex
Korn." apud Meikle & Baldwin, Am, Journ. Bot. 39: 45. 1952.

Bibliography: Korn., Linnaea 27: 621--622. 1856; C. Mull. in

426 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 7

Walp., Ann. 5: 926 & 935 (1860) and 6: 1171. Net Hieron. in
Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., os ay 2 (4): 2h. 1888; Jacks.
in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879. 1893; Thiselt.-
Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 237. 1901; Ruhl. as Engl., Pflanzenreich
13 (4-30): 65, 97, 99, & 287, fig. 13. 1903; Hutchinson & Dalz.,
Fl. W. Trop. Afr. 2: 426. 19%; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Erioc, 20, 21, 2s ae & hO. 196; Jacks » in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kow., pr. 2, 1: 679. 1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 13h.
1946; Moldenke, Ret ris Distrib. Verbenac., fed. 2], D1&
206. 1919; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 398. 1950; Meikle & Baldwin,
Am. Journ. Bot. 39: 45. 1952; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. i:
88. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 1%, 137, 289, 291, 292, & 482. 1959;
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 18, 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks .,
Ind. Kew., pre 3, 1: 879. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. : 6
(1962) and 17: 4. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 367. 1969.

Illustrations: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 99,
fig. 13. 1903.

Meikle & Baldwin (1952) say "The opinion of N, E. Brown that
E. pumilum Afzel. ex Koern. and E. pulchellum Koern. are con-
specific is accepted. Moldenke distinguished between the two
and applied the name E. sierraleonense to the plant formerly
(and incorrectly) designated E. pumilum." In a letter to me,
dated October 26, 1951, Meikle | says also that he follows N. E.
Brown in uniting the "Ee pumilum Afzel." with E. pulchellum Korn.
because on the basis of Kew material the bract characters given
by Ruhland are not valid. It should be noted here that the E.
pumilum Chapm., referred to in the synonymy above, is actually a
synonym of Lachnocaulon engleri Ruhl., while the homonym of Rafin-
esque is a synonym of E. pellucidum Michx.

It should also be noted that the E. kindiae H. Lecomte formerly
regarded by me as a synonym of E. ‘ichellum is now better re-
garded as E. plumale subsp. kindiae i Lecomte) Meikle. The Af-
zelium 11 in the Stockholm herbarium, cited below, may actually y be
part o. of the type collection of E. pulchel lum um Korn. or of E. puni--
lum Afzel., or both, although the Berlin herbarium specimens actu-
ally examined by Kornicke are unmmbered.

The species has been collected at altitudes of 2000 to 2500
feet on savannas, flowering and fruiting in August and October.
Baldwin describes it as "common on open rock in seepage” in the
Republic of Guinea.

Citations: SENEGAL: J. G. Adam s.n. [Oct. 1961] (Z). REPUBLIC
OF GUINEA: J. T. Baldwin n 9800 ) (N)3 Bod Boismare 376 [Herb. Chillou
389) (An); Schnell 1 2365 (An). SIERRA LEONE: 3: Afzelius 11 (s),

s.n. (B-type, B—isotype); Jaeger 397 (An). LIBERIA: J. T. Bald-
win 9176 (N). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: iS: Ruhland fig. lh E—N ot a

ERIOCAULON PULLUM Koyama
Bibliography: Koyama, Journ. Jap. Bot. 31: ll—12, fig. k.
1956; Moldenke, Résumé 170 & 482. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 427

13: Se. 1966.
Illustrations: Koyama, Journ. Jap. Bot. 31: ll, fig. h. 1956.
The type of this species was collected by Bunz8 Hayata at Ytn-
nanfou, Yunnan, China, and is deposited in the herbarium of the
University of Tokyo.

ERIOCAULON PULVINATUM Van Royen

Bibliography: Van Royen, Blumea 11: [22]—225, fig. 1. 1961;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 36h. 1969.

Illustrations: Van Royen, Blumea ll: 225, fig. 1. 1961.

ERIOCAULON PUMILIO Hook. f.

Bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 581-—582. 1893; Du-
rand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 158. 1902; Ruhl. in
Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h-30): 116 & 287. 1903; H. Leconte,
Journ. de Bot. 21: 108. 1908; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 198—
199, pl. 7. 1921; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. l, pr. 2,
158. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23 & 39. 19,6;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 127 & 206.
1949; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 158. 1959;
Molderke, Résumé 162 & 82. 1959.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 7. 1921.

Fyson (1921) cites Duthie 73 in the Dehra Dun herbarium and
says "Very small. Stem 0, tufted. Leaves 1/ — 1/2 in. acicu-
lar. Scapes 1 in. Heads 1/8. Involucral bracts obtuse, pale
nearly or quite horizontal. Floral bracts cuneate-cuspidate,
dark but hairy. Receptacle glabrous. Female fl: sepals 2,
deeply boat shaped; petals 3. Male fl: normal......Western Hi-
malayas at 3—l,000 ft.; Kumaon and Gharwal at 8—9,000 ft. (F.
B. I): Nr. Ramri. I have seen only the one specimen quoted a-
bove. The sépals are large, Ruhland says of the species that
they are flat and concave only at the tips, but those of the
specimen seen by me are quite boat shaped for the whole length."

The initial letter of the specific epithet is often upper-
cased.

ERIOCAULON PUSILLUM R. Br.

Bibliography: R. Br., Prod. Fl. Nov. Holl. 1: 254. 1810; Roem.
& Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 869. 1817; Spreng.
in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3: 775. 1826; Kunth, Emm, Pl. 3:
S71. 18); C. Mull. in Walp., Ann. 5: 926 & 935 (1860) and 6:
1171. 1861; Benth., Fl. Austral. 7: 191, 19h, & 792. 1878; Hier-
on. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (kh): 2h. 1888;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879. 1893;
Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h-30): 103, 107, & 287. 1903;
F. M. Bailey, Compreh. Cat. Queensl. Pl. 584. 1913; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 879. 1946; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 28 & 39. 196; Moldenke, Known Ge-
ogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 153 & 206. 199; Moldenke, Ré-
sumé 209 & 1,82. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
pr. 3, 1: 879. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 303 & 30h. 1969.

Kunth (181) uppercases the initial letter of the specific

426 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 7

epithet and describes the species as follows: "Scapis setaceis,
striatis (4—6 lin.), vagina laxa vix duplo longioribus; squamis
involucrantibus oblongis, scariosis, albis, capitulum turbinatum
pauciflorum superantibus; antheris nigris. Brown. — Nova Hollan-
dia tropica." It should be noted that E. pusillum Bong. (1831)

is a synonym of Syngonanthus minutulus (Steud.) Moldenke, E. pu-

sillum Poepp. (1863) is a synonym of Paepalanthus perpusillus
Kunth, and £. pusillum Willd. (181) is a synonym of E. micro~-
cephalum H.B.K.

ERIOCAULON PYGMAEUM Soland.
kc a Eriocaulon nigricans R. Br., Prod. Fl. Nov. Holl. 1:
254. 1810.

Bibliography: Soland. ex J. E. Sm. in Rees, Cycl. 13: Eriocau-
lon. 1809; R. Br., Prod. Fl. Nov. Holl. 1: 254, 1810; Roem. &
Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 869. 1817; Spreng. in
L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3: 775. 1826; Kunth, Emm. Pl. 3: 570.
18/1; Dalz. in Hook., Kew Journ. 3: 281--282. 1851; C. Mull. in
Walp., Ann. 5: 926, 927, 934, & 947 (1860) and 6: 1171, 1861;
Benth., Fl. Austral. 7: 191, 194, & 792. 1878; Hieron. in Engl.
& Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (k): 25. 1888; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879. 1893; Britten, Journ.
Bot. 38: 481—)83. 1900; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l—30):
115, 286, & 287. 1903; F. M. Bailey, Compreh. Cat. Queensl,. Pl.
58, fig. 566. 1913; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr.
2, 1: 879. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 28, 37, &
39. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 153
& 206. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 209, 290, & 82. 1959; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 879. 1960; J. S. Beard,
Descrip. Cat. W. Austral. Pl. 9. 1965; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
me ees Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 77 (1966) and 18: 167 &
250. 1969.

Illustrations: F. M. Bailey, Compreh. Cat. Queensl. Pl. fig.
566. 1913.

It should be mentioned here that Bentham (1878) and Jackson
(1893) reduce E. achiton Korn. to synonymy under E. nigricans R.
Br., but I regard it as a valid species from Pakistan and India.
The E. pygmaeum Dalz. is a synonym of E. xsranthemm Mart., while
E. pygmaeum Korn. is now called E. koernickei Britten and E.

eum Mart. is in the synonymy of Paepalanthus bifidus
(Schrad.) Kunth.

Citations: AUSTRALIAN REGION: AUSTRALIA: Queensland: E. Henry
4653 (Qu). State undetermined: Banks & Solander s.n. [New Hol-
land, 1770) (B--isotype, Z—isotype). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: orig-
inal description (B).

ERIOCAULON QUINQUANGULARE L.
Synonymy: Randalia maderaspatana Petiv., Mus. 796. 1695.

Scabiosa graminifolia nudicaulis, capitulis argenteis, s. Statice
minima Maderaspatana Pluk., Almag. 3: 3%, Phytogr. pl. 221, fig.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 29

7. 1696. Gramen junceum Ind, Orient. mims, capiculo rotundo, ex
paleaceis spiculis, in cacumine caulis glomerato; Graminis bufon-
ij aemolv. Callapillee Malabarorum, cum proxime praecedenti plur-
imum convenit Pluk., Alm. Bot. Mant. 98. 1700. Gramen indicum
capitulis tomentosis Herm., Mus. Zeyl. 17. 1717. Gramen juncem,
chamaemeli capitulis, aphyllis, albis Herm. ex J. Burn., Thes.
Zeyl. 108—109. 1737. Gramen junceum, Indiae Orientalis, minus,
capitulo rotundo, ex paleaceis spiculis in cacumine caulis glom-
erato Pluk. apud J. Burm., Thes. Zeyl. 108, in syn. 1737.
Kokmotha zeylonensibus J. Burm., Thes. Zeyl. 108, in syn. 1737.
Gramen indicum, capitulis tomentosis Herm. apud J. Burm., Thes.
Zeyl. 108, in syn. 1737. Eriocavlon scabiosa Crants, Inst. Rei
Herb. 1: 360. 1766. Eriocavlon quinquangulare L. apud Reich. in
L., Syst. Pl. 1: 243. 1779. Eriocaulon gquingquang. L. apud J. A.
Murr. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 13, 1: 109. 1783. Leucocephala
nifolia Roxb., Hort. Beng. 68, hyponym (181)); Fl. Ind. 3:
612. 1832. Sphaerochloa quinquangularis Beauv. & Desv., Ann.
Sci. Nat. 13: 7. 1828. friocaulon argenteum Mart. in Wall.,
Plant. As. Rar. 3: 28. 1832 [not E. argenteum Bong., 1831]. Eri-
ocaulon quinquangulare Wight ex Wall., Numer. List 207, in syn.
1832 [not E. ee Bojer, 1964, nor Heyne, 1832, nor
Mart., 1854, nor Wall., 1858, nor Willd., 1959]. Eriocaulon
setaceum Wight ex Wall., Numer. List 207, in syn. 1532 [not E.
setaceum Auct., 1903, nor Benth., 1893, nor Crantz, 1766, nor
Heyne, 1832, nor L., 1753, nor Lour., 1790, nor Rottl., 1960,
nor Wall., 4893, nor Willd., 1959]. Gramen junceum Chamaemeli
capitulis albi aphyllis J. Burm. apud Mart. in Wall., Plant. As.
Rar. 3: 28, in syn. 1832. Scabiosa graminea nudicaulis, capitu-
iis argenteis s. Statice minima maderaspatana Pluk. apud Mart.
in Wall., Plant. As. Rar. 3: 28, in syn. 1032. Eriocaulon
t Bernhardi ex Kunth, Emm, Pl. 3: 556, in syn. 18)1
(not E. triangulare L., 1762]. Eriocaulon argenteum Wight ex
Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 556, in syn. 1841. Eriocaulon argyraeum
Steud., Syn. Fl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 271. 1855. Eriocaulon leuco-
eephalum Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 272. 1855. Eriocaulon
erythropodum Miq. ex Korn., Linnaea 27: 642. 1856. Eriocaulon
quingquangulare var. @ C. Mull. in Walp., Ann. 5: 940. 1860.
Eriocaulon argyreum Steud. apud C. Mull. in Walp., Ann. 6: 1170,
sphalm. 1861. Eriocaulon scabiosa Crantz apud Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind, Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879, in syn. 1893. Sphaerochloa
s Beauv. ex Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 582, in syn.
1893. Eriocaulon quinqueangulare L. ex Prain, Beng. Fl., pr. 1,
1127. 1903. Eriocaulon argenteum Heyne ex Moldenke Résumé 285,
in syn. 1959. Eriocaulon pentangulare L. ex Moldenke, Résumé

430 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 16, no. 7

291, in syn. 1959. Eriocaulon 5-angulare L, ex Moldenke, Résumé

294, in syn. 1959. Gramen junceum Chamaemeli capitulis, aphyllis
J. Burm. apud Lourteig, Taxon 15: 31, in syn. 1966, Eriocaulon
setosum Wight ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 18: 11, in syn. 1969.
Bibliography: Breyn., Exot. Al. Min. Cogn. Pl. Cent. 1: 108—
109, pl. 50. 1678; Petiv., Mus. 796. 1695; Pluk., Almag. 3: 3%,
Phytogr. pl. 221, fig. 7. 1696; Pluk., Alm. Bot. Mant. 98. 1700;
Herm., Mus. Zeyl. By 1717; Je Burm., Thes. Zeyl. 108--109. 1737;
Le, Fl. Zeyl. l8. 1743; Le, Sp. Pl., ed. 1, 1: 129. 1753; Crantz,
Inst. Rei Herb. 1: 360. 1766; Je A. Murr, in L., Syst. Veg-, ed.
12, 109. 177; Reich. in L., Syst. Pl. 1: 243. 1779; J. A. Murr.
in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 13, 1: 109 (1783) and ed. lj, 127. 178k;
Palau y Verdera, Part. Pr&ct. Bot. 1: 531. 178; Jacq., Ind. Pl.
63. 1785; Lippert, Pflanzensyst. 1: 187. 1786; Pers. in L., Syst.
Veg., ed. 15, 132. 1797; Willd. in L., Sp. Pl., ed. lh, 1: 185.
1797; Je A. Murr. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 106. 1798;
Jolyclerc, Syst. Sex. Vég., ed. 1, pr. 1, 92 (1798) ami pr. 2, 92.
1803; Mouton-Fontenille in L., Syst. Pl. 1: 18. 1804; Jolyclerc,
Syst. Sex. Vég., ed. 2, 1: 101. 1810; Roxb., Hort. Beng. 68.
181h; Roem. & Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nov., 2: 862.
1817; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3: 775. 1826; Beauv. &
Desv., Amn. Sci. Nat. 13: 7. 1828; Roxb., Fl. Ind. 3: 612.
1832; Mart. in Wall., Plant. As. Rar. 3: 28, 1832; Wall., Numer.
List 207 & 25. 1832; Royle, Illustr. Bot. Himal. 09. 16)0;
Kunth, Emm, Pl. 3: 554, 556--558, & 567. 1841; Steud., Syn. Pl.
Glum. 2: (Cyp.) 271-272. 1855; Korn., Linnaea 27: 62. 1856;
C. Mull. in Walp., Ann. 5: 926 & 939--90. 1860; F. Muell.,
Fragm. 1: 91. 1859; Walp., Ann. 6: 1170 & 1171. 1861; Dalz. &
Gibs., Bomb. Fl. 260. 1861; Thwait. & Hook. bm Emm. Pl. Zeyl.,
pr. 1, 341. 186); Benth., Fl. Austral. 7: 190, 192, & 792. 1878;
Hieron. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (4): 27.
1888; Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 582—583. 1893; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 877-879 (1893), 2: 71
(1894), and 2: 960. 1895; Hook. f. in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon
S: a5 9-10, & 12. 1900; Prain, Beng. Flies, ed. il bey 1903;
Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (1-30): 60, 61, 85, 86, 282, &
28h—-287. 1903; V. A. Poulsen in Schmidt, Bot. Tidsskr. 26: 167.
1904; H. Lecomte, Journ. de Bot, 21: 102. 1908; Fyson, Journ.
Indian Bot. 2: 20) & 259-260, pl. 9. 1921; Haines, Bot. Bihar &
Orissa 6: 1066 & 1068—1069. 192; Duthie, Fl. Upper Ganget.
Plain 3: 318-320. 1929; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid.
Madras, ed. 1, 9: 1615 & 1620. 1931; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 877—879 (1946) and 2: 71 & 960. 1946; Mol-
denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23, 2, 26, 32, 34, 36--39
2, ub, & 56. 1946; Govindu, Journ. Mysore Univ. 10 (1): h. i9h9;
Thirumalachar, Razi, & Swamy, Journ. Mysore Univ. 9 (5): 82.
1949; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 127,
129, 130, 13%, & 206. 199; Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ, 11 (1): 6
(1950) and 11 (2): 29. 1950; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 31-32.
1950; Razi & Govindu, Journ. Mysore Univ. 12 (9): 107. 1952; C.
E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. repr. 2, 8 [3]:

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 432

1125, 1128, & 1333. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 158, 159, 162, 165,
167, 176, 285, 287, 289—-291, 294, 309, 345, h15, & 482. 19593
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 16 & 18. 19593 Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 877—~879 (1960) and 2: 71 & 960.
1960; Van Royen, Blumea 10: 135. 1960; Nath, Bot. Surv. South.
Shan States 62. 1960; Moldenke, Réeumé Suppl. 3: 15 & 17. 1962;
Seerwani, Bull. Bot. Surv. India h: 230. 1962; Prain, Beng. Pl.,
ed. 2, 2: 847 & 848. 1963; J. Joseph, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5:
297. 1963; Je K. Maheshwari, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 138.

1963; Punt, Reg. Veg. 36: 9. 19643; Bhattacharyya, Bull. Bot.
Surv. India 6: 208. 1964; Panigrahi, Chowdhury, Raju, & Deka
Bull. Bot. Surv. India 6: 2k], 260, & 261. 1964; Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 11: 6 (196) and 12: 7. 1965; J. S. Beard, Descrip. Cat.
W. Austral. Pl. 9. 1965; Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spores 7: 185.
1965; Subramanyam & Henry, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 21). 1966;
Sebastine & Ramamurthy, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 182. 1966; Pan-
igrahi, Bull. Bot. Surv, India 8: 13. 1966; Malick, Bull. Bot.
Surv. India 8: 58. 1966; Begum, Curr. Sci. India 35: 262—263.
1966; S. V. Ramaswami, Stud. Flow. Pl. Bangalore [thesis] 220,
222--223, 106, & 1,07. 1966; J. L. Ellis, Bull. Bot. Surv. India
8: 329 & 339. 1966; Sebastine & Henry, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8:
310. 1966; Lourteig, Taxon 15: 31. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
Uj: 9 (1966) and 15: 8 & 14. 1967; Begum, Bioresearch Index Tit.
1967: 2255. 1967; Anon., Ind. Bibliog. Bot. Trop. (1): 18.
1967; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 9 (1968) and 17: 11. 1968; Be-
gum, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.67: 18-156. 1968; Moldenke,
Phytologia 17: 63 (1968), 18: 52 & 53 (1968), and 18: lol, 102,
169, 173, 17h, 2h3, 2hh, 258, 263, 264, 273, 328, 348, 360, 379,
& 396. 1969; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 50 (1): S.61. 1969; Begun,

Biol. Abstr. 50: 422. 1969.

Iliustrations: Pluk., Almag. 3: Phytogr. pl. 221, fig. 7.
1696; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 9. 19213 Begum, Proc, In=
Gian Acad. Sci. B.67: 148—156. 1968.

Prain (1963) describes this species as follows: "Involucral
bracts alone glabrous, floral bearded or pubescent; receptacle
villous.......Perennial; rootstock elongated, slender or stout;
leaves ensiform or broadly subulate.....Female flowers distinctly
pedicelled......Involucral bracts at length reflexed under the
globose grey or snow-white heads; leaves reddish, often semitrans-
lucent." He says that the plant is an "herb of rice-fields and
wet places......In all the provinces" of Bengal. Recent collectors
have found it growing in mud, at altitudes of 80 to 1330 meters,
flowering and fruiting from September to March. Common names re-
corded for it are "bhuri", "bhurli", and "guri", while German
authors call it "Swinklichte Kugelbinse".

Ramaswamy says of his no. 3 "The average height of the plant
was in between 6—1 inches. The plants were generally pinkish
with light grey heads. They were luxuriantly growing in the
black cotton soil [of Mysore]. The associated plants were the
marsh plants of Commelinaceae and Poaceae." Malick (1966) calls
it common in West Bengal and cites Biswas ll. Ellis (1966) found

432 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 18, no. 7

it in marshy places near the fringes of puddles formed during the
rainy season in persed! and gr bey! in Andhra Pradesh, and cites
to it as omen” in or same state and cite 11675. Bhattachary-
ya (196) avers that the species is "common in moist rice fields"
in Uttar Pradesh, while Seerwani (1962) records it from Jabalpur.
Panigrahi and his associates (196) call it a hygrophyte and
state that it is "abundant in fields" in Orissa. Panigrahi

(1966) found it to be abundant in rice fields, in semi-dry md, or
on rock shoulders with a soil cover in Bihar, * citing 11876 &
12005. Givindu (1919) says that it blooms from December to Febru-
ary in Bangalore. Joseph (1963) reports it "common in wet local-
ities" in Madhya Pradesh, while Maheshwari (1963) found it to be
"common in washes and in wet or dry fallow land" in the same
state, from which Subramanyam & Henry (1966) cite 7098 & 7212. It
is said to be "common" in Madras by Sebastine & Ramamurthy (1966),
who cite 15082 in the Survey herbarium. Waring reports that in
Orissa it is rubbed on the body to cure ringworn.

Fyson (1921) describes E. quinquangulare as follows: "Sten
short or 0. Leaves 1—2 in. long, narrowed fram the 1/), in. base
flat, usually red. Scapes numerous, 3—5 in. long, slender.
Heads 1/5 — 1/4 in diam., globular or often conical, black gray
or white. Involucre light brown, reflexed. Receptacle hairy;
flowers normal; sepals flat.......Central Himalaya, Kumaon; Ben-
gal; Chota Nagpur; Central Provinces; and southwards through the
Peninsular India on the plains and the Mysore plateau to Ceylon.
Not apparently on the higher levels and not in Burma, except Var.
Martiana. I have seen Linnaeus! own type but not of course dis-
sected it and the description is taken from sheets in Herb. Calc.
and living plants." He says, further, that it can be distin
guished from E. dianae Fyson only by the characters of the pis-
tillate sepals. “Thirumalachar, Razi, & Swamy (1949) describe the
species as "Marsh herbs.....-involucral bracts not longer than
the floral bracts and the flowers; leaves linear-ensiform, 5—l1l
nerved, purplish beneath, often drying red; heads globose. ovoid,
grey or snow-white. Nandi Hills."

It is worth noting here that E. setosum Wight seems to be based
on Wight 16. The Petit-Thouars cs in the Paris herbarium, cited
below, is . labelled "Ee Thonarsii | He Lecomte" and so may very well
ee represent the type collection of that species and there-
fore be from Madagascar. No locality of collection is indicated
on the sheet. The Monin s.n., also cited below, was actually ex-
amined by and identified as E. quinquangulare by Kornicke himself.

Kunth (181) cites Herb. Willdenow 2356 and Wight 2365. He
also avers that the left-hand "frustulo" on Herb. Willdenow 2359
is "quod certissime E. quinquangulare". He further notes that E.
gracile Mart. is hardly distinguishable from E. guinquangulare and
comments that "In specimine a Sonneratio in India orientali lecta

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 33

sepala 3 exteriora mascula distincta. E. sexangulari affine, sed
sat distinctum. — E. pellucidum Mich. huic et E. sexangulari

Linn. comparari potest."
The E. argentewn Bong., referred to in the synonymy above, is

actually a synonym of P aepalanthus argenteus (Bong.) Korn., an E.
triangulare L. is now knom as Paepalanthus triangularis (L.)
Korn. The E. quinquangulare accredited to Heyne is actually E.
cristatum Mart, » the homonyms credited to Martius and to Willdenow
are E. 22a Royle, while the one credited to Wallich is E.

nepalens e Prescott; E. quinquangulare Bojer is still not satisfac-
torily placed.

The E. setaceum L., also referred to above, is a valid species,
with the homonyms accredited to Crantz and to Wallich as synonyus,
while the homonym credited to Bentham is E. bifistulosum Van
Heurck & Muell.-Arg., that credited to "Auct." is E. intermediun
Korn., that credited to Heyne is E. sexangulare L., those as-
cribed to Rottler and to Willdenow are E. cinereum R. Br., and
that credited to Loureiro is Fimbristylis setacea setacea Benth. in the

raceae.

Lourteig (1966) tells us that the polynomial, Germen junceum
Chamaemeli capitulis, aphyllis, is based on P. Hermann 154, in
part — th: this number being a mixture with Panicum dimid dinidiatum Le
and Hottonia indica L.

Regarding the E. quinquangulare of Bojer, referred to above,
Punt (1964) says "Mibinterpreted by Bojer. According to Moldenke
there are 3 species of Eriocaulon at Mauritius; E. longifolium
Nees ex Kunth, E. johnstonii tonii Ruhl., and E. fenestratum Bojer. It
is not yet Poe m which one is the eS of Bojer."

Crantz (1766) cites "PLVK. alm. T.221.F.7" as the type for his
Eriocavlon scabiosa. Martius (1832) cites Plukenet's work as
page "366", but this is an error for p. 336. In Plukenet's work
(1696) this famous author adds "ex Herbar. Vivo du Boisiano
Phytogr. tab, 221, fig. 7. Huic proxims accedit Plantaginella
aurea alopecuroides Brasiliana foliis gramineis Breyn. Cent. l.
108". However, Breyne's plant does not appear to have anything
to do with an Eriocaulon and certainly bears no resemblance what-
ever to E. quingquangulare. For the record, Breyne's original
description is repeated here (it is accompanied by an illustra-
tion): "Plantaginella aurea alopecuroides brasiliana, foliis
gramineis. Cap. lL. mm ex minimis unam, sed Sages charis=-
simisq; nostris plantulis. Radix ejus exigua, mille fibris niv-
eis comata, Foliola multa graminea & anhusta Graminis Iuzulae
minoribus Johanni Bauhino, sed omnino glabra, in orbem diffunde-
us: ex quorum gremio, coliculi quinquaginta vel plures prosiliunt,
temuissimi, plantae exilitatem Globulis oblongiusculis lanugin-
osisque, Plantaginis angustifoliae paniculis Lagopi minoribus,
uberrime compensantes, singuli, singulis coliculis triuncialibus

43h PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 18, no. 7

vel brevioribus insidentes, compositi ex pilis lenissimis leuco-.
phaei coloris, inter quos Flosculi flavi permimti, Summa amoeni-
tate, veluti puhctula aurea, emicant, quod jocundissimm, huic
Plantulae in Brasilia vigenti, aspectum conciliat."

Martius (1832) comments about E, pellucidum Michx. in his dis-

cussion of E. quinquangulare, saying "e speciminibus americanis
huic et insequenti (E. sexangulare] comparari potest". He and

Wallich (1832) both regarded E. trilobum Hamilt. as a synonym of

E. quinquangulare, but this name is now placed in the synonymy of
the very similar E. sollyanum Royle. Thwaites & Hooker (186)

place E. argenteum Mart. in the synonymy of what they called E.

quinguangulare var. argenteum Thwaites (which is now called E.
walkeri Hook. f.).

Jackson (1893) and other authors give "185," as the date of
publication for E. erythropodum Miq., but actually pages 129—

799 of Linnaea, volume 27, were not issued until 1856. The in-
itial letter of the specific epithet of E. quinquangulare is up-
percased by Dalzell & Gibson (1861), and by other authors, for
no apparent valid reason.

Begum (1969) gives an interesting summary of the embryology of
this species: "The unisexual flowers are borne on a terminal
globose head. The development of floral parts is acropetal. The
hypodermal archesporium in the anther is 1-——-2-celled. The wall
of the mature anther is l-layered; the innermost of these layers
functions as the glandular tapetum. The macrospore tetrads are
of isobilateral and decussate types. A well-developed stomium is
present. The pollen grains are generally shed at the 2-celled
stage. The temuinucellar ovules are bigamic and pendulous. The
primary archesporium is hypodermal and functions directly as the
megasporocyte. The megaspore tetrads are of linear, obliquely
linear and T-shaped type. The chalazal megaspore is functional
and develops into a Polygonum type embryo sac. The antipodals
form the most conspicuous part of the embryo sac and are linear
in arrangement. Endosperm is free miclear and becomes cellular
later. Embryo development is of the asterad type."

The usual redness of the leaves of this species is as
ly well seen on the Falconer 119), Ramaswamy 1738 1738 & 225, Ss
& 2367F solieceioan: cited below.

In addition to the various Bot. Surv. India herbarium mmbers
referred to above, Panigrahi cites 11876.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria
under the names E. gracile Mart., E. hexangulare L., and E. solly-
anum Royle. On the other hand, the e Herb. Zuccarini s.n., “distrib-
uted as E, quinquangulare, is actually E. E. cinereum R. Br., E. Je
Schmidt 250 & 302a are E, dianae Fyson; " Strachey & & Winterbottom 6
is E. racile Mart .; D. ce Jef 5096 is E. laosense Moldenke;_
Le Griffith 5564 and Re Wight 2855 are E. odoratum Dalz.; Meebold

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 35

9737 is EB. polycephalum Hook. f.; Ezekiel 30361, Lisboa s.n., and
R. Re. Wi ight Gee 2367N are E. sollyanum Royle; and Boee Boeea 7468 4 is E, trun-
catum Hamilt.

Additional citations: SIERRA LEONE: Afzelius s.n. [Sierra Le-
one] (S). REUNION: Monim s.n. [Ile Bourbon, 1533) (P). INDIA:
Bihar: Dahlstrand s.n. [2.10.1952] (Go). Shee P. Ve Bole 503
(Xa); Santapau 11755 antapau 11755 (Xa); Se edgwick & Bell 5091 (N, Xa). Madras:
E. W. Erlanson 5621 (Mi). Mysore: S. N. B Ramaswamy 3 (Rf), 18
(Rf), 1738 (Lw), » 2125 (Lw); G. Thomson 3 sene n, [Maisor & Carnatic]
(Br, Mu—226, N). Orissa: W aring (Z)e"s State undetermined: Fal-
coner 119) (T); Herb. Heyn 12 (Br, ~N); Hugel s.n. [India orientali]
(u—22h), son. [mont. Himal.] (Mu--225); R. Wight 15 (Br), 16
(Br, N), 2367 (N), 2367F (N, N), 2855 era Indiae Oriental-
is] (Mu--3h1, Mu--343), s.n. [Ind. or.] (V—W13h1, V--15981).
CEYLON: Gardner s.n. [Colombo, Aug. 26th 1820] (B); Macrae 123
(Br); Thwaites 792 (Br, N). THAILAND: Hansen, Seidenfaden, “&
Smitinand 10817 (Cp, Z), 10818 (Ac, Cp). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION
UNDETERMINED: IED: Herb. Mus. Paris s.n. [Cayenne?] (P); S. Kurz s.n.
[Ind. or. Bengala? Andamans? Malayae?] (Mu--31)), gen. ‘(tu=313) 5
Petit-Thouars 2 (P).

ERIOCAULON QUINQUANGULARE var. MARTIANUM Wall.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon martianum Wall., Numer, List 25, hyponym.
1832. Eriocaulon quinquangulare var. martiana Wall. ex Fyson,
Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 20). 1921.

Bibliography: Wall., Numer. List 25. 1832; Fyson, Journ. In-
dian Bot. 2: 20h & 260. 1921; Moldenke, Résumé 165, 291, & 82.
1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 53. 1968.

Martius, on "the label of the type collection in the Brussels
herbarium, notes "Eriocaulon argenteum Mart. forma E. quinquangu-
lare L. prolifera". Fyson (1921) describes the variety as "Invol-
ucral bracts mich longer than the floral and extending about 1-1/)
inch beyond the head. Burma. Hooker in F. B. I. called this
plant a proliferous state of E. quinquangulare, But the plant with
this number in the Calcutta Herbarium is not proliferous." The
variety is based on Wallich 7279 from somewhere in Burma. Fyson
also tells us that E. dianae var. longibracteatum Fyson "corres-
ponds" to this taxon "and might be considered that plant with one
sepal smaller and flat." His "l-1/l inch beyond the head" is ob-
viously a misprint, but what figure he intended is not clear.
Wallich, in his Numerical List (1832), give no locality of collec-
tion whatever for his number 7279.

Citations: BURMAL State undetermined: R. Wight s.n. [Wallich
7279] (Br--isotype, N--isotype, N—-photo of isotype, Z—photo of
isotype) .

436 PHYTO O.G LA Vol, 18, no. 7

ERIOCAULON RAVENELII Chapm.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon ravenelli Chapm. ex Moldenke, Résumé 291,
in syn. 1959. Eriocaulon ravenellii Chapm. ex Moldenke, Résumé
291, in syn. 1959.

Additional bibliography: Chapm., Fl. South. U. S., ed. l, pr.
1, 503 (1860), ed. 1, pr. 2, 503 (1865), ed. 1, pr. 3, 503 (1872),
ed. 2, pr. 1, 503 (1883), ed. 2, pr. 2, 503 (bel) 66s oes 3,
503 (1887), and ed. 2, pr. 4, 503. 1889; Morong, Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club 18: 355. 1891; A. W. Chapm., Fl. South. U. S., ed. 2, pr. 5,
503 (1892) and ed. 3, 530. 1897; J. K. Small, Fl. Southeast, U.
3., ed. 1, 236 (1903) and ed. 2, 236. 1913; J. K. Small, Fl. Mi-
ami 37--36. 1913; J» K. Small, Man. Southeast. Fl. 257 & 258.
1933; Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19 (1): 19 & 26. 1937; Moldenke, Phy-
tologia 1: 322. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 2, 3,
& 39. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8,
9, & 206. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 342. 1950; Moldenke, Ré-
sumé 10, 12, 291, & 482. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 2: 9. 1960;
Radford, Ahles, & Bell, Guide Vasc. Fl. Carol. 106 & 107. 196h;
Kral, Sida 2: 293--295, 297, & 331. 1966; Shinners, Sida 2: ijl.
1966; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 253 & 370. 1969.

Illustrations: Kral, Sida 2: 29). 1966.

Morong (1891) notes that "Chapman states that the style is oc-
casionally simple and the seeds minutely pubescent. The specimens
which I have examined failed to show either. Wet grounds, S.C."
Eyles & Robertson (19h) say for it "Swamps, Coastal Plain,
Florida to Mississippi and South Carolina. Apparently the most
infrequent of the genus." Radford, Ahles, & Bell (1964) say "in
low pinelands, very rare, Berkeley Co., S.C." Kral, in Levy
County, Florida, found the species growing “in sandy peat—muck
of somewhat brackish edge of marsh in slash pine - saw palmetto
flatwoods, the rosettes in exposed areas, the young heads pale,
darkening in age, associated with Lipocarpha maculata, Fuirena
breviseta, Ludwigia alata, and Eleocharis geniculata, and, in Lee
County, "in full sunlight of disturbed area in association with
Dichromena colorata, Psilocarya sp., Fimbristylis schoenoides, F.
caroliniana, and Fuirena scirpoidea, the young heads straw-colored,
the older ones darker."

Kral (1966) gives a very full description of the species and
comments as follows: "Miidly acid sandy pineland swamps, particu-
larly on wet disturbed areas toward the Atlantic coast, eastern
South Carolina south to Florida, west to Mississippi...Eriocaulon
ravenelii appears to be one of the rare species of Eriocaulaceas
of the southeastern United States; at least it is scarce in the
larger collections. However, it is locally abundant in the lower
peninsula of Florida, generally being found on sweeter soils
than those occupied by the other Eriocaulons of the area. I have
seen it in but three localities and in each case it was growing on
moist exposed pine flatwoods sands bordering Typha-Cladium-S
marsh near the Florida coast. It actually seams to occupy the
ecotone between the two abovementioned vegetational types. It

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 437

comes in quickly on disturbed sands or sandy peats but appears

not to compete well with the grasses and sedges which also rapid-
ly invade such areas; therefore it does not persist long on a site.
It appears to be most abundant on intermittently but shallowly
flooded sands and, where I have seen it, is associated with such
herbs as Cyperus flavescens, C. haspan, ‘ odoratus, C. polysta-
chos var. texensis, Lipocarpha maculata, ~ Hemicarpha micrantha,
Eleocharis albida, E. ES ee E. atropurpurea, Fimbristylis
caroliniana, F, diphylla, F. schoenoides, Rhynchospora inundata,
R. microcarpa, . Re schosnoidss » R. tracyi, Dichromena colorata,
Fuirena breviseta, io scirpoidea, Psilocarya nitens, P. schiedi-
ana, ana, Panicum heaitcmon (and several Dichanthelium panicums), Mani-
suris rugosa rugosa, Juncus megacephalus, J. scirpoides, J. scirpoides, Asclepias lance-
olata, Proserpinaca | pectinata, Amannia latifolia, Lythrum lanceo-
Tatum, Rhexia cubensis, Sabatia grandi: 2 ee Hydrolea corymbosa,
Litriea carno carnosa, liatris garber: gar , Flaveria linearis, | Coreopsis
leavenworthii a Sad . Cacalia ae etc. Even en present in
abundance E, ravenelii is seldom conspicuous, being a low plant
and lacking - the startl. startling white masses of trichomes possessed by
some of the other Eriocaulons. Both in habit and in its ecology
it appears to be very similar to E. parkeri, a coastal species
further north, this fact commented on some time ago by B. L. Rob-
inson (1903). While all descriptions of this species contain no
definitive statement about trichomes, there are some examples in
which a very few trichomes are present on bractlets and perianth
parts. When such do appear, they are similar in shape, size and
colour to those of E. lineare."

I might add, parenthetically, that my own experience with this
species has been that it was not even seen until I bent on my
knees to collect some other plants growing with it and completely
obscuring it.

It has been collected in flower and fruit in November. Mater-
ial has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as E. par-
keri B. L. Robinson and Lachnocaulon glabrum Korn. On the other
hand, the C. R. Bell 219, distributed as E. ravenelii, is actual-
ly Lachnocavlon anceps (Walt.) Morong, Bright 3842 is Lachnocaulon
eciliatum Small, Fassett 1991) is Lachnocaulon eng engleri Ruhl., and
Meebold 28102 is Lachnocaulon glabrum Korn.

Additional citations: SOUTH CAROLINA: County undetermined: M.
A. Curtis s.n. [S. Car. 1848] (E); Ravenel s.n. [S. C.] (s—-15])80).
FLORIDA: Dade Co.: A. A. Eaton 176 (Rf). Lee Co.: Kral 22923 (N).
Levy Co.: Kral 2290 (N). Palm Beach Co.: A. R. Moldenke 1363
(Z). County undetermined: A. P. Garber s.n. .. [S. Florida, 1877]
(Ms—-15500, N).

ERIOCAULON RECURVIFOLIUM C. H. Wright
Bibliography: C. H. Wright, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1919: 26).
1919; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: . 1968.

438 1 J: Oe. a all oP 8 WR he Ga Vol. 18, no. 7

The t of this species was collected by Hyacinthe Vandereyst
(no, 3133) in the Republic of the Congo.

ERIOCAULON REDACTUM Ruhl.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon dubium Korn. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
1: 17, in syn. 1959.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 13, 10h,
113, & 287. 1903; J. R. Perkins, Fragm. Fl. Philipp. 1: 136. 190k;
Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 70. 1908; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3:
16. 1922; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23 & 39. 1916;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 127 & 206.
1949; Moldenke, Résumé 162 & 182. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
1: 17 (1959), 3: 17 & 20 (1962), 13: 5 (1966), and 15: 8. 1967;
Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 302. 1969.

It appears that Kornicke intended to apply the name E. dubium
to the very same Stocks, Law, &c. s.n. (Malabar, Concan] specimen
in the Berlin herbarium which was chosen later by Ruhland as the
type of his E. redactum. The species has been found growing at
1300 meters altitude. Smitinand describes it as an "herb common
in wet places" in Thailand, with blackish flowers, blooming in
July. Perkins (190) avers that it is related to E. merrillii
Ruhl.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as

E. cinereum R. Br., E. sexangulare L., and Cyperus tenuispicatus
Bock.

Citations: INDIA: Bombay: Hohenacker 131b (Ut—316); Stocks,
Law, Sc. s.n. [Malabar, Concan, &€.] (B-type, C--isotype, S—
isotype, Ut-—-317—isotype, Z—isotype). Kerala: Hohenacker s.n.
[Mangalore] (Mu--296). Mysore: S. N. Ramaswamy 22 (Rf). West
Bengal: Bennet 1040 (Ac). State undetermined: R. Wight 2366 (B,
C). THAILAND: Smitinand 5852 [Roy. Forest Dept. 2373)] (Bk).

ERIOCAULON REGNELLII Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 35—%. 198; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 77 & 206. 19119; Molden-
ke, Phytologia 3: 342. 1950; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11:
BB. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 69 & 1,82. 1959.

Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen describe this species as a cespi-
tose plant, with gray flowing heads, growing in wet ground on
sandy slopes and outcrops, at 1500 meters altitude, flowering in
February.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Maxell, &
Wasshausen 19687 (Rf); Regnell III.17)0 (S—isotype, S—isotype).

FRIOCAULON REMOTUM H. Lecomte

Bibliography: H. Lecomte, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 55: 643 &
64h. 1909; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. , pr. 1, 82 (1913) and pr. 2,
82. 1938; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 20 & 39. 1916;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 111 & 206.
1949: Bourdu, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 104: 158. 1957; Moldenke,

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 439
Résumé 136 & 482. 1959.

ERIOCAULON RITCHIEANUM Ruhl.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon horsley-kondae Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot.
1: 52. 1919. Eriocaulon horsely-kundae Fyson, Fl. Nilg. & Puln.
Hill-tops 3: 119. 1921. Eriocaulon horsley-kundae Fyson, Journ.
Indian Bot. 3: 13--1h, pl. 43. 1922. Eriocaulon horsleykondae
Fyson apud C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1931: 261.
1931. Eriocaulon horsleykundae Fyson ex Moldenke, Résumé 289, in
syn. 1959. Eriocaulon horsleykonsae Fyson ex Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 18: 11, in syn. 1969.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 61, 73,
& 287. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 70. 19083 Fyson, Journ.
Indian Bot. 1: 52 (1919) and 3: 13-1, 16, & 18, pl. 43. 19223
A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 78. 1926; C. E. C. Fischer, Kew
Bull, Misc. Inf. 1931: 261. 1931; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl.
Presid. Madras, ed. 1, 9: 1611—1612 & 1619. 1931; Razi, Journ.
Mysore Univ. 7 (4): 77. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib.
Erioc. 23, 35, & 39. 1963 Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver-
benac., [ed. 2], 127 & 206. 1993; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 32.
1950; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. repr.
2, 8 [3]: 1123, 1127, & 1333. 1956; Razi, Rec. Bot. Surv. India
18: 20. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 162, 289, & 82. 1959; Thanikai~
moni, Pollen & Spores 7: 185. 1965; S. V. Ramaswami, Study Flow.
Pl. Bangalore [thesis] 219, 223, & 1407. 1966; Moldenke, Phyto-
logia 18: 26h & 310. 1969.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: pl. 3. 1922.

Material of this species has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in herbaria as E. cristatum Mart. and as E. minutum Hook. f,.
On the other hand, the Meebold 9735 and Nusrath 39, distributed
as E. ritchieamm, are actually E. leucomelas Steud.

Additional citations: INDIA: Bombay: Ritchie 128 (B—type);
Santapau 1090 (Xa). Mysore: Cheluviah 56 (Bn—3101); S. V.
Ramaswami 1359 (Z).

ERIOCAULON ROBINSONII Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 220. 197; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., (ed. 2), 136 & 206. 199; Mol-
denke, Phytologia 3: 3h2——-3h3. 19503; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 11: 88. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 176 & 82. 1959.

Collectors have found this plant growing in damp places on
dunes. Material has been misidentified and distributed in her-
baria under the name E. sieboldianum Sieb. & Zucc. The Clemens
& Clemens 3275, cited below, is a mixture with something non-
eriocaulaceous.

Additional citations: INDOCHINA: Annam: Clemens & Clemens
3275, in part (Ca—30779, Mi, Ut--89a); Pételot 5075 (N), 8970
(N); Squires 91 (Ca—307312).

440 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 7

ERIOCAULON ROBUSTIUS (Maxim.) Mak.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon alpestre ¢ robustius Maxim. ex Mak., Bot.
Mag. Tokyo : 174, nom. nud. (1890); Diagn. Pl. Nov. As. 8: 25.
1893. Eriocaulon alpestre var. robustius Maxim. ex Mak., Bot.
Mag. Tokyo 8: 506. 189. Eriocaulon robustium Mak., Journ. Jap.
Bot. 3: 26. 1926. Eriocaulon robustius Mak. apud A. W. Hill, Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 8: 87. 1933. Eriocaulon alpestre Ruhl. apud Satake
in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 6 & [86], in syn. 190 [not E.
alpestre Hook. f, & Thoms., 1867]. Eriocaulon buergerianum Miyabe
& Kudé apud Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 47 & [86], in
syn. 1940 [not E. buergeriamm Korn., 1867]. Eriocaulon buergeri-
anum Nemoto apud Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: L7 &
[86], in syn. 19,0. Eriocaulon robustum Mak. ex Moldenke, Résumé
Suppl. 1: 18, in syn. 1959 [not E. robustum Steud., 1855]. Erio-
caulon alpestre var. robustius Nakai ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
17: 9, in syn. 1968.

Additional & emended bibliography: Mak., Bot. Mag. Tokyo \:
174. 1890; Maxim., Diagn. Pl. Nov. As. 8: 25. 1893; Mak., Bot.
Mag. Tokyo 8: 506. 1894; J. Matsumura, Ind. Pl. Jap. 2 (1): 175.
1905; Nakai, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 25: [220], fig. C. 1911; Mak., Journ.
Jap. Bot. 3: 26. 1926; Mak., Nippon Shokubatsu 725. 1926; Komarov
& Alis., Opred. Rast. Del'nevost. Kr. 1: 340, pl. 105. 1931; Mak.
& Nemoto, Fl. Jap., ed. 2, 151). 1931; Miyabe & Kudé, Fl. Hokk. &
Saghal. 3: 287. 1932; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 87. 1933;
Steinberg in Komarov & Schischkin, Fl. U. S. S. R. 3: 97, pl.

27, fig. 4 a & b. 1935; Nemoto, Fl. Jap. Suppl. 1038 & 1039. 1936;
Hara, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 52: 01. 1938; Honda, Nom. Pl. Jap. 62.
1939; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 15: 629. 1939; Satake, Bull. Tokyo
Sci. Mus. 4: (Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 33--36. 190; Satake in Nakai &
Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 9, 13, h6—l8, 65, 74, 79, [86], & 87,
fig. LA & 20. 1940; Mak., Illustr. Fl. Jap. 772 & B.26, fig. 23h.
1940; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 25, 39, & 61. 196;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 108, 130, 133,
13h, & 206. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 343. 1950; Koyama,
Philip. Journ. Sci. 8h: 367-368. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 132, 167,
171, 173, 285, 286, 291, 292, & 482. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
1: 12 & 18 (1959) and 3: 17, 18, & 21. 1962; Koyama in Kitamura,
Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Japan 3: 183, 18h, 29,
& 430, fig. 125 (3), pl. 8, fig. 309. 1964; Steinberg in Komarov
& Schischkin, Fl. U. S. S. R., Engl. transl., 3: 39). 1964; Mol-
denke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 9 & 10. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 17:
386 (1968) and 18: 77, 80, 182, 300, & 311. 1969.

Dlustrations: Nakai, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 25: [220], fig. C. 19);
Komarov & Alis., Opred. Rast. Dal'nevost. Kr. pl. 105. 1931;
Steinberg in Komarov & Schischkin, Fl. U. S. S. R. 3: pl. 27, fig.
h a & b. 1935; Mak., Illustr. Fl. Jap. fig. 23714. 190; Satake
in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 9 & 7, fig. bA & 20. 19h0;
Koyama in Kitamura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Dlustr. Herb. Pl.
Japan 3: 183, fig. 125 (3), pl. 48, fig. 309. 196k.

Koyama (1956) cites the original Maximowicz publication referred

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae yl

to in the bibliography above as "1892"; his own paper is sometimes
cited as "1955", but was not actually issued until 1956.

Recent collectors have found this plant growing in rice puddles
and rice fields, flowering and fruiting from July to November.
Utsumi says "abundant in rice puddles", but Koyama says "occasion-
al in rice puddles". Tsang found it "abundant in sandy soil of
swamps and rice terraces". Popular names recorded for it are
"hiroha-imunohige", "hirohano—inunohige", "hirohano—inuno—hige",
"inunohige", and "kuro—inunohige".

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria un-
der the names E. atrum Nakai, E. miquelianum Korn., E. robustius
var. nigrum Satake, E. E. caneacs L., E. sieboldianum Steud., and
E. truncatum Hamilt. . The Furuse s.n, [Hirataki-muma, 19 Sept.
1955], cited below, is a mixture with E. hondoense Satake; Furuse

sn. [Sara-numa, 6 Oct. 1955] is said by Koyama to represent a a
hybrid (unnamed) between E. robustius and E. hondoense, but I fail
to see the evidence for this.

Satake (190) states that E. robustius grows in "Manchuria,
China (?), Siberia" and cites the following collections: KOREA:
Boku 139 & 11; Faurie 893; Nakai s.n. [Aug. 1916]; Uchiyama s.n.
{Sept. 7. 1902]. KOREAN COASTAL ISLANDS: Quelpart: Faurie 11,30; Ta-

t 1516. WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: JAPAN: Hiratozima: Kawati s.
n. [Nov. 1925]. Hokkaido: Akiyama 3289; Faurie 8671; Hara s.n.
[1933]; Yamamoto s.n. [Oct. 1925]. Honshu: Akiyama ama 14910; Andé
325 Collector undetermined 32725 & SM. [Mukoogaoka-mura]; Fau: Faurie
1327, 1868, 1871, 7218, & sen. [Oct. 18 1886]; Habuta sn. [1928];
Hasimoto W198, 57170, & son. yen. (Sept. 1910]; Hisamatu s.! sen. (Sept.
1895); Ité s.n Sen. (Oct. 1893]; Iwabutd 5367 & 5439; Kat® sen. [1931];
Kinashi s. Sen. 1. [Sept. 1908]; Kinouti 447025 Koidzumi 10559, li 10683,
24562, 24563, 34364, 52470, & 52h713 Kud Kud6 26186; Kurosawa s.n.
{Sept. 1928]; Maekawa s.n. sen. [Oct. t. 1936]; M Matsumura s.n. (Oct. 1879],

Sa (Sept. ti Oj], & s.n. wn. (Sept. td Misono 52705 705; Hagesens

ame eats sn. re 1932] Ok F — meee Satake s.n. [Oct. 1936]; ae
moto an. (Oct. 1927]; T 1 35028; Tasiro s.n. (Sept. 1927] & Se
n. [Oct. 1930]; Tiba s.n. = Itinoseki}; Tuboi s.n. [Oct. 1930]; Tu-
Tumati 1h; Watanabe s.n. wn. (Sept. 1899]. Kyushu: Doi 63; Kozuma
23130; Nabesima 6; Nakasima 18883 & s.n. [Oct. 1936]; Ogata s.n.
[Iwata-mra]; T. TARRY aca s.n. [Aug. uge 193k); T Tasiro 29999, in part, & &
443768, in part. Shikoku: Faurie 1185) & 11556; Murai 9; Ogata 329;
Oti 3; Watanabe Watanabe s.n. (Sept. 15 9h); ¥ > Yamaguti 5; Yamamoto Sone Sept.
1913]; Yamasita s.n. [Oct. 1930]. RYUKYU ISLAND ARCHIPELAGO: SATSU-
NAN ISLANDS: Tai Tanegasime: Tasiro s.n.

Additional & emended citations: UNION OF SOCIALIST SOVIET REPUB-
LICS: Far Eastern Republic: Kusnezow , (N); Melvil s.n. [31/VIII/
1926] (S). CHINA: Fukien: Chang & En 2907 (Ca—299603). Kwangtung:

Ly2 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 7

W. T. Taang 20687 (Ca--611685). Shantung: Faber s.n, [Chefoo])
(V--989). KOREA: Tomi, sen. (Kg). KOREAN COASTAL ISLANDS:
Quelpart: Taquet 15]0 (B, 3366 (S), sen. [15 Oct. 1907] (V—
1343). WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS: JAPAN: Honshu: Collector unde—
termined s.n, [Komaba bei Tokyo, 7/10/07] (S); Furuse 2 (Ss),
19850 (S), son. (Nagamma, 29 Sept. 1953] (S), s.m. [Makino Oga-
naka-mura, 29 Sept. 1953] (S), s.n, (Hirataki-mma, 19 Sept.
1955] (S), sen. [Gyoonin-bara, 27 Sept. 1955] (S, S, S), sen. [A-
burado, 28 Sept. 1955] (S), son. [Oh-nagura, 29 Sept. 1955] (S),
son, [Sara-numa, 6 Oct. 1955] (S), sen. [2 July 1956] (S), s.n.
[16 Oct. 1956] (S, S), sen. [28 Sept. 1957] (S); C. Hashimoto 850
(B, Ca—-55789, Go, Mg, N, S); Herb. Sci. Coll. Imp. Univ. s.n.
(Musashi, Oct.] (Vt); Iishiba 3.n. [Arahama, 2),/10/1926] (Ca—
342),83, S), SMe (Sendai, Sep. 30, 1928] (Go); Kawagoe 509 (Kg),
sen. [30 Sept. 1906] (Kg); Kirino 18 (S); T. Koyama 13101 (2),
gen. (13 October 1954] (Ss); Naito sen. [Nov. 6, 1932] (Kg); Oh-
mura sen. [25 Sept. 1955] (Ss); Tagawa s.n, [29.1X.1931] (Ac, Ws);
Togasi 915 (B, Ca—21964, Go, Mg, N, S); Uteumi 223 (Ss); Uyezuki
sn. (Sept. 5, 1912] (Kg). Kyushu: Kodama 215 (Kg).

ERIOCAULON ROBUSTIUS var. NIGRUM Satake

Synonymy: Eriocaulon alpestre var. nigrum (Satake) Koyama, Phil-
ip. Journ. Sci. 8h: 368. 1956.

Bibliography: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 27: 268. 1952; Koyama,
Philip. Journ. Sci. 8h: 368. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 173, 285, &
482. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 17: 386. 1968.

The Furuse s.n. taburado, 28 Sept. 1955], distributed as var.
nigrum, seems to be typical E. robustius (Maxim.) Mak.

ERIOCAULON ROBUSTIUS var. PERPUSILLUM (Nakai) Satake

Synonymy: Eriocaulon alpestre var. perpusillum Nakai, Bot. Mag.
Tokyo 24: 6. 1910. Eriocaulon robustius var. perpusillum Satake
in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 13, 48, & 87. 190.

Bibliography: Nakai, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 2h: 6. 1910; Mak. & Nemoto,
Fl. Jap., ed. 1, 1303 (1925) and ed. 2, 1510. 1931; Nemoto, Fl. Jap.
Suppl. 1038. 1936; Honda, Nom. Pl. Jap. 61. 1939; Satake, Journ.
Jap. Bot. 15: 629. 1939; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6:
13, 43, 48, [86], & 87. 1940; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. ): [Rev.
Jap. Erioc.] 36. 1940; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 25 &
61. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 13) &
206. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 173, 285, & 82. 1959; Koyama in Kita-
mura, Murata, & Koyama, Col. Illustr. Herb. Pl. Jap. 3: 18) & 430.
1964; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 10. 1968.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
being very dwarf in stature, the calyx-tube of the staminate florets
being very short, and the free portions of the sepals of the pistil-
late florets being larger.

The type of the variety was collected by N. Kinasi at Aomori, in

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae hh3

Mutu province, Honshu, Japan, in September, 1903, where the variety
is said to be endemic. The only vernacutar name recorded for it
is "tyabo~inunchige",

ERIOCAULON ROBUSTO=BROWNIANUM Ruhl.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon mysorense Fyson, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 191):
331. 1914. Eriocaulon rhodae Fyson, Journ, Indian Bot. 1: 50, nom.
nud. (1919) and 2: 264 & 266. 1921.

Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 62, 77,
& 287. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 70. 1908; Fyson, Kew Bull.
Mise. Inf. 191): 331. 1914; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 1: 50 (1919)
and 2: 264 & 266, pl. 18. 1921; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 1,
97. 1921; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6, 79 (1926) and 7: 89.
19295 C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. 1, 9:
1609—-1610 & 1619. 1931; Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. 7 (lk): 77.

1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23, 37, & 39. 19h6;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126, 127, 205,
& 206. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 343. 1950; Razi, Journ. Mysore
Univ. 11 (15: 7. 1950; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid.
Madras, ed.repr. 2, 8 [3]: 1122, 1127, & 1333. 1956; Moldenke, Ré&-
sumé 162, 165, 291, 294, & 482. 1959; Razi, Rec. Bot. Surv. India
18: 20. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 2, 97. 1960; Molden-
ke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 17 (1962), 6: 8 (1963), and 11: 5. 196k;
Thanikaimoni, Pollen & Spres 7: 185. 1965; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl.
1h: 8. 1966; K. Larsen, Dansk. Bot. Ark. 23: 375--399. 1966; Orn-
duff, Reg. Veg. 55: 13 & 118. 1968.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 265 & pl. 18. 1921.

The type of this perplexing species was collected by John
Sutherland Law in the Dharwar and Bellavy Districts, Bombay, India,
and was originally misidentified and distributed in herbaria as
Ameletia floribunda Wight. Ruhland (1903) unfortunately misspelled
the collector's surname "Saw". Recent collectors have found the
species growing at 3000 feet altitude, flowering and fruiting in
November and December. Santapau states that it grows in Kerala.
Bole describes it as an "herb 1—-1.5 feet tall, heads white, very
common in the clearings". Larsen (1966) reports the chromosome
mumber as 2n = ca. 110.

It is important to repeat here Fyson's (1921) descriptions of
E. robusto-browniamm and of what he called E. rhodae: "E. robusto-
brownianum Ruhl. (Law in Canara, Dharwar, and Bellary in Herb.
Calc.!)...-..Size and habit of the last species [E. browmianun
Mart.] but leaves half as long as the scapes. Floral bracts acum
inate, very white because covered with thick white hairs, giving
the head a white echinulate appearance. Female petals hairy, nar-
row at the base, with large glands.......Peninsular India, Western
Mysore and Kanara. A very striking plant because of the white
acuminate floral bracts. There are no sheets exactly like it from
Burma of the Malay, but the species re-appears in Yuman (Dr. Hen-
ry) in a smaller form. Wall. Cat. 6967 B, described by me in Kew
Bulletin 191) as E. mysorense sp. nov. is I think this species. [I

libs PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 7

had not then seen Ruhland's type quoted above, but I have not seen
Wallich's sheet again to compare with the type}.....Z. Rhodae Fy~
son, sp. nov. (Fyson 9696 in Herb. Madras) Caulis perbrevis. Folia
jisdem sp. E. nilagirense similes Pedunculi plures 15—30 cm.
Capitula globosa 1.2—-2 cm. Bractae involucrantes reflexae. Brac-
tarum flores superantium inferiores albae, acutae; superiores quo-
modo nigrescentes, dorse pubescentes. Receptaculum villosum.
Flores trimeres floes $ longi-pedicellata, sepala aequalia, navicu-
laria, alba, glabra; petala magna, lanceolata, sub-spongiosa, dorso
sparsepilosa. Semen rubrum, glabrum. Flos o breviter pedicellata;
antherae nigrae.......Peninsular India; Mysore and Wynaad in water.
Remarkable for the white sepals and bracts and for the stalked
petals as in E. lanceolatum. Also for the long pedicels of the
flowers, especially of the female which are often stalked beyond
the male recalling but in reverse, the arrangement of spkelets in
Andropogon, The scarious floral bracts, very nearly glabrous,
distinguish the plant in the field from the other species of the
group. In the herbarium the plants are characterized by untidy-
looking heads, in great contrast to the very firm neat echinulate
heads, of E. robusto-brownianum, which occurs in the same local-
ities."

Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as
E. brownianum Mart. and as E, wightianum Mart.

Additional citations: INDIA: Bombay: P. V. Bole 1530 (Xa);,Law
sen. [Dharwar & Bellavy Districts] (B—type, Z—isotype); Ritchie
12h] (T). Madras: Pichamuthu 95 (Bn—3228). Mysore: Fyson 3664
(S); Iyer S. (Bn——3116); Meebold 9730 (S), 9734 (S); S. N. Rama-

1 (Z), 2h (Ac); Shivanna 6 (Bn—3220); M. B. N. Singh s.n.
[Mercara, 8.8.50] (Bn—31)6). THAILAND: Sgrensen, Larsen, & Han-
gen 6311. (Cp). at

ERIOCAULON ROBUSTUM Steud.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon bracteosum Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: (Cyp.)
272. 1855. Eriocaulon robustum var. foliis nitenti-glaucis Steud.,
Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: (Cyp.) 271. 1855. SEriocaulon bracteosum var. &
C. Mall. in Walp., Ann. 5: 94. 1860. Eriocaulon bracteosum var. f
C. Mull. in Walp., Ann. 5: 944. 1860. Eriocaulon robustom Fyson,
Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 312, sphalm. 1921.

Bibliography: Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: (Cyp.) 271 & 272. 1855;
C. Mull. in Walp., Ann. 5: 926 & 9 (1860) and 6: 1170 & 1171.
1861; Hieron. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (hk):
27. 1888; Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 572. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 877. 1893; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen-
reich 13° (30): 64, 85, 285, & 287. 1903; Fyson, Fl. Nilg. & Puln.
Hill-tops 1: 27—h29 (1915) and 2: pl. 272. 1915; Fyson, Journ.
Indian Bot. 2: 310-312, pl. 29. 1921; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble,
Fl. Presid. Madras, ed. 1, 9: 1607 & 1618. 1931; Castell. in Des-
cole, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: 77 & [103]. 1945; Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 877. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr.

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae hs

Distrib. Erioc. 23, 33, & 39. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis-
trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 127 & 206. 1919; Moldenke, Phytologia 3:
343. 1950; C. E. C. Fischer in Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras, ed.
repr. 2 8 (3]: 121, 1126, & 1333. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 162,
286, & 482. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 18. 1959; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 877. 1960; Thanikaimoni,
Pollen & Spores 7: 185. 1965.

Illustrations: Fyson, Fl. Nilg. & Puln. Hill-tops 2: pl. 272.
1915; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 311 & pl. 29. 1921.

Eriocaulon robustum is based on Hohenacker 1307 as type, the
var. foliis nitenti-glaucis is typified by Hohenacker 1309, and
E. bracteosum is based on Hohenacker 1308.

Muller (1860) divides this species into two varieties as fol-
lows: "var, & . foliis lanceolatis elongatis, 8—1 1/2 pollices
longis. Eriocaulon robustum et var. foliis nitenti-glaucis Steu-
del Synops. 2. 271 (v. s.). var. % . foliis oblongo-lanceolatis,
2—3 1/2 pollices longis. Eriocaulon bracteosum Steudel Synops.
2. 272. India orientalis: var. @. In montibus Nilagiri ad riw-
los prope Utacamund (Incolis: Dabbe) Martio leg. Metz ne 1307 et
1309 (Hb. Steudel). — var. P. Leg. Huegel (Hb. Vindob. et Zuc-
carini). In montibus Nilagiri leg. Metz n. 1308 (Hb. Steudel). —

Species propter capitula floribus laxis magnis composita et pilis
longis sub lente visis subcrystallino-nitentibus insignis. Inter
varietas robusti veri ab auctore ipso pronunciatas non vidi dis-
crimen."

It should be noted here that the E. robustum var. caulescens
(Hook. f. & Thoms.) Fyson is regarded by me as a synonym of E.
atratum var. major Thwaites.

Fyson (1921) describes E. robustum as follows: "Stem short and
stout to as much as 1 in. in thickness: thinner and branched in
var. b (=E. atratum var. major]. Ls. up to 12 in. by 2 in., many
nerved, glossy, coriaceous. Scapes to 2) in. Heads 1 1/) in.
Involucre white or gray. Floral bracts acute, cilate, entirely
hidden when these are fully out by the very large protruding male
petals. Receptacle hour-glass shape......south India; Nilgiris
5—6,000 ft." What Fyson means by "Ls. up to 12 in. by 2 in." I
do not know; it is obviously an error in the use of systems of
measurement abbreviations.

In his 1915 work, Fyson goes into far more detail: "F. B. I. vi
572; I kh; White-tailed Hatpin-flower, Chrysanthemum scented.
Rootstock stout, as thick as the finger or thicker, sometimes
creeping, densely clothed below with the dead leaves; Leaves usu-
ally 3 or inches long (1 to 9), and narrowed gradually from a
clasping base, 1 inch broad, to the obtuse end, lanceolate or ob-
lanceolate, quite, glabrous, finely striate with only very small
and close cross nerves, firmly erect or spreading, in section
boat-shaped without keel, of a fresh light green or bluish colour.
Flower stems solitary; about a foot high (8 inches to 3 feet);
finely ribbed and twisted; sheath rather longer than the leaves,

Lhé PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 18, no. 7

expanded 1/2 inch below the mouth, which may be split down one
side 1/2 inch or more. Heads 1/2 to 3/l inch broad, and not qite
so high; usually broadest near the top with sloping sides and so
narrower at the bottom; covered when the flowers are out with the
long white; dowmard directed, petals of the male flowers; except,
often, in a band above the base, so that the head has a waist and
approaches the form of a very flat hour glass; very slightly
scented like Chrysanthemum. Involucral bracts many-seriate, o-
vate, acute, glabrous or with a very few short hairs, scarious,
olive-black in colour. Receptacle villous, more or less hollowed
at the top. Floral bracts, obovate-lanceolate—deltoid, fringed
at the top with white hairs. Male flowers: — Sepals connected
only at the base, much the same in shape as the floral bracts,
with white hairs on the back. Petals connected into a distinct
tube, oblanceolate, hairy, one much longer than the other two and
the bract, and more hairy, all three with a black gland on the
inner face a little above the mouth of the tube. Stamens six;
anthers black on slender, curved filaments. Female flowers: —
Stalk shorter. Sepals and petals with long hairs at the base, in
addition to the terminal fringe of thicker ones at the back: se-
pals free: petals oblanceolate, quite free, all equal in length,
with black glands. Ovary of three cells, yellow: styles long
connected only near the base. +t. 272. b. bracts; r receptacle in
section; s three stamens. On the bank of the river at Pykara.
Fyson 2561, 2694, 2860. Coonoor (Clarke). Only known from the
Nilgiris. The slight enlargement of the sheath just below the
mouth is not mentioned in the descriptions in F. B. I. and Das
Pflanzenreich, but seams distinctly characteristic; so also is
the frequent narrowing of the head above the base, by the greater
length of the long petals of the male flowers in the upper and
the lowest circles. The flower~head has none of the strong honey
scent of E. nilagirense, but the faintest trace of that of the
santhenum."

The species has been collected in flower and fruit in March
and April. The only vernacular name recorded is "dabbe".

Additional citations: INDIA: Bombay: C. McCann 50177 (N, Xa),
50178 (N, Xa); Santapau 10850 (Xa). Madras: Bembower 35 (Mi);
Fyson 256 (S); Hohenacker 1307 (Mu--231—isotype); Hooker f. &
Thomson s.n. (Nilghiri] (B); Schmid 820 (B), 82 (B); R. Wight
Sen. [Nilgherry Hills] (V—11252). State undetermined: Hugel s.
ne [Ind. orient.] (Mu—232); R. Wight 2660 [Peninsula Indiae or-
ientalia] (Mu--338), sn. [Ind. or.) (V—h13k0).

ERIOCAULON ROCKIANUM Hand.-Mazz.
am ee Eriocaulon rockii Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 219—220.
1947.

Bibliography: Hand.-Mazz., Symb. Sin. 7: 126. 1936; Moldenke,
Phytologia 2: 219--220. 1947; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Yer
benac., [ed. 2], 132 & 206. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 33.
1950; E&. J. Saliab., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 68. 1953; Moldenke, Ré-

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 47

sumé 170 & 482. 1959; E. H. Walker, Bibl. East. Asiat. Bot.
Suppl. 1: 235. 19603; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 5. 1968.

Handel-Mazzetti, being the earlier, is the one which must be
adopted. =?
Additional citations: CHINA: Yunnan: Maire 3925 (Ca—389088).

ERIOCAULON ROLLANDII Rousseau

Bibliography: Rousseau, Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 27: 372. 1957; A.
& D. Love, Bot. Notiser Lund 111: 380 & 385. 1958; Moldenke, Résumé
42h & 483. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: [1]. 1959; G. Taylor,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 52. 1966; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 376 & 377.
1969.

The type of this species was collected in the Lake Mistassini
region of Canada. No cytological information is as yet available

concerning it.

ERIOCAULON ROSEUM Fyson

Bibliography: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 1: 50 (1919) and 2:
20) & 205. 1921; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 79 (1926) and 7:
89. 1929; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 2 & 39. 192;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ea. 2], 129 & 206.
1949; Moldenke, Résumé 165 & 483. 1959.

Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 205. 1921.

Fyson's original description of this species (1921) is as fol-
lows: "EZ. roseum Fyson, sp. nov. (Kurz. 232 in Herb. Calc.)
Caulis perbrevis. Folia caespitosa 2—-8 cm. longa, basi ad api-
cen contracta, plana, temia, in sicco rubescentia. Pedunculi
plures, valde tenuia, glabra, 10--25 cm. alta. Capitula 4)—6 m.,
lata, sed bractae involucrantes demum 2-~3 mm. longiores, tenues
et reflexae. Bractae flores superantes acutae, nigrescentes.
Receptaculum altum, valde villosum. Flores trimeri, flos 6; se-
pala in spathan antice fissam connata; petala parva, subequalia;
antherae nigrae. Flos 9: -—— sepala acqualia, nigrescentia; pet-
ala angusta-oblanceolata. Burma: Pegu, Kurz. This may be con-
sidered a very pronounced stage in the lengthening of the involu-
cral bracts, begun in this series by var. Martiana of E. gquin-

are and it might perhaps be more properly considered a

variety of that species. Its close relationship is shown in the
very similar flowers, and the leaves being red or drying red. Of
the young heads the involucral bracts are not much longer than
the others, they lengthen with age."

ERIOCAULON ROSULATUM Korn.

Synonymy: Paepalanthus rosulatus Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 487,
in syn. 1863.

Bibliography: C. Mill in Walp., Ann. 5: 930 (1860) and 6:
1171. 1861; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 486—)88 & 500, pl.
hl, fig. 3. 1863; Ruhl. in Mngl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4—30): 2,
53, & 287. 1903; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distr’b. Erioc. 8, 39, &

LLB PoE DiOoeO Gis Vol. 18, no. 7

53. 1952; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 77.
& 206. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 89, 328, & 483. 1959; Moldenke, Ré-
sum6 Suppl. 12: 10. 1965.

Illustrations: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. li, fig. 3.
1863.

The type of this species was collected by Carl Friedrich
Philipp von Martius "in sedis arenoso-lutosis prope S. Francisci
prope Salgado et in adscensu planities altae Alto de Paranan",
Minas Gerais, Brazil, in August, 1818, and is deposited in the
herbarium of the Botanische Staatssammlung at Munich. The same
specimen is also the type of Martius' binomial.

Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Martius s.n. [Macbride photos
18691] (Mu—29)--type, N—photo of type, W--photo of type).
MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. kL
fig. 3 (B, B); drawings & notes by Kornicke (B).

ERIOCAULON ROUXIANUM Steud.
Synonymy: Eriocaulon rousciamm Steud. ex Moldenke, Known

Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 39, in syn. 196.

Bibliography: Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: (Cyp.) 270. 1855; C.
Mull. in Walp., Ann. 5: 926 & 936 (1860) and 6: 1171. 1861;
Dalz. & Gibs., Bomb. Fl. 316. 1861; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen-
reich 13 (4-30): 116 & 287. 1903; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 3:
18. 1922; C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1931: 261.
1931; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 23 & 39. 196;
Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 127 & 206.
1949; Moldenke, Résumé 162, 292, & 483. 1959; Moldenke, Phytolo-
gia 17: 49h. 1968.

ERIOCAULON RUBESCENS Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc, Nat. 23: 99—
100. 1962; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 12. 1962; Sandoval, Biol.
Abstr. 46: 2128. 1965.

Citations: VENEZUELA: Guaricé: Tamayo & Aristeguieta 27)
(Ve—type). 3

ERIOCAULON RUHLANDII Schinz

Bibliography: Schinz, Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér. 2, 6: 710.
1906; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. h, pr. 1, 82 (1913) and pr. 2,
82. 1938; H. Hess, Bericht. Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 65: 265. 1955;
Moldenke, Résumé {83 & 494. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 10
& 25. 19593 Re He Compton, Journ. S. Afr. Bot. Suppl. 63 336
1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 8. 1968.

Hess (1955) gives a detailed description of the flowers of
this species: "% Bluten: Sepalen 2; diese sind 1—-1,3 m lang,
bootférmig oder konkav, van Kiel bis an den Rand 0,2—0,3 m
breit, spitz, einwarts gebogen, in der oberen Halfte schwarz-
grau, unten weisz, stets kahl. Petalen 3; 0,9-~1,2 mm lang,
0,3 mm breit, weisz, innerseits und am Rande mit 0,3—-0,5 m
langen Haaren besetzt, auszerseits kahl, an der Spitze mit auf-
falliger, schwarzer Druse. Die Frucht ist dreusamig; die rei-

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae Lh9

fen Samen sind braun, fast kugelig, der Durchmesser betragt ca.
0,3 mm. Der Griffel ist um 0,3 mm lang; die drei Narben sind et-
wa 1 mm lang. Bliiten: Sepalen 2; sie sind 0,9 mm lang, von
gleicher Form und Farbe wie die © Bluten. Alle drei Petalen sind
stark reduziert, hochstens 0,1 mm lang, tragen an der Spitze aber
eine grészere schwarze Driise als bei E. ciliipetalum. Die Pet-
alen sind kahl. Die 6 Antheren (nicht vier, wie Schinz [1906] in
der Diagnose schreibt) sind schwarz. Aus dem Vergleich der beiden
Arten ergeben sich folgende Unterschiede: Eriocaulon Ruhlandii
hat gedrehte und hohere Halme, grau-schwarz Blutenkopfe, kleinere
Hullbrakteen und kleinere Bluten als E. ciliipetalum."

The type of the species was collected by Friedrich Richard Ru-
dolf Schlechter (no. 2955) at Claremont, at an altitude of 20
meters, Natal, South Africa, on July 18, 1893, flowering and
fruiting in July. To Hess the species was known only from the
type collection, but Compton (1966) has since recorded it from
Swaziland.

ERIOCAULON SACHALINENSE Miyabe & Nakai

Bibliography: Miyabe & Nakai, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 2: 479. 1928;
Mak, & Nemoto, Fl. Jap., ed. 2, 151). 1931; Miyabe & Kud6, Fl.
Hokk. & Saghal. 3: 288. 1932; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8:

87. 1933; Nemoto, Suppl. Fl. Jap. 1039. 1936; Sugawara, Pl. Sagh-
al. 117. 1937; Honda, Nom. Pl. Jap. 62. 1939; Sugawara, Illustr.
Fl. Saghal. 2: 517, pl. 21. 1939; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 15:
629 & 632. 1939; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 6,

13, 61-63, 68, 81, & 87, fig. 1A & 28. 1940; Satake, Bull.
Tokyo Sci. Mus. 3: [Rev. Jap. Erioc.] 5153, 56, & 57, pl. 8,
fig. 15. 1940; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 2 & 39.
19463 Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 130

& 206. 19493 Moldenke, Résumé 167 & 83. 1959; Moldenke, Phyto-
logia 18: 255 & 36h. 1969.

Illustrations: Sugawara, Illustr. Fl. Saghal. 2: pl. 2i1.
1939; Satake in Nakai & Honda, Nov. Fl. Jap. 6: 6 & 62, fig. 1A
& 28. 1940; Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: (Rev. Jap. Erioc.]
pl. 8, fig. 15. 1940.

The type of this species was collected by S. Sugawara in wet
places at Hukakusa, on Sakhalin Island, in August, 1927, and is
deposited in the herbarium of Tokyo University.

Satake (190) cites Sugawara s.n. [Otiai, Oct. 1927] in the
Kew herbarium and notes "As Prof. Nakai has already found,
this plant is very interesting and a good species in having di-
merous flowers, its appearance being nearest to Eriocaulon atrum
Nakai." He also comments that E. kusiroense Miyabe & Kudé lies
between E, atrum and E. sachalinense in its taxonomic characters.

The only vernacular name recorded for E. sachalinense is
"karahuto-hosikusa",

450 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 7

ERIOCAULON SANTAPAUI Moldenke

Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 166—167 (1919) and 3:
343. 1950; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. ll: 88. 1953; Razi,
Rec. Bot. Surv. India 18: 20. 19593 Moldenke, Résumé 162 & 1,83.

1959.

ERIOCAULON SATAKEANUM Tatew. & It6
Bibliography: Tatew. & It6, Journ. Jap. Bot. 40: 156—157.
1965; Van Steenis & Jacobs, Fl. Males. Bull. 20: 1359. 1965.
The type of this species was collected by Misao Tatewaki and
Koji It6 in the Kokenuma moor, about 1 km, northeast of Kijima,
Inaniwa-kawazure-machi, Ogachi-gun, in Akita Prefecture, on
northern Honshu, Japan, in August, 196.

ERIOCAULON SCARIOSUM J. Sm.

Synonymy: Eriocaulon smithii R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 25).
1810. Bussevillia novae-hollandiae Lesson in Bougainville, Journ.
Navig. Autour Globe 2: 348—351, pl. 46. 1837. Randalia scariosa
Beauv. & Desv. apud Kunth, Emm, Pl. 3: 571, in syn. 1841. Erio-
caulon lhotskyi Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum, 2: (Cyp.) 270 & 33h. 1855.
Eriocaulon lhotzkyi Steud. apud Korn., Linnaea 27: 653, in syn.
1856. Eriocaulon smithii var. cf Korn., Linnaea 27: 652—-653.
1856. Eriocaulon smithii var. % Korn., Linnaea 27: 652—653.
1856. Erdiocaulon smithii var. Y Korn., Linnaea 27: 652-653.
1856. Randalia scariosa Beuav. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 681, in syn. 1895. Eriocaulon schmithii R.
Br. apad Daniker, Vierteljahrsschr. Naturf. Ges. Zurich 77, Beibl.
19: 91, sphalm. 1932. Eriocaulon leucocephala Roxb. ex Moldenke,
Résumé Suppl. 1: 17, in syn. 1959. Eriocaulon sordidum Ruhl. ex
Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 2: 9, in syn. 1960.

Bibliography: J. E. Sm. in Rees, Cycl. 13: Eriocaulon. 1809;

R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 25). 1810; Roem. & Schult. in L.,
Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nov., 2: 869. 1817; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg.,
ed. 16, 3: 775. 1826; Desv., Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 1, 13: 7.
1828; Lesson in Bougainville, Journ. Navig. Autour Globe 2: 3),8—
351, pl. 46. 1837; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 33 569--571. 1841; Steud., Syn.
Pl. Glum, 2: (Cyp.) 270 & 334. 1855; Korn., Linnaea 27: 652—-655.
1856; F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 9 & 95. 1859; C. Mull. in Walp., Ann.
5: 925--927 & 9h (1860) and 6: 1171. 1861; Benth. & F. Muell., Fl.
Austral. 7: 191-193, 197, & 792. 1878; F. Muell., Syst. Census
Austral. Pl. 123. 1862; F. M. Bailey, Syn. Queensi. Fl. 578. 1883;
Moore & Betche, Handb. Fl. N. S. Wales )0. 1893; Jacks. in Hook,
f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893) and 2: 681. 1895;
Britten, Journ. Bot. 36: 182 & 83. 1900; F. M. Bailey, Queens.
Fl. 6: 1715. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (-30): 60,

66, 286, & 287. 1903; F. M. Bailey, Compreh. Cat. Queensl. Pl.

oBh. 1913; Domin, Bibl. Bot. 20: 507. 1915; Maiden & Betche, Cen-
sus N. S. Wales Pl. 38. 1916; Daniker, Vierteljahrsschr. Naturf.
Gesell, Ziirich 77, Beibl. 19: 91. 1932; Moldenke, Known Geogr.
Distrib. Erioc. 28, 3%, 39, & 40. 196; Jacks. in Hook. f. &

1969 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 451

Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (196) and 2: 681. 1946; Guill-.
aum., Fl. Analyt. & Synopt. Nouv.-Caléd. 50. 198; Moldenke,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 153, 155, 06. 1949;
Van Steenis, Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., sér. 3, 18: 61.
1950; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 343—3h). 1950; E. J. Salisb., Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 11: 38. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 209, 211, 20, 289, &
483. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 17 & 18 (19595 and 2: 9.
1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960)
and 2: 681. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 26 & 32. 1962; J. H.
Willis, Handb. Pl. Vict. 281. 1962; Beadle, Evans, & Carolin,
Handb. Vasc. Pl. Syd. Dist. 483. 1963; J. W. Vickery, Contrib. N.
S. Wales Nat. Herb. 3: 450. 1965; B. G. Briggs, Contrib. N. S.
Wales Nat. Herb. h: 26. 1966; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict.
Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 168. 1966; 0. D. Evans, Contrib. N. S. Wales
Nat. Herb. Fl. Ser. 27/28: 10--12. 19663; Ornduff, Reg. Veg. 55:
1s 113. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 80, 326, 327, & 367-
1969.

Illustrations: Lesson in Bougainville, Journ. Navig. Autour
Globe 2: pl. 46 [in color]. 1837.

The original description of E. scariosum by Sir J. E. Smith
(1809) is "Stalks aggregate, five-angled. Leaves and sheaths
smooth, of equal length. Head globose. Calyx-scales obovate, a-
cute. -- Communicated from New South Wales in 1792, by John White,
M.D. -—- Stalks five or six inches high. Head of a silvery white,
scarcely so large as a pea, being about twice as big as the for-
mer." By the expression "the former" he doubtless means E. pyg-

eee eee ee ee

was originally described as follows: "Scapo angulato, striato (5—
8-unciali), foliis glabris planis mltoties longiore; capitulo
florido globoso; squamis involucrantibus paleisque imberbibus;
perianthiis obsolete barbatis". Kunth (181) has greatly ampli-
fied this description from the type collection with the addition
also of fruit characters taken from another collection (collected
by d'Urville).

The E. scariosum of Brown, now known as E. brunonis Britten,
is described by him as "Scapo mitistriato (spithamaeo), foliis
planiusculis longiore; capitulo florido subgloboso, scarioso, pal-
lido; squamis exterioribus vacuis, obtusis; paleis mucronatis, im
berbibus; perianthii feminei exterioris foliolis lateralibus fal-
catis carina alata."

It is possible that the J. E. Smith collections cited below may
represent the original type material collected by Dr. White. The
Herb. Roth s.n. specimen in the Berlin herbarium has a label read-
ing "Heyne 187) in India orientali legit" and another reading "Er-
iocaulon- leucocephala Roxb." attached to the sheet, but these
labels probably do not belong there —- E. leucocephalum Steud. is a

synonym of E. nquangulare L.
xGrnteke (lise) divides the species into three unnamed varieties,
as follows: "var. dq -— pedunculis usque 8-pollicaribus; foliis [cont.]

BOOK REVIEAS
Alma L, Moldenke

"NOBLE FELLOW - WILLIAM STARLING SULLIVANT" by Andrew Denny Rod-.
gers III, xcdi & 361 pp., illus., Hafner Publishing Company,
London & New York 10003. 1968 facsimile of the 190 edition.
$9.50.

Since this valuable work has been missing from the book markets
for several years, it is good to welcome this facsimile, since it
provides for the new generation of professional and amateur bry-
ologists the interesting and accurate story of the founding of
this science in the United States, of its founder, and of the de-
velopment of Ohio.

The author, a skilled writer of other botanical biographies
and histories, is a great-grandson of Sullivant. As a returned
compliment he dedicated the book to the international Sullivant
Moss Society.

There is appended a thorough index, a bibliography of publish-
ed material used in the preparation of and mentioned in the text,
and a list prepared by Richard T. Wareham of the Ohio State Uni-
versity of the new species of mosses and liverworts described by
William S. Sullivant and by him jointly with Leo Lesquereux.

"THE THEORY OF ISLAND BIOGEOGRAPHY" by Robert H. MacArthur and
Edward 0. Wilson, xi & 203 pp., illus. Monographs in Popu-
lation Biology I, Princeton University Press, Princeton,
New Jersey 08540. 1967. $8.00 cloth, $3.95 paper.

These respected scientist-authors have herein expanded the
natural history - taxonomic approach to biogeography to include
and apply in theoretical analysis and experimentation the first
principles of population ecology and genetics. This is done at
the species level and island limitation as a forerunner to the
explanation of distribution itself and of evolution.

Starting with the strikingly orderly area-diversity curve,
their reasonable theory of equilibrium of species is developed.
The biotic equilibrium is reached on an island when the immigra-
tion and extinction rates, measured in species/unit time, equal
each other. Equilibrium models they expect will lead to new
knowledge concerning the dynamics of immigration and extinction.

Summarizing and extending Baker and Stebbins’ theory on
colonizing species, the authors develop equations for the pre-
diction of probability that a propagule of a given species will
establish a successful colony or its concomitant extinction
rate. They discuss the problems in terms of predators, prey
and competitors facing a species attempting to invade a new is-
land or "habitat island", “rice a habitat surrounded by other

2

1969 Moldenke, Book reviews 453

distinct habitats. During dispersal along island chains there is
a loss in the absolute numbers of both species and higher taxa
but an increase in the relative diversity in the species that suc~
ceed in dispersal. The potential role of stepping-stone islands
in increasing biotic exchange has been checked by dispersal
models.

The authors conclude these writings with suggestions for man-
ipulating experimentally the biota of islands or "habitat islands"
so that information yielded and interpreted through quantitative
theory could have galvanic effects on biogeography, ecology and
evolutionary theory.

"Indispensable" is misspelled on page 19.

The book is small; its contribution is big!

"SCIENTIFIC WRITING FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS" — edited by F. Peter
Woodford, x & 199 pp., illus., The Rockefeller Press, New
York 10021. 1968. $5.75.

The Council of Biology Editors' Committee on Graduate Training
in Scientific Writing prepared this work as a teacher's manual
and appealed for fomal instruction in this field as an integral
part of a scientist's university training because these editors
are acutely aware that "It is no longer the exception but rather
the rule that scientific writing is heavy, verbose, pretentious
and dull ."

Challengingly organized and effectively written itself, this
book offers valuable plans and suggestions for the teaching of
such a course by a scientist. A literate, careful student could
gain much individually from this book if no such course were
available in his university. The annotations in the bibliography
add much of value.

In summarizing the chapter on doctoral theses the author
writes "If I were asked for a single measure of scholarship, a
single indicator of disciplined thinking, and therefore the best
single criterion of a good thesis, I would put forward a plea for
simplicity. This quality is, unfortunately, the one most conspic-
uously lacking in present-day theses and the one least prized
among ambitious young scientists."

"KEYS TO GENERA OF HIGHER FUNGI" by Robert L. Shaffer, edition 2,
iv & 131 pp. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor Station, Ann
Arbor, Michigan 810). 1968. Paper, $3.00.

The first edition of this work dates from 1953 and the pen of
Dr. Alexander H. Smith. The present new edition by Dr. Shaffer
is also planned primarily for mycology students at the University
of Michigan on its campus and at its biological station, but it
will be useful to many students, scholars and amateurs throughout
our temperate areas. The selection of genera is limited by this

avowed purpose and by the requirement of their possess macro=
sporic fruiting structures. : me

sh PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 7

The keys are dichotomous, reasonably easy to follow, often
leading to infrageneric taxa, but not to species, and using
"classical" modern nomenclature.

This is a handy book to have. I envision not a few people
transferring (or intending to) their personal notes from their
dogeared copy of the first edition to this new one!

"THE ALGAE AND THEIR LIFE RELATIONS" by Josephine E. Tilden, xii
& 550 pp., illus., 2nd edition, a facsimile of the 1937
edition. Hafner Publishing Company, London & New York
10003. 1968. $13.50.

Exclusive of this current decade but for the two preceding
ones many have considered this book the best text available for
teaching phycology on the graduate and undergraduate levels. Re-
cently it has just not been available, but now again it is. There
are very few modern texts in English in this field today and none
of the quality of Dr. Tilden's book. But her book can not be
used as a sole text because it predates many taxonomic changes,
electron microscope studies, and modern biochemical and physio-
logical studies. How much better the publishing company would
have served this field of learning if it had added just three
chapters on these topics and an additional couple of pages of
modern bibliography!

I have always been particularly grateful to this author for
the fine illustrations used, her facile explanations, and espec-
dally those of the often pupil-mind-blocking alternation of gen-
erations in plants and animals, her myriad of fascinating items
of interest -— as, for instance, the green alga growing on the
red alga on the hairs of the three-toes sloth!

Today's and tomorrow's algal students will be cheated if not
exposed thoroughly to this book}

"NATURE'S WAYS —— HOW NATURE TAKES CARE OF ITS OWN" by Roy Chap-
man Andrews, 206 pp., illus. Crown Publishers, Inc., New
York 10016.’ 1969. $10.00.

This is the seventh printing of this book that first appeared
in 1951 and now appears in an enhanced format. There are 1))
familiar and excellent illustrations of which 72 are in full col-
or. Besides a full index, there is a table of contents classi-
fied according to camouflage and concealment, mimicry, immobility,
speed, sight, smell, defensive armor and offensive devices,
specialization, adaptation, food-storing and foraging devices,
and symbiosis. Fortunately scientific names are regularly given
for the organisms described.

The stories should prove fascinating to any reader from a
child up to any highly trained scientist. Naturally most of
them refer to animals, and plants get mentioned only indirectly
in these accounts. Ont of the 150 stories, a few deal directly
with plants -- the manchineel tree that blinds, the pitcherplants

1969 Moldenke, Book reviews ss

and other plants that turn the tables by consuming insects, the
acacias and cacti equipped with barbed wire, the ragwort with its
ressrvoirs to meet the water problems of desert survival, the Af-
rican silk-cotton tree whose trunk base spreads widely to withstand
the force of tornadoes.

"He wears an armor of moss" seems to be the only ill-chosen
title because the "moss" consists of algae -—- green and red —
not moss, and the coating is not protective in the armor sense
but only in the camouflage sense.

"ATLAS AND MANUAL OF PLANT PATHOLOGY" by Ervin H. Barnes, xix &
325 pp., illus. Appleton-Century-Crofts Division of the
Meredith Corp., New York 10016. 1968. $9.50 in paper &
spiral binding.

This manual is effectively planned for individual and class
lectures, laboratory exercises and field work for the beginning
student in plant pathology. The book will prove particularly
useful in colleges of agriculture and schools of horticulture be-
cause the explanations are simple and clearcut, the black and
white photographs are large and clearly demonstrative, and the
author's own drawings are very helpful.

A very clever means of substitution for the use of color in
the text (which would have made the book prohibitive in prite) is
the preparation of a series of color transparencies matching the
photographs precisely. They can be used by the teacher in lec-
tures or even by individual students in the laboratory. The
publisher's literature indicates the source of these transparen-
cies, which may be purchased in complete sets, subsets or singly.
Since color is often a diagnostic feature of the host, suscept,
vector, parasite and/or pathogen, this system becomes an excel-
lent innovation.

The book commences with carefully thought out definitions,
then follows with interpretations of microscopic observations,
while the bulk of the work treats of diseases, especially of
crops, caused by bacteria, viruses, the various kinds of fungi,
higher plant parasites and nematodes.

In one place on page 120 "Latin" is correctly printed but in
another the initial letter is lowercased.

"INSECTS IN RELATION TO PLANT DISEASES" by Walter Carter, xiv &
705 pp., illus., 2nd printing. International Publishers of
John Wiley & Sons, London, Sydney, & New York 10016. 1966.
$25 200%

This book is the first similarly comprehensive text published
since Leach's "Insect Transmission of Plant Diseases" back in
19,0. The first printing of Carter's work rolled off the presses
in 1962 and it is literally crammed with valuable material, well
organized, well illustrated and well documented.

Part I deals with plant pathogens — bacterial and fungal —
transmitted by insects and their specialized vector~pathogen re-

456 PEYROLOG. & Vol. 18, no. 7

lationships.

Part II deals with toxicogenic insects and the resultant pri-.
mary and systemic phytotoxemias and malformations.

Part III deals with plant viruses, their entities, their clin-
ical aspects in disease, modes of transmission through seed,
soil, dodder, grafting, mechanical transfers, and by arthropods
and other animals. The vector-virus relationships are very ef-
fectively described. Ecological aspects of the plant virus trans-
mission are also carefully explained and demonstrated. Much
thought is spent on the control of viruses and virus diseases in
plants through heat therapy, production of virus-free plants,
chemical controls, replacement control, resistant and tolerant
varieties, cross protection and prospects for the future.

"PLANT STRUCTURE AND DEVELOPMENT — A PICTORIAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL
APPROACH" by T. P, O'Brien & Margaret E. McCully, x & 11) pp,
illus. Collier-Macmillan Ltd., London, and Macmillan Co.,
New York 10022. 1969. $5.50 paper, $9.95 cloth.

Offered to replace old style waning separate courses in plant
morphology and plant physiology, this integrated program stresses
developmental biology. The topic is treated pictorially, mainly
from excellent photomicrographs, photomacrographs, electron mic-—
rographs, and limitedly from prepared microscope slides of only
those structures whose functions are known. This orientation
and presentation are modern, impressive and interest—sustaining.

The vocabulary is intentionally simple, descriptive and
functional. New terms are italicized when first presented. The
structures covered are the cell with its mitosis and tissue or-
ganization, the stem with its specialized apex, leaves and buds,
the reproductive tissues and the seed. For each topic there are
bibliographies of general references and of reviews and research
papers.

It would have been better if full scientific names were given
for all rather than some of the plants depicted in these superb
illustrations. There are always some good taxonomic botanists
around to verify voucher specimen identifications or to make
then.

An appendix gives the methods used in specimen preparation.

Much can be taught and concomitantly learned thrillingly and
thoroughly from a course using this dynamic text.

PHYTOLOGIA

Designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol. 18 October, 1969 No. 8

CONTENTS

LITTLE, E. L., Jr., New tree species from Esmeraldas, Ecuador

FEOHIMEME GE Se a tat, Bem a hele ya tere lb eis ete oa 457
RUDD, V.E., A synopsis of the genus Piscidia (Leguminosae) ..... 473
MOLDENKE, H.N., A new species of Lantana from Hispaniola ... .500
CC Pe UrREs WA Ee OIG REPTO WIS: Sh cc. 1rs ha eu kine nck atonal alee What Mir ieee MP h 501
INdeXHOGURORS ANN OMe EI aATCEN oo. asl a GA ea ive i ea 502
Index to supra-specific scientific names in Volume Eighteen ....... 503
Publication dates for Volume Highteen 6 Po es Pa ieee Sa he SZ

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060

jig LIBRAR

Price of this number, $1; per volume, $6.75 in advance,JC| <U
or $7 at close of volume plus postage

7ARa
u
ave

NEW YORK

BOTANICAL

GARI

os

fat
f

NEW TREE SPECIES FROM ESMERALDAS, ECUADOR
( CONTINUED )

ELBERT L. LITTLE, JR.

Five new tree species from the Province of Esmeraldas in
northwestern Ecuador are published here in the following genera
(and families): Talauma Juss. (Magnoliaceae), Macrolobium
Schreb. (Leguminosae, Caesalpinioideae), Zanthoxylum L. (Ruta-
ceae), Freziera Sw. ex Willd. (Theaceae), and Clusia L. (Gutti-
ferae). Also, a new name is published in Cassia L. (Leguminosae)
for a tree species planted at Quito (Province of Pichincha).

This article is a continuation of articles with the same title
(Phytologia 18: 195-208 ,404-428, illus. 1969), the third ina
series. Each description is accompanied by a line drawing pre-
pared for a book on the common trees of Esmeraldas, now in press.
The work was done under the forestry project, Desarrollo Forestal
de Noroccidente (DEFORNO). This was United Nations Special Fund
Project No. 127, administered by the Food and Agriculture Organi-
zation (FAO) of the United Nations and the Government of Ecuador.

TALAUMA DIXONII Little, sp. nov. "Cucharillo." Fig. 11.

Arbor magna sempervirens ad 38 m. alta, trunco 70 cm. diametro,
anteridibus humilibus angustis. Cortex fere laevis lenticellis
multis verrucosis et lineis multis horizontalibus, griseo-roseus;
cortex interior flavescens condimenti sapore amaro. Ramuli
crassi glabri, virescentes, demum atrovirentes, nodis multis
annulatis. Stipula perlonga, gemmam longam anguste cylindricam
6-10 cm. longitudine obducens, ad petiolum partim adnata, caduca,
cicatricem supra formans. Foliorum alternorum petioli 1-) cm.
longi, complanati supra, parum alati, glabrati. Laminae ellip-
ticae, 9-19 cm. longae, 4-9 cm. latae, coriaceae, glabrae, apice
et basi rotundatae, margine integra, leviter inflexae et 8-13
nervis parum curvis atque impressis costae lateralibus utroque,
supra atrovirentes nitidae, subtus virescentes nitidulae.

Flores terminales solitarii permagni albi fragrantes, erecti
pedunculo crasso accrescenti annulis multis. Alabastrum ovoi-
deum, flavidum, 5-6 cm. longum, 3.5-.5 em. diametro, bractea
spathacea atro-brunnea puberula intus albida secus lineam unicum
findente obtectum, caducum. Sepala 3, 8-10 cm. longa, -5 em.
lata, albida demum brunnea, crassa concava extus puberula.
Petala 6, obovata, 10-11 cm. longa, h-6 cm. lata, alba, obtusa
crassa carnosa. Stamina numerosa congesta 16 mm. longa angusta
albida. Gynoecium ellipsoideum, 3 cm. longum, 2.3 cm. diametro,
carpellis multis aggregatis angustis 16 m. longis, 2 mn. latis,
stylis albidis.

457

458 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, m. 8

Fructus pedunculo longo pendens, aggregatus, permagnus, obo-
voideus vel ellipsoideus, 13-1 cm. longus, 11 cm. diametro,
atro-brunneus carpellis multis concretis formatus, fere laevis
carpellorum lineis multis et stylorum acuminibus multis signatus,
lignosus pergravis (0.7-0.8 kilo), circumscissilis, pariete
crasso (2.5 cm.) ex basi irregulariter disrumpens. Semina multa,
2 cm. longa, 9 mn. diametro, angulata rubra, 1 vel 2 in loculo,
in filo albo ex loculis multis axis lignosi ellipsoidei acuti
6-13 cm. longi suspensi.

Large evergreen tree to 38 m. high, with trunk 70 cm. in dia-
meter, with low narrow buttresses. Bark smoothish with many
warty lenticels and many horizontal lines, pink gray; inner bark
light yellow, with bitter taste of spice. Twigs stout, glabrous,
light green, afterwards dark green, with many ringed nodes.
Petioles of the alternate leaves 1-l; cm. long, flattened above
and slightly winged, glabrate. Stipule very long, covering long
narrowly cylindric bud 6-10 cm. long, partly adnate to petiole,
caducous, forming a scar on upper surface. Blades elliptic,
9-19 cm. long, h-9 cm. wide, coriaceous, glabrous, rounded at
both apex and base, with entire margin, slightly irflexed on both
sides of midrib, with 8-13 slightly curved and slightly impressed
lateral nerves on each side, upper surface shiny dark green, and
lower surface slightly shiny light green.

Flowers terminal, solitary, very large, white fragrant, erect
on stout enlarged peduncle with many rings. Flower bud ovoid,
light yellow, 5-6 cm. long, 3.5-4.5 cm. in diameter, covered by
a dark brown finely hairy spathaceous bract whitish inside, that
splits open on one side, shedding early. Sepals 3, 8-10 cm.
long, 4-5 cm. wide, whitish turning brown, thick, concave, puber-
ulent on outside. Petals 6, obovate, 10-11 cm. long, l-6 cm.
wide, white, obtuse, thick, fleshy, concave. Stamens numerous,
crowded, 16 mm. long, narrow, whitish. Gynoecium ellipsoidal,
3 cm. long, 2.3 cm. in diameter, with many crowded narrow carpels
16 mm. long and 2 mn. wide, with whitish styles.

Fruit pendulous on long peduncle, aggregate, very large, ob-
ovoid or ellipsoidal, 13-1) cm. long, 11 cm. in diameter, dark
brown, formed by many concrescent carpels, smoothish with many
lines of the carpels and many points of styles, woody, very
heavy (0.7-0.8 kilo), circumscissile, with thick wall 2.5 cm.
thick, breaking off irregularly from base. Seeds many, 2 cm.
long, 9 mm. in diameter, 1 or 2 in a locule, angled, red, sus-
pended on white thread from many locules of ellipsoidal asute woody
axis 6-13 cm. long. Collected with flower buds, few flowers,
and fruits in September.

Wood attractive, the sapwood whitish and heartwood olive
green. It is used for lumber and dugout canoes.

459

Little, New tree species

1969

SCALE
OM 2s) 4) Sen:

SCALE

"Cucharillo."

> Sp- nov.

Talauma dixonii Little

Fig. ll.

460 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, mo. 8

ECUADOR, ESMERALDAS: Near junction of Rio Hoja Blanca and Rio
Hualpi, alt. 75 m., wet tropical forest, Sept. 15, 1965, E. L.
Little, Jr., and R. G. Dixon 21066 (HOLOTYPE, US; isotype, NY).

The type tree of this new species was discovered by Robert G.
Dixon, silviculturist with the forestry project in Esmeraldas,
and myself while following a forest survey line. This giant
of the canopy was conspicuous with its large ball-like fruits
hanging from the high branches. When cut with axes, it fell
against another tree. That also was cut, and the crown finally
came to the earth. While a section of the trunk was being re-
moved for wood samples and testing, I collected herbarium speci-
mens. It was a surprise to recognize the flower buds as a
magnolia.

The notes and measurements are from fresh specimens. Fig. 11
shows at upper left a twig with 2 leaves and flower bud, upper
right old partly dried flower, lower left immature fruit, lower
center mature fruit, and at lower right the axis of fruit after
outer wall and seeds have been shed.

This new species probably is the first representative of the
Magnoliaceae noted in Ecuador. A second species found afterwards
in Esmeraldas has been named Magnolia striatifolia Little (Phyto-
logia 18: #88, fig. 2. 1969).

|

The genus Talauma Juss. contains about 0 species mostly in
tropical and subtropical Asia, also in tropical America from
southern Mexico and West Indies to eastern Brazil, according to
J. E. Dandy (in J. Hutchinson, Gen. Fl. Plants 1: 55. 196k).
This new Ecuadoran species is related to Talauma ovata St.-Hill.
of Brazil, which has ovate leaves, similar ball-like fruits of
concrescent carpels, and thick wall breaking off irregularly from
base. Perhaps these species merit recognition as a segregate
genus.

MACROLOBIUM INAEQUALE Little, sp. nov. "Nato de rio." Fig. 12.

Sect. Stenosolen Harms. Arbor magna sempervirens ad 23 m.
alta, trunco lO cm. diametro. Cortex laevis, bruneus; cortex
interior pallido-brunneus. Ramuli grisei glabri lenticellis
elevatis punctorum similibus. Folia alterna, paripinnata, 2—
jugata, 12-16 cm. longa, petiolo breve puberulo, basi dilatato,
0.5-1 cm. longo, axe breve 1.5=-2 cm. longo puberulo longitudi-
naliter sulcato, petiolulis brevibus dilatatis 2-3 cm. longis.
Laminae ellipticae, asymmetricae, pari inferiore parvo 3-5 cm.
longo, 1.5-3 cm. lato, pari superiore triplo magno, 10-15 cm.
longo, 4-7 cm. lato, papyraceae, glabratae, apice acutae, basi
inaequales rotundataeque vel acutae, margine parum revolutae,
costa leviter curva, nervis lateralibus utroque latere 6-16
impressis, versus marginem connatis, supra nitido-virides, sub-
tus pallido-virides nervis lateralibus tenuibus prominentibus.

1969

Fig. 12.

Little, New tree species

Macrolobium inaequale Little, sp. nov. "Nato de rio."

461

462 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 18, no. 8

Inflorescentia racemosa 6-10 cm. longa, ad nodos infra folia
lateralis, floribus multis pedicellis brevibus 0.5-1 cm. longis.
Flores 15 mm. longi, hypanthio anguste tubulari 6 mm. longo, 2
mm. lato. Sepala oblonga 10-11 mm. longa, subaequalia. Petalum
1 rotundatum parum unguiculatum fimbriatun. Stamina 3, 6 mn.
longa, staminodia 2, 3 mm. longa. Pistillum stipite ad parietum
hypanthii prope apicem affixo, ovario complanato glabro 1l-locu-
lare, ovulis, stylo filiforme curvo, et stigmate capitati.
Fructi non visi.

Large evergreen tree to 23 m. high and hO cm. in trunk dia-
meter. Bark smooth, brown; inner bark light brown. Twigs gray,
glabrous with raised dotlike lenticels. Leaves alternate, pari-
pinnate, 2-paired, 12-16 cm. long, with short petiole 0.5-1 cm.
long, puberulent, enlarged at base and short axis 1.5-2 cm. long,
puberulent, longitudinally grooved above, and with short enlarged
petiolules 2-3 mm. long. Leaf blades elliptic, asymmetric, the
lower pair small, 3-5 cm. long, 1.5-3 cm. wide, the upper pair 3
times as large, 10-15 cm. long, h-7 cm. wide, papyraceous, gla-
brate, acute at apex, unequal and rounded or acute at base, margin
slightly revolute, with midrib slightly curved, with 6-16 lateral
nerves on each side impressed and connate toward margin, upper
surface shiny green, and lower surface light green with fine
prominent lateral nerves.

Inflorescence racemose, 6-10 cm. long, lateral at nodes below
leaves, with many flowers on short pedicels 0.5-1 em. long.
Flowers 15 mm. long, with narrowly tubular hypanthium 6 mn. long
and 2 mm. wide. Sepals oblong, 10-11 mm. long, subequal.
Petal 1 rounded, slightly clawed, fringed. Stamens 3, 8 m.
long, and staminodia 2, 3 mm. long. Pistil with stipe attached
to wall of hypanthium near apex, flattened 1l-celled ovary,
ovules, threadlike curved style, and capitate stigma. Collected
with flowers in July.

Wood very hard, heavy, with light brown sapwood and dark brown
streaked heartwood.

ECUADOR, ESMERALDAS: Rio Pambil Estero, alt. 20 m., common
along river banks with inundation, wet forest, July 9, 1966,
C. Jativa 312 (1091) (HOLOTYPE, US; isotypes LA, NY; wood sample,
MADw) .

The genus Macrolobium Schreb. is represented by more than 50
species in tropical America from Costa Rica and Panama south to
Peru and Brazil. The thorough monograph by Richard S. Cowan
(A taxonomic revision of the genus Macrolobium (Leguminosae—
Caesalpinioideae). N. Y. Bot. Gard. Mem. 8: 257-32, illus. 1953)
accepted 8 species, and several others have been named since.
This new species from Esmeraldas is distinguished by 2 very
unequal pairs of leaflets, the upper pair 3 times as large as
the lower pair.

1969 Little, New tree species h6>

SCALE

Oo 12.3 4-5 cm:
——

Fig. 13. Zanthoxylum tachuelo Little, sp. nov. "Tachuelo."

An unnamed fruiting specimen (J. Cuatrecasas 17569; Colombia,
Depto. del Valle, Costa del Pac{fico: Rio Cajambre, alt. 5-80 m.,
May 5-15, 1944; US) is closely related or possibly a variation of
the same species. That specimen has 1 pair of much larger leaf-
lets 20 cm. long and 9 cm. wide and apparently scars of a lower,
smaller pair. The large flat brown pods are about 20 cm. long
and 7 cm. wide and become much curved and twisted in opening.
Seeds few, rounded, very flat, brown, h-l.5 cm. in diameter.

Another species, Macrolobium stenosiphon Harms, "chipero dor-
milon" or “dormilén,” is common along river banks at low altituie
in Esmeraldas. Named from Colombia, it was collected in Ecuador
by the forest survey in 1943 and again in 1965. That distinct
species with leaves 20—30-jugate was segregated in a monotypic
genus as Pseudovouapa stenosiphon (Harms) Britton & Killip.

ZANTHOXYLUM TACHUELO Little, sp. nov. "Tachuelo," "azafran."
Fig. 13.

Subgen. Fagara (L.) Triana & Planch. Arbor magna sempervirens
ad 30 m. alta, trunco 0 cm. diametro, anteridibus humilibus
rotundatis, saepe spinis validis brevibus in trunco et ramibus.
Cortex cineraceus fere laevis multis verrucis parvis et saepe
spinis; cortex interior flavido- et aurantiaco-vittatus, amarus.
Ramuli crassi, viridi-grisei punctis pallidis, ramuli atque folia
obtrita Citri odore atque sapore valido praediti. Folia alterna
magna, pinnata, 40-60 em. longa, glabrata, petiolo tereti crasso
5-7 cm. longo, 3-5 mm. diametro, axe crasso pallido-viride 20-35
em. longo, supra longitudinaliter sulcato, foliolis 8-13 opposi-
tis vel alternis petiolulis 5 mm. longis. Laminae ellipticae,
6-20 cm. longae, 3.5-8.5 cm. latae, papyraceae, apice acuminatae
vel acutae, basi rotundatae atque inaequales, margine integrae,
inaequilaterales, punctis translucidis, supra atrovirentes nervis
lateralibus multis impressis, subtus obscure pallido-virides.

Dioecia. Inflorescentiae femineae paniculatae laterales
axillares, 4-8 cm. longae, ramis crassis puberulis, multis flori-
bus unisexualibus minutis 3 mm. longis pallido-viridibus. Flores
feminei 5 sepalis 1 mm. longis, 5 petalis 2 mm. longis, glandulo-
punctatis, disco, pistilloque 1 mm. longo, ovario rotundato
5-loculare et stigmate complanato. Capsulae depresso-globosae
11 mm. longae, 15 mn. diametro, nigricantes, 5-loculares, secus
nervas 5 dehiscentes, Semina 5, ellipsoidalia, 7 mm. longa,
nitido-nigricantes.

Large evergreen tree to 30 m. high and O em. in trunk dia-
meter, with low rounded buttresses, often with short stout sharp
spines on trunk and branches. Bark light gray, nearly smooth,
with many small warts and often spines; inner bark light yellow

1969 Little, New tree species 465

and orange streaked, bitter. Twigs stout, greenish gray, with
light dots, twigs and crushed leaves with strong taste and odor
of Citrus. Leaves alternate, large, pinnate, 0-60 cm. long,
glabrate, with terete stout petiole 5-7 cm. long, 3-5 mm. in
diameter, stout pale green axis 20-35 om. long, longitudinally
grooved above and 8-13 leaflets opposite or alternate with
petiolules 5 mm. long. Blades elliptic, 6-20 cm. long, 3.5-8.5
cme broad, papyraceous, glabrate, acuminate or acute at apex,
rounded and unequal at base, with entire margin, sides unequal,
with translucent dots, upper surface shiny dark green with many
impressed lateral nerves, lower surface dull light green.

Dioecious. Female inflorescences paniculate, lateral, axil-
lary, 4-8 cm. long, with stout puberulent branches and with many
minute light green unisexual flowers 3 mm. long. Female flowers
with 5 sepals 1 mm. long, 5 gland-dotted petals 2 mm. long, disk,
and pistil 1 mm. long with rounded 5-celled ovary and flattened
stigma. Capsules depressed globose, 11 mm. long, 15 mm. in
diameter, blackish, 5-celled, opening along 5 lines. Seeds 5,
ellipsoidal, 7 mm. long, shiny blackish. Collected with flowers
and fruits in October and with fruits in July.

Wood hard, of good quality, with thick light yellow sapwood
and light brown heartwood.

ECUADOR, ESMERALDAS: Rio Guayllabamba near Quinindé, alt.
130 m., wet forest, Oct. 4, 1965, E. L. Little, Jr., and R. G.
Dixon 21222 (HOLOTYPE, US; isotype, NY). “Ro f Pambil, alt. 25 m.,
ad forest, common, July 7, 1966, C. Jativa 307 (1081)

US, LA). ae a

The large genus Zanthoxylum L. sens. lat. (including Fagara
L.) contains more than 270 species in tropical, subtropical, and
warm temperate regions of the world. Reasons for uniting Fagara
as a subgenus have been stated by G. K. Brizicky (Arnold Arbore-
tum Jour. 43: 6-9, 80-83. 1962) and others.

This new species was not represented in the large collections
at the U. S. National Herbarium. It may be related to Zantho-
xylum sprucei Engl. of Peru. Another species, Z. rhoifolium
Lam., known also as "tachuelo," was collected at San Lorenzo,
Esmeraldas, by the forest survey in 193.

The specific ephithet is taken from the common name of this
and other species of the same genus in Esmeraldas. The common
name from Spanish "tachuela," tack, describes the many stout
spines on trunk and branches.

Figure 13 by Carlos Chiriboga shows a portion of a twig with
a leaf and fruits, also at lower right a female inflorescence.

1,66 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 18, no. 8
FREZIERA ESMERALDANA Little, sp. nov. Fig. lk.

Arbor magna sempervirens ad 35 m. alta, trunco 60 cm. dia-
metro, anteridibus humilibus angustis. Cortex fere laevis
brunneus lenticellis verrucosis; cortex interior roseo-vittatus,
Sapore arenoso et modice amaro. Ramuli longi, juventute virides
puberuli, demum atro-brunnei multis lenticellis puntis pallidis.
Gemma nuda foliorum juvenium plicatorum sericeorum composita.
Folia alterna biserialia, petiolis brevibus crassis viridibus
1 cm. longis, longitudinaliter sulcatis. Laminae anguste ellip-
ticae, 10-15 cm. longae, 3.5-6 cm. latae, coriaceae, apice et
basi acutae, margine serrulatae, punctis translucidis, nervis
lateralibus multis parallelis impressis, supra atrovirentes,
glabratae, modice nitidae, subtus obscure pallido-virides puber-
ulae; laminae juvenes lineis 2 tenuibus vel plicis utroque costae
latere et margine parallelis.

Flores laterales, pauci, fasciculati, fere sessiles foliorum
axillis et nodis infra folia, fere 1 cm. lati, viridi-albi.
Alabastra rotundata, 5 mm. diametro. Flos bracteolis 2, rotunda-
tis puberulis 1 mm. longis. Sepala 5, imbricata, rotundata
viridia 2 mm. longa, puberula, persistentia. Petala 5 imbricata,
alba, elliptica, concava, mm. longa. Stamina vel staminodia
c. 15, 2-3 mm. longa, filamentis tenuibus et antheris angustis
1 mm. longis. Pistillum ovario rotundato 5-loculare, ovulis
paucis, stigmate brevi. Fructus non visus.

Large evergreen tree to 35 m. high and 60 cm. in trunk dia-
meter, with low narrow buttresses. Bark smoothish with warty
lenticels, brown; inner bark pink streaked, with gritty, slightly
bitter taste. Twigs long, green and puberulent when young,
afterwards dark brown with many light dot lenticels. Bud naked,
of folded silky young leaves. Leaves alternate in 2 rows, with
short stout green petiole 1 cm. long, longitudinally grooved.
Blades narrowly elliptic, 10-15 em. long, 3.5-6 em. broad, cori-
aceous, acute at apex and base, finely serrate at margin, with
translucent dots, lateral nerves many, parallel, and impressed,
upper surface dark green, glabrate, and slightly shiny, and lower
surface dull light green and puberulent; young leaves with 2 fine
lines or folds on each side of costa parallel with margin.

Flowers lateral, few, fascicled and almost sessile at leaf
axils and at nodes below leaves, nearly 1 cm. wide, greenish
white. Buds rounded, 5 mm. in diameter. Flower with 2 rounded
puberulent bracteoles 1 mm. long. Sepals 5, imbricate, rounded,
green, 2 mm. long, puberulent, persistent. Petals 5, imbricate,
white, elliptic concave, mm. long. Stamens or staminodia
about 15, 2-3 mm. long, with slender filaments and narrow anthers
1 mm. long. Pistil with rounded 5-celled ovary, few ovules, and
short stigma. Fruits not seen. Collected with flowers in Sep-
tember.

1969 Little, New tree species 67

L
—

UNA

MUM laws
\

Me Ge
cS

SF =
/ rad
| VPA y Sk
i SSS
d S/
> /
(X(
\
.
~ ES We Se?

smeraldana Little, sp. nov.

468 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 18, no. 8

Wood slightly soft, with whitish thick sapwood and pinkish
brown heartwood.

ECUADOR, ESMERALDAS: Alto Tambo, alt. 650 m., lower montane
forest, Sept. 22, 1965, E. L. Little, Jr., and R. G. Dixon 21118

(HOLOTYPE, USs isotype, NY; wood sample, MADa)

The genus Freziera Sw. ex Willd. contains about lO species in
mountains of tropical America from Costa Rica to Venezuela,
Ecuador, and Bolivia, also Cuba. It was monographed by Clarence
E. Kobuski (Studies in the Theaceae, VIII. A synopsis of the
genus Freziera. Arnold Arboretum Jour. 22: 457-496. 191).

The new species is related to another Ecuadoran species, F.
verrucosa (Hier.) Kobuski, which has long petioles 2-3 cm. long
and long pedicels to 10 m. Both, as well as a few others, have
prominent raised whitish dot lenticels.

CLUSIA DIXONII Little, sp. nov. "Ducu." Fig. 15.

Arbor parva ad 10 m. alta, trunco 15 cm. diametro. Cortex
griseus laevis, latice alba. Ramuli percrassi, teretes, glabri.
Folia opposita glabra, petiolis crassis alatis 1-2 cm. longis.
Laminae obovatae, magnae, 16-21 cm. longae, 9-13 em. latae,
virides, percrassae et fere succulentae, apice rotundatae, basi
acutae, margine revolutae, costa crassa, in vivo sine nervis
lateralibus manifestis, in sicco multis nervis lateralibus
tenuibus parallelis.

Capsulae 1-2 terminales pedicellis brevibus crassis 1 cm.
longis, magnae, ovoideae, 3.5-6 cm. longae, 3-l cm. diametro,
succulentae, multis sulcis longitudinalibus profundis, pariete
ecrasso, apice stigmatibus nigricantibus 8-9 fere 1 cm. latis in
circulo sessilibus, 8—9-locularibus, nervis longitudinalibus
dehiscentes, basi vel pluribus sepalis rotundatis persistenti-
bus, etiam petalis paucis similaribus. Semina multa, 7 m.
longa, anguste cylindrica. Flores non visi.

Small tree to 10 m. high, with trunk 15 cm. in diameter. Bark
gray, smooth, with white latex. Twigs very stout, terete, gla-
brous. Leaves opposite, glabrous, with stout winged petioles
1-2 em. long. Blades obovate, large, 16-21 cm. long, 9-13 cm.
wide, very thick and almost succulent, rounded at apex, acute at
base, with revolute margin, with stout midrib, upper surface
green, lower surface light green, in living state without visible
lateral nerves, in dried state with many fine parallel lateral
nerves.

Capsules terminal, 1-2 on short stout pedicels 1 cm. long,
large, ovoid, 3.5-6 cm. long, 3-k cm. in diameter, succulent,
with many deep longitudinal grooves, with thick wall, and at apex
8-9 blackish stigmas nearly 1 cm. wide sessile in a circle,
8—9-celled, opening by longitudinal lines, at base with or

1969 Little, New tree species 4,69

Omal Tees ten
——E EE ae

Pig. 15. Clusia dixonii Little, sp. nov. "Ducu."

70 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 18, no. 8

more rounded persistent sepals 1 cm. long, also a few similar
petals. Seeds many, 7 mm. long, narrowly cylindric. Flowers
not seen. Collected with fruits in October.

ECUADOR, PICHINCHA: Rf{o Guayllabamba near Gualea Cruz [near
boundary of Esmeraldas |, alt. 1200 m., lower montane forest,
Oct. 23, 1965, R. G. Dixon 263 (HOLOTYPE, US; isotype, NY).

This species has sufficiently distinct large fruits. However,
the specimen lacks flowers and cannot be placed in the section
without male flowers. Robert G. Dixon, silvicultuvrist with the
forestry project in Esmeraldas, collected the type. It was re-
ported that the white latex has served as incense in the
churches.

The common name "ducu" has long been applied in the Andes of
Ecuador to at least a few species of this genus. Clusia ducu
Benth., so named from a collection in Loja, is a very different
species with small obovate leaves scarcely 5 cm. long. The
common name "duco" was recorded for C. ecuadoriana Steyerm.,
collected in Azuay and El Oro.

Another species, Clusia polystigma Little (Wash. Acad. Sci.
Jour. 38: 10h, fig. 15. ishty, was named from a collection from
San Lorenzo by the forest survey of 193.

CASSIA VIARUM Little, nom. nov. "Boton de oro." Fig. 16.

Chamaesenna velutina Britton & Killip, N. Y. Acad. Sci. Ann.
Mimos. Caesalp. Colombia) 35: 179, t. 2. 1936. Non
Cassia velutina Vogel, Synops. Gen. Cassiae. Linnaea 11:
670. 1637 (Brazil). Non Peiranisia velutina Britton &
Killip, N. Y. Acad. Sci. Ann. 35: 161. 1936 (Colombia).

This small tree of the northern Andes of Ecuador and Colombia
needs a new specific epithet in the genus Cassia L. Specimens
of all 3 species cited above have been filed together in the
same species folder under Cassia at the U. S. National Herbarium.

In my report of the 1943 collection in Ecuador, this species
was listed as Chamaesenna velutina Britton & Killip (Not Cassia
velutina Vogel) (Little, Caribbean Forester 9: 243. 1948). The
Leguminosae of that collection were named by the late Ellsworth
P. Killip, of the U. S. National Museum. A specialist on the
flora of Colombia, he was invited after the death of J. N. Rose
to collaborate with N. L. Britton on the taxonomic treatment of
the Mimosaceae and Caesalpiniaceae of Colombia, cited above.
Naturally, the earlier nomenclature with many segregate genera
was continued. Killip used these generic names for the Ecuador
specimens. At the time it seemed best to follow the nomenclature
of the Colombian reference, and I refrained from renaming the
species. The present trend is to suppress the generic segregates.

1969 Little, New tree species 71

Fig. 16. Cassia viarum Little, nom. nov. "Boton de oro."

472 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 18, no. 8

Chamaesenna Pittier, based upon Cassia sect. Chamaesenna DC.,
had only about 10 binomials.

The type collection (Killip and Smith 196095 isotype seen at
US) was made in 1927 in a plaza at Mutiscua, Norte de Santander,
Colombia, 2600 m. The original description contains a photograph
of the type tree.

Cassia viarum is a handsome ornamental small tree commonly 6-8
m. high (reported to reach 15 m.) and 10 cm. in trunk diameter,
with broad rounded crown of dark green foliage and many bright
yellow flowers. It is planted occasionally along roads and
streets in Quito and Bogota. I first collected it in 193 on
the grounds of my hotel in Quito (Little 6113; US). In 1965 1
found it on the street in front of my pension and opposite the
project office in Quito (Little 21253; US, NY). The U. S. Na-
tional Herbarium contains 3 other collections from Ecuador, all
from the Andes in the Province of Pichincha. The localities were
a dry mountainside near Quito, near the village Nono, and between
Nono and San Francisco (common name "cholan").

The first collection of this species was made in 1920 at
Bogota, Colombia, by Wilson Popenoe (Popenoe 114; US), who re-
corded the local common name "“alcaparro." He described this
small tree as attractive, broad-topped, 20 feet high, producing
bright yellow flowers freely during a large part of the year.

It was planted along several streets in a suburb of Bogota, where
it withstood the severe conditions of street planting in that
climate. The herbarium sheet bears the pencil name Chamaesenna
velutina ined., apparently by J. N. Rose.

Another specimen from Jardin Botanico, Ciudad Universitaria,
Bogota, has the common name "alcaparro de Bogota." One collec-
tion is from Sabana de Bogota. This tree was collected also from
a roadside, probably cultivated or escaped, in the disturbed
shrub and dwarf forest type southeast of Bogota (E. L. Little,
Jr., and R. R. Little 9221, Jan. 7, 1945; US) and noted as
occasionally planted in Bogota.

The 5 new tree species from Esmeraldas, Ecuador, described
and illustrated above are: Talauma dixonii (fig. 11), Macro-
lobium inaequale (fig. 12), Zanthoxylum tachuelo (fig. 13),
Freziera esmeraldana (fig. 1), and Clusia dixonii (fig. 15).
Also published is a new name, Cassia viarum (fig. 16).

(To be continued. )

Forest Service, United States Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D. C. 20250.

A SYNOPSIS OF THE GENUS PISCIDIA (LEGUMINOSAE)

Velva E. Rudd

Piscidia is a genus of faboid legumes, usually arborescent,
occurring chiefly in the northern neotropics. As indicated by the
name, it is one of several genera known as "fish-poison" plants.
Members of the genus are most readily recognized by their pods,
which are 4-winged.

The generic name, Piscidia, based on Erythrina piscipula L.,
was published by Linnaeus in 1759 after his pupil, Pehr Lofling,
observed that the species belonged to a separate genus, not to
Erythrina. Linnaeus' original description of E. piscipula (Sp.
Pl. 707. 1753) was based on Sloane's work ("Sloan. jam. 143.
hist. 2. p. 39. t. 176. f. 45" [4 and 5]. Linnaeus may have seen
specimens in Sloane's herbarium in the course of his visit to
Chelsea in 1736, but most likely would have had little time for
careful examination of the material.

On March 4, 1755, Lofling (Loefling ) found in Venezuela a tree
there known as "barbasco", which he recorded as "Piscidia ery-
thrina. Sp. Pl. 707. n. 3", a reference to Linnaeus' Erythrina

iscipula. He wrote a full description and noted that |translat-
ed] the figure of the flower shows that it is scarcely a species
of Erythrina, rather a separate special genus (Iter Hisp. 275.
1758). Actually, the species Lofling observed probably was P.
carthagenensis Jacq. rather than Erythrina piscipula L. Unfortu-
nately, none of Lofling's Venezuelan collections are known to
exist. Linnaeus accepted the separation of this species from Ery-
thrina but changed the name of the new genus to Piscidia, and the
species to Piscidia erythrina (Syst. Nat. ed. IMO), Usk, TOLSS),,
1358, 1376. 1759).

In the meantime, P. Browne had published Ichthyomethia (Civ.
Nat. Hist. Jam. 296. 1756) with two "species", but without spec-
ific names, polynomial nomenclature having been used. Under the
first, "Dog-wood", were cited references to works of Linnaeus,
Sloane, and Plukenet, all referable to Piscidia erythrina L. The
description of the second "species", "Mountain Dog-wood", sug-
gests some species of Lonchocarpus.

A few years later, P. Miller published yet another synonym
Robinia alata Miller (Gard. Dict., ed. 8, Robinia no. 6. 1768),
citing "Plum. cat. 19" and Linnaeus!’ "Sp. pl. 707." The Plumier
plant might very well have been Piscidia carthagenensis Jacq.,
but the other citation referred to Piscidia erythrina L.

In 1760 Jacquin published his Piscidia carthagenensis, from
Colombia (Enum. PALS (Geel, 2Tfc 1760). This species was included
by Linnaeus in his subsequent works, but with the reservation,
"an varietas prioris 7” [ie., P. erythrina L.]. For some time P.
carthagenensis more or less fell into limbo through lack of new
collections from Colombia and through confusion with the similar
Jamaican species, P. erythrina.

473

474 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 8

Additional collections of Piscidia made in the Antilles and
Mexico in the latter part of the 18th and the early 19th centur-
ies were mostly identified as P. erythrina, although some are now
correctly referred to P. carthagenensis. Sesse and Mocifio, in
about 1792, collected what they considered to be 4 new species,
P. americana, but publication was delayed almost a century (Plan-
tae Novae Hispaniae, in La Naturaleza, ser. 2 (1), append. 116.
1889). It now appears to belong in synonymy under P. carthagen-
ensis. Humboldt and Bonpland cited as P. erythrina two collec-
tions from Mexico (Nov. Gen. et Sp. 6: 382. 1823). I have not
seen those specimens, both from near Acapulco, but should ex-

pect them to be P. carthagenensis.

Two species based on early Mexican collections, P. icea
Cav. (Icon. 4: 8. 1797) and P. longifolia (Cav.) Willd. (Sp. Pl.
3: 920. 1803) are now treated as species of Sesbania, sensu lato.

Vellozo erroneously reported Piscidia erythrina as occurring
in Brazil (Fl. Flum. 303. 1825; Icon. 7: pl. 100. 1835) but his
illustration was later cited as referable to Dahlstedtia pinnata
(Benth.) Malme (Arkiv. Bot. Stockh. 4 (9): 4. 1905).

No additions to Piscidia were made until the belated publi-
cation of Plantae Novae Hispaniae, cited above. Not long after,
Rose published P. mollis based on a Mexican collection made by
Palmer in 1890 (Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 1: 98. June 1891). In
September 1891 (Garden and Forest 4: 436. 1891) Sargent stated
that the correct name for the "Jamaican dogwood" should be Pis-
cidia piscipula, not P. erythrina. A month later (op. cit.

Y72. 1891) he published excerpts from a letter in which Hitch-
cock pointed out that Browne's Ichthyomethia had priority over
Piscidia. Sargent agreed, "there seems to be no reason why the
name of the West Indian Dogwood should not be Ichthyomethia
Piscipula, Hitchcock.”

The Second International Botanical Congress, held in Vienna in
1905, adopted a list of nomina conservanda prepared by Harms. In-
cluded was the name Piscidia Linnaeus, to be conserved over the
earlier names Ichthyomethia P. Browne and Piscipula Loefling.

Urban published P. cubensis (Symb. Ant. 7: 229. 1912) which
Britton later transferred to a new genus, Canizaresia (Mem. Torr.
Club 16: 69. 1920).

In 1917, Britton and Wilson, adhering to the American Code of
Botanical Nomenclature, which rejected the principle of nomina
conservanda (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 34: 167-178. 1907), published
another new ee from Cuba, Ichthyomethia havanensis (Bull.
Torr. Club. 44: 34. 1917).

In 1919 Blake, also following the American Code, published the
first comprehensive study of the genus, "Revision of Ichthyome-
thia, a genus of plants used for poisoning fish" (Jour. Wash.
Acad. Sci. 9: 241-252. 1919). He treated eight species, including
those previously assigned to Piscidia, two described as new, LI.
acuminata and I. communis, and one, I. grandifolia (Donn. Sm.)
Blake, transferred from Derris.

1969 Rudd, Genus Piscidia h75

Sandwith added a new variety, P. grandifolia var. glabrescens,
based on two Mexican collections (Kew Bull. 1936: 3. 1936). In
1942 Pittier transferred his Venezuelan Lonchocarpus guaricensis
to Piscidia (Mesa Guanipa 49. 1942). Gentry described a new spe-
cies of Piscidia from Mexico, P. sinaloensis (Brittonia 6: 316.
1948) but the next year it was transferred to Lonchocarpus by
Hermann (Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 39: 311. 1949). In 1948 Stehle
and Quentin reduced Blake's species, I. acuminata, to a variety
of I. piscipula (Fl. Guadeloupe et Depend. et Martinique 2 (2)
124. 1948).

In this present paper I am treating Piscidia as comprising
seven species including one being described as new.

Economic consideration

The names of Piscidia and its synonyms, Piscipula and Ichthyo-
methia, were inspired by the observation that Jamaican natives
used these plants to poison fish. According to Sloane (Hist. 2:
39, 40. 1725), "The Bark of this Tree stamp'd and thrown into the
standing Pool where Fish are, intoxicates them for some Time,
they turning their Bellies up, and coming above Water, but if
they are not presently caught, they come to themselves and recov-
er . . . The Indians and Negro's make use of this Bark to take
Fish . . . The Fish caught after this manner, are counted very
wholesome and good food . . . This is a Providence of God to
those barbarous People, being a natural Help for present Food and
Sustenance." Browne (Nat. Hist. Jam. 296. 1756) provided a simi-
lar account. He also mentioned that "The tree is generally con-
sidered one of the best timber trees on the island. The wood is
very hard and resinous; and lasts almost equally in or out of
water."

Over the years the wood of Piscidia has been used locally for
fuel and building purposes. Extracts, chiefly of the root and
stem bark, have been used medicinally as a narcotic. According to
G. F. Gaumer (data on herbarium sheet of P. piscipula, Gaumer no.
23219, Sisal, Yucatan, March 1916) "a fluid extract of the root
bark is a local anaesthetic of great value; it is also a powerful
anti-inebriate; internally it relieves the pain of fractures and
surgical operations; it calms the nervous system and produces
sound sleep without any of the bad effects of opium." According
to Reko, Piscidia is one of the ingredients of a Mexican tea,
"Sinicuichi, the magic drink causing oblivion" (Pharm. Montsh.
1.6% 255%. 1935).

More recent chemical and pharmacological studies have been
summarized by E. Gautier Auxence in "A pharmacognostic study of
Piscidia erythrina L." (Keon. Bot. 7: 270-284. 1953) and in a
series involving several authors, on "The extractives of Piscidia
erythrina L." (Tetrahedron 20: 1317-1330, 1331-1338. 1964; Suppl.
7: 333-348. 1966). Among the products isolated have been piscidic
acid, the isoflavons, ichthynone, jamaicin, lisetin, pisceryth-
rone, and piscidone, and the rotenoids, dehydromilletone, iso-
millettone, millettone, rotenone, and sumatrol.

476 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 8

P. HAVANENSIS \ bl NS

2 P

MOLLIS _

MIGRATION
|

Fig. 1 - Geographic distribution of species of Piscidia;
hypothetical area of origin of Piscidia (shaded) and routes
of migration.

1969 | Rudd, Genus Piscidia 477
Geography

Piscidia is known from Sonora, Mexico and southern Florida
southward through Central America and the West Indies to north-
ern Peru and Venezuela, chiefly in dry woodlands. Some species
appear to be restricted to limestone areas, one to serpentine,
and others seem to be more tolerant of acidity, such as in vol-
canic and siliceous soils. For most of the specimens in herbaria
the soil data are lacking.

Four of the seven species of Piscidia here recognized are now
known from Mexico, P. carthagenensis, P. grandifolia, P. mollis,
and P. piscipula. It is probable that the genus originated on the
old geologic nucleus of Guatemala and southern Mexico. From there
it spread northward to Sonora, or beyond, southward into South
America, and eastward into the Antilles and southern Florida. Al-
though the winged pods are readily dispersible by wind, the major
eastward migration could have taken place during Tertiary time
when there was a land connection between Central America and the
Greater Antilles.

Volcanism and orogenic movements in Miocene time, again in the
Pliocene, and continuing to the present, would alter the ecolo-
gical conditions and encourage speciation. In some areas igneous
activity would completely destroy the vegetation, in others, the
effect would be selective. Calciphilous species such as P. pis-
cipula and P. mollis would be eliminated where the limestone
s50ils were modified by volcanic or siliceous material, but could
be replaced by more tolerant species such as P. carthagenensis
and P. grandifolia. The three species endemic to the Antilles,

P. havanensis, in Cuba, and P. ekmanii, in Hispaniola, both on
limestone, and P. cubensis, on serpentine in Cuba, appear to have
been derived from P. piscipula, a species of the Greater Antilles
and eastern Mexico.

Morphological characters

All species of Piscidia are woody and unarmed; the plants may
be low and sprawling or trees up to about 20 m. tall with the
trunk to about 60 cm. in diameter; the bark is rough and grayish.
The wood characters have been summarized as hard, heavy, and
strong, the grain often roey, the heartwood yellowish-brown,
darkening on exposure, the sapwood whitish (Record & Mell, Tim-
bers of Tropical America 298, 299. 1924; Record & Hess, Timbers
of the New World 308. 1943).

The young plants are generally pubescent, with the stems and
leaves sometimes glabrescent. The stipules are paired at the base
of the petiole and serve as bud scales; they are early caducous;
their shape, varying from obliquely-ovate to reniform, can be
used to some degree in specific identification. Stipels are lack-
ing.

The leaves are alternate, imparipinnate, 5-27-foliolate. The
axis of the leaves, the petiole and rachis, varies from about
2 cm. long in P. cubensis to 30 cm. or more in P. grandifolia.

4,78 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 18, no. 8

Fig. 2 - Piscidia piscipula: a, flower bud showing calyx;

b, young flower bud with bracteole; c, stipule. P. grandifolia
var. grandifolia: d, flower bud with calyx; e, flower bud with
bracteole; f, stipule. P. grandifolia var. glabrescens: g, fruit.
P. cubensis: h, fruit. P. carthagenensis: i, calyx from Lesser
Antilles; j, flower bud with calyx; k, young flower bud with
bracteole; 1, calyx from Mexico; m. stipule; n. fruit.

1969 Rudd, Genus Piscidia 479

The lateral leaflets are paired, coriaceous or subcoriaceous at
maturity, elliptic to oblong, ovate, or obovate, 1-20 cm. long
and 0.5-13 cm. broad. The terminal leaflet often is obovate and
slightly larger than the laterals. The venation is pinnate with
the secondary veins essentially parallel and the tertiary veins
reticulate, sometimes conspicuously so. The blades of P. piscip-
ula show a micro-alveolar structure on the lower surface.

The inflorescences are racemose, axillary or pseudoterminal,
sometimes few-flowered as in P. cubensis, sometimes with large
panicles as in P. carthagenensis, or spicate as in P. grandifo-
lia. The bracts and bracteoles are small and early caducous; they
are lanceolate to linear in P. grandifolia, ovate to elliptic in
the other species.

The flowers are papilionoid, 12-18 mm. long. The calyx is cam-
panulate with 5 short lobes, broad and obtuse in some species,
deltoid, acute in others. The two vexillar lobes are connate, at
least in part. The corolla is white, sometimes with pink, red, or
lavender markings. The vexillum, or standard, is suborbicular,
pubescent on the outer face except glabrous in P. grandifolia.
The wing petals are usually a little longer than the vexillum and
keel and are adherent to the keel. The keel petals are connate
above.

The stamens are 10, monadelphous, but with the vexillar fila-
ment free at the base. The anthers are oblong, dorsifixed. The
ovary is pubescent, essentially sessile, with up to 10 ovules;
the style is glabrous above, the stigma terminal and minutely
penicillate.

The fruits are indehiscent, 2-17 cm. long, 1-10-seeded, the
body compressed but with 4 longitudinal wings that may stand out
forming a broad X in cross-section. The wings vary from 1-2 mn.
wide in P. cubensis to as much as 3 cm. wide in P. grandifolia
vars. gentryi and glabrescens. The body is from 2 mm. wide in P.
havanensis to 13 mm. wide in P. grandifolia. In most cases the
pods are short-stipitate, the stipe about 1-6 mm. long, but in
Some species, especially P. carthagenensis, the stipe may appear
to be as long as 20 mm. or more due to abortion of the lower o-
vules. At maturity the fruits become brittle and break, releasing
the seeds. The seeds are reniform, 3-13 mm. long, lustrous, tan
to reddish or dark brown. The hilum is lateral, orbicular or el-
liptic, 0.5-2 mm. long and 0.5-1.5 mm. wide.

A chromosome count of 2n = 22 has been reported by Atchison
(Amer. Journ. Bot. 38: 541, 544. 1951) for her collection no. 139
from Atkins Garden, Soledad, Cuba. The specimens of that number,
with flowers only, were originally identified as P. piscipula but
they have acute calyx lobes and appear, rather to be referable to
P. carthagenensis. Unfortunately, the origin of the trees, wheth-
er native or introduced, has not been noted. I can find no record
of other chromosome studies dealing with Piscidia.

Anatomical data on stems and leaves of P. piscipula are given
by Gautier in her "Pharmacognostic study of Piscidia erythrina”
(Econ. Bot. 7: 270-284. 1953).

4,80 PHY 7 0. 1,0:G.2.4 Vol. 16, no. 8
Taxonomic relationships

Piscidia is a faboid genus that has been variously placed in
"Sect. Phaseoli” by Adanson (Fam. 2: 326. 1763), "Spartieen" by
Sprengel (Anleit, ed. 2, 748. 1818), tribe Loteae subtribe Gale-
geae by DeCandolle (Prod. 2: 267. 1825), tribe Dalbergieae by
Bentham (Comm. Leg. Gen. 27, 42. 1837), Dalbergiese subtribe Lon-
chocarpeae by Bentham (Proc. Linn. Soc. London 4, Suppl. 27, 116.
1860), and in the tribe Lonchocarpeae by Hutchinson (Gen. Fl. Pl.
ai 38h. 1964). Either of the latter two positions is acceptable
in view of our current knowledge.

It is one of several leguminous genera with longitudinally
4ewinged, or 4-angled pods. In each case the modification seems
to have developed independently, since the genera exhibiting this
character are not closely related, and the position of the wings
differs somewhat. In two species, for example, the African Tetra-
pleura tetraptera (Schum. & Thonn.) Taubert, in the Mimosoideae,
and the widespread Cassia alata L., in the Caesalpinioideae, the
larger pair of wings have developed as costae on the surface of
the valves, with a slightly narrower pair of wings along the
closed sutures of the indehiscent pods. Faboid species with tet-
rapterous fruits, such as Sophora tetraptera Ait., from Chile,

S. chrysophylla (Salisb.) Seem., from Hawaii, Tetragonolobus pur-
pureus Moench, from Europe, Sesbania punicea ao DC., from
tropical and subtropical America, and Psophocarpus tetragonolobus
(L.) DC., from Africa, as well as the caesalpinioid Lophocarpinia
aculeatifolia (Burk. ) Burk., from Argentina and Paraguay, exhibit
wings that, as in Piscidia, are extensions of the margins. Ano-
ther Cassia, C. pentagonia Mill., from tropical America, has
fruits with a similar structure but there is a fifth wing along
one margin. The generic circumscriptions have not been uniform.
In some cases, such as in Sophora and Sesbania, the current in-
terpretation of the genera include some species with winged and
others with wingless fruit. Lophocarpinia, Psophocar ,» and Pis-
cidia are restricted to species with winged pods. Additional stu-
dies of morphology, cytology, and chemistry are needed to help in
resolving such seemingly inconsistent divisions.

On the basis of floral and vegetative characters, the nearest
relatives appear to be in Derris, Lonchocarpus, Muellera, and
Pongamia, as pointed out by Bentham in his "Synopsis of the Dal-
bergieae" (Jour. Linn. Soc. London 4, suppl. 18-24. 1860). The
most striking differences are found in the fruits. In contrast to
the 4-winged pods of Piscidia, Muellera and Pongamia have some-
what thickened pods and those of Derris and Lonchocarpus are lat-
erally compressed. The nearest approach to tetrapterous fruits
occurs in Lonchocarpus. A few species, notably L. xuul Iundell,
or L. yucatanensis Pittier, sens. lat., L. dipteroneurus Pittier,
and L. guilleminianus (Tul.) Malme, are somewhat winged along one
or both sutures. Somewhere in this complex of incipient-winged
Lonchocarpus one should seek either ancestral or derived species
that form the hypothetical link between these two genera.

1969 Rudd, Genus Piscidia 481
Systematic treatment

PISCIDIA L. Syst. Nat. ed. 2. 151, 1155, 1376s 1759, nom. cons.

Type: P. piscipula (L.) Sarg. Jamaica.

Ichthyomethia P. Browne, Nat. Hist. Jam. 296. 1756, in part.
Type: "Ichthyomethia 1." = P. piscipula (L.) Sarg.

Piscipula Loefling, Iter Hisp. 275. 1758. Based on Erythrina
piscipula L. = P. piscipula (L.) Sarg.

Canizaresia Britton, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 16: 69. 1920. Type:
C. cubensis (Urban) Britton = Piscidia cubensis Urban.

Trees or shrubs, unarmed. Leaves alternate, imparipinnate,
5-27-foliolate; leaflets opposite; stipules (bud scales) oblique-
ly ovate, semi-orbicular, or reniform, early caducous; stipels
absent. Flowers white with pink to purplish markings, in axillary
or lateral inflorescences, usually racemose, sometimes spicate.
Bracts, at base of pedicels, minute, ovate, elliptic, or lanceo-
late, early caducous; bracteoles paired at base of calyx, ovate,
oblong to linear, caducous. Calyx campanulate with 5 short,
subequal lobes, the vexillar pair often connate. Corolla with
vexillum suborbicular, usually pubescent on the outer face, but
glabrous in one species; wing petals falcate, oblong, commonly a
little longer than the vexillum, adherent to the keel; keel pet-
als connate at the base. Stamens 10, monadelphous but the vexil-
lar filament free at the base; anthers oblong, dorsifixed. Ovary
sessile, many-ovulate; style glabrous above, the stigma minutely
penicillate. Fruit indehiscent, 1-10-seeded, compressed, with 4
longitudinal wings. Seeds reniform, tan to reddish or dark brown,
laterally compressed; hilum lateral, elliptic to suborbicular.

Key to species of Piscidia

Flowers with vexillum pubescent on the outer face; vexillar fila-
ment partially united with the others; stipules ovate to ob-
long or reniform; body of fruit 2-6 (-7) mm. wide; seeds 3-10
mm. long, 2-5 mm. wide.

Fruit about 6-8 mm. wide with wings 1-2 mm. wide, much narrower
than the body; leaflets 1-2 cm. long, 0.5-1 cm. wide (Cuba)
1. P. cubensis
Fruit about 1-5.5 cm. wide with wings much broader than the
body; leaflets 2-20 cm. long, 1-1l cm. wide.

Leaflets oblong to elliptic, 2-6.5 cm. long, 1-3 cm. wide,
the lower surface minutely crisp-pubescent, the tertiary
veins raised, strongly reticulate; fruit 2-3 cm. wide
with body 2-2.5 mm. wide (Cuba) .... 2. P. havanensis

Leaflets ovate or obovate to elliptic, 3-20 cm. long, 2-11 cm
wide, the lower surface pubescent to subglabrous, the
tertiary veins not conspicuously raised; fruit 1.5-5 cm.
wide with body 2.5-5 mm. wide.

Fruit 1.5-2 mm. wide, the wings 1 cm. wide or less, the
body 2.5-3 mm. wide; lower surface of leaflets tomentu-
lose (Hispaniola)! 2. « 20s 2. 5 @ = eo Bele ekmande

482 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 8

Fruit 2-5.5 cm. wide, the wings 1-2.5 cm. wide, the body
3-6 (-7) mm. wide; lower surface of leaflets pubescent
to subglabrous but not tomentulose.

Flowers 12-15 mm. long, predominantly less than 15 m.
long, the calyx 4-6 mm. long with lobes obtuse; body
of fruit 3-4 mm. wide; lower surface of leaflets min-
utely pubescent with subappressed to crispate hairs;
stipules reniform (Florida; Bahamas; Greater Antil-
les; eastern Mexico; Guatemala; British Honduras;
Isla Roatan, Honduras) ....... 4. P. piecipula

Flowers 13-18 m. long, predominantly more than 15 m.,
the calyx 5-8 mm. long with lobes obtuse to acumin-
ate; body of fruit 4-6 (-7) mm. wide; lower surface
of leaflets minutely appressed-pubescent to seri-
ceous; stipules suborbicular to broadly ovate.

Leaflets silvery, conspicuously s0 when young, the low-
er surface sericeous or subsericeous, the upper
surface minutely pubescent, glabrescent; stipules
suborbicular; calyx lobes obtuse; bracteoles 3-4 m.
long, 2.5-3 mm. wide; seeds 8-10 mm. long, 4-5 m.
wide (Mexico: Sonora, Sinaloa)... . 6. P. mollis

leaflets not silvery, the lower surface minutely ap-
pressed-pubescent or the hairs lax to patent, the
upper surface essentially glabrous; stipules broad-
ly ovate; calyx lobes acute to acuminate; bracte-
oles 1.5-2 mm. long, 1-1.2 m. wide; seeds 5-8 mm.
long, 3-4 mm. wide (Lesser Antilles; western and
southern Mexico; Central America; Venezuela; Colom-
bia; Ecuador; northern Peru) . 5. P. carthagenensis
Flowers with vexillum glabrous; vexillar filament free from the
others; stipules linear; body of fruit (6-) 8-13 m. wide;
seeds 12-13 mm. long, 6 m. wide.
Leaflets 9-19, elliptic to ovate or obovate, puberulent above
at maturity or glabrescent, tomentose below.

Flowers 15-18 mm. long; calyx 7-8 mm. long; fruit 1.5-4 cm.
wide including wings 0.5-1.5 cm. wide and body 6-10 m.
wide; leaflets 9-13, mostly elliptic to obovate, the base
rounded (Guatemala; El Salvador; Honduras; Nicaragua ) 8

ja. P. grandifolia var. grandifolia

Flowers about 15 mm. long; calyx 6-7 mm. long; fruit 3-6 cm.
wide including wings to 3 cm. wide and body 6-8 mm.. wide;
leaflets 13-19, mostly elliptic to ovate, the base rounded
to cordate (Mexico: Oaxaca, Puebla) 5 ...8s4 25 2%

7b. P. grandifolia var. gentr
Leaflets 15-27, elliptic to elliptic-oblong, essentially glab-
rous above at maturity, moderately pubescent with lax hairs
below, glabrescent; flowers 13-15 mm. long; calyx 5-7 mm.
long; fruit 3-6 cm. wide including wings 1.5-3 cm. wide and
body 8-13 mm. wide (Mexico: Colima, Guerrero, Mexico, Mich-
oacan, Morelos, Puebla) 7c. P. grandifolia var. glabrescens

1969 Rudd, Gems Piscidia 4,83

1. PISCIDIA CUBENSIS Urban, Symb. Ant. 7: 229. 1912.
Lectotype: Shafer 1171. Cuba (Designated by Blake, 1. c.)
Ichthyomethia cubensis (Urban) Blake, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci.
9: 251. 1919.
Canizaresia cubensis (Urban) Britton, Mem. Torr. Club 16: 69.
1920.

Shrub, to about 2 m. high; young stems ferrugino-puberulent or
subsericeous, glabrate; stipules obliquely ovate, obtuse or sub-
acute, about 1 mm. long; leaves (3-) 5-9-foliolate; leaflets with
blades coriaceous, elliptic, slightly revolute, 1-2 cm. long,
0.5-l cm. broad, obtuse, mucronulate, sometimes retuse, rounded
at the base, the upper surface sparsely pubescent, glabrate, ni-
tid, the lower surface moderately appressed-pubescent, glabrate,
the secondary veins visible but not conspicuous, the tertiary
veins inconspicuous; inflorescences short-racemose, 1.5-3.5 cm.
long; bracts ovate, acute, 1 mm. long and wide, or less; bracte-
oles ovate to oblong, acute, 1-1.5 mm. long and 1] m. wide; flow-
ers about 12-15 m. long; calyx ferrugino-sericeous, 4-5 mm. long
with tube 3-3.5 mm. long and 3-3.5 mm. in diameter, the three
carinal lobes rounded or acute, the vexillar pair adnate forming
one broad, emarginate lobe; corolla with vexillum white, rose to-
ward the center, pubescent on the outer face; fruit dark brown,
puberulent, 1-8-seeded, about 2-7 cm. long including stipe about
3 mm. long, 6-8 mm. wide including wings 1-2 mm. wide and body
4-5 mm. wide; seeds reddish-brown, 3-4.5 mm. long, 3 mm. broad,
lustrous, the hilum whitish, suborbicular, 0.8-1 mm. in diameter.

Distribution: Dry serpentine barrens of Cuba.

CUBA:

Matanzas: Ceiba Mocha, Ekman 18598 (S). NW of Pan de Matanzas,
SE of Canasf{, Ekman 16504 (GH, NY, S).

Las Villas (Santa Clara): Santa Clara, Britton, Britton & Wil-
son 6051 (NY, US); Britton & Cowell 10179 (NY US), 13293 (F, GH,
NY, US); Ekman 14058 (S), 16335 (BM, F, S, US); Howard et al. 409
(A, MICH, NY, UC). El Cumbre, Ekman 18983 (A, NY, S, UPS). Loma
Cruz, Alain 3992 (GH, US). Placetas, Leon 8173 (GH, NY). Sabanas
de Motembo, Leon 11380 (NY).

Camagiiey: Riverside to Minas, Shafer 1171 (F, NY lectotype,
US). Near Camagtiey, Britton, Britton & Cowell 13137 (NY).

Oriente: Between Holguin and Cacocum, Shafer 1549 (NY syntype )

¢

Yareyal, Holgufn, Leon 15515 (GH, US).

This species is most readily distinguished from others of the
genus by its small fruits with very narrow marginal wings, and by
its small, somewhat revolute leaflets. On the basis of available
specimens it would appear that leaves are present at the time of
flowering, in February to April.

LB), PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 8

2. PISCIDIA HAVANENSIS (Britton & Wilson) Urban & Ekman, Fedde
Rep. Spec. Nov. 22: 362. 1926. Type: Leon & Roca 6194. Cuba.
Ichthyomethia havanensis Britton & Wilson, Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club ; 34. LOL].

Shrub or small tree, to about 2 m. high; young stems ferrugi-
no- or fusco-tomentulose, glabrate; stipules suborbicular to o-
vate, obtuse, about 1.5-2 mm. long and 2 mm. wide; leaves 9-13-
foliolate; leaflets with blades coriaceous, oblong to elliptic,
2-6.5 cm. long, 1-3 cm. wide, obtuse to subacute, sometimes m-
cronulate, rounded to cuneate at the base, the upper surface min-
utely crisp-pubescent, the secondary veins conspicuous, the ter-
tiary veins conspicuously reticulate; bracts ovate, about 1 m.
long, 1 mm. wide; bracteoles caducous, not seen; inflorescences
racemose, about 5-15 cm. long; flowers 12-14 mm. long; calyx sub-
sericeous, about 5 mm. long with tube 3.5 mm. long, 3.5 m. in
diameter, the lobes rounded, 1.5 mm. long, the vexiller pair ad-
nate, forming one broad, retuse or emarginate lobe; corolla with
vexillum white with reddish markings, pubescent on the outer sur-
face; fruit light brown, puberulent, about 2-6-seeded, 2-6.5 cm.
long including stipe 2-3 cm. long, 2-3 cm. wide including wings
0.6-1.5 cm. broad and body 2-2.5 mm. wide; seeds reddish-brown,
4-5 mm. long, 2.5-3 mm. wide, the hilum whitish, suborbicular,

1 mm. long and 0.8 m. wide.

Distribution: Limestone areas of Cuba, especially in coastal
thickets.

CUBA: Without exact locality, Wright 3539 (NY).

Pinar del Rfo: Mariel, Tinaja, Ekman 12869 (S). Mendoza, in
forests at Boqueron, Ekman 18750 (BM, F, NY, S, US). Peninsula de
Guanahacabibes, Ekman 18798 (S). Chorrera, Leon 5192 (NY). "Pare
Real de Guane"”. Roig 1072 (NY).

Habana: Near Cojimar, Leon & Roca 6194 (NY type); Leon 7154
(GH, NY). Santa Fé, Ekman 13280 (S, US), 13647 (K, NY, S, UPS).
Rio Almendares, Ekman 13176 (S), 13736 (NY, S, us); Regnell (Ek-
man) III-357 (S). Tarara, Leon 13317 (GH, IJ). Playa de Mariano,
Britton & Cowell 10339 (NY).

Matanzas: Peninsula de Hicacos, Alain 5959 (IJ, US).

Las Villas: Marfa Aguilar, Ekman 18898 (S).

Camagiiey: Between Pastelillo and Tarafa, Ekman 15455 (GH, S).

Oriente: Sabanazo, near Mir, Ekman 6533 (BM, F, NY, S). Banes,
Ekman 6592 (S). Manatf, Wright s. n. in 1865 (GH).

Local names: Guama candelon, guama jiquf.

Piscidia havanensis appears to be a derivative of P. piscipula
but easily recognizable by its strongly reticulate, oblong to el-
liptic leaflets and smaller fruits. Flowering occurs in March and
April when the plants are more or less leafless.

1969 Rudd, Genus Piscidia 485
3. PISCIDIA EKMANIT Rudd, sp. nov.

Frutex vel arbuscula P. havanensis affinis, a qua imprimis
differt foliolis paucioribus, amplioribus, subtus tomentulosis,
minus reticulatis; fructibus cum alis angustioribus; seminibus
minoribus.

Shrub or small tree, 1-3 m. tall, sometimes sprawling; young
stems fulvo-tomentulose, glabrescent; stipules obliquely-ovate,
acute, about 3 mm. long, 2-3 mm. wide; leaves 5-9-foliolate;
leaflets with blades ovate to elliptic or sometimes obovate, 3-8
em. long, 2-6 cm. wide, obtuse, sometimes mucronulate, sometimes
retuse, the upper surface puberulent, glabrescent, subnitid, the
lower surface tomentulose, the secondary veins usually conspicu-
ous, the tertiary veins inconspicuously reticulate because of the
dense pubescence; bracts ovate, 1 mm. long and wide or less;
bracteoles ovate to ovate-oblong, 2-3 mm. long, 1 mm. wide; in-
florescences racemose, about 6-20 cm. long; flowers 12-15 m.
long; calyx fulvous, subsericeous, 4-5 mm. long, the tube 3-4 mm.
long, 3-4 mm. in diameter, the lobes obtuse to subacute, about
1 mm. long, the vexillar pair adnate forming one broad, emargin-
ate lobe; corolla with vexillum cream-colored to lavender, pubes-
cent on the outer face; fruit medium to reddish-brown, commonly
3-8-seeded, 3-5 cm. long including stipe 3-5 mm. long, 1.5-2 cm.
wide including wings 0.8-1 ecm. wide, the body 2.5-3 mm. wide;
seeds reddish-brown, about 3 mm. long and 2 mm. wide, the hilum
suborbicular, about 0.5 mm. in diameter.

Type collected by E. L. Ekman, no. H. 4517, "Presqu'ile du
Nord-OQuest, Baie de Henne, slope of Morne Chien, 2-300 m., Rep.
Haiti,” 9 July 1925. Holotype at S; isotypes at NY and US.

Distribution: Limestone areas of Hispaniola.

HAITI:

Nord Quest: Baie de Henne, slope of Morne Chien, Ekman H. 4517
(NY, S type, US). Port de Paix to Jean Rabel, Ekman H. 3613 (S).
Baie des Moustiques, W of Caberet, Leonard & Leonard 12034 (US).

Artibonite: Gonaives, Buch 201 (IJ).

Quest: Thomazeau, Morne 4 Cabrits, Ekman H. 995 (IJ, S). Morne
& Cabrits, Holdridge 894 (MICH, NY, US). "Along road on ridge N
of Cul de Sac plain," Holdridge 331 (NY).

The specimens cited above were all collected some years after
Dr. Blake's revision of Ichthyomethia. On the US sheet of Ekman
H. 4517 he noted, "Form of havanensis or n. sp. SFB '36.”

According to Bro. Alain Liogier, Piscidia occurs in the vicin-
ity of Santiago, Dominican Republic. He has seen it in the field
and also has examined a specimen collected by Bertero in that
same locality. Not having seen the material myself I cannot make
a positive determination but should expect it to be P. ekmanii
rather than P. piscipula, the other species known from Haiti.

4486 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 8

4, PISCIDIA PISCIPULA (L.) Sarg. Gard. & For. 4: 436. 1891.
Erythrina piscipula L. Sp. Pl. 707. 1753. Type: Sloane, . Jam.
Hist. 2: t. 176, f. 4, 5. 1725. Typotype: Sloane s. n.
Jamaica.
Piscidia erythrina L. Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1155. 1759. Based on

E. piscipula L.
Robinia alata Miller, Gard. Dict., ed. 8, Robinia no. 6. 1768.

Based on E. piscipula L.

Piscidia inebrians Medikus, Vorl. Churpf. Phys.-Uken Ges. 2:
394. 1787. Based on P. erythrina L.

Piscidia toxicaria Salisbury, Prodr. 336. 1796. Based on
P. erythrina L.

Ichthyomethia piscipula (L.) Hitche. in Sarg. Gard. & For. 4:
472. 1891.

Ichthyomethia communis Blake, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 9: 247.
1919. Type: Curtiss 685. Florida.

Piscidia communis (Blake ) Harms, Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Brandenb.
65: 91. 1923. :

Ichthyomethia piscipula var. typica Stehle & Quentin, Fl.
Guad. et Depend. et Mart. 2(2): 123. 1948.

Tree or shrub, to about 20 m. tall; young stems fulvo-seri-
ceous to strigillose, glabrescent; stipules obliquely reniform,
3-5 mm. long, 3-6 mm. wide; leaves 7-1l-foliolate; leaflets with
the blades ovate to elliptic, 4-17 cm. long, 2-1l cm. wide, ob-
tuse to acute or acuminate, the terminal leaflet sometimes obo-
vate, the base rounded to cuneate, the upper surface sericeous or
minutely pilose, glabrescent, the lower surface micro-alveolate,
sericeous or the hairs somewhat crispate, usually more abundant
on the veinlets, sometimes glabrescent, the secondary veins evi-
dent, the tertiary veins relatively inconspicuous; bracts ovate
to elliptic, obtuse, 1-1.5 mm. long, 1 mm. wide; bracteoles ovate
to elliptic, acute, 2-3 mm. long, 1 m. wide; flowers 12-15 m.
long, usually less than 15 m.; calyx sericeous, 4-6 mm. long,
the tube 3-4 m. long, about 4 mm. in diameter, the lobes obtuse
to subacute, 1-2 mm. long, the vexillar lobes somewhat adnate;
corolla with petals white with pink or reddish markings, the vex-
illum pubescent on the outer face; fruits 4-10 cm. long including
stipe 1-3 mm. long, 3-4.5 cm. wide including wings 1-2 cm. wide
and body 3-4 mm. wide, commonly about 3-8-seeded; seeds reddish
brown to dark brown, hes 26 mm. long, 2.5-3.5 mm. wide, the hilum
orbicular, 1 m. in diameter or less.

Distribution: On calcareous soil in Florida, Bahama Islands,
Cuba, Haiti, Jamaica, eastern and southern Mexico, British Hon-
duras, Guatemala, coastal islands of northern Honduras. It has
also been introduced in Puerto Rico and Hawaii.

1969 Rudd, Genus Piscidia 487

UNITED STATES: Florida: Palm Cape, Chapman 34 (US).

Lee Co.: Punta Rassa, Hitchcock 76 r, GH, MO, NY, US);

J. Standley 257 (F, GH, MO, POM, US); Eaton 1106 (A); Harsh-
berger s. n. (NY). Coconut, Moldenke 5779 (vy).

Collier Co.: Marco, Standley 12732 (US), 57660 (F); Steyer-
mark 63274 (F).

Dade Co.: Miami, Garber s. n. in 1877 (A, F, GH, NY, US);
Britton 77 (F, NY); Small & Wilson 1658 (ny) . Buena Vista, Eaton
456 (A). Between Miami and Cocoanut Grove, Small & Small Lior
(MO, NY). Brickell Hammock, near Miami, Caldwell 8756 (MO, NY,
US); Duckett 232 (A, F, POM, US); Small & Carter 2563 (ny). Sands
Key, Small 7370 (NY, s}.

Monroe Co.: Key Largo, Curtiss s. n. (US); Small & Carter 3053
(NY). Joe Kemp's Key, Small 8012 (NY). Tavernier Key, Duckett 204
(A, F, NY, POM, S, US). Long Island, Small 3890 (NY). No Name Key
Curtiss s. n. (A). Upper Matecumbe Key, Miller 1686 (US); Brass
20458 (US). Lower Matecumbe Key, Thorne 15225 (IJ, US). Big Pine
Key, Small 10505 (GH, NY); Small, Carter, & Small 3531 (NY); Kil-
lip 31420 (us), 31461 (us), 42081 (US), Luo (F, US); Killip &
Swallen 40412 (US); Brizicky & Stern 186 (A, US); Stern 1506 (US)
Cooley, et al. 6216 (GH, NY, US). Ramrod Key [flowers], Jewfish
Key [fruits], Curtiss 685 (A, BM, F, GH, MO, NY, US type of I.
communis). Torch Key, Killip 31612 (US). Cudjoe Key, Killip 31376
(F, US). Boca Chica Key, Small & Small 4989 (NY). Key West, Rugel
155 (BM, GH, NY); Blodgett s. n. (NY); "Herb. Nuttall" (pm); Cur-
tiss 5656 (GH, MO, NY, POM, US); Palmer 130 in 1874 (F, MO, NY)5
Small 8165 (NY, S, us); Lansing 2035 (NY). East Cape, Simpson
s.n. (A). Flamingo, near Cape Sable, Simpson s. n. (A). Middle
Cape Sable, Robertson 248 (GH). Cooks Island, Newfound Harbour
Key, Killip 31391 (US).

MEXICO:

Tamaulipas: Tampico, Palmer 510 in 1910 (BM, F, GH, MO, NY,
US); Fisher 46115 (F, S). Zaragoza, Martin 101 (MICH). Chamal,
Martin 111 (MICH). Between Ciudad del Maiz and Antigua Morelos,
Johnston & Crutchfield 5669 (MEXU, MICH). Moron, LeSueur 265 (F).
Between Victoria and Ciudad Mante, Moore & Wood 3626 (MEXU).

San Luis Potos{: Rascén, Pringle 4110 (A, BM, F, GH, MEXU, MO,
NY, S, UC, US). Tamazunchale, Lundell & Lundell 7152 (MEXU, MICH,
Ny). Ciudad Valles, Vines 3312 (us). 30 mi. E of Ciudad del Mafz.,
Manning & Manning (53575 (GH).

Veracruz: Papantla, Schiede & Deppe 1332 (F fragm. ex LE);
Liebmann 4542 (F); "Herb. Liebmann"” s. n. (0). Near Tantoyuca,
Ervendberg 9 (GH). Pueblo Viejo, Palmer 541 in 1910 (A, BM, F,
GH, MO, NY). Jalapa, C. L. Smith 1565 (F). Cuitldhuac, Matuda
1439 (A, MEXU, MO, NY). Along route 150, about 26 mi. E of Cuit-
ldhuac , King 2685 (DS, MICH, NY). Between Yecuatla and Colipa,
Manuel Martinez 2-1 (A, MEXU). San Lorenzo Tenochtitlan, Chavel-
as, Esparza, & Aceves ES-2640 (MEXU), ES-2788 (MEXU). Campo ex-
perimental de Cotaxtla, Brigada Dioscoreas 7428 (MEXU), 7469
(MEXU), 7500 (MEXU). Gutiérrez Zamora, Miranda 8442 (MEXU). Lag-
una Encantada, Los Tuxtlas, Sousa 2140 (MEXU).

4,88 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 8

MEXICO:

Puebla: Villa Juarez, Cottam 10566 (US). "Bosque Ajenjihe”,
Bravo 5 (MEXU), 194 (MEXU).

Oaxaca: Temascal, Janzen 8. n. (MICH, UC); Sousa 1033 (MEXU);
Comision Dioscoreas ” 6865 (MEXU) . Km. 19 carretera era la Granja a
Temazcal, Brigada Dioscoreas 6613 (MEXU).

Chiapas: Ocozocoautla, Miranda 6265 (MEXU, US). Cintalapa,
Miranda 7121 (MEXU , US). E of of San Nicolas, near Cupfa, Miranda
6057 (MEXU, US).

Tabasco: Mercedes, Balancdn, Matuda 3012 (A, F, MEXU, MICH,
NY). Isla del Carmen, Barlow 7/1C (MEXU) ; West 1/1 (cH).

Campeche: Konchen, Lundell 1397 (F, MICH H). Ciudad del Carmen,
Mell 2005 (NY, US). Between tween Ceibaplaya and Champoton, Miranda
8009 (MEXU). Santa Rosa, E of Campeche, Miranda 7962 (Us). Campo
Eperimental Forestal Tropical "El Tormento” , between Escarcega
and Candelaria, Chavelas & Pérez ES-810 (MICH).

Yucatan: Without exact ~ Locality Gaumer 524 (A, BM, DS, F, GH,
MICH, MO, NY, S, UC, UPS, US), 23946 (F, GH, MO, UC, US). "Merida,
Schott 260 (F, US). sisal, Gaumer 23219 (A, F, GH, MO, NY, US).
Izamal, Gaumer s. n. (F). Kancabconat, Gaumer "03854 (F, GH, POM
S, US), 23855 (F, GH, MO, PM, S). Chichankanab, Gaumer 1882 (F);
Miranda 8080 (MEXU) . Sarita Rosa, Miranda 7962 (MEXU) . Celestun,
Enrfiquez 447 (MEXU). Xtum, Miranda 8033 (MEXU). Chichen Itza,
Bruff 1462 (MEXU).

~~ Quintana Roo: Cozumel, Gaumer 16107 (F).

BRITISH HONDURAS:
Belize: Gracie Rock, Sibun R., Gentle 1640 (Mo).
El Cayo: El Cayo, Bartlett 13014 (A, F); Chanek 79 (BM, F).
All Pines: In sandy places along sea beach, h, Schipp 195 (A, EM,
F, GH, MICH, MO, NY, S, UC), 798 (A, BM, F, GH, MICH, MO, NY, s).

GUATEMALA:
Peten: Tikal, between Yaxmuxan and Yaxha, Cook & Martin 218
(US). La Libertad, Lundell 2817 (BM, F, MICH, US), 3075 (F, MICH,

S). Uaxactum, Bartlett ett 12573 (A).

Hes Isla Roatan, Gaumer 105 (F). Swan Isl., G. Nelson 123
(GH

BAHAMAS: Without exact locality, Swainson s. n. (CGE). South Bim-
ini, Howard & Howard 10161 (A, GH, NY, S, US). Acklin, Brace 4437
(F, NY). Great Bahama, Pinder's Point, Britton & Millspaugh 2541
(F, NY). Anguilla, Wilson 8004 (F, MO, NY), 8058 (F, MO, NY).
Andros, Northrop 588 (A, F, GH, NY). New Providence, Brace 255i
(F), 252 (F); Roe s. n. ” (MICH): Saunders s. n. (MO). Eleuthera,
Coker 327 (NY). _

PUERTO RICO: Mayagiiez, introduced, Moore 3344 (US).

HAITI: Sud: Miragoane, Ekman 6538 (IJ, S, US), 7959 (S).

1969 Rudd, Genus Piscidia 489

CUBA:

Pinar del Rfo: Peninsula de Guanahacabibes, between Remates
and Yayales, Ekman 18773 (S).

Habana: Isla de Pinos, Ekman 12477 (S); Killip 41282 (us),
44197 (US); Morton 10278 (US); Britton & Wilson 14848 (NY); Brit-
ton, Wilson, & Selby 14523 (Ny).

Oriente: Cabo Cruz, Santiago, Ekman 1481 (S, US), 7795 fs)
Santiago de Cuba, BaEween Cabafa and Punta de Sal, Ekman 9479
(BM, F, S, UPS). Corojo, Ekman 7298 (S). El Cuero, Britton & Cow-
ell 12722 ” (wy). Manzanillo, Ekman 5638 (POM, S); Shafer 12349 (F,
MO, NY, US). Rioja, E of Mir, Ekman 4907 (A, S). Cabanas Bay,
Britton & Cowell 12808 (NY). Renté, Santiago, Bro. Clemente 3012
(GH); Leon, Clement, & Roca 9801 (GH).

GRAND CAYMAN: 1 mi. SE of Georgetown, Kings GC 318 (BM, MO).

JAMAICA: Without exact locality, Sloane s. n. aoe ers 131
(MICH); Swartz s. n (S, UPS); Alexander [Prior] seins a(O) =

St. Mary: 1 mi. E of Rio Nuevo, Proctor r 29298 (a, US). Oraca-
bessa, Roe 8. n. (MICH).

St. Andrew: Long Mountain, Skudamore ab (IJ); Yuncker 18756

(F, MO, MICH). S of Knutsford Park, ae .n. (IJ). Antrin,
Manneaeiel View, von der Porten s. n. he Town, Hart 580

(US). Kingston, “Brown 364 (A, NY). ae Garou Maxon & Killip
1703 (GH, US); Harris 8518 (A, NY). Berwick mila, | Harris 7708
(F, NY, Us). Morant Bay, alesndes [Prior] s. n. ’ (NY).

St. Catherine: Little Goat Island, Proctor 28590 Gaus)
Great Goat Island, Harris 9221 (A, NY, Se Pigeon Island, os

tor 11657 Cray een ne River, Caymanas sugar snphe Face ni hale
(IJ). Port Henderson, Barry s.n. (IJ); Bengry s. i) cee

& Lawrence C15591 (US).

St. James: Ironshore, Proctor 28865 (IJ).

St. Elizabeth: Lewistown, 1 mi. S of Brompton, Proctor 28631
(IJ).

Hanover: 6 mi. W of Lucea, Proctor 28562 (IJ, US).

a ai Spur Tree Hill, near Eglington, Proctor 28753 Gai.
US).

HAWAII: Oahu: Honolulu, introduced, Klawe & Vann 1613 (US).

Local names: Borrego, borrego de cerro, borrego prieto (Mexi-
co: Oaxaca); chichol, chijol (Mexico: Tamaulipas, Veracruz) ; dog-
wood (Florida, Jamaica); fish-fuddle tree Gaigeida)s guama, gua-
ma candelon (Guba); haabin, habim, habin, jabin (Mexico: Vera-
cruz, Campeche, Yucatan); eee dogwood (Florida); Maytree of
the Greolen (British Honduras).

This species of Piscidia is one of the two with a relatively
wide distribution. As the first known to Europeans, its name has
often been misapplied to other species, particularly to P. car-

thagenensis.

490 PH?t-2C.50 Os 8 Vol. 15, mo. 8

Hypothetically, P. piscipula originated on the ancient land
mass of southern Mexico and northern Central America. Ite princi-
pal route of migration would have been eastward slong the Antil-
lean geanticline and over whatever islands existed at the time.
As igneous activity increased, especially in the Plelocene, eda-
phic conditions over much of the range, notably in central Mexico
and western Central America, must have become unsuitable for cal-
ciphilous species such as P. piscipula. Later, however, in Pleis-
tocene time, the species was able to spread over the newly emer-
ged limestone areas of the Yucatan Peninsula, Florida, and the
Bahamas, resulting in the present pattern of distribution.

5. PISCIDIA CARTHAGENENSIS Jacq. Enum. Pl. Carib. 27. 1760;
Select. Stirp. Amer. Hist. 210. 1763. Type: Jacquin s. n.
Colombia.

Piscidia americana Sessé & Moc. La Naturaleza ser. 2 (1),
append. 116. 1889. Type: Sessé & Moc. 1913. Mexico.

Ichthyomethia americana (Sesse & Moc.) Blake, Journ. Wash.
Acad. Sci. 9: 248. 1919.

Ichthyomethia acuminata Blake, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 9:
249. 1919. Type: Rose, Fitch, & Russell 3419. Antigua,
West Indies.

Piscidia acuminata (Blake) I. M. Johnston, Contr. Gray Herb.
neue Wry ln ooes

Lonchocarpus guaricensis Pittier, Trab. Mus. Com. Venezuela
4: 231. 1928; Arbol y arbust. Legum. 3: 301. 1928. Type:
Pittier 11455. Venezuela.

Piscidia guaricensis (Pittier) Pittier, Mesa Guanipa 49. 1942.

Ichthyomethia piscipula var. acuminata (Blake) Stehlé & Quen-
tin, Fl. Guad. et Depend. et Mart. 2 (2): 124. 1948.

Tree, to about 15 m. tall; young stems puberulent, glabres-
cent; stipules obliquely ovate, 3-5 mm. long, 3-5 mm. broad;
leaves 5-15-foliolate; leaflets with blades ovate or obovate to
elliptic, about 4-20 cm. long, 2-10.5 cm. wide, obtuse to acute
or breviacuminate, the base rounded, glabrous or nearly so above,
the lower surface sparsely to densely pubescent with short, ap-
pressed hairs, or some hairs lax to patent, the secondary veins
evident, the tertiary veins usually inconspicuous; bracts ovate,
1 mm. long and 1 mm. wide or less; bracteoles ovate-oblong, ob-
tuse to subacute, 1.5-2 mm. long, 1-1.2 mm. wide; flowers pink,
13-18 mm. long, usually more than 15 m.; standard pubescent on
the outer face; calyx sericeous, 5-8 mm. long, the tube 4-6 um.
long and 4-6 mm. in diameter, the lobes 1-2 mm. long, acute to
acuminate, often strongly imbricate; fruit 1-8-seeded, 3-11 cm.
long including stipe 6-20 mm. long, 3-4.5 em. broad including
wings 1-2 cm. wide and body 4-6 (-7) mn. wide, sometimes glab-
rescent; seeds reddish-brown, 5-8 mm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, the
hilum elliptic, 2 mm. long and 1 mn. wide.

1969 Rudd, Genus Piscidia 91

Distribution: Mexico, Lesser Antilles, southward to Venezuela
and northern Peru, in dry woods at elevations of 50-1000 meters.

MEXICO:

Mexico: Temascaltepec, Guayabal, Hinton 3578 (A, MEXU, US),
7524 (NY, US).

Michoacan: [Apatzingdn ?], Sesse & Mocifio 1913 (F, MA presum-
ably type of P. americana). Apatzingén, Leavy Leavenworth & Hoogstral
1491 (GH, MO, NY), 1762 (F, MO). Coahuayula, Emrick 47 on Ha-
cienda Guadalupe, near Rio Balsas, E. Nelson 6969 (GH, NY, uss
Huetama, Hinton 5626 (A, BM, F), 6803 (A, BM), 11802 (Ds, GH,
MICH, NY, US

Guerrero: feerries, Howell 8512 (A, F, US). La Junta, near La
Union, E. Nelson 6991 (GH, NY NY, US). Mina, Placeres, Hinton 9995
(BM, F, GH, MO, JY, US), 10008 (BM, F, CH, MEXU, MO, Sieus)e
Nuxco, “Tenglasse 936 (GH, MEXU, us). Temixeas Reko 5119. (US).

Oaxaca: Plain of Tehuantepec , Alexander 217 (F, MO, NY, US).

Chiapas: Barranca de Pishtimbak, N of Tuxtla Gutiérrez, Mir-
anda 5233 (MEXU, US). "Altos caeeeeere a 8. gece (N. 0. ~Tux-
tla | G.)", Miranda 5595 (MEXU). Pijijiapan, Mell s. (US). Pad-
eron, Tonala, Matuda 16319 (US). Near Tuxtla Gu Sieiccres Breedlove
9564 (F, NY), 9575 (F, MEXU).

GUATEMALA :

Escuintla: Naranjo, J. D. Smith 2815 (GH, NY, US).

Chiquimula: Near Chiquimula, Sa Sasmo, Mt. To jaa, Steyermark
30223 (F).

Huehuetenango: Sierra de los Cuchamatanes, between Santa Ana
Huista and woods of Rancho Lucas, Steyermark 51359 (F, US).

EL SALVADOR:

San Vicente: San Vicente, Standley 21651 (GH, NY, US). Apas-
tepeque, Allen 7272 (F, GH, NY, US).

Sonsonate: Acajutila, Gadeean 1669 (NY, US).

HONDURAS:
Copan: Between Santa Rosa and Copan, Molina 11719 (F, NY, US).
Comayagua: Between El Agua Salada and "Comayagua, Molina 13697
(F, NY, US).
Santa Barbara: Near Jutiapa, Standley & Linderlie 7297 (F).

COSTA RICA:
Guanacaste: Orillas del Rfo Corobici, Jiménez 3099 (F). Finca
Taboga, Las Canas, Madriz 54 (F).

PANAMA :
Canal Zone: Near Madden Dam, Allen 4315 (F, GH, NY, S, US).
Darién: Thorn forest near Punta ta Garachine, ie 10500 (2) (Us).

CUBA: Las Villas: Cienfuegos, Soledad, probably introduced,
Atchison 139 (GH, US).

492 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no, 8

PUERTO RICO: Cabo Rojo, Sintenis 662 (GH, S, US); Alain 9371 (lJ)
Fajardo, Britton & Shafer 1575 (NY, US); Sintenis 1627 (EM, US).
Punta Guaniquilla, Britton, Cowell, & Brown S76 (F, MO, NY, US).
Isla Culebra, Britton & Wheeler 62 (F, NY, US). Aguirre, Farle
7076 (NY). Isla Vieques, Shafer 2912 (NY, US).

LESSER ANTILLES:

St. Croix: Britton, Britton, & Kemp 47 ym, “a Rose, Fitch,
& Russell 3579 (US); Ricksecker 296 (F, MO), 320 (F, GH, MO, NY,
US).

St. Thomas: Eggers 361 (GH), s. n. (US); Morrow 118 (US); Ar-
cher 2227 (US); Holdridge 125 (NY).

St. John: Caneel Bay, Woodworth 215 (F); Holdridge 125 (A).

St. Jan: Britton & Shafer 336 (NY, US).

Tortola: Fishlock 41 (NY, US); Britton & Shafer 684 (NY, US);
D'Arcy 4 (A), 5 (A).

St. Martin: Rijgersmaa 117 (S), s. n. (S); Goodwin & Goodwin 1
(NY, US).

Jost Van Dyke: Little 21939 (BM).

St. Barthélemy: Forsstrém s. n. (S, UPS); Euphrasen (S, UPS);
von Goés s. n. (S); Questel 222 (US).

St. Kitts: Proctor 19 (BM, IJ, US).

"St. Christopher": Euphrasen s. n. (UPS).

Antigua: Gregory s. n. (BM) ; Rose, Fitch, & Russell 3419 (GH,
NY, US type of I. acuminata); A. C. Smith 10471 (A, IJ, S, US);
Box 1446 (US); Beard 276 (A, MO, NY).

Montserrat: Shafer 462 (F, NY, US).

Guadeloupe: Duss 2662 (F, NY, US); Questel 578 (US), 482 (US);
Stehlé 1564 (A, US), 5594 (US).

Martinique: Botanical Garden, cultivated, Duss 120 B (NY).

St. Lucia: Horne s. n. in 1782 (BM); Proctor 17657 (IJ, US).

St. Vincent: "From Hooker, 1831" (GH); H. H. & G. W. Smith
1632 (BM, GH, NY).

Barbados: Waby 83 (US), s. n. in 1895 (F).

Cannouan Isl.: Fairchild 2790 (A, US).

Grenada: Howard 10860 (GH, IJ, NY).

TOBAGO: Broadway 4808 (GH, MO, S, US), s. n. (BM, F, GH, NY, US).

VENEZUELA :
Nueva Esparta: Isla Margarita, Macanao, Ginés 2818 (US);
Bernardi 2386 (NY, US).

Monagas: San Felix, Pursell 8374 (US), 8443 (US). ;
Guarico: Carretera Pariaguan- El Sombrero, near Pariaguan,
Aristeguieta 3009 (US, VEN). Between El Socorro and Valle de la
Pascua, Pittier 14731 (US, VEN). El Sombrero, Pittier 11455 (US,
VEN type of L. ricensis), 11796 (US). El Sombrero-Chaguaramas,
Tamayo 3522 (WEN). Altagracia de Orituco-Chaguaramas, Aristegui-

eta 6007 (VEN).

Anzoategui: Cantaura, F. D. Smith 6 (US), 43 (US), 212 (US).
Barcelona, Karsten s. n. (US photo no. 1865 ex W).

Portuguesa: Sta. Rosalia, Turén, Aristeguieta 1527 (VEN).

1969 Rudd, Genus Piscidia 493

COLOMBIA:

Atlantico: Between Penedera and Palmar, Dugand 285 (US). Finca
"k] Parafso", near Rfo Magdalena, region of Palmar-Ponedera,

and 4-b (US). Los Pendales, Dugand 1125 (F, GH, US). Arroyo
Leon, nd 637 (F).

Bolivar: Cartagena, Jacquin s. n. (BM type). Sincé, Romero-
Castefeda 9650 (NY).

ECUADOR:

Guayas: Between Guayaquil and Salinas, Mexia 6760 (F, GH
eee Anthony & Tate cae Little 6593 (us);
6774 (US); Mille 863 (F); Valverde 5 US); Asplund 17576 (K,
NY, UPS); Fagerlind & Wibom 78 (S, UPS). Rfo Macara, Townsend 849
(US). Duran, Rose & Rose 23596 (GH, NY, US). E of Chongon, er-
lind & Wibom 277 (S, UPS). Isidro Ayora, Asplund 17608 (F, NY).

Islas Galapagos: Santa Cruz (Indefatigable): Chapin 1112 (NY);
Colinvaux 434 (DS), 511 (DS); Fagerlind & Wibom 3052 (S); Fosberg
Lh729 (US); Harling 5214 (Ss), 5223 (S); Itow 37 (DS); Rorud 4 (0)
Stewart 1605 (CAS, GH, US), 1606 (CAS, GH), 1607 (CAS, GH). Von
Hagen 99 (BM, NY); Wiggins 18734 (DS, US); Wiggins & Porter 697
(US). San Cristébal (Chatham): Darwin s. n. (CGE); Snodgrass &
Heller 503 (DS, GH); Stewart 1608 (CAS, GH, US); Wiggins & Porter
372 (CAS, US).

K,

PERU: Tumbes: Hualtaco, Vargas 47 (F).

Local names: Arepo (Colombia); barbasco, barbasco bianco, bar-
basco de agua dulce (Venezuela, Peru); cachimbo (Costa Rica);
cahuirica (Mexico); cuchivan (Venezuela); frijolillo (Mexico);
matapez (Mexico, Colombia); tatzungo (Mexico); palo santo (Ecua-
dor); ventura (Puerto Rico); zopilocuavo (El Salvador).

After examining specimens of P. carthagenensis, P. acuminata,
P. americana, and P. guaricensis, including the types, I can see
no satisfactory criteria for separating them. Having arrived at
this conclusion, I was pleased to note Blake's comment (op. Grit
243) that his I. acuminata and P. carthagenensis might prove to
be identical. I was further encouraged to discover in the herbar-
ium at NY, a letter from Dr. Blake to N. L. Britton, dated Sept.
25, 1919, stating, "I can now make a belated reply to your letter
of 28 July referring to the Ichthyomethia collected by Dr. Rose
(23596) in Ecuador. It is identical, so far as I can tell from
the fruiting specimen, with my I. acuminata from the Lesser An-
tilles. I have little doubt that Jacquin's Piscidia carthagenen-
Sis will prove to be an earlier name for the same thing."

There are small differences to be found in different parts of
the range. For example, the calyx lobes of the specimens from
central Mexico are more strongly imbricate, those from the Lesser
Antilles more acuminate with a stronger costa; the leaflets of
the collections from the Galapagos Islands and some from Venezu-
ela have lax to patent hairs on the undersurface instead of the
more common short, appressed hairs in other parts of the range.

L94 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 16, no. 8

I should have considered maintaining P. guaricensis as 4 separate
species, or variety, had I not found that some of the Venezuelan
leaflets have both appressed and patent hairs, together. No other
characters were evident to warrant segregation.

Piscidia carthagenensis is the most widespread species of the
genus. Like P. piscipula, it probably originated in Mexico or
northern Central America but instead of migrating eastward toward
Cuba and Jamaica, it spread southward to dry areas of Colombia,
Ecuador, and Peru, and then eastward across the Venezuelan llanos
to the Lesser Antilles and northward as far as Puerto Rico. Soil
data are lacking for almost all collections of this species, the
few exceptions citing marl as the substrate. It would be interes-
ting to have comparative soil analyses from habitats of P. carth-
agenensis and P. piscipula. It appears that the former has 4
greater tolerance of lower soil PH, such as might result from
proximity to volcanic activity.

6. PISCIDIA MOLLIS Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 1: 98. 1891.
Type: Palmer 355 in 1890. Mexico.
Ichthyomethia mollis (Rose) Blake, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 9:
246. 1919.

Tree, to about 16 m. tall; young stems silvery-velutinous;
stipules suborbicular, obtuse, 2.5-3 mm. long, 2.5-4 mm. wide;
leaves 5-13-foliolate; leaflets predominantly ovate, sometimes
elliptic, 2-9 cm. long, (1-) 2-5 cm. wide, acute to obtuse, muc-
ronulate, rounded to subcordate at the base, the terminal leaf-
let sometimes obovate, the upper surface subsericeous, glabres-
cent, the lower surface silvery-sericeous or subsericeous, some-
times glabrescent, the secondary veins prominent, the tertiary
veins inconspicuous because of pubescence; inflorescences race-
mose, about 6-15 cm. long; bracts ovate, about 1 mm. long, 2.5-3
mm. wide; bracteoles ovate-elliptic, 3 3-4 mm. long, 2.5-3 mm.
wide; flowers 15-17 mm. long; calyx silvery-sericeous, 6-7 mm.
long, the tube about 5 mm. long, 3-5 mm. in diameter, the lobes
rounded, 1-2 mm. long, the vexillar lobes adnate in part; corolla
white with pink or reddish markings, the standard pubescent on
the outer face; fruit pubescent, commonly about 2-4-seeded, about
3-6 cm. long including stipe 4-5 mm. long, 3-5.5 cm. wide inclu-
ding wings 1.5-2.5 mm. wide, the body about 4-5 mm. wide; seeds
tan to reddish-brown, 8-10 mm. long, 4-5 m. wide, the hilum sub-
orbicular, about 1 mm. long and 0.8 mm. wide.

Distribution: In dry, open woods, Sonora and Sinaloa, Mexico
at elevations of about 200-2000 m., on sandy, granitic alluviun.

MEXICO:

Sonora: Alamos, Palmer 355 in 1890 (GH, US type); Rose, Stand-
ley, & Russell 12906 (F, GH, MO, NY, US); Gentry 2250 (A, F, MO,
Spc? US), 4780 (DS, F, GH, MICH, MO, NY). Between Misa and Mina
San José, Wiggins 6309 (Ds, ’us). N of "ures, Wiggins 7343 (A, DS,

1969 Rudd, Genus Piscidia 9s

MICH, US). Between Colorado and Mazatan, Wiggins & Rollins 322
(A, DS, MICH, MO, NY, UC, US). S of Cajeme, Miranda 8955 (MEXU).
Ciudad Obregon, Gentry 305 M (DS, MICH, US). San Bernardo, near
Rfo Mayo, Gentry 17725 (US); Gentry, Barclay, & Arguelles 19279
(US). Near Torres, Coville 1659 (F, US). Arroyo near Estacion
Moreno, Shreve 6091 (F). Between Navajoa and Alamos, Rudd 2092
(US). "Camino a San Bernardo," Cedillo Trigos 38 (MEXU).

Sinaloa: Without exact locality, Gonzalez Ortega 3129 (US).
Las Palmas, Gonzalez Ortega 713 (MEXU), 4555 (US). Choix, Tasa-
jera, Gonzalez Ortega 703 (MEXU); Narvaez Montes & Salazar 863
(US). Fuerte, Rose, Standley, & Russell 13515 (NY, US). NE of
Los Mochis, Waterfall 12804 (GH, MICH, US).

Loeal names: Palo blanco, palo blanco duro.

This species, whose known range does not overlap with the
others of the genus, is readily recognized by its silvery pubes-
cence. It shows relationship both to P. piscipula and P. cartha-
genensis. At one time the range of the three species probably was
continuous, but for some reason, presumably edaphic, there now is
a disjunction. Exploration of eastern Sinaloa might yield addi-
tional localities for P. mollis.

7. PISCIDIA GRANDIFOLIA (Donn. Sm.) I. M. Johnston, Contr. Gray
Herb. n. 8. 70: 71. 1924. Lectotype: Heyde & Lux 3709.
Guatemala. (Designated by Blake, 1. c.)

Derris grandifolia Donn. Sm. Bot. Gaz. 56: 55. 1913.
Ichthyomethia grandifolia (Donn. Sm.) Blake, Jour. Wash. Acad.
9: 245. 1919.

Tree, to about 20 m. tall; young stems ferrugino- to fulvo-
tomentulose, glabrescent; stipules obliquely ovate, acute, 7-8
mm. long, 4-6 mm. wide, caducous; leaves 9-27-foliolate; leaflets
with blades elliptic to oblong, ovate or obovate, 4-20 cm. long,
2-13 cm. wide, obtuse to acute, sometimes mucronulate, the base
rounded to subcuneate or cordate, the upper surface puberulent,
often glabrescent, the secondary veins evident, the tertiary ven-
ation relatively inconspicuous; inflorescences racemose or long
and spicate, about 15-20 cm. long; bracts caducous, lanceolate,
about 2 mm. long, 1 m. wide; bracteoles linear, 2-4 mm. long and
less than 1 mm. wide; flowers 13-18 mm. long; calyx 5-8 mm. long,
the tube about 4-6 mm. long, 5 mm. in diameter, the lobes deltoid
acute, 1-2 mm. long, the two vexillar lobes somewhat adnate; pet-
als white to pinkish, the vexillum glabrous on the outer face,
the wings and keel petals somewhat pubescent along the margins;
fruit dark brown, densely pubescent, commonly 2-6-seeded, 4-15
em. long including stipe 5-15 mm. long, 1.5-6 cm. wide including
wings 0.5-3 cm. wide and body (6-) 8-13 m. wide; seeds reddish-
brown, 12-13 mm. long, 6 m. wide, the hilum white, orbicular,
1.5 mm. in diameter.

496 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 8

This species, with its three varieties, is notably different
from 411 other known species of Piscidia in such characters ag
the glabrous vexillum and linear bracteoles. The fruite and leaf-
lets are somewhat distinctive and usually can be recognized at a
glance. In leaf or flower only, typical P. grandifolia is most
likely to be confused with Lonchocarpus costaricensis (Donn. Sm)
Pittier. With fruit, however, the difference is obvious. It is
interesting to note that P. grandifolia, on the basis of a flow-
ering specimen, was originally placed in Derris, sometimes con-
sidered congeneric with Lonchocarpus.

The locality of origin of P. grandifolia probably was in the
same area as that of P. piscipula and P. carthagenensis, the an-
cient geologic nucleus of southern Mexico and northern Central
America. It apparently is more tolerant of acidity than most oth-
er species of Piscidia since it is found in or near sreas of vol-
canic activity. None of the collections of this species that I
have seen bears specific soil data. Gentry, et al 20285, the type
of var. gentryi, is cited as found "over limestone hills”, and
Hinton 14869, a collection of var. glabrescens, as on @ "rocky
slope in oak forest.”

7a. PISCIDIA GRANDIFOLIA (Donn. Sm.) I. Johnst. var. GRANDIFOLIA

Tree, to about 20 m. tall. The vegetative parts of typical P.
grandifolia are generally pubescent; the leaflets are fewer in
number and average larger than those of the other varieties; the
flowers tend to be larger; the fruits have narrower wings and are
usually longer, with up to / (or more ?) seeds.

Distribution: in dry forest from Guatemala southward to Nica-
ragua at elevations of about 1000-3000 meters.

GUATEMALA: Without exact locality, Tejada 246 (US).

El Quiché: Near Sacapulas, Molina, oar er, & Wallenta 16428
(F, NY, US).

Baja Verapaz: Santa Rosa, von Tuerckheim IT.2323 (us syntype).

Jalapa: Wolcan Imay, Kellermann 8048 (F, NY, UC, US).

Amatitlan: Amatitlan, Morales Ruano 542 ’ us}.

Sacatepéquez: Between Ciudad Vieja and Calderas, Breedlove
11437 (US). Near Antigua, Standley 58614 (A). Near Pastores,
Standley 59901 (NY).

Santa Rosa: Cerro Gordo, Heyde & Lux 3709 (US lectotype).
EL SALVADOR: Without exact locality, Calderon 1090 (GH, US).

Ahuachapan: Without exact locality, Padilla 311 (us).

Stra) Cerro Verde, Allen & van Severen 6932 (F, GH, NY,
US).

La Libertad: Comasagua, Calderon 1396 (GH, NY, US). Finca Ger-
mania, near Comasagua, Carlson 208 (F, UC).

La Paz: Zacatecoluca, Calderon 326. (GH, NY, US).

1969 Rudd, Genus Piscidia 497

HONDURAS:

Comayagua: Siguatepeque, Standley 55986 (A, F, US); Standley
& Chacon 6070 (F); Edwards 487 (A, F, UC, US); Yuncker, Dawson,
& Rouse 5605 (F, GH, MICH, MO, S, us}.

Morazan: Suyapa, Williams & Molina 13447 (F, GH), 14352 (FR,
GH, MO, US); Molina 2783 (F, GH); Standley & Williams 93 (F),
1423 (F); Standley 26250 (F). Guimaca, Molina 2804 (F). Mont de
la Flor, Tegucigalpa, von Hagen & von Hagen 1152 (F, NY).

Choluteca: Along Rfo Comal » near Comoli, Williams & Molina
18972 (F). Vicinity of San Marcos de Colon, Standley 15848 (F).

NICARAGUA :

Jinotega: Tuma Lake, N of Jinotega, Williams, et al. 27400
(FyANY; ous).

Siquia: El Recreo, Rfo Mico, White 5344 (F, MICH).

Local names: Capetillo, palo sope (Guatemala); palo de zope,
zopilocuavo, zopilote (El Salvador).

According to collectors' notes, this species is "used for
fuel" and is a "medicinal tree used for coffee shade."

7b. PISCIDIA GRANDIFOLIA var. GENTRYI Rudd, var. nov.

Arbor ad 15 m. alta, a varietate typica floribus brevioribus,
fructibus cum alis amplioribus, foliolis circa 13-19, ellipticis
vel ovatis, basi obtusis vel cordatis differt; floribus fructi-
busque ut in var. glabrescens sed foliolis subtus tomentosis.

As indicated in the key, this variety resembles the typical in
the pubescence of the leaflets but its smaller flowers and short-
er fruits, with the wings sometimes as much as 3 cm. broad, are
more like those of var. glabrescens.

Type collected by H. S. Gentry, A. S. Barclay, and J. Arguel-
les, no. 20285, in Puebla, Mexico "near Acatepec along road to
Hua juapan. Arid Thorn Forest over limestone hills; alt. about
6000 ft.", August 19, 1963. Holotype at US, no. 2451068.

Distribution: In dry forests of Oaxaca and Puebla at eleva-
tions of about 1000-2000 meters.

MEXICO:

Puebla: Near Acatepec, SW of Huajuapan, Gentry, Barclay, &
Arguelles 20285 (US ee Acatepec, SW of Zapotitlan, Sousa 2667
g MEXU, US). Zapotitlan, Purpus "= 2648" (BM, F, GH, MO, NY,
US).

Oaxaca: Jayacatlan, L. C. Smith 486 (GH, US). Dominguillo,
E. Nelson 1826 (F, GH, US). Carrizal, Miranda 1043 (MEXU). Vicin-
ity of Cerro Zempoatepetl, between Tlahuitoltepec and Santo Do-
mingo Albarradas, Hallberg 1006 (MICH, US).

498 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 8
Local name: Pata de leon (Puebla).

It would be interesting to know why there are no specimens of
P. grandifolia, particularly var. gentryi or var. glabresceng,
from Chiapas, since both P. piscipula and P. carthagenensis have
been found there. Lack of collecting does not appear to be the
complete answer.

7c. PISCIDIA GRANDIFOLIA var. GLABRESCENS Sandwith, Kew Bull.
1936: 3. 1936. Lectotype: Hinton 5419. Mexico. (Here
designated).

Tree, to about 10 m. tall. Specimens of var. glabrescens are
less pubescent in general than those of the other two varieties.
The leaflets are essentially glabrous above and only moderately
pubescent with lax hairs on the lower surface, usually frlabres-
cent; they average somewhat smaller and more oblong than those of
var. grandifolia or var. gentryi. The flowers, like those of var.

entryi, are a little smaller than those of var. grandifolia. The
fruits of var. glabrescens are similar to those of var. gentryi,
ie., shorter, commonly 1-4-seeded, and broader, the wings to as
much as 3 cm., than those of the typical variety.

Distribution: Open, dry woods on rocky slopes in central and
western Mexico at elevations of about 500-1600 meters.

MEXICO:

Morelos: El Parque, Martfnez s. n., Nov. 1943 (F). Cafion de
Lobos, near Yautepec, Miranda 1451 (MEXU); Rivera 5 (MEXU).

dee Temascaltepec, Cho: Chorrera, Hinton 1193 (A, BM, F, K syn-
type), 5419 (A, BM, F, K lectotype, US), 8079 (A, BM, F, GH, MO,
NY, S, US), 8603 (A, EM, F, GH, MEXU, NY, S, US). Tonatico, Watu-
da 07508 (MEXU) . Eine chica: (coca de tos Capulines, Matuda
31347 (MEXU).

Michoacan: Zitacuaro-La Florida, Hinton 13057 (Ds, GH, MEXU,
MICH, NY, US).

olin: Colima, McVaugh & Koelz 1571 (MICH). S of Colima,
toward Tecomaén, Miranda 9113 (MEXU).

oa Mina, Hinton 10518 (GH, MEXU, MO, NY), 14869 (GH,
NY

Puebla: Matamoros, Miranda 2125 (MEXU).

Local names: Cahuirrica, cahirrica prieta.

Noted by the collector, Hinton 13057, "Flower white and sweet
of smell. Wood used for making plows."

Sandwith designated Hinton 1193 as typis floris and Hinton
5419 as typis fructus. TI have chosen the latter as lectotype | be-
cause it is by the fr the fruits that one most readily distinguishes
Piscidia from the related genera.

1969 Rudd, Gems Piscidia 499

The two specimens from Colima cited above, possibly from the
same tree, have unusually thick pods. Examination of material
from McVaugh & Koelz 1571 revealed an abnormal proliferation of
tissue in place of the seeds.

Soil and habitat data are inadequate to explain the geographic
distribution of this variety. From the label of only one collec-
tion, Miranda 9113, we have the information, "in cerros calizos
y yesosos” (on limestone and gypsum hills). Other collectors have
indicated the habitat as "steep hillside” and "rocky slope in oak
forest."

Species excluded from PISCIDIA

Tae]

- acutata Mart. ex Benth. Comm. Leg. Gen. 42. 1837 (preprint);
Ann. Wien Mus. Nat. 2: 106. 1838. Nomen in synonymy under
Phellocarpus acutus Benth. = PTEROCARPUS ANCYLOCALYX Benth.

Itd

- corallodendrum Steud. Nom. ed. 2, 2: 344. 1841, nomen =
ERYTHRINA CORALLODRENDRUM L. ?

Itd

. erythrina sensu Vell. Fl. Flum. 303. 1825; Icon. 7: pl. 100.
1835, non L. = DAHLSTEDTIA PINNATA (Benth.) Malme.

Ih

. florida Mart. ex Benth. Comm. Leg. Gen. 42. 1837 (preprint);
Ann. Wien Mus. Nat. 2: 106. 1838 = PTEROCARPUS ROHRII Vahl.

las)

. longifolia (Cav.) Willd. Sp. Pl. 3: 920. 1803 = SESBANIA
LONGIFOLIA (Cav.) DC.

Ihd

- ovalifolia Larranaga, Escritos D. A. Larranaga, Publ. Inst.
Hist. Geogr. Uruguay 2: 235. 1923 = SESBANIA PUNICEA (Cav.)
Benth.

Ito

- ovalis Larranaga (as "Piscidia (cisplatina) ovalis"), Escritos
D. A. Larranaga, Publ. Inst. Hist. Geogr. Uruguay, Atlas 1,
Bot. pl. 95. 1927 = SESBANIA PUNICEA (Cav.) Benth.

Itd

- Punicea Cav. Icones 4: 8. 1797 = SESBANIA PUNICEA (Cav.) Benth

Ir

sinaloensis Gentry, Brittonia 6: 316. 1948 = LONCHOCARPUS
SINALOENSIS (Gentry) F. J. Hermann.

New taxa
PISCIDIA EKMANII Rudd, sp. nov.

PISCIDIA GRANDIFOLIA var. GENTRYII Rudd, var. nov.

A NEW SPECIES OF LANTANA FROM HISPANIOLA

Harold N. Moldenke

LANTANA ALAINII Moldenke, sp. nov.

Frutex 1.5 m. altus; ramulis tetragonis griseis dense pubescenti-
bus; foliis decussato-oppositis valde aromaticis; petiolis elonga-
tis teretibus usque ad 1 cm. longis densissime flavido—pubescenti-
bus, pilis divergentibus; laminis foliorwm chartaceis firmis
subrotundo-ellipticis 2—3 cm. longis 1.2-—-2 cm. latis ad apicem
basinque rotundatis, supra atroviridibus foveolento-subbullatis
densissime breviterque pubescentibus, subtus densissime flavido-
pubescentibus, utroque dense resinoso-gramulatis; inflorescentiis
axillaribus; pedunculis 1—5.5 cm. longis densissime flavido-
pubescentibus, pilis divergentibus; capitulis parvis 5—1l0 m.
longis latisque subpaucifloris; bracteolis magnis ovatis densis-
sime flavido-pubescentibus dense resinoso-granulosis; corollis
parvis pallide purpureis.

Shrub, about 1.5 m. tall; branchlets conspicuously but ob-
tusely tetragonal, gray, densely pubescent with yellowish diver-
gent hairs, glabrescent in age; twigs very slender, conspicuously
tetragonal, very densely yellowish-pubescent; leaves decussate-
opposite; petioles conspicuous, comparatively elongate, slender,
apparently terete, to 1 cm. long on mature leaves, very densely
yellowish—pubescent like the twigs; blades firmly chartaceous,
dark-green above, lighter beneath, subrotund-elliptic, 2—3 ca.
long, 1.2--2 cm. wide, rounded at the apex and base, abundantly
and regularly serrulate from apex to base with very small but uni-
form blunt teeth, conspicuously foveolate-subbullate and densely
yellowish=pubescent above, very densely yellowish-pubescent be-
neath, abundantly resinous-granulate on both surfaces with glis-
tening golden granules, the very abundant venation conspicuously
impressed above and prominent beneath, forming a very dense and
handsome reticulum; inflorescence axillary, varying from shorter
than to equaling or surpassing the subtending leaves during an-
thesis; peduncles slender, ascending, 1-—-2 cm. long during an-
thesis, elongating to 5.5 cm. in fruit, very densely yellowish-
pubescent like the twigs; heads small, 5--10 mm. long and wide,
rather few-flowered; bractlets foliaceous, ovate, large, the
lowermost about 5 mm. long and 3 mm. wide, very densely yellow-
ish-pubescent and resinous-granulose on the back, subacute at
the apex, conspicuously venose; corolla pale-purple, small, most-
ly shorter than and hidden by the bractlets; drupes purplish-red.

The type of this interesting and apparently endemic species
was collected by Brother Alain H. Liogier (no. 13816) -- in
whose honor it is named -- in dry thickets on limestone at about
sealevel, between Cabo Rojo and Las Mercedes, Dominican Republic,
on February 12, 1969, and is deposited in my personal herbarium
at Plainfield, New Jersey. The foliage of this species reminds

500

1969 Moldenke, A new species of Lantana 501

one of L. involucrata L., but the flowering heads remind one of
L. microcarpa Urb.

BOOK REVIEWS
Alma L. Moldenke

"THE FLORA OF NEW ENGLAND - A Manual for the Identification of
all Vascular Plants, Including Ferns and Fern Allies and
Flowering Plants Growing Without Cultivation in New England"
by Frank Conkling Seymour, xvi & 596 pp., illus., Charles
E. Tuttle Co., Rutland, Vermont 05701. 1969. $12.50.

This fine work will prove particularly useful to the serious
amateurs and the botany students of Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont,
Massachusetts, Rhode Island and Connecticut who are beyond the
picture book stage and who are not quite ready for Fernald's
eighth edition of the Gray's Manual. In comparison with this
classic for over a century, this newer book is intentionally
written in simpler language based on only two pages of defined
specialized terms, with easier keys, of more geographical limi-
tation, and following the same Engler & Prantl order of families.
Over 3,200 species have been reported for this area: the author
excludes from treatment those only known fram single reports.
Physical features are well described, varieties and forms are
treated, habitat, flowering and distribution data are given.
Much local herbaria and field study was required to produce this
book.

Additional entries and corrections appear on a bound page at
the front of the book; they are therefore not likely to be over-
looked or lost. The print is not easy on the eyes. Many ab-
breviations for authorities have been shortened, as "F." for
the more usual "Fern." or "Fernald". In the foreword "striking",
in the preface "enjoyment" and on the inner covers helpfully
listing the counties "Franklin" in Vermont are misspelled.

Unfortunately the printing of the 390 photographs is so dark
that they cannot show effectively what they are meant to show
with the exception of leaf shapes as in Salix and Crataegus.
Eriocaulon and Eriocaulaceae are omitted from the index.

"ORCHIDS OF EAST AFRICA" by Frank Piers, 2nd edition revised,
viii & 30) pp., illus,, Verlag von J. Cramer, D-3301 Lehre,
Germany. 1968. 6 pounds, 10 sh., or $15.00.

This edition is a much enhanced improvement over the first of
1959. The author planned it as a "popular book rather than a
scientific treatise (which value it virtually also has) for the

502 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no, 8

naturalist, the nature-minded tourist, the orchid enthusiast and
the botanist.

Anatomical details are intentionally bypassed in favor of ex-
cellent ecological material. The preface pleas for the preserva-
tion of these rare plants now threatened by man's changing of the
earth's surface for the immediate needs of his exploding popula-
tion. There are two pages of exquisite color plates, ani there
are 116 superb black-and-white photos mostly taken by the author.
The printing is clean and easily readable, even if on page 8
"they" lost its "ty".

Over 500 orchid species grow discontimously in the following
seven areas of East Africa: (1) the coastal strip with its scrub
and dry forests, its mangrove swamps and open grasslands with
few trees and palms, (2) miombo or dry open forests to ,000
fcet elevation in one-third of the area with several terrestrial
orchids, (3) dry deciduous forests to 6,000 feet elevation on
the slopes of the Rift Valley with many ’ epi phytic orchids, ()
tropical rain or monsoon forests on the eastern slopes of moun-
tains with West African orchids, (5) grassland and semi-desert
plains from 3,000 to 5,000 feet. altitude with only a few hardy
orchids, (6) grassy plains and rolling downland from 6,000 to
8,000 feet altitude with many terrestrial orchids that appear in
great mumbers after the rains and with many epiphytes in the

scattered trees, and (7) drier mountain forests with their
Juniperus, bamboo (devoid of orchids) and Hagenia types above
9,000 feet altitude with their epiphytes. It is interesting to
note that no orchids are found on the many trees that have been
introduced from Australia and that none of the ladyslippers or
Diandrae are found at all in Africa,

The author explains simply the taxonomy of the orchids,
keys them well to genera and species, describes each of the
latter, and gives the blooming times, habitat, often special
item notes, and cultivation information,

The author proves that he knows his orchids well and loves
them very mucht

Index to Authors in Volume Eighteen

Boivin, B., 281 Moldenke, H. Ne, lk, 70, 72, 163,
Degener, Lies 6h, 211 209, ala, oe 295, 3a, 5h,
Degener, 0., 6h, 211 21
Drouet, F., 339 Ce ra = 397, 49
Gregory, Ce, 65 Reed, C. F., 1, 129, 212
Jablonski, E., 213 Robinson, H.,
King, Re ree 340 Rudd, V. Es, 113, 337, 473
Little, E. Le, dre, 195, 0h, Smith, G.L., LOL, 403

457 smith, be Be, 1357

Moldenke, Ae L., 63, in le 10, Waite, tas 65
190, 329, 398, 52, S01 Wardack, J. Js, 1h7

1969

Index 503

Index to Supra-specific Scientific Names in Volume Eighteen

Abolboda, 22
Abronia, 2, 43
Acanthochiton, 6
Achyranthes, Achyranthes, 6-10, 12
Acleisanthes, 38-10
Acnida, 6, 291
Aconitum, 281, 291

Acrospermun, 126
Actaea, 291

Actinostemon, 213-219, 221-232,

23h, 236, 238
Adelobotrys, 148
Adlumia, 291
Admirabilis, 32
Aechmea, 137, 12
ay 16, 125-127
Aegiphila, 113, 209
Aegopodium, 291
Agaricaceae, 190
Agathophytu pelle Wy

Agrostemma, 291
Albersia, 3

Allenrolfea, 26, 27
Allionia, 30-37
Allioniella, 31
Alnus, 192

Aloysia; 1225 °131, 1325°219h;

Alsinaceae, 307
Alternanthera, 7, 9, 10, 12
Alyssum, 291

Amannia, )37

Amanoa, 0h, 413-16, 1,18
Amaranthaceae, 1
Amaranthus, 1-6, 291
Amarantoides, 13
Amarantus, 3

Amblogyna, 3

Amblogyne, 2, 3

Ambrina, Ambrina, 15, "16
Imbrosia, 380

Ameletia,

Immocodon, od 38

Amorea, Ty. 15

Amoreuxia, 1), 15

Anabaena, 192

Anagallis, al
Andropogon, bby
Androsace, 291
Anemone, 281, 291
Anethun, 290 she:
Angelica, 295
Anogra, 291
Anogramma, 316
Anserina, 15
Anulocaulis, 0

Apaloptera, 2
Aquilegia, 291

Arabidopsis, 291
Arabis, 285, 291
Araliaceas, 190
Arenaria, 287, 291
Argemone one, 190, 291
Aristolochiaceae, 293
Armeria, 291

Amola, 21
Armoracea, 291
Arthrocnemum, 27
Arthrospira, 339
Asarum, 291
Asclepias, )37
Ascomycetes, 116, 117, 126
Ascospora, 115

Aspalathus, 191
Atenia, 291

Athele, 128

Atractilina, 11)

Atragene, 291

Atrichun, 1,03

Atriplex, 15-17, 19, 21-25, 289,
291

Auricularia, 115

Avicennia, 113, 130-132, 19h,
399

Avicenniaceae, 113, 132, 19)

Auyris, 23, 291

Azolla, 192

Barbarea, 291

Bassia, 25, 26, 291

Batis, 27

50k PHY T.0 2 O:G 2A Vol. 18, no. 8
Batrachium, 291 Camelina, 283, 291

Bellucia, 161 Candida, 192

Belowla, 27 Canizaresia, 474, 481, 483
Berberis, 291 Capsella, 2 291

Bertorea, 291 Caraxeron, 11, 12

Beta,

Bignoniaceae » 123

Bilderdykia, 291

Blastocaulon, 74, 75, 165, 22,
2h3

Blitum, ly, 16, 291

Blutaparon, u, ie

Boerhaavia, 30, 39-2

Boisduvallia, 291

Bonaria, 71

Bombacaceae, 195

Boraginaceas, 397, 398, 19

Botrydiun, 15

Botryosphaeria, 118

Botrys, 15-21

Bouchea, 113, 114

Bougainvillea, 30

Bragantia, 13

Brasenia, 291

Brassica, 282, 283, 291

Braya, Braya, 285, 291

Bra ea, 8

Bromeliaceae, 137, 139, 141

Buchnera, 256

Bucholzia, 9, 10

Bupleurum, 291

Burseraceae, 0, 110

Bushiola, 25

Busseuillia, 450

Butia, 316

Cacalia, 4,37

Caesalpinioideae, 457, 462, 480

Calceolaria, 71

Callicarpa, lh, 115, 131

Calligonum, 2), 289 |

Calymenis, 32

Cardamine, 291
Cardaria, 291
Carum, 290, 291
Caryophyllaceae, 307
Cassia, 457, 470-472, 480
Castalia, 291, 378
Castanea, 130
Catharinea, 1,03
Caulophyllum, 291
Cavosteliacese, HR Wy
Cavostelium, 116
geonastracese, 238
Celosia, 1, 2, 7-9, 12,/i2
Centrolepis, 262, 36
Centrospermae, 190
Centrostachys, 6
Centunculus, 291
Cephalanthus, 378
Cerastium, 287, 291
Ceratophyllun, 291
Ceratospermum, 25
Cercospora, 11), 117, 122, 125,
126
Chaenanthera, 156
Chamaecyparis, 378
Chamaenerion, 291
Chamaesenna, 70, 72
Chara,
Charophyceas, 1,00
Cheirinia, 291
Chenopodiaceae, 1, 14, 289
Chenopodina, 27, 28
Chenopodium, 1-22, 25, 28, 291
Chloanthaceae, 132

Chlorophycese, 00
Chrysanthemum, 15, Li6

Chrysosplenim, 291
Cicuta, 290, 291
Cincinnebolus eles
Cintractia, 378

Calyxhymenia, 31, 32, 34, 36, 37 Circaea, 391

1969

Citharexylum, 70, 115, 131, 209
Citrus, Leh, 65

Cladium, 136

Cladothrix, 12

Claytonia, 287, 291

Clematis, 291

Cleame, 291

Cleptomyces, 113

Clerodendron, 131
Clerodendrum, 131

Clidemia, 157

Cliftonia, 132

Clusia, 457, 468-70, 472
Coccineae, 337, 338

Cochlearia, 291

Cogswellia, 291

Coluppa, 13

Commelinaceae, 31
Commicarpus, 39
Compositae, 63, 190, 191
Conimitella, 291

Conium, 291

Conostegia, 157
Conringia, 291

Coptidium, 291

Coptis, 291

Cordia, 397, 398, 19, 420
Coreopsis, 37
Corispermum, 26, 291
Cormutia, 131

Coronopus, 286, 291
Corticiun,
Corydalis,
Coussapoa, 195-198, 208
Crataegus, 501
Cremanium, 150

Crinia, 191

Cruzeta, 12

Cryptonemiales, 212
Cryptotaenia, 291

Cyclolepis, 11, 15
loloma, 14, 15, 291

Cycloptera, 2

Cylindrosporium, 122

Cymopterus, 290, 291
Cyperaceae, 169, 173, 2h2, 2hh,

Index

505

299 oD0
Cyperus, 437, 38
Cyphomeris, 39
Cyrilla, 132
Dactylostemon, 213, 216, 219,

223-220, 230
Daedalea, 191
Dahlstedtia, 474, 499
Dalbergieae, 80
Danthonia, 380
Daucus, 291
Delphinium, 291
Dendroligotrichum, 03
Derris, 47h, 480, 495
Descurainia, 291
Deuterocohnia, 137
Deuteromycetes, 115
Dialyanthera, 07
Diandrae, 502
Dianthus, 291
Dichanthelium, 37
Dichapetalaceae, Ol, 13
Dichrolepis, oh
Dichromena, 36, 437
Dicrairus, 7, 8
Dicrastylidaceae, 132
Dicrastylis, 131, 132
Dicraurus, 7, 8
Digitatae, 293
Dimeiandra, 5
Dimerae, 293
Dimeriellina, 117
Diotis, 25
Diplotaxis, 291
Dischizolaena, 112, 13
Discomycetes, 115, 118, 127
Dodecatheon, 289, 291
Dondia, 27-29
Douglasia, 291
Draba, 203, 28h, 291
Drosera, 291, 315

teris, 316
Dupatya, 67, 22, 254, 265
Duranta, 115, 116
Dyckia, 138
Echinopsilon, 26
a eae, 293

506
Elatine, 291

Eleocharis, 22, 358, 378,

» 437
Elephantella, 29)
Elodea, 378
Elsinot, 113, 1)
Endolepis, 291
Endophlyctis, 378
Endophyllum, 125

Epilobium, 291
Epiphynia, 117

Ericcanlaceae, Lh, 45, 47,
615) 72;
83, 85,

177, 179, 181,

253, 255, 257, 259
269,
295,

’ 423, ’
433, 435-37, 439, Ld
Lu5, Lb7, Lug, 451, 502
Eriocaulea, 72
Eriocauleae, 72, 2l1, 22

Eriocaulon, l-62, 74-112,
23-280, 295, 299-328,°

167-189

183,
211-213, 245, 217, 2h9,

PHYTOLOGIA

380,

49,

185,

165,

Vol. 18, no, 8

Eryngiun, 291

Erysimum, 291

Erysiphe, 126

Erythrina, 473, 486, 499

Escallonia, 71

Eschscholtzia, 190

Eschscholzia, 291

Eucalyptus, 42);

Eupatorium, 71, 30

Euphorbiaceae, 213, 215, 217, 219,
221, 223, 225, 227, Seepseans
233, 235, 237, 239, Ok, 16

Eurotia, 25, 289, 291

Eutrema, 291

Euxolus, 2, 6

Everion, 10, 11

Excoecaria, 218, 222

Fagara, 64, 65

Fagopyrum, 291

Feliponiella, 316

Fimbristylis, 169, 173, 2hh,
433, 436, 437

Flaveria, 137

Forestiera, 239

Fremontia, 27

Freziera, 457, 466-68, 72

Froelichia, 10, 11

Fuirena, 436, 437

Fumaria, 291

Galegeae, 180

Galliaria, l-6

Gandriloa, 15

Gaura, 291

um, 291

342, 348-373, 376-381, 367-396,Genlisea, 256

422- xd, 432-451, 501
Eriocaulonaceae, 72

Geranium, 286
Glaux, 291

Eriocauloneae, 72, 7, 241, 242 Globularia, 373

Eriocaulou, 295

Eriocavlon, 75, 84, 165, 175,

295, 429, 433
Eriocolon, 295
Eriogonum, 291
Eriscaulon, 295, 318
Eruca, 291
Erucastrum, 291

Glomeraria, 6

Glycyrriza, 08

Gmelina, 71, 131, 133, 210
Godronia, 117

Gomphrena, 9-1)

Gomfas, l, 2
Gossypianthus, 8
Graffenrieda, 148, 149

1969

Gramen, 429, 430

Gueldenstaedtia, 25

Guilleminea, 8

qulieinia, &

Gussonia, 213, 216, 218, 239

Guttiferae, 57

Guzmania, 1,0

Gymnanthes, 217,

Gypsophila, 291

Hagenia, 502

Halerpestes, 292

Halimolobos, 292

Halimolobus, 285

Halims, 21

Halostachys, 27

Hebanthe, 7

Hechtia, 138, 12

Heleniae, 191

Heleocharis, 97

Heliantheae, 190

Hemicarpha, )37

Hemieva, 292

Hepatica, 292

Heracleum, 292

Herbidae, 293

Hesperis, 292

Heteranthera, 316

Heterochiton, 28

Heuchera, 292

Hippomaneae, 221, 223-225, 228,
230

Hippuris, 292

Holoeion, 307

Hoplotheca, 10, 11

Hottonia, 433

Hutchinsia, 292

Hydrolea, 37

Hypodermataceae, 11)

Ichthyomethia, 473-75, 481,
L83-L86, 190, 192-195

Illecebrun, 8, ioe a

Irene, 113, is

ienina, 116

Irenopsis, 116

Iresine, 7, 8, 12

Isgarun, 29

219, 222, 237

Index

507

Isnardia, 292
Isoétes, 349

Jalapa, 32

Josepha, 30

Jucunda, 152
Juncaceae, 307
Juncus, 372, 376, 437

Juniperus , 502

Kali, 29

Kochia, Dy 25, 25,0 26,292
Koenigia, 292

Kokmotha, 29

Kranikofa, 25

Krascheninnikovia, 25

Kuehneola, ny

Labiatae, “yas

Laceraria, 151

Lachnocaulon, 253,
Si /

Lambertella, 115

Lantana, 71, 116-121, 123, 131,
210, 29h, 330, 342, 500, 501

Lasiolepis, 258, 279, 280

Laurembergia, 315

Lavauxia, 292

Leandra, 150

Leguminosae, 63, 457, 462

Leiothrix, 315, 366

Lemna, 192

Lentibulariaceae, 23

Lepidium, 292

Lepidosphaera, 373, 376

Leptarrhena, 292

Leptasea, 292
Leptotaenia, 292

Lerchea, 27-29
Lesquerella, 292
Lestibudesia, 1, 2
Leucocephala, 29
Levisticum, 292
Lewisia, 392
Liatris, 37
Liberae, 293
Limonium, 292
Lindenia, 39

Tipandra, 15

376, 381, 4426,

508 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 18, no. 8

Lipocarpha, 97, 436, 437 Menispermm, 292
Lippia, 120-123, 131, 132, 194, Mentha, 372

210, 29h Ventzelia, 292
Lithophila, 12 Metiania, 16
Lithophragma, 292 Meriolix, 292
Litrisa, 1,37 Vesanthemm, 256, 258, 303, 39h,
Lobelia, 299, 378, 381 rc rat
Lomatium, 290, 292 Metasphaeria, 113
Lonchocarpeae, 4,80 Miconia, 150-158
Lonchocarpus, 73, 475, 480, Micranthes, 292

490, 492, ue 499 Microcala, 315
Lophocarpini , 480 Microcoleus, 389
Lophocarya, ai, 2h Wicropuccinia, 120
Lophoxera, 5 2 Mimosa, 1)3-1)5
Loreya, 160-163 Waesatdnas, 1,80
Loteae, 80 Mirabilis, 31-37
Ludwigia, 292, 1,36 Mitella, 292
Lunaria, 283, 292 Moe Moehringia, 292
Lupinus, 29) ionochaetum, ‘147, 148
Luzula, 307 Monolepis, Monolepis, 1h, 292
Lychnis, 292 Monostachya, 36)
Lycium, ig Montelia, 6
Lycopodium, 315 Montia, 287
Lyngbya, 339 Moraceae, 195
iyaiaicha. 289, 292 Muellera, 80
Lythrum, 292, 137 Musineon, 286, 292
Macloviana, 292 Mycetozoa, 116
Macrolobium, 457, 460-62, 46h, Myobatrachus, 191

72 Myosurus, 292

Magnolia, 195, 198-200, 208, 60 fiyriophyllum, 292
Magnoliaceae, 195, 200, LST, 460 Uyristica, ]07

Mahonia, 292 Myristicaceae, 0)
iaieuiaias 285, 292 Myrrhis, 292
Mangonia, 316 Myrsinaceae, 123
Manisuris, )37 Nasturtium, 292
Marginaria, 316 Naumbergia, 292
Matisia, 195, 200-202, 208 Nectria, 118
Matthiola, 292 Nelumbium, 22
Melaleuca, 300 Neobatrachus, 191
Melandrium, 292 : Neoregelia, 138, 12
Melanthaceae, 76 Neslia, 292
Melastomataceae, 150 Ninanga, ao ae
Meliola, 113, 11h, 117 Nostoc, 33h.
Melomastia, 117 Nuphar, 292, 381

Mengea, 5 Nuttallia, 292

1969 Index 509

Nyctaginea, 30, 31, 39 Pentacrophys, 38
Nyctaginaceae, 1, 29 Penthorun, 292
Nyctago, 32 Penzigia, 115

haea, 292 Perideridia, 290, 292
Obione, 21-25 Perisporiaceae, 117
Octomeris, 157 Peronema, 132
Oedogoniales, 00 Persicaria, 289, 292
Oenothera, 289, 292 Petermannia, 1)
Oleaceae, 239 Petitia, 12h, 125, 132
Oligandra, 15 Petrea, 72, 194, 21
Oliganthera, 15 Phaeophyceae, 331
Oligotrichum, )03 Phaseoli, },80
Olivea, 12) Philodice, 22, 23
Ophiobolus, 126 Philoxerus, 11, 12

hiotrichum, 126 Phlox, 292

Oplotheca, 10, 11 Phodophyceae, 212
Oreobolus, 36) Phodophyta, 212
Ormosia, 337, 338 Phoma, 128
Orthospermm, 15, 17 Phyla, 122, 131
Orthosporun. porum, 15, 16 Phyllachora, 116, 128
Oscillaria, 339 Phyllocarpa, 21
Oscillatoria, 339 Phyllocarpus, 21

Phyllosticta, 127
Phyllostictales, 125
Phyllotheca, 21
Physalospora, 118

Oscillatoriaceae, 339
Osmorhiza, 292
Osteophloem, 404, 405, 07, 18

ee Physaria, 292
sais : ; Phytophthora, 13)
Sey Pinus, 332, 399

Pachylophus, 292 Piricauda, 115
Paepalanthus, 55, 61, 7h, 92, 2h2,5—7-—’ S 2
~ 250, 25h, 259, 26h, 266, 27, “EAERTAR, HTFUST, MOF-USL, 93
27s 217, 2795 280, 20-207, Piacipala, UT, LTS, LB
Palaeoaster, 4,23 : : Pisonia, 29, 30

Se Pisum, 193

Pallaria, 2 ——

a ee Pitcairnia, 139, 140, 142
’ ’ Plantaginella, 305, 433

Papaver, 190, 292

Platycentrum, 149, 150
Pluchea, 340
Poaceas, 431

Papaveraceae, 190, 293
Parnassia, 47, 292
Paronychia, 8, 292

Passiflora, 71 Pogonatan, 1,03

See ees Polanisia, 292

Pastinaca, 292 es

SSS Polygonella, 212

Patellaria, 118 Palycome 388 289, 292. h3k
Pedicularis, 29) eee eee S79) ae

Polypodiaceae, 190

Peiranisia, 470 Polytrichaceae, 03

510 Piney) OLD Orgran

Polytrichadelphus, 03
Polytrichum, 03

Pongamia, 1,80
Pontederia, 378
Porella, 129
Portulaca, 292
Pourretia, 10
Premna, 132, 21
Primula, 292

Priva, 120, 125, 331
Proserpinaca, 37
Prospodium, 118, 119, 122, 123
Protostelium, 120

Pseudoracelopus, 1,03
Pseudovouapa, 6h

Psilocarya, 436, 437
Psilopilun, 401, 403
Psophocarpus , 480

Pterocarpus, "h99
Pterocarya, 21

Pterochiton, 21, 2h
Pteromimosa, 143, ly)
Pteryeia, 290

Puccinia, 119-121, 123-127
Pulsatilla, 292

Puya, 1h0
nomycetes, 113, 117
Pyxidiun, 5, 6
Qataria, 212
Q Quamoclidion, pil
araribea, 202

Racelopodopsis, 03

Racelopus, 03
Radicula, 292

Randalia, 50, 90, 428, 450
Ranunculaceae, 293
Ranunculus, 282, 292
Raphanistrum, 292
Raphanus, 2 203, 292
Rapistrum, 292
Reseda, 292
Resedaceae, 293
Rheum, 292

Rhexia, 437
Rhizophora, 33h

Rhodophyceae, 212

Rhodophyta, 212

R hospora, 355, 437
Robinia, 473, 1486
Roemeria, 3

Rorippa, 292

Rosea, 7

Rotala, 97

Roubieva, 15, 16
Rubiaceae, 195, Ok
Rudgea, 195, 203-205, 208
Rumex, 288, 292
Rutaceae, 57

Sabatia, 37

Sabulina, 292

Sagina, 287, 292
Sagittaria, 370
Salicornia, 27, 292
Salix, 501

Salsola, 1s, 15, 25; 26, 2, 2,

292
Salvia, 71, 331
Sandwithia, 237,-25

Sanguinaria, 292
Sanicula, 292
Sapiun, 217
Saponaria, 191, 292
Sarcathria, 27
Sarcobatus, 27, 292
Sarcomorphis, 29
Sarothamms, 191
Sarracenia, 267, 292
Sarratia, 2, 3
Saxifraga, 292
Scabiosa, 28
Scandix, 292
Scapiflora, 190
Schizomycetes, 12
Schizophyllum, 113, 128
Schizotheca, 21
Schizoxyion, 121
Schoberia, 27, 28
Schoenocaulon, 75, 76
Schoenocrambe, 292
Schoenus, 299
Scirpus, 299, 364
Scleranthus, 292

Vol. 18, no. 3

1969

Sclerochlamys, 25
See 117

Scleropus, 2
Sciseciniacess, 115

Scutellaria, 19
Sebastiania, 217, 236-239
Sedum, 292

Selaginella, 316
Selinocarpus, 38
Senckenbergia, 39
Senefeldera, 217
Senkenbergia, 39, 2
Senniella, 21, 22
Septoria, 121, 125
Sesbania, 7h, 480, 99
Sevada, 27

Sickingia, 195, 204, 206-208,

OR
Silene, 287, 292
Simira, 0)
Sinapis, 292
Sisymbrium, 282, 292
Sium, 292
Smelowskia, 292
Solamm, 71
Solenoporaceae, 212
Sophia, 292

Sophora, }80

Spartina, 36
Spergula, 292

Spergularia, 292
Sphaerales, 115
sphacricidacess, 128
Sphaerochloa, 129
Sphagnum, aoa. ote, 378
Spinacia, 21, 292
Spiranthes, 376
Spirostachys, 26, 27

Sporidesmium, ns
Sporobolus, 127

ophora, 6

Stachyarpagophora,
Stachytarpheta, 125, i525 330,
331

Statice, 292
Steiremis, 9

Index Sil

Steironema, 293

Stellaria, 286, 293

Stenosolen, 1,60

Sterculia, 40k, 416-118

Sterculiaceae, 0)

Stereostratum, 113

Stictidaceae, 127

Stictis, 127

Stillingia, Bal ay

Suaeda, 26-29, 293

Subularia, 293

Suckleya, "28, 293

Seca

Suksdorfia, 293

Sync Synchytrium, ny

Syngonanthus, 79, 92, 105, 23,

~ 256, 260, 261, 279, 30h, 369,
379, 388, 390, 28

Talauma, 200, 457, 459, 160,
472

Tapura, 40), 411-13, 418

Taraxia, 293

Tectona, 125, 126, 132

Teijsmanniodendron, 132

Telanthera, 9, 10

Telesonix, 293

Teloxys, 15, 16

Tetragonolobus, 1,80

Tetrapleura, 1480
Teutliopsis, 21, 22

Thalassio > ooL
Thalictrum, 2B, 293
Thallophyta, 331
Thaspium, 293
Theaceae, 57
Theleophyton, 21
Thellungiella, 293
Thlaspi, 293
Thysanolaena, 6),
Tiarella, 293
Tidestromia, 12
Tinantia, 39
Tococa, 156-160
Tolyposporium, 256
Torularia, 293
Trattinickia, 10

512

Trattinnickia, 0, 08-10,
L18
Treneis, 7
Trichomanes, 316
Tricratus, 2
Trientalis, 293
Trimista, 32
Tripteridiun, 2
Tripterocalyx, 2, 3
Trollius, 293
Tromnsdorffia, 7
Turritis, 293
Typha, 436
Ulva, 65-69
Umbelliferae, 190, 293
Uredinales, 11), 118-120, 122-
125, 128
Uredineae, 127
Uredo, 11), 128
Uronyces, 121, 12)
Urospermum, 293
Utricularia, 315, 372
Vaccaria, 293
Vallisneria, 378
Verbascum, 130

PEYTTOLOG?A

Vol. 18, NO. 8

Verbena, 126, 127, 194, 21, 29h,
343

Verbenaceae, 70, 113, 130, 132,
19k, 330, 3h

Verbesina, 63

Virola, 07

Vitex, 128, 131, 132, 331, 2]

Vitmania, 31

Vitmannia, 31

Vulvaria, 15, 18, 19

Wadapus, 13

Wahlenbergella, 293

Wedelia, 30, 31

Wedeliella, 30

Wediella, 31

Wittrockia, 141, 142

Xenasma, 128

Xeraea, 13, 14

Xerandra, 7

Xerophyta, 331

Xerosiphon, 13
Xirideae, 22

Zanthoxylum, 457, 463-465, 72
Zizia, 293

Publication Dates for Volume Eighteen

No. 1 — December 30, 1968
No. 2 — February 10, 1969
No. 3 — March 18, 1969
No. ) -- April 25, 1969
No. 5 —= June 16, 1969

No. 6 — August 14, 1969
No. 7 — September , 1969

No. 8 —

Vf

!
: 5)
(
7
¥
iy
a
ov
7
i
vi
q

New y

Li iiniy

3 5185 00216 4562

_
==

-

%

sf

(8S be
ry

me

—e >= 3 ~ re
ee a AO rte DE AT
Se . A

—_
Pye

ao

ie

gee